TW434357B - Human-body washing device - Google Patents
Human-body washing device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW434357B TW434357B TW88105622A TW88105622A TW434357B TW 434357 B TW434357 B TW 434357B TW 88105622 A TW88105622 A TW 88105622A TW 88105622 A TW88105622 A TW 88105622A TW 434357 B TW434357 B TW 434357B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- water
- washing
- spouting
- human body
- flow rate
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Bidet-Like Cleaning Device And Other Flush Toilet Accessories (AREA)
Abstract
Description
^3435 7 a? _____B7 _ 五、發明說明() 技術領域 本發明係關於從吐水孔吐出洗淨水而洗淨人體的人體 洗淨裝置。 技術背景 從前’此種人體洗淨裝置之中,例如在被安裝於馬桶 的衛生洗淨裝置,已被檢討過使洗淨範圍擴張,或者藉由 柔和的洗淨或強力刺激而促進排便作用的洗淨形態。此種 技術之一例,例如習知的日本特開昭6 1 - 5 3 9 2 9號 公報的技術。此技術,係利用流體元件機構者,爲了使洗 淨水描繪指定軌跡,擴大洗淨範圍而吐水,使洗淨水擺動 同時吐水,切換水流的方向。. 但是,藉由從前的流體元件機構而被吐出的洗淨水· 指定軌跡的移動速度(振動頻率)以及指定軌跡的振幅( 洗淨面積),因應瞬間吐出水量的增減而跟著增減'因此 ,洗淨寬廣範圍的場合,必須要提高瞬間吐出水量,另一 方面,在洗淨狹窄範圍的場合,必須要降低瞬間吐出水量 0 此外,可變地進行寬廣範圍洗淨與狹窄範圍洗淨的場 合,因爲流體元件特性上無法大幅變更指定軌跡的振幅( 洗淨面積),所以洗淨面積的變更範圍很小。此外’洗淨 寬廣範圍的場合,指定軌跡的移動速度(振動頻率)是.高 速的(高頻率),另一方面,洗淨狹窄範圍的場合’指定 軌跡的移動速度(振動頻率)是低速的(低頻率)’無法 -------I------裝--- <請先閱讀背面之注#項Hirh本頁) 訂· -線- 經濟部智慧財產局員Η消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規輅(210 X 297公釐〉 .4 * -r w» *4 3 5 Τα A7 … * __;__B7__ 五、發明說明) 請先W讀背面之注意事項^本頁) 以配合洗淨面的移動速度來洗淨。進而,於人體洗淨有洗 淨、感的問題時,有著無法有效地對不改變瞬間吐出水量而 改變指定軌跡的移動速度或洗淨面積的問題。 此外,近年來,於朝向人體吐出溫水的衛生洗淨裝置 ’以減低加熱洗淨水的加熱器的電力供給量爲目的檢討著 如何進行節水化》 本發明係爲解決上述從前技術的問題點,以提供可以 多種多樣而且舒適地進行人體洗淨,同時可以提高節水效 率的人體洗淨裝置爲目的。 發明之揭示 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備:使沖 到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變,使 該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之吐水 手段,及獨立於上述洗淨水的流量,可.控制上述吐水樣態 的吐水控制手段。 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 在相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,藉由吐水手段’使 沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變, 而且使該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出 。而根據吐水手段之吐水樣態,係獨立於藉由吐水控制手 段之洗淨水的流量而被控制的。 此處所謂吐水樣態,是指沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水的 樣子或者狀態,所謂吐水樣態隨著時間變動’指的是洗淨 水所沖到的面積、位置、水壓、流量、流速等隨著時間改 本纸張尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -5- 4 3435 7 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作杜印製 五、發明說明(3 ) 變。此外,所謂使吐水樣態的時間變動成爲人體無法辨識 ,指的是因爲洗淨水的樣態變動的速度相當大,或者很微 4,而人體的洗淨面無法辨識刺激變化。 作爲使人體的洗淨面無法辨識水壓的變動之手段,可 以採用改變使洗淨水沖到人體的週期之手段。因爲洗淨水 的變動週期約在3 Η z以下的話,人體可以明確辨識刺激 變化,所以變動週期以5 Η ζ以上較佳。 上述吐水控制手段,獨立於洗淨水的流量,亦即不管 流量的大小,而適當控制洗淨面稹、位置、水壓、流速等 吐水樣態,可以得到適宜的人體洗淨。例如吐水樣態,可 得以少量的流量,不減低洗淨力而洗淨寬廣洗淨面積之樣 態。 亦即本發明,不會如例如使用以先前技術所說明的流 體元件的場合那般,想要提高洗淨面積而使流速增大時對 人體沖水太強而給人不快的刺激,或者想要減弱水勢使流 速減少而減少洗淨面積時,產生了沒有被洗淨的部分之類 的洗淨誤失等問題,而可以實現寬廣面積的舒適洗淨。 作爲如此之吐水樣態隨著時間變動的較佳例,可以採 用擺動吐水、或者間歇/脈動吐水等吐水形態,而可以藉 由變更這些吐水形態之洗淨面積、頻率(旋轉數、脈動頻 率)、負荷比、脈動的強弱等而實現。 例如,本發明的較佳實施形態,其特徵爲具備:使來 自吐水孔而被吐出的洗淨水,以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面 積吐水的方式對洗淨面掃描,同時使該洗淨水的壓力變化 <請先《讀背面之注f項S 本頁) 裝 訂· .線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -6- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明C;) 以人體無法辨識的方式吐出的吐水手段,及獨立於上述洗 淨水的流量,可以變更洗淨面的面積的方式來控制上述吐 水手段之掃描範圍的洗淨範圍控制手段》 亦即,作爲吐水手段的1個樣態,有著擺動吐水,亦 即藉由旋轉、往復運動或者其組合而掃描從吐水孔吐出的 洗淨水的範圍,而洗淨較吐水孔的面積更寬廣面積之手段 等。於此場合,洗淨水被掃描的軌跡*除了採用預先被決 定的軌跡之外,可以雖爲隨機但在洗淨面可得均勻洗淨感 的方式被決定。 此外,其他較佳的樣態,其特徵爲具備:使來自吐水 孔而被吐出的洗淨水的流速隨著時間持續變動而使伴隨著 該洗淨水的經時流速變動之洗淨水的壓力變化以人體無法 辨識的方式吐出之吐水手段,及獨立於上述洗淨水的流量 ,可以改變上述洗淨水的時間變動的比率的方式控制上述 吐水手段的吐水控制手段。 此外,吐水手段的其他樣態,可以採用間歇/脈動吐 水,亦即,使從吐水孔吐出的洗淨水的流量完全停止而使 其斷斷續續之間歇吐水,或者使最小流速不爲零而使流量 隨著時間變動的脈動吐水等形態。於脈動吐水的場合,與 間歇吐水相比不僅流量的變動較少,而且於最低水壓也不 會爲零或著爲負,所以可以減低水擊、亦即伴隨著壓力變 動而對其他裝置的衝擊,此外因爲接近連續吐水所以對人 體的刺激被緩和,洗淨感優異。此外,因爲吐水不會逆流 、停滞,所以加熱洗淨水的加熱手段之熱交換器的控制也 本紙張尺度適用中囷國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) !1!裝 ί I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項h Λ本頁) 訂- --線· 經濟部智慧財產局W工消费合作社印製 V- 4-3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 B7 __五、發明說明(5 ) 可以較爲簡軍。 此外,人體洗淨裝置的間歇/脈動吐水形態,於寬廣 面積可以優異的洗淨力藉由較少的洗淨水洗淨的緣故,所 以加熱洗淨水的熱能可以減少,在具備加熱洗淨水的加熱 手段的場合,對節約能源有所貢獻。同樣地,關於擺動吐 水也可以掃描洗淨面即使縮小吐水孔徑也可以洗淨寬廣面 積。因爲可以縮小吐水孔徑所以即使水量較從前的洗淨水 量還少,也可以提高洗淨水流速。亦即,與間歇/脈動吐 水形態相同,不僅可以優異的洗淨力洗淨,.而且加熱洗淨 水的熱能可以減少,對於節約能源有貢獻,由於加熱手段 的容量降低所以精簡化或是低成本化成爲可能。 此外,作爲本發明其他較佳的樣態,其特徵爲具備: 使沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變 ,同時,使該吐水樣態,以較人體可以辨識的時間變動週 期更短的週期變動之吐水手段,及獨立於上述洗淨水的流 量,可以控制上述吐水樣態的吐水控制手段。 此處,作爲吐水手段之吐水控制的樣態,除了吐水樣 態的時間變動爲人體無法辨識的場合之外,也包含吐水樣 態的變動,或掃描導致的壓力變化' 對洗淨面依序變更的 壓力變化,或由於流量變動之壓力變化,或流速導致壓力 變化等,吐水導致的水壓變動之中僅有附隨的水壓變動可 以認,識的場合。亦即,在吐水手段即使以人體無法辨識的 變動週期進行吐水控制1雖然人體會感知附隨的低頻率成 份,但是與從前連續吐水的低頻率成份的辨識量相比沒有 in — — — — —— — I— I i — (請先《讀背面之注$項\ Η本買) 訂- •線· 本紙張尺度適用中®國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -8 - ir 4 343 5 7 五、發明碎明) 太大的差異的緣故,如此的水壓係不會造成不快的洗淨感 (刺激)。亦即,作爲控制目標的頻率,只要設定爲人體 無法辨識、的頻率即可得到舒適的洗淨感。 此外,作爲本發明較佳的樣態,係具備指示吐水手段 進行人體無法辨P的吐水之洗淨動作指示手段,上述吐水 控制手段,可以構成爲同步於來自上述洗淨動作指示手段 的吐水指示,控制上述吐水樣態的變動》 亦即,根據此樣態,因爲同步於洗淨動作指示手段之 洗淨動作指示,使吐水樣態變動而進行吐水,所以與洗淨 途中進行附加洗淨的場合相比沒有多餘的控制,可從洗淨 初期開始得到很大的省水效果。而且因爲不是藉由間歇刺 激來洗淨,例如不是按摩等特殊洗淨,而是通常使用的洗 淨,所以使用頻率高,省水效果更大。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備:使來 自吐水孔而被吐出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間持續變動而使 伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流量變動之洗淨水的壓力變化以人 體無法辨識的方式吐出之吐水手段。在相關於此發明的人 體洗淨裝置,使藉由吐水手段從吐水孔吐出的洗淨水的流 量隨著時間持續變動,而使洗淨水的時間變動導致洗淨水 的壓力變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出。 相關於其他發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備:使 沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變, 使該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之吐 水手段,及設定洗淨水的水勢之水勢設定手段,及因應藉 本紙張尺度適用中0國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 請先Μ讀背面之注$項 λ本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 -9 - 434 35 7 a? B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明) 由上述水勢設定手段所設定的水勢,控制上述吐水手段而 變更上述吐水樣態之吐水控制手段。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,藉由吐水手段,使沖 到人體洗淨面的洗淨水的吐水樣態隨著時間持續變動,而 且使該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出。 而根據吐出手段的吐水樣態,係因應根據水勢設定手段所 被設定的水勢,而藉由吐水控制手段控制的。 此處,上述水勢設定手段,是指可以藉由按鈕或旋鈕 等使用者的操作而設定水勢的手段,或藉由電腦等電子控 制裝置,根據種種的條件而可以藉由程式設定水勢的手段. 而構成。藉由水勢設定手段所設定的水勢,可以將沖到人 體洗淨面的洗淨水的流速或流量,設定爲連續或者階段性 強弱之値,此外也可以設定爲使流量或流速獨立或者組合 之値。例如,水是在使用者希望強力洗淨的場合設定爲較 大値,而在希望柔和洗淨的場合被設定爲較小之値。 此外,所謂吐水樣態的變更,是指改變被吐出至洗淨 面的洗淨水的洗淨面積、位置、水壓、流速等。 上述吐水控制手段,藉由根據水勢設定手段所設定的 水勢,實行適當變更洗淨面積、位置、水壓、流量、流速_ 等的吐水樣態之控制,而進行適當之人體洗淨。例如,可 以進行在藉由水勢設定手段設定強力水勢的場合只增大流 速的吐水樣態,或者設定爲微弱水勢的場合僅使流速降低 的柔和吐水樣態等的洗淨。 亦即,本發明可以避免例如使用以先前技術所說明的 t請先閲讀背面之注意事項 裝--- .♦本頁) 訂· --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 10 - :43435 7 A7 ___B7___ 五、發明說明) ---------------裝--- <請先閱讀背面之沒項本頁) 流體元件的場合那般,在使流速增大時,恣意(必要程度 以上)地增大振動頻率而對人體造成太強的不快刺激,或 者要使水勢減弱時使流速減少的話,減少振動頻率而輿剌 激感極端減少等不適切的洗淨。 作爲上述吐水手段的較佳樣態,可採用以下的構成。 (1 )吐水手段,可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水 ,以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積進行吐水的方式對洗淨面 掃描,同時以使該掃描造成的壓力變化爲人體無法辨識的 方式吐出的構成。 (2 )吐水手段,可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水 ,以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積進行吐水的方式依序變更 洗淨位置,同時以使該變更造成的壓力變化爲人體無法辨 識的方式吐出的構成。 -線· (3 )吐水手段,可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水 的流量隨著時間持續變動而使伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流Μ 變動之壓力變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之構成。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 (4 )吐水手段,可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水 的流速隨著時間持續變動而使伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流速 變動之壓力變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之構成。 (5 )作爲吐水手段的其他樣態,除了使吐水樣態的 經時變動爲人體無法辨識的場合以外,也包含吐水樣態的 變動、或掃描導致的壓力變化、或對洗淨面依序變更的壓 力變化,或流量的變動導致壓力變化,或流速的變動導致 壓力變化等,吐水導致的水壓變動之中僅有附隨的水壓變 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -11 - 〇4 35 7 A7 ____B7_ 五、發明說明fe ) 動被認識的場合。亦即,在吐水手段,即使以人體無法辨 識的變動週期進行吐水控制,雖然人體會感知附隨的低頻 率成份,但是與從前連續吐水的低頻率成份的辨識量相比 沒有太大的差異的緣故,如此的水壓係不會造成不快的洗 淨感(刺激)。亦即,作爲控制目標的頻率,只要設定爲 人體無法辨識的頻率即可得到舒適的洗淨感。 進而’吐水控制手段,藉由適當變更各種吐水手段所 採用的吐水樣態、掃描導致的壓力變化、對洗淨面依序被 變更的壓力變化、或流量的變動導致的壓力變化、或流速 的變動導致的壓力變化等等,可以進行多種多樣而且適切 之洗淨。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備:使沖 到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之咕水樣態隨著時間持續改變,使 r- 該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之吐水 手段,及設定洗淨水的吐水樣態之吐水樣態輯定手段,及 因應藉由上述吐水樣態設定手段所設定的吐水樣態,變更 流量及/或流速之吐水控制手段。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置·藉由吐水手段,使沖 到人體洗淨面的洗淨水的吐水樣態隨著時間持續變動,而 且使該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出。 而吐出控制手段,伴隨著由吐水樣態設定手段所設定的吐 水樣態,變更流量及/或流速。 所謂吐水樣態設定手段,是設定被吐出於洗淨面的洗 淨水的洗淨面積、位置、水壓、流量 '流速等種種相異的 —— — — — — — — — — — — II · I I <«先Η讀背面之注項為本頁) 訂- -.線- 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -12- 4 34 35 7 a? B7 五、發明說明(10 ) 吐水形態之手段,例如可以採用以下的構成。 (1 )可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水,以較上述 吐水孔更寬廣的面積進行吐水的方式對洗淨面掃描,同時 以使該掃描造成的壓力變化爲人體無法辨識的方式吐出的 擺動吐水形態。此吐水形態,可以迅速進行洗淨面積的增 減。 (2 )可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水,以較上述 吐水孔更寬廣的面積進行吐水的方式對洗淨面依序變更面 積,同時以使該變更造成的壓力變化爲人體無法辨識的方 式吐出的面積變更吐水形態。此吐水形態,可以迅速進行 洗淨面積的增減。 (3 )可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水的流量隨著 時間持續變動而使伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流量變動之壓力 變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之第1間歇/脈動吐水形 態。此吐水形態,藉由負荷比控制或施加電壓的變動而可 , 以容易進行流量的增減、流速的增減。 5 (3 )可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水的流量隨著 時間持續變動而使伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流量變動之壓力 變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之第1間歇/脈動吐水形 態。此吐水形態,藉由負荷比控制或施加電壓的變動而可 以容易進行流量的增減、流速的增減。 (4)可以採用使由吐水孔吐出的洗淨水的流速隨著 時間持續變動而使伴隨著該洗淨水的經時流速變動之壓力 , - 變化以人體無法辨識的方式吐出之第2間歇/脈動吐水形 .!!!!裝.1 — {猜先閲讀背*之注項^本頁) 訂‘ 線· 經濟部智慧財產局具工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家#準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •13- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(11 ) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印數 態。此吐水形態,藉由負荷比控制而可以容易 增減、流速的增減。 (5 )作爲其他的吐水形態,除了使吐水 變動爲人體無法辨識的場合以外,也包含吐水 、或掃描導致的壓力變化、或對洗淨面依序變 化,或流量的變動導致壓力變化,或流速的變 變化等,吐水導致的水壓變動之中僅有附隨的 認識的場合。亦即,在吐水手段,即使以人體 變動週期進行吐水控制,雖然人體會感知附隨 份,但是與從前連續吐水的低頻率成份的辨識 太大的差異的緣故,如此的水壓係不會造成不 (刺激)。亦即,作爲控制目標的頻率,只要 無法辨識的頻率即可得到舒適的洗淨感。 如此的吐水形態設定手段,除了設置直接 水形態、間歇/脈動吐水形態等的旋鈕或按鈕 ,可以是根據設定水勢的手段,或者臀部洗淨 、按摩等模式等等切換而實行的構成。 上述吐水控制手段,以如下的方式,根據 設定手段所設定的吐水樣態,求出單獨的流量 這些條件,而進行適切的人體洗淨。 (1 )藉由吐水樣態設定手段,而採取擺 改變洗淨面積的設定時,可以進行增減洗淨水 單位面積的流‘量之無謂增加之洗淨或補充流量 淨。 進行流量的 樣態的經時 樣態的變動 更的壓力變 動導致壓力 水壓變動被 無法辨識的 的低頻率成 量相比沒有 快的洗淨感 設定爲人體 設定擺動吐 的構成之外 、陰部洗淨 由吐水樣態 、流速或者 動吐水形態 ,以防止每 的減少之洗 丨!------ - -- 裝 i — (請先閲讀背面之注#項\)%本頁)· 訂. Γ .線. 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公a ) -14- 4—34 357 a: _ B7 五、發明說明(12 ) (2 )被設定爲間歇/脈動吐水形態時,藉由以變更 驅動電磁閥或水幫浦的負荷比的變更來增減流量,以調節 流量感或柔和感。 (3 )被設定爲間歇/脈動吐水形態時,藉由變更對 電磁閥或水幫浦雄加的電壓(脈動的強弱)的變更而改變 流速,以增減刺激。 本發明,其特徵爲具備:具有複數使沖到人體洗淨面 的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變,使該吐水樣態的 時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐出的吐水形態之吐水手 段,及指示從上述吐水手段吐水的吐水指示手段,及以根 據藉由上述吐水指示手段之吐水指示,從上述複數吐水形 態中選擇而吐水的方式控制上述吐水手段的吐水控制手段 〇 在本發明相關的人體洗淨裝置,藉由具有複數吐水形 態的吐水手段,選擇這些吐水形態而吐水。亦即,根據吐 水手段之各吐水形態,係使沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐 水樣態隨著時間持續改變,而且使該吐水樣態的時間變動 爲人體無法辨識的吐水,從這些複數的吐水形態適當選擇 而吐水。 此外,吐水孔除了爲單數以外也可以爲複數,此外其 面積爲可變的場合亦可,進而以使吐水孔全體或者隨著時 間變動的方式由一部分吐水者亦可,無論是何種方式只要 是可使吐水樣態隨著時間改變上不會有障礙的構成即可, 其形狀、數目、面積並未有特別限定。此外,所謂吐水孔 本紙張尺度適用中0國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) ---------•-裝 i — (請先閱讀背面之注$項wT Λ本頁) 訂: .線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 經濟部智慈財產局員工消费合作社印製 43435 7 A7 ___.·_^_B7_____ 五、發明說明(13 ) 的面積,是指從吐水孔吐出洗淨水的有效面積。 作爲如此選擇吐水形態的較佳樣態,可以採用如下述 的構成。 (1 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態,及使從吐水孔 吐出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態 0 (2 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態, 及藉由洗淨水的流動使外氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的流速 辱泡混入形態。 (3 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態, 及藉由對洗淨水吹入壓縮空氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的強 制氣泡混入形態。 (4 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態,及藉由洗淨水 的流動使外氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的流速氣泡混入形態 〇 (5 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態,及藉由對洗淨 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 * 297公釐〉 -16· !1 — 1 瞻 — ! ^01 i 1 <請先Mit背面之注意事項¾本ϊ 訂-· •線- A7 -134 3 5 7 五、發明說明(14 ) 水吹入壓縮空氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的強制氣泡混入形 態。 <請先闓讀背面之注意事項>t本買) 上述的吐水形態,可以藉由如下述般適當進行活用其 特徵的選擇,而得到提高洗淨面積的增減、或水勢的調整 '或省水率提高的效果》 (1 )於人體洗淨裝置,具備複數吐水孔,例如臀部 洗淨用或者陰部洗淨用的吐水孔,於各吐水孔選擇相異的 吐水形態。例如,於陰部洗淨用的吐水孔,選.擇較臀部洗 淨用水勢更弱的柔和洗淨形態。 (2 )吐水控制手段,根據洗淨水的流量,選擇上述 吐水形態。例如'間歇/脈動吐水形態,藉由變更電磁閥 或水幫浦的負荷比,可以容易進行水量的調節,所0選擇 於想要提高省水率的場合。 線- (3 )吐水控制手段,根據洗淨水的流速,選擇吐水 形態。例如,想要增大刺激的場合,選擇間歇/脈動吐水 形態,而想要得到柔和的洗淨感的場合,選擇旋轉擺動吐 水形態。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印數 (4)吐水控制手段,依照預先決定的順序來選擇上 述吐水形態之任一。例如,於洗淨初期*選擇旋轉擺動吐 水形態以進行柔和的洗淨,經過指定時間之後提高洗淨力 而採用間歇/脈動吐水,或強制氣泡混入吐水形態。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備:具有 複數使沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨水之吐水樣態隨著時間持續 改變,使該吐水樣態的時間變動以人體無法辨識的方式吐 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4蜆格(210 X 297公釐) -17- A7 B7 ¢ 3435 五、發明說明(15 ) ill__II______ii (請先®讀背*之注意事項Η本霣) 出的吐水形態之吐水手段,及根據上述吐水手段同時進行 複數吐水形態,同時可以獨立於洗淨水的流量而控制至少 1個吐水形態之吐水控制手段。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,藉由具備複數吐水形 態之吐水手段,可以同時組合這些吐水形態而吐水。亦即 ,根據吐水手段之各吐水形態,使沖到人體洗淨面的洗淨 水的吐水樣態隨著時間持續變動,而且使該吐水樣態的時 間變動爲人體無法辨識的吐水,同時組合這些複數的吐水 形態而吐水。而根據吐水手段之複數吐水形態之中,至少 1個吐水形態,係獨立於洗淨水的流量而被控制的。 上述吐水控制手段,於複數吐水形態之中,至少於1 個吐水形態,可以獨立於洗淨水的流量,亦即不管流量的 大小,而適當控制洗淨面積、位置、水壓、流速等的吐水 樣態,得到適當的人體洗淨。 線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消f合作社印製 於並用複數可以提高洗淨力或洗淨感的種種吐水形態 時,藉由至少具備一個與洗淨水的流量獨立而被適當控制 的洗淨面積、位置、水壓、流速等的吐水樣態的構成’可 以不受限於洗淨水的流量,而進行適當洗淨力與洗淨感之 人體洗淨。所謂與流量獨立’從把洗淨水加熱至適溫的加 熱手段的容量之降低或者洗淨水的加熱控制的簡化等觀點 來看也是非常理想的。 如此,作爲吐水形態的組合之較佳樣態’可以採用如 下的構成。 (1 )上述吐水手段’可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) .10- 4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明(16 ) 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態,及使從吐水孔 吐出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態 ;而藉由旋轉擺動吐水形態使洗淨水在指定軌跡上旋轉, 而使洗淨水的流量隨著時間變動。 (2 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態, 及藉由洗淨水的流動使外氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的流速 氣泡混入形態;而使洗淨水的流速隨著時間變動而對該洗 淨水混入氣泡。 (3 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水的流量隨著時間改變的間歇/脈動吐水形態, 及藉由對洗淨水吹入壓縮空氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的強 制氣泡混入形態;而使洗淨水的流速隨著時間變動而對該 洗淨水混入氣泡。 (4 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態’及藉由洗淨水 的流動使外氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的流速氣泡混入形態 :而藉由旋轉擺動吐水形態使洗淨水在指定軌跡上旋轉’ 而使混入氣泡的洗淨水吐出。 (5 )上述吐水手段,可以構成爲具備使從吐水孔吐 出的洗淨水以較上述吐水孔更寬廣的面積吐水的方式對洗 淨面以約略圓形掃描的旋轉擺動吐水形態,及藉由對洗淨 !| 曹! •裝· <«先閲讀背面之迮$項本頁 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局S工消费合作社印數 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) • 19 - 434357 A7 1 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 17 水吹入壓縮空氣以氣泡狀態混入洗淨水的強制氣泡混入形 態:而藉由旋轉擺動吐水形態使洗淨水在指定軌跡上旋轉 ,而使混入氣泡的洗淨水吐出。 如此,藉由同時適當進行組合活用了上述吐水形態的 特徵,可得洗淨面積的增減、水勢的調整、省水率·的提高 等效果。 此外,至於針對洗淨面·以約略圓形旋轉而掃描的旋轉 擺動吐水形態,擺動並非採轉動者,亦即軌跡爲約略圓形 而非被特定者。對洗淨面掃描的種種擺動吐水形態其軌跡 有種種模樣,當然也成爲各種具有特徵的洗淨。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備: 對人體吐出洗淨水的吐水手段,及 設定從該吐水手段吐出的洗淨水的水勢之水勢設定手 段,及 以式(1 )把根據洗淨面之每單位面積之空間.平均洗 淨能量之洗淨強度定義爲洗淨力e時,根據上述水勢設定 手段所設定的水勢,增減控制上述洗淨力e的洗’淨力控制 手段; e = E/A = (,o wX Qx y2)/A=p wx p X v3[W/m2]......(1) 其中,洗淨力e以下列値爲參數: A :於洗浄面藉由洗淨水洗淨的洗淨面積〔m2〕 Q :洗淨水的瞬間吐出流量〔m3/s e c〕 (請先w讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) r r — 本紙張尺度適用中國困家樣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) -20- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 134357 at :______B7_ 五、發明説明() 18 PW :水的密度〔k g/m3〕 V':洗淨水的流速〔m/s e c〕 Ρ :洗淨水的空間容積率P = Q / ( A x v ) 〔 m 3 / m 3 } E :洗淨能 aE = i〇wxQxv2=pwXpxAx 'T 3〔 W〕。 在相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,藉由吐水手段,朝 向人體洗淨面吐出洗淨水。此時,洗淨力控制手段,根據 由水勢設定手段所設定的水勢,以增減洗淨水的洗淨力e 的方式控制。 上述洗淨力控制手段,根據由水勢設定手段所設定的 水勢,實行增減洗淨力e的控制,藉此進行適切的人體洗 淨。例如,由水勢設定手段設定爲強力水勢的場合,可以 不使流量增大而僅使流速增大的方式之吐水樣態,或者設 定爲微弱水勢的場合於維持洗淨面積的狀態|可以僅降低 流速而藉由柔和的吐水樣態進行洗淨。當然,即使設定於 微弱水勢的場合,當然也以確保洗淨之充分必要的洗淨力 e的方式設定。 亦即,本發明如從前那般根據流體調節閥的開度、-幫 浦的旋轉數等進行水勢的控制的場合,取代流暈Q與流速 v同樣以一定的關係變動的控制,而改以僅控制流量Q或 者僅控制流速v的方式可得適切的洗淨。 作爲供藉由洗淨力控制手段增減洗淨力e之用的較佳 樣態,因應於上述的吐水樣態,可以採用種種手段,例如 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家揉準(CNS > A4規《格(210X297公着) (請先閎讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)^ 3435 7 a? _____B7 _ V. Description of the invention () TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a human body washing device that discharges washing water from a water jetting hole to wash the human body. Technical background In the past, such human body washing devices, such as sanitary washing devices installed in toilets, have been reviewed to expand the washing range, or promote defecation by gentle washing or strong stimulation. Wash the form. An example of such a technique is the technique of the conventional Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 6 1-5 3 9 2 9. This technique uses a fluid element mechanism to spit water in order to draw a specified trajectory of the washing water, expand the washing range, and spit the washing water while spitting water to switch the direction of the water flow. . However, the washing water discharged by the previous fluid element mechanism · The moving speed (vibration frequency) of the specified trajectory and the amplitude (washing area) of the specified trajectory increase and decrease in response to the increase and decrease of the amount of water immediately discharged. Therefore, when washing a wide range, the instantaneous discharge volume must be increased. On the other hand, when washing a narrow range, the instantaneous discharge volume must be reduced. 0 In addition, wide-range washing and narrow-range washing can be performed variably. In this case, the amplitude of the specified trajectory (cleaning area) cannot be changed significantly in the characteristics of the fluid element, so the range of change in the cleaning area is small. In addition, when cleaning a wide range, the moving speed (vibration frequency) of the specified trajectory is. High-speed (high frequency). On the other hand, when cleaning a narrow range, the moving speed (vibration frequency) of the specified trajectory is low. (Low frequency) 'Unable ------- I ------ install --- < Please read note #item Hirh on the back page first) Order--Line-Printed on paper by the Consumer Property Cooperative, member of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, this paper applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Regulations (210 X 297 mm). 4 * -rw »* 4 3 5 Τα A7… * __; __B7__ V. Description of the invention) Please read the precautions on the back ^ this page) to match the moving speed of the washing surface. Furthermore, when there is a problem of washing and feeling in human body washing, there is a problem that it is not possible to effectively change the moving speed or washing area of a specified trajectory without changing the instantaneous amount of water. In addition, in recent years, a sanitary washing device that discharges warm water toward the human body has been reviewing how to save water with the purpose of reducing the power supply of the heater that heats the washing water. The present invention is to solve the problems of the prior art described above. The purpose is to provide a human body washing device that can perform various human body washing comfortably and at the same time improve water saving efficiency. The disclosure of the invention is related to the human body washing device of the present invention, which is characterized in that: the spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human washing surface is continuously changed with time, and the time variation of the spouting state is changed to The means of spitting out in a way that the human body cannot spit out, and the spitting control means independent of the flow rate of the washing water, can control the spitting state. The Consumption Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the human body washing device related to the present invention, and the water spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human body washing surface was continuously changed with time by means of water spouting, and The time variation of the spouting state is made to spit out in a manner which cannot be recognized by the human body. The spouting state according to the spouting means is controlled independently of the flow rate of the washing water by the spouting control means. Here the so-called spouting state refers to the state or state of the washing water flushed to the human face, and the so-called spouting state changes over time refers to the area, location, and water washed by the washing water. Pressure, flow rate, flow rate, etc. change over time. Paper size applies national standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -5- 4 3435 7 Α7 Β7 Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing V. Invention Description (3) Changes. In addition, the so-called time variation of the spit-out state becomes unrecognizable to the human body, which means that the speed of the change of the state of the washing water is relatively large, or very small, and the washing surface of the human body cannot recognize the stimulus change. As a means for preventing the washing surface of the human body from discerning fluctuations in water pressure, a means for changing the cycle of washing water to the human body may be adopted. If the fluctuation period of the washing water is about 3 Η z or less, the human body can clearly recognize the stimulus change, so the fluctuation cycle is preferably 5 Η ζ or more. The above-mentioned spouting control means is independent of the flow rate of the washing water, that is, regardless of the flow rate, and appropriately controlling the spouting state of the washing surface, the position, the water pressure, the flow rate, etc., can obtain a suitable human body wash. For example, the water spouting pattern can be used to wash a wide area without reducing the cleaning power. That is, the present invention does not, as in the case of using the fluid element described in the prior art, want to increase the washing area and increase the flow rate, which will cause the human body to flush too much and cause unpleasant stimulation, or When the water potential is reduced to reduce the flow rate and the washing area is reduced, problems such as washing mistakes such as the part that is not being washed are generated, and comfortable washing can be achieved over a wide area. As a preferred example of such a spouting state changing with time, spouting patterns such as swing spouting or intermittent / pulsating spouting can be adopted, and the washing area and frequency (number of rotations, pulsation frequency) of these spouting patterns can be changed ), Load ratio, pulsation intensity and so on. For example, a preferred embodiment of the present invention is characterized in that the washing surface which is discharged from the water discharge hole is scanned with a wider area than the water discharge hole, and the washing surface is scanned at the same time. Water pressure change < Please read the Note f on the back page of this page first) Binding · The size of the thread paper is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -6- 4 3435 7 V. Description of invention C; ) The method of controlling the scanning range of the above-mentioned spouting means by controlling the scanning range of the above-mentioned spouting means by means of a spouting means that is unrecognizable by the human body, and independent of the flow rate of the above-mentioned washing water, and the area of the washing surface can be changed. One aspect of the water spouting method is swinging water spouting, that is, the range of the washing water spouted from the spouting hole is scanned by rotation, reciprocation or a combination thereof, and the method of cleaning a wider area than the area of the spouting hole, etc. . In this case, in addition to the previously determined trajectory *, the trajectory scanned by the washing water may be determined in such a way that a uniform washing feeling can be obtained on the washing surface although it is random. In addition, another preferable aspect is characterized in that the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the water discharge hole is continuously changed with time, and the washing water is accompanied by a change in the flow rate of the washing water over time. The pressure change is a spouting means that spits out in a way that the human body cannot recognize, and a spout control means that controls the spouting means in a manner that can change the time variation ratio of the washing water independently of the flow rate of the washing water. In addition, in other aspects of the water spouting method, intermittent / pulsating water spouting can be used, that is, the flow rate of the washing water spouted from the spouting hole is completely stopped and intermittent water spouting is performed, or the minimum flow rate is not zero to make the flow rate Over time, pulsating spitting and other forms. In the case of pulsating water spouting, not only does the flow rate change less than intermittent water spouting, but also the minimum water pressure is not zero or negative, so it can reduce water hammer, that is, the pressure on other devices is accompanied by pressure fluctuations. In addition, the impact on the human body is reduced due to the near continuous spitting of water, and the washing feeling is excellent. In addition, because the spit water will not flow backward or stagnate, the heat exchanger control of the heating means for heating the washing water is also applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) of this paper! I (Please read the precautions on the back h Λ page) Order --- Line · Printed by the W Industrial Consumers Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V- 4-3435 7 A7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy B7 _ _Fifth, the description of the invention (5) can be relatively simple. In addition, the intermittent / pulsating water spouting form of the human body washing device has excellent washing power over a wide area and can be washed with less washing water. Therefore, the heat energy of heating the washing water can be reduced. The application of water heating means contributes to energy conservation. Similarly, the swept water jet can scan the washing surface, and the wide area can be washed even if the water jet diameter is reduced. Since the pore diameter of the spout can be reduced, the flow rate of the washing water can be increased even if the amount of water is smaller than that of the previous washing water. That is, it is the same as intermittent / pulsating spouting water, which not only can be washed with excellent detergency, but also reduces the thermal energy of heating the washing water and contributes to energy conservation. It is simplified or low because the capacity of the heating means is reduced. Cost becomes possible. In addition, as another preferred aspect of the present invention, it is characterized in that: the spouting state of the washing water flushed onto the human body's washing surface is continuously changed with time, and the spouting state is compared with The spouting means which can be recognized by the human body with a shorter period and a shorter period of time, and a spouting control means independent of the flow rate of the washing water, can control the spouting state. Here, the state of spouting control as the spouting means includes not only the time variation of the spouting pattern that cannot be recognized by the human body, but also the variation of the spouting pattern or the pressure change caused by scanning. The pressure changes in order, pressure changes due to flow rate changes, pressure changes due to flow rate, etc., only the accompanying water pressure changes can be recognized and recognized among the water pressure changes caused by spouting. In other words, the spouting control is performed even when the human body can perceive the accompanying low-frequency components in a fluctuation cycle that the human body cannot recognize. 1 In comparison with the previously recognized low-frequency components of continuous spouting, there is no in — — — — — — — I— I i — (please read "Notes on the back side of the article \ Buy hard copy first) Order-• Line · This paper size is applicable ® National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -8- ir 4 343 5 7 V. The invention is broken) Because of the great difference, such a water pressure system will not cause unpleasant washing feeling (irritation). That is, as the frequency of the control target, a comfortable washing feeling can be obtained as long as it is set to a frequency that cannot be recognized by the human body. In addition, as a preferred aspect of the present invention, it is provided with an instruction means for instructing the water ejection means to perform a water ejection washing action that the human body cannot recognize P, and the above-mentioned ejection control means may be configured to be synchronized with the water ejection instruction from the above-mentioned washing action instruction means. Control the change of the above-mentioned spouting pattern. That is, according to this pattern, because the cleaning operation instruction of the washing action instruction means is synchronized, the spouting pattern is changed and the spouting is performed, so additional washing is performed during washing. There is no unnecessary control compared to the clean occasion, and a large water saving effect can be obtained from the initial stage of washing. Also, because it is not washed by intermittent stimulation, such as special washing such as massage, but washing that is usually used, the frequency of use is high and the water-saving effect is greater. A human body washing device according to the present invention is characterized by including washing water that continuously changes the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the water discharge hole with time and changes the flow rate of the washing water over time. The change in pressure is a means of spitting out in a way that the human body cannot recognize. In the human body washing device related to this invention, the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole by the water spouting means continuously changes with time, and the time variation of the washing water causes the pressure of the washing water to change. Spit out the way of identification. The human body washing device related to other inventions is characterized in that the water spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human body washing surface is continuously changed with time, so that the time variation of the water spouting state cannot be recognized by the human body. Spitting means for spitting out, and water potential setting means for setting the water potential of the washing water, and according to this paper standard, the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) is applicable. Please read the note on the back. Item λ This page) Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -9-434 35 7 a? B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention) The water potential set by the above water potential setting means To control the water spouting means and change the water spouting control means in the water spouting state. According to the human body washing device of the present invention, the water spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human body washing surface is continuously changed with time by means of water spouting, and the time variation of the water spouting state cannot be changed by the human body. Spit out the way of identification. The spouting state according to the spouting means is controlled by the spouting control means in response to the water potential set according to the water potential setting means. Here, the above-mentioned water potential setting means refers to a means for setting the water potential by a user's operation such as a button or a knob, or an electronic control device such as a computer, which can set the water potential by a program according to various conditions. While posing. The water potential set by the water potential setting means can set the flow rate or flow rate of the washing water washed to the human washing surface to be continuous or stepwise, or it can be set to make the flow rate or flow rate independent or combined. value. For example, water is set to be larger when the user desires strong washing, and is set to be smaller when the user desires gentle washing. In addition, the change in the state of spouting water means changing the washing area, position, water pressure, and flow rate of the washing water discharged to the washing surface. The above-mentioned spouting control means appropriately controls the spouting state such as the washing area, position, water pressure, flow rate, and flow rate according to the water potential set by the water potential setting means, thereby performing proper human body washing. For example, when the strong water potential is set by the water potential setting means, a spouting pattern in which only the flow rate is increased, or when a weak water potential is set, a gentle spouting pattern in which only the flow rate is reduced, can be washed. That is, the present invention can avoid, for example, using the instructions described in the prior art. Please read the precautions on the back. ---. ♦ This page) Order · --- Line · This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm> 10-: 43435 7 A7 ___B7___ V. Description of the invention) --------------- install --- < Please read the page on the back of the page first.) As for fluid components, when the flow rate is increased, the vibration frequency is intentionally increased (more than necessary) to cause too strong unpleasant stimulation to the human body, or to make the If the flow velocity is reduced when the water potential is weakened, the vibration frequency is reduced and the irritation is extremely reduced, such as unsuitable washing. As a preferable aspect of the said water spouting means, the following structures are employable. (1) Water spouting means can use the washing water spouted from the spouting hole to scan the washing surface with a wider area than the above spouting hole, and at the same time make the pressure change caused by the scanning unrecognizable by the human body. Way to spit out the composition. (2) Water spouting means can use washing water spouted from the spouting hole to sequentially spout water in a wider area than the above spouting hole, while making the pressure change caused by the change impossible for the human body. Spit out the way of identification. -Line · (3) Water discharge means can be used to continuously change the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the water discharge hole with time, so that the pressure change accompanying the change of the flow rate M of the washing water over time can be discharged in a way that the human body cannot recognize. Of the composition. (4) Water spouting method of du print printing (4) by the shellfish consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs can be adopted to continuously change the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole with time and change the flow rate of the washing water over time. The pressure change is formed in a way that the human body cannot recognize. (5) Other forms of spouting means include changes in the spouting form that are not recognized by the human body, as well as changes in the spouting form, changes in pressure caused by scanning, or cleansing the face. Sequential changes in pressure, or changes in flow rate cause pressure changes, or changes in flow rate cause pressure changes. Among the changes in water pressure caused by spouting, only the accompanying changes in water pressure. This paper applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -11-〇4 35 7 A7 ____B7_ V. Description of the invention That is, in the spouting method, even if the spouting control is performed at a fluctuation cycle that cannot be recognized by the human body, although the human body perceives the accompanying low-frequency component, it is not much different from the previously recognized low-frequency component of continuous spouting. For this reason, such a water pressure system does not cause an unpleasant washing feeling (irritation). That is, as the frequency of the control target, as long as it is set to a frequency that cannot be recognized by the human body, a comfortable washing feeling can be obtained. Furthermore, the 'spitting control means appropriately changes the spouting pattern used by various spouting methods, the pressure change due to scanning, the pressure change to the washing surface in order, the pressure change due to the flow rate change, or the flow rate. Variations in pressure caused by changes in pressure, etc., can be washed in a variety of ways and appropriately. The human body washing device related to the present invention is characterized by comprising: making the water state of the washing water flushed to the human body washing surface continuously change with time, so that Water spouting means for spitting out in an unrecognizable manner, and water spouting pattern setting means for setting the water spouting pattern of the washing water, and the flow rate and the flow rate according to the water spouting pattern set by the above water spouting pattern setting means. And / or water spout control means. The human body washing device according to the present invention, by using a water spouting method, the spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human body's washing surface is continuously changed with time, and the time variation of the spouting state cannot be changed by the human body. Spit out the way of identification. The discharge control means changes the flow rate and / or the flow rate in accordance with the discharge pattern set by the discharge pattern setting means. The so-called spouting state setting means is to set the washing area, position, water pressure, flow rate and flow rate of the washing water discharged from the washing surface, which are different from each other — — — — — — — — — — — — II · II < «Read the note on the back of this page for this page) Order--. LINE-Printed by the Industrial Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper applies Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -12- 4 34 35 7 a? B7 5. Description of the invention (10) The means for spouting water, for example, can adopt the following configuration. (1) The washing surface can be scanned by washing water spouted from the spouting hole in a wider area than the spouting hole, and spits out in such a way that the pressure change caused by the scanning is unrecognizable by the human body. Swinging spitting water pattern. This spouting pattern can quickly increase or decrease the washing area. (2) The area of the washing surface can be changed sequentially by washing water spouted from the spouting hole with a wider area than the spouting hole, while making the pressure change caused by the change unrecognizable to the human body. The area of the spitting method changes the spitting water form. This water spouting pattern can quickly increase or decrease the washing area. (3) The first interval / pulsation that can be discharged in a manner that cannot be recognized by the human body can be adopted in which the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole continuously changes with time, and the pressure change accompanying the change in the flow rate of the washing water over time can be discerned by the human body. Spitting water. This water spouting form can be controlled by the duty ratio or the applied voltage, and it is easy to increase or decrease the flow rate or increase or decrease the flow rate. 5 (3) The first interval that the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole can be continuously changed with time and the pressure change accompanying the change of the flow rate of the washing water over time can be discharged in a way that the human body cannot recognize. Pulsating vomiting water form. In this water spouting form, it is possible to easily increase or decrease the flow rate or increase or decrease the flow rate by controlling the load ratio or changing the applied voltage. (4) It is possible to use a pressure that changes the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole over time, and changes the flow rate of the washing water over time. / Pulsation spit shape. !!!! 装. 1 — {Guess first read the note on the back * this page) Order 'line · Printed on paper scales of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Industrial Cooperatives, Copies of paper size Applicable to China # 准 ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) • 13- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (11) The state of the shellfish consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. This spouting pattern can be easily increased or decreased and the flow rate can be increased or decreased by controlling the load ratio. (5) As other forms of spitting water, in addition to making the spitting water flow unrecognizable to the human body, it also includes spitting water, pressure changes caused by scanning, or sequential changes to the washing surface, or changes in flow rate resulting in pressure changes, or There are only occasions when there is accompanying change among the changes in the flow velocity, etc., among the changes in the water pressure caused by the spout. That is, in the spouting method, even if the spouting control is performed in the human body's changing cycle, although the human body will perceive the accompanying parts, it is too different from the recognition of the low-frequency components of continuous spouting in the past. Such a water pressure system will not cause No (stimulus). That is, as the frequency of the control target, as long as the frequency cannot be recognized, a comfortable washing feeling can be obtained. Such a spouting pattern setting means may be a structure that is implemented by switching a direct water pattern, an intermittent / pulsating spouting pattern, or the like according to a method of setting a water potential, or switching modes such as hip washing and massage. The above-mentioned spout control means obtains the individual flow rate conditions based on the spouting pattern set by the setting means in the following manner, and performs appropriate human body washing. (1) By changing the setting of the washing area by setting the spitting water state, you can increase or decrease the amount of washing water per unit area, and increase the amount of washing, or supplement the flow. Perform flow-rate changes over time. More pressure fluctuations cause pressure and water pressure fluctuations. Unrecognizable low-frequency components. Faster washing feeling than the rapid cleansing. Set to the human body setting. Wash by the spouting water state, flow rate or dynamic spouting water to prevent each reduction of washing 丨! --------Install i — (please read the Note # item on the back page)% of this page) · Order. Γ. Line. This paper size is applicable to the National Standards (CNS) A4. < 210 X 297 male a) -14- 4-34 357 a: _ B7 V. Description of the invention (12) (2) When it is set to intermittent / pulsating water spouting mode, the solenoid valve or water pump is driven by changing Change the load ratio to increase or decrease the flow to adjust the flow or softness. (3) When the intermittent / pulsating spouting mode is set, the flow rate is changed by changing the voltage (pulsation strength) to the solenoid valve or the water pump, and the stimulation is increased or decreased. The present invention is characterized by having a plurality of spouting patterns of the washing water washed into the human body's washing surface, which continuously change with time, so that the time variation of the spouting patterns is spewed out in a way that the human body cannot recognize. The water spouting means of the form, and the water spouting instruction means for instructing water spouting from the water spouting means, and the water spouting control means for controlling the water spouting means in accordance with the water spouting instruction by the water spouting instruction means and selecting water from the plural water spouting forms. In the human body washing device according to the present invention, a plurality of water spouting means are used to select these water spouting forms to spit water. That is, according to each water-spouting form of the water-spraying means, the spouting state of the washing water washed to the human body's washing surface is continuously changed with time, and the time variation of the spouting state is made to be unrecognizable by the human body. From these plural water-spraying forms, the water-spraying is appropriately selected. In addition, the spout holes may be plural in addition to a singular number, and the area may be variable. Furthermore, a part of the spout holes may be spouted in such a manner that the spout holes are changed in whole or over time. What is necessary is just the structure which can prevent a spouting state from changing over time, and its shape, number, and area are not specifically limited. In addition, the paper size of the so-called spit hole is applicable to the national standard 0 (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male *) --------- • -install i — (Please read the note on the back of the item wT Λ This page) Order: .. Consumer consumption cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Du printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau. The effective area of the washing water is discharged from the water discharge hole. As a preferable aspect for selecting the water spouting form in this manner, the following configuration can be adopted. (1) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include a rotating and swinging water spouting pattern in which the washing water spouted from the spouting hole has a wider area than the spouting hole to scan the washing surface in an approximately circular shape, and Intermittent / pulsating spouting pattern in which the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole changes over time (2) The above-mentioned spouting means may be configured to include an intermittent / pulsating pattern in which the flow rate of the washing water discharged from the spouting hole changes over time. The spouting form and the flow rate of the washing water so that the outside air is mixed with the flow rate of the washing water in the state of bubbles in the bubble form. (3) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include an intermittent / pulsating water spouting pattern in which the flow rate of the washing water spouted from the spouting hole is changed with time, and the compressed water is blown into the washing water in a state of bubbles to be mixed into the washing. Forced bubbles of water are mixed into the pattern. (4) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include a rotating and swinging water spouting pattern in which the washing water spouted from the spouting hole has a wider area than the spouting hole to scan the washing surface in a substantially circular shape, and The flow rate of the washing water causes the outside air to be mixed with the flow rate of the washing water in a bubble state. (5) The above-mentioned spouting means may be configured to have a wider area of the washing water spouted from the spouting hole than the spouting hole. The method of spitting water rotates and spit out the water in an approximately circular scan on the washing surface, and applies the Chinese standard 0 (CNS > A4) to the size of the paper. < 210 * 297 mm〉 -16 ·! 1 — 1 look —! ^ 01 i 1 < Please pay attention to the back of Mit first ¾ this order--• line-A7 -134 3 5 7 V. Description of the invention (14) Forced air bubble mixing state where water is blown into compressed air and air bubbles are mixed into washing water. < Please read the precautions on the back > t this purchase) The above spitting pattern can be used to properly select its characteristics as described below to increase or decrease the area to be washed or adjust the water potential. ' (1) The effect of improving the water saving rate (1) In a human body washing device, there are multiple water jet holes, such as those for the hips or the genitals, and different water jets are selected for each water jet. For example, for the spit hole for genital washing, choose a gentle washing form that has a weaker potential than the hip washing water. (2) The spouting control means selects the spouting form according to the flow rate of the washing water. For example, the 'intermittent / pulsating water spouting pattern can be easily adjusted by changing the load ratio of the solenoid valve or the water pump. The 0 is selected when the water saving rate is to be increased. Line-(3) Spout control means, according to the flow rate of the washing water, select the spout form. For example, if you want to increase the stimulus, choose intermittent / pulsating water spouting mode, and if you want to get a soft feeling of washing, choose a rotary swing water spouting mode. (4) Spout control means, in accordance with a predetermined order, select any of the above spout patterns. For example, at the initial stage of washing *, you can choose a rotating and swinging spouting pattern to perform gentle washing. After a specified period of time, increase the cleaning power and use intermittent / pulsating spouting, or force air bubbles into the spouting pattern. The human body washing device according to the present invention is characterized in that it has a plurality of spouting states of the washing water flushed to the washing surface of the human body, which continuously change with time, so that the time variation of the spouting state changes to Unrecognizable way to spit this paper. Applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 grid (210 X 297 mm) -17- A7 B7 ¢ 3435 V. Description of the invention (15) ill__II______ii (Please read the notes on the back first * Η 本 霣) The water spouting means according to the water spouting form described above, and a plurality of water spouting forms simultaneously performed according to the above water spouting means, and at the same time, at least one water spouting controlling means can be controlled independently of the flow rate of the washing water. The washing device has a plurality of water spouting means, which can simultaneously spit out these water spouting forms. That is, according to each water spouting form of the water spouting means, the water spouting state of the washing water flushed to the human body's washing surface can be spouted. It continues to change with time, and the time variation of the spouting state is spewing water that is not recognized by the human body, and the plural spouting patterns are combined to spit water. Among the plural spouting forms of water means, at least one spouting form is controlled independently of the flow rate of the washing water. The above spouting control means, among the plural spouting forms, is at least one spouting form, which can be independent of The flow of washing water, that is, regardless of the size of the flow, properly control the spouting state of the washing area, location, water pressure, and flow rate, etc., to obtain proper human body washing. f Cooperatives are printed on various types of spouting water that can improve the washing power or the feeling of washing. By having at least one washing area, position, water pressure, and flow rate that are appropriately controlled independently of the flow of washing water The structure of the spouting water state 'can not be limited to the flow rate of the washing water, but can perform human washing with an appropriate washing power and a feeling of cleansing. The so-called "independent of the flow rate" ranges from heating the washing water to an appropriate temperature. From the viewpoint of reducing the capacity of the means or simplifying the heating control of the washing water, it is also very desirable. In this way, the best form of the combination of the spouting forms can be configured as follows. (1 ) The above-mentioned water spouting means can be configured to have the paper size of the paper spouting from the water spouting hole applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 mm). 10- 4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7 _ V. Description of the invention (16) The washing water spouts water in an approximately circular scanning manner on the washing surface in a manner that the water is spouted in a wider area than the above-mentioned spout holes, and the intermittent / pulsation that changes the flow rate of the purge water discharged from the spout holes over time (2) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include washing water spouted from a water spouting hole by rotating the washing water on a specified trajectory by rotating the water spouting shape. Intermittent / pulsating spouting water form that changes the flow rate of purified water over time, and the flow rate of air bubbles mixed into the washing water in a bubble state by the flow of the washing water; while the flow rate of the washing water changes over time Then, air bubbles are mixed into the washing water. (3) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include an intermittent / pulsating water spouting pattern in which the flow rate of the washing water spouted from the spouting hole is changed with time, and the compressed water is blown into the washing water in a state of bubbles to be mixed into the washing. Forced bubbles of water are mixed into the form; and the flow rate of the washing water is changed with time to mix bubbles into the washing water. (4) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include a rotating swing water spouting pattern in which the washing water spouted from the spouting hole has a wider area than the spouting hole to scan the washing surface in an approximately circular shape, and The flow of the washing water causes the outside air to be mixed with the flow rate of the washing water in a bubble state. The bubble is mixed into the shape: and the rotating water is rotated and spouted to rotate the washing water on a specified trajectory, so that the washing water mixed with bubbles is discharged. (5) The above-mentioned water spouting means may be configured to include a rotating and swinging water spouting pattern in which the washing water spouted from the spouting hole has a wider area than the spouting hole to scan the washing surface in an approximately circular shape, and To wash! | Cao! • fitting · < «Read the first item on the back page of this page · --line · The number of printed papers of the S Industrial Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) • 19 -434357 A7 1 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () 17 Forced bubble mixing mode in which water is blown into the compressed air and mixed with washing water in a bubble state: and the water is swiveled to make the washing The water rotates on a specified trajectory, and the washing water mixed with bubbles is discharged. In this way, by appropriately combining and utilizing the characteristics of the above-mentioned spitting form, the increase and decrease of the washing area, the adjustment of the water potential, and the water saving rate can be obtained. In addition, as for the rotating and spitting water spouting pattern that is scanned with a roughly circular rotation for the cleansing surface, the swing is not adopted by the rotator, that is, the trajectory is approximately circular but not specified. Scan the cleaned surface The various swaying and spitting water forms have various trajectories, and of course they also have various characteristics of washing. The human body washing device related to the present invention is characterized by: Water discharge means for discharging washing water, and water potential setting means for setting the water potential of the washing water discharged from the water discharging means, and the space per unit area based on the washing surface is expressed by the formula (1). When the net strength is defined as the washing force e, the washing force control means for controlling the washing force e is increased or decreased according to the water potential set by the water potential setting means; e = E / A = (, o wX Qx y2) / A = p wx p X v3 [W / m2] ...... (1) Among them, the cleaning force e takes the following 値 as a parameter: A: the area to be washed on the washing surface by washing water [ m2] Q: instantaneous spit flow rate of washing water [m3 / sec] (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) rr — This paper size is applicable to China's home samples (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) ) -20- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs at 134357 at: ______B7_ V. Description of the invention () 18 PW: Density of water [kg / m3] V ': Flow rate of washing water [m / sec] Ρ: Space volume ratio of washing water P = Q / (A xv) [m 3 / m 3} E: washing energy aE = i〇wxQxv2 = pwXpxAx 'T 3 [W]. Related to the present invention The human body washing device discharges washing water toward the human washing surface by means of water spitting means. At this time, the washing force control means increases or decreases the washing force of the washing water according to the water potential set by the water potential setting means. The above-mentioned washing force control means performs control of increasing or decreasing the washing force e according to the water potential set by the water potential setting means, thereby performing appropriate human body washing. For example, the water potential setting means is set to a strong water potential. In the case of water spouting, it is possible to increase the flow rate without increasing the flow rate, or to maintain the state of the washing area when the water potential is set to be weak. It is possible to reduce the flow rate and softly spout the water. State for washing. Of course, even if it is set to a weak water potential, it is of course set to ensure a sufficient and necessary washing force e for washing. That is, when the present invention performs water potential control based on the opening degree of the fluid regulating valve, the number of rotations of the -pump, and the like as before, instead of the control in which the halo Q and the flow velocity v also fluctuate in a certain relationship, it is changed to By controlling only the flow rate Q or only the flow rate v, proper washing can be obtained. As a better form for increasing or decreasing the washing force e by means of the washing force control method, in accordance with the above-mentioned water spitting pattern, various methods can be adopted, for example, this paper size is based on the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 rule "Grid (210X297) (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)
-21 - 4 3435 7 a?— B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(19 ) 以下所述的手段。 (1 )僅變更流量Q的控制 根據僅變更流量Q的控制的話’因爲流速〜^成爲—定 ,所以不會伴隨著流速v導致過度的刺激,可以僅增減量 感而得到必要的較強洗淨力e ’因而’可得良好的洗淨感 。此控制*例如於斷續/脈動的負荷比控制 '空氣混入量 的控制、淋浴吐水板的面積切換等吐水形態’可以容易實 現。 (2 )僅變更流速v的控制 根據僅變更流速v的控制’由於流量Q爲一定’所以 熱交換器的控制變得簡易。此外’由流量係一定’所以在 水流路徑,使用供控制其流量的定流量閥即可’不需要使 用昂貴大型的流量調節閥,可以謀求降低成本。此外以較 小的値設計流量Q的話,可以達成供省水、升溫之用的電 能的省能源化。 (3 )僅變更洗淨面積A的控制 根據僅變更洗淨面積A的控制的話*因爲流速v與流 量Q爲一定,所以可得上述的效果。此控制,可以在旋轉 擺動、淋浴吐水板的面積切換等吐水樣態容易實現。此外 ,藉由改變洗淨面積來改變水勢,可以感受到前所未有的 洗淨感。 f請先閱讀背面V注意事項·^ f本頁} 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •22- ^ 4 34 35 7五、發明說明b ) A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印數 (4 )上述參數的任意組合 例如,可以採用變更流量Q,而使v2/A成爲一定的 控制手段。藉此,可以藉由流量Q的改變而變更洗淨力e (水勢),而且在任意的洗淨力e (水勢)的條件下,於 洗淨寬廣面積時成爲強流速v,而在洗淨狹窄面積時成爲 弱流速v.,可以避免刺激的降低、或避免過度的刺激。此 外,變更流速ν而使Q/A控制爲一定,可以藉由流速ν 的變更而變更洗淨力e (水勢),在任意的洗淨力e (水 勢)的條件下,洗淨寬廣面積時流量Q變大,而洗淨狹窄 面積時流量Q變小,可以防止量感不足,僅增加無用的量 感等。 上述發明相關的人體洗淨裝置的較佳樣態,可以採用 具備規定藉由該洗淨力控制手段控制的洗淨力e的參數之 一之流量Q的上限値或下限値之流量上下限規定手段之構 成。 流量上下限値規定手段,係藉由將流量的上限値根據 熱交換器的實際能力、洗淨水的進水水溫等而規定,而可 以得到使用環境最佳的最大流量Q,於其使用環境下得到 最大的分量充足感。而且,如此最大流量Q的適當變更, 因爲係藉由洗淨力控制手段之洗淨力e的控制下進行的, 例如即使最大流量Q被規定爲較小的場合,也可以確保充 分的洗淨力e (水勢)。 -= -··· 又,此處所謂的洗淨環境,是指屋內配線的電力容量 ------I--ii 裝 i — <請先閱讀背面之注意ί項本頁) 訂· .線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公釐〉 -23- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 透 3435 7 五、發明說明h ) 的不同、或對洗淨水的進水水溫有影響的參數(地區 '季 節、時間帶)或個人喜好.等。 進而流量Q,可以從被設定的最低水溫時的熱交換器 的升溫能力使其上限値因應預先被決定的上述使用環境而 在製品出貨時或施工時,或者因應使用者的喜好被調整固 定於一定的値,或者不固定於一定値而設定爲適當變動的 値。前者的場合,流量Q上限係因應使用環境或者使用者 喜好而被固定的緣故,所以使用時流量Q不會變動,每次 都可以體驗到同樣分量感,此外,後者的場合適當的Q値 被設定於最適的緣故’水溫筒的場合^藉由提高流量Q的 上限値,可以給予分量充足感。此外使加溫馬桶座等其他 的熱源對熱交換器分配的能量被減低的場合,使流量Q的 上限値降低,可得預先設定的升溫性能,而不會加溫.不足 吐出冷水。 此處,根據流量上下限規定手段之規定變更,無論是 出貨前變更的場合,或是使用者藉由操作特定開關而變更 的場合,都可以藉由使根據式(1 )的變更程式記億於非· 易失性記憶體,或者藉由變更對微電腦的特定捧輸入的電 壓而選擇。例如即使在屋內配線的限制下,變更爲耗電量 低的規格時,也不必如從前那般需要重新設計,或者是發 生在不便的情況下勉強使用等情形。 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,其特徵爲具備: 使沖到人體洗淨面的吐水樣態隨著時間持續改變而吐 水的吐水手段,及 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----—li -裝 i — <請先Μ讀背面之注項wjT為本I > 訂- • 24 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ί 3435 7 ΑΊ __^^__Β7_____五、發明說明) 藉由使用者的操作,將開始對前述人體洗淨面吐出洗 淨水之用的洗淨開始指示予以輸出之洗淨開始操作手段’ 及 同步於來自上述洗淨開始操作手段的開始指示,進行 伴隨著上述吐水手段之時間變動而吐水的吐水控制手段。 ♦ 亦即,從洗淨開始操作手段發出開始吐水的指示時’ 吐水控制手段對吐水手段指示吐水,吐水手段進行使吐水 形態隨著時間變動的吐水。如此的洗淨,藉由來自洗淨開 始操作手段的指示,立刻進行常時以隨時間變動的吐水形 態進行吐水的緣故,相對於從前的連續、定點式的洗淨水 吐水,成爲不連續、局部的人體洗淨而顯著提升洗淨效率 。而且藉由伴隨著吐水形態之經時變動之高洗淨效率的吐 水,可以使現省水或多樣且舒適的吐水。 亦即,本發明,如從前按摩洗淨那般,從洗淨開始操 作手段進行操作之後,並未如按壓按摩按鈕那般的吐水形 態,而是在洗淨開始操作手段進行指示之後’立刻常時進 行隨時間變換吐水形態的吐水,所以總是成爲進行不連續 、局部的人體洗淨,顯著提升洗淨效率。又’此隨著時間 變動的吐水形態,由獨立於流量而使其隨著時間變動者’ 從提高洗淨效率的觀點來看較佳。如流體元件等那般依存 於流量而變化吐水形態的時間變動之構成’流量減少的話 時間的變動也變小,週期變長,會使洗淨效率降低。此外 r- ,吐水樣態的時間變化以人體無法辨識的短週期使前述吐 水樣態者,因爲提高了商品性所以較佳。從前—般使用連 1!-裝 il <請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁》 訂 -•線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -25- 参· 4 3435 7 A? _. B7 五、發明說明h ) 續流之定點洗淨來進行人體洗淨,無法避免吐水樣態隨著 時間變動對人體造成的不自然感。在此,以較人體所能感 知的時間變動更高的頻率實行變動,可以維持於高洗淨效 率同時避免對人體造成的不自然感。 供實施發明的最佳形態 其次,根據實施例說明將相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝 置適用於人體的局部洗淨裝置之實施形態=第1圖係安裝 於馬桶的狀態之第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置K S 1 - 1之 槪略立體圖,第2圖係供說明具有此局部洗淨裝置的遙控 操作裝置R C 1 — 1之說明圖,第3圖係供說明局部洗淨 裝置的輔助操作部K S 1 - 9之用的側部周邊的槪略立體 圖,第4圖係以水路系統.爲中心表示的局部洗淨裝置之槪 略構成的方塊圖,第5圖係顯示控制系的槪略構成之方塊 圖。 A 1 /全體構成 如圖所不’局部洗淨裝置K S 1 ~ 1 ,具有被固宽於 馬桶B T後部上面的本體部K S 1 _ 2,及供遙控操作洗 淨動作或乾燥動作等之用的遙控操作裝置R C Γ- 1。本 體部K S 1 — 2 ’於馬桶開口部側,開閉自如地具備有馬 桶座KS 1 — 3及馬桶蓋KS 1 — 4。此外,此本體部, 除了於馬桶的側面具有側部KS1—5,同時具有將洗淨 水吐出於洗淨局部的洗淨噴嘴wy 1 — 1之噴嘴裝置 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------裝--- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本I) 訂' 線· 經濟部智慧財產局霣工消费合作社印製 -26- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印贺 / 3435 7 at ____B7_____五、發明說明匕) NS1—1(參照第6圖)之外,收容著後述的種種機能 零件。 遙控操作裝置RC 1 — 1,如第2圖所示,具有排便 時常用的種種操作按鈕。亦即,此遙控操作裝置,於其前 面最上段,具有停止此局部洗淨裝置的洗淨/乾燥等動作 時所操作的停止按鈕SWa、與希望通常的肛門洗淨時所 操作的臀部洗淨按鈕SWb、與希望以吐水力道較通常的 肛門洗淨更爲柔和的吐水來洗淨肛門時所操作的柔和洗淨 按鈕SWc、與希望陰部洗淨時所操作的陰部洗淨按鈕 SWd、與希望藉由暖風乾燥局部時所操作的乾燥按鈕 SWz。又,藉由柔和洗淨按鈕SWc來進行肛門洗淨, 係對於患有痔瘡疾病的人或者對肛門周邊表皮過敏的人儘 可能地不施加刺激之洗淨模式,係較通常的肛門洗淨耗水 量更多,或是使流速降低等使洗淨水柔和地吐出而洗淨肛 門者。 遙控操作裝置,於最上段按鈕群的下方,設有供變更 上述兩個洗淨臀部時的吐水樣子之用的按鈕群,與供變更 洗淨陰部時的吐水樣子之用的按鈕群。亦即,此遙控操作 裝置,以對應於兩臀部洗淨按鈕的方式於其下方設有:使 ^ - 一. 洗淨噴嘴WN1-1前後往復運動同時吐出洗淨水提供寬 範圍的洗淨感之移動設定按鈕SW fa,及使洗淨水沖到的 面積(洗淨面積)於整個吐水期間中規則變化以促進排便 感之用的按摩設定按'鈕SWea,及使洗淨面積於整個吐水 期間中不規則變化以提供安詳感或舒適感之用的擺動設定 — — — — — — — —III — —— * I I (請先閲讀背面之注意事頊^Γ>»本W) Γ 訂: 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -27- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印黎 4 .34 3 5 7 a7 _ ·_B7______五、發明說明) 按鈕SWta,及使洗淨面積縮小之用的點狀設定按鈕SWua ,及使洗淨面積擴張之用的廣域設定按鈕SWva。此外, 以對應於陰部洗淨按鈕的方式於下方具有與臀部洗淨同樣 的移動設定按鈕SWfv與擺動設定按鈕SW tv,與點狀設定 按鈕SWuv與廣域設定按鈕SWvv。進而,於光訊號發訊 部R C 1 - 2的下方,具有設定馬桶盆內脫臭的開_關之脫 臭設定按鈕SWy,與在低室溫時自動進行室內暖氣打開模 式的開關之防止室溫過低的暖氣設定按鈕SWw。此外,於 這些設定按鈕下芳,夾著顯示洗淨水水勢與噴嘴位置的顯 示部RC 1 — 3,具有強水勢設定按鈕SWhu,與弱水勢 .設定按鈕SWhd,噴嘴位置前進設定按鈕SWxf,與噴嘴 位置後退設定按鈕s W xb。又,這些按鈕被操作時的吐水 樣子將於後述。 , 側部K S 1 - 5 ,於其上面,具有顯示本局部洗淨裝 置的動作狀況等的顯示部KS 1 - 6,與自由ϋ蘭覆蓋後 述的輔助操作部之外蓋KS1- 7。又,於此顯示部,被 組入接受從上述光訊號發訊部R C 1 - 2所發出的光訊號 的受光部。此外,此外蓋的一部分,設有使供檢測出著席 人體之用的'著席感知器s S 1 0 (參照第3圖)所發出的 光選擇性透過的被著色之透光窗K S 1 - 8。 此側部,如第3圖所示,於外蓋下方具有輔助操.作部 K S 1 _ 9。此輔助操作部,因爲操作頻率較低而以外蓋 覆蓋住,於著席感知器S S 1 0的周圍,具備複數操作按 鈕或操作旋鈕。這些按鈕之中於著席感知器前方的按鉦, (請先《讀背面之注t事項本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -28- 4 34 3 5 A7 B7 五、發明說明红) 爲開關本局部洗淨裝置全體的電源之主電源開關SWp’及 供淸掃、保養洗淨噴嘴WN 1 - 1之用的使洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 - 1進退之噴嘴洗淨按鈕SWk,及開關臀部洗淨的 臀部洗淨按鈕SWb,及開關陰部洗淨的陰部洗淨按鈕 SWd。藉由此二洗淨按鈕,即使遙控操作裝置因電池沒電 等原因而不能操作時也可以進行局部洗淨。著席感知器側 方的按鈕,是與遙控操作裝置相同的脫臭設定按鈕SWy與 暖氣設定按鈕SWw。此外,著席感知器後方的各旋鈕,是 開關溫水加熱器與設定溫水溫度的溫水旋鈕,及暖化馬桶 座的開關與馬桶座溫度設定的馬桶座旋鈕,及設定乾燥溫 度的乾燥旋鈕,及設定室內暖氣溫度的暖氣旋鈕。 B 1 /水路系、控制系構成: 第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置,因爲因應上述按鈕進行 洗淨動作/乾燥動作等,具有以下的水路系構成以及控制 系構成。如第4圖所示,本局部洗淨裝置的水路系,從未 圖示的外部給水源側起,具備入水側閥單元W P 1 - _· 1 , 與熱交換單元TH1 — 1 ,與出水側閥單元WP1 - 3。 而,洗淨水被從此出水側閥單元被導向噴嘴裝置N S 1 - 1的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 - 1 ,從該噴嘴以後述的方式吐出洗 淨水。此外,從出水側閥單元,也於機能水單元W P 1 - 4進行洗淨水的導水,從該單元向洗淨噴嘴WN 1 - 1吐 出機能水。這些各單元,係夾著熱交換單元而以上游側、 下游側給水管路接續著。亦即,入水側閥單元與熱交換單 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公爱) - ------!11!裝 i — ί請先閱讀背面之注意事項MtT 本I) 訂. -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 f 4 3435 五、發明說明^7 ) 元’係被接續於上游側給水管路WP 1 - 5,而熱交換單 元下游的各單元以及噴嘴裝置,係被接續於下游側給水管 WP 1 _6。這個場合,從出水側閥單元WP 1 - 3分歧 出4條給水管路,其中三條接續於噴嘴裝置N S 1 - 1, 剩下的被接續於機能水單元WP 1 - 4。又,這些,分歧管 _路也成爲下游側管路的一部分。 上游側給水管路WP 1 ~ 5,於本局部洗淨裝置被配 管於應從給水源(自來水管)將洗淨水(自來水)直接給 水的入水側閥單元W P 1 _ 1。被導引至此上游側給水管 路的洗淨水,經由在入水側閥單元昀濾網W P 1 _ 7捕捉 雜質等,流入止回閥WP1 — 8、定流量閥WP1 — 9。 而於定流量閥下游的電磁閥W P 1 _ 1 0當管路被打開時 ,洗淨水在以定流量閥固定於指定流量的狀態,流入瞬間 加熱方式的熱交換單元TH1—1。在第1實施例,洗淨 水流量由定流量閥固定於約500〜1 000 c c/ mi η程度。又,也可以使上游側給水管路WP1-5, 從貯存馬桶洗淨用的洗淨水之洗淨水箱(省略圖示)分歧 而配管於入水側閥單元W Ρ 1 — 1。 在從此入水側閥單元直到熱交換器單元之間的上游側 給水管路,被配設有中介著安全閥WP 1 _ 11的第1洗 淨水導出管路WP 1 - 1 2,及從上游側給.水管路直接分 歧的第2洗淨水導出管路WP 1 — 1 3。此第1洗淨水導 出管路,在安全閥上游側的管路壓力因爲某種原因而上升 而由安全閥開放管路時,使上游側給水管路內的洗淨水導 本纸張尺度適用t國國家標準<CNS)A4鈮格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — —— III—— — — * I I <請先《讀背面之注意事項本頁) 幻· -線- 經. 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 具 X. 消 费 合 作 杜 印 製 -30- ^ 34 35 7 五、發明說明紅) 出於外部。藉此,可以避免上游側給水管路、以及熱交換 單元之水箱內壓的上升,所以不僅可以避免由於水箱的變 形或收縮/膨脹所導致的疲勞,而且水箱也不必具有較必 要程度更高的耐壓性能。此外,第2洗淨水導出管路,將 定流量閥所設定的流量與下游側給水管路W P 1 - 6之後 述的節流幫浦WP1-14的調節流量之差分流量的洗淨 水導出至外部。藉此,可以省掉在熱交換單元溫水化無謂 的洗淨水,可以減低耗電量。 上述的第1、第2洗淨水導出管路,以其末端朝向脫 臭用吸氣口或局部乾燥用排氣口的方式被配設。藉此,從 兩導出管路導出的洗淨水,被吐出於這些吸氣口或排氣口 。此吸氣口或排氣口,由於鄰接於馬桶盆部,所以會被噴 到配設於盆部的污物的飛散水而弄髒。但是,吸氣口或排 氣口因爲藉由來自上述兩個導出管路的洗淨水來洗淨!緣 故,從衛生或淸潔感的觀點來看較佳。又1從導出管吐出 的洗淨水,流於馬桶盆部而落下的緣故,所以不會弄髒馬 桶周邊。 上述入水側閥單元下游的熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 — 1,具 備內藏加熱器TH1 — 2的水箱TH1 — 3。此加熱器, 係將熱回應性良好的鎳鉻線捲成螺旋狀而構成。藉此,水 箱只要是此加熱器可以瞬間加熱洗淨水的容量即可,水繪 以及熱交換器單元全體可以小型化。此外’熱交換器單元 的構造成爲簡單化的綠故,具有組裝工程數上的降低' 低 成本化等製造上的優點。又,於加熱器或其附近,安裝著 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) - ----II —--· 1 I (請先閲讀背面之注項本頁) 訂: 線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 31 - A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明b ) 機械遮斷其異常加熱的未圖示之雙金屬溫控器或溫度保險 絲。 請先閲讀背面之注意事項\ Η本頁) 而此熱交換單元,以入水溫感知器s S 1 6 a與出水 溫感知器S S 1 6 b持續檢測流入至水箱的洗淨水的溫度 與從水箱流出的洗淨水的溫度,以加熱器將洗淨水溫水化 至設定溫度。這個場合,只要將熱交換單元以發泡保麗龍 材料等絕熱材包覆的話,可以藉由絕熱材提高洗淨水的保 溫效果,可削減洗淨水溫水化的加熱器耗電量。總之’可 以提高省能源效果》 此外,此熱交換單元,具有檢測出水箱內水位的浮球 開關S S 1 8。此浮球開關,係在加熱器浸入水中達指定 水位以上時將其訊號輸出的構成。而電子控制裝置C T 1 - 1在此訊號被輸入的狀況下通電控制加熱器|所以可避 免通電至未完全浸入水中的加熱器的情形亦即可以避免空 燒。又,熱交換器單元的加熱器,藉由後述的電子控制裝 置組合前餽控制與回饋控制同時進行最佳的控制。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 進而,此熱交換單元,於來自水箱的洗淨水出口,亦 即,於下游測給水管路W P 1 - 6的水相接續處所,具備 真空遮斷器ΤΗ 1 _4。此真空遮斷器,係將大氣導入管 路內切斷下游側給水管路內的洗淨水,防止洗淨水從下游 側給水管路的下游側逆流。 上述熱交換單元下游的出水側閥單元WP 1 — 3,具 有以齒輪幫浦.等所構成的節流幫浦WP 1 — 1 4,及5方 閥構造的切換閥WP 1 — 1 5 »此切換閥將洗淨水的給水 -32- 本紙張尺度適用中困國家楳準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 經濟部智慧財產局Μ工消费合作社印製 ' 4 34357 A7 -__: ;_B7____ 五、發明說明劬) 對象切換爲:至洗淨噴嘴WN 1 - 1的臀部洗淨用流路, 柔和洗淨用流路、陰部洗淨用流路、至機能水單元W P 1 -4的流路(機能水用流路)之任一。藉此,受到在熱交 換單元的溫水化與根據節流幫浦的流量調整之洗淨水,從 切換閥所切換的猞水對象吐水。此時之流量調整的樣子或 給水對象切換的樣子於稍後詳述。 第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置的控制系,如第5圖所示 ,係以微電腦爲主要機器之以電子控制裝置C T 1 - 1爲 中心的構成。此電子控制裝置,除了來自上述的著席感知 器、入水出水水溫感知器等各種感知器或浮球開關、後述 的擺動感知電路NH1 — 3 9、40、轉倒檢測感知器 SS30、洗淨水量感知器SS14等的訊號以外,將遙 控操作裝置之上述種種操作按鈕或本體側輔助操作部之上 述種種操作按鈕及旋鈕的操作狀況,透過輸入電路以有線 或者無線(光訊號)輸入。這個場合,洗淨水量感知器, 檢測下游側給水管路之洗淨水量,將其檢測結果輸出至電 子控制裝置。轉倒檢測感知器,係檢測本局部洗淨裝置的 傾斜狀態而將其結果輸出至電子控制裝置。此電子控制裝 置,根據輸入的上述訊號,除了實行入水側閥單元WP 1 —1的電磁閥開閉閥控制,熱交換器單元ΤΗ 1 _ 1的加 熱器通電控制、出水側閥單元w P 1 - 3的節流幫浦控制 、切換閥切換控制、本體側部顯示部的顯示控制,局部乾 燥用的乾燥加熱器或包含風扇馬達等的乾燥部KK 1 - 1 的通電控制、包含臭氣除去用的臭氧產生器或吸引風扇馬 > H «I n H I ϋ «I I ftl先閲讀背面之注$項1^"為本頁> -17· 線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -33- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 .434357 a7 ____B7____ 五、發明說明以) 達等的脫臭部D S 1 — 1的通電控制、包含室內暖氣用的 加熱器或風扇馬達等的暖氣部D B 1 - 1的控制之外,根 據上述訊號,實行後述的機能水單元WP 1 — 4的氯氣產 生用電極通電控制,噴嘴裝置N S 1 - 1的噴嘴驅動馬達 控制,噴嘴頭NH 1 - 1的擺動線圈群通電控制。又,也 可以將局部乾燥用的乾燥加熱器與室內暖氣用的加熱器共 用,或者將局部乾燥用的風扇馬達與臭氣除去用或室內暖 氣用的風扇馬達共用。 例如,在局部洗淨裝置爲了要淸掃而從馬桶取下立於 馬桶的場合,浮球開關的訊號也有可能會正常。這種場合 ,加熱器的露出有可能發生,因爲浮球開關的訊號爲正常 ,所以有引起加熱器空燒的可能性。但是,藉由對馬桶的 立起,藉轉倒檢測感知器檢査出此傾斜的緣故,受到該訊 號電子控制裝置停止對加熱器的通電而防止空燒。此外, 開閥控制電磁閥等成爲止水狀態,使乾燥、脫臭等各機能 停止。總之,藉由轉倒檢測感知器,可以檢測到對馬捅之 局部洗淨裝置的正常安裝狀態,而可以由其結果暫時停止 局部洗淨裝置的機能(洗淨/乾燥/脫臭/暖氣)。針對 其他機器控制將於稍後詳述。又’將熱敏電阻或感溫磁簧 開關等所構成的限制感知器設於洗淨噴嘴的先端接續於電 子控制裝置,可以因應其檢測結果(噴嘴先端洗淨水溫度 )控制關閉電磁閥等成爲止水狀態。如此一來’可以有效 迴避將未注意溫度的洗淨水局部吐水。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規辂(210 * 297公釐〉 -34 - « I n n n I* I {請先閱讀背面之注意事項為本頁> 訂.. i線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明色2 ) C1/噴嘴裝置NS1-1 : 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置所具有的噴嘴 裝置NS1 — 1。第6圖係表示噴嘴裝置NS1 — 1的槪 略立體圖。第7圖係供說明洗淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1的進退樣 子之說明圖。第8圖係表示位於局部洗淨裝置本體內的等 待位置的洗淨噴嘴先端部的周邊之說明圖。 如圖所示,噴嘴裝置NS 1 - 1,被收容設置於局部 洗淨裝置的本體部KS1—2(參照第1圖)。此噴嘴裝 置,具有被固定設置於上述本體部的基座NS 1 — 2,及 被組入配設於此基座上面的架台N S 1 - 3的噴嘴驅動馬 達N S 1 - 4,及使此馬達的正反旋轉變換爲前後移動並 傳達至洗淨噴嘴WN1 — 1的傳達機構NS1 — 5,及將 立設於基座上面的洗淨噴嘴在馬桶盆部側滑動自.如地保持 之噴嘴保持部N S 1 — 6,及使洗淨噴嘴沿著後述的噴嘴 進退軌道導引之導引軌道部NS 1 — 7。 傳達機構N S1 — 5,具有被固定於噴嘴驅動馬達 NS 1-4的旋轉軸之驅動傳動輪NS 1 — 8,及沿著上 述噴嘴進退軌道的前後從動傳動輪N S 1 - 9,及橫跨掛 於這些傳動輪的計時皮帶NS 1 _ 1 〇,及對該皮帶提供 張力的張力滑輪NS1_11。計時皮帶,透過從洗淨噴 嘴WN1_1的筒狀部WN1-4所延伸的皮帶把持體 WN1 — 2,與該噴嘴卡合/固定。藉此,洗淨噴嘴因應 計時皮帶的正逆旋轉而前後進退驅動。 導引軌道部NS 1 — 7,係以使與寒7圖所示的圓弧 ------丨!裝 i — (請先閲讀背面之注$項|*{ ?本頁) 訂· --線< 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公藿) -35- 4 3435 7 · Α7 Β7 五、發明說明fe3 ) 狀噴嘴進退軌道N S 1 - 1 2 —致的方式被形成爲彎曲狀 ,透過從上述筒狀部延伸的軌道把持體WN 1 _ 3與該噴 嘴卡合此軌道把持體具備與上述噴嘴進退軌道相同曲率 半徑的軌道把持面,此軌道把持面係對於導引軌道部可自 由滑動。此外,上述噴嘴保持部NS1 - 6,滑動自如地 保持洗淨噴嘴。藉此,洗淨噴嘴WN1-1,藉由計時皮 帶而前後進退驅動時,沿著導引軌道部N S 1 - 7前後進 退驅動,其移動軌跡與圓弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道N S 1 -1 2 —致。這個場合,即使於洗淨噴嘴,其筒狀部WN 1 - 4也以與此噴嘴進退軌道相同的曲率半徑沿著軸方向被 形成爲彎曲。因此,洗淨噴嘴,與圓弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道 一致,在本體部內的等待位置HP與馬桶盆部內的洗淨位 置(臀部洗淨位置AWP,陰部洗淨位置VWP )之間前 後進退驅動。又,噴嘴保持部NS1 - 6 ,爲了減低洗淨 噴嘴的滑動阻力,被製作爲與噴嘴外壁只有一部分接觸。 結果,如第7圖所示,使等待位置Η P的洗淨噴嘴 WN1- 1 ,可以橫跨其軸方向以接近於馬桶上面的方式 安裝於噴嘴裝置NS1 — 1。藉此,可以使來自馬桶上面 的洗淨噴嘴後端的高度(噴嘴高度),較沿著使圓柱狀的 洗淨噴嘴傾斜之直線軌道進退之場合更低。亦即,此噴嘴 高度的降低可以使本體部KS 1 — 2 (參照第1圖)降低 ,可以使局部洗淨裝置自身小型化。此外,隨著噴嘴的進 出噴嘴頭上面的角度也跟著改變,改變了從該噴嘴頭吐出 洗淨水的吐水角度,所以可僅以較少的噴嘴移動使洗淨範 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) !!! -裝 i — 先閲讀背面之注項!^Ϊ»本頁) 訂- --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 -36- a? ---- B7 五、發明說明色4 ) 圍大幅移動。具體而言,即使於後述的移動洗淨時的噴嘴 往復運動範圍狹窄,也可以將洗淨水吐水於橫跨移動洗淨 所要求的洗淨範圍’。或者,即使縮短從臀部洗淨位置 AWP至陰部洗淨位置VWP爲止的噴嘴移動距離,也可 以使洗淨水的洗淨處所從臀部變更爲陰部。 D1/機能水單元WP1—4: 其次,在說明洗淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1之前,先說明機能 水單元WP 1 — 4。第9圖係將機能水單元WP 1 — 4的 —部分剖開而表示的槪略立體圖。第1 0圖係第8圖的 10 — 10線槪略剖面圖。 如圖所示,機能水單元WP 1 -4,具有固定設置( 參照第6圖)於噴嘴裝置NS 1 — 1的機能水產生水箱 WP 1 - 1 6,及被相對方向配置於該水箱內的一對平板 狀的氯產生用電極WP 1 — 1 7。此機能水產生水箱,係 具有耐藥性(耐游離氯原子性)的樹脂製水箱,使從進入 側管路W P 1 _ 1 8流入水箱內的洗淨水流向流出側管路 w P 1 - 1 9。此流出側管路,如第6、8以及1 0圖所 示,被固定於噴嘴保持部N S 1 _ 6的先端部的容室N S 1 - 1 4 =又,使流入側管路與流出側管路相對方向配置 ,使水箱內的洗淨水有效率地流過亦可。 此處,所謂氯產生用電極,係引起氯生成反應的電極 ,其構造可以是以導電性基材形成電極形狀之表面擔持氯 氣發生用觸媒之電極構造,或者使用由氯氣發生用觸媒所 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐〉 -__— — — — — —___ __ ^ *il (請先閱讀背面之注意事項Hiril.本頁) 訂·· --線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 -37- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 4 3 厶 3 5 7 A7 ______B7 五、發明說明如) 構成的導電材料形成電極的構造.等。此後者構造之氯產生 用電極,隨著氯氣發生用觸媒的種類而有種種稱呼,例如 ,鐵酸鹽等鐵系電極、鈀系電極、釕系電極、銦系電極、 白金系電極、釕—錫系電極、鈀一白金系電極、銦一白金 系電極’、釕-白金系電極、銦-白金-鉬系電極等。於導 電性基材擔持氯氣發生用觸媒者,可以由廉價的鈦、不绣 鋼等材料構成擔持構造的基材部,所以在製造成本上有利 。此外,特別是在利用水中氯離子含量只有3〜40 p pm程度的自來水的場合,爲了提高游離氯的產生效率 ,以採用擔持銦的銦系電極、擔持銦-白金合金的銦一白 金系電極、擔持銦白金-鉅合金的銦-白金一钽系電極 等較佳。此外,利用這種把氯氣產生用觸媒擔持於如此的 導電性基材者的場合,進行含有白金的白金觸媒的擔持時 ,對於基材的固定強度提高而不易引起脫離,可以提高電 極壽命所以較佳。 於氯產生用電極,以使一方成爲陽極、另一方成鹮陰 極的方式施加直流電壓。被供給到此機能水單元的洗..淨水 ,係含有成爲游離氯產生源的氯離子之自來水。因此,藉 由在機能水單元的水箱內以貯存洗淨水的狀態施加直流電 壓,可以於陽極側產生游離氯。游離氯對於附著於洗淨噴 嘴的大腸菌等細菌具有殺菌效果,所以藉機能水單元使富 含游離氯的洗淨水(以下稱爲機能水)於噴嘴保持部朝向 洗淨噴嘴吐出_,可以防止細菌的繁殖於衛生上較佳。又, 機能水的吐水樣子將於後述。 -------------裝.! <請先闉讀背面之注意事項ΙΪΓΑ»本買) 訂- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) -38- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 …4 34 35 7 A7 ________B7_____ 五、發明說明知) 在上述的機能水單元,水箱內約貯存5 0 c c的自來 水,以將D C 2 4 V的電壓施加於氯產生用電極約1分鐘 ,可以產生1 * 5ppm的游離氯濃度之機能水的方式, 決定電極面積、電極間距離,於電子控制裝置控制對氯產 生用電極之通電(定電壓控制)。這個場合,在洗淨水的 導電率高而於電極間有過大電流的場合使施加電壓降爲較 低値,以謀求電極的長壽命化或通電部的發熱防止。此外 ,因應洗淨水的導電度隨時變更施加電壓,使對氯產生用 電極的通電控制爲定電流控制,或者定電力控制亦可。電 子控制裝置,於進行這些通電控制時,爲從通電開始經過 一定時間(約1分鐘)之後停止通電。藉此,可以避/免游 離氯的過度產生或伴隨著此之無意的游離氯濃度上升,電 極壽命降低、電極加熱過多而導致氣泡等種種不適當的情 彤。 藉由此機能水單元產生的機能水,除了於後述的噴嘴 前洗淨、噴嘴後洗淨(參照第25、26、30圖)爲了 洗淨噴嘴之用而對噴嘴頭N H1 - 1吐水之外,還有在應 該發揮殺菌效果時在以下的時機吐水》亦即,根據使用者 的使用狀態檢測(例如著席感知器或洗淨動作的感知)的 時機,與每隔指定時間之定期時機,例如於早上六點、中 午十二點與午夜十一點這種計時器般的時機,上述機能水 從流出側管路WP1—19向噴嘴頭NH1—1吐水。即 使是在以上各時機所實施的機能水吐水,於預先產生機能 水再使用的貯留式的場合,產生機能水的時機與上述般的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -39 * ii — li 良-II (請先鬩讀背fi之注意事項tutf t本X) 訂. •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 ^435 7 a: _'___B7________;_ 五、發明說明七) 時機相同,此外供產生機能水的通電爲從通電閑始經過一 定時間之後停止通電。這個場合,以上述定期時機進行機 能水的定期吐水時,其實施時機亦可以每隔2個小時、每 隔4個小時等方式任意設定β又,以這些時機實施機能水 吐水時.,進行根據適於機能水吐水的節流幫浦W Ρ 1 -1 4之流量調節,以及藉由切換閥WP 1 — 5將流路切 換爲機能水用流路°此外,亦可採用不是如上述那般將機 能水產生單元的水箱設爲貯留形式(貯留5 0 c c )者, 而是通水路被夾著氯產生用電極的形式者'這種形式,如 上所述的電極的通電控制係以上述各時機被實行,實行時 .經由流路切換而吐出機能水。 Ε1/洗淨噴嘴WN1 — 1與噴嘴頭ΝΗ.1 — 1 : 其次,說明洗淨噴嘴WN1 — 1。第1 1圖係第8圖 的1 1 - 1 1線槪略剖面圖。第1 2圖係洗淨噴嘴先端的 噴嘴頭ΝΗ1 — 1的擴大槪略立體圖。第1 3圖係第1 2 圖的1 3 - 1 3線槪略剖面圖。第1 4圖係噴嘴頭基座 ΝΗ1—2的平面圖。 如第6圖至第8圖所示,洗淨噴嘴WN1-1 ,具有 彎曲的筒狀部WN 1 - 4與其先端之噴嘴頭ΝΗ 1 _ 1。 此筒狀部,如第1 1圖所示,於橫亙噴嘴長邊方向具有被 分割爲上下的收容室WN 1 _ 5。上下的收容室,藉由中 央壁相互被遮斷(分離)同時以筒狀部外周壁的適當處所 的外蓋部WN 1 - 6塞住而成爲密閉狀。於上側的收容室 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -40- ___ _ — — — — — — — — — — * _ I <請先Mil背面之注意事項4^/?本頁) 訂· .線 A7 B7 4 34.35 7 五、發明說明鈿) ,被收容有後述的平面電纜NH1 — 42,此平面電纜係 由洗淨噴嘴的末牺被拉出至外部,而被接續於已欽述之電 子控制裝置。又,此平面電纜及後述的可撓管,以取下上 述外蓋部的狀態無障礙地收容、.組裝於收容室。 於下側的收容室,收容著3條可撓管,各可撓管分別 爲成爲臀部洗淨用噴嘴流路的第1噴嘴流路WN 1 - 7、 成爲柔和洗淨用噴嘴流路的第2噴嘴流路WN 1 - 8、及 成爲陰部洗淨用噴嘴流路的第3噴嘴流路WN 1 — 9。這 些可撓管,經由噴嘴末端的未圖示的管連接部,分別接續 於第4圖的切換閥WP 1 - 1 5的下游之臀部洗淨用流路 、柔和洗淨用流路、及陰部洗淨用流路。此外,各可撓管 ,如第1 3、1 4圖所示,分別被接續於從筒狀部先端突 出的噴嘴頭基座NH 1 - 2的成爲臀部洗淨用基座流路的 第1基座流路NH 1 - 3、成爲柔和洗淨甩基座流路的第 2基座流路NH 1 - 4、成爲陰部洗淨用基座流路的第3 基座流路NH1 — 5。藉此,切換閥WP1 - 15 (參照 第4圖)使洗淨水的給水對象切換爲下游之臀部洗淨用流 路、柔和洗淨用流路、陰部洗淨用流路之任一時,洗淨水 經由該被切換的流路例如噴嘴流路、基座流路,從噴嘴頭 的後述各吐水孔吐出。又,使第1〜第3噴嘴流路WN 1 —7〜9於筒狀部WN 1 _4成形時區劃形成亦可。 噴嘴頭NH 1 - 1 ,係將流入噴嘴流路、基座流路的 洗淨水朝向局部吐水者,具備以下的構成。此噴水頭,係 於噴嘴頭基座NH 1 _ 2安裝頭蓋NH 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) W 讀 背 之 ii 項 本 頁 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 而被構成的 -41 - 434 朽 7 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明如) 。此頭蓋’於外蓋上面則後具備有:具有通常臀部洗淨所 使用的臀部吐水孔NH 1 - 7與臀部之柔和洗淨用的柔和 吐水孔NH1 — 8的臀部用可動體NH1 — 9 ,及具有陰 部洗淨所用的陰部吐水孔NH 1 - 1 〇的陰部用可動體 NH1 — 1 1。此外,此頭蓋,如第13圖所示,具有卡 合於噴嘴頭基座上端周緣的卡合爪部NH 1 - 1 2之外蓋 側卡合爪部NH 1 — 1 3,及從後方周壁突出的卡合突起 NH 1 - 1 4。此外蓋側卡合爪部,被形成爲除了後方周 壁外橫亙前方側的周壁》此外,於此卡合突起的先端部被 形成有十字形的切痕,所以卡合突起藉由其先端部的收縮 /擴張,可以插入/取出於筒狀部WN 1 _ 4的前端壁貫 通孔。藉此,頭蓋NH1 — 6,經由沿著第12圖的箭頭 印之滑動,裝脫於噴嘴頭基座NH1 - 2。總之,此頭蓋 係可交換的。 此處,說明上述之可動體。第1 5圖係陰部洗淨所使 用的陰部用可動體NH1_1 1的平面圖。第1 6圖係供 說明陰部用可動體與其關連構件之用的平面模式圖。第 1 7圖係供說明陰部用可動體與關連構件之用的槪略立體 圖。 如第1 2、1 3及1 5圖所示,陰部用可動體NH1 _11,具有被固定於頭蓋NH1 — 6上面的凸緣部 NH1 — 15與其中央之圓筒部NH1 — 16 ,及位於此 圓筒部的中央貫通孔於中央空出陰部吐水孔NH1-10 之吐水塊Ν Η 1 - 1 7,及此吐水塊下端的磁性驅動體 -------------裝 <請先閲讀背*之注§項\>|>本頁) 訂· ( -線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -42- f 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明齔) Ν Η 1 8。凸緣部ΝΗ1 — 1 5以及圓筒部ΝΗ 1 6,係由橡膠、彈性體等發揮變形還原性的彈性材料所 形成的。又’爲了防止污水附著於彈性材料,或者爲了防 止由於機能水吐水導致彈性材料的劣化,以在彈性體材料 表面施以撥水處理(例如外覆鐵氟龍的處理等)或是親水 處理(例如外覆氧化鈦等)者較佳。吐水塊ΝΗ 1 ~ 1 7 ,係樹脂成形品,此吐水塊的陰部吐水孔下端側,設有大 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 口徑的吐水導引孔Ν Η 1 9。磁性驅動體ΝΗ1 - 1 8,係由具有耐水性 銹鋼板的沖壓成形品, 17—體成型。此磁性 透磁率材料之軟質磁性 、純鐵等,以施加無電 較佳。此吐水塊因爲是 孔,所以陰部用可動體 組成的次組件品。而此 藉由黏著劑、熔接、螺 、防銹性的磁 藉由插入成形 驅動體的材料 材料即可,例 解鍍鎳等之表 固定嵌合於上 Ν Η 1 - 1 1 陰部用可動體 絲鎖定等適當 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 因此,陰部用可動體ΝΗ1—11 , 持下垂的狀態,藉由此凸緣部與圓筒 /還原,而可以朝向各方向亂頭。 磁性驅動體Ν Η 1 - 1 8,於其 ΝΗ1 — 18a〜18c。因此,於 力之吸引力的話,該磁性作用部移動 因應此磁性作用部的下方移動而傾斜 性材料, 法與吐水 ,一般而 如有含矽 面處理以 述圓筒部 ,係由上 ,於凸緣 的手法固 被支撐於 部的繫留 周緣具有 各磁性作 至下方, 。而對應 例如電磁不 塊 Ν Η 1 -言只要是高 鋼、鐵酸鹽 謀求防銹者 的中央貫通 述各構件所 部的周緣部 定於頭蓋。 凸緣部而維 部份的變形 磁性作用部 用部發揮磁 陰部吐水孔 於各磁性作 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) •43- 4 ^35 7 Α7 _ Β7 五、發明說明h ) 用部以指定間隔配設爲圓周狀的後述電 右旋的方式依序通電的話,因爲被吸引 線圈的磁性作用部依序移動的緣故,相 維持傾斜而依序左旋、右旋地作3次元 水孔的擺動角(吐水孔擺動角α :參照 藉由調整上述吸引力的強度,亦即調整 壓的電壓値(或電流値),停止通電電 更。此外,只要發出使上述凸緣繫留部 力即可,所以陰部用可動體ΝΗ 1 - 1 ] 經濟部智慧財產局黃工消费合作杜印製 臀部用 其形狀與上 動體相同功 上附加符號 又,以 不僅藉由及 利用排斥力 使用軟質磁 磁性驅動體 其次, 2 6。第 1 槪略分解立 設置基板Ν 可動體ΝΗ1 — 9 ,因爲具 相異,而具 ,省略其說 述陰部用可動體 能的構件。因此 作上述磁性 的磁力磁性 硬質磁性材料製 於此磁性驅動體 來使其作用。另一方面,如 性材料的場合 可以藉由磁 體擺動的磁 力產生體Ν 圖係具有磁力 Η1—28的平面圖。第2 說明使上述可動 8圖係供說明磁 體圖。第1 磁線圈以左旋或者 於通電狀態的電磁 應地陰部吐水孔也 的移動。此陰部吐 第1 6圖),可以 電磁線圈的通電電 壓的負荷 '比等而變 份引起變形的吸引 可以容易擺動。 有上述2個吐水孔 有發揮與此陰部可 明,而僅止於在圖 驅動體的話,可以 之吸引力而且可以 本第1實施例所示 力使吸引力作用於 力產生體Ν Η 1 _ Η1—26之用的 產生體的電磁線圈 0圖係說明形成於 锖 讀 背 面 之 注 I裝 訂 線 此基板上面的電路構成之說明圖。 磁力產生體ΝΗ1 — 26,如第12 圖所示 本紙張尺度適用中困國家楳準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -44- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 f 4 3435 1 A7 _;__B7____五、發明說明k > 係與上述兩可動體非接觸的狀態,亦即,在與可動體下端 之間確保間隙的狀態下,或者在噴嘴頭基座的前方以及左 右側壁之間殘留間隙的狀態下,固定設置於噴嘴頭基座 NH 1 _ 2的上面。而於此基座前方及左右側壁,空出使 與該側壁與磁力產生體之間的間隙與噴嘴頭外部連通的外 氣吸入孔NH1 — 27 »這個場合,各外氣吸入孔的開口 面積,係由下述方式決定的。從臀部、柔和、陰部等各吐 水孔吐出洗淨水時,如第1 3圖所示因爲可動體下端的間 隙上下的流路直徑有寬窄,所以洗淨水通過此間隙時引起 噴射作用。藉此,洗淨水內捲入空氣而混合成泡沫狀。以 使此時的空氣混入率成爲約5 0〜1 0 0%的方式,考慮 空隙前後的流路直徑而決定外氣吸入孔的開口面積。噴嘴 頭基座側壁之各外氣吸入孔爲較磁力產生體下面更爲下方 ,於基座前方壁作爲先端傾斜面。藉此,即使洗淨動作中 於此噴嘴頭有洗淨水彈回,也可以避免此彈回的洗淨水通 過外氣吸入孔進入噴嘴頭內部。進而,也可以使於凸緣等 進行噴嘴頭洗淨中污濁的洗淨水不會進入噴嘴頭內部。此 外,由上述兩可動體的吐水孔進行吐水的途中從可動體下 端的間隙漏出的洗淨水,傳致至磁力產生體上面以及側面 ,而由各外氣吸入孔排出。因此,藉由此排出洗淨水可以 冷卻磁力產生體以及其內部的後述電磁線圈,所以可以抑 制發熱導致線圈.特性的變化。而且,此外氣吸入孔因爲是 對應於各可動體Jp設的,所以不會有排出洗淨水的滯留可 以提高冷卻效果。又,外氣吸入孔也可以僅設於基座前方 iillilllli - i I <請先《讀背面之注意事項Λ本頁》 訂· •線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -45- A7 B7 4 34^5 五、發明說明匕) 壁。 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 如第18圖所示,磁力產生體NH1 — 26,具有被 設置後述種種構件的電磁線圈設置基板NH 1 - 2 8與框 體NH 1 _ 2 9。而此基板,藉由對框體的框內流入熱硬 化樹脂而被樹脂模鑄,成爲與框體一體之次組件。這個場 合,被設置於基板的後述各線圈鐵心的先端與給水口 NH 1 — 4 6〜4 8,露出於外部。因而,並不會由於被 設置於基板上的後述線圈、線路等的漏水而導致不良。 電磁線圈設置基板NH 1 — 2 8,具有供使臀部用可 動體NH 1 _ 9擺動之用的臀部用擺動線圈群NH1 — 訂 3 0,及供使陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1擺動之用的陰部 用擺動線圈群NH 1 _ 3 1.。各擺動線圈群,對應於分別 的可動體之磁性驅動體NH 1 — 1 8、2 3之磁性作用部 Ν Η 1 18 18 2 3 2 3 c而具有3個電 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印fsf 磁線圈 NHl-32a 〜32c ,33 電磁線圏,係以相對方向於磁性驅動體的各磁 方式被配設固定於基板。 各電磁線圈具有同一構成,於板NH 1 — 立設的2根線圈鐵心NH1 — 35,而於一方 具有線圈。藉此,於線圈通電的話,電磁線圈 成由板與2根線圈鐵心形成迴路的磁束(參照 。這個場合,噴嘴頭完成時’因爲與對應於2 的磁性作用部相對方向的緣故’上述磁束,將 的磁性作用部作爲磁路而形成迴圈。而此電磁 3 c 。此各 性作用部的 3_ 4上具備 的線圈鐵心 勵磁,而形 第1 7圖) 根線圈鐵心 磁性驅動體 線圈,根據 3 本紙張尺度適用+國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -46- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 — B7 五、發明說明h ) 因應線圏通電的磁力,使吸引力及於相對方向的磁性作用 部。總之電磁線圈被勵磁的話,形成通過相對方向的磁性 作用部內之磁束,於磁性作用部對應於各線圏鐵心形成相 反磁極,亦即於N極的鐵心於磁性作用部形成S極,而在 S極鐵心於磁性作用部形成N極的緣故,作用部被各別的 線圈鐵心吸引。即使改變流動的電流方向,也只是極性反 轉N與S而已,吸引力還是發揮同樣的作用。而且根據此 磁力的吸引力強度,可以通過對線圈的通電控制而控制。 此板及2根線圈鐵心同爲強磁性體材料,所以上述的磁極 形成相當顯著,可以對磁性作用部造成根據強力磁力之吸 引力。藉由如此的電磁線圈的磁力作用,上述兩可動體以 及其吐水孔如前述般擺動,此時的吐水孔擺動角α (參照 第1 6圖),係透過對線圈的通電控制而以後述的方式被 控制。又,於以下的說明,爲了方便起見,如第1 9圖所 示,將臀部甩擺動線圈群ΝΗ 1 - 3 0的各電磁線圈之線 圈以ΝΗ1 — 30 a〜30 c表示,將陰部用擺動線圈群 NH1 — 3 1的各電磁線圈之線圈以NH1 — 3 1 a〜 3 1 c表示。 爲了使上述臀部用/陰部用的擺動線圈群之各電磁線 圈勵磁,於電磁線圈設置基板NH1 - 28,藉由網版印 刷手法,形成如第2 0圖所示的電路。亦即,此基板,除 了指定電流電壓的電源線與接地線之外,具有被接續於臀 部用擺動線圈群ΝΗ 1 — 3 0的線圏ΝΗ 1 — 3 0 a〜 3 0 c以及陰部用擺動線圈群NH1 — 3 1的線圏NH1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ,!!1 應! i (請先W讀背面之注意事項再f·'·本I > 訂· -線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 -47- A7 .4 34 35 7 ____B7__ 五、發明說明45 ) 一 3 1 a〜3 1 c開關對各線圈的通電之電晶體T r 1〜 T r 6,與透過電阻R 1〜R6調整基準電壓使各電晶體 Tr 1〜Tr 6開關(ΟΝ/OFF)之用的基準線(base line),及使對各線圈之通電樣子透過電壓調整用的電阻 R7、R8輸出之用的輸出線NH1 — 36、37。以此 電阻R7、R8與輸出線NH1-36、37構成第5圖 所示的擺動檢測電路Ν Η 1 — 3 9、4 0,如後述般檢測 出線圈通電異常的發生、亦即可動體的擺動異常的發生。 此電路之各線,於基板端部的終端被接續於平面纜線Ν Η 1 一 42,經由該纜線被接續於電子控制裝置CT1 — 1 。這個場合,也可以將電晶體Tr 1〜Tr 6或電阻R1 〜R 8設置作爲電子控制裝置之未圖示的線圈控制電路, 如此一來,磁力產生體以及噴嘴頭可以小型化。此外,電 阻R7、R8以及輸出線ΝΗ1 — 36、37所構成的擺 動檢測電路Ν Η 1 ~ 3 9、4 0,因爲是檢測線圈通電異 常的發生,所以也可以爲如下的構成=亦即,取代上述兩 電阻而使用I C或光感知器等位置檢測裝置,以此位置檢 測裝置檢測電磁線圈所造成的驅動對象物(磁性作用部等 )的移動。而,藉由此位置檢測裝置的檢測結果,以檢測 出線圈通電異常的方式構成擺動檢測電路。又,對噴_嘴^ 基座ΝΗ1 — 2設置基板時,如第1 3圖所示,使透專廢 皮墊ΝΗ 1 — 4 3組裝入平面續線。 此外,電磁線圈設置基板ΝΗ 1 — 2 8,除了供可動 體擺動之用的上述擺動線圈群之外,具有供對可動體供給 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公爱)-21-4 3435 7 a? — B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of Invention (19) Means described below. (1) Only the control of changing the flow rate Q According to the control of changing only the flow rate Q, 'Because the flow rate ~ ^ becomes constant, it does not cause excessive stimulation with the flow rate v, and can only increase or decrease the volume feeling to obtain the necessary strong washing. The net force e 'thus' gives a good washing feeling. This control *, for example, intermittent / pulsating load ratio control, 'control of the amount of air mixed in, the area of the shower spout plate, etc.', can be easily implemented. (2) Control for changing only flow velocity v According to control for changing only flow velocity v ', since the flow rate Q is constant, control of the heat exchanger is simplified. In addition, since the flow rate is constant, it is only necessary to use a constant flow valve for controlling the flow rate in the water flow path. It is not necessary to use an expensive large-scale flow control valve, and cost can be reduced. In addition, if the flow rate Q is designed to be small, the energy saving of electricity for water saving and heating can be achieved. (3) Control to change only the washing area A According to the control to change only the washing area A * The above-mentioned effect can be obtained because the flow velocity v and the flow rate Q are constant. This control can be easily realized in the state of water spouting, such as rotation and swinging, and area switching of the shower spouting plate. In addition, by changing the washing area to change the water potential, you can feel an unprecedented feeling of washing. fPlease read the precautions on the back V first. ^ fThis page} This paper size applies to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) • 22- ^ 4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention b) A7 B7 Any number of the above parameters, such as By changing the flow Q, v2 / A becomes a certain control method. Thereby, the washing force e (water potential) can be changed by changing the flow rate Q, and under a condition of arbitrary washing force e (water potential), a strong flow velocity v is obtained when washing a wide area, and the washing force e When the area is narrow, it becomes a weak flow velocity v., Which can avoid reduction of stimulus or excessive stimulus. In addition, by changing the flow velocity ν to make the Q / A control constant, the cleaning force e (water potential) can be changed by changing the flow velocity ν. When washing a wide area under arbitrary conditions of the cleaning power e (water potential) The flow rate Q becomes larger, and when the narrow area is washed, the flow rate Q becomes smaller, which can prevent insufficient volume feeling and only increase useless volume feeling. For a preferable aspect of the human body cleaning device related to the above invention, an upper limit or lower limit of the flow rate Q having one of the parameters defining the cleaning force e controlled by the cleaning force control means may be adopted. The composition of means. The upper and lower limits of the flow rate are defined by means of setting the upper limit of the flow rate according to the actual capacity of the heat exchanger and the inlet water temperature of the washing water, so that the maximum flow rate Q that is optimal for the use environment can be obtained. Get the biggest sense of fullness in the environment. In addition, such a suitable change in the maximum flow rate Q is performed under the control of the cleaning force e by the cleaning force control means. For example, even when the maximum flow rate Q is specified to be small, sufficient cleaning can be ensured Force e (water potential). -= -... Also, the so-called clean environment here refers to the power capacity of the wiring inside the house ------ I--ii 装 i — < Please read the note on the back of this page first.) Order. The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 size (210 * 297 mm) -23- Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 3435 7 V. Description of the invention h) Different parameters (area 'season, time zone) or personal preferences that have an influence on the inlet water temperature of the washing water. Etc. Furthermore, the flow rate Q can be determined from the set minimum water The upper limit of the heating capacity of the heat exchanger at warm time is determined according to the above-mentioned use environment at the time of product shipment or construction, or adjusted and fixed to a certain level according to the user's preference, or not fixed to a certain level.値 is set to 变动 which changes appropriately. In the former case, the upper limit of the flow rate Q is fixed due to the use environment or user preference, so the flow rate Q does not change during use, and you can experience the same sense of weight every time. In the latter case, the appropriate Q 値 is set to the most suitable reason 'in the case of a water temperature cylinder ^ By increasing the upper limit Q of the flow rate 値, a sufficient sense of weight can be given. In addition, the toilet seat is heated, etc. When the energy allocated to the heat exchanger by his heat source is reduced, the upper limit 流量 of the flow rate Q is reduced, and a predetermined temperature rise performance can be obtained without heating. Insufficient to spit out cold water. Here, the means are determined according to the upper and lower limits of the flow rate. Regardless of whether the change is required before shipment or when the user changes it by operating a specific switch, the change program according to formula (1) can be recorded in non-volatile memory. Or select by changing the specific input voltage to the microcomputer. For example, even if it is changed to a low power consumption specification under the restrictions of indoor wiring, it does not need to be redesigned as before, or it occurs in Reluctant use under inconvenient conditions, etc. The human body washing device according to the present invention is characterized by: a water spouting means for causing the water spouting state washed to the human washing surface to continuously change over time, and the paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----— li-装 i — < Please read the note wjT on the back first. I->--24-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 3435 7 ΑΊ __ ^^ __ Β7 _____ V. Description of the invention) The operation is to perform a washing start operation means for outputting a washing start instruction for starting to spit out the washing water on the human washing surface and to synchronize the start instruction from the washing start operation means with the above-mentioned water discharge means. Water spouting control means that changes with time. ♦ In other words, when an instruction to start water ejection is issued from the washing start operation means, the water ejection control means instructs the water ejection means to eject water, and the water ejection means performs water ejection that changes the water ejection form with time. Such washing is immediately discontinuous and partial due to the continuous and fixed-point washing water spouting because the water spouting in the form of time-varying spouting is performed immediately by the instruction from the washing start operation means. The human body is washed and the washing efficiency is significantly improved. Furthermore, the spouting water with high washing efficiency accompanied by the change of the spouting pattern over time can save water or various and comfortable spouting water. That is, according to the present invention, as in the previous massage and washing, after the operation method is started from the washing, the water is not spitting out like pressing the massage button, but after the washing operation method is instructed, it is always always The spouting water is changed over time, so it is always a discontinuous, partial human body washing, which significantly improves the washing efficiency. Also, "the spouting pattern which changes with time is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the washing efficiency because it changes with time independently of the flow rate". If the flow rate is reduced, such as a fluid element or the like, which is a time-varying component that changes the spouting pattern depending on the flow rate, the flow rate will decrease, the cycle will become longer, and the washing efficiency will decrease. In addition, r-, the time variation of the spouting state makes the above-mentioned spouting state a short period that cannot be recognized by the human body, because it improves the commerciality, so it is better. Once upon a time--usually used even 1! -Install il < Please read the cautions on the back page first page》 Order- • Line · This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -25- · 4 3435 7 A? _. B7 5 、 Instructions of the invention h) Fixed-point washing with free flow for human body washing can not avoid the unnatural feeling caused to the human body by the spitting water state changes with time. Here, the change is performed at a higher frequency than the time change that the human body can sense, which can maintain a high cleaning efficiency while avoiding the unnatural feeling to the human body. Best Mode for Implementing the Invention Next, an embodiment in which the human body washing device according to the present invention is applied to a partial body washing device according to the embodiment will be described in accordance with the embodiment. FIG. 1 shows the first embodiment of the state of being mounted on a toilet. A schematic perspective view of the partial cleaning device KS 1-1. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the remote control device RC 1 — 1 having the partial cleaning device. FIG. 3 is an auxiliary operation for explaining the partial cleaning device. Figure KS 1-9 is a schematic perspective view of the side perimeter. Figure 4 is a block diagram of a schematic diagram of a local cleaning device centered on a waterway system. Figure 5 shows a schematic of the control system. Block diagram of the composition. A 1 / The overall structure is shown in the figure. The local washing device KS 1 ~ 1 has a body part KS 1 _ 2 which is fixed to the upper part of the toilet BT rear part, and is used for remote control washing operation or drying operation. Remote control device RC Γ-1. The main body K S 1-2 ′ is provided on the toilet opening side, and is provided with a toilet seat KS 1-3 and a toilet cover KS 1-4 freely. In addition, this body part has a nozzle device wy 1-1 on the side of the toilet, as well as a side part KS1-5 and a cleaning nozzle wy 1-1 for washing water out of the washing part. A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------- install --- (Please read the notes on the back of this book I) Order 'line · Intellectual Property Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing-26-Industrial Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / 3435 7 at ____B7_____ V. Description of the invention) NS1-1 (see Figure 6) contains various functional parts described below. As shown in Fig. 2, the remote operation device RC 1-1 has various operation buttons commonly used in defecation. In other words, this remote control device has a stop button SWa which is operated when stopping the washing / drying operation of the local cleaning device in the uppermost part of the front, and a hip washing operation which is performed when normal anal cleaning is desired. The button SWb, the soft wash button SWc that is operated when the anus is cleaned by spitting water more gently than the normal anal wash, and the pussy wash button SWd, which is operated when the pussy is desired, and A drying button SWz which is operated when the local area is dried by warm air. In addition, anal washing is performed by the soft washing button SWc, which is a washing mode that does not apply stimulation as much as possible to people with hemorrhoid disease or people who are allergic to the epidermis around the anus, which is more common than anal washing. Those who have more water, or reduce the flow rate, etc., gently spit out the washing water and wash the anus. Below the uppermost button group, a remote control device is provided with a button group for changing the above two types of spouting water when washing the buttocks, and a button group for changing the type of spouting water when washing the genitals. That is, this remote operation device is provided below the way corresponding to the washing buttons on both hips: ^-1. The washing nozzle WN1-1 moves back and forth while spitting out washing water to provide a wide range of washing feeling Move the setting button SW fa, and make the area flushed by the washing water (washing area) regularly change throughout the spouting period to promote defecation. Press the button SWea and set the washing area to the entire spouting. Swing settings for irregular changes during the period to provide a sense of peace or comfort — — — — — — — — III — —— * II (Please read the notes on the back first 顼 ^ Γ > »本 W) Γ Order: This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -27- Intellectual Property Cooperative Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4.34 3 5 7 a7 _ · _B7______ V. Description of the button SWta , And a point setting button SWua for reducing the washing area, and a wide area setting button SWva for expanding the washing area. In addition, the movement setting button SWfv, the swing setting button SW tv, the dot setting button SWuv, and the wide area setting button SWvv are provided below the same as the buttock washing so as to correspond to the genital washing button. Further below the optical signal transmitting section RC 1-2 is a deodorization setting button SWy for setting on-off deodorization in the toilet bowl, and a prevention room that automatically switches on and off the indoor heating mode when the room temperature is low. Low temperature heating setting button SWw. In addition, under these setting buttons, a display section RC 1 to 3 showing the water potential of the washing water and the nozzle position is sandwiched, and has a strong water potential setting button SWhu and a weak water potential. Setting button SWhd, nozzle position advance setting button SWxf, and Nozzle position backward setting button s W xb. The state of water spout when these buttons are operated will be described later. The side part K S 1-5 is provided with a display part KS 1-6 for displaying the operation status of the local cleaning device and the like, and covers the auxiliary operation part cover KS 1 to 7 described later with free Cymbidium. The display unit is incorporated into a light receiving unit that receives an optical signal from the optical signal transmitting unit R C 1-2 described above. In addition, a part of the cover is provided with a colored light transmitting window KS 1 for selectively transmitting light emitted from the 'seat sensor s S 1 0 (refer to FIG. 3) for detecting a seated human body. - 8. This side part, as shown in Fig. 3, has an auxiliary operation part K S 1 _ 9 under the outer cover. This auxiliary operation unit is covered by a cover because of a low operating frequency, and includes a plurality of operation buttons or operation knobs around the seat sensor S S 10. Among these buttons are the push buttons on the front of the seat sensor. (Please read the “Notes on the back page” first) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -28- 4 34 3 5 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention Red) The main power switch SWp 'for turning on and off the power of the entire local cleaning device and the cleaning nozzle WN 1-1 for cleaning and maintaining the cleaning nozzle WN 1-1 1 The forward and backward nozzle washing button SWk, the buttock washing button SWb that switches the buttock washing, and the pussy washing button SWd that switches the pussy washing. With the two washing buttons, even when the remote operation device cannot be operated due to a lack of battery power, etc., partial washing can be performed. The buttons on the side of the seat sensor are the same deodorization setting button SWy and heating setting button SWw as those of the remote operation device. In addition, each knob behind the seat sensor is a warm water knob that switches warm water heaters and sets the temperature of warm water, a switch that warms the toilet seat and a toilet seat knob that sets the temperature of the toilet seat, and a dryer that sets the drying temperature. Knob, and heating knob to set the temperature of the room heating. B 1 / Waterway system and control system structure: The local washing device of the first embodiment has the following waterway system structure and control system structure in accordance with the above-mentioned button for washing operation / drying operation and the like. As shown in FIG. 4, the water system of the local cleaning device includes an inlet-side valve unit WP 1-_ · 1, a heat exchange unit TH1-1, and an outlet side from an external water supply side (not shown). Valve unit WP1-3. Then, the washing water is guided from the outlet-side valve unit to the washing nozzle WN 1-1 of the nozzle device N S 1-1, and the washing water is discharged from the nozzle in a manner described later. In addition, the outlet water side valve unit also conducts the washing water in the functional water unit W P 1-4 and discharges the functional water from the unit to the washing nozzle WN 1-1. Each of these units is connected to the upstream side and the downstream side water supply pipe via a heat exchange unit. That is, the paper size of the water inlet valve unit and the heat exchange unit applies to Chinese national standards. < CNS) A4 specifications (210 * 297 public love)-------! 11! Install i — ί Please read the notes on the back MtT (I) Order.-Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed A7 B7 f 4 3435 V. Description of the invention ^ 7) The unit 'is connected to the upstream water supply pipe WP 1-5, and the units downstream of the heat exchange unit and the nozzle device are connected to the downstream water supply pipe WP 1 _6. In this case, four water supply pipes are branched from the water outlet valve unit WP 1-3, three of which are connected to the nozzle device N S 1-1 and the rest are connected to the functional water unit WP 1-4. In addition, these branch pipes also form part of the downstream side pipes. The upstream water supply pipes WP 1 to 5 are used in this local cleaning device to be connected to the water inlet valve unit W P 1 _ 1 that directly supplies the washing water (tap water) from the water supply source (tap water pipe). The washing water guided to the upstream water supply pipe passes through the inlet valve unit 昀 strainer W P 1 _ 7 to capture impurities, etc., and flows into the check valves WP1-8 and the constant flow valve WP1-9. When the solenoid valve W P 1 _ 1 0 downstream of the constant flow valve is opened, the washing water flows into the heat exchange unit TH1—1 of the instantaneous heating mode while the fixed flow valve is fixed at the specified flow rate. In the first embodiment, the flow rate of the washing water is fixed to about 500 to 1 000 c c / mi η by a constant flow valve. The upstream water supply pipe WP1-5 may be branched from a washing water tank (not shown) for storing washing water for toilet flushing, and may be piped to the water inlet valve unit W P 1-1. The upstream water supply line from the water inlet valve unit to the heat exchanger unit is provided with a first wash water outlet line WP 1-1 2 through a safety valve WP 1 _ 11 and upstream The second water supply piping WP 1-1 3 with the side feed water line branching directly. When the pressure of the pipeline on the upstream side of the safety valve is increased for some reason and the pipeline is opened by the safety valve in the first washing water outlet pipe, the washing water in the upstream water supply pipe is guided to the paper size. Applicable national standards of country t < CNS) A4 niobium (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — —— III—— — — * I I < Please read the Precautions on the back page first) Magic · -line-Economy. Ministry of Economic Affairs and Intellectual Property Bureau X. Consumer Cooperation Du Print -30- ^ 34 35 7 V. Inventive Note Red) From the outside. In this way, it is possible to avoid the increase of the internal pressure of the water supply pipe on the upstream side and the water tank of the heat exchange unit, so not only can avoid fatigue caused by deformation or shrinkage / expansion of the water tank, but also the water tank does not have to have a higher degree of necessity. Pressure resistance performance. In addition, the second washing water outlet pipe leads to the washing water having a differential flow rate set by the constant flow valve and the regulated flow rate of the throttle pump WP1-14 described later on the downstream side water supply pipe WP 1-6. To the outside. As a result, unnecessary washing water that is warmed up in the heat exchange unit can be omitted, and power consumption can be reduced. The above-mentioned first and second washing water outlet pipes are arranged so that their ends face the suction port for deodorization or the exhaust port for local drying. As a result, the washing water discharged from the two outlet pipes is spit out through these suction ports or exhaust ports. Since the suction port or the exhaust port is adjacent to the toilet bowl portion, it is stained by scattered water sprayed on the dirt disposed on the bowl portion. However, the suction port or exhaust port is cleaned by the washing water from the above two outlet pipes! For this reason, it is preferable from the viewpoint of hygiene or cleanliness. Since the washing water discharged from the outlet pipe flows into the toilet bowl and falls, it does not stain the periphery of the toilet. The heat exchange unit TT 1-1 downstream of the water inlet valve unit is provided with a water tank TH 1-3 with a built-in heater TH 1-2. This heater is formed by winding a nickel-chromium wire with a good thermal response into a spiral shape. Therefore, as long as the water tank has a capacity capable of heating the washing water in an instant, the entire water painting and heat exchanger unit can be miniaturized. In addition, the structure of the heat exchanger unit is simplified and green, and it has manufacturing advantages such as a reduction in the number of assembly processes and a reduction in cost. In addition, installed near or near the heater, this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)----- II --- · 1 I (Please read the note on the back first This page) Order: Printed by the line · Printed by the Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 31-A7 B7 4 3435 5. Description of the invention b) A bimetal thermostat or temperature fuse (not shown) that mechanically interrupts its abnormal heating. Please read the precautions on the back first (Η This page)) And this heat exchange unit continuously detects the temperature and temperature of the washing water flowing into the water tank with the inlet water temperature sensor s S 1 6 a and the outlet water temperature sensor SS 1 6 b. The temperature of the washing water flowing out of the water tank is warmed to a set temperature by the heater. In this case, as long as the heat exchange unit is covered with a heat insulating material such as a foamed polystyrene material, the heat preservation effect of the washing water can be improved by the heat insulating material, and the power consumption of the heater that hydrates the washing water can be reduced. In short, it can improve the energy saving effect. In addition, this heat exchange unit has a float switch S S 1 8 which detects the water level in the water tank. This float switch is configured to output the signal when the heater is immersed in water above the specified water level. The electronic control unit C T 1-1 is used to control the heater when this signal is input. So it can avoid the situation where the heater is not fully immersed in the water, and it can avoid burnout. The heater of the heat exchanger unit is optimally controlled simultaneously by a combination of feedforward control and feedback control by an electronic control device described later. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. This heat exchange unit is equipped with a vacuum interrupter at the outlet of the washing water from the water tank, that is, the water phase connection space of the water supply pipeline WP 1-6 downstream. ΤΗ 1 _4. This vacuum interrupter cuts the washing water in the downstream water supply pipe by introducing air into the pipe to prevent the washing water from flowing backward from the downstream side of the downstream water supply pipe. The outlet valve unit WP 1-3 downstream of the heat exchange unit has a throttle pump WP 1-1 4 composed of gear pumps, etc., and a switching valve WP 1-1 5 of a 5-square valve structure. »This Switching valve will feed water to wash water -32- < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, M Industrial Consumer Cooperative, '4 34357 A7 -__:; _B7____ V. Description of the invention 劬) The object is switched to: to the cleaning nozzle WN 1- One of the flow path for hip washing, the flow path for gentle washing, the flow path for vaginal washing, and the flow path to the functional water unit WP 1 -4 (function water flow path). As a result, the warm water in the heat exchange unit and the washing water adjusted according to the flow rate of the throttle pump are used to spit water from the decanted object switched by the switching valve. The state of flow adjustment at this time or the state of water supply object switching will be described in detail later. As shown in Fig. 5, the control system of the local cleaning device of the first embodiment is composed of a microcomputer as a main device and an electronic control device C T 1-1 as a center. This electronic control device includes various sensors or float switches from the above-mentioned seat sensor, water inlet and outlet water temperature sensor, swing sensor circuit NH1-3 9, 40 described below, turn detection sensor SS30, washing In addition to signals such as the water volume sensor SS14, the above-mentioned operation buttons of the remote operation device or the above-mentioned operation buttons and knobs of the auxiliary operation section on the body side are input by wired or wireless (optical signals) through the input circuit. In this case, the washing water amount sensor detects the washing water amount of the downstream water supply pipe, and outputs the detection result to the electronic control device. The rollover detection sensor detects the tilt state of the local cleaning device and outputs the result to the electronic control device. This electronic control device, in addition to the above-mentioned input signal, performs the solenoid valve opening and closing valve control of the water inlet valve unit WP 1 -1, the heater energization control of the heat exchanger unit T1_1, and the water outlet valve unit w P 1- Throttle pump control of 3, switching valve switching control, display control of the side display of the main body, energization control of a drying heater for local drying or a drying section KK 1-1 including a fan motor, and for odor removal Ozone generator or suction fan horse > H «I n HI ϋ« II ftl first read the note on the back of the item 1 ^ " is the page > -17 · line. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 * 297 mm) -33- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 434357 a7 ____B7____ V. Description of the invention) Power control of the deodorizing unit DS 1 — 1 including the room heating system In addition to the control of the heating unit DB 1-1 such as a heater or a fan motor, according to the above signal, the energization control of the chlorine gas generating electrode of the functional water unit WP 1-4 described later is performed, and the nozzle drive of the nozzle device NS 1-1 is performed. Motor Control, energizing control of the oscillating coil group of the nozzle head NH 1-1. Further, a drying heater for local drying may be used in common with a heater for room heating, or a fan motor for local drying may be used with a fan motor for odor removal or room heating. For example, when the local cleaning device is removed from the toilet for cleaning, the signal of the float switch may be normal. In this case, the exposure of the heater may occur. Because the signal of the float switch is normal, there is a possibility of causing the heater to burn out. However, by raising the toilet, the tilt detection is detected by the turn detection sensor, and the electronic control device stops the power supply to the heater to prevent air burn. In addition, the valve-opening control solenoid valve and the like are in a water-stop state to stop various functions such as drying and deodorization. In short, by turning over the detection sensor, it is possible to detect the normal installation state of the local cleaning device for the stables, and as a result, the function of the local cleaning device (washing / drying / deodorizing / heating) can be temporarily stopped. Controls for other machines will be detailed later. Also, a limit sensor composed of a thermistor or a temperature-sensitive reed switch is installed at the tip of the cleaning nozzle and is connected to the electronic control device, and the solenoid valve can be closed and closed according to the detection result (the temperature of the water at the tip of the nozzle). Become water-stopped. In this way, it is possible to effectively avoid the local spitting of the washing water without paying attention to the temperature. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Regulations (210 * 297 mm) -34-«I nnn I * I {Please read the precautions on the back first for this page ℴ i-line. Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 V. Inventive color 2) C1 / Nozzle device NS1-1: Next, the nozzle device NS1-1 of the local cleaning device of the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 6 is a schematic perspective view showing the nozzle device NS1-1. Fig. 7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the advancing and retreating samples of the cleaning nozzles WN 1-1. Fig. 8 is an explanatory view showing the periphery of the tip of the cleaning nozzle located at a waiting position in the main body of the local cleaning device. As shown in the figure, the nozzle device NS 1-1 is housed in the main body part KS1-2 of the local cleaning device (see FIG. 1). This nozzle device has a base NS 1-2 fixedly provided on the main body portion, and a nozzle drive motor NS 1-4 assembled into a stand NS 1-3 arranged on the base, and the motor The forward and reverse rotations are converted into a transmission mechanism NS1-5 that moves forward and backward and conveys to the washing nozzle WN1—1, and the washing nozzle that stands on the base slides on the toilet bowl side and can be held freely. Parts NS 1-6 and guide rail parts NS 1-7 that guide the cleaning nozzle along a nozzle advancing and retracting track described later. The transmission mechanism N S1-5 has driving transmission wheels NS 1-8 fixed to the rotating shaft of the nozzle driving motor NS 1-4, and front and rear driven transmission wheels NS 1-9 along the above-mentioned nozzle advancing and retracting track, and horizontal Timing belts NS 1 _ 10 across the transmission wheels, and tension pulleys NS1_11 that provide tension to the belts. The timing belt passes through the belt holding body WN1-2 extending from the cylindrical portion WN1-4 of the cleaning nozzle WN1_1 and engages / fixes with the nozzle. As a result, the cleaning nozzle is driven forward and backward in response to the forward and reverse rotation of the timing belt. The guide rails NS 1-7 are connected to the arc shown in Fig. 7 ------ 丨! Install i — (please read the note on the back first | * {? This page) Order · --line < This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 cm) -35- 4 3435 7 · Α7 Β7 V. Description of invention fe3) The nozzle advance and retreat track NS 1-1 2 It is formed in a curved shape and engages with the nozzle through the rail holding body WN 1 _ 3 extending from the cylindrical portion. The rail holding body has a track holding surface with the same radius of curvature as the nozzle advance and retreat track. The guide rail part can slide freely. In addition, the nozzle holding portions NS1 to 6 hold the cleaning nozzle in a slidable manner. As a result, when the cleaning nozzle WN1-1 is driven forward and backward by a timing belt, it is driven forward and backward along the guide rail portion NS 1-7 and its movement track and the arc-shaped nozzle advance and retreat NS 1 -1 2 -To. In this case, even in the cleaning nozzle, the cylindrical portion WN 1-4 is formed to be curved along the axial direction with the same radius of curvature as the nozzle advance and retreat track. Therefore, the cleaning nozzle follows the arc-shaped nozzle advancing and retreating track, and is driven forward and backward between the waiting position HP in the main body and the washing position (hip washing position AWP, vaginal washing position VWP) in the toilet bowl. In addition, the nozzle holding portions NS1-6 are made so as to be in contact with only a part of the outer wall of the nozzle in order to reduce the sliding resistance of the cleaning nozzle. As a result, as shown in FIG. 7, the cleaning nozzle WN1- 1 having the waiting position Η P can be mounted on the nozzle device NS1-1 across the axial direction of the cleaning nozzle WN1- 1. Thereby, the height (nozzle height) of the rear end of the cleaning nozzle from the upper part of the toilet can be made lower than when advancing and retreating along a straight line that inclines the cylindrical cleaning nozzle. That is, the lowering of the nozzle height can reduce the body portion KS 1-2 (see FIG. 1), and the local cleaning device itself can be miniaturized. In addition, as the angle of the nozzle in and out of the nozzle head also changes, the discharge angle of the washing water discharged from the nozzle head is changed. Therefore, the paper size of the cleaning template can be adapted to Chinese national standards with less nozzle movement. CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) !!!-Install i — read the note on the back first! ^ Ϊ »This page) Order --- Line · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs on employee consumption cooperation -36- a? ---- B7 V. Inventive Color 4) The range has moved significantly. Specifically, even if the reciprocating movement range of the nozzle during the later-mentioned moving washing is narrow, the washing water can be spouted out to the washing washing range required for the cross-wash washing. Alternatively, even if the nozzle moving distance from the hip washing position AWP to the vaginal washing position VWP is shortened, the washing place of the washing water can be changed from the hip to the vagina. D1 / Functional Water Unit WP1—4: Secondly, before describing the cleaning nozzles WN 1—1, the functional water unit WP1—4 will be described first. Fig. 9 is a schematic perspective view showing the functional water unit WP 1-4 in a partially cutaway manner. Fig. 10 is a schematic sectional view taken along line 10-10 in Fig. 8. As shown in the figure, the functional water unit WP 1 -4 has a functional water generating water tank WP 1-16 that is fixedly installed (refer to FIG. 6) in the nozzle device NS 1-1 and is disposed in the water tank in the opposite direction. A pair of flat-plate chlorine generating electrodes WP 1-1 7. This functional water generating water tank is a resin water tank with chemical resistance (resistance to free chlorine atoms), and the washing water flowing from the inlet side pipe WP 1 _ 1 8 into the water tank flows to the outlet side pipe w P 1- 1 9. As shown in Figs. 6, 8 and 10, the outflow-side pipe is fixed to the chamber NS 1-1 4 of the tip end portion of the nozzle holding portion NS 1 _ 6 and the inflow-side pipe is connected to the outflow-side pipe. The pipes are arranged in opposite directions so that the washing water in the water tank can flow through efficiently. Here, the so-called chlorine-generating electrode is an electrode that causes a chlorine-generating reaction, and the structure thereof may be an electrode structure that supports a chlorine-generating catalyst on the surface of an electrode shape formed by a conductive base material, or a chlorine-generating catalyst is used. All paper sizes are in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 * 297 mm> -__ — — — — — — ___ __ ^ * il (Please read the precautions on the back Hiril. This page) Order ··- -Consumption cooperation of employees in the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by Du-37- Consumption cooperation of employees in the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics, produced by Du printed 4 3 厶 3 5 7 A7 ______B7 V. Description of the invention The conductive material constitutes the structure of the electrode. Wait. This latter structure of the chlorine-generating electrode is called variously depending on the type of chlorine-generating catalyst. For example, iron-based electrodes such as ferrite, palladium-based electrodes, ruthenium-based electrodes, indium-based electrodes, platinum-based electrodes, ruthenium —Tin-based electrodes, palladium-platinum-based electrodes, indium-platinum-based electrodes', ruthenium-platinum-based electrodes, indium-platinum-molybdenum-based electrodes, etc. A catalyst for supporting a chlorine gas generating catalyst on a conductive substrate can be made of a low-cost titanium, stainless steel, and other materials, and the substrate structure of the supporting structure is advantageous in terms of manufacturing cost. In addition, especially in the case of tap water having a chloride ion content of only 3 to 40 p pm, in order to improve the generation efficiency of free chlorine, indium-based electrodes supporting indium and indium-platinum supporting indium-platinum alloys are used. System electrodes, indium-platinum-tantalum-based electrodes that support indium platinum-giant alloys, and the like are preferred. In addition, in the case where such a conductive substrate for supporting a chlorine gas generating catalyst is used, when a platinum catalyst containing platinum is supported, the fixing strength to the substrate can be improved without causing detachment easily, which can improve So the electrode life is better. A DC voltage was applied to the chlorine-generating electrode so that one side became an anode and the other side became a cathode. The washing water, which is supplied to this functional water unit, is tap water that contains chloride ions that become a source of free chlorine. Therefore, by applying a DC voltage in a state where the washing water is stored in the water tank of the functional water unit, free chlorine can be generated on the anode side. Free chlorine has a bactericidal effect on bacteria such as coliforms adhering to the cleaning nozzle. Therefore, a functional water unit is used to cause the cleaning water rich in free chlorine (hereinafter referred to as functional water) to be discharged toward the cleaning nozzle from the nozzle holding portion. Bacteria reproduce better in hygiene. The spouting of the functional water will be described later. ------------- Equipped.! < Please read the notes on the back ⅠΪΓΑ »This purchase) Order-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 χ 297 mm) -38- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ... 4 34 35 7 A7 ________B7_____ 5. Description of the invention) In the above functional water unit, about 50 cc of tap water is stored in the water tank to apply a voltage of DC 2 4 V to the chlorine generating electrode for about 1 minute, which can produce 1 * The method of functional water with 5ppm free chlorine concentration determines the electrode area and the distance between the electrodes, and the electronic control device controls the energization of the chlorine generating electrode (constant voltage control). In this case, when the conductivity of the washing water is high and there is an excessive current between the electrodes, the applied voltage is reduced to a low value, so as to increase the life of the electrode or prevent heat generation at the current-carrying portion. In addition, the applied voltage may be changed at any time according to the conductivity of the washing water, so that the current control of the electrode for generating chlorine may be a constant current control or a constant power control. The electronic control device, when performing these energization controls, stops energization after a certain period of time (about 1 minute) has elapsed from the start of energization. This can prevent or avoid the excessive generation of free chlorine or the unintentional increase of free chlorine concentration, which can reduce the life of the electrode and excessive heating of the electrode, resulting in various inappropriate conditions such as air bubbles. With the functional water generated by this functional water unit, the nozzle head N H1-1 is spouted for the purpose of cleaning the nozzle except for cleaning before the nozzle and cleaning after the nozzle described later (see Figures 25, 26, and 30). In addition, when it is necessary to exert the bactericidal effect, it will spit water at the following timings, that is, the timing of detection based on the user's use state (such as the perception of the seat sensor or the washing action), and the regular timing every specified time For example, at the timer-like timings of 6 am, 12 noon and 11 midnight, the above-mentioned functional water spit water from the outflow-side pipe WP1-19 to the nozzle head NH1-1. Even if the functional water is spouted at the above timings, in the storage type where functional water is generated in advance and reused, the timing of generating functional water and the above-mentioned paper standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -39 * ii — li Liang-II (please read the precautions for fi first tutf t book X) order. • Line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 ^ 435 7 a: _ '___B7________; _ V. Description of the invention 7) The timing is the same, and the energization for generating functional water is to stop energizing after a certain period of time has passed since the energization was idle. In this case, when the regular water spouting of the functional water is performed at the above-mentioned regular timing, the implementation timing can also be arbitrarily set to β every 2 hours, every 4 hours, and so on. Flow rate adjustment of throttling pump W P 1 -1 4 suitable for functional water spouting, and switching of the flow path to functional water flow path by switching valve WP 1-5 ° In addition, it is also possible to use a flow path other than the above The water tank of the functional water generating unit is a storage form (50 cc storage), but a form in which a chlorine generation electrode is sandwiched in a water passage. This form is the form in which the above-mentioned electrodes are electrically controlled according to the above. The timing is implemented. When it is implemented, the functional water is discharged through the flow path switching. Ε1 / Washing Nozzle WN1 — 1 and Nozzle Head NΗ.1 — 1: Next, the washing nozzle WN1 — 1 will be described. Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line 1 1-11 in Fig. 8. Fig. 12 is an enlarged perspective view of the nozzle head NZ1-1 at the tip of the cleaning nozzle. Fig. 13 is a schematic sectional view taken along line 1 3-1 3 in Fig. 12. Fig. 14 is a plan view of the nozzle head base ΝΗ1-2. As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the cleaning nozzle WN1-1 has a curved cylindrical portion WN 1-4 and a tip nozzle tip NΗ 1 _ 1. As shown in FIG. 11, this tubular portion has a storage chamber WN 1 _ 5 which is divided into upper and lower directions in the longitudinal direction of the transverse nozzle. The upper and lower storage chambers are closed (isolated) by blocking (separating) the central walls from each other and plugging them with outer cover portions WN 1-6 in appropriate places on the outer peripheral wall of the cylindrical portion. In the upper storage room This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -40- ___ _ — — — — — — — — — — — * _ I < Please note on the back of Mil 4 ^ /? on this page) Order ·. Wire A7 B7 4 34.35 7 V. Description of the invention 钿) The flat cable NH1-42 described below is housed. This flat cable is cleaned by The last sacrifice of the nozzle is pulled out to the outside, and is connected to the electronic control device already described. The flat cable and the flexible tube described later are stored in an unobstructed state with the outer cover portion removed, and assembled in a storage room. In the lower storage room, three flexible tubes are accommodated, and each flexible tube is a first nozzle flow path WN 1 to 7 serving as a nozzle flow path for hip washing, and a first flow path serving as a soft cleaning nozzle flow path. 2 nozzle flow paths WN 1-8 and third nozzle flow paths WN 1-9 serving as nozzle flow paths for genital washing. These flexible tubes are connected to the buttocks washing flow path, the gentle washing flow path, and the genitals downstream of the switching valve WP 1-1 5 in FIG. 4 through a pipe connection portion (not shown) at the nozzle end. Wash with flow path. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 14, each flexible tube is connected to the nozzle head base NH 1-2 protruding from the tip of the cylindrical portion and becomes the first flow path of the base for washing the hips. Base flow path NH 1-3, which is the second base flow path NH 1-4 which is a gentle washing pedestal flow path, and third base flow path NH1-5, which is the pedestal flow path for genital washing. Thereby, the switching valve WP1-15 (refer to FIG. 4) switches the water supply target of the washing water to any one of the downstream hip washing flow path, gentle washing flow path, and vaginal washing flow path. The purified water is discharged through the switched flow paths, such as the nozzle flow path and the base flow path, through respective spout holes described below. In addition, the first to third nozzle flow paths WN 1 to 7 to 9 may be formed by dividing the cylindrical portion WN 1 _4 during molding. The nozzle head NH 1-1 is a person who directs the washing water flowing into the nozzle flow path and the base flow path toward a partial discharge, and has the following configuration. The nozzle is attached to the nozzle head base NH 1 _ 2 and the head cover NH 1 is installed. < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) W Read the second item on this page -41-434 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperatives and constituted by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Consumer Cooperatives 5. Invention Descriptions (e.g.). The head cover is provided on the outer cover, and has a hip discharge hole NH 1-7 for general hip washing and a soft discharge hole NH 1-8 for hip washing, and a movable body NH 1-9 for hips. And a movable body NH1-1 1 for the genitals having a genital spit hole NH 1-10 for genital washing. In addition, as shown in FIG. 13, this head cover has engaging claw portions NH 1-1 2 engaged with the peripheral edge of the upper end of the nozzle head base, and the outer cover side engaging claw portions NH 1-1 3 and the rear peripheral wall. The protruding engaging protrusions NH 1-1 4. In addition, the cover-side engaging claw portion is formed so as to traverse the front peripheral wall except for the rear peripheral wall. In addition, the leading end portion of the engaging protrusion is formed with a cross-shaped notch, so the engaging protrusion is formed by the leading end portion. It can be retracted / expanded and can be inserted / removed into the front wall through hole of the tubular portion WN 1 _ 4. Thereby, the head cover NH1-6 is attached to and removed from the nozzle head base NH1-2 by sliding along the arrow mark in FIG. In short, this head cover is interchangeable. Here, the movable body described above will be described. Fig. 15 is a plan view of the movable body NH1_1 1 for cleaning the vagina. Fig. 16 is a schematic plan view for explaining the movable part for the genitals and its related members. Fig. 17 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a movable body for a vaginal part and a related member. As shown in Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 15, the movable body NH1 _11 for the genitals has a flange portion NH1-15 fixed on the head cover NH1-6 and a cylindrical portion NH1-16 in the center thereof, and is located there. The central through hole of the cylindrical part empties the spout block N Η 1-1 7 of the pussy spout hole NH1-10 in the center, and the magnetic driving body at the lower end of the spout block ------------- < Please read the note of the back * §§ \ > | > this page) Order · (-line-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -42- f 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 龀) Ν Η 1 8 The flange portions ΝΗ1—15 and the cylindrical portion ΝΗ16 are formed of an elastic material that exhibits deformation reduction properties such as rubber and elastomer. Also, in order to prevent sewage from adhering to the elastic material, or to prevent the deterioration of the elastic material due to functional water spewing water, apply a water repellent treatment (such as a Teflon-coated treatment) or a hydrophilic treatment on the surface of the elastomer material ( For example, titanium oxide coating is preferred. The spout blocks ΝΗ 1 to 17 are resin-molded products. The lower end of the spout hole in the female part of the spout block is provided with a large-diameter spout guide hole Η 9 19. The magnetic driving body NZ1-1 8 is a 17-body formed from a press-formed product with a water-resistant rust steel plate. The soft magnetic properties of this magnetic permeability material, pure iron, etc., are preferably applied without electricity. This spout is a sub-assembly made of a movable body because it is a hole. The adhesive, welding, screw, and rust-proof magnets can be inserted into the material of the forming drive body. For example, a nickel-plated watch is fixedly fitted to the upper body. Η 1-1 1 Movable body for the female part Silk locks and other appropriate printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperation. Therefore, the movable part of the genitals NH1-11 is held in a drooping state, so that the flange portion and the cylinder / reduction can be turned in all directions. . The magnetic driving bodies Ν Η 1-18, in its ΝΗ1-18a ~ 18c. Therefore, if the force is attractive, the magnetically acting part moves obliquely in response to the downward movement of the magnetically acting part. The method and spit water, generally, if there is a silicon-containing surface treatment to describe the cylindrical part, from above, to The method of the flange is fixed to the mooring periphery of the part, and each magnetic operation is performed downward. Correspondingly, for example, the electromagnetic block Ν Η 1-that is, as long as it is a high-steel, ferrite, and rust prevention center, the peripheral portion of each member is fixed to the head cover. Deformation of the flange part and the magnetic part. The part of the magnetic acting part plays the water hole of the magnetic female part. It is applied to the magnetic binding lines. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297). 43- 4 ^ 35 7 Α7 _ Β7 V. Description of the invention h) If the parts are energized sequentially in the manner of electric right-hand rotation described later, which is arranged in a circle at a specified interval, because the magnetically acting parts of the attracted coil move in sequence, the phases remain inclined Sequentially turn left and right to make the 3D water hole swing angle (the spout hole swing angle α: refer to the voltage 値 (or current 値) by adjusting the strength of the above attractive force, and adjust the voltage 値 (or current 値) of the pressure to stop energizing. In addition, as long as the above-mentioned flange is attached, the movable body NHΗ 1-1] Huang Gong Consumer Cooperative Department of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed the shape of the buttocks with the same shape as the upper body. In addition, the soft magnetic magnetic driving body is used not only by using the repulsive force, but also the second. 6. The first substrate is slightly disassembled, and the movable body N_1-9 is provided because it is different, so the description of the vulva is omitted. It uses a movable body member. Therefore, the above magnetic magnetic hard magnetic magnetic material is made of this magnetic driving body to make it function. On the other hand, in the case of a sexual material, the magnetic force generated by the magnet can be used. Η1-28 plan view. The second explanation makes the above movable figure 8 a diagram for explaining the magnet. The first magnetic coil moves to the left or is energized, and the spout hole of the vagina should also move. This vagina will spit. Figure 16) Suction can be easily oscillated due to the deformation caused by the variation of the load 'ratio of the energized voltage of the electromagnetic coil. The above two spouting holes can be clearly shown with this pussy, but only when the driving body is shown in the figure, it can be attractive and the force shown in the first embodiment can be used to make the attractive force act on the force generating body N Η 1 _ Fig. 1-26 The electromagnetic coil of the generator used in the drawing is an explanatory diagram for explaining the circuit configuration of the note I gutter formed on the back surface of the reading board. Magnetic force generators Ν1—26, as shown in Figure 12, this paper size is applicable to the Standards for Difficult Countries (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male *) -44- Consumption Cooperation by Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du F4 3435 1 A7 _; __ B7____V. Description of the invention k > It is in a non-contact state with the two movable bodies mentioned above, that is, in a state where a gap is secured with the lower end of the movable body, or in front of the nozzle head base and In a state where a gap is left between the left and right side walls, the nozzle head base NH 1 _ 2 is fixedly installed. On the front and left and right side walls of the base, the outside air suction holes NH1 — 27 that allow the gap between the side wall and the magnetic force generating body to communicate with the outside of the nozzle head are opened. In this case, the opening area of each outside air suction hole, It is determined in the following manner. When the washing water is discharged from the spouting holes such as the buttocks, softness, and genitals, as shown in Fig. 13, the diameter of the flow path above and below the gap at the lower end of the movable body is wide and narrow, so the washing water sprays when passing through the gap. As a result, air is entangled in the washing water and mixed into a foam. The opening area of the outside air suction hole is determined in consideration of the diameter of the flow path before and after the gap so that the air mixing rate at this time is about 50 to 100%. Each outside air suction hole on the side wall of the nozzle head base is lower than the lower surface of the magnetic force generating body, and the front wall of the base is used as an apex inclined surface. Thereby, even if there is bounce of washing water in the nozzle head during the washing operation, the bounced washing water can be prevented from entering the nozzle head through the outside air suction hole. Furthermore, it is also possible to prevent the contaminated washing water from entering the nozzle head during cleaning of the nozzle head with a flange or the like. In addition, the washing water leaking from the gap at the lower end of the movable body during the discharge of water from the above-mentioned water discharge holes of the two movable bodies is transmitted to the upper and side surfaces of the magnetic force generating body, and is discharged through the external air suction holes. Therefore, by discharging the washing water therefrom, it is possible to cool the magnetic force generating body and an electromagnetic coil described later therein, so that it is possible to suppress changes in the characteristics of the coil due to heat generation. In addition, since the air suction holes are provided corresponding to the movable bodies Jp, there is no retention of the discharged washing water, and the cooling effect can be improved. The outside air suction hole may be provided only in front of the base. Iillilllli-i I < Please read "Notes on the back page Λ" on this page. Ordering • The size of the thread paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) -45- A7 B7 4 34 ^ 5 V. Description of the invention Dagger) wall. Read the note on the back side As shown in Fig. 18, the magnetic force generators NH1 to 26 have electromagnetic coil installation substrates NH 1-2 8 and frames NH 1 _ 2 9 provided with various members described later. In addition, the substrate is molded by resin by flowing a thermosetting resin into the frame of the frame, and it becomes a sub-unit integrated with the frame. In this case, the ends of the coil cores, which will be described later, and the water supply ports NH 1-4 6 to 4 8 which are provided on the substrate are exposed to the outside. Therefore, defects are not caused by leakage of a coil, a wiring, and the like, which will be described later, provided on the substrate. The electromagnetic coil installation substrate NH 1 — 2 8 includes a hip coil group NH 1 for swinging the movable body NH 1 _ 9 for the buttocks, and an order of 30, and a movable body NH 1 — 1 1 for swinging the buttocks. For the penis swing coil group NH 1 _ 3 1 .. Each swinging coil group corresponds to the magnetically-acting part NH 1-1 8 and 2 3 of the movable body. N 消费 1 18 18 2 3 2 3 c and it has three employees ’cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Electricity and Economics. The printed fsf magnetic coils NHl-32a to 32c and 33 electromagnetic coils are arranged and fixed to the substrate in each magnetic manner with respect to the magnetic drive body. Each of the electromagnetic coils has the same structure, and two coil cores NH1-35 are standing on the plate NH 1-and one coil is provided on one side. As a result, when the coil is energized, the electromagnetic coil forms a magnetic beam formed by a circuit formed by a plate and two coil cores (refer to this case. At the time of completion of the nozzle head, 'because of the direction opposite to the magnetically acting portion corresponding to 2', the above-mentioned magnetic beam, The magnetically acting portion is used as a magnetic circuit to form a loop. This electromagnetic 3 c. The coil core provided on 3_ 4 of this anisotropic acting portion is excited, and the shape is shown in Fig. 17). Applicable according to 3 paper standards + National National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -46- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 — B7 V. Description of the invention h) The magnetic force applied to the line coil makes the attractive and In the opposite direction. In short, when the electromagnetic coil is excited, it forms a magnetic beam passing through the magnetically acting portion in the opposite direction, and the opposite magnetic pole is formed at the magnetically acting portion corresponding to each wire core, that is, the N-pole core forms the S pole at the magnetically acting portion, and the S pole Because the pole core forms the N pole on the magnetically acting portion, the acting portion is attracted by the respective coil core. Even if the direction of the flowing current is changed, the polarity is only reversed by N and S. Attraction still plays the same role. The magnetic attraction force can be controlled by controlling the energization of the coil. This plate and the cores of the two coils are both ferromagnetic materials, so the formation of the above-mentioned magnetic poles is quite remarkable, and it can cause the magnetically acting portion to attract and attract force according to the strong magnetic force. By the magnetic force of such an electromagnetic coil, the two movable bodies and their spout holes oscillate as described above. The swing angle α of the spout holes at this time (refer to FIG. 16) is described later through the energization control of the coil. The way is controlled. In the following description, for the sake of convenience, as shown in FIG. 19, the coils of each electromagnetic coil of the buttock swinging coil group ΝΗ 1-3 0 are represented by ΝΗ1-30 a ~ 30 c, and the genital area is used. The coils of the electromagnetic coils of the swing coil group NH1-3 1 are represented by NH1-3 1 a to 3 1 c. In order to excite the electromagnetic coils of the above-mentioned swinging coil group for the buttocks and the genitals, a circuit board NH1-28 is installed on the electromagnetic coils, and a circuit shown in FIG. 20 is formed by a screen printing method. That is, in addition to the power supply line and the ground line that specify the current and voltage, this substrate has a line 圏 NΗ 1-3 0 connected to the buttock swing coil group ΝΗ 1-3 0 and a wiggle for the female part. Coil group NH1 — 3 1 line 圏 NH1 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)! !! 1 should! i (Please read the precautions on the back before f · '· this I > order · -line · printed by the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy -47- A7 .4 34 35 7 ____B7__ V. Description of the invention 45 ) A 3 1 a ~ 3 1 c switch energizes the transistors T r 1 ~ T r 6 to the coils, and adjusts the reference voltage through the resistors R 1 ~ R6 to make each transistor Tr 1 ~ Tr 6 switch (ON / OFF ), And the output lines NH1-36, 37 for outputting voltage to the coils through the resistors R7 and R8 for voltage adjustment. The resistors R7, R8 and the output lines NH1-36, 37 constitute a swing detection circuit N Η 1 — 3 9, 4 0 as shown in FIG. 5, and the occurrence of a coil energization abnormality is detected as described later, that is, the moving body Occurrence of abnormal swing. The wires of this circuit are connected to the plane cables N Η 1 to 42 at the end of the substrate, and are connected to the electronic control device CT1 — 1 through the cables. In this case, transistors Tr 1 to Tr 6 or resistors R1 to R 8 may be provided as a coil control circuit (not shown) of the electronic control device. In this way, the magnetic force generator and the nozzle head can be miniaturized. In addition, the swing detection circuits N Η 1 to 3 9, 40 composed of the resistors R7 and R8 and the output lines NΗ1 to 36 and 37 are used to detect the occurrence of an abnormality in the energization of the coil, so they can also have the following configuration = Instead of the above two resistors, a position detection device such as an IC or a photo sensor is used, and this position detection device detects the movement of a driving object (such as a magnetically acting portion) caused by an electromagnetic coil. The swing detection circuit is configured to detect an abnormality in the coil current based on the detection result of the position detection device. In addition, when the substrate is set on the nozzle base Η1—2, as shown in FIG. 13, the transparent special waste pads Η 1 — 4 3 are assembled into a flat continuous line. In addition, the electromagnetic coil installation substrates Ν 1-2 8 have the above-mentioned swing coil group for swinging the movable body, and have a supply for the movable body. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 standard (210 * 297). Love)
---!!·裝!— 1 訂-— ——線 (請先«讀背面之法$項(35本頁) A 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -48- 4 3435 A7 B7 五、發明說明如) 洗淨水之用的以了構成。亦即,此基板,如第1 3或1 圖所示’具有_被包圍於臀部用擺動線圈群NH 1 - 3 0 第1突出部NH1 — 44,及被包圍於陰部用擺動線圈 NH1 — 3 1的第2突出部NH1 — 45。第1突出部 具有連通於噴嘴頭基座NH 1 — 2的第1基座流路NH —3的頭內臀部吐水孔NH1 — 46 ,與連通於第2基 流路NH 1 — 4的頭內柔和吐水孔NH 1 — 4 7。第2 出部具有連通於第3基座流路NH 1 - 5的頭內陰部吐 孔NH 1 - 4 8。這些各頭內吐水孔,於臀部用可動體 NH 1 - 9或陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1的臀部吐水孔 Ν Η 1 _ 7、柔和吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 8,陰部吐水孔N Η 的 群 座 突 水 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 本 頁 裝 絰濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 - 1 0空出前述之空隙而相對方向。藉此, 一 1 5 (參照第4圖)將洗淨水的給水對象 之臀部洗淨用流路、柔和洗淨用流路、陰部 任一時,洗淨水經由該被切換的流路通過噴 流路以及上述各頭內吐水孔被給水至可動體 的上述各吐水孔吐水。而且,如此從各吐水 時,在通過基座流路與吐水孔間的空隙時引 捲入,洗淨水以混入空氣的泡沬狀態被吐出。 在此場合,頭內的上述各吐水孔NH 1 ,直徑爲對應的各可動體的臀部吐水孔、柔 陰部吐水孔的孔徑以下(在本實施例爲與相 孔同直徑)。藉此|被吐水於局部的洗淨水 以各可動體的臀部吐水孔、柔和吐水孔或陰 切換閥W Ρ 切換爲其下 洗淨用流路 嘴流路、基 ,從各可動 孔吐出洗淨 起前述的空 —4 6 〜4 和吐水孔或 對方向的吐 吐水速度, 部吐水孔的 游 之 座 體 水 氣. 8 者 水 係 孔 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 * 297公爱) -49- 4 3435 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明h ) 徑來決定。而,各可動體的這些各吐水孔,以臀部吐水孔 的孔徑最小,而陰部吐水孔與柔和吐水孔較此臀部吐水孔 的孔徑更大。因此,藉由遙控操作裝置RC1 - 1 (參照 第2圖)的水勢強弱設定按鈕SWhu,SW hd使水勢被設 定爲一定的狀況下,從各可動體的各吐水孔吐出洗淨水的 吐出速度,以臀部.吐水孔的吐出速度最快,陰部吐水孔與 柔和吐水孔則較臀部吐水孔爲慢。如此使用吐水速度較慢 的柔和吐水孔來進行之柔和洗淨,較以臀部吐水孔進行通 常的臀部洗淨的場合|由吐水所受到的洗淨感由於吐水速 度較慢而減少但是也因此較爲柔和。又,陰部吐水孔或柔 和吐水孔,並不如本第1實施例僅限於單一孔,也可以配 置複數小直徑的細孔而以全體形成陰部吐水孔或柔和吐水 孔。在此場合,如果使複數細孔面積的總和之吐水孔總面 積成爲較臀部吐水孔面積更大的話,細孔全體的吐水較臀 部洗淨的場合變得更柔和。 其次,採用陰部用可動體NH 1 _ 1 1爲例,說明從 此可動體的陰部吐水孔Ν Η 1 - 1 〇吐出洗淨水的樣子。 第21圖係說明驅動陰部用可動體ΝΗ1—11時的電磁 線圈ΝΗ1-3 3 a〜3 3 c的勵磁樣子之說明圖。..第 2 2圖係供模式說明從陰部吐水孔Ν Η 1 - 1 〇吐出洗淨 水的樣子之說明圖。第2 3圖係模式說明洗淨水吐水瞬間 的樣子之說明圖。第2 4圖係供說明電磁線圈ΝΗ 1 — 3 3 a〜3 3 έ的勵磁樣子之用的其他說明圖。 電子控制裝置CT1 一 1,產生脈衝狀的訊號(電晶 i -------I--1·裝 *11 <請先閲讀背面之注$項本頁) 訂· -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -50 ---- !! · Install! — 1 order — — — line (please first «read the method on the back of $ (page 35) A printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -48- 4 3435 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention) The composition of water is used. That is, as shown in FIG. 1 or 3, the substrate has a swing coil group NH 1-3 0 surrounded by the buttocks NH 1-3 0 and a swing coil NH 1-3 surrounded by the female part. 1 second protrusion NH1-45. The first protrusion has a head inner buttock spout hole NH1-46 that communicates with the first base flow path NH-3 that communicates with the nozzle head base NH 1-2 and an inside of the head that communicates with the second base flow path NH 1-4. Gentle spit holes NH 1 — 4 7. The second outlet portion has nasal vent holes NH 1-4 8 which communicate with the third base flow path NH 1-5. These spit holes in each head are NH 1-9 for the hips or NH 1 — 1 for the genitals. 臀部 _ 1 _ 7, soft pores Ν — 1-8 and puffer holes N Η The note on the back of the group's water inrush reading is printed on the page printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Intellectual Property Bureau's Tooling Consumer Cooperatives-1 0, leaving the aforementioned gap in the opposite direction. As a result, when the buttocks washing channel, the gentle washing channel, or the genital area of the water supply target of the washing water are cleaned by the water (see FIG. 4), the washing water passes through the switched flow channel through the jet flow. Water is discharged to the above-mentioned water ejection holes of the movable body from the road and the water ejection holes in the respective heads. In addition, when the water is discharged from each of them, the water is drawn in as it passes through the gap between the pedestal flow path and the water discharge hole, and the washing water is discharged in a bubble-like state mixed with air. In this case, the diameter of each of the above-mentioned water ejection holes NH 1 in the head is equal to or smaller than the diameter of the corresponding hip ejection holes and flexible vaginal ejection holes of each movable body (in this embodiment, the diameter is the same as that of the phase holes). In this way, the local washing water that has been spit out is switched to the spit spit, soft spit, or female switching valve W P of each movable body as the lower flow channel, the flow path and the base, and the spit is discharged from each movable hole. Clean up the aforementioned air—4 6 ~ 4 and the spouting hole or the speed of spouting water in the opposite direction, and the water and gas in the seat of the spouting hole. A4 specifications (210 * 297 public love) -49- 4 3435 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of invention h). In addition, the pores of the hip spouts of the movable bodies are the smallest, and the genital and soft spouts are larger than the hip spouts. Therefore, with the water potential setting buttons SWhu, SW hd of the remote operation device RC1-1 (refer to FIG. 2), the water potential is set at a constant level, and the discharge speed of the washing water is discharged from each of the discharge holes of each movable body. The spitting speed is the fastest in the buttocks. The spitholes and soft spitholes are slower than the spitholes. In this way, the gentle washing with a slow spouting hole is used for gentle washing, compared with the normal hip washing with a hip spouting hole | The washing feeling received by the spouting is reduced due to the slower spouting speed, but it is also For gentle. In addition, the vaginal spout hole or the soft spout hole is not limited to a single hole as in the first embodiment, and a plurality of small-diameter fine holes may be arranged to form the vaginal spout hole or the soft spout hole as a whole. In this case, if the total area of the spout holes is larger than the area of the hip spout holes in the sum of the area of the plurality of pores, the spout of the entire pores becomes softer than when the hips are washed. Next, using the movable body NH 1 _ 1 1 for the genitals as an example, a description will be given of how the clean water is discharged from the genital spouting holes N Η 1-10 of the movable body. Fig. 21 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the state of excitation of the electromagnetic coils NZ1-3-3a to 33c when the movable body NZ1-11 for driving the female part is driven. .. Fig. 22 is a diagram for explaining the mode in which the washing water is discharged from the pussy spouting hole N Η 1-10. Fig. 23 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the mode of the washing water at the moment of spouting. Fig. 24 is another explanatory diagram for explaining the excitation state of the electromagnetic coils NZ 1-3 3 a to 3 3. The electronic control device CT1-1 generates pulse-like signals (transistor i ------- I--1 · install * 11 < please read the note on the back of this page first page). Standards apply to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications < 210 X 297 mm) -50-
V A7 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 ^ 34 35 7五、發明說明如) 體ON訊號),將此脈衝訊號依序施加於對應電磁線圏 NH1 — 3 3 a〜3 3 c的各電晶體T r 4〜6的基座。 藉此,電磁線圈NH1 — 33a〜33c ,藉电隨著脈衝 '訊號之各電晶體的開關(〇 N / 0 F F ),如第2 1圖所 示,反覆依序勵磁°藉由如此各電磁線圈的反覆勵磁,陰 部用可動體NH1-1 1的磁性作用部NH1 — 1 8 a〜 1 8 c ,反覆承受線圈勵磁所產生的吸引力(以下稱此力 爲線圈作用力)。藉此,此可動體如第22圖所示,因應 受到線圈作用力之磁性作用部而傾斜,使其傾斜處所沿著 電磁線圈的勵磁順序方向移動。結果,陰部吐水孔NH 1 —1 0,與此可動體同樣以吐水孔擺動角α (參照第1 6 圖)傾斜,維持於此傾斜狀態,伴隨著可動體的傾斜位置 移動而擺動旋轉。藉此,如上所述對可動體供給洗淨水的 話,此洗淨水採如下的吐水形態來吐水- 洗淨水的吐水孔因爲傾斜著吐水孔擺動角α,所以將 來自吐水孔的吐水以水柱模式顯示時,如第2 2圖所示, 此模式吐水水柱R Τ,以上述的吐水孔擺動角α傾斜。而 且因爲吐水孔係擺動旋轉的緣故,模式吐水水柱R Τ *維 持於吐水孔擺動角α伴隨著吐水孔的擺動旋轉而移動,連 續地吐出此模式吐水柱。藉此,洗淨水採排列成此模式吐 水水柱之如圖所示之圓錐狀的吐水形態(以下稱此吐水形 態爲擬似圓錐狀吐水形態)而吐水。 此外·捕捉其瞬間模樣的話,如第2 3圖所示,可以 用分別的吐水孔擺動角α所規定的圓錐側壁以螺旋狀吐出 ^ ^1 1 I* n a— I · It I i請先閲讀背面之沒f項h Λ本買) 訂· 線- 本紙張尺度適用中國Β家標準(CNS)A4规格(210297公釐) -51 - 4 3435 7 五、發明說明如) 請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再^,本頁> 洗淨水的方式來模擬。進行如此形態的洗淨水吐水時1可 動體因爲被固定於凸緣周緣的緣故,所以不會自轉。總之 ’不會引起可動體的自轉而僅有吐水孔以吐水孔擺動角α 擺動旋轉。又,可動體不引起擺動旋轉而僅引起傾斜位置 依序移動,爲了說明上的方便,可以將附隨著吐水孔的擺 動旋轉之可動體的傾斜位置依序移動動作,稱爲可動體的 擬似擺動旋轉。 以如此之吐水孔擺動角a擺動旋轉的臀部吐水孔 NH1 — 7,對其下方的頭內臀部吐水孔NH1 - 46傾 斜。而以如此的位置關係從頭內臀部吐水孔對可動體的臀 部吐水孔Ν Η 1 - 7供給洗淨水。這個場合,可動體的臀 部吐水孔下端被作爲大口徑的吐水導引孔Ν Η 1 — 2 4, 所以來自頭內臀部吐水孔的洗淨水,可以被導引至吐水導 引孔而無障礙地從臀部吐水孔吐出。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 在第1實施例,使各電磁線圈勵磁時,以Τ表示上述 脈衝訊號的產生週期(脈衝週期),以t表示脈衝訊號的 Ο N時間時,可變地控制負荷比(t / T )。藉由此負荷 比控制,可以增減控制可動體的磁性作用部Ν Η 1 - 1 8 a〜1 8 c所受到的線圈作用力,亦爲可使吐水孔擺 . ' < .動角以如下的方式增減控制。例如,第2 1圖(a )所示 ,使各電磁線圏的勵磁週期Tc (=Tcl)與脈衝週期 T( = T1)成爲一定,而在使脈衝ON時間t爲tl ( 負荷比:tl/Tl)的控制期間A*與在使脈衝ON時 間t爲t2 (t2<tl ,負荷比:t2/Tl)的控制 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 a7 _____ B7___ 五、發明說明纟〇 ) 期間B,因應負荷比的大小可以使吐水孔擺動角α在控制 期間Α較大,在控制期間Β較小》因此,在上述之擬似圓 錐狀吐水形態所吐出的洗淨水其吐水範圍,換句話說其洗 淨面積,如第2 2圖所示,在控制期間A可以根據大的吐 水孔擺動角α而爲寬廣範圍的洗淨面積AS。而在控制期 間B則可以爲較此狹窄的洗淨面積B S。總之,在第1實 施形態,透過負荷比的可變控制,可以控制吐水孔擺動角 α亦即洗淨面積的寬窄。這個場合.,電磁線圈的勵磁順序 ,可以從電磁線圈ΝΗ1 — 3 3 a — 3 3 b — 3 3 ce 3 3 a…的順序,反轉爲電磁線圏NH 1_3 3 a — 3 3 c — 3 3 b — 3 3 a…的順序。 在第1實施例,可變地控制各電磁線圈的勵磁週期 T c。例如,如第2 1圖(b )所示,於控制期間C、D 使負荷比成爲一定((t3/T2)=(t4/T3), t 3夫t 4,T2矣T3),在各控制期間也可以變更各 電磁線圈的勵磁週期Tc (Tcl>Tc2)。此勵磁週 期Tc,決定第2 2圖所示的各個模式吐水水柱RT沖到 被洗淨部(人體局部)對人體所提供的刺激的間隔。 一般而言,於人體表皮同一處所反覆施加可以感知的 刺激(在本實施例爲模式吐水水柱R T所導致的刺激)的 場合,此反覆間隔拉長使反覆頻率降低的話,使用者會將 此被反覆的刺激當成振動刺激而即刻感知。另一方面,反 覆間隔縮短提高反覆頻率的話,使用者無法.感知其係有意 被反覆的刺激而無法當成振動剌激來感受到,而感知爲連 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) -53- V I— n n It 1 I « tf I (請先M讀背面之ii意事項»本Ϊ 訂. 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明fel ) 續的刺激。總之,對於人體表皮的反覆刺激|有個無法作 爲振動刺激來感知的無感頻帶。此處,於局部及其周邊的 洗淨,假設爲從受到刺激的人體表皮來看反覆變更洗淨水 的流量或流速的大小而吐水(以下稱反覆吐水)因爲由吐 水而造成的刺激大小被反覆的緣故,此吐水於洗淨處所的 表皮係以振動剌激的方式呈現。如果爲5 Η z以上的反覆 頻率的話,根據此有意的反覆吐水造成的振動變得知覺上 無法跟得上。因此,有意的反覆吐水之吐水樣態變成無法 意識到,減少了無用的振動造成不快感覺。反覆吐水的反 覆週期越高對於有意反覆吐水所造成的振動之知覺變成越 無法追得上。藉此,有意反覆吐水之吐水樣態的辨識變得 困難,由於無用的振動所造成的不快感覺也更爲減少。此 外,約在1 5Η ζ以上的反覆頻率,即使是在人體表皮的 平均部位也超過了振動辨識頻率,所以具有通常知覺的大 多數人都不會感覺到不快感。進而,在約2 Ο Η ζ以上的 反覆頻率,即使在人體表皮的敏感部位也超過了振動辨識 頻率的緣故,所以對於有通常知覺的大多數人可以確實感 受到連續良好的洗淨感。除此之外,約在3 Ο Η ζ以上的 反覆頻率,即使在人體表皮的神經特別集中的敏感部位, 也超過了振動辨識頻率的緣故,所以具有通常知覺的大多 數人可得柔和的洗淨感。而,使反覆頻率與商用頻率一致 (商用頻率在50Hz地區爲50Hz ,在60Hz地區 爲60Hz ,在台灣電力頻率爲60Hz)的話,還可以 加上使驅動變得更爲容易的效果。如此’將頻率調得越高 本紙張尺度適用中國Η家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ______III____ ^ i — (請先閱讀背面之注$項本頁) 訂· 丨線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -54- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -4 3435 7 五、發明說明幻) ,可以更確實地感受到連續洗淨感同時進行洗淨’對於更 要求柔和洗淨感的使用者而言’也可以充分對應。 從此無感頻帶的觀點來看,在第1實施例’將各電磁 線圈的勵磁週期Tc以使其勵磁頻率ί (=1/Tc)成 爲約5 Η z以上的範圍的方式可變地控制’而使模式吐水 水柱RT對人體局部的刺激被感知爲連續刺激。總之,於 人體局部的某個點(例如,第2 2圖所示的洗淨點S Ρ 1 ),使洗淨水以勵磁週期T c間歇地吐水’但是對使用者 而言,感受到的是在此洗淨點s Ρ 1受到連續的洗淨水吐 水。此一情形在分別的洗淨水吐出處所引起的緣故’對使 用者可以造成橫亙上述洗淨面積受到一律而連續的洗淨水 •吐水的洗淨感。此一事實具有以下的意義。 爲了橫亙某個範圍的洗淨面積而提供上述的連續洗淨 感,在洗淨水吐水孔爲固定狀態的既有洗淨噴嘴,被吐水 的洗淨水自身的圓錐狀的擴張爲有必要。因此,必須要常 時供給相當量的洙淨水,對於既有的洗淨噴嘴以約 .1 0 0 0 c c/m i η程度的洗淨水流量吐出洗淨水。在 如此的吐水,於所有的洗淨水吐水處所洗淨水爲常時吐水 。然而,在第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置,藉由從此洗淨噴 嘴WN 1 - 1的上述之擬似圓錐狀吐水形態,與既有者提 供相同的連續洗淨感時,實際上,只不過進行以上述勵磁 頻率f進行間歇吐水。總之,於分別的洗淨水吐水處所, 在第1實施例將洗淨水的吐水改成間歇吐水,所以可減低 洗淨水水量。藉此,在第1實施例,使洗淨水流量藉由前 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公藿) -55- ---— — — — — — — — — — — - II {請先W讀背面之注意Ϋ項為本頁) 幻· 線· 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 Λ 7 Α7 _Β7______ 五、發明說明幻) 述之定流量閥定爲約5 Ο 0 c c/m i η程度,最大只吐 出以此流量的洗淨水即可。 爲了如前所述以無法感知的方式進行間歇吐水,只要 使勵磁頻率提高到5 Η ζ以上即可,在第1實施例,使勵 磁頻率爲10〜60Hz,可以更確實得到連續的洗淨水 吐水感。 即使將勵磁頻率ί設定於上述的無感頻帶,由洗淨水 的連續吐水所感受到的吐水連續感也隨著勵磁頻率的降低 而越薄弱。因此,可以使勵磁頻率ί在上述範圍內降低而 於使用者的洗淨感帶有具有良好的刺激感,或是提高勵磁 頻率f而使洗淨感帶有柔和或者中度的刺激感。 此外,在如上所述横亙洗淨面積提供一律之洗淨水的 吐水連續感的狀況下,可以如上所述控制洗淨面積的寬窄 。藉此,使洗淨面積縮窄使對使用者之洗淨水吐水在狹窄 的洗淨面積承受謀求洗淨水的吐水處所集中的場合,與擴 大洗淨面積謀求洗淨水的吐水處所擴散的場合,可以提供 給受到洗淨水吐水的使用者不同的洗淨感。例如,因爲肛 門周邊較肛門中央的痛點分布更密,所以在臀部洗淨時, 謀求吐水處所集中的場合可以提供柔和的洗淨感,而在由 吐水處所擴散的場合可以提供較硬的洗淨感。又,如此控 制洗淨面積的寬窄可以改變洗淨感,但是透過負荷比之可 變控制有意改變洗淨面積的場合,則於稍後詳述。 在第2 1圖,係對負荷比與勵磁頻率,固定一方而控 制另一方的場合來加以說明。但是在本實施例,如第2 4 I ----!* 裝 i — (請先Mit背面之注項Μ<Γ.*ΐ本買) 訂- --線. 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNSHA4规格(210 X 297公釐) -56- A7 Λ 3435 7 五、發明說明h ) 圖所示,也可以因應負荷比而增減控制勵磁頻率f 。在第 2 4圖(a),使負荷比增大而擴張洗淨面積,藉由提高 勵磁頻率f可以提供柔和或者中度的刺激感。總之,適於 要將寬廣洗淨面積以更爲連續的洗淨感洗淨時。此外相反 的’縮小負荷比使洗淨面積變窄,降低勵磁頻率f減少吐 水連續感也可以提供良好的刺激感。 另一方面,在第24圖(b),提高負f比擴大洗淨 面積而降低勵磁頻率f。藉此,於洗淨臀部的場合因爲由 於寬廣洗淨面積導致造成硬質洗淨感而使勵磁頻率f降低 使吐水連續感薄弱的緣故,可以在硬質的洗淨感上再提供 良好的刺激感。此外,因爲狹窄的洗淨面積導致提供柔和 的洗淨感而藉由高勵磁頻率f使其不造成間歇的刺激感, 因此可以使柔和的洗淨感更爲連續。總之,藉由第2 4圖 所示的方式控制,可以使洗淨感更加多樣化。又.,也可以 不像第2 4圖所示那般使勵磁頻率f直線增減,而階段性 地增減。 此外,如第2 1圖(b )所示般的使負荷比維持一定 而變更各電磁線圈的勵磁週期Tc,也可以如下述般設定 種種的吐水孔擺動角ct (洗淨面積)。使勵磁週期Tc縮 短的話,因爲上述線圈作用力作用於磁性作用部的時間縮 短的緣故,吐水孔擺動角α縮小洗淨面積變狹窄。此外, 使勵磁週期T c增長的話,因爲上述線圈作用力的作用時 間也變長的緣故,吐水孔擺動角α變大洗淨面積變寬大。 而,即使在勵磁週期T c被固定於很小的情況下,也可以 _______11!!·裝___ (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂· --線. 經濟部智慧財產局B工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐> -57* ^ 3435 7 五、發明說明紅) 使負荷比D t縮小而謀求吐水孔擺動角及洗淨面積的 狹小化。總之,以成爲上述無感頻帶的方式固定勵磁週期 t c等値,也可以藉由負荷比的可變控制來設定洗淨面積 的寬窄。 此外,在第1實施例,於洗淨水繼續吐水的狀況下, 使所有的電磁線圈維持非勵磁或者使所有的電磁線圈同時 維持勵磁的方式進行線圈勵磁控制亦可。在此場合,使所 有的電磁線圏非勵磁的場合,洗淨水從自由狀態的I可動體 的吐水孔,伴隨著空氣的混入而集中於一點被吐水=另一 方面,所有的電磁線圏同時被勵磁的場合,洗淨水從被吸 附於磁性產生體的可動體的吐水孔不伴隨著空氣混入而集 中於一點被吐水。如此引起一點集中吐水的勵磁控制,並 非持續的進行,而是藉由組合透過上述負荷比控制之洗淨 面積的寬窄控制來進行的。總之,以成爲某個洗淨面積的 負荷比依序控制勵磁各電磁線圈時,使所有電磁線圈的同 時勵磁間歇地組入而實行,而使此全電磁線圈同時勵磁的 實行週期成爲滿足上述勵磁頻率f的週期。如此一來,可 以讓使用者具有洗淨水之連續吐水感的狀態下洗淨洗淨面 積固定的人體局部範圍與其範圍內的一點。 F1/洗淨、乾燥動作程式 其次,說明具有上述構成的第1實施例的局部洗淨裝 置實行的洗淨、乾燥動作。第2 5圖係顯示藉由電子控制 裝置C Τ' 1- 1實行的臀部或陰部的洗淨與乾燥動作程式 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) .58- ----- -----111 — * I I 1 <锖先閱讀背面之注意事項再l"*本頁) 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 經濟部智慧财產局員工消费合作社印製 ^ 3435 7 A7 _B7 五、發明說明私) 之流程圖。第2 6圖係顯示洗淨/乾燥動作程式之噴嘴前 洗淨處理的詳細之噴嘴前洗淨程式的流程圖。第2 7圖係 模式顯示先於局部洗淨時的洗淨水吐水之噴嘴前洗淨之洗 淨水吐水的樣子之說明圖。第2 8圖係顯示洗淨/乾燥動 作程式之正式洗淨動作處理的詳細之正式洗淨程式的流程 圖。第2 9圖係供說明此正式洗淨程式的處理內容與動作 停止程式的處理內容之用的說明圖。 第2 5圖的洗淨、乾燥動作程式,係被操作洗淨按鈕 (臀部、柔和、陰部之各按鈕)或者乾燥按鈕之任一時被 中斷(interrupt)實行者。而在此洗淨、乾燥程式,如第2 5 圖的流程圖所示、首先掃描著席感知器S S 1 0判斷使用 者是否坐上馬桶(步驟S 10 0)。如果判斷爲不在著席 狀態的話,因爲本局部洗淨裝置未使用,所以將往後的處 理當成不要進行而不進行任何處理就結束本程式。如果是 著席狀態的話,因爲本局部洗淨裝置是在使用中,所以判 斷應該實施洗淨動作或乾燥動作之洗淨按鈕(臀部、柔和 、陰部之各按鈕)或乾燥按鈕之任一按鈕在實行本程式時 被璨作(步驟S 10 5)。又,於以下的說明,是假設遙 控操作裝置R C 1 - 1的各按鈕被操作的情形來說明。 在上述步驟S 1 0 5判斷乾燥按紐SWz被操作的話, 讀入被記憶於備份R AM的指定位址的乾燥動作禁止旗標 F K stop的狀態判斷是否爲F K stop =1 (步驟S100) 。此乾燥動作禁止旗標F K stop,顯示局部乾燥用的乾燥加 熱器或風扇馬達等乾燥部KK1一1(參照第5圖)發生 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -59- ---III------裝 i — ί請先《讀背面之}it事項本頁) 訂* ( 4 34 35 7 a? ____ B7 五、發明說明幻) 通電異常。此外如果F S stop = 1的話表示線圏異常(與乾 • _ · 燥無關)而不應實行洗淨等。而此乾燥動作禁止旗標 F K stop.,於未圖示的乾燥不良檢測程式與恢復程式値1或 値0被設定爲「零」。藉此,如果在步驟S110判斷爲 肯定的話,不實行任何處理就結束本程式。而在步驟 S 1 1 〇判斷爲否定的話,不拘於後述的洗淨動作的禁止 狀態實行對上述乾燥部KK1 - 1的通電控制(步驟 S115),結束本程式。藉由此步驟S115,朝向局 部吹出溫風,進行局部乾燥》此時對乾燥部的通電,係以 使溫風溫度成爲輔助操作部KS1- 9 (參照第3圖)的 乾燥旋鈕所設定的乾燥溫度的方式被控制的。又,對此乾 燥部的通電停止,係於後述的動作停止程式進行的。 另一方面,判斷在步驟S 1 0 5被操作臀部、柔和、 陰部之任一的洗淨按鈕的場合,讀入被記億於備份RAM 的指定位址的洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop的狀態判斷是否爲 F S stop= 1 (步驟S12 0)。此洗淨動作禁止旗標 F S stop,顯示臀部用、陰部用之各擺動線圈群之電磁線圈 的各線圈NH1 — 30a〜3〇c 、31a〜31c (參 照第1 9、2 0圖)產生斷線或接點不良等線圈通電異常 。總之,F S stop= 1代表線圈異常不應實行洗淨動作,應 將洗淨動作當成禁止狀態。而此洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop ,於後述的擺動檢測程式被設定値1而於異常恢復程式値 0被設爲「零j 。藉此,在步驟S120判斷爲肯定時, 不進行任何處理就結束本程式。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公* ) -------------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項^λ本頁) 訂. •線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 -60- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ3435 7 A7 ____B7_____ 五、發明說明知) 在步驟s 1 2 0判斷爲否定的場合,在_供局部洗淨的 · . · 洗淨水吐水之前,先實行洗淨噴嘴頭NH1 - 1 (參照第 5、6、12圖)的噴嘴前洗淨(步驟S130)。 如第2 6圖的流程圖所示,在噴嘴前洗淨程式,控制 打開第4圖所示的入水側閥單元WP1—1的電磁閥 WP1-10(步驟S131)。接著,將切換閥WP1 - 1 5控制切換爲機能水用流路,同時進行對節流幫浦_ W P 1 — 1 4的機能水吐水用流量的控制驅動(步驟 S 1 3 2 )'。藉此,對位於第8圖所示的等待位置HP的 噴嘴頭吐出機能水(游離氯溶液),殺菌洗淨該頭。又, 如上所述在機能水卓元因爲以上述的各時機已經在水箱內 產生了機能水,所以此已經產生的機能水僅有水箱的貯留 ,量(約50cc)被吐出。 .其次,進行使停止機能水吐水而從機能水用流路控制 切換至臀部洗淨用流路的切換閥WP 1 _ 1 5,及對節$ 幫浦WP 1 - 1 4的噴嘴洗淨用流量的控制驅動(步驟 S 1 3 3 )。藉此,在噴嘴頭位於第8圖所示的等待位置 Η P的狀態,從噴嘴頭的臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 7朝向容器 N S 1 - 1 4吐出洗淨水。此時,因不進行上述的線圈勵 磁所以臀部用可動體ΝΗ 1 - 9爲不引起擺動旋轉的自由 狀態'因此,如第27圖(a)所示,於噴嘴前洗淨時, 洗淨水集中於一點而被吐水。而且因爲臀部吐水孔ΝΗ 1 _ 7直徑很小,所以吐水速度很大。因此,在容器水勢很 強而有洗¥水彈回,以此彈回的洗淨水洗淨噴嘴頭。藉此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐> -61 - !!-裝 i — <請先閱讀背面之注意事項ΜίΓΛ本頁) 訂· -線· •—4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明紅) ,可以適切地洗淨噴嘴頭,更詳細地說可以洗淨噴嘴頭的 各吐水孔及其周邊。而且在步驟S 1 3 2也可以流水淸洗 被淋於噴嘴頭的機能水(游離氯溶液)。又,在機能水產 生單元是以氯氣產生用電極夾著通水路的形式的場合,在 步驟S 1 3 2實行對機能水產生之用的氯氣產生用電極 WP1 — 17 (參照第9圖)之通電控制,接著在步驟 S 1 3 3實施對氯氣產生用電極停止通電即可。 責行此噴嘴前洗淨程式之步驟S 1 3 2、S 1 3 3時 ,也可以使臀部用可動體NH1—9、陰部用可動體. NH1 — 1 1之所有的電磁線圈同時被繼續勵磁。如此一 來,因爲於磁力產生體NH 1 _ 2 6吸著臀部用可動體 NH1 — 9及陰部用可動體NH1 — 11 ,而塞住兩可動 體下端與磁力產生體Ν Η 1 - 2 6之間的空隙,所以可以 抑制由於機能水飛散而促進磁性驅動體Ν Η 1 - 1 8以及 線圏鐵心ΝΗ1-35的腐蝕。 此外,實行上述步驟S 1 3 3時,也可以僅使臀部用 可動體ΝΗ1 — 9之前方側的電磁線圈ΝΗ1 — 32 a繼 續勵磁。如此一來,可以使臀部用可動體(臀部吐水孔) 傾斜於陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1側的狀態將洗淨水集中 於一點而吐水。藉此可以從臀部吐水孔吐水同時確實使反 彈的洗淨水冲到其前方的柔和吐水孔或陰部吐水孔以及其 周邊。因此,可以確實洗淨各吐水孔與其周邊。而且可以 高洗淨能力洗淨由陰部洗淨的目的而使用者特別要求淸潔 感的陰部吐水孔及其周邊,可以提高淸潔感。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公a ) ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 I H ^1 <請先《讀背面之注意事項*^為本頁) 訂· 線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -62- 4 3435 7 A7 -.- ’____^ 五、發明說明60 ) I--11!裝 i — {請先闓讀背面之注意事項wf耗本頁) 又’也可以使上述的噴嘴前洗淨時的洗淨水吐水從臀 部用可動體NH 1 — 9的柔和吐水孔NH 1 — 8或是陰部 用可動體NH1 — 1 1的陰部吐水孔NH1 — 1 〇來進行 .。此時,從柔和吐水孔NH 1 — 8吐出洗淨水的場合,也 可以反覆進行前方側的電磁線圈NH 1 _ 3 2 a的勵磁與 後方側的2個電磁線圈NH 1 ~ 3 2 b、3 2 c的同時勵 磁’使臀部用可動體(柔和吐水孔)於前後方向上擺動同 時吐出洗淨水。如此一來,可以確實將彈回的洗淨水確實 淋於柔和吐水孔前後的各吐水孔以及周邊而確實洗淨這些 地方。以陰部吐水孔NH 1 — 1 0實行噴嘴前洗淨時的洗 淨水吐水的場合,與臀部吐水孔的場合相同。 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 進而,實行上述步驟S 1 3 3時,也可以使臀部用可 動體NH 1 - 9以指定的吐水孔擺動角α進行擬似擺動旋 轉 ''總之,根據決定該吐水孔擺動角α的負荷比D t與各 電磁線圈的勵磁週期Tc ,輸出各電磁線圏依次勵磁的脈 衝訊號(參照第21圖)。藉此,臀部用可動體NH1 -9,以吐水孔擺動角β及勵磁頻率f ( = 1 / T c )進行 擬似擺動旋轉,臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 7也伴隨著擺動旋轉 。藉此,如第2 7圖(b )所示,從臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 7以第2 2及2 3圖所示的擬似圓錐狀吐水形態吐出洗淨 水。如此一來,容器NS 1 - 1 4之洗淨水的吐水範圍擴 張的緣故,不僅臀部吐水孔連柔和吐水孔、陰部吐水孔及 其周邊也可以確實淋到彈回的洗淨水而確實洗淨。又,此 時的洗淨水吐水對象,是容器而不是人體表皮,所以沒有 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公* ) 4 3435 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作杜印製 五、發明說明h ) 必要使勵磁頻率f (=1/Tc)成爲上述的無感頻帶* 只要適宜決定即可。 在將此步驟s 1 3 3的處理進行了指定時間例如1秒 之後'依序進行節流幫浦的停止控制(流量爲零)與電磁 閥的關閉控制(步驟S134 — S135)、移至第25 圖的步驟S140。 .接在上述噴嘴前洗淨之後,正轉驅動控制噴嘴驅動馬 達NS1 - 4,使洗淨噴嘴WN1 — 1,於因應洗淨按鈕 (臀部、柔和、陰部)的洗淨位置從本體部內的等待位置 HP移出(步驟S 140:參照第7圖)。又,洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 - 1 1如果是臀部或柔和之洗淨按鈕的話移至臀部 洗淨位置AWP,而在陰部洗淨按鈕時移至陰部洗淨位置 V W P。 如此結束洗淨噴嘴之移至洗淨位置之後,實行_·®應洗 淨按鈕(臀部、柔和、陰部)的以下的正式洗淨動作(步 驟S150),結束本程式。又,此正式洗淨動作,於後 述的動作停止程式被停止。 在此正式洗淨動作隨著洗淨按鈕所使用的可動體相異 ,所以於以下說明時,以臀部洗淨爲例來說明,至於柔和 洗淨與陰部洗淨,則只說明相異之處。 如第2 8圖的流程圖所示,在正式洗淨程式,於噴嘴 頭移至臀部洗淨位置AWP爲止的期間,控制打開被暫時 停止供給洗淨水之電磁閥W P 1 _ 1 〇 (步驟S 1 5 1 ) 。接著,將切換閥WP 1 - 1 5控制切換爲臀部洗淨用流 -I--I---!!_ 裝 il (請先閱讀背面之注意事項为本頁) 訂· Γ --線 本紙張尺度適用中囷國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -64 - 43435 7 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明幻) 請先閱讀背面之注項5舄本頁> 路,同時以使節流幫浦w P 1 ~ 1 4以預定的微弱吐水流 量(例如流量等級1)驅動(步驟S152)。藉此,從 噴嘴頭的臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 - 7朝向臀部吐出上述微弱吐 水流量的洗淨水。又,柔和洗淨與陰部洗淨的場合的步屢 S 1 5 2的處理除了藉由切換閥切換爲柔和洗淨用流路或 是陰部洗淨用流_路之外,與上述相同。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 如此當初吐水時的微弱吐水流量,以下述方式決定。 首先,於節流幫浦可調整的範圍(例如5 0 0 c c/ min),使流量可以調整爲其他階段例如等級1〜7之 各等級。在上述步驟S152,臀部用可動體NH1 — 9 成爲在未可動(未擺動旋轉)的狀態下吐出洗淨水。此洗 淨水之吐出,由於並未因擺動旋轉而以上述的勵磁頻率f 吐水所以成爲一點集中的吐水彤態,同時因爲臀部吐水孔 Ν Η 1 - 7直徑很小的緣故所以吐水速度較大。因此,在 步驟S 1 5 2的微弱吐水流量設定爲例如上述範圍的最低 等級1的流量時,即使是速度大而集中於一點之吐水,也 不會讓使甩者感到不適感或者不快感。又,藉由此步驟 s 1 5 2的洗淨水吐水,只在正式洗淨開始當初的短暫期 間(約0 . 5秒以下)而已。由此,也不會讓使用者特涨感 到不適或者不快=以下說明將當初吐水的微弱吐水流量設 爲流量等級1的場合。 接著上述步驟S 1 4 2的微弱吐水流量(流量等級1 )的洗淨水吐水(參照第2 9圖),爲了使臀部用可動體 Ν Η 1 - 9在上述擬似擺動旋轉時能夠順利運轉或者檢測 -65 * 本紙張尺度通用中g Η家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐> 4 3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 B7______五、發明說明63 ) 出擺動異常,而初期驅動此臀部用可動體NH1- 9 (步 驟S 14 3)。又,關於擺動異常檢測將於稍後詳述。 在此初期驅動處理,首先使決定吐水孔擺動角α的負 荷比Dt ,以使吐水孔擺動角α成爲可以進行可動體的馴 服運轉或可以檢測擺動異常的初期値α 0的方式設爲初期 負荷比D t 0。此初期負荷比D t 〇,因爲被記憶於備份 RAM的緣故,其値是以讀入的方式設定的。接著,根據 此初期負荷比D t 〇與各電磁線圏的勵磁週期T c ,輸出 將各電磁線圏依序勵磁的脈衝訊號(參照第2 1圖)。藉 此,臀部用可動體NH1—9 ,以吐水孔擺動角α〇以及 勵磁頻率f (== 1/Tc )進行擬似擺動旋轉,而臀部吐 水孔NH 1 - 7也伴隨著擺動旋轉。藉此,如第2 9圖所 示,在步驟S 1 4 2設定的微弱吐水流量(流量等級1 ) 的洗淨水,採第2 2圖及第2 3圖所示的擬似圓錐狀吐水 形態被吐水。又,即使於此初期驅動,也只是在下一步驟 的正式洗淨驅動前的短暫期間(0 . 5秒以下)而已,所以 並不會對使用者造成伴隨著水量不足(微弱吐水流量:流 量等級1)的特別不適感或不快感。 此初期驅動之吐水孔擺動角α 〇,只要是可以檢測擺 動異常即可,此時的吐水流量也因爲是微弱吐.水流量(流 量等級1),所以並不需要刻意增大。因此,採用在本實 施例的可調整的吐水孔擺動角α的範圍之中的較低値(例 如amax的約1 0%的値或者最低吐水孔擺動角amin)。 此外,於勵磁頻率ί ( = 1 / T c ),採上述的無感頻帶 (請先閲讀背面之注$項Λ本頁) 裝 訂.V A7 Printed by the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention (such as) ON signal), this pulse signal is sequentially applied to the corresponding electromagnetic line 圏 NH1 — 3 3 a ~ 3 3 c Base of each transistor T r 4 to 6. As a result, the electromagnetic coils NH1 — 33a to 33c are powered by the switching of the transistors (0N / 0 FF) with the pulse signal, as shown in FIG. 21, they are sequentially and sequentially excited ° by such each The repeated excitation of the electromagnetic coil, the magnetically acting part NH1 — 1 8 a to 1 8 c of the movable body NH1-1 1 for the female part, repeatedly receives the attractive force generated by the coil excitation (hereinafter referred to as the coil acting force). As a result, as shown in Fig. 22, the movable body is tilted in response to the magnetic acting portion subjected to the coil force, so that the tilted position moves in the direction of the excitation sequence of the electromagnetic coil. As a result, the vaginal spouting holes NH 1-10 are inclined at the spouting hole swing angle α (refer to FIG. 16) in the same manner as the movable body, and are maintained in this tilted state, and oscillate and rotate as the inclined position of the movable body moves. As a result, when washing water is supplied to the movable body as described above, the washing water is spouted in the following spouting form-the spouting hole of the washing water is inclined at the swinging angle α of the spouting hole, so the spouting water from the spouting hole is When the water column mode is displayed, as shown in FIG. 22, the water jetting column R T in this mode is inclined at the above-mentioned water jetting hole swing angle α. And because the spouting hole is a swinging rotation, the mode spouting water column R T * is maintained at the spouting hole swing angle α to move with the swinging rotation of the spouting hole, and the mode spouting column is continuously discharged. In this way, the washing water is collected and arranged in the conical water spouting form (hereinafter referred to as the pseudo-conical water spouting form) of the water spouting water column as shown in the figure. In addition, if you capture its instantaneous shape, as shown in Figure 23, you can use a conical side wall specified by the swing angle α of each water jet to spirally discharge it. ^ 1 1 I * na— I · It I i No item f on the back h Λ This buy) Order · Thread-This paper size applies to China B family standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210297 mm) -51-4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention Please read the back Precautions again ^, this page > The way of washing water is simulated. When the cleaning water is spouted in this manner, the movable body does not rotate because it is fixed to the periphery of the flange. In short, ′ does not cause the rotation of the movable body, but only the spout hole rotates at the spout hole swing angle α. In addition, the movable body does not cause swing rotation but only causes the inclined position to move sequentially. For the convenience of explanation, the inclined position of the movable body with the swing rotation of the spout hole may be sequentially moved. This is called the pseudo-likeness of the movable body. Swing rotation. The hip spout holes NH1 — 7 swung and rotated at such a spout hole swing angle a are inclined to the hip spout holes NH1-46 below the head. In such a positional relationship, water is supplied from the hip spout holes in the head to the hip spout holes N Η 1-7 of the movable body. In this case, the lower end of the hip spout hole of the movable body is used as a large-diameter spout guide hole N 导引 1-2 4, so the washing water from the hip spout hole in the head can be guided to the spout guide hole without obstacles. Spit out from the hip spit. The consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed in the first embodiment. When each electromagnetic coil is excited, T is the generation period of the pulse signal (pulse period), and t is the 0 N time of the pulse signal. Variable load control (t / T). With this load ratio control, the coil force applied to the magnetically acting portion N Ν 1-1 8 a ~ 1 8 c of the movable body can be increased or decreased, and the spout hole can also be caused to swing. '≪. Increase or decrease the control as follows. For example, as shown in FIG. 21 (a), the excitation period Tc (= Tcl) and the pulse period T (= T1) of each electromagnetic line 一定 are made constant, and the pulse ON time t is set to tl (load ratio: tl / Tl) during the control period A * and the control during which the pulse ON time t is t2 (t2 < tl, load ratio: t2 / Tl) -52- This paper standard is applicable to China Standards (CNS > A4) (210 X 297 mm> Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 a7 _____ B7___ V. Description of the invention 纟) During the period B, the spout hole swing angle α can be made larger during the control period A in response to the load ratio "B is smaller during the control period". Therefore, the range of water discharged from the above-mentioned quasi-cone-like water spouting pattern, in other words, its washing area, as shown in Figure 22, during the control period A can be based on A large spouting hole swing angle α is a wide range of washing area AS. The control period B may be a narrower washing area BS. In short, in the first embodiment, the variable control of transmission load ratio You can control the swing angle α of the spout hole, that is, the width of the washing area. In this case, The excitation sequence of the magnetic coils can be reversed from the order of the electromagnetic coils NΗ1 — 3 3 a — 3 3 b — 3 3 ce 3 3 a… to the electromagnetic wires 圏 NH 1_3 3 a — 3 3 c — 3 3 b — The order of 3 3 a ... In the first embodiment, the excitation period T c of each electromagnetic coil is variably controlled. For example, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), during the control periods C and D, the load ratio becomes Certainly ((t3 / T2) = (t4 / T3), t3 husband t4, T2 矣 T3), the excitation period Tc (Tcl > Tc2) of each electromagnetic coil can also be changed during each control period. This excitation period Tc, determines the interval between the spitting water column RT in each mode shown in Figure 2 and 2 to the stimulus provided by the cleaned part (part of the human body) to the human body. Generally speaking, the perceptual stimulus is repeatedly applied to the same place of the human skin ( In the case where the embodiment is a stimulus caused by the spitting water column RT), if the repetition interval is lengthened to reduce the repetition frequency, the user will immediately perceive the repeated stimulus as a vibration stimulus. On the other hand, the repetition interval If you increase the frequency of repetitions, users will not be able to perceive them as intentional repetitions. I ca n’t feel it as a vibrational stimulus, but I feel that even the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x297 mm) -53- VI— nn It 1 I «tf I (please read the back first What it means ii »Ϊ .. 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention fel) continued stimulation. In short, for the repeated stimulation of the human epidermis | there is a non-sense band that cannot be perceived as a vibrational stimulus. Here, in the local and surrounding washing, it is assumed that the flow rate or flow rate of the washing water is repeatedly changed from the perspective of the irritated human skin, and the spitting water (hereinafter referred to as repeated spitting water) is affected by the stimulus caused by the spitting water. Repeatedly, the surface of the spit of water in the cleansing place is presented in a vibrational and exciting manner. If it is a repetitive frequency of 5 Η z or more, the vibration caused by intentional repetitive spitting will not be able to keep up with it. As a result, the intentional spitting pattern of repeated spitting becomes unaware, reducing the unpleasant feeling caused by useless vibrations. The higher the repetitive cycle of repeated spitting, the less likely it is that the perception of the vibrations caused by intentional repeated spitting will catch up. This makes it difficult to identify the spouting pattern of intentional repeated spouting, and the unpleasant feeling caused by useless vibration is also reduced. In addition, repetitive frequencies above about 15 Η ζ exceed the vibration recognition frequency even in the average part of the human epidermis, so most people with ordinary perception will not feel unpleasant. Furthermore, at repeated frequencies above about 2 Η Η ζ, even in the sensitive parts of the human epidermis, the vibration recognition frequency is exceeded. Therefore, for most people with ordinary perception, they can feel a continuous and good washing feeling. In addition, repeated frequencies above about 3 Η ζ, even in sensitive parts of the human epidermis where the nerves are particularly concentrated, exceed the frequency of vibration recognition, so most people with ordinary perception can get a gentle wash Net feeling. In addition, if the repeated frequency is consistent with the commercial frequency (commercial frequency is 50Hz in the 50Hz area, 60Hz in the 60Hz area, and 60Hz in Taiwan), the effect of making driving easier can also be added. In this way, the higher the frequency, the Chinese paper standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) applies to this paper size) ______III____ ^ i — (Please read the note on the back page first page) Order · 丨 Line · Economy Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau-54- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics-4 3435 7 V. Invention Description Magic), you can more surely feel the continuous washing feeling while washing 'for more For users who require a gentle cleansing feeling, it can also fully respond. From the viewpoint of this non-inductive frequency band, in the first embodiment, 'the excitation period Tc of each electromagnetic coil is changed so that its excitation frequency ί (= 1 / Tc) becomes a range of approximately 5 Η z or more. Control 'so that the mode of spitting water column RT to the human body is perceived as continuous stimulation. In short, at a certain point of the human body (for example, the washing point SP 1 shown in FIG. 22), the washing water is intermittently spitted out at the excitation period Tc ', but for the user, it is felt It is at this washing point s P 1 that continuous washing water spits out. This situation is caused by the respective discharge points of the washing water, and it can cause the user to uniformly and continuously receive the washing water across the above-mentioned washing area. This fact has the following significance. In order to provide the above-mentioned continuous washing feeling across a range of washing areas, it is necessary to expand the conical shape of the discharged washing water itself in the existing washing nozzles in which the washing water discharge holes are fixed. Therefore, a considerable amount of tritium water must be supplied from time to time, and the existing cleaning nozzles spit out the cleaning water at a flow rate of about .1 0 0 c c / m i η. In such spitting water, the spitting water is always spitted in all the spitting places where the washing water is spitted. However, in the local cleaning device of the first embodiment, when the above-mentioned pseudo-conical water spouting form of the cleaning nozzle WN 1-1 is provided from this, the same continuous cleaning feeling as the existing one is provided, but in fact, it is only Intermittent water spouting is performed at the above-mentioned excitation frequency f. In short, in each of the washing water spouting places, the spouting of the washing water is changed to intermittent spouting in the first embodiment, so the amount of washing water can be reduced. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the flow rate of the washing water is adapted to the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cm) according to the previous paper size. -55- ----- — — — — — — — — — —-II {Please read the note on the reverse page for this page) Magic · Thread · Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ 7 Α7 _Β7 ______ 5. Description of the fixed flow valve It is about 5 0 0 cc / mi η, and it is sufficient to spit out only washing water at this flow rate. In order to intermittently spit water as described above, it is only necessary to increase the excitation frequency to 5 Η ζ or more. In the first embodiment, by setting the excitation frequency to 10 to 60 Hz, continuous washing can be more surely obtained. Clean water spit out. Even if the excitation frequency is set to the above-mentioned non-inductive frequency band, the continuous spitting sensation felt by the continuous spitting of the washing water becomes weaker as the excitation frequency decreases. Therefore, the excitation frequency Γ can be reduced within the above range to provide a good stimulus to the user's washing feeling, or the excitation frequency f can be increased to make the washing sensation soft or moderate. . In addition, under the condition that the continuous spitting water of the washing water is provided uniformly as described above, the width of the washing area can be controlled as described above. Thus, when the washing area is narrowed and the user's washing water spouts are concentrated in a narrow washing area to receive the spouting place where the purifying water is sought, it is diffused with the expanding spouting place where the purifying water is purged. In this case, it is possible to provide a user with a different washing feeling by receiving the spout from the washing water. For example, because the pain points are more densely distributed around the anus than in the center of the anus, when the buttocks are washed, the place where the spitting area is concentrated can provide a soft feeling of washing, and the place where the spitting area is diffused can provide a harder wash. Net feeling. In addition, by controlling the width of the washing area in this way, the feeling of washing can be changed, but the case where the washing area is intentionally changed through the variable load ratio control will be described in detail later. Fig. 21 illustrates a case where the load ratio and the excitation frequency are fixed on one side and the other is controlled. However, in this embodiment, if the 2 4 I ----! * Install i — (please note the M on the back of the M < Γ. * Ϊ́ 本本) order --- line. This paper size is suitable for countries with difficulties Standard (CNSHA4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -56- A7 Λ 3435 7 V. Description of invention h) As shown in the figure, the excitation frequency f can also be increased or decreased according to the load ratio. In Fig. 24 (a), the load area is increased to expand the cleaning area, and by increasing the excitation frequency f, a soft or moderate stimulation can be provided. In short, it is suitable when the wide washing area is to be washed with a more continuous washing feeling. In addition, the reduction of the load ratio narrows the washing area, and decreases the excitation frequency f to reduce the continuous feeling of water discharge, which can also provide a good stimulation. On the other hand, in Fig. 24 (b), the negative f ratio is increased to increase the cleaning area to decrease the excitation frequency f. In this way, in the case of washing the buttocks, because the hard washing feeling is caused by the wide washing area, the excitation frequency f is lowered, and the continuous feeling of spouting water is weak, so it can provide a good stimulating feeling on the hard washing feeling. . In addition, since a narrow washing area results in a soft washing feeling, the intermittent excitation feeling is not caused by the high excitation frequency f, so that the soft washing feeling can be made more continuous. In short, by controlling in the manner shown in Fig. 24, the washing feeling can be more diversified. Also, instead of increasing or decreasing the excitation frequency f linearly as shown in Fig. 24, it may be increased or decreased in stages. In addition, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), the excitation period Tc of each electromagnetic coil is changed while maintaining a constant load ratio, and various spouting hole swing angles ct (cleaning area) can be set as follows. If the excitation period Tc is shortened, the time during which the coil force acts on the magnetically acting portion is shortened, and the swing hole angle α of the water jet hole is reduced to narrow the cleaning area. In addition, if the excitation period T c is increased, the action time of the coil force becomes longer, so that the swing angle α of the spout hole becomes larger, and the cleaning area becomes wider. However, even when the excitation period T c is fixed to a very small value, it can be _______ 11 !! · installed ___ (please read the precautions on the back page first) Order --- line. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Printed by Bureau B Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. The paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm > -57 * ^ 3435 7 V. Inventive Note Red) Reduce the load ratio D t and seek the spout hole. The corners and cleaning area are narrowed. In short, the excitation period t c and the like are fixed so as to become the above-mentioned inductive frequency band, and the width of the cleaning area can also be set by variable control of the load ratio. In addition, in the first embodiment, the coil excitation control may be performed in such a manner that all the electromagnetic coils are kept de-excited or all the electromagnetic coils are simultaneously excited while the washing water is continuously spouting water. In this case, when all the electromagnetic wires are made non-excitation, the washing water is concentrated from a spout hole of the movable body I in a free state and is condensed at one point as the air enters. On the other hand, all the electromagnetic wires圏 When excited at the same time, the washing water is concentrated from a spouting hole of the movable body adsorbed to the magnetic generating body without being mixed with air, and is concentrated at a point to be spouted. The excitation control that causes a little concentrated water discharge in this way is not continuously performed, but is performed by combining the wide and narrow control of the cleaning area through the above-mentioned load ratio control. In short, when sequentially controlling the excitation of each electromagnetic coil with a load ratio of a certain cleaning area, the simultaneous excitation of all electromagnetic coils is intermittently incorporated and implemented, and the execution period of the simultaneous excitation of all electromagnetic coils becomes The period that satisfies the above-mentioned excitation frequency f. In this way, the user can wash a part of the human body area with a fixed washing area and a point within the range in a state where the user has a feeling of continuous spouting of washing water. F1 / Washing and drying operation program Next, the washing and drying operation performed by the local cleaning device of the first embodiment having the above-mentioned configuration will be described. Figure 25 shows the washing and drying of the buttocks or genitals by the electronic control device C T '1-1. The paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). 58 ------ ----- 111 — * II 1 < 锖 Read the precautions on the back before l " * This page) Order · -Online Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Off-line Consumer Cooperatives, Printing Ministry of Economic Affairs, Wisdom Printed by the Consumer Affairs Cooperative of the Property Bureau ^ 3435 7 A7 _B7 V. Flowchart of Invention Description Private). Fig. 26 is a flowchart showing a detailed cleaning process before the nozzle in the cleaning / drying operation program before the nozzle. Fig. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing the pattern of the washing water spouting water before the nozzle of the washing water spouting water before the partial washing. Fig. 28 is a flowchart showing a detailed formal washing program for the formal washing operation processing of the washing / drying program. Fig. 29 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content and operation of the formal cleaning program and the processing content of the stop program. The washing and drying program shown in Figs. 25 and 5 are interrupted by the operation of any of the washing buttons (the buttons on the hips, softness, and genitals) or the drying buttons. Here, as shown in the flowchart in FIG. 25, the washing and drying program first scans the seat sensor S S 1 0 to determine whether the user is sitting on the toilet (step S 10 0). If it is judged that it is not in the seated state, the local cleaning device is not used. Therefore, it is assumed that the subsequent processing is not performed without any processing and the program is ended. If it is in a seated state, because the local cleaning device is in use, it is judged that one of the washing buttons (the buttons on the hips, softness, and genitals) or the drying button that should perform a washing action or a drying action is on Can be executed when this program is executed (step S 10 5). In the following description, it is assumed that each button of the remote control operation device R C 1-1 is operated. If it is judged in the above step S 105 that the drying button SWz is operated, the state of reading the drying action prohibition flag F K stop stored in the designated address of the backup RAM is judged whether it is F K stop = 1 (step S100). This drying action is prohibited by the flag FK stop, which indicates that the drying part KK1-1 (refer to Figure 5), such as a drying heater or fan motor for local drying, occurs. Love) -59- --- III ------ install i — ί Please read the "it" page on the back page) Order * (4 34 35 7 a? ____ B7 V. Invention Description Magic) Power abnormal . In addition, if F S stop = 1, it means that the line is abnormal (not related to dry • _ • dry) and should not be cleaned. The drying action prohibition flag F K stop. Is set to "zero" in the drying failure detection program and recovery program 图示 1 or 値 0 (not shown). With this, if it is judged as affirmative in step S110, the present routine is terminated without performing any processing. On the other hand, if it is determined to be negative in step S 1 10, the power-on control of the above-mentioned drying section KK1-1 is performed regardless of the prohibited state of the washing operation described later (step S115), and the routine ends. In this step S115, warm air is blown toward the local area to perform local drying. At this time, the drying section is energized so that the warm air temperature becomes the drying set by the drying knob of the auxiliary operation section KS1- 9 (refer to FIG. 3). The way the temperature is controlled. The energization of the dryer is stopped by an operation stop program described later. On the other hand, it is determined that when the washing button of any of the hip, soft, and genitals is operated in step S 105, the reading of the washing operation prohibition flag FS stop, which is recorded in the designated address of the backup RAM, is read. It is judged whether the state is FS stop = 1 (step S12 0). This washing action prohibition flag FS stop indicates that each coil NH1 — 30a to 30c, 31a to 31c of the electromagnetic coils of each of the swing coil groups for the buttocks and the genitals is broken (refer to FIGS. 19 and 20). The coil is abnormally energized, such as a defective wire or contact. In short, F S stop = 1 indicates that the coil should not perform the cleaning action when the coil is abnormal, and the cleaning action should be regarded as a prohibited state. The cleaning action prohibition flag FS stop is set to 値 1 in the swing detection program described later and set to "zero j" in the abnormal recovery program 値 0. Thus, when it is determined as affirmative in step S120, no processing is performed This program ends. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 * 297 male *) ------------- install --- (Please read the note on the back first ^ λ This page) Order. • Line · Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics-60-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics Λ3435 7 A7 ____B7_____ V. Description of the invention) At step s 1 2 When 0 is judged as negative, before the _ is provided for local cleaning. · Before the cleaning water is spouted, the nozzles NH1-1 (see Figures 5, 6, and 12) of the cleaning nozzles are cleaned (step S130). As shown in the flowchart in FIG. 26, the cleaning program is performed in front of the nozzle, and the solenoid valve WP1-10 of the water inlet valve unit WP1-1 shown in FIG. 4 is controlled to open (step S131). Next, the switching is performed The valve WP1-1 5 is controlled to switch to the function water flow path, and the throttle pump is simultaneously operated _ WP 1 — 1 4 function water is used to spit water The control of the flow rate is driven (step S 1 2 2) '. As a result, the nozzle head located at the waiting position HP shown in FIG. 8 is discharged with functional water (free chlorine solution), and the head is sterilized and washed. Because the functional water Zhuoyuan has produced functional water in the water tank at the above-mentioned timings, the functional water that has been generated is only the storage of the water tank, and the amount (about 50cc) is discharged. Second, stop the functional water to spit out water. And the switching valve WP 1 _ 1 5 that switches from the functional water flow control to the hip washing flow, and the control and drive of the nozzle cleaning flow for the section $ pump WP 1-1 4 (step S 1 3 3). With this, in a state where the nozzle head is located at the waiting position ΗP shown in FIG. 8, the water is discharged from the buttocks of the nozzle head through the holes N Η 1-7 toward the containers NS 1-1 4. At this time, Since the above-mentioned coil excitation is not performed, the movable body for hips Ν 1-9 is in a free state that does not cause wobble rotation. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 27 (a), when washing in front of the nozzle, the washing water is concentrated on Water was spitted out a little bit. And because the hip spout hole NΗ 1 _ 7 has a small diameter, The water speed is very high. Therefore, in the container, the water potential is very strong and there is washing ¥ water bounces back, and the nozzle head is washed by the washing water which bounces back. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297mm > -61-!!-pack i — < Please read the precautions on the back first ΜίΓΛ page) Order ·-line · •-4 3435 7 A7 B7 5. Invention description red), can be washed properly The clean nozzle head, in more detail, can clean each spout hole of the nozzle head and its periphery. Also, in step S 1 2 2, the functional water (free chlorine solution) that has been dripped onto the nozzle head may be washed with running water. In the case where the functional water generating unit is in the form of a chlorine gas generating electrode sandwiching a water passage, in step S 1 3 2, the chlorine gas generating electrodes WP1 to 17 (refer to FIG. 9) for functional water generating are executed. The energization control may be followed by stopping the energization of the chlorine gas generating electrode in step S 1 3 3. Responsible for the steps S 1 3 2 and S 1 3 3 of the cleaning program before the nozzle, the movable body NH1-9 for the buttocks and the movable body for the genitals can also be used. All the electromagnetic coils of NH1 — 1 1 are continuously excited at the same time. magnetic. In this way, because the magnetic force generating body NH 1 _ 2 6 attracts the movable body NH1-9 for the buttocks and the movable body NH1-11 for the genitals, and plugs the lower end of the two movable bodies and the magnetic force generating body NH Η 1-2 6 It is possible to suppress the corrosion of the magnetic drive bodies N Η 1-18 and the wire 圏 iron cores Η 1-35 due to the scattering of functional water due to the scattering of functional water. In addition, when the above steps S 1 3 3 are performed, it is possible to continue to excite only the electromagnetic coils N 1 to 32 a on the front side of the buttockable movable body N 1 to 9. In this way, the movable body for the buttocks (the hip spout hole) can be tilted to the NH 1-1 1 side of the movable body for the genitals, and the washing water can be concentrated at one point to spit water. Thereby, it is possible to spit water from the spitting hole in the buttocks and at the same time make the rebounded washing water flush to the gentle spitting hole in front of it or the spitting hole in the genital area and its periphery. Therefore, each spout hole and its periphery can be cleaned reliably. In addition, the purpose of washing the genital area can be washed with a high washing ability, and the puffer hole and the surrounding area of the genital area are particularly required by the user to improve the feeling of cleanliness. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male a) ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 IH ^ 1 < Note on the back * ^ This page) Order · Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -62- 4 3435 7 A7 -.- '____ ^ V. Description of Invention 60) I--11! 装 i — (Please read the precautions on the back page for wf to consume this page) Also, you can also make the above-mentioned nozzles wash out the washing water before washing from the soft discharge hole NH 1 — 8 of the movable body NH 1 — 9 or It is performed by the pussy spout hole NH1 — 10 of the movable body NH1 — 1 1. At this time, when the washing water is discharged from the gentle water discharge holes NH 1-8, the excitation of the electromagnetic coils NH 1 _ 3 2 a on the front side and the two electromagnetic coils NH 1 ~ 3 2 b on the rear side may be repeated. Simultaneous excitation of 3, 2 c 'makes the movable body for the buttocks (soft spit hole) swing forward and backward while spit out the washing water. In this way, the rebounded washing water can be surely poured on the spout holes before and after the soft spout hole and the surrounding area, and these areas can be washed. The pussy spout hole NH 1 — 1 0 is the same as that of the hip spout when the washing water is spouted before the nozzle is washed. Printed by the Industrial Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Further, when the above-mentioned steps S 1 3 3 are performed, the movable body NH 1-9 of the hip can also be used to perform a pseudo-swing rotation at a specified spouting hole swing angle α. The load ratio D t of the spouting angle α of the spout hole and the excitation period Tc of each electromagnetic coil are determined, and a pulse signal for sequentially exciting each electromagnetic line 圏 is output (see FIG. 21). Thereby, the movable body NH1 -9 for the buttocks performs a pseudo-swing rotation with the spouting hole swing angle β and the excitation frequency f (= 1 / T c), and the hips spouting holes N Η 1-7 also accompany the swinging rotation. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 27 (b), the washing water is discharged from the hip spouting holes NΝ 1-7 in a pseudo-conical spouting shape shown in FIGS. 22 and 23. In this way, because of the expansion of the range of the spitting water of the containers NS 1-1 4, not only the spitting holes in the buttocks, but also the spitting holes in the genitals and the spitting holes in the genital area and the surrounding areas can be surely poured into the spring water for washing. net. Also, the washing water spouting object at this time is a container instead of the human skin, so there is no -63- This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 * 297 public *) 4 3435 A7 B7 Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The staff of the bureau shall cooperate with the production of printed materials. 5. Description of the invention h) It is necessary to make the excitation frequency f (= 1 / Tc) into the above-mentioned inductive frequency band * as long as it is appropriately determined. After the processing of this step s 1 3 3 is performed for a specified time, for example, 1 second, the stop control of the throttle pump (the flow rate is zero) and the closing control of the solenoid valve (steps S134 to S135) are sequentially performed. 25 of step S140. . After washing before the above nozzles, forward rotation drive controls the nozzle drive motors NS1-4 to make the cleaning nozzles WN1 — 1 wait from the inside of the body at the washing position corresponding to the washing button (hip, soft, genitals). The position HP is moved out (step S 140: refer to FIG. 7). The washing nozzle WN 1-1 1 moves to the hip washing position AWP if it is a hip or soft washing button, and moves to the vaginal washing position V W P when washing the button for the vagina. After the cleaning nozzle has been moved to the cleaning position in this manner, the following formal cleaning operation (step S150) of the _ · ® should be washed button (hip, soft, genitals) is performed to end the program. This formal washing operation is stopped by an operation stop program described later. The formal washing action varies with the movable body used for the washing button, so in the following description, the hip washing is taken as an example. As for the gentle washing and the genital washing, only the differences are explained. . As shown in the flow chart in FIG. 28, during the formal washing program, the solenoid valve WP 1 _ 1 〇, which is temporarily stopped from supplying the washing water, is controlled to open while the nozzle head is moved to the hip washing position AWP (step S 1 5 1). Next, change the control of the switching valve WP 1-1 5 to the flow for hip cleaning -I--I --- !! _ Install il (Please read the precautions on the back first for this page) The paper size applies the China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -64-43435 7 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention) Please read the note on the back 5 背面 This page > The flow pumps w P 1 to 1 4 are driven at a predetermined weak water discharge flow rate (for example, flow rate level 1) (step S152). Thereby, the washing water with the above-mentioned weakly spitting water flow is discharged toward the buttocks from the buttocks spout holes N Η 1-7 of the nozzle head. The steps S 1 5 2 in the case of gentle washing and vaginal washing are the same as those described above except that the flow path for gentle washing or the vaginal washing flow path is switched by the switching valve. Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The weak spit water flow at the time of spitting is determined as follows. First, in the adjustable range of the throttle pump (for example, 500 c c / min), the flow rate can be adjusted to other levels such as levels of 1 ~ 7. In the above step S152, the movable body NH1-9 for buttocks spit out washing water in a state where it was not movable (unswinged and rotated). The spitting of the washing water is not a spitting water at the above-mentioned excitation frequency f due to the swinging rotation, so it becomes a concentrated spitting state. At the same time, the spitting speed of the spit hole Ν-1-7 is relatively small, so the spitting speed is relatively high. Big. Therefore, when the weak spouting water flow rate in step S 1 5 is set to, for example, the lowest level 1 flow rate in the above range, even if the spouting water is concentrated at a high speed, it will not make the person feel uncomfortable or unpleasant. In addition, the washing water spitted in this step s 1 2 is only used for a short period of time (about 0.5 seconds or less) at the beginning of the formal washing. As a result, the user will not feel uncomfortable or uncomfortable because of the special increase. The following description is for the case where the weak spouting flow rate of the original spouting is set to the flow rate level 1. Following the above-mentioned step S 1 4 2 with a weak spouting flow rate (flow rate level 1), the spouting water is discharged (refer to FIG. 29), so that the buttocks movable body N Η 1-9 can operate smoothly during the above-mentioned pseudo swing rotation or Detection -65 * This paper has a common medium-size standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm > 4 3435 7 A7. Printed by Baker, Consumer Cooperation, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed B7 ______ 5. Invention Description 63) An abnormal swing occurs, and the buttocks movable body NH1- 9 is initially driven (step S 14 3). The swing abnormality detection will be described in detail later. In this initial driving process, first, the load ratio Dt that determines the spouting hole swing angle α is set as the initial load so that the spouting hole swing angle α becomes the initial stage 値 α 0 where the movable body can be tamed and the swing abnormality can be detected. Than D t 0. Since this initial load ratio D t 〇 is stored in the backup RAM, its value is set by reading. Next, based on this initial load ratio D t 〇 and the excitation period T c of each electromagnetic line ,, a pulse signal for sequentially exciting each electromagnetic line 输出 is output (see FIG. 21). Accordingly, the movable body NH1-9 for the buttocks performs pseudo-oscillating rotation with the spouting hole swing angle α0 and the excitation frequency f (== 1 / Tc), and the hip spouting holes NH 1-7 also rotate with the wobble. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 29, the washing water with the weak spouting flow rate (flow rate 1) set in step S 1 42 is taken as the quasi-cone-like spouting water form shown in FIGS. 22 and 23. Spit water. In addition, even if it is driven at this initial stage, it is only a short period of time (less than 0.5 seconds) before the official cleaning and driving of the next step, so it does not cause the user to have insufficient water volume (weak water flow rate: flow rate level) 1) Special discomfort or discomfort. The swing angle α of the spout hole driven at this initial stage can be detected as long as the swing abnormality can be detected, and the spout flow at this time is also weak because the spout flow (flow level 1) does not need to be intentionally increased. Therefore, a lower 値 (for example, about 10% of amax or the minimum squirt hole swing angle amin) is used within the range of the adjustable spout hole swing angle α of this embodiment. In addition, at the excitation frequency ί (= 1 / T c), use the above-mentioned non-inductive frequency band (please read the note on the back of the page Λ page first) for binding.
C ·.線· 本紙張尺度適用中國a家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210 297公釐〉 -66- 4 34 35 7 a? B7 五、發明說明自4 ) 的指定値。以下,說明當初吐水的吐水擺動角α 〇爲a min 的場合。 接下來,在上述的初期驅動處理之後,進行可動體的 正式洗淨驅動(步驟S154)。此正式洗淨驅動處理, 透過臀部用可動體NH 1 - 9在實用範圍使臀部吐水孔 NH 1 — 7擺動旋轉進行洗淨水吐水,而係以第2 2、 2 3圖所示的擬似圓錐狀吐水形態實際進行局部洗淨者。 在此正式洗淨驅動處理,首先,使決定吐水孔擺動角的 負荷比Dt ,設定變更爲對應可調整的吐水孔擺動角α的 指定値之適當負荷比D t 1 〇此適當的負荷比D t 1 ,因 爲是被記憶於備份RAM的緣故,所以讀入其値而設定。 此適當負荷比D t 1 ,因爲是正式洗淨驅動處理的實際孕 部洗淨時最初的負荷比D t ,所以採用在本實施例可調整 的吐水孔擺動角α的範圍之中對應於指定値(例如中間値 a mid )的値(參照第2 9圖)。以下,說明正式洗淨開始 時的指定吐水孔擺動角α爲a mid的場合。 如此被讀入的適當負荷比D t 1 ,爲了對處後述之點 狀/廣域洗淨程式的更新、設定•所以被寫入記憶於 RAM =而在點狀/廣域洗淨程式沒有更新、設定負荷比 D t的話,適當負荷比D t 1就維持記憶於RAM的原狀 ,如果在點狀/廣域洗淨程式更新、設定新的負荷比D t 的話,RAM內的適當負荷比D t則被改寫爲此新的更新-、設定値。因此,洗淨繼續中的負荷比D t的更新、設定 後,是根據改寫後的負荷比D t來擺動旋轉可動體及臀部 本鲜張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) n >lt cl n n It t— It IV t— PI I _^i (靖先閲讀背面之注意事項..*»本頁) 訂: -線- 經濟部智慧財產扃員工消f合作社印製 4 3^35 7 A7 ___1 ._B7______ 五、發明說明紅) 吐水孔。 此外,如此被改寫之後的負荷比D t ,或未被改寫而 被記憶保持的適當負荷比D t 1,伴隨著使用者從馬桶站 起導致著席感知器的關閉(OFF)訊號而被重設。藉此 ,使用者在著席中反覆進行洗淨動作的場合,第2次以後 的步驟S 1 5 4的正式洗淨驅動處理,可以將已經更新、 設定完畢的負荷比D t替換爲上述的適當負荷比D tl而 使用。因此,反覆使用時,因爲負荷比D t (亦即吐水孔 擺動角α )與前次相同,所以可以消除反覆使用時的不適 感。此外,使用者離開馬桶座之後再度實施洗淨動作時, 使用如上述的適當負荷比D t 1。 如此設定適當負荷比D t 1的話,根據此適當負荷比 D t 1與各電磁線圈的勵磁週期Tc,產生使各電磁線圈 依序勵磁的新的脈衝訊號而輸出(參照第2 1圖)。藉此 ,在微弱吐水流量(流量等級1 )的洗淨水給水下,臀.部^ 用可動體NH 1 — 9,以吐水孔擺動角a mid以及勵磁頻率 f (=1/Tc)進行擬似擺動旋轉,臀部吐水孔NH1 - 7也伴隨著擺動旋轉》 而在此脈衝訊號輸出之後,使節流幫浦WP 1 - 1 4 以成爲第2 9圖所示的可調整範圍的適當吐水^_流‘量(例如 流量等級4 )的方式驅動(步驟S 1 5 5 )。此適當吐水 流量,與上述適當負荷比D t 1同樣被設定、記憶。以下 說明正式洗淨開始時的適當吐水流量爲流量等級.4的場合 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) I n i ·1 I » 請先闉讀背面之注意事項ΜΐΓ Λ本頁: 訂· .線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -68- 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 A7 ____B7 ___ 五、發明說明沅) 藉由如此之脈衝訊號輸出與適當吐水流量的給水’於 洗淨開始時,適當吐水流量(流量等級4 )的洗淨水’以 適當的狀態(吐水孔擺動角a mid,勵磁頻率f ( = 1 / T c ))從擺動旋轉的臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 - 7吐水。其後 隨著使用者藉由水勢變更或點狀/廣域按鈕進行變更吐水 孔擺動角α (洗淨面積)的話,變更後的水勢之洗淨水以 變更後的吐水孔擺動角α從擺動旋轉的臀部吐水孔Ν Η 1 -7吐出。此時的洗淨水,採第22、23圖所示的擬似 圓錐狀吐水形態朝向人體局部吐水,造成此吐水的勵磁頻 率ί ,係包含於上述的無感頻帶。亦即,對使用者而言’ 提供洗淨水的連續洗淨感而不會造成不適感或不快感而可 以發揮前所未有的優異效果。此外,如先前所述’藉由使 '洗淨水以勵磁週期T c擺動吐水,可以提高省水的實效性 進而,藉由提高省水的實效性可以減低洗淨水的使用 流量,因場合之不同可以節省至從前約一半程度的流量。 因此,可以謀求熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 _ 1的水箱容量的降低 。再者,只要在小流量以及小容量的水箱內藉由加熱器加 溫洗淨水即可,所以可以更進一步推進加熱器τ Η 1 - 2 的省電力化或小型化9 此外,於洗淨驅動處理使臀部用可動體ΝΗ 1 _ 9擬 似擺動旋轉時,在其之前的初期驅動處理預先以微弱吐水 流量(流量等級1 )供給洗淨水。因此,可動體的擬似擺 動旋轉,係在受到微弱吐水流量(流量等級1 )的給水洗 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -69- -^1 ^1 I ^ I I I I n 1 ^ ϋ I I (請先«讀背面之注項"ίΓ*舄本頁) 訂· .線 Α7 Β7 4 34.35 五、發明說明幻) ί請先Μ讀背面之注$項|^為本頁> 淨水的壓力之狀態下開始的。因此,因爲不會招致無負荷 狀態之可動體的擬似擺動旋轉,所以不會在無意間對橡膠 、彈性體等的彈性材料的凸緣部NH 1 - 2 0施习。結果 ',可以避免凸緣部的無意間的損傷,同時可以使可動體從 一開始就適當地擬似擺動旋轉,所以較佳。 Γ 此外,如第2 9凸所示,吐水孔擺動角α以從初期値 α 0開始漸增至中間値a mid的方式使負荷比D t從初期設 定値D t 〇變更設定至D t 1,同時吐水流量以從初期値 •(流量等級1 )開始漸增至適當吐水流量(流量等級4) 的方式變更設定吐水流量。因此具有下述的優點。首先, 於最初受到洗淨水吐水的洗淨開始初期,因爲不會將意料 外的多流量之洗淨水沖洗意料外的寬廣範圍的洗淨面積, 所以可以避免不適感。此外,因爲不會以大吐水孔擺動角 α使可動體激烈地擬似擺動旋轉,所以不會對可動體的支 撐部(凸緣繫留部)或是線圈施加過度之力,可以確實謀 求避免步驟S 1 5 3的可動體初期驅動時由於馴服驅動所 造成的意料外之損傷。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 柔和洗淨的場合之步驟S 1 5 3〜S 1 5 4的處理與 臀部洗淨無異。陰部洗淨的場合除了可動體改成陰部用可— 動體ΝΗ 1 - 1 1之外,進行如上所述的機器控制,但是 也可以將步驟S 1 5 4的適當負荷比D t 1設定爲與臀部 洗淨時不同値。總之,陰部洗淨時,使其適當負荷比 D t 1較決定臀部洗淨時的吐水孔擺動角ct ( = a mid )之 適當負荷比D t 1更大,使陰部洗淨時的吐水孔擺動角α -70- 本紙張尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公* ) Α7 Β7 4 K3 5 7 五、發明說明自8 ) 較臀部洗淨時的吐水孔擺動角α ( = a mid)更大。藉此, 在臀部洗淨時與陰部洗淨時,可以使步驟S 1 5 4 -S 1 5 5之洗淨水吐水的洗淨面積具有寬窄的差別。具體 而言’臀部洗淨時的洗淨面積爲第2 2圖所示的洗淨面積 B S,而陰部洗淨時的洗淨面積可以爲較此更寬的洗淨面 積A S。藉此,分別於臀部、陰部洗淨時,藉由對寬廣洗 淨面積的洗淨水吐水,可以藉充分的洗淨水提供受到局部 洗淨的充足感。 又,以適當負荷比D t 1或適當吐水流量(流量等級 4)實行上述的步驟S 1 5 4 - S 1 5 5後,因應水勢強 弱設定按鈕SWhu、SWhd或者點狀/廣域之各設定按鈕 i (參照第2圖)的操作,變更吐水流量(流量等級)或洗 〆 淨面積(吐水孔擺動角α、負荷比D t )。而以此被變更 的流量、洗淨面積(吐水孔擺動角α )實施上述擬似圓錐 狀吐水形態的洗淨水吐水(參照第2 9圖)。又,如此被 設定的吐水流量(流量等級)或負荷比D t ,如先前所述 的’被記億於RAM而經由著席感知器的◦ F F訊號被重 設。 G1/動作停止程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置實行的動作停 止程式。第3 0圖係顯示動作停止程式的流程圖。 第3 0圖的流程圖所示的動作停止程式,因爲是供停 止由上述洗淨、乾燥動作程式所進行的洗淨動作或乾燥動 本紙張尺度適用中國0家楳準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) *------------ 裝 i — <請先閲讀背面之注$項nf <本買) 訂. i線· 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 具 X 消 费 合 作 杜 印 製 •71 - A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局S工消t合作社印製 五、發明說明紅) 作之用者,所以在以下時機中斷實行。第1中斷時機,是 操作使本局部洗淨裝置的種種動作停止的停止按鈕S W a時 。第2中斷時機,是使用者從馬桶座站起的話因爲不需要 其後的洗淨、乾燥動作,所以是與使用者離開馬桶座等價 之著席感知器從ON切換至OFF時。第3中斷時機,是 從洗淨動作切換至乾燥動作,或者從乾燥動作切換至洗淨 動作之動作切換時,亦即洗淨動作中操作乾燥按鈕時,與 乾燥動作中操作洗淨按鈕時。在這些中斷時機實行中斷停 止程式的話,如第3 0圖所示,首先判斷現在的裝置動作 狀況是洗淨動作中還是乾燥動作中(步驟S 1 6 0 )。在 此,判斷爲乾燥動作中的場合,停止對乾燥部的通電(步 驟S162),結朿本程式。又,裝置動作狀況,繫根據 本程式開始前的洗淨或者乾燥按鈕的操作狀況來判斷。 另一方面,判斷爲洗淨動作中的場合,使節流幫浦 WP1—14控制驅動爲流量零(步驟S164),其後 控制關閉電磁閥WP1-1〇(步驟S165)。藉此, 斷絕洗淨水之給水,所以停止了進行中的洗淨水吐水。又 ,也可以與此關閉電磁閥同時將切換閥WP1-15控制 還原爲原點位置(例如,臀部用流路切換位置)。 在停止上述洗淨水吐水之後,停止輸出供使洗淨水吐 水成爲擬似圓錐狀吐水形態(參照第2 2、2 3圖)之用 的脈衝訊號(參照第21圖)的輸出(步驟S166), 使可動體停止。如此,因爲吐水停止後停止擺動旋轉的緣 故’於洗淨動作停止時,不會在可動體停止的狀態朝向人 11!丨丨i -裝_! 請先Μ讀背面之注*項νί «本頁: 訂· •線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) Λ 3435 7 Α7 ___Β7 五、發明說明^ ) 體局部吐出洗淨水。因此,不會如第2 7圖(a )所示將 集中於一點的洗淨水沖向局部,不會造成不適感或不快感 I! — — — — — ·- · I. <請先«讀背面之注意事項μΓ»本買: 〇 洗淨水吐水停止時可動體也停止,但是除此之外也可 以根據計時器追加停止可動體等的控制。藉由設同步於洗 淨,或者與洗淨獨立之計時器,也可以進行可動體或各線 圈的安全動作。 --線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 如此之吐水停止、擺動停止之後,控制使噴嘴驅動馬 達NS1 - 4反轉驅動,使洗淨噴嘴WN1 - 1 ,從各洗 淨位置退後回到本體部內的等待位置HP (步驟S 1 6 8 ;參照第7圖)。噴嘴回到等待位置HP之後,實行應該 要被洗淨之到此爲止所使用於,局部洗淨的各吐水孔及其周 邊,以及噴嘴頭等等之噴嘴後洗淨(步驟S169)。此 噴嘴後洗淨,細雨前述的噴嘴前洗淨相同的處理,亦即藉 由機能水洗淨,以從吐水孔吐水的洗淨水之反彈水來進行 洗淨。又,也可以使噴嘴前洗淨與噴嘴後洗淨的處理內容 王同。例如,在噴嘴前洗淨,因爲此後要進行局部洗淨的 緣故,於局部洗淨之前藉由機能水吐出來殺菌洗淨噴嘴頭 ,提供使用者噴嘴頭之衛生感、淸潔感,而在噴嘴後洗淨 ,省略機能水吐水亦可。也可以使噴嘴前洗淨與噴嘴後洗 淨以與此相反的方式進行。因爲在細菌附著於噴嘴頭之後 立刻進行殺菌洗淨的話可以提高殺菌效果,所以在有可能 引起細菌附、著的洗淨動作之後的噴嘴後洗淨進行機能水吐 水,在噴嘴前洗淨也可以省略此機能氺吐冰。此外’於此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) *73- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明h ) 二洗淨時,也可以並用第2 7圖(a )所示的一點集中吐 水^第27圖(b)所示的圓錐狀吐水。在噴嘴前洗淨進 行一點集中吐水,而在噴嘴後洗淨進行圓錐狀吐水亦可。 此外,也可以使噴嘴前洗淨與噴嘴後洗淨以與此相反的方 式進行。 Η 1 /移動洗淨程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置附隨著上述的 .局部洗淨而實行的移動洗淨程式。第3 1圖係顯示移動洗 淨程式的流程圖·>第3 2圖係供說明移動洗淨的樣子之說 明圖。 第3 1圖之流程圖所示的移動洗淨程式,係使洗淨噴 嘴WN 1 - 1前後往復移動同時吐出洗淨水提供寬範圍的 洗淨感者。而,此移動洗淨程式,於臀部、陰部之各局部 洗淨之實行中,伴隨著移動設定按鈕SWfa、SWfv (參照 第2·圖)的操作而被中斷實行。 如第3_. 1圖所示,經過上述按鈕的操作而.實行此移動 洗淨程式的話,控制使噴嘴驅動馬達N S 1 - 4正逆旋轉 驅動’而將臀部、陰部之各洗淨位置作爲中心位置使洗淨 亨嘴WN1 — 1前後往復移動(步驟S1 70)·。而使此 噴嘴前後往復移動,在移動設定按鈕被再度操作而切掉移 動洗淨之前繼續進行(步驟S 17 2)。如此在噴嘴前後 往復移動的期間,進行先前所說明的正式洗淨動作(步驟 S1 40 )。因此,藉由噴嘴往復移動與擬似圓錐狀吐水 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公3Π 請先閲讀背fi之注意Ϋ項h 并本頁> 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印聚 -74- 4 3^35γ at B7 五、發明說明k ) 形態(參照第2 2、2 3圖)的洗淨水吐水之同時實施, 如第3 2圖所示般的,在擬似圓錐狀吐水狀態的洗淨水吐 水伴隨著噴瞒的移動而前後移動。因此,橫亙噴嘴前後往 復移動範圍以使擬似圓錐狀吐水形態的洗淨水吐水成爲連 接的方式進行局部的移動洗淨。結果,橫亙極寬的範圍被 洗淨局部可以創出新的洗淨感,可以對使用者提供此新的 洗淨感。 在步驟S 1 7 2判斷爲切掉移動洗淨的場合,控制使 噴嘴驅動馬達NS 1 - 4旋轉驅動,使洗淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1回到臀部或陰部的洗淨位置(步驟S 1 7 4 ),結.束本 程式。又,在停止按鈕被操作的場合,優先於步驟S 1 7 4的處理,實行第3 0圖的動作停止程式,進行給水停止 、噴嘴之回到等待位置。 11/點狀/廣域洗淨程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置附隨著上述的 局部洗淨而實行的點狀/廣域洗淨程式。第3 3圖係顯示 點狀/廣域洗淨程式的流程圖。第3 4.圖係供說明點狀/ 廣域洗淨樣子之說明圖。 第3 3圖的流程圖所示的點狀/廣域洗淨程式,係使 洗淨水吐水的洗淨面積適合於對人體局部的洗淨面積之使 用者的要求’提供使用者洗淨充足感或刺激感者。而此點 狀/廣域洗淨程式,於臀部、陰部之各局部洗淨的實行中 ,伴隨著點狀設定按鈕SWua、SWuv,或廣域設定按鈕 本紙張尺度適用中國國家株準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) II-----!·裝 i — 請先Μ讀背面之注意事項μΓ舄本頁) 訂: _線一 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 -75- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 ”4 3.5 7 a7 _____B7__五、發明說明幻) S W va、S W vv (參照第2圖)的操作而被中斷實行。 如第3 3圖所示,經過上述各按鈕的操作實行此點狀 /廣域洗淨程式的話,讀入按鈕操作時現在的負荷比D t (步驟S176)。根據吐水孔擺動角α與擬似圓錐狀吐 水狀態的洗淨水吐水所導致的洗淨面積(參照第2 2圖) 係如先前所述的以負荷比D t來規定。因此,藉由讀入現 在的負荷比D t ,可知現在的吐水孔擺動角α,亦即可知 .洗淨面積。又,負荷比D t ,因爲於輸出脈衝訊號時被記 億於RAM所以只要讀入其値即可。 第1實施例,如先前所述的透過負荷比控制(參照第 2 1圖)可以設定種種吐水孔擺動角α (洗淨面積)。但 是,於以下的說明爲了方便,把D t的範圍設定爲藉由點 狀/廣域的按鈕操作所可設定的負荷比D t範圍(D t min 〜D tmajc;a:min〜amax:參照第2 9圖)之中的大中小 3個階段的負荷比Dt (Dtmin<DtS<DtM< D t L < D t max )。總之藉由此3個階段的負荷比D t的 設定,可以使吐水孔擺動角α (洗淨面積)增減於3個階 段。又,臀部洗淨時的洗淨面積記爲SMA,陰部洗淨時 的洗淨面積記爲SMV。 讀入上述現在的負荷比D t之後’因應被操作的按鈕 種類(點狀或廣域)而階段性地增減負荷比0 t (步驟 S 1 7 8 ),結束本程式。以下,具體說明藉由此負荷比 Dt的增減而導致洗淨面積變化的樣子。 假設臀部洗淨時被操作了廣域設定按鈕SWva。藉由 請 先 « 讀 背 面 之 注 項h !I裝 頁 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公» ) -76- ^ 經濟部智慧財產局R工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 a? _ _____B7__._五、發明說明“) 此按鈕操作,於步驟s 1 7 6讀入現在的負荷比D t ,其 結果假設爲負荷比D t S。如此一來,接著在步驟 S 1 7 8 ’現在的負荷比D t S成爲負荷比D t Μ。因此 ,如第3 4圖所示,負荷比D t S的按鈕操作前的洗淨面 積SMA S,成爲對應於負荷比D t Μ的洗淨面積 SMAM,洗淨面積變廣。進而,廣域設定按鈕Sw va被 操作的話,負荷比D t Μ成爲負荷比D t L,洗淨面積從 SMAM擴張到洗淨面積SMA L。總之,每次廣域設定 按鈕S W va被操作時,洗淨面積以洗淨面積SMA S —洗 淨面積SMAM —洗淨面積SMA L的方式擴張。在點狀 設定按鈕SWua被操作的場合輿此相反,每次操作該按鈕 時,洗淨面積以洗淨面積S.M A L —洗淨面積SMAM — 洗淨面積SMA S的方式縮小。又,負荷比D t S (洗淨 面積SMA S )時操作點狀設定按鈕,或者負荷比D t L (洗淨面積SMA L )時操作廣域設定按鈕的場合,負荷 比D t以及洗淨面積維持原來大小。 陰部洗淨的場合也相同,每次廣域設定按鈕SWvv被 操作時,洗淨面積以洗淨面積S Μ V S —洗淨面積 SMVM —洗淨面積SMVL的方式擴張。此外,每次操 作點狀設定按鈕SW uv時,洗淨面積以洗淨面積SMVL —洗淨面積SMVM —洗淨面積SMV S的方式縮小。 亦即,使用者隨著自身的意識操作點狀/廣域各設定 按鈕,使局部洗淨時的洗淨面積隨意擴張/收縮,而使吐 出的洗淨水之洗淨範圍(洗淨面積)隨著自身的意思改變C .. Line. This paper size applies to a Chinese standard (CNS> A4 size (210 297 mm> -66- 4 34 35 7 a? B7 V. Invention description from 4)). The following is a description of the original spit water When the spouting swing angle α 0 is a min. Next, after the above-mentioned initial driving process, a formal washing driving of the movable body is performed (step S154). This formal washing driving process passes through the movable body NH 1 for the buttocks. -9 In the practical range, the hip spout hole NH 1-7 is swung and rotated to perform washing water spouting, and the person actually performs partial washing in a pseudo-conical spouting shape shown in Figs. 2, 2, and 3. Formal washing here In the net driving process, first, the load ratio Dt that determines the swing angle of the spout hole is changed to an appropriate load ratio D t 1 corresponding to the specified value of the adjustable spout hole angle α. This appropriate load ratio D t 1 is because Because it is memorized in the backup RAM, it is set by reading it. This appropriate load ratio D t 1 is the initial load ratio D t during the actual washing of the actual pregnant part during the formal washing drive process. Example adjustable spouting Among the ranges of the hole swing angle α, 値 (refer to FIG. 29) corresponding to the specified 値 (for example, the middle 値 a mid). Hereinafter, the case where the specified discharge hole swing angle α at the start of formal washing is a mid will be described. The appropriate load ratio D t 1 read in this way is written and stored in RAM = in order to update and set the dot / wide area cleaning program to be described later, and the dot / wide area cleaning program is not updated. If the load ratio D t is set, the proper load ratio D t 1 will be stored in the original state of the RAM. If the dot / wide area cleaning program is updated and a new load ratio D t is set, the appropriate load ratio D in the RAM will be appropriate. t is rewritten as this new update-, setting 値. Therefore, after the load ratio D t is updated and set in the washing process, the movable body and hips are swayed according to the rewritten load ratio D t Standards are applicable to Chinese National Standards < CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 Public Love) n > lt cl nn It t— It IV t— PI I _ ^ i (Jingxian read the precautions on the back ... * »This page ) Order:-Line-Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economy 扃 Employees' Co-operatives 4 3 ^ 35 7 A7 ___1 ._B7 ______ , The invention described red) water jetting holes. In addition, the duty ratio D t after being rewritten in this way, or the appropriate duty ratio D t 1 which is memorized and maintained without being rewritten, is re-accompanied by the OFF signal of the seat sensor caused by the user standing from the toilet. Assume. In this way, when the user repeatedly performs the washing operation in the seat, the second and subsequent formal washing driving processes of step S 1 5 4 can replace the updated and set load ratio D t with the above It is used with an appropriate load ratio D tl. Therefore, when used repeatedly, the load ratio D t (that is, the spout hole swing angle α) is the same as the previous time, so the discomfort during repeated use can be eliminated. When the user performs the cleaning operation again after leaving the toilet seat, an appropriate load ratio D t 1 as described above is used. If an appropriate load ratio D t 1 is set in this way, a new pulse signal is generated for sequentially exciting each electromagnetic coil based on the appropriate load ratio D t 1 and the excitation period Tc of each electromagnetic coil, and is output (see FIG. 21). ). In this way, under the condition that the washing water with a weak spouting flow rate (flow rate 1) is supplied to the water, the hips are moved with the movable body NH 1-9, and the spouting hole swing angle a mid and the excitation frequency f (= 1 / Tc) are performed. It looks like a swinging rotation, butt spout holes NH1-7 also accompany the swinging rotation. After this pulse signal is output, the throttle pump WP 1-1 4 is turned into a proper watering range with adjustable range as shown in Fig. 9 ^ _ It is driven in the manner of flow (for example, flow level 4) (step S 1 5 5). This appropriate spouting flow rate is set and memorized in the same manner as the above-mentioned appropriate load ratio D t 1. The following indicates that the proper discharge water flow at the beginning of formal washing is the flow level. For the occasion of 4, this paper size applies the Chinese national standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) I ni · 1 I» Please read the back Note MΐΓ Λ This page: Ordered · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-68- Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ____B7 ___ V. Description of the Invention 沅) With such a pulse signal Output of feed water with proper water discharge flow rate 'At the beginning of washing, wash water with appropriate water discharge flow rate (flow rate 4)' is in an appropriate state (swing hole swing angle a mid, excitation frequency f (= 1 / T c) ) Spit water from the swinging hips Ν Ν 1-7 to spit water. Then, as the user changes the water discharge hole swing angle α (washing area) by changing the water potential or the dot / wide-area button, the changed water flow washing water is swung from the water discharge hole swing angle α after the change The rotating hip spout hole N Ν 1 -7 spit out. The washing water at this time adopts the quasi-conical water spouting form shown in Figs. 22 and 23 toward the human body, and the excitation frequency of the spouted water is included in the above-mentioned non-inductive frequency band. That is, for the user, the continuous washing feeling of the washing water is provided without causing discomfort or unpleasant feeling, and an excellent effect as never before can be exerted. In addition, as described previously, by “washing” the washing water to spit water at the excitation period T c, the effectiveness of water saving can be improved. Furthermore, the use flow rate of washing water can be reduced by improving the efficiency of water saving. Different occasions can save about half of the previous traffic. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the water tank capacity of the heat exchange unit T1__1. In addition, as long as the water is heated and washed by a heater in a small-flow and small-capacity water tank, the power saving or miniaturization of the heater τ Η 1-2 can be further promoted. 9 In addition, When the driving process rotates the hip movable body NΗ 1 _ 9 in a swing-like manner, the initial driving process before it supplies washing water in advance at a weak spouting flow rate (flow rate level 1). Therefore, the pseudo-oscillating rotation of the movable body is washed in the feedwater that is subject to a weak spitting water flow (flow level 1). The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -69--^ 1 ^ 1 I ^ IIII n 1 ^ ϋ II (please «read the note on the back " page first) · .line A7 Β7 4 34.35 V. Description of the invention) Please read the note on the back first | ^ This page starts with the pressure of purified water. Therefore, since the pseudo-oscillating rotation of the movable body in an unloaded state is not induced, the flange portions NH 1-20 of elastic materials such as rubber and elastomer are not inadvertently practiced. As a result, inadvertent damage to the flange portion can be avoided, and at the same time, the movable body can be swiveled appropriately from the beginning, so it is preferable. Γ In addition, as shown by the 29th convexity, the spouting hole swing angle α is gradually increased from the initial setting tα 0 to the middle 値 a mid so that the load ratio D t is changed from the initial setting 値 D t 〇 to D t 1 At the same time, the discharge water flow rate is changed from the initial stage (flow rate 1) to an appropriate discharge water flow rate (flow rate 4). Therefore, it has the following advantages. First, at the initial stage of the washing process, when the washing water is initially spouted, an unexpectedly large amount of washing water will not be washed out of an unexpectedly wide washing area, so that discomfort can be avoided. In addition, since the movable body does not oscillate violently and oscillate with the large spouting hole angle α, no excessive force is applied to the support portion (flange retaining portion) or the coil of the movable body, and steps can be reliably avoided. Unexpected damage caused by the tame drive during the initial drive of the movable body of S 1 5 3. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The steps S 1 5 3 to S 1 5 4 for gentle washing are the same as those for washing the buttocks. In the case of cleansing the genital area, except that the movable body is changed to the movable body for the genital area—moving body NΗ 1-1 1, the above-mentioned machine control is performed, but the appropriate load ratio D t 1 of step S 1 5 4 can also be set to Not the same as when washing the buttocks. In short, when the genitals are washed, the appropriate load ratio D t 1 is larger than the appropriate load that determines the swing angle ct (= a mid) of the spouting hole when the buttocks are washed, so that the spouting holes when the genitals are washed Swing angle α -70- This paper size applies the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) Α7 Β7 4 K3 5 7 V. Description of the invention from 8) The spout hole swing angle α when the hips are washed (= a mid) is bigger. Thereby, when washing the buttocks and the genitals, it is possible to make a wide difference between the washing area of the washing water spouting water in steps S 1 5 4 to S 1 5 5. Specifically, the washing area when the buttocks are washed is the washing area B S shown in FIG. 22, and the washing area when the genitals are washed may be a wider washing area A S than this. Thereby, when the buttocks and the genitals are washed, by spitting out the washing water with a wide washing area, sufficient washing water can be provided to provide a sufficient feeling of partial washing. In addition, after performing the above steps S 1 5 4-S 1 5 5 with an appropriate load ratio D t 1 or an appropriate water discharge flow rate (flow rate 4), the buttons SWhu, SWhd or spot / wide settings are set according to the strength of the water potential. The operation of the button i (refer to FIG. 2) changes the discharge water flow rate (flow rate level) or the washing area (the swing angle of the discharge hole α and the load ratio D t). In accordance with the changed flow rate and washing area (the spouting angle α of the spouting hole), the spouted spouting water of the above-mentioned pseudo-conical shape is spouted (see FIG. 29). In addition, the spit water flow rate (flow rate) or the load ratio D t set in this way is reset to the FF signal of the seat sensor via the memory sensor as described above. G1 / Operation stop program: Next, the operation stop program executed by the local cleaning apparatus of the first embodiment will be described. Figure 30 is a flowchart showing the operation stop program. The operation stop program shown in the flowchart in Fig. 30 is for stopping the washing operation or drying operation performed by the above-mentioned washing and drying operation program. The paper size is applicable to China's 0 standard (CNS) A4 standard ( 210 X 297 mm) * ------------ Install i — < Please read the note on the back of the item (nf < this buy) order. I-line · Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau with X Printed by Du Du • 71-A7 B7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Industrial Cooperative Cooperative V. Invention Description Red) For those who use it, the implementation will be suspended at the following timing. The first interruption timing is when the stop button SWa which stops various operations of the local cleaning device is operated. The second interruption timing is when the user stands up from the toilet seat, because subsequent washing and drying operations are not required, and is equivalent to when the seat sensor is switched from ON to OFF when the user leaves the toilet seat. The third interruption timing is when the operation is switched from the washing operation to the drying operation, or the operation is switched from the drying operation to the washing operation, that is, when the drying button is operated during the washing operation and when the cleaning button is operated during the drying operation. When an interruption stop program is executed at these interruption timings, as shown in Fig. 30, it is first determined whether the current device operation status is a washing operation or a drying operation (step S 1 60). If it is determined that the drying operation is in progress, the energization of the drying section is stopped (step S162), and this routine is completed. The operation status of the device is determined based on the operation status of the washing or drying button before the start of this program. On the other hand, when it is determined that the cleaning operation is in progress, the throttle pump WP1-14 is driven to a zero flow rate (step S164), and thereafter the solenoid valve WP1-110 is controlled to close (step S165). As a result, the feed water of the washing water is cut off, so the washing water spouting in progress is stopped. It is also possible to restore the control of the switching valve WP1-15 to the original position at the same time as closing the solenoid valve (for example, the flow path switching position for the buttocks). After the above-mentioned washing water spout is stopped, the output of the pulse signal (see FIG. 21) for making the washing water spout into a pseudo-cone-like spouting form (see Figs. 2 and 2 and 3) is stopped (step S166). To stop the movable body. In this way, because the swing rotation is stopped after the spitting water is stopped, 'when the washing operation is stopped, it will not face the person in a state where the movable body is stopped 11! 丨 i-equipment _! Please read the note on the back * item νί Page: Dimensions • The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Λ 3435 7 Α7 ___ Β7 V. Description of the Invention ^) The body spit out the washing water. Therefore, as shown in Figure 27 (a), the washing water concentrated on one point will not be flushed to the local area, and it will not cause discomfort or discomfort I! — — — — — ·-· I. < «Notes on the back of the reading μΓ» This purchase: 〇 The movable body also stops when the washing water spout stops, but other controls such as stopping the movable body can also be added based on the timer. By setting a timer that is synchronized with or separate from washing, safe movement of the movable body or each coil can also be performed. --Line. The staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the cooperative printed the water stop and swing stop, and then controlled the nozzle drive motor NS1-4 to reversely drive, so that the washing nozzles WN1-1 were retracted from each washing position. Then, it returns to the waiting position HP in the main body part (step S 168; see FIG. 7). After the nozzle returns to the waiting position HP, the nozzles and the peripheral edges, nozzle heads, and the like that have been used so far for cleaning, which have been used so far, are cleaned (step S169). This nozzle was washed after the same treatment as before the nozzle was washed before drizzle, that is, it was washed by functional water to bounce water from the washing water spouted from the spout hole. In addition, the processing content of the front nozzle cleaning and the rear nozzle cleaning may be the same. For example, before the nozzle is cleaned, because local cleaning is required afterwards, the nozzle head is sterilized and cleaned by functional water before local cleaning, which provides the user with a sense of hygiene and cleanliness. After the nozzle is washed, the function water can be used to spit water. Alternatively, the pre-nozzle cleaning and the post-nozzle cleaning may be performed in the opposite manner. The sterilization effect can be improved by sterilizing and washing immediately after the bacteria are attached to the nozzle head. Therefore, after the cleaning action that may cause bacterial adhesion, the nozzle can be washed to perform functional water spitting. It can also be washed in front of the nozzle. Omit this function to spit ice. In addition, the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) applies to this paper size. * 73- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention h) When the second cleaning, you can also use Figure 2 7 ( The point shown in a) is the concentrated water discharge ^ The cone-shaped water discharge shown in FIG. 27 (b). Rinse in front of the nozzle for a little concentrated water discharge, or wash in the cone for spouted water after the nozzle. In addition, the cleaning before the nozzle and the cleaning after the nozzle may be performed in the opposite manner. Η 1 / Mobile cleaning program: Next, the local cleaning device of the first embodiment will be described with the mobile cleaning program performed in conjunction with the above-mentioned. Fig. 31 is a flowchart showing a mobile washing program. ≫ Fig. 32 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the state of mobile washing. The moving washing program shown in the flow chart in FIG. 31 is a person who causes the washing nozzle WN 1-1 to move back and forth while spitting out washing water to provide a wide range of washing feeling. This mobile washing program is interrupted during the operation of washing the buttocks and the genitals in conjunction with the operation of the movement setting buttons SWfa, SWfv (see Fig. 2 and Fig. 2). As shown in Figure 3_.1, after the operation of the above button is performed. When this mobile washing program is executed, the nozzle driving motor NS 1-4 is controlled to rotate forward and reverse, and the washing positions of the hips and genitals are centered. The position is such that the washing horn WN1-1 moves back and forth (step S1 70) ·. The nozzle is reciprocated back and forth, and continues until the movement setting button is operated again to remove the movement and cleaning (step S 17 2). During the reciprocating movement of the nozzle back and forth as described above, the main washing operation described previously is performed (step S1 40). Therefore, by reciprocating the nozzles and quasi-conical water spouting, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm 3Π) Please read the note on back fi first h and this page> Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumption Cooperative Yinju-74- 4 3 ^ 35γ at B7 V. Description of the invention k) Washing water and spit water in the form (refer to Figures 2 and 2 and 3) are implemented at the same time as shown in Figure 3 and 2, The washing water spouting in a pseudo-conical spouting state moves back and forth along with the movement of the spout. Therefore, the horizontal movement of the transverse nozzle is moved back and forth so that the washing water spouting in the shape of a cone-like spouting water is connected to perform local moving washing. As a result, a very wide area of the diaphragm can be washed to create a new feeling of washing, and the user can be provided with this new feeling of washing. When it is determined in step S 1 7 2 that the mobile washing is cut off, the nozzle driving motors NS 1-4 are controlled to rotate to drive the washing nozzle WN 1 — 1 to return to the washing position of the buttocks or genitals (step S 1 7 4). End this program. When the stop button is operated, the process in step S 1 74 is prioritized, and the operation stop program shown in FIG. 30 is executed to stop the water supply and return the nozzle to the waiting position. 11 / Spot / Wide Area Washing Program: Next, the spot cleaning device of the first embodiment will be described with a spot / wide area washing program performed in accordance with the above-mentioned partial washing. Figure 3 3 shows a flowchart of a dot / wide area cleaning program. Chapter 3 4. The diagram is an explanatory diagram for explaining the point-like / wide-area cleaning appearance. The dot / wide area washing program shown in the flow chart in FIG. 33 is to make the washing area of the washing water spit water suitable for the user's request for the washing area of the human body. Who are feeling or irritating. And this spot / wide area washing program, in the implementation of the partial cleansing of the buttocks and genitals, accompanied by the spot setting buttons SWua, SWuv, or the wide area setting button. This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) II -----! · Install i — please read the precautions on the back μΓ 舄 this page) Order: _Printed by Line One Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Consumer Cooperatives- 75- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs "4 3.5 7 a7 _____B7__ V. Invention Description Magic) The operations of SW va and SW vv (refer to Figure 2) were interrupted. As shown in Figure 3 3 It is shown that if this point / wide area washing program is implemented through the operation of each button described above, the current load ratio D t when the button is operated is read in (step S176). According to the swing angle α of the spout hole and the washing in a pseudo-conical spouting state The washing area caused by clean water spitting (refer to Figure 22) is defined by the load ratio D t as described above. Therefore, by reading the current load ratio D t, we can know the current swing hole swing angle. α, that is, the area to be cleaned, and the load ratio D t, because The pulse signal is recorded in the RAM at 100 million, so you only need to read it. In the first embodiment, as described above, the transmission load ratio control (refer to Figure 21) can set various swing holes α (washing area) However, in the following description, for the sake of convenience, the range of D t is set to the load ratio D t range that can be set by the point / wide-area button operation (D t min ~ D tmajc; a: min ~ amax : Refer to Figure 2 9) The load ratio Dt (Dtmin < DtS < DtM < D t L < D t max) in the three stages of large, medium and small. In short, by the setting of the load ratio D t in the three stages Can increase or decrease the swing angle α (washing area) of the spouting hole in three stages. Also, the washing area when washing the hips is recorded as SMA, and the washing area when washing the genitals is recorded as SMV. After the load ratio D t ', the load ratio 0 t (step S 1 7 8) is gradually increased or decreased in accordance with the type of button (point or wide area) to be operated, and the program is terminated. The following specifically explains the load by this It looks like the washing area changes due to the increase or decrease of Dt. Suppose that the wide area setting was operated during hip washing Button SWva. Please read the note on the back h! I Binding and binding This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male ») -76- ^ R Engineer, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the consumer cooperative 4 3435 7 a? _ _____ B7 __._ V. Description of the invention ") This button operation reads the current load ratio D t at step s 1 7 6 and the result is assumed to be the load ratio D t S. In this way, in step S 1 7 8 ', the current load ratio D t S becomes the load ratio D t M. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34, the washing area SMA S before the button operation of the duty ratio D t S becomes a washing area SMAM corresponding to the duty ratio D t M, and the washing area becomes wider. Furthermore, when the wide area setting button Sw va is operated, the load ratio D t Μ becomes the load ratio D t L, and the washing area is expanded from SMAM to washing area SMAL. In short, each time the wide-area setting button SWWa is operated, the washing area is expanded in the manner of washing area SMAS-washing area SMAM-washing area SMAL. When the dot-shaped setting button SWua is operated, the opposite is true. Each time the button is operated, the washing area is reduced by the washing area S.M A L — washing area SMAM — washing area SMA S. When the point setting button is operated at the load ratio D t S (washing area SMA S), or when the wide area setting button is operated at the load ratio D t L (washing area SMA L), the load ratio D t and washing The area remains the same. The same applies to the genital washing. Each time the wide area setting button SWvv is operated, the washing area is expanded by the washing area SMV S — washing area SMVM — washing area SMVL. In addition, each time the dot-shaped setting button SW uv is operated, the washing area is reduced by the washing area SMVL-washing area SMVM-washing area SMV S. That is, the user operates the dot-shaped / wide-area setting buttons according to his or her own consciousness, so that the washing area during local washing can be expanded / contracted at will, and the washing range (washing area) of the discharged washing water can be arbitrarily expanded / contracted. Change with one's own meaning
<請先W讀背面之注4Ϋ項wT »本買) 裝 訂* 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -77- A7 B7 & ° A "J _ 五、發明說明匕) 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 。因此,可以給使用者洗淨充足感。此外,如果擴張洗淨 面積的話,使用者由於受到橫亙寬廣範圍的洗淨水吐水, 所以可得柔和感。相反的,如果縮小洗淨面積的話,藉由 對狹窄範圍的洗淨水吐水*可讓使用者得到刺激感。因此 ,根據第1實施例可以創出多種多樣的洗淨感。 訂 而且,可以藉由洗淨面積的寬窄控制,亦即負荷比控 制而得到如此的洗淨充足感或多種多樣的洗淨感,不需要 特別並用流量調整控制。因而,可以藉簡單的控制創出洗 淨充足感或多樣洗淨感,所以較佳》此外,因爲不需要驅 動流量調整機器(例如節流幫浦或節流閥),所以可以抑 制伴隨著這些機器的驅動之振動或動作音而較佳。而且因 爲不需要激烈的流量調整,所以可以有效迴避水擊。 線 也可以同時進行造成上述洗淨面積變化的負荷比D t 控制與流量調整控制。例如,於控制減低負荷比D t時, 使用者想要有刺激感時可以控制增大洗淨水流量。相反的 ,於控制增大負荷比D t時,使用者想要有柔和感可以控 制減少洗淨水流量3如此一來,可以使洗淨感更爲多樣化 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,在第1實施例,臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨時,如第 34圖所示是使洗淨面積(SMA、SMV)相異者。因 而,可以提供分別適合臀部洗淨、陰部洗淨的洗淨充足感 或洗淨感(柔和感、刺激感)。 在第3 3圖所示的點狀/廣域洗淨,點狀/廣域的各 設定按鈕所設定的負荷比Dt ,係上述已經改寫的負荷比 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) •78· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -4?4 35 7 A7 .__B7 __ 玉、發明說明牦)< Please read Note 4 on the back side first wT »This Buy) Binding * This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -77- A7 B7 & ° A " J _ V. Invention Description Dagger) Read the note on the back. Therefore, a sufficient feeling of washing can be given to the user. In addition, if the washing area is expanded, the user receives a wide range of washing water to spit out water, so that a soft feeling can be obtained. On the contrary, if the washing area is reduced, the user can get a stimulus by spitting out the washing water in a narrow range *. Therefore, according to the first embodiment, various washing feelings can be created. Moreover, such a sufficient washing feeling or a variety of washing feelings can be obtained by controlling the width of the washing area, that is, the load ratio control, and it is not necessary to use the flow adjustment control in combination. Therefore, it is better to create a sufficient feeling of washing or various washing feelings by simple control. In addition, since it is not necessary to drive a flow adjustment device (such as a throttle pump or a throttle valve), it is possible to suppress accompanying these machines The driving vibration or action sound is preferred. And because no drastic flow adjustment is required, it can effectively avoid water hammer. It is also possible to perform the load ratio D t control and the flow rate adjustment control that cause the above-mentioned change in the washing area simultaneously. For example, when controlling the reduction of the load ratio D t, the user can control the increase in the flow rate of the washing water when the user wants to have a stimulus. On the contrary, when controlling the increase of the load ratio D t, the user wants to have a soft feeling and can control the reduction of the flow of washing water. 3 In this way, the washing feeling can be more diversified. In addition, in the first embodiment, when washing the buttocks and the genitals, as shown in FIG. 34, the washing area (SMA, SMV) is different. Therefore, it is possible to provide a sufficient washing feeling or a washing feeling (soft feeling, stimulating feeling) suitable for washing the buttocks and the genitals. The load ratio Dt set by the dot / wide area cleaning and dot / wide area setting buttons shown in Figure 33 is the load ratio that has been rewritten above. This paper standard applies to the National Standard for Difficulties (CNS). A4 specifications (210 * 297 mm) • 78 · Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-4? 4 35 7 A7 .__ B7 __ Jade, Invention Description 牦)
Dt 。因此,這個負荷比Dt ,藉由伴隨著使用者從馬桶 座站起之著席感知器的0 F F訊號被重設。藉此,於使用 者著席期間反覆進行洗淨動作的場合,於第2次以後的洗 淨動作時,於步驟S 1 4 4的正式洗淨驅動處理,係以點 狀/廣域之各設定按鈕所設定好的負荷比D t吐出洗淨水 。藉此,反覆使用時,可以藉前次洗淨時的點狀/廣域各 設定按鈕所設定的負荷比Dt (亦即,洗淨面積)進行局 部’洗淨,所以可以消除反覆使用時的不適感。又,於本第 1實施例,說明使吐水孔擺動角α (洗淨面積)增減3個 階段的構成,但是於2個階段間增減亦可,或是於4個階 段以上之多階段之間增減之構成亦可。 J 1 /按摩洗淨程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置附隨著上述局 部洗淨而實行的按摩洗淨程式。第3 5圖係顯示按摩洗淨 程式之流程圖。第3 6圖係供說明按摩洗淨的樣子之說明 圖。第3 7圖係供模式說明按摩洗淨可得的效果之說明圖 〇 第3 5圖之流程圖所示的按摩洗淨程式,係橫亙臀部 洗淨期間使洗淨面積有規則的變化而促進排便感者。而, 此按摩洗淨程式,於臀部洗淨之實行中伴隨著按摩設定按 鈕SWea(參照第2圖)的操作而被中斷實行。 如第3 5圖所示,經由按摩設定按鈕的操作實行按摩 洗淨程式的話,讀入按鈕操作時的負荷比Dt (步驟 < n n I ϋ Bt I . I I (锖先聞讀背面之注項Mr",寫本頁) 訂· 線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -79- 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 經濟部智惠財產局S工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明《7 ) S 1 8 0 ),接著,於上述3階段的負荷比(Dts、 D tM、D t L)以指定的按摩週期TM增減負荷比D t (步驟S 18 2)。而’直到按摩設定按鈕被再度操作切. 斷按摩洗淨爲止’繼續進行此負荷比D t的週期增減(步 驟S 1 8 4 )。另一方面’切掉按摩洗淨的話,、回到按摩 洗淨實施前的狀態’設定在步驟S 1 8 0所讀入的負荷比 Dt (步驟S186) ’結束本程式。又’在被操作停止 按鈕的場合,優先於這些處理’實行第3 0圖的動作停止 程式,進行停止給水、噴嘴回到等待位置。 如此進行在負荷比D t週期性的被增減的期間’如第 3 6.圖所示,負荷比D t以D t S — D tM—D t L — D t S — D tM…的方式以一定的按摩週期TM (在圖中 以數字1 、2、3…表示)反覆…藉此,伴隨著此負荷比 的反覆,洗淨面積也以SMA S— SMAM— SMA L — SMA S—SMAM…的方式以一定的按摩週期TM反覆 。這個場合,負荷比D t與洗淨面積變更的上述按摩週期 TM,係以使此週期所決定的頻率itm( = 1/TM)成 爲對人體表皮的反覆刺激可以感知爲間歇剌激的範圍的嚴 _率(約不滿5H z )的方式決定的。藉此,如上述般反覆 變更洗淨面積的話,使用者可以明確感知此有規則的洗淨 面積變更。而由於洗淨面積的寬窄導致受到洗淨水吐水的 刺激感相異,因此使用者藉由此按摩洗淨,受到週期性的 強弱刺激,使排便感被促進。 又,各負荷比D t之電磁線圈的勵磁週期T c,爲使 諳 先 闓 請 背 之 注 *裝 本. 頁 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -80- 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明h 〉 請先Μ讀背面之注意事項χ本頁) 其勵磁頻率f ( = 1/T C )成爲前述的無感頻帶(約 5Hz以上;約10〜60Hz)。藉此’於分別的洗淨 面積在洗淨期間(按摩週期TM)使用者如前述般受到連 續的洗淨水吐水感。 如此,在第實施例之按摩洗淨,藉由透過週期性的 增減控制負荷比使關連到刺激感的強弱之洗淨面積週期性 的變更可以促進排便感,不需要並用特別的流量調整控制 。因此,可以簡單的控制提供排便感所以較佳。此外,因 爲不需要驅動流量調整機器(例如節流幫浦或節流閥)* 所以可以抑制伴隨著這些機器的驅動之振動或動作音以及 水擊。進而,伴隨著流量調整機器的耐久性問題,以及伴 隨著流量調整機器設置的局部洗淨裝置全體的大型化等問 題也不會產生。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 另一方面,可以同時進行供按摩洗淨之上述負荷比 D t的增減控制與流量調整控制。例如於控制降低負荷比 D t時,爲了提高刺激可以控制增大洗淨水流量.,在控制 增大負荷比D t時要減弱刺激可以控制減少洗淨水流量。 如此一來,可以增大刺激感的強弱,可以更有效地促進排 便。進而,使洗淨水的流速、擺動旋轉數、溫度等調整控 制與負荷比D t的增減控制連動、.同步的話,可以更有效 地促進排便感。 於上述按摩洗淨,使負荷比D t以及洗淨面積的增減 變更週期(按摩週期TM)爲一定。但是,以此週期決定 的頻率f (=1/TM)如果是在對於人體的反覆刺激可 -81 - 本紙張尺度適用中國g家#準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公|| ) 4 34 % γ Α7 _____ Β7 五、發明說明丨9 ) 以感知爲間歇剌激的範圍的頻率(約5 Η z以下)的範圍 內的話’也可以使上述的增減變更週期(按摩週期TM) 於每次負荷比D t的增減變更時變更。例如,於第3 6圖 ’負荷比DtS的按摩期間(按摩週期τ_Μ1)、與負荷 比D tM的按摩期間(按摩週期ΤΜ2 )、與負荷比 D t L的按摩期間(按摩週期TM3 )分別不同。如此一 來,伴隨著洗淨面積(SMAS、SMAM、SMAL) 的刺激認知時間也變化的緣故,受到的刺激感也多樣化, 可以更有效果地促進排便感。特別是洗淨面積SMA S_的 時間分配較長的話,可以藉由灌腸效果促進排便感。這是 因爲以洗淨面積SMAL使肛門肌肉鬆弛時,以洗淨面積 SMA S長時間注入多量的水至肛門內的緣故。此外,藉 由使與音樂或光、嗅(芳香劑療法)等五官同步,可以進 而更促進排便感。 此外,使此按摩洗淨不以促進排便感爲目_的而是爲了 排便後的局部洗淨之用而進行的話,具有以下的優點。首 先,伴隨著洗淨面積的變更而受到強弱的剌激感,因此可 以解消或是覺醒局部洗淨時的單調感。第2點,如第3 7 圖所示*負荷比從大的D t L變更爲D t S時,模式吐水 * 水柱RT,以圖中箭頭所示的方向朝中央移動。藉此,.局 部周邊的污物0B,藉由此模式吐水水柱RT更有效地被 剝離。而且污物Ο B被集中於中央側,聚集呈現模式吐水 水柱RT的吐水洗淨水的彈回水RTH,使此被聚集的污 物〇 B確實被除去。因此,根據第1實施例的按摩洗淨的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐〉 — — — — —------I* ·! (請先M讀背面之注意事項\ H本頁) 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -82- 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 ^ o i>. A7 7_B7_ 五、發明說明幻) 話,可以高洗淨能力進行局部洗淨。又,於本第1實施例 ,係以使洗淨面積增減3階段的構成來說明,_但是於2個 階段增減的構成亦可,於4個階段以上的多階段之間增減 的構成亦可。此外使這些多階段的面積不同與音樂或光、 嗅等五官同步亦可。 K 1 /搖擺洗淨程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置附隨著上述局 部洗淨而實行的搖擺洗淨程式。第3 8圖係顯示搖擺洗淨 程式之流程圖。第3 9圖係供說明搖擺洗淨程式之處理內 容的說明圖。第4 0圖係供說明搖擺洗淨的樣子之說明圖 0 第3 8圖的流程圖所示的搖擺洗淨程式,係使洗淨面 積不規則地變化而提供安適感或舒適感者。而,此搖擺洗 淨程式,於臀部、陰部洗淨的實行中,伴隨著搖擺設定按 鈕SWta、SWtv(參照第2圖)的操作而被中斷實行。 如第3 8圖所示,經由搖擺設定按鈕的操作實行此搖 擺洗淨程式的話,爲了回到搖擺洗淨前的洗淨狀態而讀入 按鈕操作時的現在負荷比Dt (步驟S190)。接著, 使負荷比D t以上述3階段的負荷比(D t S、D tM、 D t L )指定的搖擺週期T Y不規則地增減(步驟 S 1 9 2 )。而在直到再度操作搖擺設定按鈕切掉搖擺洗 淨爲止,繼續進行此負荷比D t的不規則增減(步驟 S 1 9 4 )。另一方面,切掉搖擺洗淨的話,設定在步驟 <請先閱讀背面之注意事項\ 0?本頁) 裝 訂. 本紙張反度適用中國8家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -83- d 3A35 7 A7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明61 ) s 1 9 0讀入的負荷比(步驟S 1 9 6),結束本程式。 藉此,回到搖擺洗淨實施前的狀態。又,在被操作停止按 鈕時,與上述按摩洗淨的場合相同*進行停止給水、噴嘴 返回等待位置。 : 此處,說明於步驟S 1 9 2使負荷比D t不規則地增 減的手法之一例。電子控制裝置c t 1 一 1 ,於ROM具 '有亂數產生程式。而在步驟S192實行時,於每個搖擺 週期TY載入此亂數產生程式使產生亂數。另一方面,電 子控制裝置c T 1 — 1 ,如第3 9圖所示,記憶著使亂數 與負荷比D t對應的負荷比對照表。藉此,將產生的亂數 與此負荷比對照表比對於每個搖擺週期t Y決定負.荷比 D t ,使負荷比D t不規則地增減。 如此於負荷比D t不規則地增減地期間,如第4 0圖 所示,負荷比D t ,例如以D t Μ — D t S — D t Μ — D t L — D t S〜D t S — D t L…的方式以一定的搖擺 週期/Γ Y (在圖中以數字1、2、3…表示)反覆。藉此 ,伴隨著此負荷比的反覆,臀部洗淨面積也以SMAM — SMAS— SMAM— SMAL— SMAS— SMA S — SMAL…的方式,陰部部洗淨面積以SMVM-^MVS— SMVM— SMVL—SMVS— SMVS-SMVL…的方式,以一定的搖擺週期TY反覆。這個場 合,負荷比D t及洗淨面積變更的上述搖擺週期TY,成 爲以此搖擺週期TY決定的頻率i (=1/TY)成爲與 按摩週期~Τ Μ的場合同樣的頻率(約5Hz以下)。藉此 <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項4^%本頁) 裝 訂· -線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐> -84- Γ 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明¢2 ) ,如上述般洗淨面積反覆改變時,使用者可以明確感知此 洗淨面積的改變。而藉由洗淨面積的寬窄使受到吐水洗淨 水的刺激感不同,而洗淨面積寬窄變化也不規則的緣故, 使用者藉由此搖擺洗淨,受到不規則的強弱刺激。藉此有 以下的優點。 供排便之用而開閉肛門的內肛門括約肌,係自主神經 系控制的不隨意肌,在無意識下收縮、鬆弛。在上述的按 摩洗淨,因爲左右刺激感的洗淨面積是規律變化的緣故, 橫亙長期繼續此按摩洗淨的話,洗淨面積變爲窄小的時機 會被腦部預測出來。因此,伴隨著洗淨面積縮小的變化之 刺激變化也被預測,會招致交感神經主控狀態的內肛門括 約肌的收縮。相反的,在洗淨面積不規則變化的搖擺洗淨 ,因爲很難預測洗淨面積縮小化的時機,所以伴隨著洗淨 .面積縮小化而來的刺激變化的時機也很難預測。因此,解 消洗淨時的單調感,成爲副交感神經主控的狀態而容易在 無意識下引起內肛門jg約肌的鬆弛。結果,根據上述的按 摩洗淨,可以更有效地促進排便。 作爲打開關閉肛門的肌肉存在著外肛門括約肌,此外 肛門括約肌是由體神經所控制的隨意肌·然而,在肛門內 部,有對剌激敏感的受器,此受器在洗淨水到達而感受到 其刺激時,由於受器的作用使外肛門括約肌收縮。在洗淨 水的吐水處所(洗淨面積)規則反覆變化的狀況下,亦即 在上述的按摩洗淨,洗淨面積狹窄化於肛門內注入洗淨水 到達受器的時機(吐水進入時機)會被大腦預測出來。因 ------------ --裝--- (請先闓讀背面之注項5寫本買) 訂-· -線 經濟邾智慧財產局w工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -85- 4 3435 7 A? _*__B7___ 五、發明說明§3 ) 此,因應此預測預先使外肛門括約肌收縮而關閉肛門,會 使洗淨水不易進入肛門內。相反的,洗淨面積不規則變化 的搖擺洗淨,因爲洗淨面積狹窄化的時機很難預測,所以 上述吐水進入時機大腦無法預測。因此,在未使外肛門括 約肌收縮的期間進行以狹窄洗淨面積之洗淨水吐水的機會 增加,所以洗淨水容易進入肛門內,洗淨水可進入直腸內 部。一般而言,進入直腸內的洗淨水等會引起灌腸效果, 所以根據上述的搖擺洗淨,可以謀求更有效的排便促進 此外,爲了排便後的局部洗淨而進行此搖擺洗淨的話 ,因爲伴隨著洗淨面積的變更之強弱刺激的預測很難,所 以可更進一步解消局部洗淨時的單調感。 又,關於各負荷比D t的電磁線圈的勵磁週期T c , 與上述按摩洗淨同樣,於分別的洗淨面積的洗淨期間(搖 擺週期TY),使用者如先前所述感受到連續的洗淨水吐 水感。 如此,在第1實施例,進行上述的搖擺洗淨時,只有 使關於剌激感強弱的洗淨面積,透過負荷比的不規則增減 控制而不規則的變更,此時不需要並用特別的流量調整控 制。因此,可以簡單的控制謀求上述的排便促進所以較佳 。此外,因爲不需要驅動流量調整機器(例如、·節流幫浦 或節流閥),所以可以抑制伴隨著這些機器的驅動之振動 或動作音以及水擊。進而,伴隨著流量調整機器的耐久性 問題,以及伴隨著流量調整機器設置的局部洗淨裝置全體 的大型化等問題也不會產生。 1-裝 i — (請先W讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -86- 4^4 3 ο ?_Ε__ 五、發明說明64 ) 另一方面’也可以同時進行供搖擺洗淨之用的上述負 荷比D t增減控制與流量調整控制。例如,藉由產生亂數 決定較前爲小的負荷比D t時(從第4 0圖所示的搖擺週 期TY1移至TY2時,從TY4移至TY5時等),爲 了提高刺激而控Μ增大洗淨水流量,藉由產生亂數決定較 前爲大的負荷比D t時(從第4 0圖所示的搖擺週期 TY2移至TY3時,從TY3移至TY4時等),爲了 減弱刺激而控制減少洗淨水流量。如此一來,藉由剌激感 的強弱擴大與刺激感的預測困難性,可以更進一步有效地 促進排便。 於上述的搖擺洗淨,使負荷比D t以及洗淨面積的增 ‘減變更週期(搖擺週期TY)—定。但是以此週期決定的 輯率f ( = 1 / T Y ),如果在對人體表皮的反覆刺激可 以感知爲間歇刺激的範圍的頻率(約不滿5 Η z )的範圍 內的話,使上述的增減變更週期(搖擺週期ΤΥ )與按摩 洗淨的場合同樣地,於負荷比D t的增減變更時也跟著變 更。如此一來,伴隨著分別的洗淨面積(SMAS、 S M A Μ、S M A L )使刺激的認知時間變化的緣故,刺 激感的預測更爲困難。因而,可以更有效地促進排便。 此外,也可以使上述洗淨面積的變化幅度,或決定洗 淨面積變化的時機之上述週期Τ Υ或者瞬間流量等物理量 的功率能譜,與心跳數等人體的生理規律或自然界的律動 同樣的,設定爲正比於頻率的倒數。如此一來,可以提供 使用者鬆弛感的緣故,成爲副交感神經主控,引起內肛門 -ϋ n n aaf amt I I {請先H讀背面之注$項本頁) 訂· 線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSXA4規格(210 X 297公釐) -87- 4 3^35 A7 B7 五、發明說明έ5 ) 括約肌的鬆弛,提高排便的促進效果。 <請先閱讀背面之注$項wT λ本頁) 以上所說明的按摩洗淨與搖擺洗淨,可與移動洗淨同 時實行。總之,在移動設定按鈕SW fa與按摩設定按鈕 S Wea連續被操作的場合,同時實行噴嘴的前後往復移動 與負荷比D t的週期性增減。藉此,成爲洗淨水的吐水位 置(洗淨位置)於噴嘴前後移動範圍持續變化,洗淨面積 也週期性增減的洗淨形態。而使用者認知洗淨位置變化與 洗淨面積的週期性變化同時接受局部洗淨。因此|藉由橫 跨極爲寬廣的範圍之局部洗淨的新洗淨感與週期性的強弱 刺激的反覆,可以謀求更有效地促進排便感或解消局部洗 淨時的單調感,以及提供快適感或充足感。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,移動設定按鈕與搖擺設定按鈕SWu、SW tv依 序被操作的場合,同時實行噴嘴的前後往復移動與負荷比 D t的不規則增減。藉此,成爲洗淨水的吐水位置(洗淨 位置)於噴嘴前後移動範圍持續變化,而洗淨面積以無法 預測的狀態不規則地增減變化之洗淨形態。而,使用者在 洗淨位置變化與無法預測的洗淨面積不規則變化的狀说下 接受局部洗淨。因此,藉由橫跨極爲寬廣的範圍之局部洗 淨的新洗淨感與無法預測的不規則的強弱剌激的反覆,可 以謀求更有效地促進排便感或解消局部洗淨時的單調感, 以及提供快適感或充足感= 關於前述的按摩洗淨或搖擺洗淨,在此處是爲了快適 感與促進便意而以控制洗淨面積或洗淨強度爲主,但是當 然也可以在此使洗淨水的溫度變化。 -88- 本紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) V.4 3435 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明紅) L 1 /擺動檢測程式與異常回復程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置進行的可動體 的擺動檢測程式與異常回復程式。第4 1圖係顯示擺動檢 測程式的流程圖。第4 2圖係供說明擺動檢測程‘式的處理 內容之說明圖。第4 3圖係顯示異常回復程式的流程圖。 第4 1圖的流程圖所示的擺動檢測程式,系藉由電磁 線圏的通電勵磁使上述臀部、陰部用之兩可動體NH 1 -9、1 1擺動時檢測出擺動異常,亦即通電異常之用者。 而此擺動檢測程式,每隔指定時間優先被中斷實行。又, 以下的說明,係以陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1的電磁線圈 NH1 — 3 3 a〜3 3 c爲例來說明。 如第4 1圖所示,在此擺動檢測程式,根據臀部、陰 部的洗淨按鈕操作狀況判斷是否爲洗淨動作中(步驟 S 2 0 0 ),如果判斷爲否定的話,因爲不需要擺動檢測 所以暫時結束本程式。另一方面’判斷爲洗淨動作中的話 ,有必要進行擺動異常的檢測而實行步驟S 2 0 5以後的 處理。 手線,在步驟S 2 0 0判斷爲肯定之後’掃描來自第 2 0圖所示的輸出線NH 1 — 3 7的輸入波形(步驟 S 2 0 5 ),以下述方式判斷此輸入波形是否有異常(步 驟S2 10)。假定,各電磁線圈NH1 - 33a〜 3 3 c沒有斷線或接點不良等異常情形’來自輸出線 NH1 — 3 7 (參照第20圖)的輸入脈衝’係與第2 1 (請先Μ讀背面之法意事項BfjT Λ本荑) 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -89 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明67 ) 圖所示的輸出的線圈勵磁的脈衝輸出之各脈衝成一對一之 對應。藉此,此輸入脈衝,成爲無缺失的脈衝波形(參照 第4 2圖(a ))。相對於此,如果有斷線或接點不良等 異常的話,此異常引起的對線圈的脈衝輸出之來自輸出線 的輸入脈衝會有缺損的緣故,輸入脈衝,會成爲有闕漏的 脈衝波形(參照第42圖(b))。亦即,在步囉 S 2 1 0,藉由此輸入脈衝的波形可以判斷有無異常。 在此步驟S 2 1 0判斷爲無異常時,以後的處理爲沒 有必要所以暫時結束本程式。另一方面,判斷有異常時, 在有異常的情況下停止可動體的擺動或洗淨水的吐水,實 行以下之步驟S 2 1 5以後的處理。 亦即,依照與上述步驟s 1 54〜S 1 5 5同樣的程 序(停止節流幫浦、關閉電磁閥)停止洗淨水,同時停止 供線圈勵磁之脈衝訊號輸出以及進行洗淨噴嘴之強制返回 等待位置(步驟S 2 1 5 )。接著,根據輸入脈衝波形判 斷引起異常的電磁線圈,將結果寫入備份RAM而記憶( 步驟S220)。此寫入時 > 進行對線圈判定結果(如果 是第42圖(b)的話,電磁線圏NH1-33c)與前 述的洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop之値1的設定。如此,於洗 淨動作禁止旗標F S stop被設定値1的話,於此擺動檢測程 式實行後之洗淨、乾燥動作程式,不實行洗淨動作(第 25圖;參照步驟S120)。這個場合,洗淨動作禁止 旗標的狀態因爲在關掉電源之後也被維持,所以即使裝置 的電源被關掉其後又被打開的場合,洗淨動作也不被實行 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSU4規格<210 X 297公釐) 1IIIHIIIII — · I I (請先W讀背面之注$項\萬本荑) 訂· -線Dt. Therefore, this load ratio Dt is reset by the 0 F F signal accompanying the seat sensor of the user standing up from the toilet seat. In this way, when the cleaning operation is repeatedly performed while the user is in the seat, during the second and subsequent cleaning operations, the formal cleaning driving process in step S 1 4 is performed in the form of a dot / wide area. The load ratio set by the setting button D t discharges the washing water. In this way, when used repeatedly, the load ratio Dt (that is, the washing area) set by the dot / wide area setting buttons during the previous washing can be used to perform partial 'cleaning', so the repeated use can be eliminated. Discomfort. In addition, in the first embodiment, the structure of increasing or decreasing the swing angle α (washing area) of the spout hole by three stages will be described. However, it may be increased or decreased between two stages, or it may be performed in four or more stages. It is also possible to increase or decrease the composition. J 1 / Massage washing program: Next, the local washing device of the first embodiment will be described with a massage washing program performed in accordance with the above-mentioned local washing. Figures 3 and 5 show the flow chart of the massage washing program. Fig. 36 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the state of massage washing. Fig. 37 is a diagram for explaining the effect of massage washing on the mode. Fig. 35 shows the massage washing program shown in the flowchart in Fig. 35. It promotes regular changes in the washing area during the washing of the hips, and promotes Defecation sensation. This massage washing program is interrupted during the operation of washing the buttocks along with the operation of the massage setting button SWea (see Fig. 2). As shown in Figures 3 and 5, if the massage washing program is performed by the operation of the massage setting button, the load ratio Dt (step < nn I ϋ Bt I. II (锖) first read the note on the back when the button operation is performed Mr ", write this page) Order · Thread-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -79- 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 Printed by S Industry Consumer Cooperative, Zhihui Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Description of the invention "7) S 1 8 0). Then, the load ratio (Dts, D tM, D t L) in the above three stages is increased or decreased by the specified massage cycle TM (step S 18 2). . And "until the massage setting button is cut and operated again. Intermittent massage washing" continues to increase and decrease the cycle of the load ratio D t (step S 1 8 4). On the other hand, if the massage washing is cut off, the state before the massage washing is performed is set. The load ratio Dt read in step S 1 80 is set (step S186). The routine is ended. Also, when the stop button is operated, these processes are prioritized over these processes. The operation stop program of Fig. 30 is executed to stop the water supply and return the nozzle to the waiting position. In this way, during the period when the load ratio D t is periodically increased or decreased, as shown in FIG. 3, the load ratio D t is in the form of D t S — D tM — D t L — D t S — D tM ... Repeatedly with a certain massage cycle TM (indicated by the numbers 1, 2, 3 ... in the figure) ... As a result, with the repetition of this load ratio, the washing area is also SMA S — SMAM — SMA L — SMA S — SMAM … The way to repeat with a certain massage cycle TM. In this case, the above-mentioned massage cycle TM in which the duty ratio D t and the washing area are changed is such that the frequency itm (= 1 / TM) determined by this cycle becomes a range in which the repeated stimulation of the human epidermis can be perceived as intermittent stimulation. The rate of strict _ rate (about less than 5Hz) is determined. Thus, if the washing area is changed repeatedly as described above, the user can clearly perceive the regular washing area change. And because the width of the washing area is different, the stimulus of being spit by the washing water is different. Therefore, the user is massaged and washed, and is periodically stimulated by strong and weak, so that the feeling of defecation is promoted. In addition, the excitation period T c of the electromagnetic coil of each load ratio D t, in order to make the first note, please note * Install this book. The page size of this paper applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297) (%) -80- 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention h〉 Please read the notes on the back χ page) The excitation frequency f (= 1 / TC) becomes the aforementioned non-inductive frequency band (about 5Hz or more) ; About 10 ~ 60Hz). As a result, the user receives a continuous feeling of spitting water from the washing water during the washing period (massage cycle TM) in each washing area as described above. In this way, in the massage washing of the first embodiment, by periodically increasing or decreasing the control of the load ratio to periodically change the washing area related to the strength of the stimulus, the cyclical change can promote a sense of defecation, and it is not necessary to use a special flow adjustment control . Therefore, it is preferable to provide a feeling of defecation by simple control. In addition, since it is not necessary to drive a flow adjustment device (such as a throttle pump or a throttle valve) *, it is possible to suppress vibration or operation sounds and water hammer accompanying the driving of these devices. Furthermore, problems such as the durability of the flow adjustment equipment and the increase in the size of the entire local cleaning device installed with the flow adjustment equipment do not arise. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs On the other hand, the increase and decrease control and flow adjustment control of the aforementioned load ratio D t for massage washing can be performed simultaneously. For example, when controlling the reduction of the load ratio D t, in order to increase the stimulation, it is possible to control and increase the flow of washing water. When controlling to increase the load ratio D t to reduce the stimulation, you can control the reduction of the flow of washing water. In this way, the intensity of the stimulus can be increased, and defecation can be promoted more effectively. Further, by synchronizing and adjusting the adjustment control such as the flow rate, the number of swing rotations, and the temperature of the washing water with the increase / decrease control of the load ratio D t, the feeling of defecation can be more effectively promoted. In the above-mentioned massage washing, the change ratio (massage cycle TM) of the duty ratio D t and the increase or decrease of the washing area is constant. However, if the frequency f (= 1 / TM) determined by this cycle is repeated stimulus to the human body, it may be -81-This paper size is applicable to China gjia #standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public ||) 4 34% γ Α7 _____ Β7 V. Description of the invention 丨 9) If the frequency of the range of intermittent stimulation (about 5 约 z or less) is within the range, the above-mentioned increase / decrease change cycle (massage cycle TM) can also be used. It changes every time the load ratio D t increases or decreases. For example, in Fig. 36, the massage period (the massage period τ_Μ1) of the load ratio DtS, the massage period (the massage period TM2) with the load ratio D tM, and the massage period (the massage period TM3) with the load ratio D t L are different. . In this way, as the stimulus recognition time of the washing area (SMAS, SMAM, SMAL) also changes, the sense of stimulus is also diversified, which can more effectively promote defecation. In particular, if the time distribution of the washing area SMA S_ is long, the feeling of defecation can be promoted by the effect of the enema. This is because when anal muscles are relaxed with the washing area SMAL, a large amount of water is injected into the anus with the washing area SMA S for a long time. In addition, by synchronizing with the five senses such as music, light, and olfactory (aroma therapy), the sense of defecation can be further promoted. In addition, if this massage washing is performed not for the purpose of promoting defecation, but for local washing after defecation, it has the following advantages. First, the irritation of strength and weakness is accompanied by the change of the washing area, so the monotony of local washing can be eliminated or awakened. Second point, as shown in Figure 37. * When the load ratio is changed from D t L to D t S, the mode will discharge water * The water column RT moves toward the center in the direction indicated by the arrow in the figure. With this, the dirt 0B around the local area is more effectively peeled off by this mode spouting water column RT. Moreover, the dirt 0 B is concentrated on the center side, and the water in the water jet RT is collected and ejected. The rebound water RTH of the spout water column RT is collected, so that the aggregated dirt 0 B is surely removed. Therefore, the paper size for massage cleaning according to the first embodiment applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm> — — — — —------ I * ·! (Please M first Read the note on the back \ H page) Order ·-Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-82-Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ o i > ), You can perform local cleaning with high cleaning ability. In the first embodiment, the structure is described in which the washing area is increased or decreased in three stages. However, the structure may be increased or decreased in two stages, and may be increased or decreased between four or more stages. Composition is also possible. In addition, it is also possible to synchronize the areas of these multiple stages with music, light, and smell. K 1 / Swing washing program: Next, the partial washing apparatus of the first embodiment will be described with a swing washing program performed in accordance with the above-mentioned local washing. Figure 38 shows the flow chart of the swing washing program. Fig. 39 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content of the swing washing program. Fig. 40 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the state of swing washing. 0 The swing washing program shown in the flow chart in Fig. 38 is a person who changes the washing area irregularly to provide a sense of comfort or comfort. In addition, this rocking washing program is interrupted during the operation of hip and pussy washing along with the operation of the rocking setting buttons SWta and SWtv (see Fig. 2). As shown in Fig. 38, if this swing washing program is executed by the operation of the swing setting button, the current load ratio Dt at the time of button operation is read in order to return to the washing state before the swing washing (step S190). Next, the load ratio D t is irregularly increased or decreased at the swing period T Y specified by the load ratios (D t S, D tM, and D t L) in the three stages described above (step S 1 9 2). Until the swing cleaning button is operated again to cut off the swing washing, the load ratio D t continues to be irregularly increased or decreased (step S 1 9 4). On the other hand, if you cut off the swing and wash it, set it in step < please read the notes on the back first \ 0? This page) binding. This paper is reversed to 8 Chinese standards (CNS > A4 specifications < 210 X 297 (Mm) -83- d 3A35 7 A7 Β7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial Consumer Cooperative, V. Invention Description 61) s 1 9 0 Load ratio read (step S 1 9 6), end this program. Thereby, it returns to the state before implementation of rocking washing. When the stop button is operated, it is the same as in the case of the above-mentioned massage washing. * The water supply is stopped and the nozzle is returned to the waiting position. : Here, an example of a method of increasing / decreasing the load ratio D t irregularly in step S 192 will be described. The electronic control device c t 1-1 has a random number generating program in ROM. When step S192 is executed, the random number generating program is loaded at each swing period TY to generate random numbers. On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 39, the electronic control device c T 1-1 stores a load ratio comparison table in which the random number corresponds to the load ratio D t. With this, the generated random number is compared with this load ratio comparison table, and the negative load ratio D t is determined for each swing period t Y, so that the load ratio D t is increased or decreased irregularly. As shown in FIG. 40, the load ratio D t is irregularly increased and decreased during the load ratio D t in this way. The method of t S — D t L ... is repeated with a certain wobble period / Γ Y (indicated by the numbers 1, 2, 3 ... in the figure). With this, with the repetition of this load ratio, the washing area of the buttocks is also SMAM — SMAS — SMAM — SMAL — SMAS — SMA S — SMAL ..., and the washing area of the genital area is SMVM- ^ MVS — SMVM — SMVL — SMVS— SMVS-SMVL ..., repeats with a certain swing period TY. In this case, the above-mentioned wobble period TY in which the load ratio D t and the washing area are changed becomes the frequency i (= 1 / TY) determined by the wobble period TY, which is the same frequency as that in the case of the massage period to T Μ (about 5 Hz or less). ). Hereby, please read the notes on the back 4 ^% of this page) Binding · -Line · This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -84- Γ 4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ¢ 2) When the washing area changes repeatedly as described above, the user can clearly perceive the change in the washing area. And because the width of the washing area makes the stimulus of the spit-washing water different, and the width of the washing area varies irregularly, the user is irritated by the irregular strength by swinging and washing. This has the following advantages. The internal and anal sphincter, which opens and closes the anus for defecation, is an involuntary muscle controlled by the autonomic nervous system, and contracts and relaxes unconsciously. In the above-mentioned rubbing washing, because the washing area of left and right irritation changes regularly, if the massage is continued for a long time in Yokohama, the timing of the washing area becoming narrow will be predicted by the brain. Therefore, a change in the stimulus accompanying a change in the washing area is predicted to cause contraction of the sphincter of the anus in the state of sympathetic nerve control. On the contrary, in the swing washing with irregular washing area, it is difficult to predict the timing of the reduction of the washing area, so the timing of the stimulus change accompanying the washing. Area reduction is also difficult to predict. Therefore, the monotonous sensation at the time of decontamination becomes the state controlled by the parasympathetic nerve, and it is easy to cause the relaxation of the internal anal jg about muscle unconsciously. As a result, defecation washing can be more effectively promoted by the above-mentioned rubbing. The external anal sphincter exists as a muscle that opens and closes the anus, and the anal sphincter is a voluntary muscle controlled by the body nerve. However, there is a receptor sensitive to irritation inside the anus. When it is stimulated, the external anal sphincter contracts due to the effect of the receptor. In the situation where the spitting area (washing area) of the washing water is repeatedly changed, that is, in the above-mentioned massage washing, the washing area is narrowed when the washing water is injected into the anus to reach the receiver (spitting water entry timing) Will be predicted by the brain. Because ------------ --install --- (please read the note 5 on the back to buy it first) order --- --- line economy 邾 intellectual property bureau w industrial consumer cooperatives printed this paper The scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) -85- 4 3435 7 A? _ * __ B7___ V. Description of the invention §3) Therefore, the anus is closed in accordance with the prediction of contraction of the external anal sphincter, Makes washing water difficult to enter the anus. On the contrary, the swing washing with irregularly changing washing area, because the timing of narrowing of the washing area is difficult to predict, so the above-mentioned spit water entry timing cannot be predicted by the brain. Therefore, the chance of spitting out the washing water with a narrow washing area during the period when the external anal sphincter is not contracted is increased, so the washing water easily enters the anus and the washing water can enter the inside of the rectum. Generally speaking, washing water entering the rectum will cause an enema effect. Therefore, the above-mentioned rocking washing can promote more effective defecation. In addition, if this rocking washing is performed for local washing after defecation, because It is difficult to predict the intensity of the stimulus with the change of the washing area, so the monotony during local washing can be further eliminated. In addition, as for the excitation period T c of the electromagnetic coil of each load ratio D t, similar to the above-mentioned massage washing, during the washing period (swing cycle TY) of the respective washing area, the user feels continuous as previously described. Wash water spit out. In this way, in the first embodiment, when performing the above-mentioned rocking washing, only the washing area with respect to the irritation sensation can be controlled to change irregularly through the irregular increase and decrease of the load ratio, and it is not necessary to use a special Flow adjustment control. Therefore, it is preferable to simply control for the above-mentioned defecation promotion. In addition, since it is not necessary to drive a flow adjustment device (for example, a throttle pump or a throttle valve), it is possible to suppress vibration or operation sounds and water hammer accompanying the driving of these devices. Furthermore, problems such as the durability of the flow adjustment equipment and the increase in the size of the entire local cleaning device provided with the flow adjustment equipment do not arise. 1-Pack i — (Please read the precautions on the back page first) Order · -Printed by the Bureau of Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, This paper is printed in accordance with Chinese National Standards < CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (Centi) -86- 4 ^ 4 3 ο? _Ε__ V. Description of the invention 64) On the other hand, the above-mentioned load ratio D t increase and decrease control and flow adjustment control for swing cleaning can be performed simultaneously. For example, when the load ratio D t which is smaller than the previous one is determined by generating random numbers (when the swing period TY1 to TY2 shown in FIG. 40 is moved, from TY4 to TY5, etc.), M is controlled to improve stimulation Increasing the flow rate of washing water to determine a larger load ratio D t (from the swing period TY2 to TY3, from TY3 to TY4, etc.) by generating random numbers in order to reduce Stimulates and reduces the flow of washing water. In this way, by increasing the intensity of irritation and the difficulty in predicting stimulus, it is possible to further effectively promote bowel movements. In the above-described swing cleaning, the load ratio D t and the increase in the cleaning area are increased (decreased by the change cycle (swing cycle TY)). However, if the editing rate f (= 1 / TY) determined by this period is within the range of the frequency (approximately 5 的 z) in which the repeated stimulation of the human epidermis can be perceived as intermittent stimulation, the above increase or decrease will be made. The change period (wobble period T Υ) is changed when the load ratio D t is increased or decreased as in the case of massage washing. In this way, with the respective washing areas (SMAS, SM A M, SM A L) changing the cognition time of the stimulus, it becomes more difficult to predict the irritation. Therefore, defecation can be promoted more effectively. In addition, the power spectrum of the physical quantity such as the period T Υ or the instantaneous flow rate, which determines the timing of the washing area change, or the power spectrum of the physical quantity such as the number of heartbeats or the rhythm of nature can also be made , Set to the inverse of the frequency. In this way, it can provide users with a sense of relaxation and become the main control of the parasympathetic nerve, causing the internal anus-ϋ nn aaf amt II {Please read the note on the back of this page first page) Order · Line · Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size printed by Beigong Cooperative Co., Ltd. applies Chinese national standards (CNSXA4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -87- 4 3 ^ 35 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 5) The relaxation of the sphincter improves the effect of promoting defecation. < Please read the note on the back page wT λ page) The massage washing and swing washing described above can be performed at the same time as mobile washing. In short, when the movement setting button SW fa and the massage setting button S Wea are continuously operated, the forward and backward movement of the nozzle and the periodic increase and decrease of the load ratio D t are simultaneously performed. As a result, the cleaning position in which the spouting position (washing position) of the washing water is continuously changed in the forward and backward movement of the nozzle, and the washing area is periodically increased or decreased. The user recognizes the change in the washing position and the periodic change in the washing area and accepts local washing at the same time. Therefore | By repeating the new washing sensation and the periodic strong and weak stimulus over a very wide range of local washing, it is possible to more effectively promote the feeling of defecation or eliminate the monotonous sensation during local washing and provide a sense of pleasure Or a sense of fullness. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, when the movement setting button and the swing setting button SWu, SW tv are operated sequentially, the forward and backward movement of the nozzle and the irregular increase and decrease of the load ratio D t are performed simultaneously. As a result, the discharge position (washing position) that becomes the washing water continuously changes in the forward and backward movement range of the nozzle, and the washing area irregularly increases and decreases in a washing form in an unpredictable state. In addition, the user accepts local cleaning in a state where the washing position changes and the unpredictable washing area changes irregularly. Therefore, by repeating the fresh washing sensation and the unpredictable irregular strong and weak stimulation repetition across a very wide range, it is possible to more effectively promote the feeling of defecation or eliminate the monotonous sensation during local washing. And provide a sense of pleasure or fullness = Regarding the aforementioned massage washing or rocking washing, the purpose here is to control the washing area or washing intensity for the purpose of fast feeling and promoting the convenience, but of course, you can also make washing here Temperature change of purified water. -88- This paper size applies to China's standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) V.4 3435 A7 B7 Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Inventory Note Red) L 1 / Swing detection program and abnormal recovery program: Next, a swing detection program and an abnormal recovery program of the movable body performed by the local cleaning device of the first embodiment will be described. Figure 41 is a flowchart showing the wobble detection program. Fig. 42 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content of the wobble detection process. Figure 43 is a flowchart showing the abnormal recovery procedure. The swing detection program shown in the flow chart in FIG. 41 is to detect abnormal swing when the two movable bodies NH 1 -9 and 11 for the buttocks and the genitals are oscillated by the energization of the electromagnetic wire 圏. Users with abnormal power supply. The wobble detection program is preferentially interrupted every predetermined time. In the following description, the electromagnetic coils NH1-3 3 a to 3 3 c of the movable body NH 1-1 1 for the female part will be described as an example. As shown in Figure 41, in this swing detection program, it is determined whether the washing operation is being performed according to the operation of the washing buttons on the hips and genitals (step S 2 0 0). If the determination is negative, swing detection is not required So temporarily end this program. On the other hand, if it is determined that the cleaning operation is in progress, it is necessary to detect the swing abnormality and execute the processing from step S205. Hand line, after the determination in step S 2 0 0 is affirmative, 'scan the input waveform from the output line NH 1 — 3 7 shown in FIG. 20 (step S 2 0 5), and determine whether the input waveform has Abnormal (step S2 10). It is assumed that each of the solenoid coils NH1-33a to 3 3c has no abnormalities such as disconnection or poor contact. The input pulses from the output lines NH1-3 7 (refer to Figure 20) are the same as those of 2 1 (please read first) Legal matters on the back BfjT Λ BenΛ) This paper size applies to China Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -89-Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 67) The pulses of the coil excitation pulse output of the output shown in the figure correspond one-to-one. Thereby, this input pulse has a pulse waveform without missing (refer to FIG. 42 (a)). On the other hand, if there is an abnormality such as a disconnection or a bad contact, the input pulse from the output line caused by the abnormality to the coil pulse output will be defective. The input pulse will have a leaky pulse waveform ( Refer to Figure 42 (b)). That is, at step S 2 1 0, the presence or absence of an abnormality can be determined from the waveform of the input pulse. If it is determined in this step S 2 1 0 that there is no abnormality, the subsequent processing is unnecessary and the routine is temporarily terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is an abnormality, if there is an abnormality, the swing of the movable body or the discharge of the washing water is stopped, and the following steps S 2 15 and subsequent steps are performed. That is, stop the washing water according to the same procedure (stop the throttle pump and close the solenoid valve) as the steps s 1 54 to S 1 5 5 above. At the same time, stop the pulse signal output for the coil excitation and the cleaning nozzle. Return to the waiting position forcibly (step S 2 1 5). Next, the electromagnetic coil causing the abnormality is judged based on the input pulse waveform, and the result is written into the backup RAM and stored (step S220). At the time of writing > The coil judgment result (magnet wire 圏 NH1-33c in the case of Fig. 42 (b)) and setting of 値 1 of the cleaning action prohibition flag F S stop described above are performed. In this way, if the washing action prohibition flag F S stop is set to 値 1, the washing and drying action program after the swing detection mode is executed will not perform the washing action (Fig. 25; refer to step S120). In this case, the state of the washing action prohibition flag is maintained after the power is turned off, so even if the power of the device is turned off and then turned on again, the washing action is not implemented. This paper standard applies Chinese national standards (CNSU4 specifications < 210 X 297 mm) 1IIIHIIIII — · II (please read the note on the back of the book first \ Man Ben 荑) Order · -line
五、發明說明如) --------------裝--- (請先閲讀背面之注項h Η本買) 。總之,無論裝置電源是開還是關,直到後述的異常回復 程式把洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop被設定爲値零爲止,都不 能實行洗淨動作/ 而,在步驟S 2 2 0之後,催促斷線或接點不良等異 常的回復,而告知其意(步驟S225),結束本程式。 於此異常告知時,於第1圖所示的側部K S 1 _ 5的顯示 部K S 1 - 6進行閃爍顯示。爲了使此伴隨著異常告知的 閃爍顯示與通常的動作狀況的顯示有所區別,也可以使所 有點燈機器(指示燈、LED等)一齊閃爍。 線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 又,在上述擺動檢測程式被檢測出擺動異常時經由對 洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop的値1設定,使在其後的洗淨、 乾燥動作程式不實行洗淨動作,但是也可以構成如下。在 第2 5圖所示的步驟S 1 2 0之肯定判斷(F S stop= 1 ) 之後,在僅禁止對各電磁線圈通電的狀態下,實行步驟 .S130〜S150的處理。總之,於擺動異常檢測時至 少不進行可動體的擬似擺動旋轉動作。如此—來’可以在 被禁止可動體的擬似擺動旋轉的狀態下,亦即可動體爲自 由的狀態下藉由洗淨水吐水實施局部洗淨。在此場合’正 式洗淨動作(步驟S 1 5 0 )之洗淨水流量’預先固定設 定於較可動體有擬似擺動旋轉的場合的步驟5 1 5 0的實 行時之洗淨水流量更少的流量,可以使受到集中吐水的使 用者不會有意料外的不適感。 其次,說明如此發生擺動異常之後的異^常回復程式。 如第4 3圖所示,在此異常回復程式,首先,判斷是否有 本紙張尺度適用中S國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) · 91 · ά ^4-35γ Α7 Β7 五、發明說明69 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 保養檢修者等發出的回復完成指示(步驟S 3 0 0 )。此 判斷以如下的方式進行。保養檢修者,藉由上述的異常告 知而使異常回復完成。具體而言,使引起第1 2圖所示的 異常的頭蓋ΝΗ1 — 6成噴嘴頭基座ΝΗ1 — 2取下,交 換以外部未圖示的檢査裝置檢査爲正常的頭蓋。如此結束 零件交換之後,保養檢修者,進行通常裝置使用時不被操 作的按鈕操作,例如,複數按鈕之同時操作或特定按鈕的 長時間操作。沒有如此特別按鈕操作的場合,因爲異常回 復尙未完成所以其後的處理成爲不必要而結束本程式。另 一方面,進行上述的特別按鈕操作時,在步驟S 3 0 0, 判斷發出了異常回復完成指示,實行以後的處理。 首先,將異常回復結果寫入記憶於備份RAM (步驟 S 3 0 5 )。亦即,重設在上述的擺動異常檢測程式記憶 的線圏判定結果,同時於洗淨動作禁止旗標F S stop設定値 零。藉此,在本異常回復程式之實行以後,洗淨及乾.燥動 作可以因應按鈕操作而實行。總之,本局部洗淨裝置的再 使用成爲可能。 在此步驟S 3 0 5之後,異常回復完成時,解除異常 告知(步驟S3 10),結束本程式。具體而言,使顯示 部K S 1 - 6回到通常的動作狀猊的顯示狀態。| Μ 1 /噴嘴淸掃程式: 其次,說明第1實施例的局部洗淨裝置進行的噴嘴淸 掃程式。第4 4圖係顯示噴嘴淸掃程式的流程圖。此噴嘴 __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____- _ I (請先Μ讀背面之注$項\刼本Ϊ 8J- Γ -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公t > -92- 4 3435 爹r κι Β7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明6〇 ) 淸 掃 程式,係伴隨著本體 的 側 部K S 1 - 5 ( 參 照 第 3 圖 ) 之 噴 嘴洗淨按鈕S Wk的 操 作而被 實 行。 第 4 4圖的流程圖所 示 的 噴嘴 淸 掃程 式被 實 行 的 話 首 先 實行噴嘴前洗淨( 步 驟 S 4 0 0 ) 。總 之 與 前 述 的 步 驟 S 1 2 0 (參照第 2 5 、2 6 圖) 同樣 實 施 藉 由 機 能 水 之噴嘴頭洗淨,與 藉 由 在容器 彈回 的洗 淨 水 來 進 行 噴 嘴 頭 洗淨。接著、,藉由 使用 刷子 等 的使 用者 來 進行 噴 嘴 頭 洗淨 而使洗淨噴嘴WN 1 1前進到臀部洗淨位置 A W P (步驟S 4 0 5 ) 直 到有 使 用者 噴嘴 淸 掃 完 成 的 訊 號 被 輸入爲止進行等待 ( 步 驟S 4 10 )° 使 用 者 於 此 期 間 以 刷子等實際淸掃噴 嘴 頭 。而 淸 掃結 束後 使 用 者 藉 由 再 度 操作噴嘴洗淨按鈕 S W k或是操作停止按鈕S Wa > 來 輸 入 上述噴嘴淸掃完成 訊 號 。或 者 是以 計時 器 計 算 從 噴 嘴 洗 淨 按鈕S Wk被操作後 經 i過 的時間 ,經 過時 間 達 5 分 鐘 時 輸 入 噴嘴淸掃完成的訊 號 亦 可。 又 ,在 步驟 S 4 0 5 使 .洗 淨 噴 嘴前進到臀部洗淨位 置 之後 直 到噴 嘴淸 掃 兀 成 Μ 止 的 期 間 ,也可以讓洗淨水 從 臀 部吐 水 孔流 出少 許 〇 而 此 時 的 洗 淨水吐水程度,只 要 是 從噴 嘴 頭至 馬桶 盆 部 洗 淨 水 會 垂 落 的程度即可。 如 此完成噴嘴洗淨之 後 使洗 淨 噴嘴 後退 返 回 本體 部 的 等 待位置之後(步驟S 4 1 5 ) 與前述的步驟 S 1 6 0 (參照第3 0圖 ) 同 樣地 進 行噴 嘴後 洗 淨 ( 步 驟 S 4 2 0),結束本程式 〇 藉 由實行此噴嘴淸掃 程 式 ,除 了 藉由 使用 者 以 刷 子 等 請 先 閱 讀 背 之 注 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -93 - 4 3^35 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局具Η消费合作杜印製 五、發明說明6ι ) 淸掃噴嘴之外,於其前後,進行藉由機能水之2度噴嘴淸 掃,藉由f器彈回之洗淨水之2度淸掃噴嘴頭。藉此’可 以淸潔噴嘴頭以及洗淨水之各吐水孔還有其周圔》 其次,說明上述局部洗淨裝置KS 1 — 1的變形例。 又,發揮同樣功能的構件,直接使用上述第1實施例所用 的構件名稱及符號,而省略其說明。 A1-1/全體構成之變形: 於遙控操作裝置R C 1 - 1 ,分別針對臀部洗淨與陰 部洗淨設有點狀設定按鈕與廣域設定按鈕,但是也可以使 此二設定按鈕兼用作爲臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨。如此一來, 按鈕配設數減少,具有組裝工程數減少或是低成本化之製 造上的優點。 B1-1/水路系構成的變形: 第4 5圖係顯示變形例之水路系統提谆之方塊圖。 (1 )於水路系雖使第2洗淨水導出管路WP .1 — 1 3配設於熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 _ 1的上游側,但是也可以 將該管路配設於熱交換單元的下游。如此一來,可以安定 流入熱交換單元的洗淨水的流量,爲了使洗淨水定溫化之 加熱器控制變得容易而„較佳。而且也可以使經過以熱交換 單元溫水化的洗淨水,從第2洗淨水導出管路吐出至脫臭 用吸氣口或局部乾燥用排氣口而洗淨該吸氣口或排氣口。 如此一來,可用溫水更有效地淸洗吸氣口或排氣口的污物 I ----------裝--- (請先«讀背面之注—項H<r>ll本I) 訂- .線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -94- 4-34 3 5 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印數 B7___五、發明說明62 ) 而較佳。 (2 )此外,於水路系熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 - 1下游的 出水側閥單元WP 1 — 3係由節流幫浦WP 1 — 1 4與切 換|fWP+l - 1 5所構成的,但是也可以將該閥單元ϋ爲 5方閥構造而且可節流之未圖示的節流切換閥。如此一來 »··. ,可以做成更小型而且更廉價的構造,此外因爲不使用幫 浦所以可以解消振動、噪音的問題。 (3 )此外,於水路系,雖於出水側閥單元W Ρ 1 -3使用節流幫浦,-或者藉由使用節流切換閥之節流構造’ 但也可以採用如第4 5圖所示的水路系構成。亦即’如圖 所示,於第2洗淨水導出管路WP 1 — 1 3的途中配設通 水路面積可變得偏流路節流閥WP 1_20。藉此’以此 偏流路節流閥W Ρ 1 — 2 0所調整的流量與定流量閥 W Ρ 1 - 9設定流量的差分流量,經過出水側閥單元 WP 1 _ 3而從噴嘴吐出。如此一來,因爲不使用幫浦所 以沒有振動、噪音的問題,此外也可以不必採用如節流切 換閥那般複雜的構造。 (4)雖然將熱交換單元ΤΗ1 - 1 ,採用电.服旋狀 鎳鉻線_所構成的加熱器內.藏於小容量的水箱,但也可以採 如下方式構成。亦即,以層積圓筒陶瓷加熱器作爲加熱器 的話,,在燒結前於生胚銀漿,印刷出漏電檢測電路或過熱防 止電路,而藉由燒成各電路形成於加熱器表面。藉此,外 部不需要漏電檢測、漏電保護電路,同時也不需要雙金屬 型的過熱防止機器。而藉由層積化與機器省略可以謀求熱 !!!* 裝.1 (請先®讀背面之注意事項\為本買) 訂· -線 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 * 297公釐) -95- Γ· A7 B7 經濟部智慧財農局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明) 交換單元的小型化。此外’也可以使加熱器採用藉由連動 於高頻電流的磁束變化而於電阻體引起電磁誘導使電阻體 產生.焦耳熱之電磁誘導加熱器。如此一來’因爲不需要在 水箱內使加熱器配置於水面下’所以不需要漏電保護電路 ,因而可以小型化。進而’因爲加熱器形狀的自由度很高 ,所以可使加熱器成爲沿著蛇行水路的形狀等’可以有效 率地溫水化洗淨水。 (5 )可以將熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 - 1 ’不採用瞬間加 熱式而改爲貯熱水式。如此一來,可以使指定溫度的洗淨 水的連續吐水時間拉長。此外可以使水箱內洗淨水的溫水 化在深夜等馬桶未使用時實施,此時可以使用低耗電量釣 加熱器。如此一來,局部洗淨裝置全體可以減低最大消耗 電力,所以在已有的廁所設置局部洗淨裝置的場合,不會 招致屋內配線電力容量不足,也可以減少必須要變更電力 .契約的可能性。 (6 )原本機能水單元W P 1 - 4的構造爲在洗淨水 貯存於水箱內的狀態施加直流電壓,產生游離氯,但是在 將通水路以氯氣產生用電極夾住之構成,或者使氯氣產生 用電極的表面激增大等可得充分氯氣產生能力的場合,也 可以在通水狀態施加直流電壓。如此一來,可以使機能水 長時間連續吐水,可以使洗淨噴嘴更保持衛生。 C 1 一 1/噴嘴裝置的變形: 第4 6圖係顯示變形例之噴嘴裝置N S 1 ~ 2 0之槪 <«·先閲讀背面之注$ 項 裝— 為本5 訂‘ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -96-Fifth, the description of the invention such as) -------------- install --- (please read the note h on the back first to buy a copy). In short, no matter whether the power of the device is on or off, until the cleaning operation prohibition flag FS stop is set to zero by the abnormal recovery program described later, the cleaning operation cannot be performed. However, after step S 2 2 0, urge If there is an abnormal response such as a disconnection or a bad contact, the intention is notified (step S225), and the program ends. When this abnormality is notified, the display parts K S 1-6 of the side parts K S 1 _ 5 shown in FIG. 1 are displayed in a blinking manner. In order to make the blinking display accompanied by abnormal notification different from the display of normal operating conditions, you can make all the lighted devices (indicators, LEDs, etc.) blink together. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the swing detection program detects an abnormal swing, it sets the cleaning operation prohibition flag FS1 to 値 1 to enable subsequent cleaning and drying operations. The program does not perform a washing operation, but it may be configured as follows. After the affirmative determination (F S stop = 1) of step S 1 2 0 shown in FIG. 25, the processes of steps. S130 to S150 are executed in a state where the energization of each solenoid is prohibited. In short, at least a pseudo-pivotal rotation operation of a movable body is not performed when a swing abnormality is detected. In this way, the local washing can be performed by spouting the washing water in a state where the movable body is prohibited from quasi-oscillating rotation, that is, when the movable body is free. In this case, the “washing water flow rate of the formal washing operation (step S 1 50)” is fixedly set in advance to the case where the moving body has a pseudo swinging rotation than the moving body, and the washing water flow rate during the execution of step 5 1 50 is less. The flow rate can prevent users who are concentratedly spitting water from experiencing unexpected discomfort. Next, a description will be given of the abnormal recovery program after such an abnormal swing occurs. As shown in Figure 4 and 3, in this abnormal response procedure, first, determine whether there is a national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) applicable to this paper size. · 91 · ά 4-35γ Α7 Β7 Five 69. Inventory 69) The consumer property cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints the reply completion instructions issued by the maintenance co-workers, etc. (step S 3 0 0). This judgment is made as follows. The maintenance inspector completes the abnormal recovery by the above abnormal notification. Specifically, the head cover NZ1-6 which caused the abnormality shown in Fig. 12 was removed from the nozzle head base NZ1-2 and replaced with a normal head cover that was inspected by an inspection device (not shown). After completing the parts exchange in this way, the maintenance inspector performs button operations that are not operated during normal device use, such as simultaneous operation of multiple buttons or long-term operation of specific buttons. If there is no such special button operation, because the abnormal response is not completed, the subsequent processing is unnecessary and the program ends. On the other hand, when the above-mentioned special button operation is performed, in step S300, it is determined that an abnormal response completion instruction is issued, and subsequent processing is performed. First, the abnormal response result is written into the backup RAM (step S305). That is, the determination result of the line 记忆 stored in the above-mentioned swing abnormality detection program is reset, and at the same time, the cleaning action prohibition flag F S stop is set to 零 zero. With this, after the execution of this abnormal recovery program, the washing and drying operations can be performed in response to the button operation. In short, reuse of the local cleaning device becomes possible. After this step S305, when the error recovery is completed, the error notification is released (step S310), and the program ends. Specifically, the display portions K S 1-6 are returned to the display state of the normal operation state. | M 1 / Nozzle Scanning Program: Next, a nozzle scan program performed by the local cleaning apparatus of the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 4 is a flowchart showing the nozzle sweeping program. This nozzle __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____- _ I (please read the note on the back first \ 刼 本 Ϊ 8J- Γ-the size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Public t > -92- 4 3435 dr κι Β7 Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 6) The sweeping program is accompanied by the side KS 1-5 of the body (see section 3 (Figure) The nozzle cleaning button SWk is operated. If the nozzle sweeping program shown in the flowchart in Figure 44 is executed, the nozzle cleaning is performed first (step S 4 0 0). Step S 1 2 0 (refer to Figs. 25 and 26) Similarly, the nozzle head is cleaned with functional water and the nozzle head is cleaned with the washing water rebounded in the container. Then, by The user uses a brush or the like to clean the nozzle head and advance the cleaning nozzle WN 1 1 to the hip washing position AWP (step S 4 0 5) until a signal indicating that the user has completed the nozzle cleaning is input as Wait (step S 4 10) ° During this period, the user actually sweeps the nozzle head with a brush or the like. After the sweep is finished, the user operates the nozzle cleaning button SW k again or the stop button S Wa > Enter the nozzle sweep completion signal, or use a timer to calculate the time elapsed since the nozzle wash button SWk was operated, and enter the signal for the nozzle sweep completion when the elapsed time reaches 5 minutes. Also, in step S 4 0 5 After the cleaning nozzle is advanced to the buttocks washing position until the nozzles are swept away, the washing water can also be allowed to flow out of the buttocks spouting hole a little. At this time, the degree of washing water spouting, As long as the washing water drops from the nozzle head to the toilet bowl, after the nozzle washing is completed in this way, the washing nozzle is moved back to the waiting position of the main body (step S 4 1 5) and the aforementioned step S 1 6 0 (refer to Figure 30) Perform the same post-nozzle wash Clean (step S 4 2 0), end this program. 〇 By implementing this nozzle sweeping program, in addition to the user using a brush, etc., please read the note on the back. The paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification). < 210 X 297 mm) -93-4 3 ^ 35 A7 B7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumption Cooperation Du V. Invention Description 6ι) Scan the nozzles before and after by using functional water Sweep the nozzle at 2 degrees, sweep the nozzle head with 2 degrees of the washing water rebounded by the f device. In this way, it is possible to clean the nozzle heads and the spouts of the washing water and the surroundings. Next, a modification of the above-mentioned local washing device KS 1-1 will be described. In addition, for the members having the same function, the names and symbols of the members used in the first embodiment are directly used, and descriptions thereof are omitted. A1-1 / Deformation of the whole structure: On the remote control device RC 1-1, there are point setting buttons and wide area setting buttons for hip washing and genital washing respectively, but these two setting buttons can also be used as hip washing Wash with pussy. As a result, the number of button arrangements is reduced, which has the advantages of reducing the number of assembly processes or manufacturing at a lower cost. B1-1 / Deformation of the waterway system: Figures 4 and 5 are block diagrams showing the modification of the waterway system. (1) Although the second washing water outlet pipe WP .1-1 3 is arranged on the upstream side of the heat exchange unit T 1-1 in the water system, the pipe may be arranged on the heat exchange unit. Downstream. In this way, the flow rate of the washing water flowing into the heat exchange unit can be stabilized. In order to make it easier to control the temperature of the heater, it is better. Also, the temperature of the water passing through the heat exchange unit The washing water is discharged from the second washing water outlet pipe to the intake port for deodorization or the exhaust port for local drying, and the intake port or exhaust port is washed. In this way, warm water can be used more effectively Wash the dirt on the air inlet or air outlet I ---------- install --- (please «read the note on the back—item H < r > ll book I) order-.book The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -94- 4-34 3 5 A7. The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. (B7___5, Invention Description 62) is preferred. (2) In addition, the water outlet valve unit WP 1-3 downstream of the waterway system heat exchange unit T 1-1 is composed of a throttle pump WP 1-1 4 and a switching | fWP + l-1 5 but The valve unit can also be a 5-square valve structure and a throttle switching valve (not shown) that can be throttled. In this way, it can be made smaller and cheaper. Since pumps are not used, the problems of vibration and noise can be eliminated. (3) In addition, in the water system, a throttle pump is used for the water outlet valve unit W P 1 -3, or by using a throttle switching valve. Throttling structure 'However, it is also possible to use a waterway system structure as shown in Fig. 45. That is, as shown in the figure, the area of the water passageway may be provided on the way of the second washing water outlet pipe WP 1-1 3. Become a deflection flow throttle valve WP 1_20. By this, the differential flow rate adjusted by the deflection flow throttle valve W P 1-2 0 and the fixed flow valve W P 1-9 is passed through the outlet side valve unit WP 1 _ 3 is discharged from the nozzle. In this way, there is no problem of vibration and noise because no pump is used, and it is not necessary to adopt a complicated structure such as a throttle switching valve. (4) Although the heat exchange unit ΤΗ1-1 adopts a heater made of electricity, clothes, and nickel-chromium wire. It is hidden in a small-capacity water tank, but it can also be constructed as follows. That is, a laminated cylindrical ceramic heater is used as the heater. If it is, before the sintering, print the leakage detection current on the green embryo paste. Or the overheating prevention circuit is formed on the surface of the heater by firing. This eliminates the need for an external leakage detection and leakage protection circuit, and also does not require a bimetal overheating prevention device. If the machine is omitted, you can ask for heat !!! * Pack. 1 (Please read the notes on the back first \ Buy it for yourself) Order ·-The standard of the paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS > A4 specifications < 210 * 297 mm) ) -95- Γ · A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Smart Finance and Agriculture Bureau. 5. Description of the invention) Miniaturization of the exchange unit. In addition, it is also possible to use an electromagnetic induction heater that causes the resistor to generate electromagnetic induction due to electromagnetic induction caused by the change of the magnetic beam in association with the high-frequency current. In this way, 'the heater does not need to be arranged below the water surface in the water tank', so the leakage protection circuit is not required, and therefore it can be miniaturized. Furthermore, 'the degree of freedom of the shape of the heater is high, so that the heater can be shaped along a meandering water path, etc.', and the washing water can be warmed efficiently. (5) The heat exchange unit TT 1-1 ′ can be changed to a hot water storage type instead of the instantaneous heating type. In this way, the continuous discharge time of the washing water at a specified temperature can be lengthened. In addition, the warming of the washing water in the water tank can be implemented when the toilet is not in use at night, etc. At this time, a low-power fishing heater can be used. In this way, the entire local cleaning device can reduce the maximum power consumption. Therefore, when a local cleaning device is installed in an existing toilet, the indoor wiring power capacity will not be insufficient, and it will also reduce the need to change the power. Contract possibility Sex. (6) The original functional water unit WP 1-4 is configured to apply a DC voltage in the state where the washing water is stored in the water tank to generate free chlorine, but it is constituted by sandwiching the water passage with an electrode for generating chlorine gas, or making chlorine gas In the case where sufficient chlorine gas-generating ability is obtained, such as an increase in the surface excitation of the generating electrode, a DC voltage may be applied in a water-passing state. In this way, the functional water can be continuously spitted for a long time, and the cleaning nozzle can be kept more hygienic. C 1-11 / Deformation of Nozzle Device: Figures 4 and 6 show the nozzle device NS 1 ~ 2 0 of the modified example < «Read the note on the back first $ Item Pack — Order this for 5 'This paper size applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 Male *) -96-
I -4 34 35 7 A7 --- ---B7___ 五、發明說明如) 略立體圖。第4 7圖係顯示第4 6圖之4 7 — 4 7線之槪 略剖面圖。 如圖所示,變形例的噴嘴裝置N S 1 — 2 0,在使洗 、淨噴嘴沿著圓弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道N S 1 - 1 2 (參照第 7圖)藉由傳達機構N S 1 — 5使其進退這一點上與上述 的噴嘴裝置NS 1 - 1共通,但是關連於噴嘴的導引軌道 的構成相異。亦即,此變形例的噴嘴裝置NS1—20, 係具有:架於噴嘴N S 1 _ 2的後端上面的架台N S 1 _ 3與基座前端側的噴嘴保持部N S 1 — 6之間,以使與圓 弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道N S 1 — 1 2成爲一致的方式被彎曲 成形的導引軌道部N S 1 _ 2 1。於此導引軌道部被導引 的洗淨噴WN 1 - 2 0,如第4 7圖所示,於其後端側具 有被卡合、固定於計時皮帶N S 1 _ 1 0的皮帶把持體 WN1 — 2,及將導引軌道部NS1 - 21的軌道部把持 於上下的軌道把持體WN 1 - 2 1。此軌道把持體具備與 上述的噴嘴進退ίΐ道相同曲率半徑的上下之軌道把持面, 此軌道把持面係可對於導引軌道部自由滑動,。總之,洗淨 噴嘴WN1 — 20與導引軌道部NS1 — 2 1係採用上下 的位置關係被配設的,此洗淨噴嘴,僅在其後端側於軌道 保持體與導引軌道部卡合。又,於洗淨噴嘴WN 1 - 2 0 ,其筒狀部也以與噴嘴進退軌道相同的曲率半徑沿著軸方 向被彎曲形成。 亦即,藉由此變形例的噴嘴裝置NS 1 - 2 0,可以 使洗淨噴嘴與圓弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道一致而在等待位置 ___________裝 i I (请先閲讀背面之注意事項|^知本頁> 訂· --線< 經濟部智慧財產局®:工消费合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公« ) -97- ^ 4 3435 7__B7___ 五、發明說明紅) 請先閲讀背*之注意事項h HP與洗淨位置(臀部洗淨位置AWP、陰部洗淨位置 VWP ;參照第7圖)之間前後進退驅動。因此,藉由此 變形例的噴嘴裝置N S 1 — 2 0也與上述噴嘴裝.置n S 1 - 1同樣可以發揮噴嘴高度降低的優點。此外,在此變形 例之噴嘴裝置,從上述洗淨噴嘴與導引軌道部的位置關係 ’可以在寬度方向上緊密化,可以使噴嘴裝置與其他機器 接近配置。 F 1 - 1/洗淨動作的變形: 在此洗淨動作的變形例,進行臀部、陰部之局部洗淨 時,各電磁線圈的勵磁順序每隔指定期間就反轉。總之, 使負荷比D t保持相同而以電磁線圏NHl_33a — 3 3 b— 3 3 c — 3 3 a…的順序,以及以電磁線圈 NH1-3 3 c — 3 3 b — 3 3 a — 3 3 c …的順序反覆 進行線圈勵磁。如此一來,由於吐水洗淨水的吐出方向切 換,可以更有效地洗淨局部周圍的表皮皺褶內而較佳。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 •H1—1/移動洗淨的變形: _第4 8圖係供說明變形例之移動洗淨的樣子之說明圖 〇. 在此變形例之移動洗淨,係將第3 1圖所示的移動洗 淨的流程圖中之步驟S 1 7 0,實行藉由噴嘴驅動馬達的 正逆向旋轉之洗淨噴嘴的前後往復移動’與配合噴立置 的負荷比D t之可變控制。例如,噴嘴頭在噴嘴前後移動 -98 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公* ) 4 3435 7 a7 __l__— B7______________ 五、發明說明如) 範圍的中心位置(洗淨位置WP c )附近的場合,使負荷 比D t成爲實用可設定範圍之最大負荷比D tma X 而 噴嘴頭由此中心位置越偏向前進端位置WP f 、後退端位 置WPb ,越減少負荷比Dt ,而在前進端位置WPf 、 後退端位置WP p使負荷比成爲實用可設定範圍的最小負 荷比D t m i η。如此一來,在中心位置附近洗淨面積較 大,而越往前進端或後退端洗淨面積越狹窄,而可以移動 洗淨局部周邊(參照第48圖(a) )»藉此,可以提供 配合洗淨偉置的變化而使洗淨面積增減變化,亦即乾L合洗 淨位置變化而使刺激感的強弱也變化之多樣化的洗淨感。 此外,因爲使橫亙噴嘴前後往復移動範圍全體的洗淨面積 成爲在中心位置較寬而在前後端較窄,所以具有使此洗淨 .面積更爲適合所要洗淨的洗淨對象局部的形狀,可以確實 洗淨此洗淨對象局部,例如陰部洗淨對象局部之優點。 此外,於配合噴嘴位置的負荷比D t的可變控制時, 在中心位置(洗淨位置W P c )附近的場合,將負荷比 D t.設爲實用可設定範圍的中央負荷比D t mid,而在前進 端位置W P f、後退端位置W P b設定爲負荷比D t max »而 從中心位置到各端部位置之間,係以D t mid— D t min — D t max的方式增減變更。如此一來,中心位置附近的洗淨 面積爲中等程度,在前進端、後退端位置的洗淨面積較大 ,而於其間增減變化洗淨面積的方式,可以移動洗淨局部 周邊(參照第48圖(b))。藉此,可以配合洗淨位置 變化增加刺激感強弱變化之多樣化的洗淨感,也可得到將 請先《讀背面之注意事項h 為本1> 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國a家標準(CNS)A4规格<210 X 297公釐) 99 - 卜 4 3435 7 五、發明說明67 ) 洗淨對象局部的前後以較寬廣的面積仔細淸洗的效果。 ----- I-----11·裝 i — (請先閱讀背面之沒*?^項·Η本頁》 此外,因爲可以如此方式將洗淨對象局部的前後以較 寬的洗淨面積洗淨,m以即使洗淨噴嘴的移動範圍縮窄, 也可以無障礙地洗淨洗淨對象局部周圍。因此,可以增加 噴嘴往返的次數,因而可以提高洗淨效果。 又,也可以將配合噴嘴位置的負荷比d t之可變控制 ,以上述3階段的負荷比(D t S、D t Μ、D t L )來 進行。如此一來,配合噴嘴位置切換負荷比D t即可,其 控制變得更爲容易可以謀求減輕電子控制裝置的運算負擔 〇 J 1 一 1 /按摩洗淨的變形入 i線- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消f合作社印製 此按摩洗淨的變形例,係使前述按摩洗淨程式(參照 第3 5圖)的步驟s 1 8 2之負荷比D t的週期性增減控 制改變成下述方式。亦即,把供增減洗淨面積之用的第 3 6圖所示之負荷比D t的按摩週期TM,設定爲此週期 所決定的頻率f tm ( = 1/ TM)成爲在前述的無感頻 帶內(約5Hz以上;約10〜60Hz)。如此一來, 可讓使用者不感知洗淨面積的變化,同時很快的變更洗淨 面積的寬窄。藉此,因爲朝向第3 7圖所示的模式吐水水 柱RT的中央之移動與從中央之擴張可以高速反覆,所以 提高了局部周邊的污物OB的剝離效果’同時藉由洗淨水 吐水之回彈水R TH聚集污物〇 B的效果也提高。亦即’ 根據此變形例之按摩洗淨,可以更高的洗淨能力進行局部 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS>A4规格(210 X 297公釐> -100- ^ ^3435 7 五、發明說明紅〉 洗淨’也可以進行仔細的局部洗淨。這個場合,此按摩洗 淨的變形例之按摩週期TM,係較各負荷比D t之電磁線 圈的勵磁週期T c更大’亦即係以使各週期所決定的上述 頻率itm(=l/TM)較勵磁頻率f (=l/Tc) 更小的方式被設定的。 又,在此按摩洗淨的變形例,只要經由設於遙控操作 裝置或輔助操作部的仔細洗淨等特別的操作按鈕,或者經 由按摩設定按鈕與其他操作按鈕的同時操作,實行此按摩 洗淨的變形例之處理即可。 E1 — 1/洗淨_嘴的變形: 亦可使洗淨噴嘴分別具備具有臀部用可動體NH 1 -9的第1洗淨噴嘴,及具有陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1的 第2洗淨噴嘴,而並列設置此第1、第2洗淨噴嘴。此外 ,也可以是分別具備只具有臀部吐水孔NH 1 - 7的臀部 用可動體之第1洗淨噴嘴,及只具有柔和吐水孔NH 1 — 8的臀部用可動體之第2洗淨噴嘴,及只具有陰部吐水孔 NH 1 - 1 〇的陰部用可動體之第3洗淨噴嘴,而並列設 置此第1〜第3洗淨噴嘴者。進而,也可以是分別具備只 具有臀部吐水孔NH 1 -7的臀部用可動體之第1洗淨噴 嘴j及具有柔和吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 8與陰部吐水孔Ν Η 1 -1 0的可動體之第2洗淨噴嘴’而並列設置此第1、第2 洗淨噴嘴者。又,於這些變形例與上述第1實施例’也可 以是不具有柔和洗淨用的柔和吐水孔NH 1 — 8者。 本紙張又度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公漦) --------------裝 • 1· 1 (請先《讀背面之注意事項為本真) 訂. •線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -101 - 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明如) E 1 _ 2/噴嘴頭的變形: 第4 9圖係具有變形例之噴嘴頭的電磁線圈設置基板 NH 1 — 5 0的平面圖。第5 0圖係具有其他變形例的噴 嘴頭的電磁線圈設置基板NH1—60的平面圖。 - (1 )如第4 9圖所示,變形例之電磁線圈設置基板 NH1 — 50,具有臀部用擺動線圈群NH1 — 51與陰 部用擺動線圈群NH 1 — 5 2。臀部用擺動線圈群NH1 -51,具有電磁線圈NH1 — 32b、32c ,陰部用 擺動線圈群NH1 — 52,具有電磁線圈NHl_33b 、3 3 c ,兩個線圈群共用1個電磁線圈NH 1 — 5 3 * 此電磁線圏NH 1 — 5 3 ’與前述電磁線圈同樣’具備2 根線圈鐵心Ν Η 1 — 5 4、5 5 ’ 一方的線圈鐵心5 5具 有線圈ΝΗ1 - 56。而此電磁線圈ΝΗ1 — 5 3,在臀 部用擺動線圈群係使線圈鐵心NH 1 _ 5 4對應於磁性驅 動體NH 1 — 2 3的磁性作用部NH 1 — 2 3 a的方式被 配設固定,而在陰部用擺動線圈群係使線圈鐵心NH 1〜 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 5 5對應於磁性驅動體Ν Η 1 _ 1 8的磁性作用部Ν Η 1 -1 8 b的方式被配設固定"如此一來,電磁線圈的配設; 數目變少,具有組裝工數減少或低成本化的製造上之優點 。此外,上述兩線圏群之接近配置成爲可能,因而可以謀 求噴嘴頭的小型化。 (2)如第50圖所示,其他變形例之電磁線圈設置 基板NH1 — 60,於臀部用擺動線圏群NH1 - 6 1與 -102- 請先Μ讀背面之注項\ X本買) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格<210 X 297公釐) -4 34 35 7 A7 __1_B7__ 五、發明說明$00 ) 陰部用擺動線圈群NH 1 _ 6 2之兩個線圈群,分別具有 被立設於基板的線圈鐵心ΝΉ 1 — 6 3與由被捲在其上的 線圈NH1-6 4所構成的電磁線圈NH1 — 6 5 a〜 65c、66a〜66c。而此兩個擺動線圈群的電磁線 圈NH1 — 65a〜65c 、66a〜66c ,係以對向 於臀部、陰部之各可動體之磁性驅動體NH 1 _ 1 8、 23的磁性作用部NHl-18a〜18c、23a〜 訂- 2 3 c的方式被配設固定於基板。如此一來,電磁線圈的 構成零件數變少,具有組裝工數降低或低成本化的製造上 之優點。此外,因爲電磁線圈自身變小,所以可以使上述 兩個線圈群可以更進一步接近配置,可以使噴嘴頭更加小 型化。 E 1 _ 3/噴嘴頭之其他變形: •線 第51圖係供說明其他變形例的噴嘴頭之用的說明圖 〇 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 如圖所示,此變形例之噴嘴頭NH1 — 70,具備具 有以等間距被形成的4個磁性作用部Ν Η 1 — 1 8 a〜 2 8 d之陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1 ,及具有以相對方向 於各磁性作用部的方式被配設固定的4個電磁線圈NH 1 —33a〜3 3d之陰部用擺動線圈群NH1 — 71。而 在此變形例,使各電磁線圏以電磁線圏NH 1 - 3 3 a〜 3 3 d的順序或者以其相反順序依序勵磁,而引起如前述 般的陰部用可動體NH 1 - Γ 1的擬似擺動旋轉、以及陰 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -103- ^ 4 343 5 7 at B7 五、發明說明(101 ) <請先《讀背面之注為本1) 部吐水孔NH1 - 10的擺動旋轉(參照第22、23圖 )。根據此變形例之噴嘴頭NH1—70,由於對磁性作 用部N_H 1 — 1 8 a〜1 8 d的線圈作用力導致陰部用可 動體的傾斜處所增加,所以可因此傾斜處所的增加而使可 動體的擬似擺動旋轉以及陰部吐水孔的擺動旋轉的軌跡近 似於圓軌跡,而吐出洗淨水。又藉由使可動體成爲具有5 分割、6分割等多分割之磁性作用部者,可以使臀部用可 動體成爲具有如此多分割之磁性作用部者。 F1 - 2/洗淨動作的變形: 第5 2圖係供說明使用上述的變形例之噴嘴頭NH 1 -7 0的變形例之洗淨動作的說明圖。第5 3圖係供模式 說明根據變形例的洗淨動作之洗淨水吐出樣子的說明圖。 又,於以下的說明,係採用陰部洗淨爲例,但在臀部洗淨 時也相同。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 在此洗淨動作的變形例,於各電磁線圈的依序勵磁’ 在位於噴嘴的前後方向之電磁線圈NH 1 - 3 3 a、 33c,使其負荷比Dt (Dta'Dtc)相同’在位 於噴嘴左右方向的電磁線圈NH.l_33b、33d,使 其負荷比Dt (Dtb、Dtd)相同。而且,·使前者的 負荷比Dt (Dta'Dtc)與後者的負荷比Dt ( D t b、D t d )相異。亦即,如第5 2圖所示,在洗淨 期間TA,使電磁線圈NH1 - 33a、33c的負荷比 Dt a、Dt c ,較電磁線圈 NHl-33b ' 33d 的 -104- 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNSXA4規格(210 * 297公釐) i· .4 34 35 7 A7 , _ B7___ 五、發明說明(102 ) 負荷比D t b、D t d爲大。藉此,電磁線圈NH1 — 3 3 a、3 3 c其線圈作用力及於磁性作用部NH1 — 1 8 a、1 8 c而陰部用可動體傾斜時,吐水孔擺動角 aa c變大,而在電磁線圈NH1 — 33b、33d的場 合之吐水孔擺動角a b d變小。藉此’如第5 3隱(a ) 所示,此洗淨期間ΤΑ之洗淨面積SMTA,成爲以噴嘴 前後方向爲長軸方向的橢圓形狀。 在洗淨期間ΤΒ,使負荷比D t a、D t c較洗淨期 間ΤΑ爲大。藉此,如第53圖(a )所示,此洗淨期間 TB之洗淨面積SMTB,與洗淨洱積SMTA同樣爲以 噴嘴前後方向爲長軸方向之橢圓形狀,同時沿著長軸擴大 洗淨面積。 在洗淨期間T C ·與洗淨期間T A相反,使負荷比 Dt a、Dt c較負荷比Dtb、Dtd爲小。藉此,藉 由電磁線圈NHl — 33a 、33c使陰部用可動體傾斜 時之吐水孔擺動角a a c變小,而在電磁線圈NH 1 _ 33b、3;3d的場合之吐水孔擺動角abd變大。藉此 ,如第50圖(b )所示,此洗淨期間TC之洗淨面積 SMTC,成爲以噴嘴左右方向爲長軸方向的橢圓形狀。 而使負荷比Dtb、Dtd增大的話,與第5 0圖(a) 的場合同樣,成爲以噴嘴左右方向爲長軸方向之橢圓形狀 ,同時可以沿著長軸擴大洗淨面積。 根據此洗淨動作的變形例,具有以下的優點。 (1 )如洗淨期間T A、T B那般,因爲以將噴嘴前 ϋ n I (請先M讀背面之注項\H本I) ij· .線- 經濟部智慧財產局wk工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 105· 4 34 3 5 7 λ7 _I__Β7 五、發明說明θ〇3 ) <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項\為本頁) 後方向作爲長軸方向之橢圓形狀的洗淨面積進行局部洗淨 的緣故,即使不進行藉由馬達的正逆向旋轉來使噴嘴前後 往復移動,也可以實行沿著噴嘴前後方向之寬廣範圔的局 部洗淨。藉此,可以在不要伴隨著馬達正逆向旋轉的動作 音而在寧靜的狀態實行移動洗淨,可以提供使用者輕鬆感 。此外,因爲不需要馬達的正逆向旋轉控制,所以可以減 輕電子控制裝置的控制負擔。進而,於噴嘴驅動馬達,因 爲不需要+對於正逆向旋轉的反覆之高回應性,所以不需要 高能力的馬達可以減低成本或謀求馬達的小型化。再加上 可以抑制伴隨著噴嘴的反覆往復移動之導引軌道部NS 1 -7 (參照第6圖)的磨耗,可以提高軌道部的耐久性。 (2 )以如洗淨期間T A、T B般的橢圓形狀的洗淨 面積進行噴嘴前後往復移動實行移動洗淨的場合,可以縮 短噴嘴的前後移動間隔。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印髮 (3 )也可以如洗淨期間T C的橢圓形狀的·洗淨面積 進行噴嘴前後往復移動實行移動洗淨。如此一來,可以在 噴嘴左右方向以寬廣的範圍進行移動洗淨。這個場合,如 第4 8圖所說明的,因應噴嘴前後移動範圍之噴嘴頭位置 增減負荷比_D t b、D t d的話,可以使洗淨面積的橢圓 形狀因應噴嘴頭位置而在噴嘴左右方向上長短變形。藉此 ,可以配合洗淨位置變化提供刺激感的強弱變化等多樣化 的洗淨感。 (4)使負荷比D t a、D t c與負荷比D t b、I -4 34 35 7 A7 --- --- B7___ V. Description of the invention (eg) Sketch drawing. Fig. 47 is a schematic sectional view showing the line 4 7-4 7 in Fig. 46. As shown in the figure, the nozzle devices NS 1 to 2 of the modified example move the washing and cleaning nozzles along the arc-shaped nozzle advancing and retracting tracks NS 1 to 1 2 (refer to FIG. 7) by the conveying mechanism NS 1 to 5 The point of advancing and retreating is common to the nozzle device NS 1-1 described above, but the configuration of the guide track related to the nozzle is different. That is, the nozzle device NS1-20 of this modified example includes a stand NS1_3 mounted on the upper end of the nozzle NS1_2 and a nozzle holding portion NS1-6 on the front end side of the base. The guide rail portion NS 1 _ 2 1 is formed by being curved so as to conform to the arc-shaped nozzle advancing and retracting rail NS 1-1 2. The cleaning spray WN 1-2 0 guided at this guide rail portion has a belt gripper which is engaged with and fixed to the timing belt NS 1 _ 1 0 as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7. WN1-2 and rail holding bodies WN 1-2 1 that hold the rail portion of the guide rail portion NS1-21 on the upper and lower sides. This track holding body is provided with upper and lower track holding surfaces having the same radius of curvature as the above-mentioned nozzle advancing and retreating path, and the track holding surface can slide freely with respect to the guide track portion. In short, the cleaning nozzles WN1-20 and the guide rail portion NS1-21 are arranged in an up-and-down positional relationship. This cleaning nozzle is engaged with the guide rail portion only on the rear end side of the rail holder. . Also, in the cleaning nozzles WN 1-2 0, the cylindrical portion is also formed by being bent along the axial direction with the same curvature radius as the nozzle advancing and retracting track. That is, with the nozzle device NS 1-2 0 of this modification, it is possible to make the cleaning nozzle and the arc-shaped nozzle advance and retreat in the waiting position ___________ i i (Please read the precautions on the back first | ^ Know this page ℴ --- line < Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs®: Industrial and consumer cooperation Du printed This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public «) -97- ^ 4 3435 7__B7___ V. Description of the invention Red) Please read the precautions for the back * first. HP and the washing position (hip washing position AWP, vaginal washing position VWP; see Figure 7) forward and backward drive. Therefore, the nozzle device N S 1-2 0 according to this modification can also take advantage of the nozzle height reduction similarly to the nozzle device n S 1-1 described above. In addition, in the nozzle device of this modification, the positional relationship between the cleaning nozzle and the guide rail portion ′ can be made compact in the width direction, and the nozzle device can be arranged close to other equipment. F 1-1 / Deformation of washing action: In this modification of washing action, when the buttocks and genitals are partially washed, the excitation sequence of each electromagnetic coil is reversed every specified period. In short, the load ratio D t is kept the same in the order of the electromagnetic wires 圏 NHl_33a — 3 3 b — 3 3 c — 3 3 a ... and the electromagnetic coils NH1-3 3 c — 3 3 b — 3 3 a — 3 3 c… coil excitation is repeated in sequence. In this way, since the discharge direction of the washing water washing water is switched, it is more effective to wash the inside of the epidermal wrinkles around a part, which is preferable. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for consumer cooperation • H1—1 / Deformation of mobile washing: _ Figures 4 and 8 are explanatory diagrams illustrating the state of mobile washing in the modification. 〇 Mobile washing in this modification Clean is the step S 1 70 of the moving and washing flow chart shown in FIG. 31. The washing nozzle is rotated forward and backward by the nozzle driving motor. Variable control of duty ratio D t. For example, the nozzle head moves forward and backward from the nozzle -98-This paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm *) 4 3435 7 a7 __l __— B7______________ 5. The center position of the scope (washing In the vicinity of the position WP c), the load ratio D t becomes the maximum load ratio D tma X in the practically settable range, and the nozzle head is shifted from the center position to the forward end position WP f and the backward end position WPb, and the load ratio Dt is reduced. In the forward end position WPf and the backward end position WP p, the load ratio becomes the minimum load ratio D tmi η in a practically settable range. In this way, the washing area is larger near the center, and the washing area is narrower toward the forward end or the backward end, so that the surrounding area can be moved and cleaned (refer to Figure 48 (a)). »This can provide In accordance with the change of the washing set, the washing area is increased or decreased, that is, the variety of washing feelings in which the dry L and the washing position are changed and the strength of the stimulation is also changed. In addition, because the cleaning area of the entire reciprocating range of the transverse nozzle is widened at the center and narrowed at the front and rear ends, it has a shape that makes this area more suitable for the part of the object to be cleaned. It is possible to surely clean the part of the object to be cleaned, for example, the advantage of cleaning the part of the object to the genital area. In addition, when the variable control of the duty ratio D t in accordance with the nozzle position is adopted, the duty ratio D t. Is set to the central duty ratio D t mid of a practically settable range in the vicinity of the center position (washing position WP c). , And the forward end position WP f and the backward end position WP b are set to the load ratio D t max », and from the center position to each end position, it is increased in the manner of D t mid— D t min — D t max Minus changes. In this way, the washing area near the center position is medium, and the washing area at the forward and backward ends is large. The method of moving and washing the surrounding area can be moved by increasing or decreasing the washing area (see section No. 48 (b)). In this way, it is possible to increase the variety of cleaning sensations in accordance with changes in the washing position and increase the stimulus. We can also obtain the printed "Notes on the back h-based 1" printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Cooperative. The paper size is applicable to China A Standard (CNS) A4 specification < 210 X 297 mm) 99-Bu 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention 67) The effect of careful washing with a wide area before and after the part to be cleaned. ----- I ----- 11 · Install i — (Please read the first page on the back *? ^ Item · ΗThis page》 In addition, because you can wash the part of the object before and after in a wider way in this way The net area is cleaned, and m can clean the surrounding area of the object to be cleaned without any problem even if the moving range of the cleaning nozzle is narrowed. Therefore, the number of times of nozzle reciprocation can be increased, and the cleaning effect can be improved. The variable control of the load ratio dt in accordance with the nozzle position is performed at the load ratios (DtS, DtM, DtL) in the above three stages. In this way, the load ratio Dt can be switched in accordance with the nozzle position. , Its control becomes easier. You can seek to reduce the computational burden of the electronic control device. J 1 1 1 / Massage washing deformation into the i-line-The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Bei Gong Xiao F Cooperative printed this massage washing deformation. For example, the periodic increase / decrease control of the load ratio D t of step s 8 2 in the aforementioned massage washing program (refer to FIG. 35) is changed to the following method. The massage cycle TM with the duty ratio D t shown in Fig. 36 is used as the cycle The determined frequency f tm (= 1 / TM) is in the aforementioned non-sensing frequency band (above about 5 Hz; about 10 to 60 Hz). In this way, the user can not perceive the change in the washing area, and at the same time quickly The width of the washing area is changed. As a result, the movement of the center of the jetting water column RT and the expansion from the center can be repeated at high speed toward the pattern shown in Fig. 37, thereby improving the peeling effect of the local peripheral dirt OB The effect of collecting the dirt 〇B by the rebound water R TH of the washing water and spitting water is also improved. That is, the massage washing according to this modification can be carried out with a higher washing capacity. Standard (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm > -100- ^ ^ 3435 7) V. Red description of the invention> Washing can also be done by careful local washing. In this case, one of the modified examples of this massage washing The massage period TM is larger than the excitation period T c of the electromagnetic coil with each load ratio D t ', that is, the above-mentioned frequency itm (= l / TM) determined by each period is greater than the excitation frequency f (= l / Tc) is set smaller. Also, here is a modified example of massage washing As long as the special operation buttons such as careful washing provided in the remote operation device or the auxiliary operation section, or the simultaneous operation of the massage setting button and other operation buttons, the modification of the massage washing can be implemented. E1 — 1 / Washing_Deformation of the mouth: The washing nozzle may be provided with a first washing nozzle having a movable body NH 1 -9 for the buttocks, and a second washing nozzle having a movable body NH 1-1 1 for the genital area, These first and second washing nozzles are arranged in parallel. Alternatively, the first washing nozzles each including a hip movable body having only hip discharge holes NH 1-7 and a soft water discharge hole NH 1 may be provided. The second cleaning nozzle of the movable body for the buttocks of 8 and the third cleaning nozzle of the movable body for the genitals having only the pussy spout holes NH 1-10 are arranged in parallel with the first to third cleaning nozzles. Furthermore, the first washing nozzle j having a movable body for the buttocks having only the hip spout holes NH 1 -7 and a movable spout hole N Η 1 — 8 and the pussy spout hole Ν 1 -1 0 may be provided. The second cleaning nozzle of the body is provided in parallel with the first and second cleaning nozzles. It should be noted that these modified examples and the above-mentioned first embodiment 'may be those which do not have soft water discharge holes NH 1 to 8 for gentle washing. This paper is again applicable to the Chinese Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 cm) -------------- installation • 1 · 1 (please read the "Cautions on the back side first" Original) Order. • Line · Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -101-4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention (e.g.) E 1 _ 2 / Deformation of the nozzle head: Figure 4 9 has a modified example A plan view of the electromagnetic coil setting substrate NH 1-50 of the nozzle head. Fig. 50 is a plan view of an electromagnetic coil installation substrate NH1-60 having a nozzle head according to another modification. -(1) As shown in Figs. 4 to 9, the electromagnetic coil installation substrates NH1 to 50 of the modification example include a swing coil group NH1 to 51 for the hips and a swing coil group NH 1 to 5 for the female parts. Swing coil group NH1 -51 for hips, with electromagnetic coils NH1-32b, 32c, swing coil group for genitals NH1-52, with electromagnetic coils NH1_33b, 3 3c, two coil groups share one electromagnetic coil NH 1-5 3 * This electromagnetic wire 圏 NH 1-5 3 'is the same as the above-mentioned electromagnetic coil' and has two coil cores Ν Η 1-5 4, 5 5 '. One of the coil cores 5 5 has coils Ν 1-56. The electromagnetic coils N1 to 5 3 are arranged and fixed in a manner that the coil core NH 1 _ 5 4 corresponds to the magnetic action part NH 1 to 2 3 a of the magnetic driving body NH 1 to 2 3 by a swing coil group system on the buttocks. In the genital area, the coil core NH 1 ~ is printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives. 5 5 Corresponding to the magnetic driving body N Η 1 _ 1 8 Magnetic acting portion Ν Η 1 -1 8 b The method is provided and fixed. In this way, the number of the electromagnetic coils is reduced, which has the advantages of reducing the number of assembly operations or manufacturing at low cost. In addition, since the close arrangement of the two wire clusters is possible, it is possible to reduce the size of the nozzle head. (2) As shown in Fig. 50, other modified examples of the electromagnetic coil installation substrate NH1-60, the hips with a swing line 圏 group NH1-6 1 and -102- Please read the note on the back first \ X this buy) This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification < 210 X 297 mm) -4 34 35 7 A7 __1_B7__ V. Description of the invention $ 00) Two coil groups for the pendulum swing coil group NH 1 _ 6 2 respectively The coil cores NH 1 to 6 3 erected on the substrate and the electromagnetic coils NH1 to 6 5 a to 65 c and 66 a to 66 c made up of the coils NH 1-6 4 wound thereon are provided. The electromagnetic coils NH1 — 65a to 65c and 66a to 66c of the two swinging coil groups are magnetically driven parts NH 1 -18 1 and 23a, which are magnetic actuators facing the movable bodies facing the hips and genitals. ~ 18c, 23a ~ Order-2 3 c are arranged and fixed to the substrate. In this way, the number of components of the electromagnetic coil is reduced, which has the advantage of reducing the number of assembling processes or reducing the cost of manufacturing. In addition, since the solenoid coil itself becomes smaller, the two coil groups can be arranged closer to each other, and the nozzle head can be made smaller. E 1 _ 3 / Other variants of the nozzle head: • Figure 51 of the line is an explanatory diagram for explaining the nozzle head of other modification examples. Nozzle head NH1 — 70, which has a movable body NH 1 — 1 1 for the female part having four magnetically acting portions N Η 1 — 1 8 a to 2 8 d formed at equal intervals, and has magnetic properties in opposite directions. In the form of the active part, four fixed electromagnetic coils NH 1 -33a to 3 3d are provided for the oscillating coil group NH1-71 for the female part. In this modification, each electromagnetic line 圏 is excited in the order of the electromagnetic lines 圏 NH 1-3 3 a to 3 3 d or in the reverse order, thereby causing the movable body NH 1-as described above. The quasi-oscillating rotation of Γ 1 and the size of the paper are applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -103- ^ 4 343 5 7 at B7 V. Description of the invention (101) < The note on the back of the reading is 1) Swing rotation of the NH1-10 spout holes (see Figures 22 and 23). According to the nozzle heads NH1 to 70 of this modification, the tilting space of the movable body for the female part is increased due to the coil force on the magnetically acting portion N_H 1-1 8 a to 1 8 d. Therefore, the increase of the tilting space can make the movable The quasi-oscillating rotation of the body and the oscillating rotation of the pussy spout hole approximate the circular trajectory, and the washing water is discharged. Furthermore, by making the movable body a magnetically active portion having multiple divisions such as 5 divisions and 6 divisions, the movable body for the buttocks can be a magnetically active portion having such multiple divisions. F1-2 / Deformation of washing operation: Fig. 52 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the washing operation of the modification example using the nozzle heads NH 1-70 of the above modification. Fig. 53 is a diagram for explaining a mode in which washing water is discharged according to a washing operation according to a modification. In the following description, genital washing is used as an example, but the same applies when washing the buttocks. A modified example of the cleaning action is printed by the Shell and Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the electromagnetic coils are sequentially excited by the electromagnetic coils NH 1-3 3 a, 33c located in the front-rear direction of the nozzle, so that The duty ratio Dt (Dta'Dtc) is the same 'The solenoid coils NH.l_33b and 33d located in the left and right directions of the nozzle have the same duty ratio Dt (Dtb, Dtd). Further, the load ratio Dt (Dta'Dtc) of the former is different from the load ratio Dt (Dtb, Dtd) of the latter. That is, as shown in FIG. 52, during the cleaning period TA, the load ratios Dt a and Dt of the electromagnetic coils NH1-33a and 33c are smaller than -104 of the electromagnetic coils NH1-33b '33d-This paper is applicable to this paper scale National Standards for Difficulties (CNSXA4 (210 * 297 mm) i. .4 34 35 7 A7, _ B7___ V. Description of the invention (102) The load ratio is greater than D tb, D td. Therefore, the electromagnetic coil NH1 — 3 3 a, 3 3 c when the coil acting force is on the magnetically acting portion NH1 — 1 a, 1 8 c and the movable part of the female part is tilted, the swing angle aa c of the spout hole becomes larger, and in the electromagnetic coil NH1 — 33b, 33d In this case, the swing angle abd of the spout hole becomes smaller. As a result, as shown in Section 53 (a), the cleaning area SMTA of TA during this cleaning period becomes an elliptical shape with the front-rear direction of the nozzle as the long-axis direction. The washing period TB makes the load ratios D ta and D tc larger than the washing period TA. As a result, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), the washing area SMTB of TB during this washing period is accumulated with the washing area. SMTA also has an elliptical shape with the front and back of the nozzle as the long axis direction, and at the same time, the washing area is enlarged along the long axis. The net period TA is opposite, so that the load ratios Dt a and Dt c are smaller than the load ratios Dtb and Dtd. As a result, the swing angle aac of the spout hole when the movable body for the genitals is inclined by the electromagnetic coils NH1-33a and 33c, In the case of the electromagnetic coils NH 1 _ 33b, 3; 3d, the swing angle abd of the spout hole becomes larger. As a result, as shown in FIG. 50 (b), the cleaning area SMTC of the TC during this cleaning period becomes a nozzle. The left-right direction is an elliptical shape in the long axis direction. If the load ratios Dtb and Dtd are increased, the elliptical shape with the left-right direction of the nozzle as the long-axis direction is the same as in the case of FIG. 50 (a). The long axis increases the cleaning area. According to this modification of the cleaning action, it has the following advantages. (1) As in the cleaning period TA, TB, because the nozzle front I n I (Please read the note on the back first Item \ H 本 I) ij · .line-Printed by Wk Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Intellectual Property Cooperative Co., Ltd. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 105 · 4 34 3 5 7 λ7 _I__Β7 V. Description of the invention θ〇3) < Please read the notes on the back first \ This page) For the purpose of partial cleaning for the ellipse-shaped washing area in the long axis direction, even if the nozzle is not moved back and forth by forward and reverse rotation of the motor, a wide range of local washing can be performed along the front and rear direction of the nozzle. net. Thereby, the mobile washing can be performed in a quiet state without accompanying the sound of the motor's forward and reverse rotation, which can provide users with a sense of ease. In addition, since the forward and reverse rotation control of the motor is not required, the control load of the electronic control device can be reduced. Furthermore, since the nozzle driving motor does not require + high responsiveness to repeated forward and reverse rotations, it does not require a high-capacity motor, which can reduce costs and reduce the size of the motor. In addition, it is possible to suppress the abrasion of the guide rail portion NS 1 -7 (see FIG. 6) accompanying the repeated reciprocating movement of the nozzle, and the durability of the rail portion can be improved. (2) When the nozzle is moved back and forth with an ellipse-shaped cleaning area such as T A and T B during cleaning, and the nozzle is moved and washed, the nozzle forward-backward movement interval can be shortened. Printed and distributed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (3) The ellipse-shaped washing area during the cleaning period T C can also be moved back and forth to perform cleaning. As a result, the nozzle can be moved and washed in a wide range in the left-right direction of the nozzle. In this case, as explained in Fig. 48, if the nozzle head position increases / decreases the load ratio _D tb, D td according to the forward and backward movement range of the nozzle, the elliptical shape of the cleaning area can be adjusted to the left and right of the nozzle according to the position of the nozzle head. Deformation on the length. In this way, it is possible to provide a variety of washing sensations, such as a change in the intensity of the stimulus, in accordance with changes in the washing position. (4) Make the load ratios D t a, D t c and the load ratios D t b,
Dt d相等的話,吐水孔擺動角aa c、abd成爲相同 -106- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* ) 經濟部智慧財產局興工消费合作社印製 43435 7 l__五、發明說明(|〇4 ) ,可以使洗淨面積成爲圓形。藉此,透過上述負荷比D t 的可變控制,_於局部洗淨的實行期間,可以把採用圓形狀 的洗淨面積之洗淨期間,與採用使噴嘴前後方向爲長軸的 橢圓形狀的洗淨面積之洗淨期間,與採用使噴嘴左右方向 爲長軸的橢圓形狀的洗淨面積之洗淨期間以任意順序排列 。而且變更其時之各洗淨面積,使各洗淨期間(例如第 52圖的洗淨期間TA、丁 B、TC)的週期所決定的頻 率f ,成爲在對人體表皮反覆刺激而可以感知爲間歇刺激 的範圍的頻率(約不滿5 Η z )的範圍內。如此一來,使 這些洗淨面積的變化讓使用者明確認知,伴隨著洗淨面積 的變化而提供強弱刺激,所以可使刺激感多樣化、有效地 促進排便感,解消單調感。 F1—3/洗淨動作之其他變形: 第5 4圖係供說明使用上述的變形例之噴嘴頭ΝΗ 1 - 7 0的其他變形例之洗淨動作的說明圖。第5 5圖係供 模式說明根據其他變形例的洗淨動作之洗淨水吐出樣子的 說明圖。第5 6圖係供模式說明根據其他變形例的洗淨動 作適用於移動洗淨的場合的洗淨水吐水樣子的說明圖。 在此其他的變彤例,於各電磁線圈之依序勵磁,除了 位於噴嘴前後方向的電磁線圈ΝΗ1 - 3 3 a,3 3 c之 —方外依序勵磁其餘3個電磁線圈,或者除了位於噴嘴左 右方向的電磁線圈NH1 — 33b、33d之一方外依序 勵磁其餘3個電磁線圏。在第1手法,如第5 4圖(a ) 請先閱讀背面之注意事項本買) Γ 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公* ) -107 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7______ 五、發明說明(105 ) 所示’使電磁線圈NH 1 - 3 3 c以外的電磁線圈,以 33b — 33 a — 33d— 33a — 33b—33a …的 順序依序勵磁。在第2手法,如第5 4圖(b )所示,以 33a — 33b-*33d—33a — 33b— 33d …的 順序依序勵磁11在第3手法,如第5 4圖(c )所示,以 33b — 33c — 33d~>33c— 33b — 33c …的 順序依序勵磁。在第4手法,如第54圖(d)所示,以 33b— 33 c — 3 3d— 33b — 33 c — 33d …的 順序依序勵磁。 在以上述的第1手法勵磁的場合,如第5 5圖(a ) 中的箭頭H a所示,吐水孔於噴嘴頭前方側以圓弧狀的軌 跡擺動旋轉,所以洗淨水循著此吐水孔的軌跡在噴嘴頭前 方側吐水成圓弧狀。在以第2手法勵磁的場合,如第5 5 圖(b )中的箭頭HD所示,吐水孔於噴嘴頭前方側以半 圓軌跡擺動旋轉,所以洗淨水循著此吐水孔的軌跡在噴嘴 頭前方側吐水,此時的洗淨面積成爲半圓形狀。採此兩個 手法之洗淨水吐水,如第5圖(c )所示,採用朝向噴嘴 頭前方的吐水形態。 另一方面,在以第3手法勵磁的場合,如第5 5圖( d )中的箭頭H d所示,吐水孔於噴嘴頭後方論以圓弧狀 的軌跡擺動旋轉,所以洗淨水在噴嘴頭後方側吐水成圓弧 狀。以第4手法勵磁的場合,如第55圖(e)中的箭頭 H e所示,吐水孔於噴嘴頭後方側以半圓軌跡擺動旋轉, 所以洗淨水在噴嘴頭後方側吐水。,採此兩個手法之洗淨水 _ ______— — — — — — ^ , I I si/ (請先Μ讀背面之注ΦΗΦ-項Ik為本頁) 訂. -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -108- 經濟部智慧財產局霣工消f合作社印製 ^ 4 343 5 7 A7 __B7____ 五、發明說明6〇6 ) 吐水,如第5圖(f )所示,採用朝向噴嘴頭後方的吐水 形態。又,以上述各手法的勵磁順序勵磁各電磁線圏時, 也可以增減控制負荷比D t變更吐水孔擺動角〇;,變更朝 前方、朝後方吐水的吐水角度,或是謀求半圓形狀的洗淨 面積之半橢圓形狀化。 根據此洗淨動作的變形例,具有以下的優點。 (1 )透過第5 4圖所示的負荷比控制,可以如如第 5 5圖所示,使朝向噴嘴頭前方或後方的洗淨水朝向,或 是圓弧狀或半圓狀的洗淨面積的變更以任意順序採用。而 且,此時之變更吐水方肉或洗淨面積時,以其變更週期所 決定的頻率ί ,成爲在對人體表皮反覆刺激可以感知爲間 歇刺激的範圍的頻率(約不滿5 Η ζ )的範圍內。如此一 來,使用者可以明確認知分別的吐水方向變化或洗淨面積 的形狀變化,提供伴隨著吐水方向以及洗淨面積的變化之 強弱刺激,使刺激感更多樣化,可以有效促進排便感、解 消單調感。 (2) 可以採用第55圖(a)〜(c)所示的噴嘴 頭朝向前方的吐水形態,進行噴嘴頭前後往復移動實行移 動洗淨。如此一來,對於局部的污物可以於噴嘴前方側從 朝向的方向吐出洗淨水。而噴嘴頭前後往復移動的軌跡如 第7圖所示朝向斜下方,使得可以有效地使污物朝向其下 方剝離。 (3) 與此相反,可以採用第55圖(d)〜(f ) 所示的噴嘴頭朝向後方的吐水形態,進行噴嘴頭前後往復 ------!-裝 I! {請先Μ讀背面之注$項mlir知本買) 訂· ,線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -109- A7 B7 4 34 ,3 5 五、發明說明6〇7 ) 移動實行移動洗淨。如此一來,對於局部的污物可以於噴 嘴後方側從朝向的方向吐出洗淨水。而噴嘴頭前後往復移 動的軌跡朝向斜下方,使得吐水洗淨水以及藉由此洗淨水 剝離的污物不易流向前方。藉此,在以此移動洗淨實施B 部洗淨時,局部周邊的淸潔感提高所以較佳。 (4 )也可以配合噴嘴移動方向與吐水铒JI _。亦即, 在從噴嘴前後往復移動範圍的後退端朝向前進端前進移動 噴嘴時,採朝向噴嘴頭前方吐水之吐水形態,而在從前進 端朝向後退端後退移動噴嘴時,採朝向噴嘴頭後方吐水之 吐水形態。如此一來,噴嘴前進時可以有效地使污物朝向 其下方剝離,在噴嘴後退時可以使污物不易流向前方而提 高局部周邊的淸潔感。 (5)也可以實行因應噴嘴前後往復移動的噴嘴頭位 置而切換第5 5圖(a )〜(c )所示的朝向噴嘴頭前方 的吐水形態與第5 5圖(d )〜(f )所示的朝向噴嘴頭 後方的吐水形態之移動洗淨。亦即,如第5 6圖(a )所 示,從噴嘴前後往復移動範圍的後退端朝向中間位置移動 噴嘴時,採朝向噴嘴前方的吐水形態,而在中心位置前後 ,採用使4個電磁線圈以相同的負荷比D t依序勵磁而對 吐水孔朝向上方吐水的吐水形態。此外,從中間位置朝向 前進端移動噴嘴時,採朝向噴嘴後方的吐水形態如此一 來,可以使洗淨對象局部的前方污物與後方污物對應於中 間位置集聚於表皮位置可以謀求局部洗淨。而且直到中間 位置爲止在噴嘴前進時可以使污物朝向其下方有效地剝離 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ilii* 裝.! <請先閱讀背面之注意事項约本頁) 訂· 線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -110- 43^35 7 ζ__ 五、發明說明如8 ) ,噴嘴位置從中間位置退後時可以使污物不易流向前方而 可以提高局部周邊的淸潔感。 請先闉讀背面之注項\ (6) 如第56圖(b)所示,採用從後退端朝向中 間位置移動噴嘴時,採朝向噴嘴後方的吐水形態,而在中 心位置採朝向上方吐水的吐水形態,從中間位置朝向前進 端移動噴嘴時採朝向噴嘴前方的吐水形態。如此一來,可 以使移動洗淨時的洗淨面積在噴嘴前後方向上擴大,所以 可以橫跨寬廣範圍提供充分的洗淨感。進而因爲可以如此 擴大洗淨面積,所以也可以使噴嘴前後往復移動的範圍縮 窄。又,採第55圖(a) 、(d)的吐水形態的場合, 於依循圓弧狀軌跡吐出洗淨水時,在圓弧端部之吐水洗淨 水引起吐水方向的切換,所以可以更有效果地洗淨局部周 圍的表皮皺紋內,所以較佳。 (7) 採用第55圖(b) 、(e)所示的吐水形態 進行上述移動洗淨時,在噴嘴前進移動時與後退移動時, 使電磁線圈的勵磁順序反轉亦可。亦即,使第5 4圖(b )所示的 3 3 a — 3 3 b-^3 3 d—3 3 a — 3 3 b — 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 3 3 d…的順序之勵磁與第5 4圖(d)所示的3 3 b — 33c — 33d— 33b— 33c — 33d …的順序之勵 磁在噴嘴前進 '後退時切換。此外’使第54圖(d)所 示的 33b — 33 C — 33C1— 33b-*33 c — 33d …的順序之勵磁,及與此相反的3 3 d— 3 3 c — 3 3 b —3 3 d— 3 3 c->3 3 b…的順序之勵磁在噴嘴前進、 後退時切換。如此一來’洗淨水的吐水方向切換使得局部 -111 - 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明6〇9 ) 周圍的表皮皺褶內可以更有效的洗淨,所以較佳。 F 1 _ 4/洗淨動作的其他變形: 此變形例的洗淨動作,特徵在於:相對於上述變形例 (F 1 - 3 )以第5 4圖所示之不使噴嘴前後方向的一方 電磁線圈NH1 — 33a、33c勵磁,而以不使噴嘴左 右方向的一方電磁線圈NHl — 33b、33d勵磁的方 式使剩下的電磁線圈依序勵磁。根據此變形例,可以採用 下述的吐水形態。 亦即,因爲依循上述第1至第4手法進行勵磁的緣故 ,所以可以採.用於噴嘴頭的左方或右方側使洗淨水吐水爲 圓弧狀的吐水形態*或採用於噴嘴頭的左方或右方側使洗 淨水吐水爲半圓形狀的吐水面積之吐水形態。此外,可以 '採用朝向噴嘴頭的左方或右方側吐水之吐水形態。進而, 透過各電磁線圈之依序勵磁時的負荷比增減控制,也可以 謀求左方、右方方向吐水的吐水角度變更,或半圓形狀的 洗淨面積之半橢圓形化。因爲可以如此偏向一方吐水,所 以在局部的左方或右方有痒核或是裂傷等的場合,可以使 洗淨水吐水不會沖到此痒核等而進行局部洗淨。此外,藉 由與移動洗淨之組合,可以與上述變形例同樣謀求洗淨感 的多樣化。 F 1 - 5/洗淨動作之其他變形: 此變形例之洗淨動作,特徵在相對於上述變形例( 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) I______裝 i — 锖先«讀背*之沒意事項Μ|Γ為本買> 訂. -線- 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作杜印製 -112- ^34 A7 B7 五、發明說明<10 )If Dt d is equal, the spouting hole swing angle aa c and abd become the same -106- This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 public *)) Printed by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43435 7 l_ _Fifth, the invention description (| 〇4) can make the washing area circular. By this, through the variable control of the above-mentioned load ratio D t, _ during the implementation of local washing, the washing in a circular shape can be carried out. The cleaning period of the net area and the cleaning period of the ellipse-shaped cleaning area where the front-back direction of the nozzle is the long axis, and the cleaning period of the ellipse-shaped cleaning area where the left-right direction of the nozzle is the long axis are optional. In order, the washing area at that time is changed so that the frequency f determined by the cycle of each washing period (for example, the washing periods TA, D, B, and TC in FIG. 52) is repeatedly stimulated on the human epidermis. It can be perceived as the frequency of the range of intermittent stimulation (less than 5 Η z). In this way, the user can clearly recognize the changes in these washing areas, and provide strong and weak stimulation along with the changes in washing area. Therefore, the stimulus can be diversified, effectively promoting defecation, and eliminating monotony. F1-3 / Other Variations of Washing Action: Fig. 54 is for explanation of the nozzle heads No. 1-7 0 using the above-mentioned modification. Figs. 5 and 5 are diagrams for explaining the mode of washing water spouting according to the washing operation of the other variants. Figs. 5 and 6 are diagrams for explaining the mode according to the other modification examples. The washing action is suitable for the case where the washing water spits out when moving and washing. In this other variation, the electromagnetic coils are sequentially excited, except for the electromagnetic coils located in the front-rear direction of the nozzle. a, 3 3 c—excitation of the remaining 3 electromagnetic coils in sequence, or excitation of the remaining 3 electromagnetic coils in sequence except one of the electromagnetic coils NH1-33b, 33d located in the left and right directions of the nozzle. Method, as shown in Figure 5 4 (a) Please read the precautions on the back of this paper) Γ This paper size is applicable to China Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male *) -107-Employees of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption Cooperation Du printed 4 3435 7 A7 ___ B7______ 5. As shown in the description of the invention (105), ‘the electromagnetic coils other than the electromagnetic coils NH 1-3 3 c are sequentially excited in the order of 33b — 33a — 33d — 33a — 33b — 33a ... In the second method, as shown in FIG. 54 (b), the order of 33a — 33b- * 33d — 33a — 33b — 33d… is sequentially excited in the third method, as shown in FIG. 5 4 (c) As shown, they are sequentially excited in the order of 33b — 33c — 33d ~> 33c — 33b — 33c .... In the fourth method, as shown in FIG. 54 (d), the excitation is sequentially performed in the order of 33b—33c—3 3d—33b—33c—33d ... In the case of excitation by the first method described above, as shown by the arrow H a in FIG. 55 (a), the water jet hole swings and rotates in an arc-like trajectory on the front side of the nozzle head, so the washing water follows The trajectory of this spouting hole spouts water in an arc shape on the front side of the nozzle head. When using the second method of excitation, as shown by the arrow HD in Figure 5 (b), the spout hole swings and rotates in a semicircular trajectory on the front side of the nozzle head, so the washing water follows the trajectory of the spout hole. The front side of the nozzle head spouts water, and the washing area at this time is semicircular. Take the two methods of washing water and spit water, as shown in Figure 5 (c), adopt the form of spitting water toward the front of the nozzle head. On the other hand, in the case of excitation by the third method, as shown by the arrow H d in Fig. 55 (d), the water jet hole swings and rotates in an arc-like trajectory behind the nozzle head, so the water is washed. Water is spouted in an arc shape on the rear side of the nozzle head. When the fourth method is used for excitation, as shown by arrow He in Fig. 55 (e), the spouting hole swings and rotates in a semicircular trajectory on the rear side of the nozzle head, so the washing water is spouted on the rear side of the nozzle head. , _______ — — — — — — ^, II si / (please read the note on the back ΦΗΦ-item Ik for this page).-The paper size of the paper is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male *) -108- Printed by the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 4 343 5 7 A7 __B7____ 5. Description of the invention 6〇 6) Spit water, as shown in Figure 5 (f As shown in figure), a water spouting pattern is used toward the rear of the nozzle head. In addition, when the electromagnetic wires 励 are excited in the above-mentioned excitation sequence, the control load ratio D t can be increased or decreased to change the swing angle of the water jet hole; the angle of the water jet to be sprayed forward or backward, or a semicircle can be sought. The semi-elliptical shape of the washing area is shaped. This modification of the washing operation has the following advantages. (1) Through the load ratio control shown in Fig. 54, as shown in Fig. 55, the washing water can be directed toward the front or rear of the nozzle head, or the washing area can be circular or semicircular. The changes are applied in any order. In addition, when changing the spitting area or washing area at this time, the frequency determined by the change cycle is a frequency (about 5 Η ζ) in a range where the repeated stimulation of the human epidermis can be perceived as intermittent stimulation. Inside. In this way, the user can clearly recognize the change in the direction of spitting or the shape of the washing area, and provide strong and weak stimuli that accompany the changes in the direction of spitting and the washing area, so that the stimulus is more diversified and can effectively promote a sense of defecation 3. Eliminate the monotony. (2) The nozzle head shown in Figs. 55 (a) to (c) can be used to discharge water in a forward direction, and the nozzle head can be moved back and forth to perform mobile cleaning. In this way, for localized dirt, the washing water can be discharged from the front direction of the nozzle. The trajectory of the nozzle head moving back and forth as shown in Fig. 7 is inclined obliquely downward, so that the dirt can be effectively peeled toward the lower side. (3) In contrast, the nozzle head shown in Figure 55 (d) to (f) can be used to spit the nozzle head back and forth to reciprocate the nozzle head back and forth ---!-装 I! {Please first M Read the note on the back of the paper (Mirir knows this book to buy) Order, line. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -109- A7 B7 4 34, 3 5 V. Description of the invention 6 〇7) Mobile cleaning is performed. In this way, it is possible to spit out the washing water from the direction toward the rear side of the nozzle for the local dirt. The trajectory of the nozzle head moving back and forth toward the oblique downward direction makes it difficult for spout water to wash water and dirt peeled off by the washing water to flow forward. Therefore, when performing cleaning by performing part B washing with this movement, the cleanliness of the local periphery is improved, so it is preferable. (4) It is also possible to match the nozzle moving direction with the spit water JI _. That is, when the nozzle is moved forward from the backward end of the nozzle back-and-forth reciprocating movement range toward the forward end, the water is spouted toward the front of the nozzle head, and when the nozzle is moved backward from the forward end toward the backward end, the water is discharged toward the rear of the nozzle head. The spitting water form. In this way, when the nozzle is advanced, the dirt can be effectively peeled downward, and when the nozzle is retracted, the dirt can be prevented from flowing forward, thereby improving the cleanliness of the local periphery. (5) It is also possible to switch the shape of the water spouting toward the front of the nozzle head shown in Figs. 5 (a) to (c) in accordance with the position of the nozzle head that moves the nozzle back and forth back and forth and (d) to (f) in Fig. 55. The movement of the water spouting pattern shown toward the rear of the nozzle head is washed. That is, as shown in FIG. 56 (a), when the nozzle is moved from the backward end of the reciprocating movement range of the nozzle back and forth toward the middle position, the water is spouted toward the front of the nozzle, and 4 electromagnetic coils are used before and after the center position. A water discharge pattern in which the same load ratio D t is sequentially excited to discharge water toward the water discharge hole upward. In addition, when the nozzle is moved from the intermediate position toward the forward end, the water spouting pattern toward the rear of the nozzle is adopted, so that the front dirt and the rear dirt in the local part of the cleaning object can be collected at the epidermis position according to the middle position, and the local cleaning can be achieved. . And until the middle position, when the nozzle is advanced, the dirt can be effectively peeled toward the bottom. The paper size is applicable to the National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ilii *. < Please read the notes on the back page about this page first.) Order · Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -110- 43 ^ 35 7 ζ__ 5. Invention description such as 8), the nozzle position is backed out from the middle position In this way, the dirt can be prevented from flowing forward, and the cleanliness of the surrounding area can be improved. Please read the note on the back first. (6) As shown in Figure 56 (b), when the nozzle is moved from the backward end to the middle position, the water is ejected toward the rear of the nozzle, and the water is ejected upward from the center. Water spouting pattern, when moving the nozzle from the middle position toward the forward end, the water spouting pattern is adopted toward the front of the nozzle. In this way, the washing area during moving washing can be enlarged in the front-rear direction of the nozzle, so that a sufficient washing feeling can be provided across a wide range. Furthermore, since the cleaning area can be enlarged in this way, the range in which the nozzle moves back and forth can be narrowed. In the case where the water spouting patterns in (a) and (d) of Fig. 55 are adopted, when the washing water is discharged according to the arc-shaped trajectory, the washing water spouting at the end of the arc causes the switching of the spouting direction, so it can be more It is preferable to effectively clean the inside of the epidermal wrinkles around the area. (7) Using the water spouting patterns shown in Figures 55 (b) and (e), when performing the above-mentioned moving washing, the order of the excitation of the electromagnetic coil may be reversed during the forward and backward movement of the nozzle. That is, 3 3 a — 3 3 b- ^ 3 3 d — 3 3 a — 3 3 b — printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed on 3 3 d ... The sequential excitation and 3 3 b — 33c — 33d — 33b — 33c — 33d… shown in Fig. 54 (d) are switched when the nozzle advances and retracts. In addition, the sequence of 33b — 33 C — 33C1 — 33b — * 33 c — 33d ... shown in FIG. 54 (d), and the opposite 3 3 d — 3 3 c — 3 3 b — The sequence of 3 3 d— 3 3 c- &3; 3 3 b ... is switched when the nozzle advances and retreats. In this way, the switching of the direction of the spit of the washing water makes the local -111-this paper size applies to 0 Chinese standards < CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm> A7 B7 4 3435 5. Invention description 6〇9) around The inside of the epidermis can be washed more effectively, so it is better. F 1 _ 4 / Other Variations of the Washing Action: The washing action of this modification is characterized by the fact that one of the nozzles in the front-rear direction of the nozzle is not electromagnetically shown in FIG. 5 to the modification (F 1-3). The coils NH1-33a and 33c are excited, and the other electromagnetic coils NH1-33b and 33d in the left-right direction of the nozzle are not excited in sequence so that the remaining electromagnetic coils are excited. According to this modification, the following water spouting form can be adopted. That is, it can be used because it is excited according to the first to fourth methods described above. It can be used for the left or right side of the nozzle head to make the washing water spit out into an arc-shaped spitting form * or used in the nozzle The left or right side of the head causes the washing water to spit out water in a semicircular shape. In addition, it is possible to use a water spouting pattern that spits water toward the left or right side of the nozzle head. Furthermore, by controlling the increase and decrease of the load ratio during the sequential excitation of the electromagnetic coils, it is also possible to change the water discharge angle of the water discharge in the left and right directions, or the semi-oval shape of the semi-circular washing area. Because it can spit water to one side in this way, when there is an itchy nucleus or a laceration on the left or right part of the area, the washing water can be spitted without washing the itch nucleus to perform local washing. In addition, by combining with mobile washing, it is possible to diversify the feeling of washing similarly to the above-mentioned modification. F 1-5 / Other Variations of Washing Action: The washing action of this modification is characterized by its relative to the above-mentioned modification. (This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm). I______) i — 锖 xian «reading the unintended matters M | Γ for this purchase > order.-line-printed by the industrial and intellectual property bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperation-112- ^ 34 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention < 10)
Fl~3、Fl — 4)係不勵磁噴嘴前後方向或噴嘴左右 方向的一方的電磁線圈,而是使此一方的電磁線圈的負荷 比Dt成爲與其他電磁線圈不同的負荷比Dt ,而將所有 的電磁線圈依序勵磁這一點上。 亦即,將第5 4圖爲非勵磁的電磁線圈,例如將第 54圖(a)之電磁線圈NH1 — 33c ,接於電磁線圏 NHl — 33a、33b之後勵磁,其後勵磁電磁線圈 NH1 — 33d。而,以此順序反覆勵磁•同時使電磁線 圏NH1 — 3 3 c的負荷比D t c較其他的電磁線圈負荷 比D t a 、D t b、D t d爲小或者爲大。如此一來,由 於是依序勵磁所以爲封閉形狀的洗淨面積,而可以僅有對 應於電磁線圈NH 1 - 3 3 c的地方面積輪廓爲橢圓形狀 之洗淨面積吐出洗淨水。此時對應於電磁線圈NH 1 -3 3 c的處所的面積輪廓的橢圓程度,可以藉由負荷比 D t的改變而進行種種變更。因而,可以進行多種洗淨面 積形狀的洗淨水吐水,可以謀求洗淨感的多樣化。又,於 各電磁線圈之依序勵磁,亦可採用隨機設定各線圈的負荷 比D t而依序勵磁之變形。如此一來,洗淨面積可以更多 樣化,以可以提高洗淨感的多樣化。 如先前所述,藉由控制各線圈的勵磁,洗淨位置、形 狀可自由自在地設定。例如(雖未圖示)在遙控操作裝置 設有觸控面板而使用者藉由接觸面板上所示地的位置而指 定洗淨部位或形狀,或者是在以桿狀的操作桿移動洗淨部 位等操作等的操作時不僅可以迅速追隨,而且噴嘴的移動 本紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 項 % 本 頁 經濟部智慧財產局8工消費合作社印數 -113- Α7 Β7 4 3435 五、發明說明纟11 > 量也很少(或者完全沒有)的緣故,所以噪音的產生也很 少(或者完全沒有),舒適的使用成爲可能。 此處,關於上述洗淨水的擺動旋轉吐水_所達成的可動 體的變形例,是採陰部用可動體爲例來說明。第5 L圖係 說明陰部用可動體NH 1 — 1 1的製造過程之說明圖。第 5 8圖係說明變形例的陰部用可動體的製造過程之說明圖 。第5 9圖係說明其他變形例之陰部用可動體的製造過程 之說明圖。 在第1實施例之陰部用可動體NH 1 - 1 1 ,把如先 前所述於周緣具有磁性作用部NH1_1 8 a〜1 8 c的 磁性'驅動體Ν Η 1 _ 1 8,藉由插入成型法與樹脂製的吐 水塊Ν Η 1 — 1 7 —體化。此時,磁性驅動體,如第5 7 圖岌第1 3圖所示,於繫留各磁性作用部的周緣部Ν Η 1 _1 8 X的上下面以樹脂製的吐水塊的下端部被繞入的方 式被一體化。此時,周緣部的錨孔Ν Η 1 - 1 8 y也有樹 脂進入,所以藉由地錨效果而謀求更堅固的一體化。在此 方法,因爲製造時所採用構件,具體而言對模具的設定構 件是磁性驅動體這一項,我以作業工程簡單,具有成本低 的製造上優點。 在變形例的陰部用可動體ΝΗΓ- 75,將3個磁性 作用部Ν Η 1 _ 1 8 a〜1 8 c分別藉由插入成型法與樹 脂製的吐水塊Ν Η 1 - 7 6 —體化。亦即,如第5 8圖所 示的,各磁性作用部,被個別埋設配置於此吐水塊的凸緣 部ΝΗ1-77。藉此,在此可動體,不需要磁性作用部 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準<CNS>A4规格<210 * 297公釐〉 -!1·裝- I I («·先閱讀背面之注$項h為本頁) 訂· •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作杜印製 -114- 經濟部智慧财產局貝工消費合作杜印製 ^3435 7 ζ_ 五、發明說明¢12) 的防銹處理,因而具有製造上的優點。而且各磁性作用部 ,相互被獨立配置,藉由樹脂製的吐水塊使相互磁性分離 。總之,橫亙相鄰的磁性作用部很難形成磁束。因此各電 磁線圈勵磁而對各磁性作用部造成線圈作用力時,將磁性 作用部作爲磁路的磁束不會漏至鄰接的磁性作用部。因此 ,可以效率佳地吸引磁性作用部,同時不會招致線圈作用 力之吸引力降低。結果,只要以可造成小輝p吸引力的方 式勵磁各電磁線圈即可,可以謀求電磁線圈的小型化或省 電力化。 在其他變形例的陰部用可動體NH1 — 80,將3個 磁性作用部Ν Η 1 — 1 8 a〜1 8 c分別配置而以樹脂製 的吐水塊使其磁性獨立這一點,與上述變形例的陰部用可 動體NH 1 — 7 5共通。而此陰部用可動體NH 1 — 8 0 ,如第5 9圖所示,各磁性作用部,於其內側端緣部 NH1-18W的上下面被吐水塊NH1-8 1的凸緣部 NH 1 _ 8 2繞回,而個別被固定配置於此吐水塊。_ 性驅動體NH1-18同樣的,藉由錨孔NHl-18y 的地錨效果,各磁性作用部被堅固地固定。因此,藉由此 變形例的可動體之各磁性作用部的獨立配置,與透過各磁 性作用部的樹脂製吐水塊之磁性分隔,可以使將磁性作用 部作爲磁路的磁束不會漏至鄰接的磁性作用部。因此,透 過磁性作用部的吸引效率的提升或是避免吸引力的哮1, 不僅可以發揮與上述變形例的可動體同樣的效果,而且僅 以吸引所必要的軟質磁性材料構成的緣故,陰部用可動體 本紙張尺度遘用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公* > -115- -n n It n I n (請先閱讀背面之注$項本頁> 訂.. -線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 4 3435 7 a? __I_B7_______ 五、發明說明(13 ) NH1-80的輕量化成爲可能,進而可以謀求電磁線圈 的小型化或省電力化。 除此之外,也可以採如下的變形。例如,在第1實施 例,雖然是透過電磁線圏勵磁時的負荷比D t的可變控制 來謀求洗淨面積的變更,但是也可以採用下述手法。於勵 磁電磁線圈時,以相位角控制等手法調整對電磁線圈之施 加電壓値而增減調整對磁性作用部之線圈作用力,可以如 前所述般的調整吐水孔擺動角α以及洗淨面積等。 此外,在上述第1實施例,於可動體的洗淨水吐水孔 從其下方流入洗淨水時,使可動體從此流入洗淨水所受到 的力爲一定,而部考慮到來自此流入洗淨水的力,但也可 以採下述方式。此流入洗淨水於與此可動體共同傾斜的吐 水孔下端側的大口徑吐水導引孔之推拔(傾斜)面由下方 沖抵的緣故,來自流入洗淨水的力使可動體的傾斜朝向返 回方向作用。因此,此流入洗淨水的水量1亦即水勢設定 按鈕所設定的水勢越大,使可動體的傾斜返回的力量也越 大。因此,點狀/廣域設定按鈕被設定指定的洗淨面積、 亦即吐水孔擺動角α (負荷比D t )的場合,可以採並用 此水勢之強弱設定,使點狀/廣域設定按鈕所設定好的負 荷比D t ,因應此設定水勢而變更之構成。例如,水勢被 設定爲強時,使點狀/廣域設定按鈕所設定好的負荷比 D t因應水勢設.定爲強的程度而控制增大,如果水勢設定 爲弱,則因應其設定程度控制減少負荷比D t 。如此一來 ,即是設定水勢,也可以使可動體以及吐水孔的吐水孔擺 __ _______裝 i — (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項頁) 訂! --線· 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -116- 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 43435 7 A7 _^___B7___ 五、發明說明¢14 ) 動角α與水勢設定前維持相同値,可以避免由於洗淨面積 的意外變化而造成不適感。 此外,也可以如下述般使其具有出貨時微調整功能。 由於電磁線圏的磁性作用力的不一致,或是橡膠、彈性體 等可動體凸緣部均彈力的不一致等,使得吐水孔擺動角α 有產生不一致之虞。在此使具有可以微調的功能(不一致 吸收功能),而在製品出貨前的製品檢查時進行微調的話 更佳。具體的手法簡單的說,例如將可變電阻等旋扭設於 側部的輔助操作部等,而進行調整。藉由此可變電阻的値 ,設定對電磁線圈的通電負荷或者電壓的基準値。製品出 貨檢查時在某個條件下以使吐水孔擺動角α成爲一定的基 準値的方式,調整旋鈕。此外調整的時機,也不限於製品 出貨檢查時,也可以在製品安裝後,也可以製作成不僅由 製造者,連維修者或使用者也可以進行調整的形式= 其次,說明其他實施例。第6 0圖係以水路系統爲中 心所表示的第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置的槪略構成之方塊 圖。第6 1圖係顯示被配置於此水路系統的儲壓器( accumulator ) WP. 2 — 7的槪略構成之剖面圖。第6 2圖 係顯示被配置於相同水路系統的波動產生機器WP 2 - 8 的構成之剖面圖。第6 3圖係顯示根據此波動產生機器 WP 2 — 8之洗淨水流動的樣子之說明圖。第6 4圖係模 式表示波動產生機器WP 2 - 8的設置樣子之模式圖。第 6 5圖係顯示控制系的槪略構成之方塊圖。又,與上述實 施例或變形例相同的構件直接使用同一構件名稱與其符號 ------------- -裝 i — (锖先閲讀背面之注意事項t/"為本I > 訂: --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -117- "434357 五、發明說明6*15 ) ’至於發揮同一功能的構件也使用同一構件名稱= A 2 /全體構成: 第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置KS2—1 ,也與上述之 局部洗淨裝置K S 1 - 1具有同樣的外觀,具有本體部 KS1 — 2或遙控操作裝置RC1 — 1 (參照第1圖)。 此外,於本體部具有噴嘴裝置這一點也與局部洗淨裝置 K S 1 — 1相同。 B 2/水路系、控制系構成: 局部洗淨裝置K S 2_ 1的水路系,如第6 0圖所示 ,從外部給水源側起,具備入水側閥單元W P 2 — 1 ,與 熱交換單元TH1—1 ,與節流切換閥WP2_2與波動 產生單元WP 2 - 3。而,洗淨水被從此波動產生單元經 過洗淨噴嘴WN 2 _1的流路切換閥WN 2 _ 2被導向洗 淨噴嘴WN2_1,從該噴嘴以後述的方式吐出洗淨水。 此外,-這些各個單元,係在夾著波動產生單元的上游側、 下游側給水管路被接續的。亦即入水側閥單元與熱交換單 元係在上游側給水管路WP 2 — 5接續,波動產生單元下 游的噴嘴裝置,係在下游側給水管路WP 2 _ 6被接續。 入水側閥單元W P 2 - 1替代定流量閥W P 1 - 9 ( 參照第4圖)而具有調壓閥WP 2 - 4這一點與第4圖的 入水側閥單元W P 1 - 1相異。因此,洗淨水以調壓閥W P2 — 4調壓爲指定的壓力(1次壓:約1 · Okgf/ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家禕準(CNS)A4規格(210 297公釐> - ------裝 i — <請先閲讀背面之注$項1^>»本頁) 訂- -線 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作杜印製 -118- Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(16) cm2 )後,經電磁閥的開閥而成入水側閥單元WP 2 — 1流入熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 — 1 »而,在熱交換單元如先前 所述般根據入水、出水側的溫度被溫水化於設定溫度的洗 淨水,藉由節流切換閥W P 2 - 2受到流量調整之後,流 入波動產生單元與機能水單元WP 1 - 4。根據此機能水 單元之機能水生成,係與上述實施例相同,因此省略其說 明=又,藉由將節流切換閥WP 2 - 2以變更連到波動產 生單元的管路與連到機能水單元的管路的開度比而調整流 至波動產生單元的流量(洗淨水吐水流量)的方式構成亦 可。於此場合.,連至節流切換閥的洗淨水流量與此赛淨水 吐水流量的差分之洗淨水被送入機能冰單元,.如前述從容 器對噴嘴吐出而滴落至馬桶盆部。總之,透過朝噴嘴以外 之洗淨水導出,來調整洗淨水吐水流量。 波動產生單元WP 2 - 3,由其上游側起具有儲壓器 WP2 — 7,波動產生機器WP2 — 8。此儲壓器,如第 6 1圖所示,具有被接續於較波動產生機器更爲上游的上 游側給水管路WP2 — 5的外罩WP2 — 9,,及被配置 於外罩內的阻尼室WP 2_ 1 0的阻尼器WP 2 — 1 1 , 及對此阻尼器施力的彈簧WP 2 - 1 2。藉此,儲壓器, 於波動產生機器的上游,減低上游側給水管路WP 2 - 5 的水擊。因此,可以緩和水箱Τ Η 1 _ 3的洗淨水溫度分 布造成的水擊影響,可以使吐水洗淨水的溫度安定化。在 此場合,儲壓器WP 2 - 7 *與接近配置於波動產生機器 WP 2 - 8的該機器一體配置,從後述之使以此波動產生 ______——— — — — — ^ * I I (請先《讀背面之注意事項烏本頁) 訂· Γ -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSXA4規格<210 X 297公釐) -119 4 34 35 γ Α7 _____Β7________ 五、發明說明(17) <靖先閱讀背面之注意事項本I) 機器所產生的脈動傳達至上游側的情形可以迅速而且有效 地避免這一觀點來看係屬較佳。在此場合,儲壓器也可以 是沒有阻尼器與施力的彈簧之單純的空氣室之阻尼室的簡 單構成,或者將上游側給水管路於一部分的上方刻意使其 膨脹而形成空氣聚集處亦可。 波動產生機器WP 2 — 8,如第6 2圖所示,於被接 續在上游 '下游側給水管路的圓筒(cylinder) W Ρ 2 —Fl ~ 3, Fl — 4) The electromagnetic coil is not excited in the front-back direction of the nozzle or the left-right direction of the nozzle, but the load ratio Dt of this electromagnetic coil is made to be different from the other magnetic coils, and the load ratio Dt is changed. All the electromagnetic coils are sequentially excited at this point. That is, Fig. 54 is a non-excitation electromagnetic coil, for example, the electromagnetic coils NH1-33c of Fig. 54 (a) are connected to the electromagnetic wires 圏 NHl-33a, 33b and then excited, and then the electromagnetic field is excited. Coil NH1 — 33d. In this order, the excitation is repeated. At the same time, the load ratio of the electromagnetic wire 圏 NH1 — 3 3 c is greater than the load ratio of other electromagnetic coils D t c. The ratios D t a, D t b, and D t d are small or large. In this way, the washing area with a closed shape can be sequentially excited, and only the washing area with an elliptical shape in the area corresponding to the electromagnetic coils NH 1-3 3 c can be discharged with washing water. At this time, the ellipticity of the area profile corresponding to the space of the electromagnetic coils NH 1 -3 3 c can be variously changed by changing the load ratio D t. Therefore, it is possible to spit out the washing water in various washing area shapes, and to diversify the washing feeling. In addition, in order to sequentially energize the electromagnetic coils, it is also possible to adopt a deformation in which the load ratio D t of each coil is randomly set and sequentially energized. In this way, the area to be washed can be more diversified, so that the sense of washing can be diversified. As described above, by controlling the excitation of each coil, the cleaning position and shape can be set freely. For example (though not shown), a remote control device is provided with a touch panel, and the user designates a cleaning position or shape by touching the position shown on the panel, or moving the cleaning position with a lever-shaped operation lever. Not only can you quickly follow operations such as operations, but also the movement of the nozzle. The paper size is in accordance with the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). Read the note on the back% Consumption Cooperatives Number-113- Α7 Β7 4 3435 5. Invention Description 纟 11 > The amount is also small (or completely absent), so noise generation is also small (or completely absent), and comfortable use becomes possible. Here, a modified example of the movable body achieved by the swinging and spouting of the washing water described above will be described using the movable body for the vagina as an example. Fig. 5L is an explanatory diagram illustrating the manufacturing process of the movable body NH 1-1 1 for the genitals. Fig. 58 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a manufacturing process of a movable body for a vagina according to a modification. Figures 5 and 9 are explanatory diagrams illustrating the manufacturing process of the movable part for the vagina in another modification. The movable body NH 1-1 1 for the vaginal part of the first embodiment is formed by inserting a magnetic 'driving body N Η 1 _ 1 8 having a magnetically acting portion NH1_1 8 a to 1 8 c on the periphery as described above. Method and resin-made spouting block N — 1 — 1 7 — into a body. At this time, as shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 13 and FIG. 13, the magnetic driving body is wound around the lower and upper end portions of the peripheral edge portions N Η 1 _1 8 X of each magnetically acting portion with a resin-made water spouting block. The way of access is integrated. At this time, resin also enters the anchor holes N Η 1-1 8 y at the peripheral edge, so a stronger integration is sought by the anchor effect. In this method, because the component used in manufacturing, specifically the setting component for the mold is a magnetic drive body, I have simple operation and low cost manufacturing advantages. In the modified genital movable body NΗΓ-75, three magnetically acting portions NΝ 1 _ 1 8 a to 1 8 c are respectively formed by insert molding and a resin spout block Η 1-7 6. . That is, as shown in Fig. 58, each magnetically acting portion is individually buried in the flange portion NZ1-77 of the spout block. As a result, the movable body does not need a magnetically actuating part, and the paper size of the paper is suitable for the national standard < CNS > A4 specification < 210 * 297 mm >-! 1 · 装-II («· Read the note on the back first $ Item h is this page) Order · • Line · Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -114- Du-printed by the shellfish consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 3435 7 ζ_ 5. Description of the invention ¢ 12 ) 'S anti-rust treatment, so it has manufacturing advantages. In addition, the magnetically acting portions are arranged independently of each other, and are magnetically separated from each other by a resin spouting block. In short, it is difficult to form a magnetic beam in the adjacent magnetically acting portions of the diaphragm. Therefore, when each electromagnetic coil is excited to cause a coil force to each magnetically acting portion, the magnetic flux using the magnetically acting portion as a magnetic circuit will not leak to the adjacent magnetically acting portion. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently attract the magnetically acting portion without causing a decrease in the attractive force of the coil force. As a result, it is only necessary to excite the electromagnetic coils in such a manner that the attractive force of Xiaohui p can be generated, and it is possible to reduce the size of the electromagnetic coils or save power. The movable body NH1-80 for the genitals of the other modification example includes three magnetically acting portions N 将 1-1 8 a to 1 8 c, each of which is made magnetically independent by a resin spouting block. NH 1-7 5 are common to the genitals. The movable body NH 1-8 0 for the vagina, as shown in Fig. 59, each magnetically acting portion is spouted by the flange portion NH 1 of the water block NH 1-8 1 at the upper and lower sides of the inner end edge portion NH 1-18 W. _ 8 2 turns around, and some are fixedly arranged in this spouting block. _ Same as NH1-18, with the anchor effect of anchor holes NHl-18y, each magnetic action part is firmly fixed. Therefore, by independently disposing the magnetically acting portions of the movable body according to this modification, the magnetic separation of the resin spit block that passes through each magnetically acting portion can prevent the magnetic flux that uses the magnetically acting portion as a magnetic circuit from leaking to the adjacent Magnetically acting portion. Therefore, the improvement of the suction efficiency through the magnetically acting portion or the avoidance of the attraction 1 can not only exert the same effect as the movable body of the above-mentioned modified example, but also be made of a soft magnetic material necessary for attracting only the female part. The size of the paper of this movable body adopts the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 male * > -115- -nn It n I n (Please read the note on the back page of this page > order.-Line) -Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 a? __I_B7_______ V. Description of the invention (13) The weight reduction of NH1-80 becomes possible, and further, miniaturization or power saving of the electromagnetic coil can be achieved. In addition, the following modifications are also possible. For example, in the first embodiment, the change of the cleaning area is achieved through variable control of the load ratio D t during the excitation of the electromagnetic line, but the following method may also be adopted When exciting the electromagnetic coil, adjust the applied voltage to the electromagnetic coil by means of phase angle control and other methods to increase or decrease the coil force on the magnetically acting part. You can adjust the spouting hole swing angle α and Washing area, etc. In addition, in the above-mentioned first embodiment, when the washing water spouting hole of the movable body flows into the washing water from below, the force applied to the movable body to flow into the washing water from this point is constant, and the The force from the inflow of washing water can be obtained here, but the following method can be adopted. The pushing (inclined) surface of the inflow washing water on the large-diameter water discharge guide hole at the lower end side of the water discharge hole inclined with the movable body is Due to the impact from below, the force from the inflow of the washing water causes the tilt of the movable body to act in the return direction. Therefore, the greater the amount of water 1 flowing into the washing water, which is the water potential set by the water potential setting button, returns the tilt of the movable body. The power is greater. Therefore, when the spot / wide-area setting button is set to the specified washing area, that is, the spout hole swing angle α (load ratio D t), you can use the strength of the water potential to set the point. The load ratio D t set by the status / wide area setting button is changed according to the setting of the water potential. For example, when the water potential is set to be strong, the load ratio D t set by the spot / wide area setting button is adjusted. Water potential settings. The control is increased for a strong degree. If the water potential is set to a weak level, the load ratio D t is reduced according to the set level. In this way, even if the water potential is set, the movable body and the spout hole of the spout hole can be __ _______ Install i — (Please read the precautionary page on the back first) Order! --Line · This paper is again applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -116- Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative Cooperative 43435 7 A7 _ ^ ___ B7___ V. Description of the invention ¢ 14) The moving angle α is kept the same as before the water potential is set, which can avoid discomfort caused by the unexpected change of the washing area. In addition, it can be equipped with a fine adjustment function at the time of shipment as described below. Due to the inconsistent magnetic force of the electromagnetic coil or the inconsistent elasticity of the flanges of the movable body such as rubber or elastomer, there may be inconsistency in the swing angle α of the jetting hole. Here, a function that can be fine-tuned (inconsistent absorption function) is provided, and it is better to perform fine-tuning during product inspection before product shipment. Specifically, the method is simply adjusted by, for example, setting an auxiliary operation unit such as a variable resistor on the side. Based on this variable resistance 値, a reference 値 for the load or voltage applied to the electromagnetic coil is set. Adjust the knob so that the swing angle α of the water jet hole becomes a certain standard 値 during product delivery inspection. In addition, the timing of adjustment is not limited to the product shipment inspection. After the product is installed, it can also be made into a form that can be adjusted not only by the manufacturer, but also by the maintainer or the user. Next, other embodiments will be described. Fig. 60 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the local cleaning device of the second embodiment shown with the waterway system as the center. Fig. 61 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of an accumulator WP. 2-7 arranged in the water system. Fig. 62 is a sectional view showing the structure of a wave generating device WP 2-8 arranged in the same waterway system. Fig. 63 is an explanatory diagram showing the flow of the washing water of the machine WP 2-8 according to this fluctuation. Fig. 64 is a pattern diagram showing how the wave generator WP 2-8 is installed. Fig. 65 is a block diagram showing the outline of the control system. In addition, the same components as the above-mentioned embodiment or modification directly use the same component name and symbol ------------- -install i — (read the precautions on the back first t / " I > Order: --Line · This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards < CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) -117- " 434357 V. Description of Invention 6 * 15) 'As for components that perform the same function The same component name is also used = A 2 / overall structure: The local cleaning device KS2-1 of the second embodiment has the same appearance as the local cleaning device KS 1-1 described above, and has a body part KS1-2 or a remote control. Operating device RC1 — 1 (refer to Figure 1). The point of having a nozzle device in the main body is also the same as that of the local cleaning device K S 1-1. B 2 / Water system and control system: The water system of the local cleaning device KS 2_ 1 is provided with an inlet-side valve unit WP 2 — 1 and an heat exchange unit from the external water supply side as shown in FIG. 60. TH1-1, with the throttle switching valve WP2_2 and the wave generating unit WP 2-3. Then, the washing water is guided from the wave generating unit through the flow path switching valve WN 2 _ 2 of the washing nozzle WN 2 _1 to the washing nozzle WN2_1, and the washing water is discharged from the nozzle in a manner described later. In addition, each of these units is connected to the water supply pipe on the upstream side and the downstream side of the wave generating unit. That is, the water inlet valve unit and the heat exchange unit are connected at the upstream water supply pipe WP 2-5, and the nozzle device downstream of the wave generating unit is connected at the downstream water supply pipe WP 2 _ 6 is connected. The water inlet valve unit W P 2-1 has a pressure regulating valve WP 2-4 instead of the constant flow valve W P 1-9 (see FIG. 4), and is different from the water inlet valve unit W P 1-1 in FIG. 4. Therefore, the cleaning water is adjusted to the specified pressure by the pressure regulating valve W P2-4 (primary pressure: about 1 · Okgf / This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 297 mm >- ------ Install i — < Please read the note on the back of the item 1 ^ > »This page) Order--Line of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Tooling Consumer Cooperation Du-print-118- Α7 Β7 Ministry of Economy Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau. 5. Description of the invention (16) cm2), the water inlet valve unit WP 2 — 1 flows into the heat exchange unit T 1 — 1 »after the solenoid valve is opened. As described above, the unit is warm-watered to the set temperature according to the temperature of the inlet and outlet sides. After the flow is adjusted by the throttle switching valve WP 2-2, it flows into the wave generation unit and the functional water unit WP 1 -4. According to the functional water generation of this functional water unit, it is the same as the above embodiment, so its explanation is omitted = and the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 is used to change the pipeline connected to the wave generating unit and the functional water. The ratio of the opening ratio of the pipeline of the unit may be configured to adjust the flow rate (washing water discharge flow rate) flowing to the wave generating unit. In this case, the difference between the flow rate of the wash water connected to the throttle switching valve and the flow rate of the clean water spouting water is sent to the functional ice unit. It is spouted from the container to the nozzle and drips into the toilet bowl as described above. unit. In short, the discharge water flow rate of the washing water is adjusted by being discharged to the washing water other than the nozzle. The wave generating unit WP 2-3 has a pressure accumulator WP2-7 and a wave generating machine WP2-8 from its upstream side. This pressure accumulator, as shown in FIG. 61, has an outer cover WP2-9 connected to the upstream water supply line WP2-5 which is upstream from the wave generating device, and a damping chamber WP disposed in the outer cover. 2_ 1 0 dampers WP 2 — 1 1 and springs WP 2-1 2 that bias the dampers. As a result, the pressure accumulator reduces the water hammer of the upstream feed water pipe WP 2-5 upstream of the wave generating machine. Therefore, it is possible to alleviate the impact of water hammer caused by the temperature distribution of the washing water in the water tanks T 1 to 3, and to stabilize the temperature of the spouting washing water. In this case, the pressure accumulators WP 2-7 * are integrally arranged with the machine which is arranged close to the wave generating device WP 2-8 and will generate this wave from the following ______———— — — — — ^ * II ( Please read the “Notes on the back page” on the back page. Γ-Chinese standard for threaded paper (CNSXA4 specification < 210 X 297 mm) -119 4 34 35 γ Α7 _____ Β7 ________ 5. Description of the invention (17) < Jingxian read the notes on the back of this article I) The situation where the pulsation generated by the machine is transmitted to the upstream side can be avoided quickly and effectively from the standpoint of view. In this case, the pressure accumulator may have a simple structure of a damping chamber without a damper and a spring that is simply an air chamber, or the upstream water supply pipe may be deliberately expanded above a part to form an air gathering place. Yes. The wave generating device WP 2 — 8 is shown in FIG. 6 2, and is connected to a cylinder W PF 2 — which is a water supply pipe on the upstream side and downstream side.
1 3滑動自如地具備柱塞WP 2- 1 4。而將此柱塞藉由 電磁線圏(脈動產生線圈)WP 2 — 1 5的勵磁控制使其 進退於上游側、下游側。柱塞WP2 — 14,雖然藉由脈 動產生線圈WP 2 — 1 5的勵磁而從圖示的原位置移動至 下游側,但是線圈勵磁消失的話,受到上游側、下游側彈 簧WP2 — 16、17的彈壓力而返回原位置。柱塞WP 2 __ 1 4因爲於其內部具有由鋼珠及彈簧所構成的止回閥 W P 2 - 1 8,所以從原位置向下游側移動時,加壓圓筒 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 (cylinder)內的洗淨水壓流至下游側給水管路。此時,因 爲柱塞原位置爲一定,所以一定量的洗淨水被送往下游側 給水管路。其後,回到原位置時,洗淨水經過止回閥流入 圓筒內,所以藉由下一次的柱塞朝下游側移動,可以再將 一定量的洗淨水送出至下游側給水管路。而且,在柱塞返 回原位置時,引起柱塞下游側,亦即下游側給水管路的洗 淨水引入,所以此波動產生機器WP 2 - 8,伴隨箸柱塞 的往復移動引起壓力週期性上下變動的脈動,使洗淨水在 脈動流的狀態下於下游側給水管路流動。 -120- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) a 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(18 ) {請先《讀背面之注$項A、W本頁: 在此場合,於波動產生機器W p 2 — 8經由上游側給 水管路被給水上述1次壓之洗淨水。藉此,於如上述般柱 塞W P 2 — 1 4回到原位置時,經由止回閥流入圓筒的洗 淨水,受到止回閥之壓力損失或下游側的洗淨水引入的影 響,而不是以原來的1次壓,被送往下游側給水管路。要 表示此模樣的話,如第6 3圖所示,洗淨水以1次壓爲中 心來脈動的壓力從波動產生機器WP 2 - 8沿著下游側給 水管路,被送至洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1而如後述般被吐水至 局部。而且,從波動產生機器WP 2 — 8被送往其下游的 洗淨水壓,藉由上述般柱塞回到原位置時之經過止回閥的 向圓筒內之洗淨水流入,使得不會爲零。此洗淨水壓的脈 動變化,反映於洗淨水流量的變化。 此第6 3圖所見到的脈動週期ΜΤ,同步於脈動產生 線圈WP 2 - 1 5的勵磁週期,透過此勵磁週期的變更控 制可以進行如後述般的種種設定。而且,洗淨水的脈動流 產生止需要供柱塞往復移動所需的線圈勵磁即可,可以簡 單地構成波動產生機器。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,在第2實施例,如第6 0圖所示,因爲使波動 產生機器WP 2 — 8配置於熱交換單元的水箱ΤΗ1 - 3 的下游,所以成爲脈動流的洗淨水,不會通過由於較給水 管路口徑更大而容易引起脈動衰減的水箱。因此’於下游 側給水管路延至洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1 ,可以在不受到由於 水箱所造成的脈動衰減的影響的狀態下’將脈動流之洗淨 水送入。 本纸張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公藿〉 -121 - -4 34 3 5 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 B7____五、發明說明$19 ) 進而,於此脈動產生機器WP 2 - 8的設置時,使中 介著所謂防震橡膠。藉此,藉由此防震橡膠的防震作用, 可以抑制伴隨著脈動產生之振動,同時可以抑制由於振動 之異音產生。這個場合,也可以將脈動產生機器,設置於 以混合金屬等高比重的粉體物質或粒狀物質而被高比重化 的樹脂板(省略圖示),使此樹脂板中介著防震橡膠而配 置於本體部的底面平板。如此一來,可以使振動源質量成 爲脈動產生機器與樹脂板的質量和而增大,使得不易引起 伴隨著脈動產生之振動,而且藉由防震橡膠的防震作用來 防震。如此提高振動源質量時取代於上述般高比重的樹脂 板上設置脈動產生機器,而改以在本局部洗淨裝置所具有 的大質量構件或單元喪設置此振動產生機器亦可。如此一 來,不需要樹脂板,所以具有零件數降低導致成本降低的 製造上之優點,也可以謀求裝置的小型化。此外,在波動 產生機器與樹脂板之間也配設防震橡膠的化,可以藉由此 防震橡膠與樹脂板下面的防震橡膠構成如第6 4圖所示的 2自由度系之阻尼器機構。因此,可以藉由使成爲具有振 動緩和效果的彈簧常數k 1、k2或衰減係數c 1、c 2 的方式選定防震橡膠,發揮高防震效果,可以有效避免對 馬桶座之振動傳播。又,藉由此防震,可以有效地抑制伴 隨著振動之異音產生。 此外,由於波動產生機器WP 2 — 8與水箱ΤΗ 1 — 3之間配置有儲壓器,所以不會對水箱施加不必要的脈動 壓。因此,可以避免水箱內壓意料外地上升,可以避免由 -^1 ^1 ϋ ϋ 1· tt t tr I n 9 _ I mmmf (請先闉讀背面之注意事項5萬本頁) ‘SJ· -線 本紙張尺度適用中國Η家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -122- 4 3435 7 R7__ 五、發明說明(l20 ) 於水箱的變形或收縮、膨脹導致之疲勞,而且也不需要使 用具有必要程度以上的高耐壓性能的水箱。 在第2實施例,構成上述水路系時,如下述般進行。 亦即,使上游側、下游側給水管路之兩給水管路採高硬度 的可撓性配管,同時使上述之下游側給水管路的硬度較上 游側管路爲大。此外這些管路與上述各單元之配管接續部 使用聯結器方式的接頭。進而使各單元接近配置,縮短單 元間的給水管路長度。結果,可以使給水管自身不易產生 伸縮、膨脹、收縮,而抑制伴隨著此伸縮之脈動衰減的影 響,所以可在減低脈動衰減的狀態下,使脈動流之洗淨水 送入洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1。特別因爲謀求波動產生機器 r-· WP 2 — 8與流路切換閥WN2 - 2的接近配置,所以洗 淨水通過其間的下游側給水管路時的脈動衰減,可以因爲 下游側給水管路的高硬度可撓性配管而更有效地抑制。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印數 — — — — — — — — — — — — I— * I I (請先明讀背面之注$項5 Λ本頁) -線 第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置的控制系,是以如第65 圖所示的電子控制裝置CT 2- 1爲中心被構成的。而此 電子控制裝置,與上述實施例同樣,除了根據種種的按鈕 或感知器的輸入等,進行入水側閥單元的電磁閥開閉閥控 制、熱交換單元的加熱器通電控制等以外,透過脈動產生 線圈WP 2 - 1 5的勵磁控制實行上述的脈動頻率控制。 關於此脈動頻率控制將於稍後詳述。 C2/噴嘴裝置NS2—1: 其次,說明第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置具有的噴嘴裝 本紙張尺度適用中國圉家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -123- A7 B7 «3435 7 五、發明說明(121 ) 置NS2 — 1。第66圖係顯示噴嘴裝置NS2 — 1的槪 略立體圖。第6 7圖係顯示第6 6圖之6 7 - 6 7線的槪 略剖面圖。 如圖所示,第2實施例的噴嘴裝置N_S 2-1 ,具有 與上述之第1實施例的變形例之噴嘴裝置NS 1- 20幾 乎相同的構成。亦即,此噴嘴裝置NS2—1 ,與變形例 之噴嘴裝置NS 1 — 2 0同樣,於與噴嘴進退軌道NS 1 一 12 (參照第7圖)一致的彎曲形狀之導引軌道部 NS 1 — 2 1上,配設具備同樣彎曲的洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 1。而,噴嘴後端側下方的軌道把持體WN1-21 ,將 導引軌道部N S 1 - 2 1之軌道部左右把持於上下而沿著 此導引軌道部滑動的緣故,所以洗淨噴嘴W N 2 — 1沿著 圓弧狀的噴嘴進退軌道NS 1 - 1 2藉由傳達機構NS 1 -5來進退。此洗淨噴嘴,於馬桶盆部側,洗淨噴嘴藉由. 噴嘴保持部N S1 — 6被保持爲可自由滑動(參照第8圖 ),所以在噴嘴保持部與軌道把持體的2個離開的處所被 保持於可自由滑動。又,也可以使洗淨噴嘴做成直線管路 形狀。, 於此軌道把持體WN 1 - 2 1的導引軌道部把持處所 ,被配設具有對軌道部之滑動性與振動吸收功能的把持 W N 2 - 3。具有如此性質的把持部係使用含油、經由蠟 配合等材料配合處理的橡膠系材料,或者外覆鐵氟龍,鹵 化處理,粗糙化處理等表面處理的橡膠系材料來製造。藉 此,即使如後述般來自波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8的脈動流 -I___I________良· I I Ms.· (請先Mtk背面之注$項WIIT^本頁) 訂. •線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -124- 經濟部智慧財產局B工消费合作杜印製 -^^34^5 7__ B7____ 五、發明說明¢22 ) 之洗淨水流入洗淨噴嘴,於此洗淨噴嘴引起源自脈動流的 振動,也可以防止該振動傳播至其他構件。因此,也可以 抑制伴隨著振動的異音產生。在此場合,於馬桶盆部側的 噴嘴保持部之噴嘴保持孔內壁,配置受到上述配合處理或 表面處理發揮滑動性與振動吸收功能的橡膠系材料的構件 的話,可以提高上述之防止振動傳播的效果與提高迴避異 音產生的效果。 在此第2實施例的噴嘴裝置N S 2 - 1 ,由前述的洗 淨噴嘴與導引軌道部的位置關係,可以在寬度方向上精簡 化。藉此,此噴嘴裝置與波動產生機器WP 2 — 8之更進 一步的接近配置成爲可能的緣故,可以提高下游側給水管 路之脈動衰減的抑制效果。此外,於此噴嘴裝置之設置時 ,使噴嘴NS1 — 2 (參照第6 6圖)透過防震橡膠配置 於本體部的底面平板。藉此,即使於此噴嘴裝置伴隨著脈 動傳播振動,也可以有效地藉由防震橡膠的防震作用抑制 此振動,也可以抑制由振動導致的異音產生。 E2/洗淨噴嘴WN2—1: 其次*說明洗淨噴嘴WN2-1。第68圖係供說明 具有洗淨噴嘴的流路切換閥WN 2 - 2的構成之重要部位 槪略剖面圖。第6 9圖係顯示此流路切換閥的重要部位的 分解立體圖。第7 0圖係顯示俯視噴嘴頭NH 2 — 1同時 切割部分噴嘴頭周邊而顯示之平面圖。第7 1圖係顯示此 噴嘴頭的變形例之平面圖。 ------- I___I ___ (請先Mtt背面之注意事項本頁} 訂· -線· 本紙張尺度適用中困0家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公;* > -125- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7_____ 五、發明說明纟23 ) 如第6 6圖至第6 8圖所示,流路切換閥WN2 - 2 ,位於洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1的後端,具有把從波動產生機 器WP 2 _ 8所送來的脈動流洗淨水的給水對象切換爲洗 淨噴嘴之臀部洗淨用、柔和洗淨用及陰部洗淨用之各噴嘴 流路之以下的構成。 流路切舞閥WN 2 - 2,具備內藏後述切換機構的外 殼WN 2 - 4。而此流路切換閥,藉由將外殼熔接於洗淨 噴嘴WN 2 - 1的筒狀部WN 2 - 5的後端端面,與洗淨 噴嘴一體化=藉此,與洗淨噴嘴共同如上述般沿著軌道進 退。 於外殼,具有從噴嘴與噴嘴內的各流路連通之連通孔 的定子WN 2 — 6,及供切換流路之用而旋轉選擇開放定 子的各連通孔之一的轉子WN 2 - 7,及於此轉子供傳達 旋轉之用的耦合器WN 2 - 8,及旋轉自如地收容此耦合 器的外殼WN 2 - 9,即使轉子朝向定子彈壓的彈簧 WN2 — 10。如第69圖所示,定子的各連通孔WN2 -1 1〜1 3,在面對轉子側被等分開口,在噴嘴側,以 連通第6 7圖所示的噴嘴內流路,亦即,臀部洗淨用噴嘴 流路的第1噴嘴流路WN1- 7、柔和洗淨用噴嘴流路的 第2噴嘴流路WN 1 — 8、陰部洗淨用噴嘴流路的第3噴 嘴流路WN 1 - 9之各流路的方式空著。總之,在定子內 連通孔被彎曲形成。此各連通孔,也可以配置於洗淨噴嘴 後端之上述各噴嘴流路的開口部旁,在此場合,上述各連 通孔可以是直孔。又,上述第1至第3噴嘴流路WN 1 - 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐〉 -126- !!!裝.1 — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項1^.½本頁} 訂· 線 W 經濟部智蒹財產局貝工消費合作社印製 43435 7 A7 _'____B7 _ 五、發明說明(124 ) 7〜9,直到噴嘴先端的噴嘴頭NH2- 1爲止橫亙筒狀 部WN 2 - 5的長邊方向被區劃形成。 轉子WN 2 — 7,具有可以開放等分開口於定子上面 的上述各連通孔之一的缺口WN 2 — 1 4,藉由使此缺口 與連通孔開口重疊而開放其連通孔。在此場合’轉子使缺 口位於相鄰的連通孔間,成爲可以遮蔽各連通孔。總之, 缺口從相鄰的連通孔開口間的某個位置僅使轉子稍微轉動 ,即可透過連通孔向上數個噴嘴內流路送入洗淨水。又, 爲了便於蠶存在噴嘴內的水的排出(排水)的方便,使此 轉子具有可以與所有的連通孔開口重疊的缺口,在排水時 ,藉由此缺口使所有的連通孔開口亦可。 耦合器WN2 — 8,被安裝於具有流路切換閥WN2 -2的驅動馬達WN 2 _ 1 5的旋轉軸,使旋轉軸閂 WN2-17位於狹縫WN2 — 16。此外此親合器,使 旋轉鍵WN2— 1 8位於轉子WN2 — 7的狹縫WN2_1 3 Sliding plunger WP 2- 1 4 is provided. The plunger is moved forward and backward on the upstream and downstream sides by the excitation control of the electromagnetic coil 圏 (pulsation generating coil) WP 2-1 5. The plunger WP2-14 is moved from the original position to the downstream side by the excitation of the pulsation generating coils WP2-15, but if the coil excitation disappears, it will be subjected to the upstream and downstream springs WP2-16. The spring pressure of 17 returned to the original position. The plunger WP 2 __ 1 4 has a non-return valve WP 2-18 made of steel balls and springs inside, so when moving from the original position to the downstream side, the pressurized cylinder ’s intellectual property bureau ’s off-site consumption The washing water in the cooperative's cylinder flows to the downstream water supply pipe. At this time, since the original position of the plunger is constant, a certain amount of washing water is sent to the downstream water supply line. Thereafter, when returning to the original position, the washing water flows into the cylinder through the check valve, so the next time the plunger moves to the downstream side, a certain amount of washing water can be sent to the downstream water supply pipe. . In addition, when the plunger returns to its original position, the downstream side of the plunger, that is, the washing water of the downstream side water supply pipe is introduced, so this fluctuation generates the machine WP 2-8, and the pressure is periodically caused by the reciprocating movement of the plunger. The pulsation that fluctuates up and down causes the washing water to flow in the pulsating flow in the downstream water supply pipe. -120- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) a 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (18) {Please read the Note A and W on the back page first: In this case, the wave-generating machine W p 2-8 is fed with the above-mentioned primary washing water through the upstream-side water supply pipe. Therefore, when the plunger WP 2-14 is returned to the original position as described above, the washing water flowing into the cylinder through the check valve is affected by the pressure loss of the check valve or the introduction of the washing water on the downstream side. Instead of the original primary pressure, it is sent to the downstream water supply line. To show this, as shown in Fig. 63, the pressure of the washing water pulsating around the primary pressure is sent from the wave generating machine WP 2-8 to the washing nozzle WN along the downstream water supply pipe. 2-1 and spit water to the local area as described later. In addition, the washing water pressure sent from the wave generating machine WP 2-8 to the downstream thereof flows into the cylinder through the check valve when the plunger returns to the original position, so that Will be zero. The pulsation change of the washing water pressure is reflected in the change of the washing water flow rate. The pulsating period MT seen in Fig. 63 is synchronized with the excitation period of the pulsation generating coils WP 2-15. Through the change control of the excitation period, various settings can be made as described below. Furthermore, the generation of the pulsating flow of the washing water is only required to excite the coil required for the plunger to reciprocate, and a wave generating device can be simply constructed. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 60, since the wave generating device WP 2-8 is disposed downstream of the water tank TT1-3 of the heat exchange unit, it becomes The pulsating flow of washing water will not pass through the water tank that is liable to cause pulsation attenuation due to its larger diameter than the water supply pipe. Therefore, 'the downstream side water supply pipe is extended to the washing nozzle WN 2-1 and the washing water of the pulsating flow can be sent in without being affected by the pulsation attenuation caused by the water tank'. This paper standard applies to the national standard of difficulties (CNS > A4 size < 210 X 297 public address> -121--4 34 3 5 7 A7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs B7____5. Invention Description $ 19) Furthermore, when the pulsation generating device WP 2-8 is installed, a so-called shock-proof rubber is interposed. Thereby, by the vibration-proof effect of the vibration-proof rubber, it is possible to suppress the vibration accompanying the pulsation, and at the same time, it is possible to suppress the generation of abnormal sound due to the vibration. In this case, the pulsation generating device may be installed on a resin plate (not shown) having a high specific gravity by mixing a powder material or a granular material having a high specific gravity such as a metal, and the resin plate may be disposed with an anti-vibration rubber interposed therebetween. On the bottom surface of the main body. In this way, the mass of the vibration source can be increased by the mass of the pulsation generating machine and the resin plate, so that it is not easy to cause the vibration accompanying the pulsation, and the shockproof effect of the shockproof rubber is used to prevent the shock. In order to improve the quality of the vibration source in this way, instead of installing a pulsation generating device on the resin plate having such a high specific gravity, the vibration generating device may be installed in a large-mass member or unit of the local cleaning device. In this way, since a resin plate is not required, it has the manufacturing advantage of reducing the number of parts and the cost, and it is possible to reduce the size of the device. In addition, a vibration-proof rubber is also arranged between the wave-generating machine and the resin plate. The two-degree-of-freedom damper mechanism shown in Fig. 64 can be formed by the vibration-proof rubber and the vibration-proof rubber under the resin plate. Therefore, it is possible to select a vibration-proof rubber by making the spring constants k1, k2 or attenuation coefficients c1, c2 to have a vibration-reducing effect, to exert a high vibration-proof effect, and to effectively prevent the propagation of vibration to the toilet seat. In addition, by this vibration prevention, it is possible to effectively suppress the occurrence of abnormal sounds accompanying vibration. In addition, since a pressure accumulator is arranged between the wave generating device WP 2-8 and the water tank TT 1 to 3, an unnecessary pulsating pressure is not applied to the water tank. Therefore, the pressure inside the water tank can be prevented from unexpectedly rising, and it can be avoided from-^ 1 ^ 1 ϋ ϋ 1 · tt t tr I n 9 _ I mmmf (Please read the precautions on the back page 50,000 first page) 'SJ ·- The size of the paper is in accordance with the Chinese standard (CNS > A4 (210 X 297 mm) -122- 4 3435 7 R7__ 5. Description of the invention (l20) The fatigue caused by the deformation or shrinkage and expansion of the water tank, and It is necessary to use a water tank having a high pressure resistance performance that is more than necessary. In the second embodiment, the above-mentioned water system is configured as follows. That is, the two water supply pipes of the upstream and downstream water supply pipes are raised. Flexible piping with hardness, while making the above-mentioned downstream side water supply pipe harder than the upstream side pipe. In addition, these pipes are connected to the piping connections of the above units with a coupling method. The units are further approached. The configuration can shorten the length of the water supply pipe between the units. As a result, the water supply pipe itself can not easily expand, contract and expand, and the influence of the pulsation attenuation accompanying this expansion and contraction can be suppressed. The pulsating flow of washing water is sent to the washing nozzle WN 2-1. Especially because the wave generating device r- · WP 2-8 and the flow path switching valve WN2-2 are arranged close to each other, the washing water passes through the The pulsation attenuation of the downstream side water supply pipeline can be more effectively suppressed due to the high hardness and flexible piping of the downstream side water supply pipeline. The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. — — — — — — — — — — — — I— * II (please read the note on the back side of the page first 5) ^ This page-The control system of the local cleaning device of the second embodiment is the electronic control device CT shown in Figure 65 2-1 is centered. And this electronic control device is the same as the above-mentioned embodiment, except that the solenoid valve opening and closing valve control of the water inlet valve unit and the heat exchange unit are heated according to the input of various buttons or sensors, etc. In addition to the energization control of the device, the above-mentioned pulsation frequency control is performed through the excitation control of the pulsation generating coils WP 2 to 15. This pulsation frequency control will be described in detail later. C2 / Nozzle Device NS2-1: Next, the first 2 of the embodiment The size of the nozzle installed in the local cleaning device is in accordance with the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -123- A7 B7 «3435 7 V. Description of the invention (121) NS2 — 1. 66 The drawing is a schematic perspective view of the nozzle device NS2 — 1. FIG. 6 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view of lines 6 7-6 7 of FIG. 6. As shown, the nozzle device N_S 2 of the second embodiment -1 has almost the same configuration as the nozzle device NS 1-20 of the modification of the first embodiment described above. That is, this nozzle device NS2-1 is the same as the nozzle device NS1-20 of the modified example, and has a curved guide rail NS1 that conforms to the nozzle advance and retreat rails NS1-12 (refer to FIG. 7). 2 1 is provided with a cleaning nozzle WN2 — 1 having the same curvature. The rail holding body WN1-21 below the nozzle rear end side holds the rail portion of the guide rail portion NS 1-2 1 up and down and slides along the guide rail portion. Therefore, the nozzle WN 2 is cleaned. — 1 Along the arc-shaped nozzle advancing and retracting track NS 1-1 2, the advancing and retreating are performed by the conveying mechanism NS 1-5. This cleaning nozzle is on the toilet bowl side, and the cleaning nozzle is held by the nozzle holding section N S1-6 to be able to slide freely (refer to FIG. 8). Therefore, the nozzle holding section and the track holding body are separated from each other. The premises are kept free to slide. In addition, the cleaning nozzle may be formed into a straight pipe shape. The guide rail portion holding space of the rail holding body WN 1-2 1 is provided with a grip W N 2-3 having a sliding property to the rail portion and a vibration absorption function. The grips with such properties are made of rubber-based materials that contain oil and are treated with materials such as wax blending, or rubber-based materials that are covered with surface treatments such as Teflon, halogenation, and roughening. With this, even if the pulsating flow from the wave generating machine WP 2 _ 8 -I ___ I________ good as II Ms. · (please note the first item on the back of Mtk WIIT ^ this page) Order. • Line · Ministry of Economy Intellectual Property The paper size printed by the Bureau of Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -124- Printed by the Bureau of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for the consumption cooperation of B workers-^^ 34 ^ 5 7__ B7____ 5 2. Description of the invention ¢ 22) The washing water flows into the washing nozzle, where the washing nozzle causes vibration from the pulsating flow, which can also prevent the vibration from being transmitted to other components. Therefore, it is also possible to suppress the occurrence of abnormal sounds due to vibration. In this case, by arranging a rubber-based material that performs sliding and vibration absorption functions on the inner wall of the nozzle holding hole of the nozzle holding portion on the toilet bowl side, the above-mentioned prevention of vibration transmission can be improved. Effect and increase the effect of avoiding abnormal sounds. Here, the nozzle device N S 2-1 of the second embodiment can be simplified in the width direction by the positional relationship between the cleaning nozzle and the guide rail portion. This makes it possible to further arrange the nozzle device and the wave generating device WP 2 to 8 closer, and it is possible to improve the effect of suppressing the pulsation attenuation of the water supply pipe on the downstream side. In addition, when the nozzle device is installed, the nozzles NS1-2 (refer to Fig. 66) are arranged on the bottom flat plate of the main body through shock-proof rubber. This makes it possible to effectively suppress the vibration by the anti-vibration action of the anti-vibration rubber even if the nozzle device transmits the vibration along with the pulsation, and it is also possible to suppress the occurrence of abnormal noise caused by the vibration. E2 / Washing Nozzle WN2-1: Secondly * the washing nozzle WN2-1. Fig. 68 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of the structure of the flow path switching valve WN 2-2 having a cleaning nozzle. Figures 6 and 9 are exploded perspective views showing important parts of the flow path switching valve. Fig. 70 is a plan view showing the nozzle head NH 2-1 while cutting a part of the periphery of the nozzle head while looking down. Fig. 71 is a plan view showing a modification of the nozzle head. ------- I___I ___ (Please refer to the note on the back of Mtt page first) Order · -line · This paper size is applicable to 0 standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male; * > -125 -Printed by A7 B7_____ of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of Invention 纟 23) As shown in Figure 6-6 to Figure 6-8, the flow path switching valve WN2-2 is located at the cleaning nozzle WN 2-1 At the rear end, there are nozzle flow paths for switching the water supply target of the pulsating flow washing water sent from the wave generating machine WP 2 _ 8 to the washing nozzle for the buttock washing, the gentle washing and the genital washing. The flow path cut dance valve WN 2-2 has a casing WN 2-4 with a switching mechanism described later. The flow path switching valve is welded to the barrel of the cleaning nozzle WN 2-1 The rear end surface of the flank WN 2-5 is integrated with the cleaning nozzle = thereby, it advances and retreats along the rail together with the cleaning nozzle as described above. In the housing, there is a communication from the nozzle to each flow path in the nozzle. Hole stator WN 2-6 and rotor WN 2-7 for rotating and selecting one of the communication holes of the open stator for switching the flow path, Here, the rotor couplers WN 2-8 for transmitting rotation, and the housing WN 2-9 for freely accommodating the coupler, even if the rotor springs against the stator WN2-10. As shown in FIG. 69, the stator Each of the communication holes WN2 -1 1 to 1 3 is opened equally on the side facing the rotor, and on the nozzle side, it communicates with the nozzle flow path shown in Fig. 67, that is, the nozzle flow path for hip cleaning Of the first nozzle flow path WN1 to 7, the second nozzle flow path WN 1 to 8 for the gentle cleaning nozzle flow path, and the third nozzle flow path WN 1 to 9 for the vaginal cleaning nozzle flow path. The method is empty. In short, the communication holes are formed in the stator by bending. The communication holes may be arranged beside the openings of the nozzle flow paths at the rear end of the cleaning nozzle. In this case, the communication holes may be Straight hole. Also, the above 1st to 3rd nozzle flow path WN 1-This paper size is applicable to China Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 < 210 X 297 mm> -126- !!! Packing. 1 — (Please Please read the note on the back 1 ^ .½ this page} Order · Thread W Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economy 43435 7 A7 _'____ B7 _ V. Description of the invention (124) 7 ~ 9, the long side of the tubular portion WN 2-5 is divided up to the nozzle head NH2- 1 at the tip of the nozzle. The rotor WN 2-7 has openings that can be opened equally. A notch WN 2-1 4 on one of the above-mentioned communication holes on the stator has its communication hole opened by overlapping this notch with the communication hole opening. In this case, the rotor has a gap between adjacent communication holes so that each communication hole can be shielded. In short, the notch only slightly rotates the rotor from a position between the adjacent communication hole openings, and the washing water can be sent through the communication holes to the upward flow paths of several nozzles. In addition, in order to facilitate the drainage (draining) of the water in the silkworm nozzle, the rotor is provided with a notch that can overlap with all the openings of the communication holes, and during the drainage, all the openings of the communication holes can be opened by the notches. The coupler WN2 — 8 is mounted on the rotation shaft of the drive motor WN 2 _ 1 5 having the flow path switching valve WN2-2 so that the rotation shaft latch WN2-17 is located in the slit WN2 — 16. In addition, this affinity device makes the rotary keys WN2-1 8 located in the slits WN2_ of the rotor WN2-7
1 9。藉此,驅動馬達正逆向旋轉的話,其旋轉於旋轉軸 閂耦合,於旋轉鍵被傳達至轉子。而藉由轉子的旋轉缺口 如上述般選擇開放各連通孔之中的一個,所以在對應於被 選擇的連通孔的噴嘴流路,被給水來自波動產生機fWP 2 - 8的脈動流洗淨水。 在此場合,來自脈動產生機器WP 2 - 8的洗淨水, 經過下游側給水管路W P 2 — 6 (參照第6 0圖)以及設 於流路切換閥WN 2 — 2的外殼的接續接頭WN 2 _ 2 0 而流入此流路切換閥。於此接續接頭從波動產生機器接續 本紙張尺度適用中國囷家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) !!_ 裝 i — (請先W讀背面之注意事項Λ本頁) 訂. -線 -127- -43435 7 A7 __[_B7_ 五、發明說明625 > (請先閲讀背面之注意事項4 ?本頁) 下游側給水管路時,採用使波動產生機器配置於較接續接 頭更爲下方側等的處置,使在下游側水管管路途中不能滞 留空氣。因此,從波動產生機器直到流路切換閥爲止脈動 流洗淨水所能達到的其間,因爲不具有空氣滯留以及如上 述般管路是高硬度者,所以可更有效地抑制脈動的衰減。 此外,在波動產生機器形成脈動流的洗淨水直到噴嘴裝置 爲止的管路,僅有直到此波動產生機器與流路切換閥爲止 的下游側給水管路而已。而,在此下游側給水管路可能與 周圍構件產生接觸的場所,配置防震橡膠等緩衝材。具體 而言,於周邊的構件側安裝防震橡膠*於給水管路捲著防 震橡嘐。藉此,下游側給水管路如上述般係屬高硬度者, 而也以更有效地抑制脈動衰減。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此流路切換閥WN 2 - 2的外殼等各構件,係使用聚 苯硫化物(簡稱PPS) 、聚甲醛(簡稱POM)、聚對 苯二酸丁二醇酯(簡稱PBT)、玻璃纖維強化聚對苯二 酸丁二醇酯(簡稱GFPBT)等富有耐久性、耐熱性的 工程塑膠形成的。藉此,流路切換閥內的洗淨水流路,發 揮高強度管路的功能,不會因管路伸縮而招致脈動衰減。 而使來自波動產生機器WP 2 - 8的脈動流洗淨水給水至 噴嘴流路時,因爲流路切換閥與洗淨噴嘴一體其間並無配 管,所以完全沒有脈動衰減。此外,如上述般切換給水對 象時,因爲利用轉子W N 2 — 7的旋轉’所以與利用轉盤 等之彈性體的獐發之流路切換閥相比’可以更有效吗抑制 .脈動氯減。 -128- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部暫慧財產局R工消费合作杜印製 •’4 34 35 7 A7 ______B7___ 五、發明說明$26 > 根據此流路切換閥WN 2 - 2具有以下的優點。流路 切換閥,並非與波動產生機器WP 2 - 8 —體而是與其下 游的洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 1 —體,離開會伴隨著脈動流的產 生而成爲振動源的波動產生機器。藉此,只有此波動產生 源爲振動源。此外,流路切換閥與洗淨噴嘴一體進退,但 因驅動馬達WN 2 _ 1 5其線圈捲線部分被樹脂模鑄,所 以朝向洗淨位置進出時洗淨水飛散於驅動馬達也不會對馬 達驅動造成障礙。進而,可以使直到噴嘴裝置的下游側給 水管路成爲單一條管路,所以可以減輕噴嘴進退時的管路 負荷程度。因此,可以減低對噴嘴區動用馬達的負荷力矩 〇 於洗淨噴嘴WN2-1的噴嘴頭NH2—1 ,也具有 通常的臀部洗淨用之臀部吐水孔NH2- 2,及臀部的柔 和洗淨用的柔和吐水孔NH 2 _ 3,及陰部洗淨用的陰部 吐水孔N Η 2 - 4。此噴嘴頭,水密地被固定於洗淨噴嘴 的'筒狀部WN 2 ~ 5的先端,分別將形成於噴嘴頭內部的 第1頭流路ΝΗ2 — 5、第2頭流路ΝΗ2 — 6、第3頭 流路ΝΗ2 — 7分別接續於第1噴嘴流路WN1 — 7、第 2噴嘴流路WN1 — 8 '第3噴嘴流路WN1 — 9。如圖 所示,這些噴嘴流路於噴嘴頭上面到達各吐水孔。藉此, 流路切換閥W Ν 2 - 2 (參照第6 6圖)將洗淨水給水對 象於噴嘴後端切換爲第1至第3噴嘴流路WN 1 — 7〜9 之任一的話,洗淨水經過該被切換到的噴嘴流路以及噴嘴 頭流路,從上述各吐水孔吐出。在此場合,因爲被給水的 •____I__— — — — —— ^ - I I (靖先«磧背面之注*^項『本頁> 訂· Γ -線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -129- ^·· 4 3^35 7 Α7 Β7_____ 五、發明說明$27 ) 是來自波動產生機器WP 2 - 8的脈動流洗淨水,所以從 各吐水孔吐出具有脈動性質的洗淨水。 (請先Η讀背面之注$項\ J本頁) 在此場合,噴嘴頭NH 2 - 1的上述各吐水孔NH 2 _ 2〜4,以臀部吐水孔的孔徑最小*而陰部吐水孔與柔 和吐水孔較此臀部吐水孔的孔徑更大。因此,藉由遙控操 作裝置RC1 - 1 (參照第2圖)的水勢強弱設定按鈕 SWh u、SWh d使水勢被設定於一定値的狀況下,如 第1實施例所說明的,從各吐水孔吐出洗淨水的吐水速度 ,以臀部吐水孔最快,而在陰部吐水孔與柔和吐水孔則較 臀部吐水孔爲慢。而吐水速度較慢的柔和洗淨,較通常的 臀部洗淨更使從吐水受到的洗淨感因吐水速度的變慢而變 得更爲柔和。又,陰部吐水孔或柔和吐水孔,並不以圖示 般的單一孔爲限,也可以如第7 1圖所示配置複數小直徑 的細孔而以全體形成陰部吐水孔或柔和吐水孔。在此場合 ,如果使複數細孔面積的總和之吐水孔總面積成爲較臀部 吐水孔面積更大的話,細孔全體的吐水較臀部洗淨的場合 變得更柔和。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 其次,採用臀部洗淨爲例,說明藉由此第2實施例的 局部洗淨裝置吐出洗淨水的樣子。第7 2圖係供說明洗淨 水吐水時產生脈動的波動產生機器WP 2 - 8的脈動產生 線圈WP 2— 1 5的勵磁樣子之說明圖。第7 3圖係顯示 從波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8流出的洗淨水的水量與流速之 時間圖。第7 4圖係模式說明從噴嘴頭NH 2 - 1之臀部 吐水孔N Η 2 — 2吐出洗淨水的樣子之說明圖。 -130- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印架 A7 4 34 3 5 7___B7____ 五、發明說明(28 ) 電子控制裝置CT2-1,勵磁脈衝產生線麗W P 2 ~ 1 5使於脈衝產生機器WP 2 - 8產生脈動,發出脈衝 狀的訊號。而將此脈衝訊號輸出至被接續於脈動產生線圏 供使此線圈打開ON之用的開關電晶體(省略圖示)。藉 此,脈動產生線圈,藉由隨著脈衝訊號之各電.晶體的開關 (ΟΝ/OFF)而反覆勵磁,如上述般使柱塞WP2— 1 4週期性地往復移動。藉此,從波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8對噴嘴頭的各吐水孔•以壓力週期性地上下變動之脈動 流狀態供給洗淨水,此脈動流洗淨水從各吐水孔吐出。此 時,電子控制裝置,於指定的頻率範圍,可變地控制上述 脈衝訊號的頻率,同時以負荷比控制線圈勵磁脈衝的開關 (ΟΝ/OFF)。藉此可以引起種種的脈動流。在此場 合,也可以將檢測出波動產生機器所引起的脈動壓力之壓 力感知器設於此波動產生機器的正後方下游側,而藉由此 感知器的測出値對負荷比控制施以回饋。又,此感知器的 設置位置只要是可以反映脈動壓力的位置即可,其位置並 無限定。例如,設於噴嘴附近亦可,或是流用波動產生機 器的機構設於附近或約略一體地設置亦可。 如第7 2圖所示,以第6 3圖所示的脈動週期MTg 週期T1 ,以脈衝訊號的打開(ON)時間爲t 1的話, 負荷比以(t 1/T1)X100 (%)表示。引起第 6 3圖所示的壓力之脈動時,洗淨水水量與連續流相比減 少至負荷比所表示的値。如此脈動流的水量,如第7 3圖 所示,在最大流量Qmax至最小流量Qmin的範圍內增加, ^1 1· ^1 1« I n n I I I n s I I B1 ·1 I (請先M讀背面之注意Ϋ項\#«本荑) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4 %格(210 X 297公釐) -131 - -4 34 35 7 五、發明說明629 ) 流速也在最大流速V max至最小流速V min的範圍內增減。 又,於此第7 3圖,最小流量Q min與最小流速V min不爲 零的原因,是因爲藉由波動產生機器WP 2 — 8所引起的 脈動壓其最小値如先前所述不爲零所導致的。 如前所述般的如果連續流的洗淨水從吐水孔(例如臀 部吐水孔NH2 — 2 )吐出的話,來自吐水孔的洗淨水, 相對於如第7 4圖(A )所示採用連續流的吐水形態,而 改採如上述般的脈動流之洗淨水吐水的話,如第7 4圖( B )所示般採用離散的或是水塊狀態的吐水形態。如此, 以波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8產生脈動流的洗淨水,從洗淨 噴嘴的吐水孔噴出時,成爲離散或水塊狀態的理由使用第 73圖及第75圖說明。 第7 5圖係將脈動流之洗淨水從吐水孔吐出的場合, 說明該被吐水的洗淨水被擴大爲脈動流的過程的說明圖《 如第7 3圖(A)所示,藉由脈動產生機器WP 2_8使 洗淨水量成爲脈動之後,流速V也同樣變動而成爲脈動。 亦即,被吐水的洗淨水其水量成爲最大流量Q max時,流速 也成爲最大速度V m a X,瞬間流速與流量隨著時間同時 變動。此外,將第7 3圖的脈動流的洗淨水各部份分別標 爲Wpl、Wp2、Wp3,Wp4、Wp5時,各部位的量成爲Wpl (W p5 ) < W p2 ( W p4 ) < W p3,而分別的流速也成爲 VI (V5) <V2 (V4) <V3。藉此,從吐水之後 起,隨著第75圖的(A)〜(C)的進行,因爲Wp3的 速度較W P2的速度更大,所以W p3輿W p2合而爲一,進而 --------- I---裝 I 請先H1I背面之注意事項4{^>»本Ϊ 訂. 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消f合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準(CNSU4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 132- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 …4 34 35 7 A7 _I____B7_____五、發明說明to ) 與Wpl依序合而爲一成爲大水塊。如此,藉由最大流速的 Wp3與其前方的Wp2' Wpl依序合成,形成大水塊,而沖 到人體局部(洗淨面)。如此,洗淨水沖抵到人體局部時 ,成爲衝擊能量(洗淨強度)大的水塊狀態。此流速V 3 ,因爲是第7 3圖所示的最大流速V max,因此以脈動流吐 水的洗淨水,以每隔脈動週期MT出現合而爲一的水塊狀 態之吐水形態,從吐水孔吐出。而且以脈動週期引起如此 的現象,所以如上述般使經由最大流速Wp3合體之水塊反 覆出現,以某個吐水時機之水塊,以及下一個吐水時機的 經過JVp3合體的水塊幾乎被以相同速度(最大速度)移動 (吐水)。 其次,說明將洗淨水從臀部吐水孔NH 2 _ 2以連續 流噴出的場合與作爲脈動流噴出的場合的洗淨強度的不同 。脈動流,與從前的連續流比較,在同一水量下具有2倍 以上的洗淨強度。這是因爲以下的理由。質量m的洗淨水 以速度V衝擊壁面時的能量E,由式(1 )表示。 E = ( 1 / 2 ) m V 2 ……(1 ) 此外,此時衝突於壁面的力爲f ,速度V的洗淨水流 減速至0而消滅爲止的時間爲Δ t的話,能量E可以力積 由式(2 )表示,進而,若減速度爲α的話,其力可以式 (3 )表示。 > —r *1 |> ϋ ϋ 1 n I · —9 I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項WtT f本頁) 訂- c --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -133- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 34 35 7 a? -, · B7 五、發明說明$31 ) E = f Δ t ...... ( 2 ) 第7 6圖,係說明洗淨水流衝擊於壁面的狀態之說明 圖。於第76圖,假設水塊成爲W1、W2、W3等3種 形態的場合,而檢討各種形態的洗淨水流的洗淨強度。此 處,水塊w 1剖面積S 1爲長形態,水塊W 2的剖面積 S 2爲S 1的2倍而爲短形態,水塊W3爲剖面積S 1長 度爲W1的1/2的形態。於這些形態,水塊W1相當於 連續流,水塊W3相當於脈動流。此時,水塊W1與水塊 W2衝突於壁面直到消滅爲止的時間△ t 1與Δ t 2成爲 △ t l>At 2。此一情形由式(3)意味著減速度α大 ,在短時間內水塊以較大的力消滅,而水塊W 1的力f 1 與水塊W2的力f 2相比,爲f l<f 2。亦即,與連續 的水塊W 1相比,在短時間內消滅的水塊W 2對人體局部 施加的力f 2較大。由此,相當於脈動流的水塊W3,與 水塊W 1相比質量爲m / 2,但是其力f 3與f 1相比並 未減少。亦即,以脈動流噴出的場合,可以在水量較連續 流更少的情況下,使對人體局部衝突的力道沒有減少,而 可以強力除去附著於人體局部的污物。 其次,說明表示人體局部洗淨感的指標之洗淨強度與 量感之關係。第7 7圖係說明相對方向於臀部吐水孔 NH2 — 2隔箸指定距離L a設置壓力感知板P s的狀態 之說明圖。上述指定距離L a ’設定於人體局部被洗淨的 - — — —— III — — — — — — · I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項A f本買) 訂. •線· 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -134- 4 3435 7 A7 __I___B7__ 五、發明說明(132 ) 位置。壓力感知板P s ,係具備2次元的矩陣狀檢測部, 而各檢測部的檢測値分別獨立輸出的感知器。使用如此的 裝置,測定從洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1的臀部吐水孔NH 2 -2吐出洗淨水時之從各檢測部輸出的壓力的峰値。其結果 顯示於第7 8圖。第7 8圖係以3次元的方式表現壓力感 知板P s上的位置與壓力的峰値的說明圖,χγ平面係壓 力感知板P s的位置亦即被檢測體的位置,z軸係在各位 置的壓力峰値。第7 8圖(A )係吐水孔的洗淨水的流量 爲1 · lL/mi η的連續流時的測定結果,第78圖( Β )係吐水孔的洗淨水流量0 5 L/m i n的脈動流時 的測定結果。於第7 8圖,左右洗淨感的要素之洗淨強度 以壓力的峰値表示,另一方面量感以全體的壓力分布之山 狀體積來表示。 比較這些的話,第78圖(B)的脈動流,與第1 2 圖(A )的連續流相比洗淨水量減半,但是壓力的峰値大 幅增大:此代表對被沖水體的洗淨壓力較大,亦即洗淨強 度較大。第7 9圖係表示從檢測部之一檢測出的檢測訊號 之時間圖,第79圖(A)爲連續流,第79圖(B)爲 脈動流。可知脈動流與連續流相比峰値較高強度較大。此 外全體壓力分布之山狀體積也是與第7 8圖(A )的連續 流相比,以第7 8圖(B )的脈動流的體積較大。如此, 脈動流與連續流相比具有極大的量感,將洗淨感之官能要 素具體化爲數値的話,可知以脈動流之洗淨力較優。 如此將脈動流得實際洗淨量與連續流比較的結果顯示 .-----!!裝 i — <請先Mtl背面之注意事項mr*»本頁) 訂· .線. 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印菜 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公* ) -135- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 A7 ____B7 _____ 五、發明說明(b3 ) 於第8 0圖《第8 0圖係顯示平均吐水量與洗淨量之關係 圖,總之係顯示以洗淨水洗淨附著於人體局部的污物時, 必要的平均吐水量《從第8 0圖可知,要洗下附著於人體 局部的洗淨量D 1的污物時,脈動流與從前只能夠進行連 續流之洗淨水吐水的從前的洗淨裝置相比只要1 / 4的水 量即可。如此,藉由將脈動流之洗淨水從吐水孔吐出的方 . / 法,可以飛躍地提高洗淨強度與使用者的洗淨感。 此外,吐出脈動流的洗淨水增加了洗淨強度使對人體 局部的刺激變大,這與上述第1實施例同樣,可以說明如 下。對人體表皮的同一處所反覆施加可感知的刺激(在本 第2實施例爲第76圖所示的水塊诃1、双2、矾3的衝 突之刺激)的場合,此反覆的間隔(在本實施例爲脈動週 期MT )較長而反覆的頻率較低的話,使用者可將此反覆 刺激認知爲振動刺激。另一方面,反覆間隔縮短而反覆頻 率提高的話,使用者無法將此刻意反覆的刺激感知爲振動 .刺激,而感知爲連續的刺激β總之,對人體表皮的反覆刺 激,具有無法感知爲振動刺激的無感頻帶,與第1實施例 的場合同樣,此無感頻帶約係5 Η ζ以上的反覆頻率。藉 此,進行上述的脈動流之洗淨水吐水之刻意反覆吐水,其 反覆頻率越高,對於刻意反覆吐水所造成的振動也越不易 察覺。而,此反覆頻率達到越1 OH ζ以上的反覆頻率的 話,具有通常知覺的大多數人其知覺已經無法跟得上此刻 意反覆吐水導致的振動。因此,刻意反覆吐水之吐水樣態 (脈動流之洗淨水吐水)的認識變得困難,在本實施例, 'ϋ H ϋ ϋ ϋ t ϋ I I (請先H讀背面之注意事項再{"私本頁) 訂· -線 本紙張尺度適用中國Β家標準(CNS)A4慧格(210 X 297公釐) -136- 4 3435 7 A7 _ B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 五、發明說明634 ) 可以使受到如第7 6圖所示的水塊衝突的使用者,亦即具 有通常知覺的大多數人,無法感知此水塊的衝突爲間歇性 的,而使其感知爲連續流的洗淨水。 使用圖來說明如下。第1圖係說明隨著頻率的增減 而使洗淨強度相異的理由之說明圖,第8 1圖(A),雖 與第8 1圖(B )有相同的洗淨水量,但因爲脈動週期 MT大的緣故,顯示以此週期決定的脈動頻率f m t _(= 1 /Μ T )小的狀態。在第8 1圖(A )與第8 1圖(B ),藉由週期的長短可以決定上述水塊的合爲一體的程度 大小。藉此,脈動週期MT大而脈動頻率小的第8 1圖( A )的場合,1次衝突時的水塊質量變大,衝突能量變大 ,對人體的刺激較強。亦即,於第8 1圖(A)的場合, 人體受到一次大刺激而感覺到強刺激感。此外,如第8 1 圖所示脈動頻率f m t降至較上述無感頻帶之下或者是接 近此頻率的頻率時,人體可以感知強力刺激同時受到反覆 剌激的緣故,感受到了更強的刺激感。另一方面,如第 8 1圖(B )所示|提高脈動頻率f m t而爲在上述的無 感頻帶內之頻率時,因爲是將小刺激作爲上述般的連續剌 激來接受的緣故,不大能感覺到刺激感。由此,即使相同 水量,也'是頻率越大、水塊越大,對人體的刺激(洗淨強 度)也跟著感受越強。第2圖係顯示脈動流的脈動頻率 及伴隨著洗淨強度與人體局部刺激的不快感之關係圖。人 體皮膚,在頻率超過5 Η 2時可以感覺到接近連續流的柔 '和洗淨,在超過3 ΟΗζ時,幾乎無法與連續篇區別。亦 ml — — —— — — — — — - I I (請先«讀背面之注$項Wtf f本荑》 f 訂- -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 -137- A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明(35 ) 即’脈動流的頻率以5 Η z以上較佳,進而考慮到在波動 產生機器WP 2 - 8的脈動產生線圏WP 2— 1 5的勵磁 控制直接利用商用電源的頻率,而以5 0〜6 OH ζ爲上 限的話,可以簡單達成供控制之用的構成。 由此無感頻帶的觀點來看,即使於第2實施例,也將 脈動產生線圈WP 2 — 1 5的勵磁週期,亦即脈動週期 ΜΤ可變地控制於脈動頻率fmt (=1/ΜΤ)成爲約 5 Η ζ以上的範圍,而使上述水塊對人體局部的刺激被感 知爲連續的刺激。總之|即使只有將洗淨水水塊對人體局 部的洗淨處所以脈動週期Μ Τ間歇地吐水,對使用者而言 ,於此洗淨處所也可以提供如同受到連續洗淨水的吐水之 洗淨感。因此,即使這第2實施例,將洗淨水流量藉由節 流切.換閥WP2-2減低至約500c c/mi η程度’ 也可以提高洗淨能力以及洗淨感,所以最大只要吐出此流 量的洗淨水即可,總之,可以提高省水的實效性,對使用 者提供受到連續吐水的感覺。 即使將脈動頻率ί tm設定於上述無感頻帶,由受到 洗淨水的連續吐水之吐水連續感,也隨著脈動頻率i t m 的降低而越薄弱。因此,使脈動P率f t m在上述範圍內 刻意地降低,可以讓使用者的洗淨感(刺激感)僅具有些 微的間歇感。 此外,也可以如下述般進行脈動頻率控制與線圈勵磁 的負荷比控制;第8 3圖係說明使洗淨水的脈動流之脈動 頻率以在臀部洗淨的場合與陰部洗淨的場合相異的方式之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2W x 297公釐) ·彳38 H ϋ i I ϋ n n t _ I I i請先W1I背面之泫$項\>«本頁) 訂* -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 ^ 4 34 35 7 A7 一 B7 五、發明說明(36 ) 控制例的說明圖。第8 4圖係說明脈動頻率f t m與負荷 比D t m的控制例之說明圖。 請先《讀背面之注$項\ _4Γ本頁》 如第.8 3圖所示,於臀部洗淨.時與柔和、陰部洗淨時 的脈動週期MTA、MTV設定其大小,可以使其分別的 脈動頻率i t m相.異。而且,使臀部洗淨時的脈動頻率 i tmA,較柔和、陰部洗淨時的脈動頻率fmt V更低 。在此場合,兩頻率都在上述的無感頻帶的範圍。例如, 在臀部洗淨爲50Hz、在柔和洗淨爲60Hz,在陰部 洗淨爲7 OH z的方式變更頻率,如以下所說明的,亦可 使陰部洗淨等成爲較臀部洗淨成爲水勢更小的洗淨形態的 方式來設定頻率。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 藉由因應此第8 3圖所示的洗淨對象之頻率控制,如 第8 1圖所說明的,於臀部洗淨時,由於成爲接近華8 1 圖(A )的吐水形態,所以成爲連續受到充分的刺激感, 可以得到較硬的洗淨感。此外,於柔和、陰部洗淨時,由 於成爲如第8 1圖(B )的吐水形態,所以成爲連續受到 較弱刺激感的洗淨,可得較柔軟的洗淨感。特別是在柔和 、陰部洗淨1藉由提高脈動頻率f t m可以不造成間歇的 刺激感,所以可以使柔軟的洗淨感更爲連續。而且於達成 如此般的多樣洗淨感,可以如前所述謀求減低流量。 此外,如圖中的虛線或單點虛線所示,可以使脈動頻 率i t m在分別的洗淨爲同一,而在各洗淨控制變更負荷 比D t m。負荷比D t m因爲是由線圈勵磁力,亦即波動 產生機器WP2-8之柱塞WP2-1 4的移動速g以及 -139- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 4 34 35 7_ B7 五、發明說明$37 ) 移動量來決定的,可以增減控制脈動的振幅。因此,可使 第7 3圖所示的洗淨水量與流速因應負荷比D.t m而控制 ,結果在各洗淨可以便供控制第8 1圖所示的水塊質量, 可以在硬式/柔和的洗淨感下,調整刺激感的強弱與洗淨 力的調聱。而且,根據流速變更,也可以調整水勢的強弱 。換句話說,可以藉脈動流的負荷比控制或頻率控制確保 使用者所希望的洗淨感或水勢,所以可謀求如前所述的洗 淨水的大幅降低。而且,此負荷比控制與頻率控制之兩控 制,因爲與節流閥之流量調整無關,所以可以使節流閥之 薄量調整所無法調整的水勢調整,藉由上述兩種控制來實 現。總之,藉由負荷比控制與頻率控制’可以補充節流閥 流量調整的不足。而藉由倂用透過藉由節流閥之流量調整 之水勢等的調整,與透過上述兩控制之水勢等的調整,可 以進行極細微的水勢等的調整。 如第8 4圖所示,可以控制脈動頻率f t m,或是同 時控制脈動頻率f t m與負荷比D t m。亦即,如第8 4 圖(a)所示,於洗淨繼續中的各洗淨期間ΤΑ、TB、 TC…,使負荷比D t m爲D t mL,而在分別的洗淨期 間增減控制脈動頻率f t m »例如,如圖所示,將脈動頻 率f tm可變控制於f tmS、f tmM、f tmL ( f tmS<f tmM<f tmL)之任一値。或者增減控 制2階段、或4階段以上、設置也無段地增減控制亦可。 如此一來、可以謀求硬式/柔軟之洗淨感的洗淨期間的變 化或是洗淨感的強弱變化,可以謀求洗淨感的多樣化。此 * 1· 1« n ϋ n n I k— a— I » 1· I <請先《讀背*之注意事項f本頁) 訂- ··線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作社印數 本紙張尺度適用中B國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -140- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 ,4 34 35 7 A7 ___B7____ 五、發明說明(|38 ) 外,頻率不同的話,上述水塊的衝突的連續間隔也相異, 因此水塊的衝突所得的水勢強弱也可以藉頻率控制來調整 。而且,此頻率控制,與根據節流閥之流量調整無關,所 以在節流閥的流量調整所無法調整的水勢調整,可以透過 頻率控制來實現。總之,藉由頻率控制,可以補節流閥的 流量控制之不足。而透過並用藉由節流閥之流量調整的水 勢等之調整,與透過頻率控制之水勢等的調整,可以進行 極爲細微的水勢等的調整。 在此場合,各洗淨期間係相同時間間隔亦可,也可以 是每個洗淨期間爲相異的時間間隔。而且,在相異時間間 隔的場合1時間間隔有規則地改變亦可,無規則地改變亦 可。例如,時間間隔爲t S、t Μ、t L ( t S < t Μ < t L)的場合也可以t S— tM— t L— t S— tM…的 方式規則變化,也可以t L—t S— t S— tM— t L — t M…的方式不規則變化。又,如此不規則的時間變化, 只要將亂數產生程式載入,而因應其所產生的亂數決定各 時間間隔即可。 ·' 此外,如第84圖(b)所示,於洗淨繼續中的各洗 淨期間T A、T b、T C…,增減控制負荷比D t m。例 如,如圖所示,將負荷比D t m之値可變地控制爲 DtmS 'DtmM'DtmL (DtmS<DtmM< D tmL_)之任一値。或者於2階段、或4階段以上,或 者無階段地增減控制亦可再加上使脈動頻率f tm以上 述方式於各洗淨期間增減控制。如此一來,可使洗淨感更 •--——111-----..裝 *li <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再f ΐ本買> 訂 --線 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -141 - 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(139 ) 進一層多樣化。在此場合,也可以使各洗淨期間爲相同時 間間隔,或者規則或不規則地變更。 F 2 /洗淨動作: 其次,說明具有上述構成的第2實施例的局部洗淨裝 置實行的洗淨動作。箄8 5圖係表示第2實施例的局部洗 淨裝置的洗淨動作之時間圖。 如圖所示,本局部洗淨裝置,當使用者著席於馬桶座 KS1-3 (參照第1圖)使著席感知器SS10 (參照 第6 5圖)打開(Ο N )時,受到此打開訊號,首先控制 打開入水側閥單元WP1 - 1的電磁閥WP1 — 1〇 (參 照第60圖)。藉此,開始對裝置內供給洗淨水的緣故, 爲了先於洗淨對洗淨水預備升溫之用而將加熱器ΤΗ 1 -2全力通電,同時將洗淨水的給水對象以節流切換閥 WP2 — 2切換爲機能水單元WP1 — 4。藉此,來自機 能水單元的機能水(游離氯溶液)被吐水至噴嘴頭NH +2 -1 (參照第8圖),噴嘴頭被洗淨殺菌。如此,於坐上 馬桶座之後的給水、溫水化、機能水吐水,是從感知器打 開經過指定時間後,或者出水水溫感知器S S 1 6 b檢測 達指定溫度_(例如,較洗淨時的溫水溫度更低2〜3度程 度的溫度)時被停止。總之,進行電磁閥的閉閥,節流切 換閥的停水切換,加熱器的通電降低(例如,全力通電的 30%程度),等待其後的洗淨按鈕的操作。如此坐上馬 桶座後的短時間內之加熱器全力通電而其後減低通電,將 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公«Π (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項再 ί本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 142- AT· 4 3435 7 1 A7 _'____B7_____ 五、發明說明(140 ) 洗淨水預備溫水化而維持其溫度的緣故,其後洗淨時不需 要加熱器的急速通電控制。此外,如前所述在本實施例因 爲洗淨水流量之降低效果很高,所以於加熱器通電時可以 謀求低耗電量化。 其後,洗淨按鈕,例如臀部洗淨按鈕SWb (參照第 2圖)被打開的話,開閥控制電磁閥WP 1 - 1 0進行供 洗淨臀部之洗淨水給水,同時將加熱器TH1 - 2全力通 電。加熱器,在被操作停止按鈕SWa之前繼續被全力通 電。關於電磁閥的關閉將於後述。 藉由此電磁閥的開閥,在局部洗淨之前,先進行自己 洗淨噴嘴頭之噴嘴頭前洗淨。總之,接在電磁閥的開閥之 後·,將洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1的洗淨水給水對象透過流路切 換閥WN 2 - 2切換爲臀部流路,接著藉由節流切換閥 WP 2 - 2將洗淨水給水對象切換爲洗淨噴嘴側,同時設 定此時的流童。藉此,被調整流量的洗淨水被送往處於等 待位置的洗淨噴嘴而從臀部吐水孔NH 2 — 2吐出的緣故 ,藉由在容器N S 1 — 1 4彈回之水洗淨噴嘴頭(參照第 8、10圖)*藉由此噴嘴前洗淨之通水’由於加熱器的 全力通電而已經被溫水化至適當溫度的洗淨水’行至到達 噴嘴頭之間的管路。因此,從後述的正式洗淨一開始,就 可以對局部吐出適當溫度的洗淨水’而不會由於低溫洗淨 水的吐水而造成不快感。此外,接著較節流切換閥更下游 側的流路切換閥之流路切換’進行節流切換閥的給水對象 切換及流量設定。藉此,因爲將節流切換閥以幾乎沒有洗 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« > - 143 - -illllll — — — — * I I (锖先《讀背面之注$項再1*»本頁> 訂- --線. 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明(141 ) 淨水水壓的接近無負荷狀態進行驅動的緣故,不會對該驅 動馬達造成過度負荷所以較佳。又,即使於此噴嘴前洗淨 時,也可以驅動波動產生機器w P 2 - 8而以脈動流之洗 淨水自己洗淨噴嘴頭。在此場合,線圈的脈動頻率f t 111 ,也可以在'無感帶域內,也可以在無感帶域外。 此噴嘴前洗淨,在經過指定時間之後被停止。總之, 如圖所示,首先,將上游側的節流切換閥切換於機能水單 元側使洗淨水不流向洗淨噴嘴側。其後,切掉流路切換閥 ,停止噴嘴前洗淨。如此,即使於噴嘴前洗淨的停止時, 也可以將流路切、換閥以接近無負荷的狀態驅動,所以對該 驅動馬達沒有施加過度負荷而較佳。 接著此噴嘴前洗淨,控制正轉驅動噴嘴驅動馬達 NS1 - 4,使洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 1從等待位置前進至臀 部洗淨位置。於此噴嘴前進期間,電磁閥也在開閥狀態' 節流切換閥將給水對象設爲機能水單元,所以機能水從容 器吐出。因此,藉由此機能水,可以將洗淨噴嘴的筒狀部 殺菌洗淨。又,於此噴嘴進出之動作,僅有因應被操作的 洗淨按鈕而使流路切換閥的切換對象,洗淨噴嘴的前進目 的地(陰部時,爲陰部洗淨位置)相異,關於柔和洗淨按 鈕或陰部洗淨按鈕也相同。 如此完成洗淨噴嘴進到洗淨位置之後,因應操作按鈕 實行局部的正式洗淨(臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨) 。如圖所示,在臀部洗淨開始從臀部吐.水孔N Η 2 - 2吐 出脈動流之洗淨水,進行以下的柔和開始。首先,將流路 本紙張尺度適用中國酉家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — —--- -裝·ί 請先Μ讀背面之注項再本買) 訂: -線 經濟部智慧财產局貝X消费合作社印製 -144- 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 A7 _ __B7___.五、發明說明(142 ) 切換閥WN 2 - 2切換爲臀部流路,接著藉由藉 W P 2 _ 2將洗淨,水給水對象切換至洗淨噴嘴側 設定水勢的流量從零調整漸增至對應於此時的已 量。又,也可以從較設定水勢對應的流量只少了 少量流量開始漸增調整至此設定水勢對應流量。 此柔和開始,也開始藉由波動產生機器WP 脈動流產生。總之,輸出脈衝訊號使脈動產生線 一 1 5反覆勵磁,使柱塞WP 2_ 1 4反覆移動 如先前所述使脈動流產生。 8 3圖所示的較陰部、柔和 覆進行線圈勵磁。於此線圈 D t m進增控制至徐徐增加 如此的柔和開始,即使設定 水量少,而且根據小負荷比 開始徐徐增加至設定水勢的 不適感或者不快感。結束如 的吐水,以脈動流的洗淨水 此正式洗淨,如果於其後水 此變更後的水勢的方式進行 或者以波動產生機器WP 2 比控制、脈動頻率控制)。 如果是 洗淨更 勵磁, 到設定 水勢很 D t m 吐水, 此的柔 吐水進 勢被變 以節流 臀部洗 小的脈 也將脈 完畢的 大的場 的脈動 所以不 和開始 行,移 更設定 切換閥 8進,行之脈 淨的話 動頻率 衝訊號 設定水 合,也 流之柔 會對使 之後, 至正式 的話, 進行之 動流控 然而,一般而言,將低流量的洗淨水進行流 精度的可信賴性。此 從前的局部洗淨裝置 ,流量的細微調整缺乏調整 以流量調整進行水勢調整之 由切換閥 ,同時將 設定之流 指定量的 2 _ 8之 圈W P 2 。藉此, ,已如第 f t ΙΏ 反 的負荷比 勢。藉由 可以從吐 軟的吐水 用者造成 設定水勢 洗淨。在 以使成爲 流量調整 制(負荷 量調整時 情形,爲 無法實現 閱 面 之 注 本 頁 裝 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中B國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -145- 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 A7 ________B7____ 五、發明說明“3 ) 低流量化的理由之一。然而,在此第2實施例的局部洗淨 裝置因爲可以通過脈動流控制(負荷比控制、脈動頻率控 制)如先前所述地調整水勢,所以具有可以在減低洗淨水 流量的情形下調整水勢的優點。因此,在第2實施例的局 部洗淨裝置,從接近最低水勢的水勢大幅變更至接适最大 水勢之水勢時,實施流量調整與脈動調整之倂用,而在其 他場合以脈動流控制來調整水勢。總之,從水勢強弱設定 '按鈕SWh u ' SWh d的操作狀況讀取水勢變更程度, 而因應其結果進行脈動流控制(負荷比控制、脈動頻率控 制)。具體而言,水勢被設定爲強的話,控制擴大負荷比 D t m,或者控制減低脈動頻率i t m,或者倂用此二者 。水勢弱設定與此相逆。此時,以未圖示的流量感知器檢 測出直到波動產生機器W P 2 _ 8的實際洗淨水流量,因 爲根據此檢測出的流量與水勢變更設定量進行脈動流控制 (負荷比控制、脈動頻率控制)的緣故,所以可以作更細 微的水勢調整。在此場合,以壓力感知器作爲流量感知器 來代用,或者藉由關於流量設定的開關等的訊號等而間接 檢測出其流量亦可。此外,流量感知器除了配置於波動產 生機器的上油脂構成以外,只要是可以檢測出洗淨水水量 的位置可以配置於任何地方,可以因應各單元的配置而來 配置謀求製品的精簡化。 正式洗淨,藉由停止按鈕的操作而以如下的方式結束 ,其後’進行噴嘴後退、噴嘴後洗淨。亦即,停止按鈕被 操作之後,受到該按鈕的O N訊號’停止來自噴嘴的臀部 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -146- t «I n I n I n II «I ί I n I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再ΓΛΙΙ·本頁) ( 線 4 3435 7 a? __I____B7 五、發明說明(144 ) 洗淨吐水,首先將節流切換閥WP 2 - 2切換爲機能水單 元側,其次停止流路切換閥WN 2 _ 2的止水以及線圈勵 磁的脈衝訊號的輸出,進行加熱器的通電減低。此加熱器 通電減低,直到著席感知器成爲0 F F爲止一直被維持。 藉此,洗淨水直到感知器關閉(OF F )爲止不會無意間 使其溫度降低,而被保溫於較適當溫度稍低的上述溫度。 因此,坐在馬桶座上反覆進行局部洗淨的場合,可以迅速 將洗淨水溫水化至適當溫度,所以較佳。此外,停止此臀 部洗淨水吐水時,也可以節流切換閥、流路切換閥的順序 依序驅動閥,使流路切換閥在接近無負荷狀態被驅動,所 以不會對該驅動馬達造成過度負擔所以較佳。又1上述之 正式洗淨(臀部洗淨之正式洗淨),使用者從馬桶座離開 而著席感知器在停止按鈕操作以前關閉(OFF),或者 在臀部洗淨中操作了柔和、陰部之各洗淨按鈕的場合也同 樣結束。 流路切換閥WN 2 - 2成爲止水時,使噴嘴驅動馬達 NS 1 — 4.反向驅動控制,使洗淨噴嘴WN2_1後退返 回至等待位置。此噴嘴後退時,電磁閥係開閥狀態,節流 切換閥WP 2 - 2將給水對象切至機能水單元,所以機會I 水從容器被吐出》因此,藉由此機能水,於噴嘴後退時也 可以殺菌洗淨洗淨噴嘴的筒狀部。 洗淨噴嘴返回至等待位置時,開始噴嘴後洗淨’將流 路切換閭WN 2 - 2切換爲臀部流路’接著藉由節流切換 閥WP 2 — 2將洗淨水給水對象切至洗淨噴嘴側,同時設 -------------裝--- 請先閱讀背面之注項再•本頁) 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中囤國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) -147- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 ______B7____ 五、發明說明(|45 ) 定此時之流量。藉此,被調整流量的洗淨水被送至等待位 置之洗淨噴嘴而從臀部吐水孔NH 2 _ 2吐出的緣故,藉 由在容器N S 1 — 1 4彈回的水洗淨噴嘴頭(參照第8圖 '第1 0圖)。藉由此噴嘴後洗淨之通水,噴嘴後退時被 淋於噴嘴頭的機能水沖洗流下。於此噴嘴後洗淨,也依節 流切換閥、流路切換閥的順序驅動閥,而可以將流路切換 閥以接近無負荷狀態的狀態驅動,所以不會對其驅動馬達 施加過度負荷而較佳。 此噴嘴後洗淨進行指定時間之後,爲了下次以後的局 部洗淨,控制關閉電磁閥W P 1 - 1 0,停止對局部洗淨 裝置之洗淨水給水。其後•排出較流量調整閥更爲下游的 給水管路以及下游的流路切換閥、洗淨噴嘴所殘留的洗淨 水。總之,接受上述電磁閥的關閉,使波動產生機器 WP2-8的脈動產生線圈WP2—15以小負荷比 D t m反覆勵磁,使柱塞WP 2 — 1 4反覆移動。此時, 脈動頻率f t m可爲低頻率。如此柱塞往復移動時,於波 動產生機器並未被供給洗淨水,但是藉由柱塞的往復移動 ,使上游側的洗淨水被吸入圓筒內,而被吸入的洗淨水又 被送出。藉此,殘留於上述下游給水管路等的洗淨水,藉 由柱塞送出的洗淨水徐徐被送往下游,經過流路切換閥的 切換流路(在此場合,爲臀部流路)’從等待位置的噴嘴 的臀部吐水孔排出至馬桶盆部。如此’結束殘存洗淨水的 排出之後,藉由流量調整閥之向機能水單元側之切換、流 路切換閥之止水,結束一連串的臀部洗淨動作。又’於此 - — — — Illlllllt — - I I (請先閲讀背面之注項再!ΓΛ.本頁) '§. 線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -148- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 43435 7 A7 _"___ B7 _ 五、發明說明^46 ) 噴嘴後退以後的動作,僅有因應被操作的洗淨按鈕切換流 路切換閥的切換目標,洗淨噴嘴的進出目的地(陰部時爲 陰部洗淨位置)相異而已,柔和洗淨按鈕或陰部洗淨按鈕 的場合也相同。 在本實施例,使使用波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8的殘存 洗淨水的排出結束時,如下述般進行。 通電勵磁波動產生機器WP 2 - 8的脈動產生線圈_ WP 2 - 1 5使柱塞WP2 — 1 4移動時,伴隨著此柱塞 的移動產生逆起電力,引起通電電流暫時減少的所謂底部 (bottom )現象。此底部現象因爲是以流動於線圈的電流波 形出現的緣故,,電流波形與柱塞移動的樣子有相關關係。 然而,考慮到上述殘存洗淨水排出時使脈動產生線圈勵磁 的狀況時,在殘存洗淨水完全被排出的前後,產生柱塞在 圓筒內有洗淨水的情況下之柱塞移動,與沒有洗淨水的空 的狀況下之柱塞移動。圓筒內的洗淨水,因爲發揮對柱塞 之移動阻力的緣故,使線圈勵磁在同一條件下(在本實施 例爲同一負荷比D t m)進行的話,在沒有洗淨水的空的 狀況下 > 柱塞的移動較以前更快。因此,在圓筒內有洗淨 水的狀況下之柱塞移動變成沒有洗淨水的空的狀況下之柱 塞移動時,亦即殘存洗淨水完全被排出時,底部現象的模 樣也有變化。因此,在本實施例的局部洗淨裝置,將此底 部現象以底部檢測電路C T 2 - 2 (參照第6 5圖)檢測 而檢測出殘存洗淨水完全排出之後,經過流量調整閥之切 換至機能水單元側,流路切換閥之止水,而結束一連串的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210x297公釐) — — — — — — — — — · I I U5__* (靖先Η讀背面之注意事項再rh本頁)1 9. Thus, when the drive motor rotates in the forward and reverse directions, its rotation is coupled to the rotary shaft and the latch, and the rotary key is transmitted to the rotor. One of the communication holes is opened by the rotation gap of the rotor as described above. Therefore, in the nozzle flow path corresponding to the selected communication hole, the pulsating flow of the water from the wave generator fWP 2-8 is used to wash the water. . In this case, the washing water from the pulsation generating device WP 2-8 passes through the downstream water supply pipe WP 2-6 (see Fig. 60) and the connection joint provided in the casing of the flow path switching valve WN 2-2 WN 2 _ 2 0 flows into this flow path switching valve. Here the connector is used to connect the machine from the wave. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) !! _ 装 i — (Please read the precautions on the back Λ this page). -Line-127- -43435 7 A7 __ [_ B7_ V. Description of the invention 625 > (Please read the note on the back 4? This page) For the downstream water supply pipeline, use a wave generator to arrange it more than the joint For the treatment on the lower side, air cannot be trapped in the middle of the downstream water pipe. Therefore, the pulsating flow from the wave generating device to the flow path switching valve can be achieved more effectively by suppressing the attenuation of pulsation because there is no air retention and the pipe has a high hardness as described above. In addition, the pulsating flow of the washing water to the nozzle device in the wave generating device is the only downstream water supply line up to the wave generating device and the flow path switching valve. In the place where the downstream water supply pipe may come into contact with surrounding components, cushioning materials such as shock-proof rubber are arranged. Specifically, a vibration-proof rubber is installed on the peripheral member side * and a vibration-proof rubber coil is wound around the water supply pipe. As a result, the downstream water supply line is a high-hardness person as described above, and the pulsation attenuation is more effectively suppressed. The housing and other components of this flow path switching valve WN 2-2 are printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. They are made of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyoxymethylene (POM), polybutylene terephthalate. Alcohol ester (abbreviated as PBT), glass fiber reinforced polybutylene terephthalate (abbreviated as GFPBT) and other engineering plastics with high durability and heat resistance. Thereby, the washing water flow path in the flow path switching valve functions as a high-strength pipeline without causing pulsation attenuation due to the expansion and contraction of the pipeline. When the pulsating flow washing water from the wave generator WP 2-8 is fed to the nozzle flow path, there is no piping between the flow path switching valve and the cleaning nozzle, so there is no pulsation attenuation. In addition, when the feed water object is switched as described above, the rotation of the rotor W N 2-7 is used, and therefore, compared with a bursting flow path switching valve using an elastomer such as a turntable, is it possible to suppress the pulsation of chlorine. -128- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). Printed by R Industrial and Consumer Cooperation of the temporary Hui Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs • '4 34 35 7 A7 ______B7___ 5. Description of the invention $ 26 > This flow path switching valve WN 2-2 has the following advantages. The flow path switching valve is not integrated with the wave generating device WP 2-8 but with the downstream washing nozzle WN2-1 and leaves the wave generating device which becomes a vibration source with the generation of a pulsating flow. Therefore, only the source of this fluctuation is a vibration source. In addition, the flow path switching valve and the cleaning nozzle move forward and backward as a whole, but because the coil winding part of the drive motor WN 2 _ 1 5 is resin-molded, the washing water is scattered to the drive motor when entering and exiting the washing position. Driving creates obstacles. Furthermore, since the water supply line up to the downstream side of the nozzle device can be made into a single line, the degree of load of the line when the nozzle advances and retracts can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load torque of the motor for the nozzle area. It is NH2—1 in the nozzle of the cleaning nozzle WN2-1, and it also has a gluteal spout hole NH2—2 for general buttocks cleaning, and a gentle cleaning for the buttocks. Soft spitting holes NH 2 _ 3 and pussy spitting holes N Η 2-4 for genital washing. This nozzle head is fixed to the tips of the 'tubular portions WN 2 to 5 of the cleaning nozzle in a watertight manner, and the first head flow path NΗ2 — 5, the second head flow path NΗ2 — 6, which are formed inside the nozzle head, are respectively formed. The third head flow path NN2-7 is connected to the first nozzle flow path WN1-7, the second nozzle flow path WN1-8, and the third nozzle flow path WN1-9, respectively. As shown in the figure, the flow paths of these nozzles reach the discharge holes above the nozzle head. With this, the flow path switching valve W Ν 2-2 (refer to FIG. 66) switches the washing water feed target at the rear end of the nozzle to any of the first to third nozzle flow paths WN 1 to 7 to 9, The washing water passes through the nozzle flow path and the nozzle head flow path that are switched to, and is discharged from each of the water discharge holes. In this case, because the water is supplied, it is ____I__ — — — — — ^-I I (Jingxian «碛 Note on the back side * ^ Item" This page > Order · Γ-line · This paper standard applies to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -129- ^ ·· 4 3 ^ 35 7 Α7 Β7 _____ 5. Description of the invention $ 27) It is the pulsating flow of washing water from the wave generating machine WP 2-8, so from Each spouting hole spouts washing water having pulsating properties. (Please read the note on the back of this page \ J page first) In this case, the above nozzles NH 2 _ 2 ~ 4 of the nozzle head NH 2-1 are the smallest in the buttocks and the pussy and The soft spouting hole is larger than this hip spouting hole. Therefore, the water potential setting buttons SWh u and SWh d of the remote operation device RC1-1 (refer to FIG. 2) are used to set the water potential to a certain level, as explained in the first embodiment, from each of the spouting holes. The speed of spouting the washing water is the fastest on the hip, while the pussy and soft spouts are slower than the hips. The softer washing with a slower spouting speed makes the washing feeling received from the spouted water softer as the spouting speed becomes slower than the usual washing of the buttocks. In addition, the vaginal spout hole or soft spout hole is not limited to a single hole as shown in the figure, and a plurality of small diameter fine holes may be arranged as shown in FIG. 71 to form the vaginal spout hole or soft spout hole as a whole. In this case, if the total area of the spout holes is larger than that of the hips, the spouts of the entire pores will be softer than when the hips are washed. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Next, using the hip washing as an example, a description will be given of how the washing water is discharged by the local washing apparatus of the second embodiment. Fig. 72 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the state of excitation of the pulsation generating coils WP 2-15 of the pulsation generating device WP 2-8 which generates pulsation when washing water is spouting water. Fig. 73 is a time chart showing the amount and flow rate of the washing water flowing from the wave generating machine WP 2 _ 8. Fig. 74 is a schematic diagram for explaining the state in which the washing water is discharged from the water discharge hole N Η 2-2 of the buttocks of the nozzle head NH 2-1. -130- The size of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). The printing stand of the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A7 4 34 3 5 7___B7____ 5. Description of the invention (28) Electronic control device CT2- 1. The excitation pulse generating line WP 2 ~ 1 5 causes the pulse generating device WP 2-8 to pulsate and emit a pulse-like signal. This pulse signal is output to a switching transistor (not shown) connected to the pulsation generating line for turning this coil on. With this, the pulsation generating coil is repeatedly excited by switching (ON / OFF) of each electric crystal of the pulse signal, so that the plunger WP2-14 is periodically reciprocated as described above. As a result, washing water is supplied from the wave generating machine WP 2 _ 8 to the nozzle holes of the nozzle head in a pulsating flow state in which the pressure periodically fluctuates up and down, and the pulsating flow washing water is discharged from the nozzle holes. At this time, the electronic control device variably controls the frequency of the above-mentioned pulse signal in a specified frequency range, and at the same time controls the switching of the coil excitation pulse (ON / OFF) with a duty ratio. This can cause all kinds of pulsating flow. In this case, a pressure sensor that detects the pulsating pressure caused by the wave-generating machine may be provided on the downstream side directly behind the wave-generating machine, and the load ratio control may be fed back by the measured value of the sensor. . The position of the sensor may be any position as long as it can reflect the pulsating pressure, and the position is not limited. For example, it may be provided in the vicinity of the nozzle, or the mechanism of the flow wave generating device may be provided in the vicinity or approximately integrally. As shown in Fig. 72, with the pulsating period MTg period T1 shown in Fig. 63, and the ON time of the pulse signal is t 1, the load ratio is expressed as (t 1 / T1) X100 (%) . When the pulsation of the pressure shown in Fig. 63 is caused, the amount of the washing water is reduced compared to the continuous flow to a level indicated by the load ratio. The amount of water in such a pulsating flow increases as shown in Fig. 7 in the range of the maximum flow rate Qmax to the minimum flow rate Qmin, ^ 1 1 · ^ 1 1 «I nn III ns II B1 · 1 I (please read the back first Note: \ # «本 荑) This paper size applies to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4% division (210 X 297 mm) -131--4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention 629) The flow rate is also increased or decreased from the maximum flow rate V max to the minimum flow rate V min. Here, in Figure 73, the reason why the minimum flow rate Q min and the minimum flow rate V min are not zero is because the minimum value of the pulsation pressure caused by the wave-producing machine WP 2-8 is not zero as described previously. Caused. As described above, if the continuous flow of washing water is discharged from the spouting hole (for example, the hip spouting hole NH2-2), the washing water coming from the spouting hole is continuous compared to that shown in FIG. 74 (A). The spouting form of the flowing water is changed to the above-mentioned pulsating flow of washing water spouting, as shown in Fig. 74 (B). The spouting form of discrete or water block state is adopted. As described above, the reason why the washing water that generates a pulsating flow with the wave generating device WP 2 _ 8 becomes discrete or water when it is discharged from the discharge hole of the washing nozzle will be described with reference to FIGS. 73 and 75. FIG. 75 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a process in which the washing water to be spouted is enlarged into a pulsating flow when the washing water of the pulsating flow is discharged from the spouting hole. As shown in FIG. 7 (A), After the amount of washing water is pulsated by the pulsation generating device WP 2_8, the flow velocity V is also changed to become a pulsation. That is, when the amount of the spouted washing water reaches the maximum flow rate Q max, the flow velocity also becomes the maximum velocity V m a X, and the instantaneous flow rate and flow rate change simultaneously with time. In addition, when each part of the pulsating flow washing water in Fig. 7 is marked as Wpl, Wp2, Wp3, Wp4, and Wp5, the amount of each part becomes Wpl (Wp5) < W p2 (W p4) < W p3, and the respective flow rate becomes VI (V5) < V2 (V4) < V3. With this, starting from (A) ~ (C) in Fig. 75 after the water is spouted, because the speed of Wp3 is greater than the speed of W P2, W p3 and W p2 are combined into one, and further-- ------- I --- Please install H1I on the back of the H1I. 4 {^ > »This book is set. Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Online Economy (CNSU4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 132-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ... 4 34 35 7 A7 _I____B7_____ V. Description of the invention to) and Wpl in order to become a block of water. In this way, Wp3 with the maximum flow rate and Wp2 'Wpl in front of it are sequentially synthesized to form a large water block and rush to the body part (washing surface). In this way, when the washing water hits the body part, it becomes impact energy (washing The state of the water block with a large net strength. This flow rate V 3 is the maximum flow rate V max shown in FIG. 7. Therefore, the washing water spouting the water in a pulsating flow is unified at the occurrence of every pulsating period MT. The spouting state of the water block state is spit out from the spouting hole. Moreover, this phenomenon is caused by the pulsation cycle, so as described above The water block passing through the maximum flow rate Wp3 complex appears repeatedly, the water block at a certain water ejection timing, and the water block passing through the JVp3 complex at the next water ejection timing are moved (spit water) at almost the same speed (maximum speed). Next, the description The washing strength is different between the case where the washing water is sprayed from the hip spout hole NH 2 _ 2 in a continuous flow and the case where the pulse water is sprayed as a pulsating flow. Compared with the previous continuous flow, the pulsating flow has more than twice the same amount of water. The washing strength is due to the following reasons. The energy E when the washing water of mass m impinges on the wall surface at a speed V is expressed by the formula (1). E = (1/2) m V 2 …… (1) In addition, at this time, the force that collides with the wall surface is f, and the time until the washing water flow at the speed V is decelerated to 0 and eliminated is Δt. The energy product E can be expressed by the formula (2), and if the deceleration is α Then, the force can be expressed by formula (3). ≫ —r * 1 | > ϋ ϋ 1 n I · —9 I < Please read the precautions on the back of this page WtT f page) Order-c-line · This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS)> A4 (210 X 297 mm) -133- Employees ’Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative printed 4 34 35 7 a?-, · B7 V. Description of the invention $ 31) E = f Δ t ...... (2) Figure 7 6 shows the state of the impact of the washing water on the wall Illustration. In Fig. 76, it is assumed that the water block has three types of W1, W2, and W3, and the washing strength of the washing water flow in various forms is reviewed. Here, the cross-sectional area S 1 of the water block w 1 is a long form, the cross-sectional area S 2 of the water block W 2 is twice that of S 1 and is a short form, and the water block W 3 is a cross-sectional area S 1 which is 1/2 of the length W 1. Shape. In these forms, the water block W1 corresponds to a continuous flow, and the water block W3 corresponds to a pulsating flow. At this time, the time Δ t 1 and Δ t 2 when the water block W1 and the water block W2 collide with the wall surface until they disappear become Δ t l > At 2. In this case, the equation (3) means that the deceleration α is large, and the water block is destroyed with a large force in a short time, and the force f 1 of the water block W 1 is f l compared with the force f 2 of the water block W2. < f 2. That is, compared with the continuous water block W1, the force f2 exerted on the human body part by the water block W2 that has been eliminated in a short time is larger. Accordingly, the mass of water W3 corresponding to the pulsating flow has a mass m / 2 compared with the mass of water W1, but its force f3 does not decrease compared to f1. That is, in the case of pulsating with a pulsating flow, it is possible to reduce the force of conflict on the human body without reducing the amount of water compared with the continuous flow, and it is possible to strongly remove the dirt attached to the human body. Next, the relationship between the washing intensity and the amount of volume, which are indicators of the local washing feeling of the human body, will be described. FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the pressure sensing plate P s is installed at a specified distance L a from the NH 2 — 2 vent hole in the opposite direction to the buttocks. The above-mentioned specified distance L a ′ is set at a part of the human body to be cleaned-----III------· I < Please read the precautions on the back A (this purchase) order < CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) -134- 4 3435 7 A7 __I___B7__ 5. Description of the invention (132) Location. The pressure sensing plate P s is a perceptron having a two-dimensional matrix-like detection unit, and the detection unit of each detection unit outputs independently. Using such a device, the peak pressure of the pressure output from each detection unit when the washing water is discharged from the hip discharge hole NH 2-2 of the washing nozzle WN 2-1 is measured. The results are shown in Figure 7-8. Fig. 78 is an explanatory diagram showing the position on the pressure sensing plate P s and the peak value of the pressure in a three-dimensional manner. The position of the χγ plane pressure sensing plate P s is the position of the subject, and the z-axis is at Pressure peaks at various locations. Fig. 78 (A) is the measurement result when the flow rate of the washing water in the spouting hole is a continuous flow of 1 · lL / mi η, and Fig. 78 (B) is the washing water flow rate in the spouting hole 0 5 L / min Measurement results of pulsating flow. In Fig. 78, the washing strength of the elements of the left and right washing sensations is represented by the peak pressure of the pressure, and the quantity sensation is represented by the mountain-like volume of the overall pressure distribution. Comparing these, the pulsating flow in Fig. 78 (B) is reduced by half compared to the continuous flow in Fig. 12 (A), but the peak pressure of the pressure is greatly increased: this represents the washing of the flushed body The net pressure is larger, that is, the washing strength is larger. Figs. 7 and 9 are timing charts showing detection signals detected from one of the detecting sections. Fig. 79 (A) shows a continuous flow, and Fig. 79 (B) shows a pulsating flow. It can be seen that the peak intensity of pulsating flow is higher than that of continuous flow. In addition, the mountain-like volume of the entire pressure distribution is also larger than that of the continuous flow in Fig. 78 (A), and the pulsating flow in Fig. 78 (B) is larger. In this way, the pulsating flow has a great sense of volume compared to the continuous flow. If the functional elements of the rinsing feeling are concretely expressed, it can be seen that the pulsating flow has better cleaning power. In this way, the comparison between the actual washing amount of the pulsating flow and the continuous flow shows that .----- !! 装 i — < Please note on the back of Mtl first mr * »This page) Order ·. Thread. Printed paper size of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, Paper Size Applicable to China Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public *) ) -135- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ____B7 _____ V. Description of the Invention (b3) Figures 80 and "Figure 80 shows the relationship between the average amount of water discharged and the amount of washing, in short. Shows the average amount of water that is necessary to clean the dirt attached to the human body with washing water. As can be seen from Fig. 80, when the dirt attached to the human body with the washing amount D 1 is to be washed, the pulsating flow and In the past, only one-fourth the amount of water was required compared to the previous washing device which was capable of spouting continuous flow of washing water. In this way, by pulsating the pulsating flow of washing water from the spout hole, the washing strength and the washing feeling of the user can be greatly improved. In addition, the washing water from which the pulsating flow is discharged increases the washing strength and increases the local stimulus to the human body. This is the same as the first embodiment described above, and can be explained as follows. When a perceptual stimulus is repeatedly applied to the same place of the human epidermis (in the second embodiment, the stimulus of the collision of the water block 双 1, double 2 and alum 3 shown in FIG. 76), this repeated interval (in the In this embodiment, if the pulsation period (MT) is long and the repetition frequency is low, the user can recognize the repetitive stimulus as a vibration stimulus. On the other hand, if the repetition interval is shortened and the repetition frequency is increased, the user cannot perceive the deliberately repeated stimulus as vibration. The stimulus is perceived as continuous stimulus β In short, the repeated stimulus to the human epidermis cannot be perceived as a vibrational stimulus The non-sensing frequency band is the same as that of the first embodiment. This non-sensing frequency band is an iterative frequency of about 5 Η ζ or more. Therefore, the deliberate repeated spitting of the pulsating flow of the washing water and the spitting water, the higher the repetition frequency, the less easily the vibration caused by the deliberately repeated spitting water is. However, if the repetitive frequency reaches a repetitive frequency of more than 1 OH ζ, most people with ordinary consciousness will not be able to keep up with the vibration caused by deliberate repeated vomiting. Therefore, it is difficult to recognize the spouting state of spitting water repeatedly (washing water spitting by pulsating flow). In this embodiment, 'ϋ H ϋ ϋ ϋ t ϋ II (please read the precautions on the back and then { " Private page) Ordering--The paper size of the paper is applicable to China B standard (CNS) A4 Huige (210 X 297 mm) -136- 4 3435 7 A7 _ B7 Print 5. Invention Description 634) It can make users who are affected by water block conflicts as shown in Figure 76, that is, most people with ordinary perception, unable to perceive the conflict of water blocks as intermittent, so that It is perceived as a continuous flow of wash water. The following description uses a figure. Fig. 1 is an explanatory diagram explaining the reason why the washing strength is different with the increase and decrease of the frequency. Fig. 81 (A) has the same amount of washing water as Fig. 81 (B), but because Because the pulsation period MT is large, a state in which the pulsation frequency fmt _ (= 1 / MT) determined by the period is small is displayed. In Figure 81 (A) and Figure 81 (B), the length of the cycle can determine the degree of integration of the above water blocks. As a result, in the case of Figure 81 (A) where the pulsation period MT is large and the pulsation frequency is small, the mass of the water block during a collision becomes larger, the collision energy becomes larger, and the human body is more stimulated. That is, in the case of FIG. 81 (A), the human body receives a large stimulus and feels a strong stimulus. In addition, as shown in Figure 81, when the pulsating frequency fmt falls below or close to the above-mentioned non-sensing frequency band, the human body can perceive strong stimuli while being repeatedly stimulated, and feel a stronger stimulus. . On the other hand, as shown in Figure 81 (B), when the pulsation frequency fmt is increased to a frequency in the above-mentioned non-sensing frequency band, a small stimulus is accepted as the continuous stimulus as described above. Power can feel irritating. Therefore, even with the same amount of water, the greater the frequency and the larger the water mass, the stronger the stimulation (washing intensity) to the human body. Fig. 2 is a graph showing the relationship between the pulsating frequency of the pulsating flow and the unpleasantness associated with the intensity of washing and the local stimulus of the human body. For human skin, when the frequency exceeds 5 Η 2, you can feel the softness and cleansing that is close to continuous flow, and when it exceeds 3 〇Ηζ, it is almost indistinguishable from the continuous article. Also ml — — — — — — — — —-II (please «read the note on the back side of the article Wtf f this book" f order--the size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Li> -137- A7 B7 4 3435 V. Description of the invention (35) That is, 'the frequency of the pulsating flow is preferably 5 Η z or more, and then considering the pulsation generating line WP 2-8 of the wave generating machine WP 2-1 The excitation control of 5 directly uses the frequency of a commercial power supply, and with 50 to 6 OH ζ as the upper limit, a structure for control can be easily achieved. From the viewpoint of a non-inductive band, even in the second embodiment, Also, the excitation period of the pulsation generating coil WP 2-1 5, that is, the pulsation period MT is variably controlled in a range where the pulsation frequency fmt (= 1 / MT) is about 5 Η ζ or more, so that the above-mentioned water block pairs The local stimulus is perceived as continuous stimulus. In short | even if only the washing water block is used to wash the local part of the human body, the pulsation cycle M T intermittently spit out water. For the user, it is also possible to clean the premises here. Provides a cleansing sensation as if spouted by continuous washing water. In this second embodiment, the flow rate of the washing water is cut by throttling. Changing the valve WP2-2 to about 500c c / mi η can also improve the washing ability and the feeling of washing, so it is only necessary to spit out this flow In short, it can improve the effectiveness of water saving and provide the user with the feeling of continuous spitting water. Even if the pulsation frequency ί tm is set in the above-mentioned non-sensing frequency band, the continuous spitting water from the rinsing water is discharged. The sense of continuity also becomes weaker as the pulsation frequency itm decreases. Therefore, deliberately reducing the pulsation P rate fft within the above range can make the user's feeling of cleansing (stimulus) only slightly intermittent. It is also possible to perform the pulsation frequency control and the load ratio control of the coil excitation as follows; Figure 8-3 shows that the pulsation frequency of the pulsating flow of the washing water is different from the case of washing the buttocks and the case of cleaning the genitals The paper size of this method applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2W x 297 mm) · H38 H ϋ i I ϋ nnt _ II i, please order 泫 $ items on the back of W1I \ > «This page) Order *-Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Industrial Consumers Cooperative Co., Ltd. ^ 4 34 35 7 A7-B7 V. Explanation of the invention (36) An illustration of the control example. Figure 8-4 is an illustration of the control example of the pulsation frequency fmt and the load ratio D tm. Please first "Read the note on the back side of the article \ _4Γ This page" As shown in Fig. 8 3, the pulsation cycles MTA and MTV when washing the hips and soft and genitals can be set to their respective pulsations. The frequency itm differs. In addition, the pulsation frequency i tmA during the washing of the buttocks is softer, and the pulsation frequency fmt V during the washing of the genitals is lower. In this case, both frequencies are in the above-mentioned non-inductive frequency band. For example, if the frequency is changed to 50 Hz in the buttocks, 60 Hz in the gentle wash, and 7 OH z in the genital wash, as described below, the genital wash can also be made more powerful than the gluteal wash. The way to set the frequency of small washing patterns. Du Yinzhi, employee cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, responds to the frequency control of the washing objects shown in Figure 8 3 according to this. As illustrated in Figure 81, when the hips are washed, it becomes close to China 8 1 As shown in the figure (A), the water spouting pattern is continuously irritated sufficiently, and a hard washing feeling can be obtained. In addition, when it is soft and cleaned in the genitals, it has a spitting water pattern as shown in FIG. 81 (B), so that it is continuously washed with weak irritation, and a softer washing feeling can be obtained. In particular, in gentle and cleansing of the vagina, by increasing the pulsation frequency f t m, intermittent irritation is not caused, so that the soft washing feeling can be made more continuous. In order to achieve such a variety of washing feelings, the flow rate can be reduced as described above. In addition, as shown by a dotted line or a single dotted line in the figure, the pulsation frequency i t m can be made the same in each washing, and the load ratio D t m can be changed in each washing control. The load ratio D t m is caused by the coil excitation force, that is, the fluctuation speed g of the plunger WP2-1 4 of the machine WP2-8 and -139- This paper size applies to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A7 4 34 35 7_ B7 V. Description of the invention $ 37) It can be increased or decreased to control the amplitude of the pulsation depending on the amount of movement. Therefore, the amount of washing water and flow rate shown in Fig. 73 can be controlled in accordance with the load ratio Dt m. As a result, the quality of the water block shown in Fig. 81 can be controlled in each washing. Under the washing feeling, adjust the intensity of the stimulation and the adjustment of the washing power. Moreover, the strength of the water potential can be adjusted according to the change of the flow velocity. In other words, the load ratio control or frequency control of the pulsating flow can ensure the desired washing feeling or water potential by the user, so that the aforementioned washing water can be drastically reduced. In addition, the two controls of the load ratio control and the frequency control are not related to the flow adjustment of the throttle valve, so the water potential adjustment that cannot be adjusted by the thin adjustment of the throttle valve can be achieved by the above two controls. In short, the deficiency of the throttle valve flow adjustment can be supplemented by the load ratio control and frequency control '. By using adjustment of the water potential and the like through the flow rate adjustment by the throttle valve, and adjustment of the water potential and the like through the above two controls, it is possible to perform extremely fine water potential and the like adjustment. As shown in Fig. 84, the pulsation frequency f t m can be controlled, or the pulsation frequency f t m and the load ratio D t m can be controlled at the same time. That is, as shown in Fig. 84 (a), during each cleaning period TA, TB, TC, etc., the load ratio D tm is D t mL, and the load ratio is increased or decreased during each cleaning period. Control the pulsation frequency fmt »For example, as shown in the figure, the pulsation frequency f tm can be variably controlled to f tmS, f tmM, f tmL (f tmS < f tmM < f tmL). Alternatively, the control can be increased or decreased in 2 or more stages, and the setting can be increased or decreased in steps. In this way, it is possible to change the washing period of the hard / soft washing feeling or the strength of the washing feeling, and to diversify the washing feeling. This * 1 · 1 «n ϋ n n I k— a— I» 1 · I < Please read the "Notes on the back * f page first" Order-·· · Line · The Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Bei Gong Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. The paper size applies to the national standard B (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 Public *) -140- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, 4 34 35 7 A7 ___B7____ V. Description of the invention (| 38) In addition, if the frequency is different, the continuous intervals of the above water block conflicts will also be different, Therefore, the water potential obtained from the collision of water blocks can also be adjusted by frequency control. Moreover, this frequency control has nothing to do with the flow adjustment of the throttle valve, so the water potential adjustment that cannot be adjusted by the flow adjustment of the throttle valve can be transmitted through Frequency control is implemented. In short, the frequency control can make up for the lack of flow control of the throttle valve. By using and adjusting the water potential and other adjustments through the frequency control of the throttle valve, Very fine adjustment of water potential can be performed. In this case, the washing periods may be the same time interval, or each washing period may be a different time interval. In addition, when the washing periods are different In the case of intervals, the time interval may be changed regularly or irregularly. For example, the time interval is t S, t Μ, t L (t S < t Μ < t L) In the case of t S— tM— t L— t S— tM…, the rules may be changed, or t L—t S— t S— tM— t L — t M… Variety. In addition, for such irregular time changes, as long as the random number generating program is loaded, each time interval can be determined according to the random number generated by the program. · 'In addition, as shown in FIG. 84 (b), the control load ratio D t m is increased or decreased during each cleaning period T A, T b, T C,... For example, as shown in the figure, the load ratio D t m is variably controlled to DtmS 'DtmM'DtmL (DtmS < DtmM < D tmL_). Alternatively, the control can be increased or decreased in two or four stages or steplessly, or the pulse frequency f tm can be increased or decreased in each of the cleaning periods as described above. In this way, the feeling of washing can be more improved. ------- 111 ----- .. install * li < Please read the precautions on the back before you buy this copy > Order --- The paper size of the thread is applicable to 0 Chinese standards (CNS)> A4 (210 X 297 mm) -141-4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (139) Further diversification. In this case, the washing periods may be made at the same time interval, or may be changed regularly or irregularly. F 2 / Washing operation: Next, the second structure having the above configuration will be described. The cleaning operation performed by the local cleaning device of the embodiment. Fig. 8 5 is a time chart showing the cleaning operation of the local cleaning device of the second embodiment. As shown in the figure, the local cleaning device, when the user When the seat sensor KS1-3 (see Fig. 1) is seated and the seat sensor SS10 (see Fig. 65) is opened (0 N), the opening signal is first controlled to control the opening of the water inlet valve unit WP1-1 Solenoid valve WP1 — 10 (refer to Figure 60). As a result, the supply of washing water to the device is started, and the heater T1-2 is fully energized for the purpose of warming up the washing water before washing. At the same time, the water supply object of the wash water is switched to the throttle switching valve WP2 — 2 to Functional water unit WP1 — 4. In this way, functional water (free chlorine solution) from the functional water unit is discharged to the nozzle head NH +2 -1 (see Figure 8), and the nozzle head is washed and sterilized. The water supply, warm water, and functional water spitting water after the toilet seat is discharged after the sensor has been opened for a specified period of time, or the outlet water temperature sensor SS 1 6 b detects the specified temperature _ (for example, warm water when washing) When the temperature is lowered by 2 to 3 degrees, it is stopped. In short, the solenoid valve is closed, the throttle switch valve is switched off, and the heater is turned off (for example, about 30% of full power is turned on). Wait The subsequent operation of the washing button. In this way, the heater is fully energized in a short time after sitting on the toilet seat, and then the energization is reduced. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «Π (Please read the note on the back first, and then this page) Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 142- AT · 4 3435 7 1 A7 _'____ B7_____ V. Description of the invention (140) Washing water and warm water To maintain its temperature, and thereafter The rapid power-on control of the heater is not required during washing. In addition, as described above, because the effect of reducing the flow rate of the washing water is very high, the power consumption can be reduced when the heater is powered on. When the clean button, for example, the hip wash button SWb (see FIG. 2) is turned on, the valve-opening control solenoid valve WP 1-10 is used to supply water for washing the hips, and at the same time, the heater TH1-2 is energized. The heater is continuously energized until the stop button SWa is operated. The closing of the solenoid valve will be described later. With the opening of the solenoid valve, the nozzle head is cleaned by itself before the local cleaning. In short, after the solenoid valve is opened, the washing water supply target of the washing nozzle WN 2-1 is switched to the buttock flow path through the flow path switching valve WN 2-2 and then the throttle switching valve WP 2 -2 Switch the washing water supply target to the washing nozzle side, and set the flow child at this time. As a result, the washing water whose flow rate is adjusted is sent to the washing nozzle in a waiting position and is discharged from the hip discharge hole NH 2-2. Therefore, the nozzle head is washed by the water bouncing in the container NS 1-1 4 (Refer to Figures 8 and 10) * The pipeline between the water flowing through the front of the nozzle 'washing water which has been warmed to an appropriate temperature due to the full power of the heater' is routed to the nozzle head . Therefore, from the beginning of the formal washing described later, it is possible to spit out the washing water at an appropriate temperature locally without causing unpleasant feelings due to the spitting out of the low-temperature washing water. In addition, the flow path switching of the flow path switching valve further downstream than the throttle switching valve is performed to switch the water supply target of the throttle switching valve and set the flow rate. Because of this, because the throttle switching valve is applied to the standard of China National Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) «>-143--illllll — — — — * II (锖 先 《读 后背) Note $ item 1 * »This page > Order --- line. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives A7 B7 4 3435 V. Description of the invention (141) The pressure of the purified water is close to the unloaded state. For the sake of driving, it is better not to cause an excessive load on the driving motor. Also, even when washing in front of this nozzle, the wave generating machine w P 2-8 can be driven and washed by the pulsating flow of washing water by itself Nozzle head. In this case, the coil's pulsating frequency ft 111 can also be in the 'inductive zone' or outside the inductive zone. This nozzle is washed before and stopped after a specified time. In short, as shown in the figure As shown, first, the throttle switching valve on the upstream side is switched to the functional water unit side so that the washing water does not flow to the washing nozzle side. After that, the flow path switching valve is cut off and the washing before the nozzle is stopped. When the washing before the nozzle is stopped, the flow path can also be cut The valve changer is driven in a nearly no-load state, so it is better not to apply excessive load to the drive motor. Next, wash the nozzle before it, and control the forward drive nozzle drive motor NS1-4 to make the cleaning nozzle WN2 — 1 wait. The position advances to the hip washing position. During this nozzle advance, the solenoid valve is also open. The throttle valve sets the water supply object as a functional water unit, so the functional water is discharged from the container. Therefore, with this functional water, The cylindrical part of the cleaning nozzle can be sterilized and washed. In addition, the movement of the nozzle in and out of this nozzle is only the switching object of the flow path switching valve in response to the cleaning button being operated. In this case, the pussy washing position is different, and the same applies to the soft washing button or the pussy washing button. After completing the washing nozzle into the washing position in this way, a partial formal washing is performed according to the operation button (hip washing, Gently wash, clean the genitals.) As shown in the figure, start to spit from the buttocks after washing the hips. Water holes N Η 2-2 spit out the pulsating flow of washing water and perform the following gentle start. First, the passage of this paper scale applicable Chinese standard unitary family < CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — —-Please read the notes on the back before buying) Order:-Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau X Consumer Cooperative -144- Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 4 3435 7 A7 _ __B7___. V. Description of the invention (142) The switching valve WN 2-2 is switched to the hip flow path, and then by the By WP 2 _ 2 to wash, the water supply object is switched to the washing nozzle side and the flow rate of the set water potential is gradually increased from zero to the corresponding amount at this time. In addition, the flow rate corresponding to the set water potential can be adjusted from a small amount of flow that is smaller than the flow rate corresponding to the set water potential. This gentle beginning also began to be produced by the pulsating flow of the wave-producing machine WP. In short, the output pulse signal causes the pulsation generating line to be repeatedly excited to cause the plunger WP 2_ 1 4 to repeatedly move to generate a pulsating flow as previously described. 8 The lower part of the female part shown in Figure 3 is softly covered for coil excitation. Here, the coil D t m is gradually increased to gradually increase. This gentle start, even if the set amount of water is small, and according to the small load ratio, it gradually increases to the discomfort or unpleasantness of the set water potential. Finish the spitting water, wash with pulsating flow, and then wash it formally. If the water is changed after this, change the water potential, or use the wave generating machine WP 2 ratio control, pulsation frequency control). If it is washing, it will be more exciting, until the set water potential is D tm to spit water, the soft vomiting water inlet potential will be changed to throttle the hips and wash the small pulses, and the pulses of the large fields will be pulsed. Set the switching valve 8 into the line. When the pulse is clean, the dynamic frequency of the signal is set to hydration. After the flow is soft, the flow control will be performed. However, in general, low-flow washing water is used. Reliability of stream accuracy. In the previous partial cleaning device, the fine adjustment of the flow lacked the adjustment of the water potential adjustment by the flow adjustment by the switching valve, and at the same time, the set flow was a specified amount of 2_8 circles W P 2. With this, the load ratio has been reversed as f t ΙΏ. It can spit out soft water from the user to set the water potential to wash. In order to make the flow adjustment system (the situation when the load is adjusted, it is impossible to read the page. The binding page on this page. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). -145- Ministry of Economy Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau ’s Industrial and Consumer Cooperative A7 ________B7____ V. Invention Description "3) One of the reasons for the low flow rate. However, the local cleaning device of the second embodiment can be controlled by pulsating flow (load ratio control, Pulsing frequency control) The water potential is adjusted as described previously, so it has the advantage that the water potential can be adjusted while reducing the flow rate of the washing water. Therefore, the local washing device in the second embodiment is greatly changed from a water potential close to the lowest When reaching the maximum water potential, implement the use of flow adjustment and pulsation adjustment, and adjust the water potential with pulsating flow control on other occasions. In short, read the water potential from the operating condition of the water potential setting 'button SWh u' SWh d Change the degree and perform pulsating flow control (load ratio control, pulsating frequency control) in accordance with the result. Specifically, the water potential is set If it is strong, control to increase the load ratio D tm, or control to reduce the pulsation frequency itm, or use both of them. Weak water potential is set to the contrary. At this time, it is detected by a flow sensor (not shown) until the fluctuation generating machine WP The actual washing water flow rate of 2 _ 8 can be adjusted more precisely because of the pulsating flow control (load ratio control, pulsation frequency control) based on the detected flow rate and water potential change set amount. In this case It is also possible to use a pressure sensor as a flow sensor instead, or to detect its flow indirectly through a signal such as a switch on the flow setting. In addition, the flow sensor is not only configured on the grease generating device of the wave generating device, As long as the position where the amount of washing water can be detected can be placed anywhere, it can be arranged according to the arrangement of each unit to simplify the product. Formal washing ends with the operation of the stop button in the following manner. Back 'to perform nozzle backward and nozzle cleaning. That is, after the stop button is operated, the button is turned on. 'Stop from the buttocks of the nozzle This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 public love) -146- t «I n I n I n II« I ί I n I (Please read the note on the back first Matters ΓΛΙΙ · This page) (Line 4 3435 7 a? __I____B7 V. Description of the invention (144) To clean and spit water, first switch the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 to the functional water unit side, and then stop the flow path switching valve WN The output of the 2_2 water stop and the pulse signal of the coil excitation reduces the energization of the heater. The energization of this heater is reduced until the seat sensor becomes 0 FF. Thereby, the washing water is not unintentionally lowered in temperature until the sensor is turned off (OF F), and is kept at the above-mentioned temperature slightly lower than the appropriate temperature. Therefore, when sitting on the toilet seat and performing local washing repeatedly, the washing water can be quickly warmed to an appropriate temperature, which is preferable. In addition, when stopping the hip washing water spout, the throttle switching valve and the flow path switching valve can be sequentially driven in order to drive the flow path switching valve in a nearly no-load state, so it will not cause the drive motor. Excessive load is better. In the above 1 formal washing (formal washing of hip washing), the user leaves the toilet seat and the seat sensor is turned off before the stop button operation is performed, or a gentle, vaginal washing operation is performed during hip washing The same applies to each of the washing buttons. When the flow path switching valve WN 2-2 is water-stopped, the nozzle drive motor NS 1 — 4. is driven in reverse to control the cleaning nozzle WN2_1 to return to the waiting position. When the nozzle is retracted, the solenoid valve is in the open state, and the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 cuts the water supply object to the functional water unit, so chance I water is discharged from the container. Therefore, when the nozzle is retracted by this functional water The cylindrical portion of the cleaning nozzle may be sterilized and washed. When the washing nozzle returns to the waiting position, after the nozzle is started to wash, 'switch the flow path 闾 WN 2-2 to the hip flow path', and then use the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 to cut the water supply object to the wash Net nozzle side, also set ------------- install --- Please read the note on the back before this page) Order ·-line · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives The paper scale is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) -147- Employee consumption cooperation of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed A7 ______B7____ 5. Description of the invention (| 45) Set the flow rate at this time . As a result, the adjusted flow rate of the washing water is sent to the washing nozzle in the waiting position and is discharged from the hip spouting hole NH 2 _ 2. Therefore, the water washing nozzle head rebounded in the container NS 1-1 4 ( Refer to Figure 8 'Figure 10). By the water passing through the nozzle after washing, the functional water which has been dripped onto the nozzle head when the nozzle retracts will flush and flow down. After the nozzle is cleaned, the valve is also driven in the order of the throttle switching valve and the flow path switching valve, and the flow path switching valve can be driven close to the no-load state, so no excessive load is applied to its drive motor. Better. After the nozzle is cleaned for a specified period of time, for the next local cleaning, the solenoid valve W P 1-10 is closed to stop the feed water to the washing water of the local cleaning device. After that • Drain the remaining water from the water supply pipe, the downstream flow path switching valve, and the washing nozzle, which is further downstream than the flow adjustment valve. In short, upon the closing of the solenoid valve, the pulsation generating coil WP2-15 of the wave generating machine WP2-8 is repeatedly excited with a small load ratio D t m, so that the plunger WP 2-1 4 is repeatedly moved. At this time, the pulsating frequency f t m may be a low frequency. When the plunger reciprocates in this way, the washing machine is not supplied with washing water, but the reciprocating movement of the plunger causes the upstream washing water to be sucked into the cylinder, and the sucked washing water is again sucked. Submit. As a result, the washing water remaining in the above-mentioned downstream water supply pipe and the like is slowly sent downstream by the washing water sent by the plunger, and passes through the switching flow path of the flow path switching valve (in this case, the hip flow path) 'Exit from the hip spout hole of the nozzle in the waiting position to the toilet bowl. In this way, after the discharge of the remaining washing water is ended, a series of hip washing operations are completed by switching the flow control valve to the functional water unit side and stopping the flow path switching valve. Also 'here-— — — Illlllllt —-II (Please read the note on the back again! ΓΛ. This page)' §. Line · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) -148- Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43435 7 A7 _ " ___ B7 _ V. Description of the invention ^ 46) After the nozzle moves backward, only the cleaning button to be operated switches the flow path switching valve The switching destinations of the cleaning nozzles are different from each other (the genital washing position when the genitals are in and out), and the same applies to the soft washing button or the genital washing button. In the present embodiment, when the discharge of the remaining washing water using the wave generating device WP 2 _ 8 is completed, it is performed as follows. The pulsation generating coil of the energized excitation wave generating device WP 2-8 _ WP 2-1 5 When the plunger WP2 — 1 4 is moved, the so-called bottom caused by the movement of the plunger to generate reverse electric power and temporarily reduce the energized current (bottom) phenomenon. This bottom phenomenon occurs because of the current waveform flowing through the coil, and the current waveform is related to how the plunger moves. However, considering the situation in which the pulsation generates a coil excitation when the residual washing water is discharged, the plunger moves when the plunger has washing water in the cylinder before and after the remaining washing water is completely discharged. The plunger moves with the empty condition without washing water. Because the washing water in the cylinder exerts resistance to the movement of the plunger, if the coil excitation is performed under the same conditions (the same load ratio D tm in this embodiment), the Under conditions> The plunger moves faster than before. Therefore, when the plunger moves under the condition that there is washing water in the cylinder and the plunger moves under the condition that there is no washing water, that is, when the remaining washing water is completely discharged, the appearance of the bottom phenomenon also changes. . Therefore, in the local cleaning device of this embodiment, the bottom phenomenon is detected by the bottom detection circuit CT 2-2 (refer to FIG. 65), and after the residual washing water is completely discharged, it is switched to the flow adjustment valve. On the side of the functional water unit, the water stop of the flow path switching valve is stopped, and the end of a series of this paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210x297 mm) — — — — — — — — — II U5 __ * (jingxian (Read the notes on the back and then rh page)
lSJ i線· -149- 經濟部智慈財產局負工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 at … '___B7 五、發明說明ί47 ) 臀部洗淨動作。 第8 6圖係表示關於脈動產生線圏WP 2 — 1 5的底 部檢測電路CT2 — 2之一例的電路圖。第8 7圖係說明 脈動產生線圈WP 2 - 1 5通電勵磁時電流波形的樣子之 說明圖。 如第86圖所示,底部檢測電路CT2 — 2,具有比 較儀CT2-3、電容器CT2 — 4與電阻CT2 — 5, 具備由以此電阻與電容器所構成的C R濾波電路所構成的 延遲電路=C R濾波電路係將輸入的訊號以電阻與電容所 決定的延遲程度延遲輸出。因此,這底部檢測電路,將被 輸入至負側端子的輸入訊號(反映通電電流產生於檢測電 阻C T 2 — 6的電壓)與延遲此輸入訊號的延遲訊號,被 施以在比較器之演算處理。藉此,由此底部檢測電路,表 示柱塞移動結束的脈衝狀的訊號(底部檢測訊號)以如下 的方式被輸出至電子控制裝置C T 2 - 1。 噴嘴後洗淨結束之後,於脈動產生線圈WP 2 - 1 5 的開關電晶體C T 2 _ 7被輸出圖示的指定週期(負荷比 D t m —定)的脈衝訊號,對應各脈衝開始對線圈通電。 著眼於某個脈衝時,隨著時間的經過同時流於脈動產生線 圈的電流也上升。而脈衝開始通電經過指定時間之後,柱 塞開始移動,伴隨著此柱塞的移動在脈動產生線圈引起逆 起電力,所以如第8 7圖的實線所示,引起通電電流暫時 減少的底部現象。此電流波形(原訊號波形)作爲電壓被 輸入比較器的負側端子。另一方面,於正側端子,被輸入 ' — — — — — — —It—___. I I <請先閱讀背面之注項再ΓΙ'·本頁) *^· ;線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -150- ^3435 7 五、發明說明“8 ) 以C R濾波電路所產生的如圖中虛線所示的延遲訊號。·因 此,在此比較器這些訊號被考慮其輸入端子的極性而被演 算的緣故,產生如圖示般的脈衝狀訊號。此脈衝狀的訊號 (底部檢測訊號),對應於被輸出至上述電晶體的各脈p 而被產生,以上述指定週期被輸入電子控制裝置。然而, 如上述般,殘存洗淨水完全被排出時|柱塞的移動速度很 快,此時的底部檢測訊號,以與之前.相異的週期被輸入β 因此,由此訊號的輸入狀況,電子控制裝置判斷殘存水已 結束排出,停止以後的脈衝輸出,而結束一連串的臀部洗 淨動作。又,藉由如此底部檢測結果使殘存水排出結束之 外,也可以在從供殘存水排出之線圈勵磁開始經過指定時 間之後停止脈衝輸出而停止線圈勵磁,而使洗淨動作結束 Η 2 /移動洗淨: 在第2實施例之局部洗淨裝置,可以進行如下_的移動 洗淨。例如,使洗淨噴嘴的中心位置_後往復移動,同時 因應噴嘴位置變更控制脈動頻率f t m或者負荷比D t m 。此時,可以在中心位置周邊,提高脈動頻率f t m而提 高柔軟、連續感,而在前進端與後退端附近’降低脈動頻 率f t m使強調堅硬感。此外’如果也使負荷比D t m在 中心位置周邊變小可以強調柔軟感。相反地在中心位置周 邊使脈動頻率降低提高堅硬感與刺激感,在前進端與後退 端附近,提高脈動頻率f t m可以強調柔軟感β !!1!1 — !裝___ <請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項再本頁) 訂: 線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格<210 297公釐) 151 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 43435 7 A7 __I_______ 五、發明說明((49 ) J 2 /按摩洗淨: 在第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置,可以如以下所述進行 按摩洗淨。將按摩洗淨期間設爲相同時間間隔的洗淨期間 ΤΑ、TB、TC…的反覆而將此時間間隔作爲按摩週期 (Dtm爲固定,例如Dtm=DtmL),如第84圖 (a )所示,以此按摩週期規則地增減控制脈動頻率 f tm。例如,使脈動頻率以f tmS— f tmM — f tmL— f tmS<f tm. Μ <i tmL)的方式規則地使於每個按摩週期變化。此外 可也以球用 f tmS— f tmL— f tmS — f tmM…的方式。或者是在.此規則地增減脈動頻率 ί tm之外,如第84圖(b)所示,於每個相同時間間 隔的洗.淨期間TA、TB、TC…之各按摩週期,可變而 規則性地控制負荷比D t m。例如,將負荷比以D t m L —D tmM— D tmS — D tmM— D tmL“·( D t mS.<D t mM<D t mL )的方式規則地使於每個 按摩週期變化。此外可也以採用D t mS — D t mM — D tmL — D tmS — D tmM…的方式 ° 此按摩週期,係使該倒數所決定的頻率成爲在無感頻 帶範圍外(約不滿5Hz)。藉此,如上述般伴隨著負荷 比D t m或脈動頻率f t m的洗淨感或刺激感的變化,可 以讓使用者明確感知。藉此,可以提供使用者規則性地反 覆從吐水受到洗淨感或刺激感,同時可以採用如此規則反 • K d I J I ( IE I <請先M讀背面之注意事項再Γ -本頁) 'SJ· --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -152- 4 3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 B7_______五、發明說明$50 ) 覆的種種形態。此外,使負荷比D t κι擴大控制而提高刺 激時,減低控制脈動頻率f t m的話可以減弱刺激的連續 感,強調強力刺激》藉此,可以擴大刺激感的強弱,促進 排便。 此外,於上述按摩洗淨,使各洗淨期間ΤΑ、TB、 T C…分別相異。如此一來,.使分別的洗淨期間的負荷比 D t m或者伴隨著脈動頻率f t m的刺激認知時間也跟著 變化,所以受到刺激感的方式也多樣化,可以更有效地促 進排便感。此外|藉由使與音樂、光線、嗅覺(芳香劑療 法)等五官同步,提供可以舒緩的空間,因而可以進而更 促進排便感。 K 2 /搖擺洗淨: 在第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置,使吐水所受到的洗淨 感或刺激感不規則地變化,而提供安適感與舒適感之搖擺 洗淨,可以如下述般進行。將搖擺洗淨期間設爲相同時間 間隔的洗淨期間T A、T B、T C…的反覆而將此時間間 隔作爲搖擺週期,使負荷比D t m或脈動週期f t m或者 其二者以此搖擺週期不規則地增減控制。例如第1實施形 態所說明的,使負荷比D t m或脈動頻率不規則變化時, 載入亂數產生程式使產生亂數,以所得的亂數決定負荷比 或脈動頻率比。如此一來,使負荷比以D t m S-> D tmM->D tmS — D tmS-*D tmL — D tmS … 的方式,使脈動頻率f tm以f tmM— f tmS — -n i n n n κ ϋ n I . ^ I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再Γ···.本頁) 訂· 線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -153- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(|51 ) f tmM— i tmL—f tmS—f tmL …的方式以一 定的搖擺週期變化。或者使此二者彼此無關地變化。 如此伴隨著負荷比D t m或脈動頻率f t m的變化, 受到該吐水之洗淨感或刺激感不規則地變化。在此場合| 關於伴隨著負荷比D t m或者脈動頻率i t m的洗淨感或 刺激感變化的上述搖擺週期,也使此搖擺週期的倒數所決 定的頻率f成爲與按摩週期TM的場合同樣的頻率(約不 滿5 Η z )。藉此,如上述般伴隨著負荷比D t m或脈動 頻率f t m的洗淨感或刺激感的變化,可讓使用者明確感 知=而,伴隨著此變化的洗淨感或剌激感各搖擺週期不同 ,因此洗淨感或刺激感的變化也是不規則的,使用者藉由 此搖擺洗淨受到不規則的強弱刺激。藉此,與第1實施例 同樣地,由於刺激變化的預測困難性,使得容易解消洗淨 時的單調感,以及容易成爲副交感神經主控的狀態而在無 意識下引起內肛門括約肌的鬆弛,可以更有效地促進排便 。此外,爲了進行排便後之局部洗淨而進行此搖擺洗淨的 話,因爲伴隨著此強弱刺激的預測是困難的’所以能夠進 一步解消局部洗淨時的單調感。 此外,於上述搖擺洗淨,使各洗淨期間ΤΑ、TB、 T C…分別相異。如此一來’使伴隨著分別的洗淨期間的 負荷比D t m或者脈動頻率f t m的刺激認知時間也跟著 變化,所以受到刺激感的方式也多樣化’可以更有效地促 進排便感。此外’藉由使與音樂、光線、嗅覺(芳香劑療 法)等五官同步’提供可以舒緩的空間,因而可以進而更 請先H讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 裝lSJ i-line · -149- Printed by the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 at… '___B7 V. Description of the invention ί47) Washing the hips. Fig. 86 is a circuit diagram showing an example of the bottom detection circuit CT2-2 of the pulsation generating line 圏 WP2-15. Figures 8 and 7 are explanatory diagrams showing the shape of the current waveform when the pulsation generating coil WP 2-1 5 is energized and excited. As shown in Figure 86, the bottom detection circuit CT2-2 has a comparator CT2-3, a capacitor CT2-4 and a resistor CT2-5, and a delay circuit composed of a CR filter circuit composed of the resistor and the capacitor = The CR filter circuit delays the input signal with a delay determined by the resistance and capacitance. Therefore, the bottom detection circuit will input the input signal (reflecting the voltage generated by the detection resistor CT 2-6) to the negative terminal and the delayed signal that delays this input signal to the comparator. . Thereby, a pulse-shaped signal (bottom detection signal) indicating the end of the plunger movement is output from the bottom detection circuit to the electronic control device C T 2-1 as follows. After the nozzle is washed, the switching transistor CT 2 _ 7 of the pulsation generating coil WP 2-1 5 is output with a pulse signal of a specified period (load ratio D tm-fixed), and the coil is energized in response to each pulse. . When focusing on a certain pulse, the current flowing in the pulsating coil also increases with time. After the pulse has been energized for a specified period of time, the plunger begins to move. With the movement of the plunger, the pulsation generating coil causes reverse power. Therefore, as shown by the solid line in Fig. 8 and 7, the bottom phenomenon that causes the energization current to temporarily decrease. . This current waveform (original signal waveform) is input to the negative terminal of the comparator as a voltage. On the other hand, for the positive terminal, '— — — — — — —It —___. II < Please read the note on the back before ΓΙ' · this page) * ^ ·; line · This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -150- ^ 3435 7 V. Description of the invention "8) The delayed signal generated by the CR filter circuit as shown by the dashed line in the figure. Therefore, here, These signals of the comparator are calculated by considering the polarity of their input terminals, and generate pulse-like signals as shown in the figure. This pulse-like signal (bottom detection signal) corresponds to each pulse p output to the transistor. It is generated and is input to the electronic control device at the above-mentioned designated cycle. However, as described above, when the remaining washing water is completely discharged | the plunger moves quickly, and the bottom detection signal at this time is different from the previous. Therefore, the electronic control device judges that the remaining water has been discharged, and stops the subsequent pulse output, thereby ending a series of buttock washing operations. Based on the bottom detection result, the residual In addition to the end of the discharge, the pulse output can be stopped after the specified time has elapsed from the start of the coil discharge for the remaining water to stop the coil excitation, thereby ending the cleaning operation. 2 / Mobile cleaning: In the second embodiment, The local cleaning device can perform the following mobile cleaning. For example, the central position of the cleaning nozzle can be moved back and forth, and at the same time, the pulsation frequency fmt or the load ratio D tm can be controlled according to the nozzle position change. At this time, it can be at the central position. Peripheral, increase the pulsation frequency ftm to improve the softness and continuity, and near the forward and backward ends 'lower the pulsation frequency ftm to emphasize the hard feeling. In addition,' If the load ratio D tm is also made smaller at the center of the periphery, softness can be emphasized. Conversely, reduce the pulsation frequency around the center position to increase the feeling of hardness and stimulus. Increasing the pulsation frequency fft near the forward end and the backward end can emphasize the soft feeling β !! 1! 1 —! Install ___ < Please read first (Note on the back of this page is on this page) Order: Line · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper applies Chinese national standards (CNS> A4 specifications < 210 297 mm) 151 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43435 7 A7 __I_______ V. Description of the invention ((49) J 2 / Massage washing: Partial washing in the second embodiment The cleaning device can perform massage washing as described below. Set the massage washing period to be the same as the washing period TA, TB, TC, and so on. Repeat this time interval as the massage cycle (Dtm is fixed, for example, Dtm = DtmL), as shown in Figure 84 (a), this massage cycle regularly increases or decreases the pulsation frequency f tm. For example, the pulsation frequency is f tmS — f tmM — f tmL — f tmS < f tm. Μ < i tmL) is regularly changed for each massage cycle. In addition, f tmS-f tmL-f tmS-f tmM ... Or, outside this regular increase or decrease of the pulsation frequency ί tm, as shown in Fig. 84 (b), the massage periods TA, TB, TC, etc. at each wash interval at the same time interval can be changed. And the load ratio D tm is controlled regularly. For example, the load ratio is regularly changed for each massage cycle in the manner of D tm L —D tmM— D tmS — D tmM—D tmL ”(D t mS. ≪ D t mM < D t mL). In addition, D t mS — D t mM — D tmL — D tmS — D tmM ... can be used. ° This massage cycle is to make the frequency determined by the reciprocal number outside the non-sensing band (about 5Hz). Thereby, as described above, the washing feeling or the stimulation feeling accompanying the change in the load ratio D tm or the pulsation frequency fmt can be clearly perceived by the user. This can provide the user to regularly and repeatedly receive the washing feeling from the spit water. Or irritating, you can use such rules at the same time. • K d IJI (IE I < Please read the notes on the back before Γ-this page) 'SJ · --- line · This paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -152- 4 3435 7 A7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives Co., Ltd. B7_______V. Invention Description $ 50) In addition, the load ratio D t κι is expanded to control When increasing the stimulation, reducing the control pulse frequency fft can reduce the thorn The sense of continuity and emphasis on strong stimulation "can increase the strength of the stimulus and promote defecation. In addition, during the above-mentioned massage and washing, the washing periods TA, TB, TC, etc. are different. In this way, make The load ratio D tm in each washing period or the stimulus recognition time accompanied by the pulse frequency fft also changes, so the ways of receiving the stimulus are also diversified, which can more effectively promote the feeling of defecation. In addition | By using music, Light, smell (fragrance therapy) and other five senses are synchronized to provide a space that can soothe, which can further promote a bowel movement. K 2 / Swing washing: The local washing device in the second embodiment allows the spit to be washed. The sense of cleanliness or irritation varies irregularly, and rocking washing that provides a sense of comfort and comfort can be performed as follows. Set the rocking washing period to be the same as the washing periods TA, TB, TC, etc. at the same time interval. This time interval is used as the wobble period, and the load ratio D tm, the pulsation period fmt, or both are controlled to increase or decrease irregularly with the wobble period. For example, the first embodiment When the load ratio D tm or the pulsation frequency is changed irregularly, the random number loading program is loaded to generate the random number, and the obtained random number is used to determine the load ratio or the pulsation frequency ratio. In this way, the load ratio is set to D tm S- > D tmM- > D tmS — D tmS- * D tmL — D tmS…, so that the pulse frequency f tm is f tmM — f tmS — -ninnn κ ϋ n I. ^ I (please Read the notes on the back again Γ ···. This page) Order · Line · This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) -153- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Employee Consumption Cooperative V. The invention description (| 51) f tmM — i tmL — f tmS — f tmL… changes in a certain swing cycle. Or the two can be changed independently of each other. In this way, with the change of the duty ratio D t m or the pulsation frequency f t m, the feeling of washing or irritation due to the spit water changes irregularly. In this case | The above-mentioned wobble period accompanying the change in the washing sensation or stimulus with the duty ratio D tm or the pulsation frequency itm is set to the frequency f determined by the reciprocal of the wobble period as in the case of the massage period TM (About less than 5 Η z). As a result, as described above, the user can clearly perceive the change in the washing or stimulus with the change in the load ratio D tm or the pulsation frequency ftm, and the swinging cycle of the washing or irritation accompanied by this change. Different, therefore, the change in the feeling of washing or irritation is also irregular, and the user is irritated by the irregular strength by swinging and washing. As a result, similar to the first embodiment, because of the difficulty in predicting the change in stimulus, it is easy to eliminate the monotonous sensation during washing, and it is easy to become the state of master control of the parasympathetic nerve, causing the sphincter of the inner anus to relax unconsciously. Promote defecation more effectively. In addition, if this rocking washing is performed for local washing after defecation, it is difficult to predict the strong and weak stimuli due to this strong and weak stimulus, so that the monotonous feeling during local washing can be further eliminated. In addition, in the above-mentioned swing washing, the washing periods TA, TB, T C, ... are different from each other. In this way, 'the stimulus recognition time with the load ratio D t m or the pulsation frequency f t m accompanying each washing period also changes, so that the manner of receiving the stimulus is also diversified', which can more effectively promote a bowel movement feeling. In addition, ‘synchronizing with the five senses such as music, light, and olfactory (fragrant therapy)’ provides space to soothe, so you can go further. Please read the precautions on the back and then this page).
'3J --線· 本紙張尺度適用中固囤家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公« ) -154- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7 ___ 五、發明說明(152 ) 促進排便感》 此外,如上述的負荷比D t m或脈動頻率f t m的變 化幅度,或是決定此變化時機的上述搖擺週期或者瞬間流 量等物理量的功率能譜,與心跳數等人體的生理規律或自 然界的律動同樣'的,設定爲正比於頻率的倒數。如此一來 ,可以提供使用者鬆弛感的緣故,成爲副交感神經主.控, 引起內肛門括約肌的鬆弛,提高排便的.促進效果。 根據上述之第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置,除了上述優 點以外,還具有下列優點。首先,藉由設於波動產生機器 WP2 — 8的上游之儲壓器WP2 — 7,具有以下優點。 第8 8圖係供說明由儲壓器WP 2 — 7所得到的效果之說 明圖。 驅動波動產生機器WP 2 - 8測定上述脈動流之洗淨 水吐水中上游側給水管路W P 2 — 5 (參照第6 0圖)的 壓力(1次壓力),與波動產生機器的下游側之下游側給 水管路WP 2_6的壓力(2次壓力)。此外在節流切操 閥WP2 — 2的下游測定不將儲壓器WP2 — _7設於波動 產生機器W P 2 - 8的上游的狀態之1次壓。此外在節流 切換閥下游,亦即儲壓器上游測定將儲壓器WP 2 - 7如 第6 0圖所示設置的場合的1次壓。其結果如第8 8圖所 不。 將儲壓器組入本實施例的波動產生機器的管路上游的 話,除了儲壓器本身可以發揮的於上游側給水管路WP 2 _ 5減低水擊的效果之外,還具有以下的優點。亦即,如 本紙張尺度適用申國國家標準(CNS)Α4規格<210 X 297公* ) !111!裝.I I <請先閲讀背面之注意Ϋ項再!Γν··.本頁) 訂· ,線· -155- 4 34 35 7 _;__B7____ 五、發明說明(|53 ) I n K I n I I ^ I I * I I 請先闓讀背面之注意事項再f :本頁) 第8 8圖所示,藉由波動產生機器產生脈動流時,可以有 效抑制上游側給水管路之1次壓力的壓力變動。藉此,可 以避免由於水擊控制而導致水箱Τ Η 1 — 3的洗淨水溫度 分布混亂。亦即,可以在水箱溫度分布平均的狀態下謀求 藉由加熱器之溫水化,所以可以簡化加熱器控制,同時可 以謀求使洗淨水溫度的均勻化回應性變佳。而且,波動產 生機器產生的脈動流,因爲成爲藉由儲壓器蓄壓1次壓而 以2次壓放大的狀態,所以可以謀求波動產生機器的低能 力化或小型化。此外,由於儲壓器所得到的壓力增大的部 分,使得在壓力產生機器所需要的壓力變動產生(脈動產 生)所要的能量變少,也可以謀求省電力化。又,前述係 使儲壓器接近配置於波動產生機器WP 2 - 8使與該機器 '一體化配置,但亦可配置於接近節流切換閥W Ρ 2 _ 2而 與該機器配置爲一體。 •線‘ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,在此第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置,於洗淨水的 流動給予週期性的變動而吐出洗淨水時,利用柱塞的往復 移動使用波動產生機器WP 2 - 8,將此波動產生機器所 產生的脈動流成爲不出現流量爲零的狀況。藉此,因爲管 路的洗淨水流動不會發生被遮斷的狀況,所以不會發生水 擊。因此,以波動產生機器爲首構成水路系的機器不需要 使用耐水擊性高者,可以謀求構成、構造的簡單化或小型 化,甚至樹脂化。 此外,在波動產生機器WP 2 - 8,藉由柱塞的往復 移動使產生脈動時,因爲如上述般不會出現流量爲零的狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐> -156- 4 3435 7 Α7 — Β7 五、發明說明$54 ) --------------裝--- (請先閲讀背面之項再Γ.'··.本頁) 況.,因此於洗淨水吐出側不需要止迴閥等止水構造。因此 ,可以更進一步謀求構成、構造的簡化或小型化。而,因 爲可以如此謀求小型化,所以提高波動產生機器的設置場 所的設置自由度,同時對於質量大的其他構件的安裝或是 一體化也可以簡化.。 --線· 進而,因爲脈動流之洗淨水吐水時不會發生流量爲零 的吐水狀況,所以具有以下的優點。即使脈動頻率在無感 頻帶內(約5Hz以上),受到吐水的使用者之刺激連續 感,也在此脈動頻率越接近此無感頻帶區域的下限而感受 越薄弱。但是,因爲不會如上述般發聲流量爲零的洗淨水 吐水的狀況,所以可以使此刺激的連續感不會變得薄弱。 因此,在藉由波動產生機器WP 2 — 8之脈動流的洗淨水 吐水,可以使脈動頻率的調整範圍擴展至接近此無感頻帶 區域的下限,藉由寬廣範圍的脈動頻率調整,可以謀求洗 淨感或水勢的多樣化。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,在此施例的局部洗淨裝置,在臀部洗淨 、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨之洗淨動作結束時,如上述般驅動 波動產生機器WP 2 — 8而使柱塞往復移動,使殘存洗淨 水強制排出。藉此,從節流切換閥W P 2 - 2至洗淨f雙 WN 2 _ 1的噴嘴頭爲止的管路完全進行排水《因此,可 以確實避免殘存水之凍結。又,此波動產生機器之殘存水 排出結束後,將節流切換閥WP 2 - 2切換爲機能水單元 側,進行從節流切換閥WP 2 — 2至機能水單元爲止的管 路的排水的話,可以防止此管路之凍結,所以較佳。如此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x 297公釐) -157- r 4 3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 B7_ 五、發明說明(155 ) 爲了排水而驅動波動產生機器時,使脈動產生線圈wp 2 一 1 5的負荷比D t m縮小而使脈動頻率i t m爲低頻的 緣故,只不過使柱塞以定速而且微弱的力量移動而已,不 會使柱塞高速而且強力地衝擊圓筒端部。’因此,可以減低 柱塞的打擊音。更而,如果如先前所述在排出流路切換閥 內的水時使各噴嘴流路的所有連通孔開口的話,可以.在洗 淨噴嘴之所有的流路達成排水。 除此之外,在此第2實施例之局部洗淨裝置,如先前 所述,對使用者造成連續接受吐水的感覺而減低洗淨.水水 量(吐水量)提高省水的實效性。因此,將洗變_水以加熱 器ΤΗ 1 - 2加熱至所要溫度爲止所消耗的電力可以謀求 其降低。亦即,一般廁所室.內插座的電容量界限爲15 A 。但是在從前廁所所使用的局部洗淨裝置,爲了在寒冷期 也可以加熱至充分的溫度,達成充分時間之吐水而將瞬間 式熱交換器的溫水加熱器容量設定爲2 5 0 0W程度。爲 了謀求降低此加熱器容量而使行對洗淨水強制混入空氣而 使洗淨水量降低,但是即使如此,至少也需要1 〇 〇 〇 W 以上的加熱器容量。因此,將具有如此加熱器容量的局部 洗淨裝置插入廁所內的插座時,已經接近了此插座的容量 界限,而有無法連接其他電氣機器的問題。不僅如此’如 果使被設於局部洗淨裝置的溫風乾燥機或室內暖氣功能等 同時運作的話,總合的加熱器容量變大。藉此’這些功能 同時動作時,會有必須要採用使其中某一加熱器停止等的 措施。此外,在旅館或設施等會有必須要設置複數之局部 - — 111 — — — — — — — — — II — (請先鬩讀背面之注項再Γ"·'.本頁.> 訂· •線· 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 -158- 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明(156 ) 洗淨裝置,但因耗電量的上限而無法設置的問題。然而’ 根據第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置-K S 2 ~ 1的話,藉由波 動產生機器WP 2 - 8使產生脈動,透過此脈動的脈動頻 率f t m以及負荷比D t m的控制,謀求洗淨水水量的大 幅減少以及耗電量的降低,也可以謀求上述般電源問題的 解決。 在上述第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置,至波動產生機器 WP 2 - 8的洗淨水流量以未圖示的流量感知器檢測。藉 此,如前所述藉由使用此感知器檢測的流量之脈動流控制 (A荷比控制、脈動頻率控制)除了可以進行細微的水勢 調整以外,還有以下的優點。亦即,電子控制裝置CT2 -1 ,由於電磁閥的不良等而發生過度流量或者斷冰等異 常時,由此流量感知器得到檢測訊號,停止波動產生機.器 WP 2 - 8的驅動,停止對加熱器ΤΗ 1 — 2的通電,進 ...... 行洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 1回到等待位置等的動作。如此一來 ,可以避免柱塞的空轉而產生打擊音,或是避免加熱器的 空燒等。 其次,說明上述第2實施例之局部洗淨裝置K S会-1的變形例。又,關於與上述實施例或其變形例相同的構 件直接使用相同的構件名稱與符號,針對發揮同一功能的 構件也使用同一構件名稱。 B 2 — 1/水路系構成之變形: 第8 9圖係表示具有變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水路構 --- ----------裝.! 請先閲讀背面之注$項再:本頁) 訂. i線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -159- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7____ 五、發明說明¢57 ) 成之方塊圖。第9 0圖係表示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨 裝置的水路構成之方塊圖。第9 1圖係將變形例的節流切 換閥WP 2 - 2 0的槪略構成剖切一部分而顯示的槪略構 成圖。第9 2圖係顯示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨裝置的 水路構成之方塊圖。第9 3圖係顯示被配置於此水路系之 斷續閥WP 2 _ 2 7的構成之剖面圖。第9 4圖係供說明 具有此斷續閥的變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水路系之水壓的 說明圖=第9 5圖係表示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨裝置 的水路系構成的方塊圖= (1 )如第8 9圖所示|在此變形例使具有儲壓器 WP 2 _ 7與波動產生機器WP 2 — 8的波動產生單元 WP 2 _ 3具備於熱交換單元ΤΗ 1 — 1的下游,於此波 動產生單元的下游具有節流切換閥WP 2 — 2 0。此節流 切換閥,係與洗淨噴嘴另行構成,切換洗淨水的給水對象 給洗淨噴嘴上之各噴嘴流路(臀部洗淨用、柔和洗淨用、 陰部洗淨用之各噴嘴流路)、與至機能水單元WP1-4 的流路之任一,同時調整流於被切換的各流路的洗淨水流 量。藉此,以此節流切換閥,可以進行洗淨噴嘴與機能水 單元的給水切換、洗淨噴嘴之各噴嘴流路的給水切換、以 及對各流路之洗淨水流量的調整。因此,在上述的第2實 施例,係進行對洗淨噴嘴與機能水單元的給水切換與流量 調整之節流切換閥WP 2 _ 1 ,及進行對洗淨噴嘴的各噴 嘴流路的切換之流路切換閥WN 2 - 2之2個閥,但在此 變形例,只需要一個節流切換閥WP 2 _ 2 0即可。因此 in---— — — —— — — M i — {請先閱讀背面之注項再!Γ·ν·本頁} 訂: 線· 經濟部智慧財產局具工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國S家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 160· 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(158) ,由於零件數目零少而有工數降低、成本降低的製造上優 點。 (2 )在第9 0圖所示的其他變形例,分別具備臀部 用與陰部用之洗淨噴嘴,使各噴嘴接續於上述變形例之節 流切換閥WP2 - 20。而,此節流切換閥,與臀部洗淨 噴嘴WN2 — 2 2與陰部洗淨噴嘴WN2_2 3接續,於 這些各洗淨噴.嘴的噴嘴流路(臀部洗淨用噴嘴流路及陰部 洗淨用噴嘴流露)切換洗淨水的給水對象,同時調整被切 換的各流路所流動的洗淨水流量。又,如上所述設機能水 單元,而給水切換至該單元亦可= 臀部用、陰部用之洗淨噴嘴WN2 - 22、23,被 安裝於噴嘴裝置N S 2 — 1 0。此噴嘴裝置,以使上述各 洗淨_嘴從分別的等待位置進行至分別的洗淨位置的方式 被構成,而藉由電子控制裝置驅動控制。如此,.即使具有 臀部用與陰部用之分別的洗淨^嘴的局部洗淨裝置,也如 上所述,透過脈動頻率i t m以及負荷比D t m的控制, 可以提高省水實效性,同時設定多種多樣的洗淨感或水勢 0 這些變形例之節流切換閥WP 2 — 2 0,可以採用例 如第9 1圖所示的滾筒式節流切換閥。在此節流切換閥, 滾筒外殼WP 2_2 1的內部,可自由旋轉(正逆向旋轉 )地具有滾筒WP2 — 22。於此滾筒表面,於各個給水 口被形成有給水溝WP 2 - 2 3,調整滾简的各給水溝與 給水口的重合程度,調整給水對象的切換,與調整對被切 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -I 11----------裝·! (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再Γ\·本頁) 訂· .線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消f合作社印製 -161 - 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作社印衆 4 3435 7 五、發明說明$59 > 換的給水對象的給水流量。根據此滾筒式的節流切換閥, .與利用刻盤等彈性體彈力的切換閥相比,可以更有效地抑 制脈動的衰減。 此外,也可以使用具備臀部洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 2 2與 陰部洗淨用噴嘴WN2-2 3,而臀部用、陰部用之任一 洗淨噴嘴具有柔和洗淨用吐水孔以及供該吐水孔之噴嘴流 路者。進而,可以使用使柔和洗淨用的洗淨噴嘴與上述兩 洗淨噴嘴另行構成者。 (3 )第卩2圖所示的變形例,係謀求被給水來的洗 淨水的加壓與在其下游的洗淨水流的斷續而使洗淨水的流 動在瞬間成爲零流量的斷續流這一點爲其特徵。亦即,此 變形例的局部洗淨裝置,於此水路系,在熱交換器單元 TH1 — 1的下游側,具備加壓機器WP2-—25與節流 ...... 切換閥WP2 — 2與斷續流產生單元WP2__2 6,經由 流路切換閥WN2 - 2從洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 1吐出洗淨水 〇 加壓機器WP 2 - 2 5,具備線上幫浦等加壓幫浦, 將來自熱交換單元Τ Η 1 - 1所供給的洗淨水加壓而供給 到到下游的上述機器。而,此加壓機器,具備使p壓閥 WP2—4所調壓的1.3kgi/cm2的1次壓提高 到約2kg f/cm2爲止的幫浦能力。根據此調壓閥的 調壓能力(l_3kgf/cm2),與從前的幫浦幾乎 相同。 · 斷續流產生單元WP 2 — 2 6 ’由其上游側起具有儲 本紙張尺度適用中a國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210x297公*) . 162_ I I ϋ ϋ ft n n n 1 1 « - I <請先Mtl背面之注意事項再本頁) .υ. -線 4-3435 7 A7 B7_ ._ 五、發明說明(60) 壓器WP2 — 7,斷續流路的斷續閥WP2 - 27。斷續 閥WP2 — 27,如第93圖所示,係以馬達WP2_ 2 8使閥體WP 2- 2 9在外殼WP 2 — 3 0內部旋轉。 而,此斷續閥,配合馬達的旋轉週期使與閥流路WP 2 - 3 2連通的流路斷續。藉此,斷續閥,將加壓機器WP 2 - 2 5所加壓的洗淨水流作爲斷續的輸出(斷續流)’而 將斷續流的洗供給至淨水供給到洗淨噴嘴。以圖說明此斷 續流的產生樣子如下。 如第9 4圖所示,來自給水源的給水壓爲Pw的話, 洗淨水藉由調壓閥WP2 — 4使壓力降低至1 · 3kg f /cm2爲止而送至加壓機器WP 2 - 2 5,以此加壓機器 升壓至2 k g_f / c m2。而此洗淨水,受到根據斷續閥 WP 2 — 2 7的週期性的洗淨水流的斷續而成爲斷續流, 從洗淨噴嘴吐出。此時的斷續流的斷續週期D T,係斷續 閥的馬達旋轉週期的2倍,所以透過根據電子控制裝置 C T 2 — 1之馬達的旋轉控制係可以可變地控制。而在此 變形例,以斷續週期DT所規定的頻率(斷續頻率)係成 爲在前述無感頻帶範圍(5H z以上,較佳者爲1 0〜 1 0 0 Η Z )。亦即,經過流路的斷續所得到的斷續流之 洗淨水從洗淨噴嘴吐出的變形例,也與第2實施例同樣地 藉由洗淨水吐水頻率控制,可以使洗淨水維持於一定,同 時進行洗淨感的多樣化或水勢調整。此外,倂用洗淨水水 量的調整的話也可以變更洗淨水流速,所以可以進行更進 一步使洗淨感多樣化之極細微的水勢調整。此外,因爲藉 ^1 ^ i «I ^ ^1 1 n n I · 1 I ft— «I I ϋ <請先"讀背*之注意事項再^*--本賈> 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中困0家棵準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公s ) -163- 4 3435 7'3J-Line · This paper size applies to the China Solid Storage Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297) «-154- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7 ___ V. Invention Explanation (152) Promoting defecation "In addition, such as the above-mentioned change ratio of the load ratio D tm or the pulsation frequency fmt, or the power spectrum of physical quantities such as the above-mentioned swing period or instantaneous flow that determines the timing of this change, and the human body such as the number of heartbeats The same as the physiological law or the rhythm of nature, it is set to be proportional to the inverse of the frequency. In this way, it can provide users with a sense of relaxation, become the main control of parasympathetic nerves, cause relaxation of the internal and anal sphincter, and improve the defecation promotion effect. The local cleaning device according to the second embodiment described above has the following advantages in addition to the advantages described above. First, the pressure accumulator WP2-7 provided upstream of the wave generating device WP2-8 has the following advantages. Fig. 88 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the effect obtained by the pressure accumulators WP 2-7. Drive the wave generator WP 2-8 to measure the pressure (primary pressure) of the upstream side water supply pipe WP 2-5 (refer to Figure 60) of the pulsating flow of the washing water spouting water and the downstream side of the wave generator. Pressure (secondary pressure) of the downstream side feed water pipe WP 2_6. In addition, the pressure of the accumulator WP2 — _7 was not measured at the downstream of the throttle valve WP2 — 2 in the primary pressure of the state upstream of the wave generating device W P 2-8. In addition, the primary pressure of the case where the accumulators WP 2-7 are installed as shown in Fig. 60 is measured downstream of the throttle switching valve, that is, upstream of the accumulator. The results are as shown in Figure 8-8. When the accumulator is incorporated upstream of the pipeline of the wave generating device of this embodiment, in addition to the effect of the accumulator itself on the upstream side water supply pipeline WP 2 _ 5 to reduce water hammer, it also has the following advantages . That is, if this paper size applies to the National Standard of China (CNS) A4 Specification < 210 X 297 Male *)! 111! Packing II < Please read the note on the back first! Γν ··. This page) Order ·, line · -155- 4 34 35 7 _; __B7____ 5. Description of the invention (| 53) I n KI n II ^ II * II Please read the precautions on the back before f: this page) Figure 8 8 As shown, when a pulsating flow is generated by a wave generating device, it is possible to effectively suppress the pressure fluctuation of the primary pressure of the upstream water supply pipe. In this way, it is possible to avoid the disorder of the temperature distribution of the washing water in the water tanks T 1 to 3 due to water hammer control. In other words, the temperature of the water tank can be uniformly distributed, so that the heater can be hydrated, so that the heater control can be simplified, and the uniformity of the temperature of the washing water can be improved. In addition, since the pulsating flow generated by the wave generating device is in a state of being amplified by the second pressure by accumulating the primary pressure in the accumulator, it is possible to reduce or reduce the size of the wave generating device. In addition, because the pressure obtained by the accumulator increases, the energy required for pressure fluctuation generation (pulsation generation) required by the pressure generating device is reduced, and power saving can also be achieved. The pressure accumulator is arranged close to the wave generating device WP 2-8 so as to be integrated with the machine. However, it may be arranged near the throttle switching valve W P 2 _ 2 and integrated with the machine. • Lines Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, in the local washing device of the second embodiment, when the flow of the washing water is periodically changed and the washing water is discharged, the plunger is used to reciprocate Use the wave-generating machine WP 2-8 to move. The pulsating flow generated by this wave-generating machine will not cause a zero flow. Thereby, since the flow of the washing water in the pipe is not interrupted, water hammer does not occur. Therefore, the equipment that constitutes the waterway system, including the wave-generating equipment, does not need to use a person with high water hammer resistance, and can simplify or reduce the size and structure of the structure, or even resinize it. In addition, when the pulsation generator WP 2-8 generates a pulsation by reciprocating movement of the plunger, the flow rate will not appear to be zero as described above. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification < 210 X 297 mm > -156- 4 3435 7 Α7 — Β7 V. Invention Description $ 54) -------------- Install --- (Please read the item on the back before Γ. ' ··· This page). Therefore, no water stop structure such as a check valve is required on the washing water discharge side. Therefore, the simplification or miniaturization of the structure and structure can be further sought. In addition, because miniaturization can be achieved in this way, the degree of freedom of installation of the installation place of the wave-generating device is improved, and the installation or integration of other components with high mass can be simplified. --Line · Further, since the pulsating flow of the washing water spits water, the spouting condition of zero flow rate does not occur, it has the following advantages. Even if the pulsation frequency is in the non-sensing frequency band (above about 5 Hz), the continuous stimulus is felt by the user who spit out water. However, the closer the pulsation frequency is to the lower limit of the non-sensing frequency band, the weaker the feeling. However, as described above, there is no spitting of washing water with a vocal flow of zero, so that the continuous feeling of this stimulation can be kept weak. Therefore, when the washing water spit out of the pulsating flow of the machine WP 2-8 generated by the wave, the adjustment range of the pulsation frequency can be extended to close to the lower limit of the non-inductive frequency band region. By adjusting the pulsation frequency in a wide range, Variety of washing feeling or water potential. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, the local washing device in this embodiment drives the wave-generating machine WP 2 as described above at the end of the washing operation of hip washing, gentle washing, and genital washing. — 8 to reciprocate the plunger to force the remaining washing water to drain. Thereby, the pipeline from the throttle switching valve W P 2-2 to the nozzle head for washing the double WN 2 _ 1 is completely drained. Therefore, freezing of the residual water can be reliably prevented. In addition, after the discharge of the residual water of the wave-generating device is completed, the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 is switched to the functional water unit side, and the pipeline from the throttle switching valve WP 2-2 to the functional water unit is drained. It can prevent freezing of this pipeline, so it is better. In this way, this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x 297 mm) -157- r 4 3435 7 A7 Printed by B7, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (155) Driven for drainage In the case of a wave generating machine, the load of the pulsation generating coil wp 2-15 is reduced to D tm and the pulsation frequency itm is a low frequency, but the plunger is moved at a constant speed and with a slight force, and the plunger is not caused. High-speed and strong impact on the end of the cylinder. ’Therefore, it is possible to reduce the hitting sound of the plunger. Furthermore, if all the communication holes of each nozzle flow path are opened when the water in the flow path switching valve is discharged as described above, it is possible to achieve drainage by cleaning all the flow paths of the nozzles. In addition, as described above, the local cleaning device of the second embodiment causes the user to continuously feel spitting water and reduces the amount of washing water. The amount of water (spitting water) improves the efficiency of water saving. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the electric power consumed by heating the washing water with the heater TT 1-2 to a desired temperature. That is, the capacity limit of the general socket in the toilet room is 15 A. However, the local washing device used in the previous toilet was set to have a capacity of about 2 500 W in order to heat up to a sufficient temperature in the cold period, and to discharge water for a sufficient time. In order to reduce the capacity of this heater, the air is forced to be mixed into the washing water to reduce the amount of washing water, but even so, a heater capacity of at least 1,000 W is required. Therefore, when a local cleaning device having such a heater capacity is inserted into a socket in a toilet, the capacity limit of the socket is approached, and there is a problem that it cannot be connected to other electrical equipment. Not only that, if the hot air dryer or indoor heating function installed in the local cleaning device is operated at the same time, the total heater capacity becomes large. When these functions are operated simultaneously, measures such as stopping one of the heaters must be taken. In addition, there are some parts that must be set in hotels or facilities, etc. — — 111 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Please read the notes on the reverse side before you order. · • Line · This paper is again applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -158- 4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention (156) Cleaning device, but due to the upper limit of power consumption The problem cannot be set. However, if the local cleaning device -KS 2 ~ 1 according to the second embodiment is used, the pulsation is generated by the wave generating device WP 2-8. The pulsation frequency fmt and the load ratio D tm of the pulsation It is also possible to control and reduce the amount of washing water and the power consumption, as well as to solve the above-mentioned power supply problem. In the local washing device of the second embodiment, the washing to the wave generator WP 2-8 The water flow is detected by a flow sensor (not shown). As a result, the pulsating flow control (A charge ratio control, pulsation frequency control) of the flow detected by using this sensor as described above allows fine water potential adjustment. And the following advantages That is, when the electronic control device CT2 -1 has an excessive flow or an ice break due to a defective solenoid valve, etc., the flow sensor receives a detection signal and stops the drive of the wave generator WP 2-8. Stop energizing the heaters T 1-2 and perform the actions of cleaning the nozzle WN 2-1 to return to the waiting position, etc. In this way, the plunger can be prevented from generating a knocking sound when it is idling, or This is to avoid burnout of the heater, etc. Next, a modified example of the local cleaning device KS will-1 of the second embodiment will be described. In addition, the same component names as those of the above-mentioned embodiment or its modification are used directly. With the symbol, the same component name is also used for components that perform the same function. B 2 — 1 / Deformation of waterway system structure: Figures 8 and 9 show the waterway structure of a partial cleaning device with a modification example --- ---- ------ Install. !!! Please read the note at the back of the page before reprinting: this page) Order. I-line · Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper is printed in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 public love) -159- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7____ 、 57 Description of the block diagram. Figure 90 is a block diagram showing the water path configuration of a local cleaning device with another modification. Figure 91 shows a throttle switching valve WP 2-2 of the modification. The outline structure of 0 is a partial structure diagram showing a part of the cutout. Fig. 92 is a block diagram showing a waterway structure of a local cleaning device having another modification. Fig. 93 is a diagram showing a waterway system arranged in the waterway system. Sectional view of the structure of the intermittent valve WP 2 _ 2 7. Fig. 94 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the water pressure of a water system having a local cleaning device having a modified example of this intermittent valve. Fig. 95 is a diagram showing a water system having a local cleaning device having another modification. Block diagram = (1) As shown in Figures 8 and 9 | In this modification, a wave generating unit WP 2 _ 3 having a pressure accumulator WP 2 _ 7 and a wave generating device WP 2 — 8 is provided in the heat exchange unit T 1 Downstream of — 1, downstream of this wave generating unit is a throttle switching valve WP 2 — 2 0. This throttle switching valve is separately formed from the washing nozzle, and switches the nozzle flow path on the washing nozzle of the water supply object (the nozzle flow for hip washing, gentle washing, and genital washing). Channel), and any of the flow paths to the functional water unit WP1-4, and simultaneously adjust the flow rate of the washing water flowing through each flow path to be switched. Thereby, with this throttle switching valve, it is possible to switch the water supply to the washing nozzle and the functional water unit, to switch the water supply to each nozzle flow path of the washing nozzle, and to adjust the flow rate of the washing water in each flow path. Therefore, in the second embodiment described above, the throttle switching valve WP 2 _ 1 for switching water supply and flow adjustment of the cleaning nozzle and the functional water unit is performed, and the switching of each nozzle flow path for the cleaning nozzle is performed. The flow path switching valves WN 2-2 are two valves, but in this modification, only one throttle switching valve WP 2 _ 2 0 is required. So in ---— — — — — — M i — {Please read the note on the back! Γ · ν · This page} Order: Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Tooling Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. Paper size is applicable to China Standard S (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 160 · 4 3435 7 A7 B7 5 The invention description (158), due to the small number of parts, has the advantages of reducing the number of labor and reducing the cost. (2) In another modification shown in FIG. 90, washing nozzles for buttocks and genitals are provided, and each nozzle is connected to the throttle switching valve WP2-20 of the modification. The throttle switching valve is connected to the buttocks washing nozzles WN2 — 2 2 and the pussy washing nozzles WN2_2 3 and sprays on each of these washing nozzles. The nozzle is used to switch the water supply target of the washing water, and at the same time, the flow rate of the washing water flowing in each switched flow channel is adjusted. In addition, as described above, a functional water unit is provided, and the water supply can be switched to this unit. The washing nozzles WN2-22 and 23 for the buttocks and genitals can be installed in the nozzle device N S 2-10. This nozzle device is configured so that each of the above-mentioned cleaning_nozzles is moved from a separate waiting position to a separate washing position, and is driven and controlled by an electronic control device. In this way, even if there is a local washing device for washing the buttocks and the genitals separately, as described above, through the control of the pulsation frequency itm and the load ratio D tm, the water saving efficiency can be improved. Various cleaning sensations or water potential 0 As the throttle switching valves WP 2-2 0 of these modifications, for example, a drum-type throttle switching valve shown in FIG. 91 can be used. In this throttle switching valve, a drum WP2-22 is provided inside the drum housing WP 2_2 1 so as to be freely rotatable (forward and reverse rotation). On the surface of the drum, water supply grooves WP 2-2 3 are formed at each water supply port. The degree of coincidence between the reduced water supply channels and the water supply port is adjusted, the water supply object is switched, and the adjustment is applied to the cut paper China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -I 11 ---------- installed ·! (Please read the precautions on the back before Γ \ · this page) Order ·. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee co-operative cooperatives -161-The Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Beige Consumers Cooperative Cooperatives printed by the public 4 3435 7 V. Description of Invention $ 59 > According to this drum-type throttle switching valve, it is possible to suppress the attenuation of pulsation more effectively than a switching valve using the elastic force of an elastic body such as a dial. It is also possible to use a nozzle for washing the buttocks WN 2-2 2 and a nozzle for washing the vagina WN2-2 3, and one of the washing nozzles for the buttocks and the pussy has a spout for gentle washing and a spout for supplying the spout Nozzle flow path. Furthermore, a separate cleaning nozzle for gentle cleaning and the two cleaning nozzles may be used. (3) The modification shown in FIG. 2 shows that the pressure of the washing water supplied with the water and the interruption of the washing water flow downstream thereof make the flow of the washing water instantaneously become a zero-flow interruption. This is a feature of freewheeling. That is, the local cleaning device of this modification example is provided with a pressurizing device WP2--25 and a throttle at the downstream side of the heat exchanger unit TH1-1 in this water system. 2 and intermittent flow generating unit WP2__2 6, discharge washing water from the washing nozzle WN2-1 through the flow path switching valve WN2-2 0 pressurizing equipment WP 2-2 5 and equipped with pressure pumps such as online pump The washing water supplied from the heat exchange unit T 1-1 is pressurized and supplied to the above-mentioned machine downstream. In addition, this pressurizing device has a pumping capability of increasing the primary pressure of 1.3 kgi / cm2 adjusted by the p-pressure valve WP2-4 to about 2 kg f / cm2. According to the pressure regulating capacity of this pressure regulating valve (l_3kgf / cm2), it is almost the same as the previous pump. · Intermittent flow generating unit WP 2 — 2 6 'From its upstream side, it has a standard of storage paper (CNS) A4 (210x297 male *). 162_ II ϋ ϋ ft nnn 1 1 «-I < Please refer to the note on the back of Mtl first, then this page) .υ. -Line 4-3435 7 A7 B7_ ._ V. Description of the invention (60) Pressure device WP2-7, intermittent valve WP2-27. Intermittent valve WP2 — 27, as shown in Fig. 93, uses a motor WP2_ 2 8 to rotate the valve body WP 2-2 9 inside the casing WP 2-3 0. In addition, this intermittent valve interrupts the flow path communicating with the valve flow path WP 2-3 2 in accordance with the rotation cycle of the motor. With this, the intermittent valve uses the intermittently output (intermittent flow) of the washing water flow pressurized by the pressurizing equipment WP 2-2 5 to supply intermittent water to the clean water supply to the cleaning nozzle. . The generation of this intermittent flow is illustrated as follows. As shown in Figure 94, if the feed water pressure from the feed water source is Pw, the wash water is sent to the pressurizing machine WP 2-2 by reducing the pressure to 1.3 kg f / cm2 through the pressure regulating valve WP2-4 5. Boost the pressure to 2 k g_f / c m2 with this pressurizing machine. The washing water is intermittently flowed by the intermittent washing water flow according to the intermittent valve WP 2-2 7 and is discharged from the washing nozzle. The intermittent cycle D T of the intermittent flow at this time is twice the motor rotation cycle of the intermittent valve, so it can be variably controlled by the rotation control system of the motor according to the electronic control device C T 2-1. In this modification, the frequency (intermittent frequency) specified by the intermittent period DT is set to be in the aforementioned non-inductive frequency band range (5 Hz or more, preferably 10 to 100 0 Η Z). That is, the modified example in which the intermittent flow of washing water obtained through the intermittent flow channel is discharged from the washing nozzle is controlled by the washing water discharge frequency as in the second embodiment. Keep it constant, while diversifying the washing feeling or adjusting the water potential. In addition, by adjusting the amount of washing water, the flow rate of the washing water can be changed, so that it is possible to carry out extremely fine adjustment of the water potential to further diversify the washing feeling. In addition, because of borrowing ^ 1 ^ i «I ^ ^ 1 1 nn I · 1 I ft—« II ϋ < Please read " Notes for reading back * ^^-Benja > Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. This paper is suitable for the standard 0 CNS A4 (210 X 297 males) -163- 4 3435 7
AT B7______ 五、發明說明$61 ) 由頻率控制可以如先前所述進行水勢調整,所以即使引起 洗淨水水量不足,也可以確保使用者所要的水勢。換句話 說,可以藉斷續流的頻率控制確保使用者所要的洗淨感或 水勢,所以可謀求如先前所述般大幅降低洗淨水水量。 根據此變形例,具有以下的優點。如第9 3圖所示, 斷續閥WP2 — 27,於閥體流路WP2 — 3 1的開口部 具有傾斜部WP2 — 33。此傾斜部,在閥體WP2 — 2 9將閥流路WP 2 _ 3 2旋轉至遮蔽側時,發揮使閥流 路徐徐關閉的功能。藉此,在供產生斷續流而驅動斷續閥 時,可以抑制伴隨著此閥驅動之流路遮斷時的水擊。 (4 )在第9 5圖所示的其他變形例,藉由加壓機器 WP2 — 25與斷續流產生單元WP2 — 26,加壓洗淨 水而使其成爲斷續流之洗淨水。此外,藉由.噴嘴裝置 NS 2 — 1 0使臀部用與陰部用洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 2 2、 2 3進退,以節流切換閥WP 2 _ 2 0進行對噴嘴的流路 切換及流量調整。而,經過流量調整之後,使上述斷續流 的洗淨水從臀部、陰部之各洗淨噴嘴吐水。如此,即使分 別具有臀部用與陰部用之洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 22、23者 也可以使斷續流之洗淨水分別吐水的方式構成。 E 2 - 1/洗淨噴嘴的變形: 於各局部洗淨,爲了提高柔和感,可以對洗淨水強制 空氣混入的方式變形。第9 6圖係供說明進行空氣的強制 混入的變形例之洗淨噴嘴WN 2 — 2 5的構成之說明圖。 1!!1_ 裝 ί 1 (請先《讀背面之注項再本ΐ > 訂. Γ 線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公a ) -164 - 434 35 7 A7 B7____ 五、發明說明¢62 ) 第9 7圖係使空氣強制混入洗淨水時的空氣混入量與受到 空氣混入的洗淨水吐水之洗淨面積的關係圖。第9 8圖係 說明進行空氣的強制混入的其他變形例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 - 2 5的構成之說明圖。 (1 )如第9 6圖所示,變形例之洗淨噴嘴WN2_ 25,於噴嘴頭WN2 — 10,具有連通於臀部洗淨、柔 和洗淨、陰部洗淨之各吐水孔NH2 — 2〜4的各頭流路 NH2-5〜7的第1〜第3空氣流路NH2-11〜 1 3。這些空氣流路,於洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 2 5的筒狀部 WN2 - 5的上部區劃室WN2 — 26,與空氣配管 WN2 — 2 7〜2 9個別接續。而,於這些各空氣配管, 從空氣幫浦WN 2 _ 3 0壓送來的壓縮空氣,以空氣流量 調整閥WN2- 3 1調節流量而被供給。此空氣流量調整 閥,也進行對各空氣配管WN2_ 2 7〜2 9的空氣供給 的切換。藉此,壓縮空氣,於噴嘴頭,透過各空氣流路分 別吹入頭流路。使上述頭流路以脈動流或者斷續流的狀態 流動的洗淨水,藉由脈動流或斷續流之吐水而以上述方式 成水塊狀被吐水,同時受到壓縮空氣吹入所產生的摩擦力 。因此,藉由壓縮空氣的吹入,洗淨水成爲如圖所示的微 小水塊而被吐水。此爲小的水塊,係從各吐水孔噴出之後 極難再度結合的狀態。 如此進行空氣混入的話,如第9 7圖所示,可知隨著 增大吹入空氣流量水塊也被分散得很細而可以增大洗淨面 積=藉此,也可以藉由很少的水量於洗淨範圍變窄時藉由 --------I-裝 i — 請先閱讀背面之注意事項再Γ 本貰) 訂· 經濟部智恶財產局貝工消貲合作社印製AT B7______ 5. Description of the invention $ 61) The water potential adjustment can be performed as previously described by frequency control, so even if the amount of washing water is insufficient, the water potential required by the user can be ensured. In other words, it is possible to ensure the desired washing sensation or water potential by the intermittent frequency control of the user, so that the amount of washing water can be drastically reduced as described previously. This modification has the following advantages. As shown in FIG. 93, the intermittent valve WP2-27 has an inclined portion WP2-33 at the opening of the valve body flow path WP2-31. This inclined portion functions to slowly close the valve flow path when the valve body WP2 — 2 9 rotates the valve flow path WP 2 _ 3 2 to the shielding side. Accordingly, when the intermittent valve is driven to generate intermittent flow, it is possible to suppress water hammer when the flow path accompanying the driving of the valve is interrupted. (4) In another modified example shown in FIG. 95, the pressurized washing machine WP2-25 and the intermittent flow generating unit WP2-26 pressurize the washing water to make it intermittent washing water. In addition, the nozzle device NS 2 — 1 0 advances and retracts the cleaning nozzles WN2 — 2 2 and 2 3 for the buttocks and genitals, and the throttle switching valve WP 2 — 2 0 is used to switch the flow path of the nozzle and adjust the flow rate. . After the flow rate is adjusted, the intermittent washing water is discharged from the washing nozzles of the buttocks and genitals. In this way, even if the washing nozzles WN2-22 and 23 for the buttocks and the genitals are separately provided, the intermittent washing water can be spitted. E 2-1 / Deformation of the washing nozzle: Wash at each spot. In order to improve the softness, you can deform the washing water by forcing air into it. Fig. 96 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the structure of a cleaning nozzle WN 2-2 5 of a modification example in which air is forcedly mixed. 1 !! 1_ Pack ί 1 (Please read the "Notes on the back side" before ordering > order. Γ The Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau Intellectual Property Bureau Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives printed this paper in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male a) -164-434 35 7 A7 B7____ V. Description of the invention ¢ 62) Figure 9 7 shows the air mixing amount when air is forced into the washing water and the washing area where the air is mixed with the washing water spout. Diagram. Fig. 98 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the structure of a cleaning nozzle WN 2-2 5 according to another modification of the forced mixing of air. (1) As shown in FIG. 96, the cleaning nozzle WN2_25 of the modification example is provided at the nozzle head WN2—10, and each has a spout hole NH2—2 ~ 4 that communicates with the buttocks, softly cleans, and cleans the vagina. The first to third air flow paths NH2-11 to 13 of each head flow path NH2-5 to 7. These air flow paths are individually connected to the upper compartments WN2-26 of the cylindrical portion WN2-5 of the cleaning nozzles WN2-2 5 and the air pipes WN2-2 7 to 2 9. The compressed air sent from the air pumps WN 2 — 30 to these air pipings is supplied by adjusting the flow rate with the air flow adjustment valve WN 2-31. This air flow adjustment valve also switches the air supply to each of the air pipes WN2_ 2 7 to 2 9. Thereby, the compressed air is blown into the head flow path through each air flow path at the nozzle head. The washing water flowing through the head flow path in a pulsating flow or intermittent flow state is spitted into water in the above manner by the pulsating flow or intermittent flow of spouting water, and at the same time is subject to friction caused by compressed air blowing. force. Therefore, by blowing in compressed air, the washing water becomes a tiny water block as shown in the figure and is spouted. This is a small piece of water, and it is extremely difficult to recombine after spraying from each spouting hole. If the air is mixed in this way, as shown in Fig. 97, it can be seen that as the air flow rate of the blown air is increased, the water block is also dispersed very finely, so that the washing area can be increased. When the cleaning range is narrowed, -------- I-install i — Please read the precautions on the back before Γ 贳) Order · Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs
I 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -165- I 34 35 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明$63 ) 增大空氣流量而擴張 從吐水孔吐出的脈動 大水塊,但是藉由將 水塊成爲小水塊,所 氣的吹入,可以進行 此外,伴隨著脈動流 ,可以調整出更細微 分可以減低洗淨水水 柔和感覺的洗淨感。 (2 )如第9 8 洗淨範圍=此外, 流或者斷續流之洗 空氣吹入,可以利 以可得柔和的洗淨 洗淨範圍的增減、 或者斷續流之水勢 的洗淨強度等。進 量,提高省水化的 如第7 5圖所示* 淨水,雖然增大爲 用空氣的剪斷力使 感。如此,藉由空 洗淨強度的調節。 調整或洗淨感調整 而,空氣混入的部 實效性,可以造成 圖所示,其他的變形例之洗淨噴嘴 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 係於噴嘴頭NH2—15之臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗 淨之各頭流路NH2 — 5〜7的各吐水孔NH2 — 2〜4 ,分別插入第1〜第3空氣配管NH2 — 16〜1·8。此 第1〜第3空氣配管,被接續於上述空氣幫浦WN2 — 30。藉此,來自此第1〜第3空氣配管的壓縮空氣,分 @直接被噴出於分別的頭流路內流動的洗淨水中。根據此 構成的話,因爲是於洗淨水中直接吹入空氣的緣故,所以 可更進一步提高使洗淨水流分散的作用。 Ε 2^ 2/洗淨噴嘴的其他變形: 也可以利用洗淨水流的負壓謀求自然吸氣的方式變形 洗淨噴嘴。第9 9圖與第1 0 0圖係達成自然吸氣的分別 的變形例之洗淨噴嘴的重要部位槪略剖面圖。第1 0 1圖 係模式表示達成自然吸氣的其他變形例的洗淨噴嘴的模式 訂 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消货合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -166 - A7 B7 五、發明說明(64 ) 圖。第1 0 2圖係顯示其他變形例之空氣捲入特性之圖。 (1 )如第9 9圖所示,具有此變形例的洗淨噴嘴的 噴嘴頭NH2 — 20,於臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨 之各頭流路NH2 — 5〜7的一部分,具有使流路面積縮 窄的通氣孔(orifice )NH2- 21〜23。此外,於此各 通氣孔的下游側,具有從噴嘴頭背面導入外氣的外氣導入 通路]^112-24〜2 6。根據此構成,從各通氣孔流出 的洗淨水流在流路面積增大時產生負壓,而將來自各外氣 導入通路的空氣混入洗淨水。根據此變形例,不需要設空 氣幫浦等,所以可以使構成簡化。在此場合,可以使對應 臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨的噴嘴頭流路之各通氣口 ,隨著臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨之不同而使通氣口 直徑改變。例如,以使臀部洗淨較柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨的 空氣混入量更多的方式規定通氣口直徑。如此一來,因爲 臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨分別的空氣混入量不同的 緣故,所以可於各洗淨動作使洗淨感變化。 (2 )在第1 0 0圖所示的其他變形例,噴嘴頭NH 2 — 27,於陰部洗淨用的噴嘴流路NH2 — 7之中配置 -外氣導入管NH2 — 28。如此,也可以於洗淨水流中直 接導入空氣。至於臀部洗淨用、柔和洗淨用的噴嘴流路也 相同。 (3 )在第1 0 1圖所示的其他變形例,具有供提高 自然吸氣效率的以下構成。又,爲了說明上的方便’只說 明一個吐水孔(臀部吐水孔),至於柔和吐水孔、陰部吐 III_____— — — —— · I I (請先«讀背面之泫<^項再^\.本頁) 訂· .線· 經濟部暫慧財產局貝工消t合作社印製I This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 * 297 mm) -165- I 34 35 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention $ 63) Increase the air flow and expand the pulsating large water block discharged from the spout hole However, by turning the water block into a small water block, the air can be blown in. In addition, along with the pulsating flow, finer differentiation can be adjusted to reduce the soft feeling of the washing water. (2) If the 98th washing range = In addition, the flowing or intermittent flow of washing air is blown in, which can be used to increase or decrease the gentle washing range, or the washing strength of intermittent water potential. Wait. The amount of water to improve the water-saving is shown in Figure 7 **, although the water is increased to make it feel better with the shearing force of air. In this way, the air-washing intensity is adjusted. The adjustment or washing feeling adjustment, the effectiveness of the air mixing part can cause the figure shown. For other cleaning nozzles, please read the note on the back first. The hips on the nozzle head NH2-15 are washed and gently washed. 2. Each head flow channel NH2 — 5 to 7 of the pussy cleansing — each spout hole NH2 — 2 to 4 is inserted into the first to third air piping NH2 — 16 to 1.8. The first to third air pipes are connected to the above-mentioned air pump WN2-30. As a result, the compressed air from the first to third air pipes is directly sprayed into the washing water flowing in the respective head flow paths. According to this configuration, since the air is directly blown into the washing water, the effect of dispersing the washing water flow can be further enhanced. Ε 2 ^ 2 / Other deformations of the cleaning nozzle: The negative pressure of the washing water flow can also be used to deform the cleaning nozzle in a natural way. Fig. 99 and Fig. 100 are schematic cross-sectional views of important parts of a cleaning nozzle according to a modification example in which natural aeration is achieved. Figure 101 shows the model of cleaning nozzles that achieves other variants of natural aeration. Ordered by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Beige Consumer Goods Co-operative Society. Printed on paper. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X). (297 mm) -166-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (64) Fig. 102 is a diagram showing air entrainment characteristics of other modified examples. (1) As shown in FIG. 99, the nozzle head NH2-20 having the cleaning nozzle of this modification is a part of each head flow path NH2 — 5 to 7 that is cleaned on the buttocks, gently washed, and cleaned on the genitals. It has vent holes (NHific) NH2- 21 ~ 23 which narrow the flow path area. In addition, at the downstream side of each of the vent holes, there is an outside air introduction path for introducing outside air from the back of the nozzle head] ^ 112-24 ~ 26. According to this configuration, the flow of the washing water flowing out of each of the vent holes generates a negative pressure when the flow path area increases, and the air from each of the outside air introduction passages is mixed into the washing water. According to this modification, since no air pump or the like is required, the configuration can be simplified. In this case, the vent holes of the nozzle head flow path corresponding to the washing of the buttocks, gentle washing, and genital washing can be made to change the diameter of the venting holes according to the difference of the washing of the buttocks, gentle washing, and genital washing. For example, the diameter of the vents is determined so that the amount of air mixed into the buttocks is softer and the genitals are mixed. In this way, because the amount of air mixed in the buttocks washing, gentle washing, and genital washing is different, the washing feeling can be changed in each washing operation. (2) In another modified example shown in FIG. 100, the nozzle heads NH 2-27 are arranged in the nozzle flow path NH 2-7 for cleaning the genitals-an outside air introduction pipe NH 2-28. In this way, air can also be introduced directly into the washing water flow. The same applies to the nozzle flow path for hip cleaning and gentle cleaning. (3) In another modification shown in Fig. 101, the following configuration is provided for improving the natural aspirating efficiency. Also, for the convenience of explanation, 'Only one spout hole (buttock spout hole) will be described, as for the soft spout hole and pussy spit III_____ — — — — II (please «read the back of the back < ^ item before ^ \. (This page) Order · Print · Printed by Bei Gong Xiao Cooperative of the temporary Hui Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs
I 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -167- A3435 7 A7 B7____ 五、發明說明彳65 ) 水孔也同樣。在此其他變形例,於噴嘴頭NH2_30 ’ 具備外氣捲入室NH 2 - 3 1。而此噴嘴頭’夾著外氣捲 入室,使臀部洗淨用的噴嘴頭流路NH 2 - 5之通氣孔 NH2 — 2 1與臀部吐水孔NH2 — 2相對方向配置’於 外氣捲入室,具備外氣導入通路NH2 — 24 °藉由如此 構成,同時使從通氣口吐出的洗淨水作爲驅動流體而使來 自外氣導入通路的空氣作爲被驅動流體’而使臀部吐水孔-成爲狹道(喉頭,throat )即所謂構成噴射幫浦(jet pump )0 在此變形例,通氣孔NH2- 2 1因爲被設爲與洗淨 的吐水方向爲同一方向’所以可抑制水勢的衰減°此外 ,藉由作爲噴射幫浦的作用,可以使空氣捲入量增大。因 此,隨著空氣量的增大可以減少洗淨水水量’可以更提高 省水化的實效性,同時也可以造成更柔和的洗淨感。進而 ,因爲通氣孔與洗淨水吐水方向是相同方向’所以在通氣 口下游沒有管路的弩曲。因此’不會發生在管路彎曲部引 起洗淨水衝突,因此不會有能量漏失而招致流速降低。 於此變形例改變種種的通氣口徑s 1與狹道口徑S 2 的面積比(S 2/S 1 )而測定空氣捲入量。將此空氣捲 入量以對水之空氣比(空氣混入率% )來表示予以圖形化 時*如第1 02圖所示’使此面積比爲1〜4的話’可以 達到4 0〜8 0%之大量的空氣捲入量。總之,如此變形 例般構成噴射幫浦而使上述面積比爲1〜4的話’比起具 有如第9 9圖之通氣口與外氣導入通路者’可以更增加 請先閲讀背面之iii項再f 裝 訂. -線 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐> -168- Α7 4 34 3 5 7 Β7 五、發明說明(66 ) 1 . 2〜2倍程度的空氣捲入量,在省水化的實效性提高 、提供柔和感覺之洗淨感等方面很有利。又’空氣捲入量 係以下述方式測定的。亦即’於空氣吸入口連接熱線式之 微小空氣流量計直接測定空氣流量’由此空氣流童與對噴 嘴的給水流量計蓴空氣混入率’將此作爲空氣捲入量,得 到第1 0 2圖。 E 2 — 3 /洗淨噴嘴的其他變形: 第1 0 3圖係透視供說明第1 0 1圖所示的洗淨噴嘴 進而再變形的噴嘴頭NH 2 — 3 3的內部構造之槪略立體 圖=第1 0 4圖係顯示其他變形例之噴嘴頭NH 2_ 3 3 的空氣捲入特性之圖^ 如第1 0 3圖所示,此變形例之噴嘴頭NH2 — 3 3 ,與上述噴嘴頭NH 2_ 3 0同樣,具有以外氣捲入室 NH2 — 3 1、通氣口 NH2 — 2 1、作爲喉部之臀部吐 水孔NH 2 _ 2以及外氣導入通路NH 2 - 2 4所構成的 噴射幫浦。而,此噴嘴頭,在通氣口與臀部洗淨用噴嘴頭 流路NH2 - 5之間,具有洗淨水渦室NH2 — 34。此 •一 . ’洗淨水渦室,越往底部直徑越大具有從此底部至通氣口爲 止的傾斜內周壁。於此洗淨水迴旋室,因爲噴嘴頭流路如 圖所示般的偏心接續,所以流入渦室內的洗淨水,如圖中 箭頭S Υ所示沿著上述傾斜的內周壁迴旋。而如此迴旋的 洗淨水,追加通氣口經過外氣捲入室而從狹道(喉部,臀 部吐水孔)吐出時,係以捲入了大量空氣的狀態吐出的。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公爱) -1-------1!·裝 i — <請先Mtt背面之注意事項再Γ*.本頁> 訂. •線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -169- ^ 434357 : ^ 434357 : 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消t合作杜印製 五、發明說明(67 ) 如此吐出的洗淨水,受到此洗淨水自身具有的迴旋力 影響,採圖中模式顯示的螺旋狀吐水形態。在—此變形例* 洗淨水流入洗淨水渦室NH 2 _ 3 4時’從臀部洗淨用的 噴嘴頭流路N Η 2 - 5以上述之脈動流或蠢續流的狀態供 給洗淨水。因此1如此吐出的洗淨水’維持具有此脈動流 或斷續流之上述吐水性質,以圖示的方式混入空氣完畢而 呈螺旋狀吐水的形態。上述之洗淨水迴旋力係以洗淨水流 入洗淨水渦室的流入速度(洗淨水速度)決定的,此流入 速度規定在洗淨水渦室之洗淨水的迴旋程度。此外,空氣 混入程度也由洗淨水速度決定。因此,藉由調整洗淨水流 入洗淨水迴旋室的速度(洗淨水速度),可以進行種種在 螺旋狀吐水形態之螺旋的擴張程度或是空氣混入程度。螺 旋的擴張程度左右洗淨面積,因而在此變形例,也可以調 整洗淨面積。而洗淨水速度,可以藉由脈動流或斷續流之 頻率調整或負荷比調整以及節流閥之流量調整等進行種種 變更。因此,在多樣化的洗淨面積下之吐水或者多種空氣 混入量之吐水爲可能,可以提供更舒適的洗淨感、柔和感 等。而且,藉由脈動流或斷續流之在低流量下的水勢調整 等也可以實現。 於此變形例,也改變種種的通氣口徑S 1與狹道口徑 S 2的面積比(S 2/S 1 )而測定空氣捲入量。得到如 第1 0 4圖所示的結果。亦即,與不具有渦室的上述噴嘴 頭ΝΗ2 — 30 (參照第1〇1圖)相比,可以增大約. 1 · 3〜2倍程度的空氣捲入量,在省水化的實效性提高 本紙尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 170· !!!裝-! <請先閲讀背面之注意事項再C'?本買) 訂' .線 Γ 4 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 3 程 3 入 - 捲 2 氣 Η 空 Ν與 頭度 嘴程 噴張 之擴 例旋 形螺 變的 的下 示態 所形 圖水 3 吐 ο 的 1狀 第旋 此螺 於將 係 34 3 5 7 A7 ____B7 五、發明說明$68 ) 、提供柔和感覺之洗淨感等方面很有利。而使此面積比成 爲1 3〜2程度的是由空氣捲入量增大的觀點來看較佳 的緣故。又,此空氣捲入量,係以與上述相同的方法測定 度,以洗淨水流入洗淨水迴旋室的流入速度(洗淨水速度 )規定的》因此,僅僅給水進行根據流童調整閥之通常流 量調整的箄續流之洗淨水,可以進行多種洗淨面積之吐水 或多種空氣混入量的吐水,可以提供更舒適的洗淨感、柔 和感等。總之,根據上述的噴嘴頭NH2 — 3 3的話,沒 有必要使用脈動流或斷續流狀態之洗淨水給水,僅僅交換 既有的局部洗淨裝置的噴嘴頭等,就可以簡單改良既有的 裝置賦予舒適的洗淨感或柔和感等。 此外,此噴嘴頭NH2 — 33,僅將在螺旋狀吐水狀 態下的螺旋擴張程度,以洗淨水流入洗淨水迴旋室的流入 速度(洗淨水速度)來規定。因此,僅僅藉由流量調整閥 進行通常流量調整的連續流洗淨水給水’就可以使由上述 螺旋的擴張程度而以多樣洗淨面積進行吐水爲可能。因此 ,在上述噴嘴頭NH 2 _ 3 3,即使省略以脈動流或斷續 流狀態供給洗淨水或捲入空氣之構成’也可以提供舒適的 洗淨感、柔和感等。 此外,於此噴嘴頭NH2 — 3 3 ’也可以使用空氣幫 浦等強制混入空氣。如此一來’因爲增大空氣混入量’所 請 先 讀 背 面 之 注I This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -167- A3435 7 A7 B7____ 5. Description of the invention 彳 65) The same is true for water holes. Here, in another modification, the nozzle head NH2_30 ′ is provided with an outside air entanglement chamber NH 2-3 1. This nozzle head is 'rolled into the room with the outside air interposed, and the vent holes NH2-2 1 of the nozzle head flow path NH 2-5 for hip cleaning are arranged opposite to the butt spout holes NH2-2' and are drawn into the outside air. The chamber is provided with an external air introduction passage NH2 — 24 °, and is configured in such a manner that the washing water discharged from the ventilation port is used as a driving fluid and the air from the external air introduction passage is used as a driven fluid. The narrow channel (throat) is the so-called jet pump. In this modification, the vent holes NH2- 2 1 are set in the same direction as the direction of the discharged water from the wash, so the attenuation of the water potential can be suppressed ° In addition, by acting as a jet pump, the amount of air entrainment can be increased. Therefore, as the amount of air is increased, the amount of washing water can be reduced ', which can further improve the effectiveness of water saving, and at the same time, can cause a softer washing feeling. Furthermore, because the vent holes are in the same direction as the washing water spouting direction ', there is no crossbow of the pipe downstream of the vent. Therefore, 'the collision of the washing water does not occur in the bent portion of the pipeline, so there is no energy leakage and a decrease in the flow rate. In this modification, the area ratio (S 2 / S 1) of the ventilation aperture s 1 and the narrow aperture S 2 is changed to measure the amount of air entrainment. When the amount of air entrainment is expressed in terms of the air-to-water ratio (air mixing ratio%), when the graph is shown * as shown in Fig. 10, "If this area ratio is 1 to 4," it can reach 4 0 to 8 0. A large amount of air entrainment. In short, if the jet pump is configured like this modified example so that the above-mentioned area ratio is 1 to 4, it can be increased more than the one with the air vent and the outside air introduction path as shown in Fig. 99. Please read item iii on the back first. f Binding.-Work and consumption cooperation with the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du printed paper sizes are applicable to the Chinese family standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm > -168- Α7 4 34 3 5 7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (66) 1.2 to 2 times the amount of air entrainment is advantageous in terms of improving the effectiveness of water saving and providing a soft feeling of cleansing. Also, the amount of air entrainment is measured in the following manner. That is, 'the air flow rate is directly measured by connecting a hotline-type micro air flow meter to the air suction port', so that the air flow child and the nozzle's water supply flow meter 莼 air mixing rate 'take this as the air entrainment amount and get the first 0 2 Fig. E 2 — 3 / Other deformations of the cleaning nozzle: Fig. 10 3 is a perspective view for explaining the internal structure of the nozzle head NH 2-3 3 deformed by the cleaning nozzle shown in Fig. 101. The sketched perspective view = No. 1 0 4 shows the other modified examples Diagram of air entrainment characteristics of nozzle head NH 2_ 3 3 ^ As shown in Fig. 103, the nozzle head NH2-3 3 of this modification has the same external air entrainment chamber as the nozzle head NH 2_ 3 0 described above. NH2 — 3 1. Ventilation port NH2 — 2 1. Jet pump consisting of larynx spout hole NH 2 _ 2 and external air introduction passage NH 2-2 4. The nozzle head is connected between the vent and the vent. There is a wash water vortex chamber NH2 — 34 between the nozzle head flow path NH2-5 for hip cleaning. This one. 'The wash water vortex chamber has a larger diameter from the bottom to the vent. Inner perimeter wall. Because the nozzle head flow path is connected eccentrically as shown in this figure, the rinsing water flowing into the vortex chamber rotates along the inclined inner perimeter wall as shown by arrow S 中 in the figure. When the washing water swirled in this way, the additional air vent is drawn into the room through the outside air, and it is discharged from the narrow passage (throat, hip spout hole), it is discharged in a state of being drawn into a large amount of air. This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification < 210 X 297 Public Love) -1 ------- 1! · 装 i — < First note on the back of Mtt, then Γ *. This page > Order. • Line · Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -169- ^ 434357: ^ 434357: Shelley Consumer Cooperation of Intellectual Property Bureau of Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing V. Description of Invention (67) The washing water thus discharged is affected by the swirling force of the washing water itself, and the spiral water discharge pattern shown in the pattern in the figure is adopted. At this modification * When the washing water flows into the washing water vortex chamber NH 2 _ 3 4 ′, the nozzle head flow path N Η 2-5 for washing from the buttocks is supplied in the state of pulsating flow or stupid continuous flow. Clean water. Therefore, the thus-discharged washing water 'maintains the above-mentioned spouting properties of this pulsating flow or intermittent flow, and is mixed in the air in the manner shown in the figure to form a spiral spouting water. The above-mentioned washing water swirling force is determined by the inflow speed (washing water speed) of washing water flowing into the washing water vortex chamber. This inflow speed specifies the degree of rotation of the washing water in the washing water vortex chamber. In addition, the degree of air mixing is also determined by the speed of the washing water. Therefore, by adjusting the speed at which washing water flows into the washing water swirling chamber (washing water speed), various spiral expansions or air mixing levels in the form of a spiral water spout can be performed. The degree of expansion of the screw influences the washing area. Therefore, in this modification, the washing area can also be adjusted. The washing water speed can be changed in various ways by adjusting the frequency or load ratio of the pulsating flow or intermittent flow, and adjusting the flow rate of the throttle valve. Therefore, it is possible to spit water under a variety of washing areas or to spit water with various air mixing amounts, which can provide a more comfortable feeling of washing and softness. Moreover, it is also possible to adjust the water potential at low flow rate by pulsating flow or intermittent flow. In this modification, the area ratio (S 2 / S 1) of the ventilation aperture S 1 and the narrow aperture S 2 is also changed to measure the amount of air entrainment. The results are shown in Fig. 104. That is, compared with the above-mentioned nozzle head NZ2-30 without a vortex chamber (refer to FIG. 101), the amount of air entrainment can be increased by about 1.3 times to 2 times, which is effective in saving water. To increase the size of this paper, apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 170 · !!! Pack-! ≪ Please read the precautions on the back before C '? Buy this) Order'. Γ 4 Economy Printed by the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives 3 Process 3 Entry-Volume 2 Disappearing Air N and Head-to-Mouth Spread Expansion Example of a Spiral Twist The figure below shows the shape of water 3 Rotating this screw is very useful in terms of 34 3 5 7 A7 ____B7 V. Invention Description $ 68), providing a soft feeling of cleansing and so on. The area ratio of about 13 to 2 is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the amount of air entrainment. In addition, the amount of air entrainment is measured in the same manner as described above, and is determined by the inflow rate (washing water rate) of the washing water flowing into the washing water swirl chamber. Therefore, only the water is adjusted according to the flow control valve. The conventional flow-adjusted 调整 continuous flow of washing water can discharge water of various washing areas or various amounts of mixed air, which can provide a more comfortable feeling of washing and softness. In short, according to the above-mentioned nozzle heads NH2-3 3, it is not necessary to use pulsating flow or intermittent flow state washing water feed water. Simply replacing the nozzle heads of existing local cleaning devices can simply improve the existing ones. The device gives a comfortable feeling of washing or softness. In addition, this nozzle head NH2-33 only specifies the degree of spiral expansion in the state of spiral water spouting, and is determined by the inflow speed (washing water speed) of the washing water flowing into the washing water swirl chamber. Therefore, the continuous-flow washing water feed water 'with the normal flow rate adjustment by the flow rate adjustment valve can make it possible to spit water with various washing areas based on the expansion degree of the spiral. Therefore, in the above-mentioned nozzle head NH 2 _ 3 3, even if the configuration of supplying washing water or entrained air in a pulsating flow or intermittent flow state is omitted, it can provide a comfortable washing feeling, soft feeling, and the like. In addition, the nozzle head NH2-3 3 'can also be forcedly mixed with air using an air pump or the like. In this case, ‘Because the amount of air mixed in’ is increased, please read the note on the back first.
項 1' * I 裝 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公嫠) -171 - 4 3435 7 A7 __I_ B7 _ 五、發明說明«69 ) 以可以造成更進一步的柔和感。如此以謀求 而構成的場合,也可以進行強制的空氣混入 脈動流或斷續流進行吐水,或者在停止強制 態下藉由脈動流或斷續流進行吐水。 又,於上述第2實施例及各變形例,噴 淨、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨之各噴嘴頭流路也 形成。如此一來,可以使洗淨噴嘴在寬幅方 以使噴嘴裝置爲首的種種機器或單元接近配 裝置的小型化。在此場合,即使於合倂上下 洗淨噴嘴,也可以將噴嘴流路形成於上下a 在具有上述各噴嘴頭流路的基座上安裝具有 的頭蓋而構成噴嘴頭,而於噴嘴頭與頭蓋之 孔。 除此之外|上述第2實施例或各變形例 置,也可以如下述般變形。 (1 )脈動流之洗淨水時,如先前所示 機器WP 2 _ 8,但也可以使用可得脈動輸 如齒輪幫浦或是擺線管幫浦等。在此場合, '的旋轉數控制可改變地控制脈動頻率,可以 調整。此外,將波動產生機器WP 2 - 8設 進行其相位角控制,與上述之第2實施例的 樣,可以進行水勢等的調整。 (2 )此外,透過流路的斷續作出斷續 續閥WP2 — 27,也可以是使用螺線管的 強制混入空氣 而藉由上述的 混入空氣的狀 嘴頭之 可以上 向上縮 置,可 噴嘴頭 此外, 上述各 間設外 臀部洗 下並排 窄,可 以謀求 流路的 也可以 吐水孔 氣導入 闉 讀 背 面 之 ilItem 1 '* I The size of the bound paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 cm) -171-4 3435 7 A7 __I_ B7 _ V. Description of the invention «69) to create a softer feeling . In the case of such a configuration, forced air may be mixed into the pulsating flow or intermittent flow to spit water, or in the forced stop state, the pulsating flow or intermittent flow may be spit water. Further, in the above-mentioned second embodiment and each modification, each nozzle head flow path for spray cleaning, gentle cleaning, and vaginal cleaning is also formed. In this way, it is possible to make the cleaning nozzle wide in size, and various devices or units including the nozzle device can be reduced in size. In this case, even if the nozzles are cleaned up and down at the joint, the nozzle flow paths can be formed on the upper and lower sides. A The head cover is attached to the base having the nozzle head flow paths to form the nozzle head. Hole. Other than that, the above-mentioned second embodiment or each modified example may be modified as follows. (1) When washing water with pulsating flow, the machine WP 2 _ 8 is shown as before, but pulsating output such as gear pump or cycloidal pipe pump can also be used. In this case, the rotation number control can changeably control the pulsation frequency and can be adjusted. In addition, the wave generating device WP 2-8 is set to perform phase angle control, and the water potential and the like can be adjusted as in the second embodiment described above. (2) In addition, the intermittent valve WP2-27 can be made through the intermittent flow path. It can also be forced to mix air using a solenoid, and the mouth can be retracted upward and downward by using the air-mixed shape. Nozzle head In addition, the above-mentioned rooms are provided with the outer hips washed and narrowed side by side. The flow path can also be spit out, and the air can be spit out.
項 % ί·* 本 I 裝 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 之局部洗淨裝 使用撥動產_生 出的幫浦,例 透過這些幫浦 進行水勢等的 爲A C驅動而 負荷比控制同 流洗淨水的斷 螺線管閥,或 線 本紙張尺度適用中a國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公釐〉 -172- 434357 : 五、發明說明) 者是使給水口的托架(P〇PPet)前後移動使給水口開閉而進 行流路斷續之提動閥。 (3 )此外,’於洗淨水的加壓以及其後的斷續流化, 使用具有線上幫浦所構成的加壓幫浦的加壓機器WP 2 -2 5與斷續閥WP2 - 27,將此二者另行構成。但是不 限於此,亦可構成爲加壓洗淨水同時可以斷續。第1 0 5 圖係說明其他變形例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 — 3 5的說明圖。 第.10 6圖係說明使用此變形例的洗淨噴嘴的螺線管( solenoid) 幫浦WN 2 — 3 6的槪略構成之說明圖。Item% ί · * This booklet is used for local cleaning and printing of printed goods printed by the employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The produced pumps, such as the pumps that use the pumps for water potential, etc. The solenoid valve for washing water, or the paper size of the thread is applicable to a national standard (CNS > A4 specifications < 210 X 297 mm> -172- 434357: V. Description of the invention). The poppet moves forward and backward to open and close the water supply port, and a poppet valve that interrupts the flow path. (3) In addition, for the pressurization of the washing water and the subsequent intermittent fluidization, a pressurizing device WP 2-2 5 and an intermittent valve WP 2-27 having a pressurized pump constituted by an on-line pump are used. , Constitute the two separately. However, it is not limited to this, and it may be configured such that the pressurized washing water may be intermittent at the same time. Fig. 105 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a cleaning nozzle WN 2-3 5 according to another modification. Fig. 10 6 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a solenoid pump WN 2-3 6 using a cleaning nozzle of this modification.
如圖所示,,此螺線管幫浦,係具有吸入側止回閥WN 2 — 3 7與吐出側止回閥WN 2 _ 3 6的通常流量型電磁 幫浦。而此螺線管幫浦,使電磁螺線管勵磁而使柱塞WN 2_40進退,藉此得到從幫浦室WN2 — 4 1被斷續流 化的加壓水之幫浦。通常的螺線管幫浦,倂用消除伴隨著 被挾於吸入側、吐出側的止回閥的柱塞進退導致之流體的 斷續而使其成爲平滑的壓力之儲壓器β但是此變形例的螺 線管幫浦WN 2 - 3 6,不使用儲壓器而直接利用壓力的 斷續,可以得到與電磁螺線管的勵磁電壓同步的斷續週期 。根據此實施形態,可以藉由1個螺線管幫浦W Ν 2 - 3 6實現加壓部及斷續部,所以可以使構成簡單化》即使 在此場合,上述的電磁線圈的勵磁週期亦即斷續週期也是 使其頻率成爲在前述無感頻帶範圍。 (4 )此外,於洗淨水的加壓以及其後的斷續流化使 用加壓機器WP2 — 25與斷續閥WP2 — 27,如第 本紙張尺度適用中a國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公釐) 11!11! ^^ i I 請先閱讀背面之注項再Γ" „*本頁) 訂· ·-線- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -173* 卜 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明(71 ) 9 4圖所示,可以將調壓閥的調壓壓力設爲最大壓力而使 壓力起週期變動的斷續流。但也可以使調壓閥的調壓壓力 作爲最小壓力而成爲使壓力週期變動的斷續流。如此一來 ,即使自來水等給水源自身的壓力原本較低的場合,也可 以如先前所述般的以斷續流的洗淨水吐水。 (5 )進而,在上述第2實施例以及其變形例,藉由 停止波動產生機器WP 2 - 8等的驅動,可藉由與從前同 樣的連續流來吐出洗淨水。因此,於遙控操作裝置或本體 的側部等設有可以選擇脈動流吐水的開關按鈕,因應該按 鈕的操作,亦即,因應使用者的喜好,而可以選擇脈動流 洗淨水之吐水形態的局部洗淨,與斷續流洗淨水之與從前 相同的吐水形態亦可。 (6 )此外,於熱交換TH1 — 3的出熱水側設有緩 衝儲熱水槽,而將此代用作爲儲壓器WP 2 - 7亦可。_作 爲此緩衝儲熱水槽的構成,具備以使水位較水箱更高的方 式被配置的槽,於此槽設置浮球開關S S 1 8與真空遮斷 .器TH1- 4。此緩衝儲熱水槽,與儲壓器幾乎同樣地吸 收從其係下游側傳播至水箱的壓力變動。藉此,根據此緩 衝儲熱水槽,也可以藉由變動吸收抑制水箱內溫度分布的 不均而可以使水箱內的溫度均勻,使溫度的控制特性安定 。又,於緩衝儲熱水槽內,設有促進溫水混合的混合板或 混合通路,進一步提高其壓力變動的吸收作用亦可。此外 ’使緩衝儲熱永槽與熱交換單元成爲—體’而於其內部設 置混合板等亦可。 本紙張又度適用t困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇χ 297公 <··本 ί 裝 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局具工消費合作杜印製 -174- 43435 7 at B7 五、發明說明彳72 > (7 )此外,爲了檢測出進入熱交換單元的入水溫度 -,取代使用入水溫感知器,而根據對加熱器供給.的通電量 ,例如根據對加熱器供給的通電量的微分値算出亦可。藉 此,不需要入水水溫感知器,可以使構成簡單化。於第1 實施例也相同。而且入水水溫感知器S S 1 6 a以及出水 水溫感知器S S 1 1 3,只要是可以反應水箱內的溫水溫 度的處所,不僅是在水箱內,也可以設於熱交換單元的前 後。 (8 )於前述的脈動流或斷續流的洗淨水吐水,也可 以使流量保持一定而使流速可變地控制的方式變形。首先 ,說明使用波動產生機器WP 2 — 8的脈動流的洗淨水吐 水(以下稱脈動吐水)。第169圖,係於此脈動吐水, 使流量維持一定而減速控制流速v m_ ( v m 2 — v m 3 ) 之一例。又,於此圖,t2、t3 (>t2),表示供波 動產生器的線圈勵磁之用的通電時間,T 2係波動產生器 所產生的脈動的脈動產生週期,V係供使對脈動產生器的 脈動產生線圈的通電開關(ΟΝ/OFF)之用而對開關 換能器施加的電壓,換句話說表示線圈勵磁電壓。此外, 於圖中,(a)係表示脈衝訊號的負荷比的樣子,(b) 係表示電壓V -時間的關係,(c )係表示被吐水的洗淨 水流速v m —時間的關係。以下使用此第1 6 9圖,說明 脈動吐水時使流量一定而提高流速的控制。 以脈動產生線圈及以此線圏所驅動的柱塞構成脈動產 生裝置時,流量係因應被驅動的柱塞的行程長度而被規定 • H I ^1 I C請先閲讀背面之注意事項再Γ·>.本買) 訂. -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -175- 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明(73 ) 的。流速係由柱塞的驅動速度,亦即柱塞的吸引力而被規 定的。首先,於應該減速時,使對脈動產生線圈通電的電 壓V (亦即朝脈動產生線圈流動的電流)減小(V 3 — V 2 ;參照(b ))。藉此,柱塞的吸引力減低而流速降、 低。此時,在電壓變更前後如果負荷比相同的話,柱塞的 驅動速度的降低會使柱塞的行程長度變短,而使流量降低 。因此,在招致流量的減低而僅減速流速即可的場合,如 上述般在負荷比一定下僅僅減低電壓即可。而在增加流速 的場合與此相反。 另一方面 > 沒有流量的變化而只有流速加減速時,如 下述般控制之。減速控制的場合,爲了補足上述行程長度 的縮短,意補即爲了足流量不足,而使負荷比增大(t 2 /T2— t3/T2 ;參照(a))。如此增大負荷比的 話,線圈勵磁期間也變長的緣故,可以使柱塞僅驅動正規 的行程,而可以使柱塞的行程長度保持於一定。因此,可 以使流量維持一定,而僅僅減速流速。此現象,於顯示減 速與時.間的關係之左右圖表(c),也可以從1週期的面 積S 2相等來說明。增速控制的場合與此相反。當然,除 此之外,於柱塞行程的界限產生常時脈動的場合也因爲驅 動行程長度不變的緣故流量也不變化,僅藉由對脈動產生 線圈的施加電壓或者控制通電電流,而使流量一定而且流 速可變的控制成爲可能。 (9 )此外,不改變流量而提高流速的其他例,在使 用加壓幫浦與開閉閥的斷續流洗淨水吐水’也可以如下述 __111 —____— II 裝___ {請先《讀背面之注#m-項再:本頁) 訂. ;線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國a家揉準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 176- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明ί74 ) 般達成。藉由加壓幫浦提高施加於洗淨水的壓力時,洗淨 水的流速變大(約與1 / 2次方成比例)。而此時,可藉 由使連通於吐水孔的開閉閥的開時間減少(使開時間負荷 比減小)而提高流速同時使洗淨水保持一定。進而,使柱 塞的往復移動,不作爲提高對洗淨水施加的壓力之手段來 使用,而作爲如開閉閥相同的流路剖面積的增減手段來使 用的話,如上述般,藉由提高以加壓幫浦對洗淨水施加的· 壓力,而使流量不改變而使流速變大。此外,組合賓行先 前所說明的在流量一定化下之流速加減速控制與此加壓幫 浦的控制,也可以與流量獨立而分別控制流速β 其次,說明其他的實施例。第107圖係具有第3實 施例的局部洗淨裝置的洗淨噴嘴WN 3 — 1的重要部位槪 略剖面圖。第1 0 8圖係第4實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN4 — 1的重要部位槪略剖面圖。第1 0 9圖係此洗淨噴嘴 WN4_ 1的重要部位分解立體圖。又,於以下的說明, 如先前所述使用同一構件名稱與其符號。 如第1 0 7圖所示,第3實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 3-1,於噴嘴筒狀體WN 3 - 2的先端,水密地具備噴嘴頭 NH3 — 1。此噴嘴頭,於其上面,具備臀部吐水孔 NH3 — 2與陰部吐水孔NH3 — 3,於噴嘴頭內部,具 有供導引洗淨水至各吐水孔的第1噴嘴頭流路NH 3 - 4 、第2噴嘴頭流路NH3 — 5。此外,於各吐水孔與各噴 嘴頭流路的合流點,被形成洗淨水流入的第1流入室 N Η 3 — 6與第2流入室N Η 3 — 7。於此第1、第2.流 * I* ai 1 n n I n I <H先閱讀背面之注意事項再本I) 訂· 線. 經濟部智慧財產局具工消f合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* > 177 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明彳75 ) 入室,被組裝入第1 、第2水車NH3 — 8、9。此第1 、第2水車,於分別的流入室內旋轉自如地被支撐’藉由 流入流入室的洗淨水朝向圖中的箭頭方向旋轉。 第1 、第2水車N Η 3 — 8、9 ,從其中心起以等間 隔具備複數葉片,相鄰的葉片間,具有閉鎖第1、第2流 入室ΝΗ·3_6、7之吐水孔開口(流入室側開口)的遮 蔽板ΝΗ3 — 1 0。在·此實施例,遮蔽板係等間隔地被形 成於3處。又,可以横亙水車所具有的一半葉片設一個遮 蔽板。 洗淨噴嘴WN 3 — 1,具有於噴嘴筒狀體內連通於第 1、第2噴嘴頭流路ΝΗ3 — 4、5的第1、第2噴嘴流 路WN3 - 3、4。藉由熱交換單元(省略圖示)被溫水 化的洗淨水,以藉由流量調整閥(省略圖示)調整的流量 ,流入第1、第2噴嘴頭流路ΝΗ3 — 4、5。而此洗淨 水,經過第1'第2噴嘴頭流路與第1、第2流入室 ΝΗ3 — 6、7,從臀部吐水孔ΝΗ3 — 2或陰部吐水孔 Ν Η 3 — 3被吐出。 如此,洗淨水在經過第1、第2流入室Ν Η 3 - 6、 7時,洗淨水衝擊於水車的葉片對此水車施以旋轉力,使 水車旋轉。藉此,遮蔽板ΝΗ3-10,因爲如上述般以 等間隔被形成的緣故,伴隨著水車的旋轉,反覆遮蔽吐水 孔的流入室側開口。而洗淨水只有在流入室側開口未被遮 蔽板遮蔽的期間通過流入室側開口,而從吐水孔吐出=因 此,洗淨水於吐水孔的流入室側開口藉由遮蔽板使水流被 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------裝 * H I ί請先闓讀背面之注$項再本買) 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -178- ^.3435 7, A7 B7 ____ 五、發明說明(76 ) 分斷成爲斷續流的狀態從吐水孔吐出。 另一方面’水車的旋轉力,係以對流入室之洗淨水的 流入速度(洗淨水速度)決定的,此流入速度規定水車的 旋轉速度。因此,藉由遮蔽板遮蔽流入室側開口的遮蔽週 期,亦即,藉由水流的分斷而成爲斷續流的洗淨水的斷續 週期,係以水車的旋轉數,亦即洗淨水速度來決定的。因 此,對此第3實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 3 - 1供給洗淨水時 ,藉由調整洗淨水速度’可以使上述斷續週期所決定的頻 率成爲如前述的無感頻帶範圍。因此,根據洗淨噴嘴 WN 3 _ 1的話,與第2實施例與其變形例同樣地,藉由 脈動流或斷續流之洗淨水吐水,可以實現在低流量下之水 勢調整。在此場合,在第1水車NH3 — 8與第2水車 NH3 - 9,如果使流入室的內徑、遮蔽板的大小、遮蔽 板的設置間隔等相異的話,可以使上述般藉由水流的分斷 之洗淨水的斷續週期,在臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨相異。因此 ,在臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨,可以藉斷續週期改變既定的頻 率,所以可以使分別之洗淨時具有不同的洗淨感。例如, 使陰部洗淨的頻率較高的話,可以使陰部洗淨的洗淨感較 臀部洗淨更爲柔和。 在此第3實施例之洗淨噴嘴WN3-1,藉由上述般 斷續流之洗淨水吐水而得到水勢、洗淨感調整的效果時, 不需要馬達等電氣驅動機器。因此,裝置全體可以發揮高 省電力效果,同時可以謀求構成的簡單化。此外,直到噴 嘴頭爲止的電氣配線工程爲不需要的,也不需要電氣驅動 --- - -- - - - ---!裝 i — <請先《讀背面之注意事項再jr>.本霣) 訂: i線- 經濟部智慧財產局負工消t合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中囲國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -179- A7 B7 43435 五、發明說明(77〉 機器,所以具有在組裝工數的減低、成本減低等製造上的 優點》 又,將此洗淨噴嘴WN 3 - 1,以在各吐水孔的經路 途中使通氣孔具有外氣導入通路而進行空氣混入的方式構 成亦可。此外,將洗淨噴嘴WN3—1,以在噴嘴頭內組 入使上述水車旋轉的馬達,以此馬達控制旋轉水車的方式 構成亦可。如此一來,因爲與洗淨水速度無關地可變地控 制上述斷續週期,所以可使透過斷續流的頻率控制之水勢 調整等不受到洗淨水速度的影響。 如第1 0 8圖所示,第4實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN4 -1,於噴嘴筒狀體WN4-2的先端,水密地具備噴嘴頭 NH4_1。此噴嘴頭,於其上面,具有斷續吐水撵構部 _ N Η 4 _ 2。又,於以下說明時,以臀部洗淨用者來說明 此洗淨噴嘴ΝΗ4-1。 經濟部智慧財產局W工消費合作社印製 此斷續吐水機構部ΝΗ 4 - 2,把從噴嘴頭流路 ΝΗ 4 - 3受到給水的連續流洗淨水,與上述洗淨噴嘴 W Ν 3 — 1同樣地,以水流分斷之斷續流洗淨水吐水者。 亦即,此斷續吐水機構部,於噴嘴頭流路末端的洗淨水流 入室ΝΗ4 — 4,具有底部板ΝΗ4 — 5與水車ΝΗ4 — 6 =底部板,係使從噴嘴頭流路流入洗淨水流入室的洗淨 水,如圖中箭頭所示,流於流入室內周壁之側。水車,如 第1 0 8圖與第1 0 9圖所示,被組入噴嘴頭上面的水車 支撐體ΝΗ 4二7的下面周壁,被插入支撐體中央的豎坑 ΝΗ 4 _ 8。在此狀態下水車支撐體被固定於噴嘴頭上面 -180- 本紙張尺度適用中國g家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(78 ) 時,水車’在水車支撐體的下面周壁的內部以豎坑爲中心 可自由自在地旋轉。此水車具備於上面覆蓋平板的遮蔽板 N Η 4 - 9。 水車支撐體ΝΗ4 - 7,如第10 9圖所示,於下面 周壁等間隔地具有缺口 ΝΗ4 — 1 0。因此,藉由底部平 板Ν Η 4 - 5而被流入洗淨水流入室的內周壁側的洗淨水 ,通過各缺口衝突於水車ΝΗ4 — 6的葉片,使此水車旋 轉。此外,此洗淨水,對水車的遮蔽板ΝΗ4 - 9由其下 面衝突,將水車壓向水車支撐體的下面側。因此,水車成 爲使其上面接觸於水車支撐體下面的狀態進行旋轉。水車 支撐體,於雨水車遮蔽板重叠的位置具有臀部吐水孔 ΝΗ4 _ 1 1的緣故,此吐水孔伴隨著水車的旋轉而被遮 蔽'或是開放。因此,從藉由水車而開放的吐水孔起被吐出 洗淨水的緣故,著眼於一個吐水孔。亦即,在水車支撐體 只存在著一個吐水孔的場合,洗淨水於該吐水孔成爲藉由 遮蔽板而水流被分斷的斷續流狀態從吐水孔吐水。在如本 _實施例之使複數吐水孔排列爲等間隔,藉由遮蔽板而被開 放的吐水孔藉由水車的旋轉而依序移動的緣故,洗淨水之 吐水依序被切換於各吐水孔,關於各吐水孔,成爲上述斷 續流狀態的吐水。 於此洗淨噴嘴WN 4 - 1 ’因爲铣淨水的流入速度規 定水車的旋轉速度,所以上述水流的分斷造成的斷續流之 斷續週期,係以水車回轉數,亦即洗淨水速度決定的"因 此,對此第4實施例之洗淨噴嘴WN 4 _ 1供給洗淨水時 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公JI ) -181 - -i I .1 ϋ n n I I a I {請先M讀背面之注意事項再Γί本頁) 訂: 線. 經濟部智慈財產局員工消费合作社印製 :43钧57__ 五、發明說明彳79 ) ’藉由.調整洗淨水速度,可以使以前述斷續週期決定的頻 率與上述的切換週期所決定的頻率共同成爲在前述的無感 頻帶範圍。因此,根據洗淨噴嘴WN4-1,與第2實施 例及其變形例同樣,藉由脈動流或者斷續流之洗淨水吐水 ,可以在低流量下實現水勢調整。在此場合,洗淨水的吐 水口於各吐水孔之形成圓周依序切換,但是如第1實施例 所說明的,使用者無法認知由各吐水孔依序吐水的情形, 而是感覺爲從各吐水孔連續吐水。因此,可以在寬廣面積 的連續吐水感覺之下,以斷續頻率的調整來變更水勢。 在此第4實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 - 1,藉由上述般 斷續流的洗淨水吐水而得到水勢、洗淨感調整等效果時, \ 因爲不需要馬達等電氣驅動機器,所以可以發揮與第3實 施例同樣的效果。又,此洗淨噴嘴WN4_ 1 ,也可藉馬 達旋轉控制水車的方式構成。如此一來,因爲可控制改變 上述的斷續週期而與洗淨水速度無關,所以可使透過斷續 流的頻率控制之水勢調整等不受到洗淨水速度的影響。 其次,說明其他實施例。第1 1 0圖係具有第5實施 例的局部洗淨裝置的洗淨噴嘴WN 5 - 1的重要部位槪略 剖面圖。又,於以下的說明,也與前述同樣使用同一構件 名稱與其符號。此外,此洗淨噴嘴NH 5 — 1以臀部洗淨 用者來說明。 此第5實施例的洗淨噴嘴NH5-1 ,以在洗淨水中 強制混入空氣而吐水時,藉由使空氣混入量週期性地變動 而吐出脈動流或斷續流之洗淨水爲其特徵。亦即,如第 I · ^1 ^1 <請先«讀背面之注意事項再Γ 本頁) 訂· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -182- 上 上 A7 B7 4 3435 7 五、發明說明¢80 ) 1 1 0圖所示,洗淨噴嘴NH5— 1 ,於噴嘴先端具有臀 部吐水孔NH5 — 2,經由噴嘴流路NH5_3將洗淨水 供給到此吐水孔。於此吐水孔開口的下方,被形成空氣混 入室NH5 — 4,於此空氣混入室,噴嘴流路,係以樹脂 或金屬、陶瓷等爲材料的多孔質管NH 5 - 5來形成的。 空氣混入室NH5 — 4 *透過空氣流路NH5 — 6 , 與空氣壓送混入單元NH 5 - 7連通。此空氣壓送混入單 元,如圖中模式顯示的*使空氣流量週期性地變動同時以 一定地設定流量使空氣壓送至空氣混入室。而空氣壓送混 入單元,於空氣混入室,藉由多孔質管NH 5 — 4使空氣 混入洗淨水。此多孔質管,由於多孔質的性質,使通過內 部的洗淨水內以微細氣泡的形態混入空氣。藉此,隨著來 自空氣壓送混入單元的壓送,使得可混入對洗淨水之體積 比最大4倍的空氣。 上述空氣壓送混入單元,可以使用容量可變型的空氣 幫浦來構成,或者使用定容量或者容量可變型的空氣幫浦 與配置於其下游的節流閥來構成。或者使用這些空氣幫浦 與配置在其下游進行管路的開閉之開閉閥來構成。而,以 如此構成的空氣壓送混入單元使空氣流量週期性地變動同 時壓送空氣時,藉由空氣幫浦地旋轉數控制引起流量的週 期性變動,或者藉由節流閥使管路的有效面積在〇〜 1 0 0%的範圍週期性的變更,或者在1 0〜1 〇 〇%的 範圍週期變更即可。此外,於開閉閥,只要週期性地反覆 管路的開放、遮斷即可。在此場合,空氣幫浦使用容積型 - ----— — — — —---裝 i — (請先明讀背面之注項再η?本頁) 訂. -線· 經濟部智慧財產局8工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準(CNS)A4規格(2K) X 297公釐) .18〇 ▲ 4 34 35 7 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明(81 ) 的空氣幫浦的話,配合空氣幫浦的動作反覆進行空氣的壓 送、停止。如此構成的場合,在藉由節流閥使管路的有效 面積爲0 ,或藉開閉閥遮斷管路,或在容積型的空氣幫浦 停止動作的狀況下,以停掉洗淨水的狀況下,亦即使其僅 有空氣從吐水孔吐出亦可β藉此,可使被混入的空氣沒有 微細化而混合,而以水、空氣、水、空氣…的狀態採三明 治狀的吐水形態。此吐水形態,採用與斷續流的洗淨水吐 水形態幾乎相同的舉動。因此,藉由空氣的混入使外觀的 體積增加而提高洗淨水的流速,而且水被挾於空氣使洗淨 水成爲水塊狀而吐水,所以可期待與波動流的洗淨水吐水 具有同等的效果。 在此洗淨噴嘴ΝΗ 5 - 1 ,於停止來自空氣壓送混入 單元ΝΗ5-7的空氣壓送的狀態,從洗淨水給水單元. ΝΗ 5 — 8對噴嘴給水的話,從臀部吐水孔ΝΗ 5 — 2可 以連續流吐出洗淨水。此外,使來自空氣壓送混入單元. ΝΗ 5 ~ 7的空氣壓送唯一定的設定流量的狀態,而進行 對噴嘴給水的話,可以使幾乎以一定的比率混入氣泡的洗 淨水成爲連續流的狀態。總之,可以區分使用已經混入空 氣的洗淨水吐水與僅有洗淨水之吐水》而,空氣混入可以 謀求省水。而且,藉由調整混入空氣量的設定調整或洗淨 水的流速調整或其二者,可使以種種比率混入空氣的洗淨 水以連續流的狀態吐水,可得因應混入空氣量、流速的洗 淨感或水勢。 此外,在洗淨噴嘴ΝΗ5 — 1,因爲使空氣流量週期 ---------!1_ 裝 i — {請先Μ讀背面<注意事項再f%本頁)As shown in the figure, this solenoid pump is a normal flow type electromagnetic pump having a suction side check valve WN 2-3 7 and a discharge side check valve WN 2 _ 3 6. The solenoid pump excites the electromagnetic solenoid to advance and retreat the plunger WN 2_40, thereby obtaining a pump of pressurized water intermittently flowing from the pump chamber WN2-41. The normal solenoid pump uses a pressure accumulator β that eliminates the fluid interruption caused by the plunger's advancement and retreat of the check valve trapped on the suction side and the discharge side to make it a smooth pressure. But this deformation The solenoid pump WN 2-36 of the example can directly use the interruption of pressure without using an accumulator to obtain an interruption period synchronized with the excitation voltage of the electromagnetic solenoid. According to this embodiment, since the pressurizing section and the intermittent section can be realized by one solenoid pump W Ν 2-36, the structure can be simplified. Even in this case, the above-mentioned excitation cycle of the electromagnetic coil That is, the intermittent period also causes its frequency to be in the aforementioned non-inductive frequency band range. (4) In addition, for pressurization of washing water and subsequent intermittent fluidization, pressurizing machines WP2-25 and intermittent valves WP2-27 are used, as in this paper standard, a national standard (CNS > A4 specification applies) < 210 X 297 mm) 11! 11! ^^ i I Please read the note on the back before Γ " „* This page) Order · · -Line-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -173 * Bu 4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention (71) 9 4 As shown in the figure, the regulating pressure of the pressure regulating valve can be set to the maximum pressure to make the pressure intermittent and intermittent flow. But the pressure regulating valve can also be used As the minimum pressure, the pressure regulating pressure becomes an intermittent flow that changes the pressure cycle. In this way, even when the pressure of the water supply source such as tap water is originally low, the intermittent washing can be performed as described previously. (5) Further, in the second embodiment and its modification, by stopping the drive of the wave generating device WP 2-8, etc., the washing water can be discharged by the same continuous flow as before. Therefore, , On the remote control device or the side of the body is provided with a switch that can select the pulsating flow to spit water The button can be selected in accordance with the operation of the button, that is, in accordance with the preference of the user, and can be selected to be partially cleaned in the form of spouting water of pulsating flow washing water, and the same spouting mode as in the intermittent washing water. (6) In addition, a buffer hot water tank is provided on the hot water outlet side of the heat exchange TH1-3, and this substitute can also be used as a pressure accumulator WP 2-7. As the structure of this buffer hot water tank, The tank is configured to make the water level higher than the water tank, and a float switch SS 1 8 and a vacuum interrupter TH1- 4 are set in this tank. This buffer hot water tank absorbs from the system almost the same as the pressure tank. The pressure fluctuation propagating to the water tank from the downstream side. According to this buffered hot water storage tank, the uneven temperature distribution in the water tank can be suppressed by fluctuation absorption, so that the temperature in the water tank can be uniformed, and the temperature control characteristics can be stabilized. In the buffer hot water storage tank, there is a mixing plate or mixing channel to promote the mixing of warm water, which can further improve the absorption effect of pressure fluctuations. In addition, the buffer heat storage permanent tank and the heat exchange unit are made into a body. In its interior It is also possible to install a mixing board, etc. This paper is also applicable to the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ297297 < ·· 本 Binding) · Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial Consumption Cooperation, Du Printing -174- 43435 7 at B7 V. Description of the invention 彳 72 > (7) In addition, in order to detect the temperature of the water entering the heat exchange unit-, instead of using the water temperature sensor, according to the amount of electricity supplied to the heater, for example, according to the Differential calculation of the amount of current supplied by the heater is also possible. This eliminates the need for a water temperature sensor and simplifies the configuration. The same applies to the first embodiment. In addition, the incoming water temperature sensor S S 1 6 a and the outgoing water temperature sensor S S 1 1 3 can be located not only in the water tank but also in front of and behind the heat exchange unit as long as they can reflect the temperature of the warm water in the water tank. (8) The aforementioned pulsating flow or intermittent flow of washing water spouting water may be deformed in such a manner that the flow rate is kept constant and the flow rate is variably controlled. First, a description will be given of washing water spouting (hereinafter referred to as pulsating spouting) using a pulsating flow of the wave generating device WP 2-8. Fig. 169 is an example of pulsating water discharge to maintain a constant flow rate and decelerate and control the flow velocity v m_ (v m 2-v m 3). In this figure, t2 and t3 (> t2) represent the energization time for the coil excitation of the wave generator. T2 is the pulsation generation period of the pulsation generated by the wave generator. The pulsation generator generates a voltage applied to the switching transducer by the pulsation generating coil (ON / OFF) of the coil, in other words represents the coil excitation voltage. In addition, in the figure, (a) shows the state of the duty ratio of the pulse signal, (b) shows the relationship between the voltage V-time, and (c) shows the relationship between the flow rate of the washing water vm and the time. The following is a description of the control for increasing the flow rate by making the flow rate constant when pulsating water is ejected using this Fig. 169. When a pulsation generating device is constituted by a pulsation generating coil and a plunger driven by the line, the flow rate is determined according to the stroke length of the driven plunger. HI ^ 1 IC Please read the precautions on the back before Γ · >. This purchase) order.-Printed on paper printed by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -175- 4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention (73). The flow velocity is specified by the driving speed of the plunger, that is, the attractive force of the plunger. First, when the speed should be decelerated, the voltage V that energizes the pulsation generating coil (that is, flows toward the pulsation generating coil). The current decreases) (V 3 — V 2; see (b)). As a result, the attractive force of the plunger is reduced and the flow velocity is reduced. At this time, if the load ratio is the same before and after the voltage change, the plunger is driven. The decrease in speed will shorten the stroke length of the plunger and reduce the flow rate. Therefore, in the case where only the flow rate is reduced by inducing the flow rate reduction, it is only necessary to reduce the voltage at a fixed load ratio as described above. Where the flow rate is increased On the other hand, on the other hand, when there is no change in the flow rate but only the acceleration and deceleration of the flow rate, the control is as follows. In the case of deceleration control, in order to make up for the shortened stroke length, the intention is to make the load ratio insufficient for the insufficient flow rate. Increase (t 2 / T2— t3 / T2; see (a)). If the load ratio is increased in this way, the coil excitation period also becomes longer. It is possible to make the plunger drive only the regular stroke, and the plunger can be driven. The stroke length is kept constant. Therefore, the flow rate can be maintained constant, and only the flow rate can be decelerated. This phenomenon, which shows the relationship between the deceleration and time, can be obtained from the graph (c), which can also be obtained from the area S 2 of one cycle Explanation. The case of speed increase control is the opposite. Of course, in addition to the case where there is a constant pulsation at the limit of the plunger stroke, the flow rate does not change because the driving stroke length is constant. (9) In other examples of increasing the flow rate without changing the flow rate, pressurization is used. The intermittent flow of clean and spit water from Puhe On-Off Valve can also be installed as follows: __111 —____— II installed ___ {Please read the "Note # m-item on the back" and then: this page) Order.; Line. Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's employee consumer cooperative is in accordance with China's CNS A4 specification (210 X 297 mm> 176- 4 3435 7 V. Description of invention ί74). When the pressure applied to the washing water is increased by the pressurized pump, the flow rate of the washing water becomes larger (approximately proportional to the power of 1/2). At this time, by reducing the opening time of the on-off valve connected to the spout hole (reducing the opening time load ratio), the flow rate can be increased while the washing water can be kept constant. Furthermore, the reciprocating movement of the plunger is not used as a means to increase the pressure applied to the washing water, but is used as a means to increase or decrease the cross-sectional area of the flow path, such as an on-off valve, as described above. The pressure applied to the washing water by a pressurized pump, so that the flow rate is increased without changing the flow rate. In addition, the combination of the flow rate acceleration and deceleration control and the pressurization pump under the constant flow rate described earlier by the combination guest can also control the flow rate β independently of the flow rate. Next, other embodiments will be described. Fig. 107 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of a cleaning nozzle WN 3-1 having the local cleaning device of the third embodiment. Fig. 108 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of the cleaning nozzle WN4-1 of the fourth embodiment. Fig. 10 is an exploded perspective view of important parts of the cleaning nozzle WN4_1. In the following description, the same component name and symbol are used as described previously. As shown in FIG. 107, the cleaning nozzle WN 3-1 of the third embodiment is provided with a nozzle head NH3-1 in a watertight manner at the tip of the nozzle cylindrical body WN 3-2. The nozzle head is provided with a hip discharge hole NH3-2 and a genital discharge hole NH3-3 on the nozzle head. Inside the nozzle head, there is a first nozzle head flow path NH3-4 for guiding washing water to each discharge hole. 2nd nozzle head flow path NH3-5. In addition, the first inflow chamber N Η 3-6 and the second inflow chamber N Η 3-7 are formed at the merging point of each of the discharge holes and the flow paths of the nozzle heads. Here are the first and second. Flow * I * ai 1 nn I n I < H Read the precautions on the back before this book I) Order. Thread. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 X 297 males * &177; Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention 彳 75)) Enter the room and be assembled into the 1st and 2nd waterwheels NH3-8,9. This 1st, 2nd The waterwheel is supported in each of the inflow chambers to rotate freely. The washing water flowing into the inflow chamber is rotated in the direction of the arrow in the figure. The first and second waterwheels N Η 3-8, 9 and so on from the center. A plurality of blades are provided at intervals, and between adjacent blades, there are shielding plates NZ3—10 which close the spout openings (inflow chamber side openings) of the first and second inflow chambers N3, 3-6, and 7. In this embodiment, the shielding The plate system is formed at three equally spaced positions. A shielding plate can be provided on half of the blades of the horizontal waterwheel. The cleaning nozzle WN 3-1 has a nozzle body communicating with the first and second nozzle heads. Flow path NΗ3 — 4 and 5 of the first and second nozzle flow paths WN3-3, 4. 4. By heat exchange unit (omitted (Shown) The warm water is washed into the first and second nozzle head flow paths NΗ3-4, 5 at a flow rate adjusted by a flow adjustment valve (not shown), and this wash water passes through the first 1 'the second nozzle head flow path and the first and second inflow chambers ΝΗ3-6,7 are discharged from the hip discharge holes ΝΗ3-2 or the genital discharge holes ΝΗ3-3. Thus, the washing water passes through the first When the second inflow chamber NΝ 3-6, 7, wash water hits the blades of the waterwheel and applies a rotating force to the waterwheel to rotate the waterwheel. As a result, the shielding plates ΝΗ3-10 are spaced at equal intervals as described above. Due to the formation, along with the rotation of the waterwheel, the inflow chamber side opening of the water discharge hole is repeatedly covered. The washing water is only discharged through the inflow chamber side opening while the inflow room side opening is not covered by the shielding plate, and the water is discharged from the water discharge hole = Therefore, the washing water is in the opening of the inflow chamber side of the spout hole, and the water flow is adjusted by the paper sheet to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)) ----------- --- Install * HI Please read the note on the back of the book before you buy it) Order --- Line Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives -178- ^ .3435 7, A7 B7 ____ V. Description of the Invention (76) Discontinued into intermittent flow and spit out from the spout hole. On the other hand, the rotation force of the waterwheel is based on the inflow chamber. The inflow speed of the washing water (washing water speed) is determined, and this inflow speed specifies the rotation speed of the waterwheel. Therefore, the shielding cycle of the inflow chamber side opening is shielded by the shielding plate, that is, by the interruption of the water flow. The intermittent cycle of the washing water that becomes an intermittent flow is determined by the number of rotations of the waterwheel, that is, the washing water speed. Therefore, when washing water is supplied to the washing nozzle WN 3-1 of the third embodiment, the frequency determined by the intermittent period can be set to the aforementioned non-sensing frequency band by adjusting the washing water speed. Therefore, according to the cleaning nozzle WN 3 -1, as in the second embodiment and its modification, the pulsating flow or intermittent flow of the washing water is spouted, and the water potential can be adjusted at a low flow rate. In this case, if the inner diameter of the inflow chamber, the size of the shielding plate, and the installation interval of the shielding plate are different between the first water wheel NH3-8 and the second water wheel NH3-9, the above-mentioned The intermittent cycle of washing water is different from washing the buttocks and the genitals. Therefore, when washing the buttocks and the genitals, it is possible to change the predetermined frequency by intermittent cycles, so that different washing sensations can be made when washing separately. For example, if the frequency of genital washing is high, the washing feeling of genital washing can be made softer than that of gluteal washing. Here, the cleaning nozzle WN3-1 of the third embodiment does not require an electric drive device such as a motor to obtain the effect of adjusting the water potential and the cleaning feeling by the intermittently flowing washing water as described above. Therefore, the entire device can exhibit a high power saving effect, and at the same time, the structure can be simplified. In addition, the electrical wiring work up to the nozzle head is unnecessary, and no electrical drive is required. -----------! Install i — < Please read the precautions on the back before jr >. This book) Order: i-line-printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, t Cooperative, printed on this paper, applicable to China's national standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -179- A7 B7 43435 V. Invention Explanation (77> The machine has manufacturing advantages such as reduction in the number of assembling operations and cost reduction, etc. "Also, this cleaning nozzle WN 3-1 is used to provide air to the vent holes during the passage of each spout hole. It may be configured by introducing air into the passage to mix the air. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN3-1 may be configured by incorporating a motor for rotating the water wheel in the nozzle head, and the motor may be configured to control the rotating water wheel. Since the intermittent cycle is controlled irrespective of the speed of the washing water, the adjustment of the water potential through the frequency control of the intermittent flow can be prevented from being affected by the speed of the washing water. As shown in Fig. 108 , The cleaning nozzle WN4 -1 of the fourth embodiment, The tip of the cylindrical body WN4-2 is water-tightly provided with a nozzle head NH4_1. This nozzle head has an intermittent water spouting structure _ N Η 4 _ 2 on top. In the following description, it is used for washing the buttocks. The cleaning nozzle ΝΗ4-1 is explained. The Wisdom Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed this intermittent water discharge mechanism department ΝΗ 4-2 and washed the continuous flow of water from the nozzle head flow path ΝΗ 4-3 Water, as in the above-mentioned washing nozzle WN 3-1, is intermittently washed and spouted by the flow of water. That is, the intermittent spouting mechanism unit flows the washing water at the end of the nozzle head flow path into the chamber. ΝΗ4—4, which has a bottom plate Ν —4—5 and a waterwheel ΝΗ4—6 = a bottom plate, which allows the washing water flowing from the nozzle head flow path into the washing water into the chamber, as shown by the arrow in the figure, flowing on the side of the peripheral wall of the room. The waterwheel, as shown in Figs. 108 and 109, is incorporated into the lower peripheral wall of the waterwheel support ΝΗ 4-7 above the nozzle head, and inserted into the vertical pit ΝΗ 4 _ 8 in the center of the support. In this state, the waterwheel support is fixed on the nozzle head -180- This paper size is suitable for China g Standard (CNS > A4 (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. When the invention was described (78), the waterwheel was placed in a vertical pit on the inside of the peripheral wall below the waterwheel support. The center can rotate freely. This waterwheel is provided with a shield plate N Η 4-9 covering the flat plate on the top. The waterwheel support ΝΗ4-7 has gaps ΝΗ4 — 1 0 at regular intervals on the lower peripheral wall, as shown in Fig. 10 9. Therefore, the washing water flowing into the inner peripheral wall side of the washing water flowing into the chamber through the bottom plate Ν Η 4-5 is caused to collide with the blades of the water wheel Ν 4-6 through the gaps, and the water wheel is rotated. In addition, this washing water collides with the shield plate NZ4-9 of the waterwheel from below, and presses the waterwheel toward the lower side of the waterwheel support body. Therefore, the waterwheel is rotated so that its upper surface is in contact with the lower surface of the waterwheel support. The waterwheel support body has a hip spout hole ΝΗ4 _ 1 1 at the position where the rainwater vehicle shielding plate overlaps. This spout hole is shielded with the rotation of the waterwheel, or is opened. Therefore, from the spout hole opened by the waterwheel, the washing water is spouted, focusing on one spout hole. That is, when there is only one spout hole in the waterwheel support body, the washing water is discharged from the spout hole in the intermittent flow state in which the water flow is interrupted by the shield plate. Because the plurality of spouting holes are arranged at equal intervals as in this embodiment, the spouting holes opened by the shield plate are sequentially moved by the rotation of the water wheel, and the spouting water of the washing water is sequentially switched to each spouting water. The holes are the discharge water in the above-mentioned intermittent flow state with respect to each discharge water hole. Here the washing nozzle WN 4-1 'Because the inflow speed of the milled water specifies the rotation speed of the waterwheel, the intermittent cycle of the intermittent flow caused by the above-mentioned breaking of the water flow is based on the number of waterwheel rotations, that is, the washing water The speed is determined. Therefore, when the cleaning nozzle WN 4 _ 1 of the fourth embodiment is supplied with cleaning water, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 male JI) -181--i I .1 ϋ nn II a I {Please read the precautions on the back first, and then this page) Order: Line. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs: 43 Jun57__ V. Description of Invention 彳 79) 'Borrow By adjusting the speed of the washing water, the frequency determined by the intermittent cycle and the frequency determined by the switching cycle can be in the aforementioned non-inductive frequency band range. Therefore, according to the cleaning nozzle WN4-1, similar to the second embodiment and its modification, the water potential can be adjusted at a low flow rate by pulsating or intermittently flowing the washing water. In this case, the spouts of the washing water are sequentially switched at the circumference of the spout holes, but as explained in the first embodiment, the user cannot recognize the situation where the spouts are sequentially spouted by the spout holes, but feel that the Each spouting hole spit water continuously. Therefore, it is possible to change the water potential by adjusting the intermittent frequency under the feeling of continuous spouting over a wide area. When the washing nozzle WN 4-1 of the fourth embodiment obtains effects such as adjustment of water potential and washing feeling by intermittently rinsing the washing water as described above, because electric drives such as a motor are not required, The same effect as that of the third embodiment can be exhibited. The cleaning nozzle WN4_ 1 can also be constructed by controlling the waterwheel by rotating the motor. In this way, because the above-mentioned intermittent cycle can be controlled and changed regardless of the speed of the washing water, the adjustment of the water potential and the like through the frequency control of the intermittent flow can be prevented from being affected by the speed of the washing water. Next, other embodiments will be described. Fig. 110 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of a cleaning nozzle WN 5-1 having the local cleaning device of the fifth embodiment. In the following description, the same component names and symbols are used as described above. In addition, this washing nozzle NH 5-1 is described by a user who cleans the buttocks. The cleaning nozzle NH5-1 of this fifth embodiment is characterized in that when air is forcedly mixed in the washing water to spit water, the pulsating flow or intermittent flow of washing water is spit out by periodically changing the air mixing amount. . That is, as in Section I. ^ 1 ^ 1 < Please «read the precautions on the back side before Γ this page) Order · This paper size applies the Chinese national standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297mm *) -182 -Upper A7 B7 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention ¢ 80) 1 1 0 As shown in the figure, the washing nozzle NH5-1 has a hip spout hole NH5-2 at the tip of the nozzle, and the washing water is supplied through the nozzle flow path NH5_3 At this point spit water. Below the opening of the spout hole, an air mixing chamber NH5-4 is formed. In this air mixing chamber, the nozzle flow path is formed by a porous tube NH5-5 made of resin, metal, ceramic, or the like. The air mixing chamber NH5 — 4 * passes through the air flow path NH5 — 6 and communicates with the air pressure feeding mixing unit NH 5-7. This air pressure feed mixing unit, as shown in the pattern in the figure *, periodically changes the air flow rate while making the air pressure feed to the air mix chamber at a certain set flow rate. The air pressure feeding mixing unit mixes the air into the washing water in the air mixing chamber through a porous tube NH 5-4. Due to the porous nature of this porous tube, air is mixed in the form of fine bubbles in the washing water passing through the inside. Thereby, with the pressure feed from the air pressure feed mixing unit, air having a maximum volume ratio of 4 times the volume of the washing water can be mixed. The air pressure feed mixing unit may be configured using a variable-capacity air pump, or a fixed-capacity or variable-capacity air pump and a throttle valve disposed downstream thereof. Alternatively, these air pumps and an on-off valve arranged to open and close the pipeline downstream thereof may be used. In addition, when the air pressure feeding mixing unit is configured to periodically change the air flow rate while pressure-feeding air, the flow rate is periodically changed by controlling the number of rotations of the air pump, or the pipe is adjusted by a throttle valve. The effective area may be changed periodically in the range of 0 to 100%, or may be changed periodically in the range of 10 to 100%. In addition, for the on-off valve, it is only necessary to periodically open and close the pipeline. In this case, the air pump uses a volume type--------- — — — — --- installed i — (please read the note on the back first, and then η? This page) Order. The paper size printed by the Bureau 8 Industrial Cooperative Cooperative is applicable to the Chinese family standard (CNS) A4 specification (2K) X 297 mm) .18〇 ▲ 4 34 35 7 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Industrial Property Cooperative Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2. In the air pump of the invention description (81), the air pump is repeatedly fed and stopped in cooperation with the action of the air pump. In such a configuration, the effective area of the pipeline is set to 0 by a throttle valve, or the pipeline is blocked by an on-off valve, or the volume type air pump is stopped to stop the washing water. In the situation, even if only air is ejected from the spouting hole, β can be used to make the mixed air mix without miniaturization, and adopt a sandwich-like spouting state in the state of water, air, water, air, etc. This water spouting form adopts almost the same behavior as the intermittent water flow spouting form. Therefore, the appearance volume is increased by the mixing of air, and the flow rate of the washing water is increased. Furthermore, the water is trapped in the air to make the washing water become water-like and spit out water. Therefore, it can be expected to be equivalent to the wavy washing water discharge Effect. Here, the nozzles ΝΗ 5-1 are washed, and the air pressure from the air pressure mixing unit ΝΗ5-7 is stopped, and the water is supplied from the washing water supply unit. ΝΗ 5 — 8 If the nozzles are supplied with water, the water is discharged from the buttocks ΝΗ 5 — 2 can spit out the washing water continuously. In addition, the air pressure is fed from the air pressure mixing unit. ΝΗ 5 ~ 7 is a unique set flow rate, and when the nozzle is supplied with water, the washing water mixed with bubbles at a constant rate can be made continuous. status. In short, it is possible to distinguish between the use of cleansing water spouts that have been mixed with air and the pure water spouts, and air mixing can be used to save water. In addition, by adjusting the setting of the amount of mixed air or the flow rate of the washing water, or both, the washing water mixed with air at various ratios can be spouted in a continuous flow state. Wash feeling or water potential. In addition, the cleaning nozzle ΝΗ5 — 1, because the air flow cycle ---------! 1_ installed i — {Please read the back < precautions before f% of this page)
V ί線. 本紙張尺度適用中囷國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -184- A7 4 3435 7 ____B7 _ 五、發明說明¢82 ) 性地變動同時壓送空氣混入洗淨水的緣故,所以產生週期 性地反覆對於洗淨水水流空氣混入量密集的部分與疏鬆的 部分。在空氣混入量密集的部分,因爲空氣混入較多而洗 淨水的流速也較高,在疏鬆的部分,流速不如密集部分來 得快。而在空氣混入量密集而流速高的部分,追.上疏鬆而 流速較慢的部分而與其合而爲一。此現象與第7 5圖所說 明的現象無異。而且在此第5實施例,使空氣流量週期性 地變動同時壓送空氣時,使以此變動適期決定的變動頻率 成爲在前述的無感頻帶範圍內結果,在此第5實施例的 洗淨水吐水,因應空氣流量的週期性變動的樣子成爲脈動 流或斷續流之洗淨水吐水,與第2實施例或者-求於此混 入空氣者同等。總之,第5實施例的洗淨水吐水,成爲如 第9 6圖所示狀。亦即,藉由第5實施例*也可以達到與 第2實施例同樣的效果,亦即省水的實效性提高,與可以 設定多樣化的洗淨感、水勢等。而在此第5實施例,藉由 調整空氣流量的週期性變動時之變動幅度調整或洗淨水之 流速調整或其二者,可以使洗淨感更多樣化。總之,即使 由於水量不足而流速降低,在空氣壓送時藉由上述變動幅 度調整,可以維持水勢或調整強弱。 . 其次,說明其他之實施例。第1 1 1圖係顯示具有第 6實施例的局部洗淨裝置K S 6 - 1的水路系構成之方塊 圖。 此第6實施例之局部洗淨裝置KS6—1,特徵在於 可個別或者同時實行前述第1實施例所實現的吐水孔擺動 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公麓) -------------裝 * I n {請先閲讀背面之注項再Γ 本頁) 訂· •-線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -185- 4 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 34 3 5 .7 A7 _____B7_____五、發明說明(83 ) 旋轉之洗淨水吐水,與在第2實施例實現的脈動流洗淨水 吐水。亦即,如第1 1 1圖所示,此實施例之局部洗淨裝 置,於第6 0圖的第2實施例之水路系構成,具有第4圖 之第1實施例的洗淨噴嘴W N 1 — 1。亦即,根據此局部 洗淨裝置,具有下述優點。 (1 )可以採用使波動產生單元WP 2 — 3的波動產 生機器WP 2 — 8在停止狀態而對下游供給洗淨水的樣態 。在此樣態,洗淨水通過停止的波動產生機器,所以於洗 淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1被供給維持連續流的洗淨水。如此的給 水狀態,與第1實施例無異。因此,在此第6實施例的局 部洗淨裝置KS6 — 1 ,從洗淨噴嘴WN1-1 ,與第1 實施例同樣地,可以進行藉由臀部用可動體NH 1-9以 及陰部用可動體NH1-11之擬似擺動旋轉之擬似圓錐 狀吐水形態(參照第2 2、2 3圖)的洗淨水吐水。在此 場合,可以發揮與第1實施例同樣的效果。舉一例的話, 藉由引起可動體的擬似擺動旋轉時的負荷比可變控制與頻 率可變控制或者此二者,使得不依存於根據節流閥之洗淨 水節流結果,而可以謀求水勢的強弱設定、洗淨感的多樣 化等。又,進行如此藉由可動體的擬似擺動旋轉之洗淨水 吐水的場合,使波動產生單元WP 2 - 3偏流而可以對洗 淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1供給連續流的洗淨水的方式構成的話, 可以抑制洗淨水給水時的壓力損失。 (2)首先,臀部用可動體NH1 — 9及陰部用可動 體NH 1 - 1 1,藉由所有的電磁線圈的非勵磁而成爲自 --------------裝--- <請先闓讀背面之注意事項再本I) 訂. -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 -186 - 4 34 35 7 a7 _____B7____ 五、發明說明化4 ) 由狀態,或者藉由所有的電磁線圈同時勵磁而使成爲可動 體被吸著於線圈的狀態。在此狀態,可以採用以波動產生 單元WP 2 — 3的波動產生機器WP 2 — 8所產生的無感 頻帶領域的脈動流洗淨水給水至洗淨噴嘴的樣態。此給水 樣態,與第2實施例無異,所以由洗淨噴嘴WN 1 — 1, 與第2實施例完全相同地,可以進行脈動流的洗淨水吐水 。因此,藉由脈動流產生時的負荷比可變控制與頻率可變 控制或者此二控制,可以不依存於根據節流閥之洗淨水節 流結果,而可以謀求水勢的強弱設定、洗淨感的多樣化等 ,發揮與第2實施例相同的效果。又,於此二給水樣態, 當然也可以謀求省水的實效性提高、加熱器的低容量化。 在此場合,使可動體爲自由狀態而進行上述的脈動流 吐水的話,具有以下的優點。支撐可動體的凸緣部ΝΗ 1 / _15或圓筒部NH1 — 16,如前所述般係由發揮變彩 復原性的彈性材料所形成的。因此,可以對這些構件的彈 性程度或可動體的重量等決定的自由狀態的可動體的振動 特性,以使脈動流的頻率共振的方式,進行脈動流的頻率 控制。如此一來,藉由具有吐水孔的可動體自身的共振振 動可以強調脈動流的壓力變動幅度,提供具有抑揚頓挫的 刺激感。此外,因爲可以使脈動流的變動幅度減小,因此 可以省電化》 (3 )使以波動產生單元WP 2 - 3的波動產生機器 WP 2 - 8所產生的無感頻帶領域的脈動流洗淨水給水至 洗淨噴嘴,可以透過可動體的擬似擺動旋轉之上述擬似圓 請先閱讀背面之注$項再f ;本頁) 裝 訂: .線· 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4惹格(210 * 297公爱) -187- 4 34 κι B7 經濟部智慧財產局Μ工消费合作杜印製 五、發明說明(85 ) 錐狀吐水形態,進行洗淨水的吐水。如此一來,可以藉可 動體的擬似擺動旋轉時的負荷比可變控制與頻率可變控制 或者此二控制(以下,稱此控制爲可動體控制),與脈動 流產生時的負荷比可變控制與頻率可變控制或者此二控制 (以下,稱此控制爲脈動流控制),而達到以節流閥進行 之流量調整的補充。因此,即使在更嚴格的低流量之洗淨 水給水狀況下,也可以藉由根據可動體控制與脈動流控制 之流量調整的補充,而實現使用者所要的洗淨感或水勢。 結果,可以更一層提高省水化的實效性。此外,'具有以下 的優點。 (a )使用可動體控制之供促進排便的按摩洗淨時’ 於可動體供給以脈動流控制產生的脈動流之洗淨。如此一 來,根據藉由可動體控制之洗淨面積變化(參照第3 6圖 )之洗淨感變化,與根據藉由脈動流控制之脈動感受方法 的堅硬/柔軟洗淨感變化,可以更有效地促進便意。 (b )進行使用了可動體控制的洗淨面積的點狀/廣 域化(參照第3 4圖)時,於可動體供給以脈動流控制產 生的脈動流之洗淨。如此一來,於藉由可動體而被變更的 分別的洗淨面積,可以感受到藉由脈動流控制之脈動感受 方法的堅硬/柔軟洗淨感變化*使洗淨感更爲多樣化5此 外,可以更有效地解消點狀/廣域洗淨時的單調感。 (c)藉由使用可動體控制的洗淨面積之點狀/廣域 化(參照第3 7圖)之局部周邊的污物〇B的剝離時’對 可動體供給以脈動流控制產生的脈動流的洗淨。如此一來 請 先 Μ 讀 背 面 之 注 ·*-ψ 本 頁 裝 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -188- A7 4 3435 7 _B7____ 五、發明說明¢86 ) ,於藉由可動體控制而變化的模式吐水水柱R T,可使其 具有根據藉由脈動流控制之脈動感受方法的水勢強弱移動 。因此,污物0B的剝離效果更爲提高。 (d )藉由使用可動體控制的洗淨面積的不規則變化 之搖擺洗淨時,對可動體供給以脈動流控制所產生的脈動 流洗淨。如此一來,藉由可動體控制,可以使藉由可動體 控制而使洗淨面積不規則變化的洗淨面積變化(參照第 4 0圖)之預測|隨著根據脈動流控制之脈動的感受方法 之水勢強弱變化或洗淨感變化,變得更爲困難的緣故,所 以可更有效地促進便意。此外,除了根據可動體控.制的搖 擺洗淨,還進行根據脈動流控制的搖擺洗淨的話,可以使 洗淨狀況變化的預測更爲困難,對於便意促進、灌腸效果 的實現更爲有利" (e )使用可動體控制之移動洗淨(參照第3 2、 4 8圖)時,對可動體供給以脈動流控制所產生的脈動流 。如此一來,由根據藉由因應噴嘴位置之可動體控制的洗 淨面積變化之洗淨感變化,以及根據藉由脈動流控制之脈 動的感受方法之水勢強弱變化或洗淨感變化,使得移動洗 淨時的洗淨感更爲多樣化,同時可以更有效地解消局部洗 淨的單調感。 其次,說明上述第6實施例的局部洗淨裝置的變形例 。此第6實施例的局部洗淨裝置,特徵爲對使用者所期望 的洗淨點吐出洗淨水這一點。第1 1 2圖係顯示變形例的 局部洗淨裝置K S 6 - 2的槪略構成之說明圖。第1.1 3 -- - - - - ------- --- (請先H讀背面之注項再ΐΓ ί本買: 訂· ·_線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -189 * 35 A7 B7 五、發明說明(87 ) 圖係供說明在洗淨點吐出洗淨水時的控制方法之說明圖。 第1 1 4圖係說明其他變形例之洗淨點的指示面板K S 6 ~ 5的說明圖。 如第1 12圖所示,變形例之局部洗淨裝置KS6 — 2,於本體的側部KS6 — 3具有指示洗淨點XA、XB 、XC的旋轉旋鈕KS6 — 4 »此洗淨點XA、XB、 XC,對應於第19圖所示的各可動體勵磁用的電磁線圈 的設置位置。例如,陰部用可動體Ν Η 1 _ 1 1的話,洗 淨點ΧΑ對應於電磁線圏ΝΗ 1 _ 3 3 a、ΧΒ對應於電 磁線圈NH1 — 33b、XC對應於電磁線圈NH1 — 3 3 c·。電子控制裝置CT6 - 2,讀取此旋轉旋鈕的旋 轉操作量,在本局部洗淨裝置可以使模式吐水水柱RT ( 參照第2 2圖)的以沖到的軌跡上,判斷使用者希望使此 水柱沖到何處。例如,旋轉旋鈕與洗淨點X A —致的話, 判斷使用者想洗淨相當於此XA的局部表皮。又,旋轉旋 鈕被操作於各洗淨點的中間的場合,以其中任一洗淨點的 偏移量,判斷使用者所要的洗淨點。 如此判斷洗淨點的電子控制裝置C T 6 - 2,使藉由 可動體控制之可動體的擬似擺動旋轉與藉由脈動流控制之 脈動流生成,以如下的方式進行。以下,爲了說明的方便 ,假定洗淨點爲X A。 亦即,使可動體以脈動頻率擺動旋轉時,可動體藉由 對應於洗淨點的電磁線圈的吸著而傾斜時,使由此傾斜的 可動體的吐水孔吐出脈動流之洗淨水。如此一來,可以使 本紙張尺度適用+國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) __ _ _ _ _ ________i) (請先Mtti面之注$項再Γ ?本I) 訂· 線- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 190 經濟部智慧財產局S工消费合作社印製 A7 ^rS-f--- 五、發明說明彳88 ) 脈動流之洗淨水吐水於使用者所要的洗淨點洗淨該洗淨點 〇 然而,如波動產生機器WP 2 - 8之類伴隨著柱塞等 的驅動之機器,於柱塞的驅動產生回應延遲。因此,電子 控制裝置C T 6 - 2 ,如第1. 1 3圖所示,預計此回應延 遲的時間t a,使波動產生機器WP 2 — 8的驅動快上此 時間ta,而產生脈動流。如此一來,可以在使用者所要 的洗淨點正確地吐出模式吐水水柱RT。在此場合,上述 之回應延遲時間t a ,預先寫入電子控制裝置的ROM, 而在脈動流控制時讀入此延遲時間t a即可.。此外,預先 使此延遲時間以專用的滑動開關等可變地設定,在保養檢 修時或者製品出貨時來進行調整。 也可以取代上述之旋轉旋鈕K S 6 — 4,而使用如第 1 1 4圖所示的洗淨點指示面板。此指示面板,於面板表 面具有所謂矩陣開關•利用人體所具有的靜電電容量以手 指產生指示位置資料。電子控制裝置,根據此指示位置資 料,判斷上述的洗淨點。又,此指示面板,只要設於遙控 操作裝置或本體的側部即可。此外,取代如此的指示面板 ,改用搖捍等指示洗淨點亦可。 其次,說明上述第6實施例的局部洗淨裝置的其他變 形例。此變形例,特徵在於組合根據在第1實施例所實現 的吐水孔的擺動旋轉之洗淨水吐水(以下簡稱爲擺動旋轉 吐水),以及在第2實施例所實現的脈動流之洗淨水吐水 (以下稱爲脈動吐水)之洗淨動作而序列控制這一點。第 本紙張尺度適用中國因家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公藿) -191 - —— — Ι1ΙΙΙΙΙΙΙ1 · I I <請先閱讀背面之注^^項再^:本!) 訂. ί線· ^3435 7j A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作杜印製 五、發明說明彳89 ) 1 7 0圖係顯示此脈動吐水與擺動旋轉吐水的 一例的說明圖。於遙控操作裝置或本體的側部 自動洗淨的操作開關(省略圖示),使用者藉 關,自動進行第1 7 0圖所示的洗淨。例如, 圖所示的自動洗淨1與自動洗淨2之各實行用 自動1開關、自動2開關)設置爲獨立於其他 洗淨動作用開關,在此開關被操作時,進行這 動作即可。在此場合,僅限於上述自動開關被 自動洗淨才被實施。 此處|針對圖示的自動洗淨,由自動洗淨 9又,於以下的說明,使洗淨動作期間依時間 洗淨期間,而將各洗淨期間稱爲步驟(step)。 ,係假設排便後進行局部洗淨的模式,在洗淨 之步驟1 ,流量設定爲較少量(例如2 0 0 c ),在擺動旋轉吐水下以微弱的水勢吐水。藉 不會突然受到強水勢的洗淨水沖洗,可以安心 。接著*洗淨移至步驟2,維持擺動旋轉吐水 量增加(例如500 c c/m in),藉由擺 由局部周緣部開始進行洗淨。此時,也可用如 示使附著於局部的污物朝向中心部集中的方式 藉來自局部周緣部的刺激,對敏感的局部更微 激。接著,移至步驟3,使吐水形態變更爲脈 由此脈動吐水撤底洗淨中心部。至於洗淨感’ 部習慣刺激之後洗淨的緣故,可得舒適的刺激 序列控制之 等設有指示 由操作此開 使第1 7 0 操作開關( 洗淨開關的 些自動洗淨 操作時,各 1開始說明 序列分割爲 自動洗淨1 動作開始時 c / m i η 此,使用者 地開始使用 的形態使流 動旋轉吐水 第3 7圖所 控制。可以 細地增大刺 動吐水,藉 也因爲在局 感或洗淨感 闉 讀 背 面 之 注 項 再I ' ί 裝 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -192- 4 34S5 7 A7 B7 _ 五、發明說明彳90 ) 。最後,移至步驟4,使吐水形態回到初期的擺動旋轉吐 水,以擺動旋轉吐水洗淨飛散於局部周緣部的污物。第4 步驟爲完成洗淨的收尾動作。當然各洗淨的組合要素或是 順序並不以此例爲限,只要不逸脫組合分別的洗淨特徵而 洗淨的槪念當然也可以自由設定。此外,例示之步驟2與 步驟4的擺動吐水也可以變更變化旋轉頻率或洗淨面積等 0 自動洗/淨2,係假設排便時促進便意的模式。在此自 動洗淨2,在接著上述步驟1、2之後的步驟3,於脈動 吐水進行如第1 6 9圖所示的流量一定化的流速控制,到 此爲止以更快流速的脈動流洗淨水沖洗局部。如此一來, 藉由此脈動吐水對局部中心部的刺激伴隨著流速增加而被 提高。在最後的步驟4,因爲維持脈動吐水而更提高流速 的緣故,洗淨水進入肛門內引起灌腸效果。又,於各自動 洗淨的各洗淨步驟,也可以使圖示的旋轉擺動吐水改變爲 脈動吐水的方式改變洗淨樣態。進而,於各步驟所耗費的 時間,可以設爲同一也可以設爲長短不同。 此外,爲了繼續實施這些自動洗淨,設有自動洗淨設 定開關,在藉由此開關打開自動洗淨的設定時,臀部洗淨 、柔和洗淨、陰部洗淨之各洗淨在上述之自動洗淨1或自 動洗淨2依序列地被實行。而自動洗淨的設定被關閉的話 ,直到再度設定打開爲止,臀部洗淨、柔和洗淨.、陰部洗 淨之各洗淨因應按鈕操作而被實行= 關於自動洗淨並不限於1種,如果具備複數種類的話 I ________裝.1 — (請先《讀背面之注意事項再f t本頁) 訂- .線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -193- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 ^ 43435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明(91 ) 更佳。例如可以具備第1 7 0圖.所示的自動洗淨1與自動 洗淨2,使其分別使用於排便後的洗淨、排便前的洗淨。 由第1 7 0圖可知成爲分別適於各目的(在自動洗淨1爲 污物除去,在自動洗淨2爲排便促進)的洗淨。 具備因應性別、年齡或個人喜好之複數自動洗淨亦可 。此外,關於自動洗淨的內容,也不僅包括製造者設定的 內容,使用者可以自由設定的話更佳。藉由具備使用者個 別設定的手段,與記億/叫出設定內容_的手段,讓使用者 可以選擇對自己最佳的洗淨形態。當然,不限於臀部洗淨 ,採用配@陰部洗淨的自動洗淨亦可。進而,構成爲上述 各步驟分別設有開關,使用者可以自己喜好的時間間隔使 用各步驟的構成亦可。 第1 1 5圖係具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴W N 2 0的局部洗淨裝置的說明圖。局部洗淨裝置,具備洗淨 水供蹲手段WP20-1、熱交換器TH20-2、洗淨 噴尾WN2 0及控制部CT2 0 — 6。洗淨水供給手段 WP20 — 1 ,由上游起具備:水幫浦WP20—11 , 止水閥_W P20-12、流量調節閥WP20-13 »水 幫浦WP 2 0 — 1 1 ,是在供吐出之用的自來水壓不足的 場合’或不利用自來水壓的場合才安裝水幫浦WP 2 0 — 1 1 °此外,洗淨噴嘴WN2 0,於通水路先端具備吐水 擺動手段WN2 0 — 4 1。吐水擺動手段WN2 0 — 4 1 ,具備旋轉用馬達WN2 0_4 1 a ,及藉由旋轉用馬達 WN20—41a驅動的旋轉盤WN20—41b,於對 本紙張尺度適用中困g家裸準(CNSXA4规格<210 X 297公釐) -194- -----------裝 i — <請先MtK背面之注$項再本頁) 訂. --線 A7 五、發明說明ί92 ) 此旋轉盤WN 2 0 — 4 1 b的旋轉軸偏心的位置設有吐水 孔WN20 — 4 1 c。控制部CT20 — 6,具備控制洗 淨水供給手段WP20 — 1的水幫浦WN20 — 1 1或流 量調節閥WP20—13的洗淨水供給控制手段CT20 一 6 1、控制熱交換器TH20 — 2的熱交換器控制手段 CT20 — 62,及控制吐水擺動手段WN20 — 41的 軌道控制部控制手段CT2 0 — 6 4。 說明洗淨噴嘴WN 2 0的洗淨水路徑的話,洗淨水從 洗淨水供給手段WP 2 0 — 1供給到熱交換器TH 2 0 -2時,藉由熱交換器TH2 0_ 2變爲溫水流入洗淨噴嘴 WN2 0而從吐永孔WN2 0 — 4 1 c吐出,進行局部的 洗淨。 此外,控制部c T 2 0 - 6的軌道控制部控制手段 CT20 - 64,控制吐水擺動手段WN20 — 41。吐 水擺動手段WN20 — 41 ,藉由旋轉旋轉盤WN20 — ,.....-· · 4 1 b,由對此旋轉盤WN2 0 — 4 1 b的旋轉軸偏心的 位置設置的吐水孔WN2 0 - 4 1 c ,螺旋狀地吐出洗淨 水。 第1 1 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 22 ,第116圖(a)係俯視圖,第116圖(b)係 從旁觀察到的剖面圖。 洗淨噴嘴WN22,被接續於熱交換器T22 — 51 、流量調節止水閥WP22 = 53。吐水部WN22 - 3 ,係由吐水孔WN22 - 31b、通水路WN22 — -ml —---1·裝 i — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再Γί本1> 訂· 線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 * 297公釐) -195- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ^ 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明彳93 ) 3 2 b等所構成。吐水孔WW2 2_ 3 1 b ,係藉由從圓 盤狀的中心向半徑方向配置1列複數孔穴而構成的。吐水 部驅動機構WN22 — 4,係由馬達WN22 — 4ld、 旋轉軸WN2 2 - 4’2b等所構成》吐水部WN2 2 — 3 .與吐水部驅動機構WN22 - 4,係透過旋轉軸WN22 _4 2 b被構成爲一體。密封部WN2 2 — 3 4以及密封 部WN2 2- 3 5,係以使洗淨水不從吐水孔WN2 2 — 3 1 b以外的地方漏出的方式被安裝。 此吐水部驅動機構WN2 2 — 4的馬達WN2 2 — 41d,藉由指定軌跡控制手段CT22 — 2控制。亦即 ,指定軌跡控制手段C T 2 2 _ 2,藉由對馬達W N 2 2. -4 1 d通電控制使其旋轉,以指定軌跡而且指定的頻率 控制洗淨水。在第1 1 6圖的構成,因爲馬達WN2 2 — 41 d旋轉的話,吐水部WN22 — 3也旋轉的緣故,所 以從吐水孔W N 2 2 ~ 3 1 b吐出的洗淨水以描繪指定軌 跡的方式被吐水。 •第11 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 4,第1 1 7圖(a )係剖面圖,第1 1 7圖(b )係 以俯視圖表示吐水孔WN2 4 — 4 b的移動之說明圖。洗 淨噴嘴WN24,具有不在軸WN24 — 6a的周圍自轉 而以指定軌跡移動的吐水孔。 洗淨噴嘴WN2 4,具備驅動馬達WN2 4 — 5 1 a ,於較驅動馬達WN24_5 1 a更突出的旋轉轉軸 WN2 4-5 1 b,.被固定著對軸WN2 4-6 a偏心的 -- ---—— — — — — — - 1 I t請先wtl背面之注4事項再;本頁) 訂- .線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -196- A7 3435 7 五、發明說明《94 ) 偏心凸輪。此外,偏心凸輪WN24 — 51c ’與不同於 偏心凸輪WN 2 4 — 5 1 c的偏心凸輪承受部WN 2 4 -42相接。偏心凸輪承受部WN24 - 42,係以移動通 水路WN2 4_4 a以及吐水孔WN 2 4 - 4 b所構成。 移動通水路WN24_4a,透過伸縮自如的接頭 WN24 — 2被接續於不動通水路WN24 - 3a。 於第1 1 7圖的洗淨噴嘴WN2 4的構成’驅動驅動 馬達WN 2 4 — 5 1 a的話,偏心凸輪旋轉於驅動馬達 WN24 — 5 1 a的軸WN24 — 6a的周圍’但移動通 水路WN2 4-4 a與不動通水路WN2 4 — 3 a係以具 有伸縮性的接頭接續,同時偏心凸輪承受部WN 2 4 _ 4 2與偏心凸輪W N 2 4 - 5 1 c另行相接。因此,偏心 凸輪承受部WN24 — 42,對偏心凸輪WN24— , 5 1 c產生滑動,於軸WN2 4 - 6 a的周圍不自轉地旋 轉或約略旋轉。此時,接頭WN 2 4 - 2不會捲附於偏心 凸輪承受部,而使驅動馬達WN24 — 5 1 a無法轉動》 於洗淨噴嘴WN 2 4,驅動驅動馬達WN 2 4 - 5 1 的同時供給洗淨水的話,偏心凸輪承受部WN 2 4 _ 4 2 ,不自轉於軸WN2 4-6 a的周圍,而旋轉或約略旋轉 的緣故,吐水孔WN2 4.-4 b也不自轉於軸WN2 4- 6 a的周圍而旋轉或約略旋轉,洗淨水因而旋轉或約略旋 轉地吐水。藉此,由吐水孔WN24_4b吐出的洗淨水 ,成爲旋轉或約略旋轉的指定軌跡°如此’本實施例之洗 淨噴嘴WN2 4,可以不用在吐水孔WN2 4 — 4t)周邊 I------------裝--- C請先Μ讀背面之注意Ϋ項典{"\•本買> 訂· Γ ,線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -197- ^ 3435 五、發明說明¢95 ) 設置密封部,而使吐水孔WN 2 4 _ 4 b以及吐水後的洗 淨水以指定軌跡移動。 請先闓讀背面之注意事項再Γ >·本買) 此外,第1 1 7圖的洗淨噴嘴WN2 4,因爲在移動 通水路WN24 — 4 a與不動通水路WN2 4 - 3 a之間 沒有密封部,所以沒有密封部的摩擦阻力導致的能量漏失 ’可以不必使驅動馬達W N 2 4 — 5 1 a增大到必要程度 以上,可以完成精簡的洗淨噴嘴。進而,因1爲沒有密封部 ,所以也沒有密封部的墊圈等之耐久性的問題。 特別是使吐水孔W N 2 4 — 4 b縮小,提高吐水流速 進行省水洗淨的場合,因爲通水路內的洗淨水水壓高的緣 故,對於使用密封材所導致的弊端,亦即由於摩擦阻力導 致的能量漏失或密封部墊圏等耐久性的問題點具有很大的 效果。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 第1 1 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 26 ,第118圖(a)係剖面圖,第118圖(b)係 立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴WN26,具備吐水部WN26 — 4。吐水部WN2 6 -4,係以透過通路WN2 6 — 4 c 連通的入水口 WN2 6 — 4 a與吐水孔WN2 6 — 4b、 與偏心凸輪承受部WN 2 6 — 4 d所構成,透過墊圈 WN 2 6 _ 1 0自由被支撐於洗淨噴嘴WN 2 6的支撐部 WN26 — 52,可以前述支撐部WN26 — 52爲支點 而動作。偏心凸輪承受部WN 2 6 - 4 d與偏心凸輪 WN 2 6 — 2_C) b相接,偏心凸輪WN 2 6 — 2 0 b,對 軸偏心地被接合於吐水部驅動馬達WN 2 6 — 2 0的旋轉 本紙張尺度遶用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公藿) _19〇. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ^35 7 m _*___B7_____五、發明說明<ί96 ) 轉軸WN26_20a。給水口 WN26-2a.,以吐出 的洗淨水朝向入水口 WN 2 6 _ 4 a內的方式中介著空隙 被隔離配置。又,前述支撐部WN 2 6 — 5 2的墊圈 WN26 — 10,以不會妨礙吐水部WN26-4的動作 而可以支撐的方式,以具有適度柔軟性者較佳。又,此墊 圈WN 2 6 - 1 0也具有防止水侵入洗淨噴嘴內部的功用 ,在即使水侵入洗淨噴嘴內部也沒有問題的場合,可以省 略此墊圏WN2 6_ 1 0 = 於洗淨噴嘴WN 2 6,藉由對吐水部驅動馬達 WN2 6 - 2 0通電,吐水部WN2 6 — 4進行以前述支 撐部WN2 6 _5 2爲支點,因應偏心凸輪WN2 6 — 2 0 b的偏心量之對給水HIWN2 6 — 2 a的相對位移動 作之圓錐運動。藉此由吐水孔WN 2 6 - 4 b吐出的洗淨 水,描繪著圓錐狀螺旋軌跡,所以在被洗淨部可以藉由圓 環狀軌跡的吐水而進行寬廣範圍的洗淨。 此外,給水口WN2 6_2 a與入水口WN2 6_ 4a ,採用透過空隙被隔離,以使從給水口WN26— 2a吐出的洗淨水,於吐水部WN26 — 4的動作中,朝 向入水口 WN 2 6 _ 4 a內的方式配置入水口 WN 2 6 — 4 a的構造,可藉此使給水部WN2 6 _ 2與吐水部 WN 2 6 — 4的水路接續以非接觸的方式進行=如此,給 水部WN 2 6 - 2與吐水部WN 2 6 — 4的水路沒有接續 ,藉由僅有吐水部WN 2 6 - 4的爲小動作進行寬廣範圍 的洗淨,可藉此使馬達所需要的驅動力極小化,可以使吐 A7 il!i! i — (請先Μ讀背面之注$項再本Ϊ 訂. 線. 本紙張尺度適用中圉國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -199 4 34 35 7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明¢97 ) 水洗淨動作中的@音或振動減小,進而也可以消除水路接 續部分的動作所造成的噪音或振動。而實現可信賴性更高 、更精簡的洗淨噴嘴。此外,僅藉吐水部的稍微動作,就 可以進行寬廣範圍的洗淨的緣故,即使以高速驅動的場合 ,也不會使驅動產生的振動或噪音變大,使洗淨水的指定 軌跡移動速度高速化,或由低速變化至高速,或者立刻增 '速至髙速等容易進行。 進而,對局部沖抵洗淨水的斷續週期,係由洗淨水的 移動速度決定的,因此使用於人體洗淨的場合,使洗淨水 高速移動的話,可得連續柔和的洗淨感,另一方面,使洗 淨水低速移動的話可得間歇刺激強烈的洗淨感’。因此,可 以不改變洗淨水的流量而使洗淨感隨時間變化,可以答易 對應於多種多樣的洗淨感喜好。進而因爲可以減少瞬間吐 出水量,所以不會有加溫洗淨水的熱交換器的溫度調節控 制跟不上瞬間吐水流量的增減,即使洗淨感成爲可.變的場 合也可以進行安定水溫的吐水。 / 此外,給水口WN2 6 — 2 a與入水口WN2 6 -4a ,採用透過空隙被隔離,由給水口 WN26 — 2a吐 出的洗淨水,於吐水部W N 2 6 — 4的動作中以朝向入水 、口 WN2 6 — 4 a內的方式配置入水口 WN2 6 — 4 a的 構造,m以存在著洗淨噴嘴WN 2 6內的吐水部WN 2 6 一 4被配翟的空間WN 2 6 — 1 1與洗淨噴嘴WN 2 6外 部連通的處所存在的話,從吐水口WN 2 6 - 2 a吐出的 洗淨水進入入水口WN 2 6 — 4 a時’藉由噴射器效果捲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -200- ____ _____— — — — — 裝___ <請先閲讀背面之注f項再(S本頁) 訂· f 線 4 3435 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明彳98 ) 入空氣*而可以在洗淨水中混入氣泡。結果,吐水動作裝 置不需要另.行設置氣泡混入手段就可以在洗淨水中混入氣 泡。結果,可以實現小型、零件數少、可信賴性高的洗淨 噴嘴,可以提高洗淨力,特別是在使用於人體洗淨時也可 以提高洗淨感。 又,於此場合,藉由對前述空間WN26-11使用 空氣幫浦強制送入空氣,使氣泡混入洗淨水中亦爲可能。 此外,以防止給水口 WN2 6 — 2 a與入水口 WN2 6_ 4 a間洩漏洗淨水或是提高空氣混入效果,使吐水孔 WN2 6 - 4b的剖面積,較給水口WN2 6-2 a的剖 面積更大,而通跆WN2 6 — 4 c的入水口WN2 6 — 4 a附近係和緩的推拔(傾斜)形狀,於通路WN2 6-4 c具有供整流洗淨水之用的直線部分者較佳。 此外藉由吐水部WN2 6 - 4的相對位移動作,使於 入水口WN 2 6 — 4 a的掃描動作,經常被確保的掃描面 積,至少爲入水DWN2 6-4 a的從給水口WN2 6 -2 a吐出的洗淨水的佔有面積以上*使得從給水口WN 2 6 — 2 a吐出的洗淨水確實進入入水aWN2 6 - 4 a 內,可以使洗淨水沒有洩漏地從吐水孔W N 2 6 - 4 b吐 出,使得安定的洗淨流量的確保,或使從前述給水口吐出 的洗淨水全部使用於洗淨目的之情形成爲可能。 進而,在此實施例之構成,藉由使吐水孔WN 2 6 -4 b不自轉而以指定軌跡移動,可以使給水口 WN 2 6 — 2 a及入水口WN2 6 _4 a的設置方向沒有限制,可以 ---------— — — — — 裝.! <請先«讀背面之注意事項再Γ 本頁) Γ 訂· -線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -201 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 3435 7 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明¢99 ) 使來自給水口WN2 6 — 2 a的洗淨水吐出方向’與來自 吐水孔WN 2 6 — 4 b的洗淨水吐出方向分別自由設定’ 所以可以提高新式樣性或設計的自由度。 又,對於一入水口 WN26 — 4a,具有複數個吐水 孔WN26_4b,或者對於一吐水部WN26 - 4,具 有複數個入水口WN2 6 — 4 a或吐水孔WN2 6-4 b 亦爲可能。在設置複數個入水口WN 2 6 — 4 a的場合, 藉由將對應於分別的入水口之給水口WN 2 6 — 2 a也設 置同數目或者更多,可以僅藉一個吐水部WN2 6_4, 實現對更寬廣的範圍無漏失的吐水,或者可以達成從分別 的給水口 WN 2 6 ~ 2_a之空氣混入率不同或吐水直徑不 同的洗淨水複數同時吐水,_特別是在使用於人體洗淨的場 合,可以實現多采多姿的洗淨感。 第1 1 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN28的剖面圖。洗淨噴嘴WN28,具備使給水口 WN2 8-2 a與入水DWN2 8_4 a的平均相對距離 (空隙距離)變化的吐水狀態變更手段W N 2 8 - 3。吐 水狀態變更手段WN2 8 — 3,其吐水部WN2 8 0 4被 接續於洗淨水供給通路WN2 5 1 «於被接續在洗淨 水通路WN28 — 5 1的孔穴WN28_3a,被安裝著 有防止漏水的0型環WN2 8 - 3b,使給水部WN2 8 —2與吐水部WN28 — 4在密封狀態被接續。此外,給 水部WN28 — 2,藉由彈簧WN28-3c的彈壓力使 給水部凸緣WN 2 8 - 3 d與吐水狀態變更凸輪WN 2 8 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐〉 -202- — — — — — — — — — — — — — * I — {請先w讀背面之注$項再Γ i本頁) 訂: -線 ^ ^3435 7 A7 _ B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明έοο > 一 2 1 b相接。驅動被接合於吐水狀態變更凸輪WN 2 8 —2 1 b的吐水狀態變更馬達WN2 8 — 2 1 ,藉由克服 彈簧WN 2B ~ 3 c的彈壓力使吐水部WN 2 8. - 4移動 ,藉此使給水DWN2 8-2 a與入水口 WN2 8 — 4 a 的平均相對距離(空隙距離)變化。 藉由變化混入洗淨水中的空氣量,可以不受洗淨水流 量、吐水軌跡的移動速度、吐水範圍等影響而改變洗淨力 ,特別是使用於人體洗淨的場合,也可以不受洗淨水流量 、吐水軌跡、吐水軌跡的移動速度、吐水範圍等影響而改 變洗淨感,藉由使前述相對距離隨著時間改變可以得到按 摩效果。 又,作爲改變吐水狀態的方法,也可以藉由使吐水部 WN2 8 - 4移動而使給水口WN2 8-2 a與入水口 WN2 8 — 4 a的平均相對距離同樣藉由馬達使其變化的 方法,或者藉由在給水口WN28—2a或入水口 WN2 8 — 4 a設絞板等而使給水口WN2 8_ 2 a或入 水口WN 2 8 - 4 a的面積改變的方法。 第1 2 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN30 ,第120圖(a)係剖面圖,第120圖(b )係立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 3 0,具有指定軌跡係正 逆轉移動的反覆之吐水孔。 於第1 2 0圖,洗淨噴嘴WN 3 0,具備在較驅動馬 達WN30 — 5 1 a更突出的旋轉轉軸WN30 — 5 1 b 上,與旋轉轉軸WN3 0 - 5 1 b成爲一體的曲柄碟 I I — — — — — — — — — — — *11 (請先Mtl背面之注意事項再{"\.本霣> 訂. ·線- 本紙張尺度適用中國囷家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) .2〇3 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 f 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明如1 ) WN30-51d。曲柄碟WN30—51d,在連結部 WN30-A與連結棒WN30 — 5 1 e的一端另行連結 。連結棒WN 3 0 — 5 1 e的另一端..,_在連結部WN3 0 一 B與正逆反轉碟$N3 0 - 4 3另行連結。連結部 WN3 0_A、B,因爲是另行連結的,所以產生滑動, 曲柄碟WN3 0~ 5 1 d旋轉於軸WN3 0-6 b的周圍 的話,具有曲柄機構。此外,正逆反轉碟WN 3 0 — 4 3 ,係由移動通水路WN30-4a與吐水孔WN30_ 4 b所構成的。此外,移動通水路WN 3 0 — 4 a與不動 通水路W N 3 0 ~ 3 a之間,以具有伸縮性的接頭 WN 3' 0 — 2 接續。 以第1 2 0圖的構成驅動驅動馬達WN3 0-5 1 a 的話’可以使曲柄碟WN3 0 — 5 1 d朝向1個方向旋轉 ,不拘於曲柄碟WN 3 0 — 5 1的單一方向旋轉,透過連 結棒WN30 - 5 1e,藉由曲柄機構,使正逆反轉碟 WN 3 0 — 4 3於軸WN3 0 — 6 a的周圍反覆正逆向反 轉。正逆反轉碟WN 3 0 - 4 3,因爲正逆向反轉移動的 緣故,所以不會有接頭WN 3 0 - 2扭曲至必要程度以上 ’塞住通水路而使無法通水,或者接頭WN 3 0 - 2捲附 於正逆反轉碟WN3 0 — 4 3,使驅動馬達WN3 0 - 5 1無法轉動的情形。 因此’驅動驅動馬達WN3 0 - 5 1 a,吐出洗淨水 的話,正逆反轉碟WN30 — 43因爲於軸WN30 - 6 a的周圍反覆正逆向反轉移動,所以吐水孔WN3 0 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家楳準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -204- - ---I---丨 — II •裝 i — <請先閲讀背面之注項再ί" 本頁) 訂· 線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 A7 4 34 3 5 7 B7 五、發明說明έ〇2 ) 4 b也於軸WN 3 0 _ 6 a的周圍反覆正逆向反轉移動, 洗淨水以圓弧狀或約略圓弧狀正逆向反轉同時吐水。洗淨 噴嘴W N 3 0的吐水孔W N 3 0 - 4 b以及吐水後的洗淨 水之指定軌跡的移動,成爲正逆反轉的反覆。因此,移動 通水路WN 3 0 _4 a與不動通水路WN 3 0 _ 3 a之間 可以不設密封部,使吐水孔WN 3 0 — 4 b與吐水後的洗 淨水以指定軌跡移動。 進而,作爲洗淨噴嘴WN 3 0的其他效果,刻意利用 接頭WN3 0 — 2的扭曲的話,可以使接頭WN3 0 - 2 內的通水路剖面積隨著時間改變,而可以進行隨著時間之 間歇吐水,不僅可得更多采多姿的洗淨感,而且提高洗淨 效率,對省水洗淨也有大功效。 第1 2 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN32,第121圖(a)係剖面圖,第121圖(b )係立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴WN3 2,具備具有於軸 WN3 2 - 6 a的周圍不自轉而以指定的軌跡移動的吐水 孔WN32 — 4b之構成。 洗淨噴嘴WN32,於移動通水路WN32_4a的 外側以與移動通水路WN 3 2 - 4 a成爲一體將強磁性簿 WN3 2 - 5 2 b配置爲環狀。此外,強磁性體WN 3 2 一 52b的外側,設有空隙WN32 — 52c ,將電磁線 圈WN3 2 — 5 2 a配置爲環狀。電磁線圈WN3 2_ 5 2 a,在特性上亦可埋入洗淨噴嘴WN3 2的內部’所 以藉由將電磁線圈WN3 2 — 5 2 a埋入洗淨噴嘴 -^1 ϋ I n t I {請先閱讀背面之#ϋ項再f"·'·.本頁} 訂· 線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -205 - A7 43435 7 B7__ 五、發明說明έ〇3 ) WN3 2內可以避免電磁線圈WN3 2 — 5 2 a淋到水。 強磁性體WN 3 2 — 5 2 b以及電磁線圈WN 3 2 -5 2 a ,於圓周方向被配設複數個。移動通水路WN 3 2 —4 a.與不動通水路w N 3 2 - 3 a之間’以具有伸縮性 的接頭WN3 2_2接續。此外,吐水孔WN3 2 - 4b 、、移動通水路WN 3 2 - 4 a以及偏心凸輪承受部WN 32 — 52b,成爲透過接頭WN32 — 2對軸WN32 - 6 a在半徑方向爲可動的構造。 於第12 1圖之洗淨噴嘴WN3 2的構成,控制對電 磁線圏WN 3 2 - 5 2 a的通電的話,藉由電磁線圈 WN 3 2 - 5 2 a產生的磁場,使與移動通水路WN 3 2 _4 a —體構成的強磁性體WN3 2 — 5 2 b之間,產生 引力或者反向力。於此場合,吐水孔WN 3 2 — 4 b及與 移動通水路WN 3 2 — 4 a —體的強磁性體WN 3 2 - 5 2b,因爲是透過接頭WN32 — 2爲可動的構造,所 以對軸WN3 2 — 6 a於半徑方向在空隙WN3 2- 52c的範圍可以任意移動。 因此,控制對電磁線圈WN3 2 - 5 2 a的通電,而 吐出洗淨水的話,吐水孔WN3 2_4b在軸WN3 2- 6 a的周圍不自轉地旋轉或約略旋轉或擺動,使洗淨水旋 轉或約略旋轉或擺動同時被吐水。 第1 2 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN34,第122圖(a)係從洗淨噴嘴WN34側面 來看的透視圖,第1 2 2圖(b )係從其他方向來看洗淨V ί line. This paper size applies the China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -184- A7 4 3435 7 ____B7 _ V. Description of the invention ¢ 82) The pressure is changed and the air is mixed into the cleaning For the sake of water, the dense and loose parts of the washing water flow are periodically repeated. In the dense air mixing part, the flow velocity of the washing water is higher because there is more air mixing. In the loose part, the flow velocity is not as fast as the dense part. In the part where the air mixing is dense and the flow rate is high, the part where the air flow is slow and the flow rate is slower is combined with it. This phenomenon is no different from the phenomenon illustrated in Figure 75. Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, when the air flow rate is periodically changed and the air is pressure-fed, the fluctuation frequency determined in a proper period of the fluctuation is within a range of the aforementioned non-sensing frequency band. The cleaning in the fifth embodiment The water spitting water is a pulsating flow or an intermittent flow of washing water spitting water in accordance with the periodic fluctuation of the air flow rate, which is the same as that in the second embodiment or if it is mixed with air. In short, the washing water of the fifth embodiment spits water as shown in Fig. 96. That is, the fifth embodiment * can also achieve the same effects as the second embodiment, that is, the effectiveness of water saving is improved, and various washing feelings and water potentials can be set. In the fifth embodiment, by adjusting the fluctuation range adjustment when the air flow is periodically changed, the flow rate adjustment of the washing water, or both, the washing feeling can be more diversified. In short, even if the flow rate is reduced due to insufficient water volume, the above-mentioned fluctuation amplitude adjustment can be used to maintain the water potential or adjust the strength when the air pressure is fed. Next, other embodiments will be described. Fig. 11 is a block diagram showing the constitution of a waterway system having the local cleaning device K S 6-1 of the sixth embodiment. The local cleaning device KS6-1 of this sixth embodiment is characterized in that the spout hole swing realized by the foregoing first embodiment can be implemented individually or simultaneously. The paper size is applicable to Chinese national standards. < CNS > A4 specification (210 * 297 feet) ------------- install * I n {Please read the note on the back before this page) Order · •-Line · Economy Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau -185- 4 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 34 3 5 .7 A7 _____B7_____ V. Description of the invention (83) Rotating washing water and spit water, as in Section 2 The pulsating flow washing water realized by the embodiment spits water. That is, as shown in FIG. 11, the local cleaning device of this embodiment is configured in the water path system of the second embodiment of FIG. 60 and has the cleaning nozzle WN of the first embodiment of FIG. 4. 1 — 1. That is, according to this local cleaning device, there are the following advantages. (1) The state in which the wave generating unit WP 2-8 of the wave generating unit WP 2-3 is stopped and the washing water is supplied to the downstream can be adopted. In this state, since the washing water is generated by the stopped wave, the washing nozzle WN 1-1 is supplied with the washing water which maintains a continuous flow. Such a water supply state is no different from the first embodiment. Therefore, in the local cleaning device KS6 — 1 of the sixth embodiment, from the cleaning nozzle WN1-1, the movable body NH 1-9 for the buttocks and the movable body for the genitals can be performed in the same manner as in the first embodiment. NH1-11's quasi-conical spit-like spit-like spouting pattern (refer to Figures 2, 2, and 3) spits water. In this case, the same effects as those of the first embodiment can be exhibited. For example, by causing the variable-duty control, the frequency-variable control, or both of the pseudo-oscillating rotation of the movable body to be caused, the water potential can be obtained without relying on the throttling result of the washing water by the throttle valve. Setting of strength and weakness, diversification of washing feeling, etc. In the case where the washing water is spouted by the quasi-oscillating rotation of the movable body, the wave generating unit WP 2-3 is biased so that a continuous flow of washing water can be supplied to the washing nozzle WN 1-1. , Can suppress the pressure loss when washing water feed water. (2) First, the movable body NH1-9 for the hips and the movable body NH 1-1 1 for the genitals are self-propelled by the non-excitation of all the electromagnetic coils. Install --- < Please read the precautions on the back before ordering I). -The paper size of the thread is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -186-4 34 35 7 a7 _____B7____ V. Invention Explanation 4) A state in which a movable body is attracted to the coil by a state or by the simultaneous excitation of all the electromagnetic coils. In this state, it is possible to adopt a state in which the pulsating flow washing water feed water to the washing nozzle in the non-inductive frequency band area generated by the wave generating unit WP 2-8 of the wave generating unit WP 2-3 is used. This water supply state is the same as that of the second embodiment. Therefore, the washing nozzle WN 1-1 is exactly the same as the second embodiment, and the pulsating flow of washing water can be spouted. Therefore, with the variable load ratio control and variable frequency control or the two controls when the pulsating flow is generated, it is possible not to rely on the throttling result of the washing water according to the throttle valve, but to set and wash the water potential. The variety of sensations and the like exhibit the same effects as in the second embodiment. Moreover, in these two water supply states, it is of course possible to improve water-saving efficiency and reduce the capacity of the heater. In this case, when the movable body is in a free state and the above-mentioned pulsating water discharge is performed, there are the following advantages. The flange portion Ν 1 / _15 or the cylindrical portion NH1 — 16 that supports the movable body is formed of an elastic material that exhibits color recovery and restoration as described above. Therefore, it is possible to control the frequency of the pulsating flow so that the frequency of the pulsating flow resonates with respect to the vibration characteristics of the movable body in a free state determined by the elasticity of these members, the weight of the moving body, and the like. In this way, the amplitude of the pressure fluctuation of the pulsating flow can be emphasized by the resonance vibration of the movable body having the spouting hole, thereby providing a stimulating sensation with dampening. In addition, since the fluctuation range of the pulsating flow can be reduced, it is possible to save electricity. (3) The pulsating flow in the non-inductive band area generated by the wave generating device WP 2-8 of the wave generating unit WP 2-3 is cleaned. The water from the water supply to the washing nozzle can be rotated through the pseudo-oscillation of the movable body. Please read the note $ on the back before f; this page) Binding:. Thread · Printed copy of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Off-Work Consumer Cooperative Paper size applies Chinese national standard < CNS) A4 Jaeger (210 * 297 public love) -187- 4 34 κι B7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industry Cooperation 5. Printed on the invention (85) Cone-shaped spouting water for washing water Spit water. In this way, the load ratio variable control and the frequency variable control or the two controls (hereinafter referred to as the movable body control) during the pseudo-oscillating rotation of the movable body can be changed from the load ratio when the pulsating flow is generated. Control and variable frequency control or these two controls (hereinafter, this control is referred to as pulsating flow control) to supplement the flow rate adjustment by the throttle valve. Therefore, even under stricter low-flow washing water feed conditions, the user can achieve the desired washing sensation or water potential by supplementing the flow rate adjustment based on the movable body control and the pulsating flow control. As a result, the effectiveness of water saving can be further improved. In addition, 'has the following advantages. (a) When the massage is performed using a movable body-controlled massage to promote defecation ', the movable body is cleansed by the pulsating flow generated by pulsating flow control. In this way, it is possible to change the feeling of washing according to the change in the washing area controlled by the movable body (refer to Figure 36), and the hardness / softness of washing according to the pulsation feeling method controlled by the pulsating flow. Effectively promote convenience. (b) When spotting / widening the washing area controlled by the movable body (see Fig. 34), the movable body is supplied with the pulsating flow generated by the pulsating flow control. In this way, the hardness / softness of the washing feeling can be felt in the different washing areas that are changed by the movable body. The washing feeling is more diverse. 5 , Can more effectively eliminate the monotonous feeling of dot / wide area washing. (c) When spotted / wide-area (refer to Fig. 37) localized dirt is removed by using a movable body to control the pulsation generated by pulsating flow control to the movable body when peeling off the local peripheral dirt. Stream washing. In this case, please read the note on the back first. * -Ψ The binding line on this page. The paper size applies to Chinese national standards. < CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -188- A7 4 3435 7 _B7____ V. Description of the invention ¢ 86), spouting water column RT in a mode that is changed by the control of the movable body, can make it have The pulsatile feeling method of pulsating flow control moves the water potential. Therefore, the peeling effect of the dirt OB is further improved. (d) When swing washing is performed by using an irregular change in the washing area controlled by the movable body, the movable body is supplied with pulsating flow washing by pulsating flow control. In this way, by controlling the movable body, it is possible to predict the change of the washing area (refer to FIG. 40) in which the washing area is irregularly changed by the movable body control. The change in the strength of the water or the change in the feeling of washing becomes more difficult, so it can promote the convenience more effectively. In addition, in addition to sway washing based on movable body control and sway washing, pulsating flow control based on pulsating flow control can make it more difficult to predict the change of the washing situation, which is more beneficial to the promotion of convenience and the effect of enema. (e) When using the mobile washing controlled by the movable body (refer to Figures 3, 2 and 8), the pulsating flow generated by the pulsating flow control is supplied to the movable body. In this way, the washing feeling changes according to the washing area controlled by the movable body corresponding to the nozzle position, and the water potential changes or the washing feeling changes according to the sensation method of the pulsation controlled by the pulsating flow. The washing feeling during washing is more diversified, and the monotonous feeling of local washing can be more effectively eliminated. Next, a modification of the local cleaning device according to the sixth embodiment will be described. The local washing device of the sixth embodiment is characterized in that washing water is discharged at a washing point desired by a user. Fig. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing a schematic configuration of a partial cleaning device K S 6-2 according to a modification. Section 1.1 3------------ --- (please read the note on the back first and then ΐΓ buy this: order The paper size of the paper is applicable to the National Standard for Medium and Difficulties (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -189 * 35 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (87) The picture is for explaining the control method when the washing water is discharged at the washing point Figure 1 1 4 is a diagram illustrating the indication panels KS 6 to 5 of the cleaning points of other modified examples. As shown in Figure 1 12, the local cleaning device KS 6-2 of the modified example is on the main body. The side KS6 — 3 has rotary knobs KS6 — 4 that indicate the washing points XA, XB, and XC. »The washing points XA, XB, and XC correspond to the solenoids for exciting each movable body shown in Figure 19. For example, if the movable body N Η 1 _ 1 1 for the genitals, the washing point XA corresponds to the electromagnetic wire 圏 NΗ 1 _ 3 3 a, χB corresponds to the electromagnetic coil NH1 — 33b, and XC corresponds to the electromagnetic coil NH1 — 3 3 c. Electronic control device CT6-2. Read the operation amount of the rotary knob. The local cleaning device can make the mode spout water column RT (see (Figure 2 2) On the trajectory of rushing, determine where the user wants the water column to rush. For example, if the rotary knob and the washing point XA match, it is determined that the user wants to wash the part equivalent to this XA. Skin. When the rotary knob is operated in the middle of each cleaning point, the offset of any of the cleaning points is used to determine the cleaning point desired by the user. The electronic control device CT 6 for determining the cleaning point in this way -2. The pseudo-oscillating rotation of the movable body controlled by the movable body and the pulsating flow generation by the pulsating flow control are performed as follows. For the sake of explanation, it is assumed that the washing point is XA. That is, When the movable body is swung and rotated at a pulsating frequency, when the movable body is tilted by the suction of the electromagnetic coil corresponding to the washing point, the spouting hole of the tilted movable body is used to discharge the pulsating flow of washing water. , Can make this paper size + national national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) __ _ _ _ _ ________i) (please note the $ item on Mtti first, then Γ? This I) order · line-economy Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Intellectual Property 190 Printed A7 by the Industrial and Commercial Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ rS-f --- V. Description of the Invention 彳 88) The pulsating flow of washing water spits water at the washing point desired by the user For example, a machine that is driven by a plunger, such as a wave generating machine WP 2-8, causes a delay in response to the driving of the plunger. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 1.13, the electronic control device C T 6-2 predicts the delay time t a of this response, so that the drive of the wave-generating machine WP 2-8 will be faster than this time ta to generate a pulsating flow. In this way, the mode spouting water column RT can be accurately discharged at the washing point desired by the user. In this case, the above-mentioned response delay time t a may be written in the ROM of the electronic control device in advance, and the delay time t a may be read during the pulsating flow control. In addition, this delay time can be variably set in advance by a dedicated slide switch or the like, and adjusted during maintenance and inspection or when the product is shipped. Instead of the rotary knob K S 6-4 described above, a washing point indicating panel as shown in Fig. 11 can also be used. This indicator panel has a so-called matrix switch on the surface of the panel. • Use the electrostatic capacity of the human body to generate the location information with a finger. The electronic control device judges the above-mentioned cleaning point based on the indicated position data. The indication panel may be provided on the side of the remote control device or the main body. In addition, instead of such an instruction panel, you can also use instructions such as shaking and defending. Next, another modification of the local cleaning device of the sixth embodiment will be described. This modification is characterized by combining washing water spouting water (hereinafter simply referred to as wobble rotation spouting water) according to the oscillating rotation of the spout hole realized in the first embodiment, and pulsating flow washing water realized in the second embodiment. This is a sequential control of the washing action of the spouting water (hereinafter referred to as pulsating spouting). This paper size applies to China Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 cm) -191-—— — Ι1ΙΙΙΙΙΙΙΙ1 · I I < Please read the note ^^ item on the back before ^: this! ) Order. ^ 3435 7j A7 B7 Printed by the Industrial and Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial and Industrial Cooperation, Co., Ltd. 5 、 Explanation of the invention 彳 89) 1 7 0 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of this pulsating spouting and swinging spouting. On the remote control device or the side of the main body, an automatic cleaning operation switch (not shown) allows the user to automatically perform cleaning as shown in Fig. 170 by taking advantage of this. For example, the automatic washing switch 1 and automatic washing switch 2 (automatic switch 1 and automatic switch 2) shown in the figure are set to be independent of other cleaning operation switches. When this switch is operated, this operation can be performed. . In this case, it is implemented only when the automatic switch is automatically cleaned. Here, for the automatic cleaning shown in the figure, the automatic cleaning will be performed 9 times. In the following description, the cleaning operation period is timed, and each cleaning period is referred to as a step. It is assumed that the mode of partial washing after defecation is performed. In step 1 of washing, the flow rate is set to a small amount (for example, 2 0 c), and the water is spitted with a weak water potential under the swing and spit water. You can rest assured that you will not be suddenly rinsed with strong water. Then * washing moves to step 2 while maintaining the swing rotation to increase the amount of water discharge (for example, 500 c c / min), and the washing is started by swinging from the local peripheral portion. At this time, it is also possible to concentrate the dirt adhering to the locality toward the central portion as shown in the figure. By using the stimulus from the local peripheral portion, the sensitive locality can be slightly stimulated. Next, the process proceeds to step 3 to change the water spouting pattern to a pulsation, thereby pulsating the water to remove the bottom and washing the central portion. As for the washing sensation, it ’s used for rinsing after stimulus. For comfortable stimulus sequence control, etc., there are instructions to operate this switch to make the 170th operation switch (for some automatic washing operations of the washing switch, each 1 Start description The sequence is divided into automatic washing 1 At the beginning of the operation c / mi η This, the user starts to use the shape of the flow rotation spouting control shown in Figure 37. You can increase the spur spouting finely, because Read the note on the back of the feeling of cleanliness or cleanliness, then I 'ί The binding paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -192- 4 34S5 7 A7 B7 _ V. Description of the invention彳 90). Finally, the process moves to step 4 to return the water spouting mode to the initial swinging spouting water, and the contaminated dust scattered on the local peripheral portion is washed away by the swinging spouting water. The fourth step is to finish the cleaning. Of course, the combination elements or order of each cleaning is not limited to this example, as long as the cleaning characteristics of the combination are not escaped, the desire for cleaning can of course be set freely. In addition, the swinging water spouts in the steps 2 and 4 shown in the example can also change the rotation frequency or washing area, etc. 0 Automatic washing / cleaning 2, which is a mode that promotes convenience when defecation is assumed. Here, the automatic cleaning 2 is performed. In the step 3 following the above steps 1 and 2, the pulsating water is discharged and the flow rate is controlled as shown in Fig. 169. The flow rate is controlled by pulsating flow with a faster flow rate. Rinse the area with clean water. In this way, the stimulation of the local central portion by the pulsating spitting water is increased with the increase of the flow velocity. In the last step 4, because the pulsating spit is maintained and the flow rate is further increased, the washing water enters the anus and causes an enema effect. In addition, in each washing step of each automatic washing, the rotating and spitting water discharge shown in the figure may be changed to a pulsating water discharge mode to change the washing state. Furthermore, the time spent in each step can be the same or different in length. In addition, in order to continue these automatic washing, an automatic washing setting switch is provided. When the automatic washing setting is turned on by this switch, each of the hip washing, gentle washing, and genital washing is cleaned in the above-mentioned automatic Washing 1 or automatic washing 2 is performed sequentially. If the automatic washing setting is turned off, until the setting is turned on again, the buttocks are washed and gently washed. The washing of the genitals is performed in response to the button operation. The automatic washing is not limited to one type. If there are plural types, I ________ pack. 1 — (Please read the “Notes on the back side before ft this page”)-Order.. Printed by the Bureau of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, this paper is applicable to Chinese national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -193- Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperation, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 43435 7 A7 B7 5. The invention description (91) is better. For example, the automatic washing 1 and automatic washing 2 shown in Fig. 170 may be provided so that they can be used for washing after defecation and washing before defecation, respectively. It can be seen from FIG. 170 that the washing is suitable for each purpose (removal of dirt in automatic washing 1 and promotion of defecation in automatic washing 2). It is also possible to have multiple automatic cleaning according to gender, age or personal preference. In addition, the content of the automatic cleaning includes not only the content set by the manufacturer, but also the user can set it freely. By providing the user with individual setting methods and the method of remembering / calling out the setting content_, the user can choose the best washing form for himself. Of course, it is not limited to the washing of the buttocks, but the automatic washing with @ 阴部 洗 装 can also be used. Furthermore, each of the steps described above is provided with a switch, and the user may use a configuration in which each step can be used at a time interval of his own preference. FIG. 115 is an explanatory diagram of a local cleaning device including a cleaning nozzle W N 2 0 according to another embodiment. The local washing device includes washing water supply means WP20-1, heat exchanger TH20-2, washing nozzle WN2 0, and control unit CT2 0-6. The washing water supply means WP20 — 1 are provided from the upstream: water pump WP20-11, water stop valve _W P20-12, flow regulating valve WP20-13 »Water pump WP 2 0 — 1 1 Install the water pump WP 2 0 — 1 1 when the tap water pressure is not enough for spitting or use tap water pressure. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN2 0 is equipped with a spouting swinging means WN2 0 — 4 1 at the tip of the waterway. . The water spouting means WN2 0 — 4 1 is equipped with a rotation motor WN2 0_4 1 a and a rotating disk WN20—41b driven by the rotation motor WN20—41a. It is applicable to the paper standard (CNSXA4 specification) < 210 X 297 mm) -194- ----------- install i — < Please note the item on the back of MtK first and then on this page) Order. --Line A7 V. Description of the invention ί 92) The rotary disk WN 2 0 — 4 1 b is provided with a spout hole WN20 — 4 1 c. The control unit CT20-6 includes a water pump WN20-1 1 that controls the washing water supply means WP20-1, or a cleaning water supply control means CT20-1 that controls the flow control valve WP20-13. 1. Controls the heat exchanger TH20-2. The heat exchanger control means CT20 — 62, and the track control unit control means CT2 0 — 6 4 that control the spout swing means WN20 — 41. When the washing water path of the washing nozzle WN 2 0 is explained, when the washing water is supplied from the washing water supply means WP 2 0 — 1 to the heat exchanger TH 2 0 -2, the heat exchanger TH2 0_ 2 becomes The warm water flows into the cleaning nozzle WN2 0 and is discharged from the spit hole WN2 0-4 1 c, and is partially washed. In addition, the control unit CT 20-64 of the track control unit c T 2 0-6 controls the water swaying means WN20-41. The water spouting means WN20 — 41, by rotating the rotary disk WN20 —, .....- ·· 4 1 b, the water spout hole WN2 provided at an eccentric position of the rotary shaft of the rotary disk WN2 0-4 1 b -4 1 c, spit out the washing water spirally. Fig. 116 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 22 according to another embodiment, Fig. 116 (a) is a plan view, and Fig. 116 (b) is a sectional view viewed from the side. The cleaning nozzle WN22 is connected to the heat exchanger T22 — 51 and the flow adjustment water stop valve WP22 = 53. The spouting part WN22-3 is formed by the spouting holes WN22-31b, and the water channel WN22 — -ml — --- 1 · install i — (Please read the precautions on the back before you Γ 本 本 线 · 智慧 Intellectual property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau of the Consumer Cooperatives printed this paper standard applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 < 210 * 297 mm) -195- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention 彳 93) 3 2 b etc. The water jet holes WW2 2_ 3 1 b are formed by arranging a plurality of holes in a radial direction from the center of the disc shape. The water spout driving mechanism WN22-4 is composed of a motor WN22-4ld, a rotating shaft WN2 2-4'2b, etc. "The water spout driving mechanism WN2 2-3 and the water spout driving mechanism WN22-4 are transmitted through the rotating shaft WN22 _4 2 b is constructed as one body. The sealing portions WN2 2-3 4 and the sealing portions WN2 2-3 5 are installed so that the washing water does not leak out of the place other than the discharge holes WN2 2-3 1 b. The motor WN2 2-41d of the water spout driving mechanism WN2 2-4 is controlled by a designated trajectory control means CT22-2. That is, the trajectory control means C T 2 2 _ 2 is specified, and the motor W N 2 2-4 1 d is turned on to control the rotation, and the washing water is controlled at the specified trajectory and the specified frequency. In the structure of Fig. 116, because the motor WN2 2-41 d rotates, the water spouting part WN22-3 also rotates. Therefore, the washing water spouted from the water spouting holes WN 2 2-3 1 b is drawn to trace the specified trajectory. The way is spit. Figure 11 7 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 2 4 related to other embodiments, Figure 1 17 (a) is a cross-sectional view, and Figure 1 17 (b) is a plan view showing the water discharge hole WN2 4-4 Illustration of the movement of b. The cleaning nozzle WN24 has a water jet hole that does not rotate around the axis WN24 — 6a and moves on a specified trajectory. The cleaning nozzle WN2 4 is provided with a drive motor WN2 4 — 5 1 a. The rotation shaft WN2 4-5 1 b is more prominent than the drive motor WN24_5 1 a. It is fixed to the shaft WN2 4-6 a eccentric- ---—— — — — — — — 1 I t Please note the 4 items on the back of wtl first; then this page) Order-. Line-This paper size applies to Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) ) -196- A7 3435 7 V. Description of the invention "94" Eccentric cam. In addition, the eccentric cam WN24-51c 'is in contact with an eccentric cam receiving portion WN 2 4 -42 different from the eccentric cam WN 2 4-5 1 c. The eccentric cam receiving portion WN24-42 is composed of a moving water passage WN2 4_4 a and a water discharge hole WN 2 4-4 b. The moving water channel WN24_4a is connected to the fixed water channel WN24-3a through a telescopic joint WN24 — 2. The structure of the cleaning nozzle WN2 4 shown in FIG. 1 17 'drives the drive motor WN 2 4 — 5 1 a, the eccentric cam rotates around the axis WN24 — 6a of the drive motor WN24 — 5 1 a' but moves the water passage WN2 4-4 a is connected to the fixed waterway WN2 4 — 3 a with a flexible joint, and the eccentric cam receiving portion WN 2 4 _ 4 2 is separately connected to the eccentric cam WN 2 4-5 1 c. Therefore, the eccentric cam receiving portion WN24 — 42 slides against the eccentric cam WN24 —, 5 1 c and rotates or rotates around the shaft WN2 4-6 a without rotation. At this time, the joint WN 2 4-2 is not wound around the eccentric cam receiving portion, and the drive motor WN24 — 5 1 a cannot be rotated. At the same time as the cleaning nozzle WN 2 4 and the drive motor WN 2 4-5 1 are driven When washing water is supplied, the eccentric cam receiving portion WN 2 4 _ 4 2 does not rotate around the shaft WN2 4-6 a, and is rotated or slightly rotated, so the water discharge hole WN2 4.-4 b does not rotate on the shaft WN2 4- 6 a rotates or rotates around, and the washing water rotates or spit out water. Thereby, the washing water spouted from the spout hole WN24_4b becomes a designated trajectory that rotates or rotates approximately. Thus, the cleaning nozzle WN2 4 of this embodiment can be omitted from the periphery of the spout hole WN2 4-4t. -------- Equipment --- C Please read the note on the back first {" \ • 本 买 > Order · Γ, line · The consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed copy Paper size applies to China's 0 standard (CNS) A4 specifications < 210 X 297 mm) -197- ^ 3435 V. Description of the invention ¢ 95) The seal portion is provided so that the water jetting holes WN 2 4 _ 4 b and the washing water after the water jetting move in a specified trajectory. Please read the precautions on the back first Γ > · This purchase) In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN2 4 in Figure 1 17 is between the moving water channel WN24 — 4 a and the fixed water channel WN2 4-3 a There is no sealing part, so there is no energy loss due to frictional resistance of the sealing part. It is not necessary to increase the drive motor WN 2 4-5 1 a to a necessary degree or more, and a compact cleaning nozzle can be completed. Furthermore, since 1 has no sealing portion, there is no problem of durability of the gasket or the like in the sealing portion. In particular, when the discharge holes WN 2 4 — 4 b are reduced, and the discharge water flow rate is increased for water-saving washing, the high pressure of the washing water in the water passage will cause disadvantages caused by the use of sealing materials. Problems such as energy loss due to frictional resistance and durability of the gasket seals are very effective. Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 11 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 26 related to other embodiments. Figure 118 (a) is a sectional view and Figure 118 (b) is a perspective view. The washing nozzle WN26 includes a water discharge unit WN26-4. The water spouting part WN2 6 -4 is formed by the water inlet WN2 6-4 a communicating with the passage WN2 6-4 c, the water spouting hole WN2 6-4b, and the eccentric cam receiving part WN 2 6-4 d, and the washer WN 2 6 _ 1 0 is freely supported by the supporting portions WN26 — 52 of the cleaning nozzle WN 2 6, and the supporting portions WN26 — 52 can be operated as a fulcrum. The eccentric cam receiving portion WN 2 6-4 d is in contact with the eccentric cam WN 2 6 — 2_C) b, and the eccentric cam WN 2 6 — 2 0 b is eccentrically coupled to the spout drive motor WN 2 6 — 2 0 The size of the rotating paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cm) _19〇. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 35 7 m _ * ___ B7_____ V. Description of the invention < ί96) shaft WN26_20a. The water supply port WN26-2a. Is arranged so that the discharged washing water faces the water intake port WN 2 6 _ 4 a through a gap. In addition, the washer WN26-10 of the support portion WN 2 6-5 2 is preferably one having moderate flexibility so that it can be supported without interfering with the operation of the water spouting portion WN26-4. In addition, this gasket WN 2 6-1 0 also has the function of preventing water from entering the inside of the cleaning nozzle. If there is no problem even if water penetrates into the inside of the cleaning nozzle, this gasket can be omitted. WN2 6_ 1 0 = for the cleaning nozzle WN 2 6 is energized by driving the water spout driving motor WN2 6-2 0, and the water spout WN2 6-4 is supported by the aforementioned supporting part WN2 6 _5 2, corresponding to the eccentricity amount of the eccentric cam WN2 6-2 0 b Conical motion of relative displacement action of feed water HIWN2 6 — 2a. The washing water discharged from the water discharge holes WN 2 6-4 b thereby draws a conical spiral trajectory. Therefore, a wide range of washing can be performed by the water discharged from the circular trajectory in the cleaned part. In addition, the water inlet WN2 6_2 a and the water inlet WN2 6_ 4a are separated by a gap, so that the washing water discharged from the water inlet WN26-2a faces the water inlet WN 2 6 during the action of the water outlet WN26-4. The structure of the water inlet WN 2 6 — 4 a is arranged in the manner of _ 4 a, so that the water connection between the water supply unit WN2 6 _ 2 and the water discharge unit WN 2 6 — 4 can be performed in a non-contact manner = so, the water supply unit WN 2 6-2 and the water discharge unit WN 2 6-4 are not connected, and only the water discharge unit WN 2 6-4 can perform a wide range of cleaning for small movements, which can make the driving force required by the motor extremely small. Can make spit A7 il! I! I — (Please read the note on the back first before ordering. Thread. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)- 199 4 34 35 7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention ¢ 97) The @ sound or vibration in the washing operation is reduced, which can also eliminate the noise or vibration. And realize more reliable and streamlined cleaning nozzles. In addition, only a little movement of the spouting part can perform a wide range of washing. Even when driving at high speed, it will not increase the vibration or noise generated by the driving, and make the specified trajectory of the washing water move at a speed. It is easy to speed up, change from low speed to high speed, or immediately increase speed to speed. Furthermore, the intermittent cycle of locally washing water is determined by the moving speed of the washing water. Therefore, when it is used for human body washing, if the washing water is moved at a high speed, a continuous soft washing feeling can be obtained. On the other hand, when the washing water is moved at a low speed, a strong washing feeling can be obtained with intermittent stimulation. Therefore, the washing feeling can be changed with time without changing the flow rate of the washing water, and it is easy to respond to a variety of washing feeling preferences. Furthermore, because the amount of instantaneous water can be reduced, the temperature adjustment control of the heat exchanger that warms the washing water cannot keep up with the increase or decrease in the instantaneous water flow rate, even if the washing feeling becomes possible. Warm spitting water. / In addition, the water inlet WN2 6-2 a and the water inlet WN2 6-4a are separated by a gap, and the washing water discharged from the water inlet WN26-2a faces the water inlet during the action of the water outlet WN 2 6-4 The structure of the water inlet WN2 6-4 a is arranged in the way of the mouth WN2 6-4 a. M has a water spouting part WN 2 6-4 in the cleaning nozzle WN 2 6 and is allocated a space WN 2 6-1 1 If there is a place communicating with the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN 2 6, when the washing water discharged from the water outlet WN 2 6-2 a enters the water inlet WN 2 6-4 a, the paper size is applicable by the ejector effect. China National Standard (CNS > A4 Specification (210 X 297 mm) -200- ____ _____ — — — — — ___ < Please read the note f on the back before (S page). Order f line 4 3435 A7 B7 Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5.Invention Note 彳 98) into the air * and can be washed in Water bubbles in the water. As a result, the water spouting device can mix air bubbles in the washing water without the need for a separate air bubble mixing means. As a result, a compact cleaning nozzle with a small number of parts and high reliability can be realized, the cleaning power can be improved, and the cleaning feeling can be improved especially when used for human body cleaning. In this case, it is also possible to mix air bubbles into the washing water by forcibly feeding air with an air pump to the space WN26-11. In addition, in order to prevent the leakage of washing water between the water inlet WN2 6 — 2 a and the water inlet WN2 6_ 4 a or to improve the air mixing effect, the cross-sectional area of the water outlet WN2 6-4b is larger than that of the water inlet WN2 6-2 a. The cross-sectional area is larger, and the water inlet WN2 6 — 4 a passing through WN2 6 — 4 a is gently pushed (inclined) near the channel. The passage WN2 6-4 c has a straight line for rectifying and washing water. Those are better. In addition, the relative displacement of the spouting part WN2 6-4 enables the scanning action of the water inlet WN 2 6-4 a to always ensure a scanning area of at least the water inlet WN2 6-4 a from the water inlet WN2 6- The area occupied by the washing water discharged from 2 a * is more than * W such that the washing water discharged from the water supply port WN 2 6 — 2 a does enter the inlet water aWN 2 6-4 a, and the washing water can be discharged from the water discharge hole WN 2 without leakage. The 6-4 b discharge makes it possible to ensure a stable washing flow rate or to use all the washing water discharged from the aforementioned water supply port for washing purposes. Furthermore, in the configuration of this embodiment, the water supply holes WN 2 6-4 a and the water inlet WN2 6 _ 4 a can be installed in any direction without moving the spout hole WN 2 6 -4 b in a specified trajectory. You can ---------— — — — — Install.! < Please read the precautions on the back of this page, and then Γ This page) Γ Order · -line-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -201-Employees ’Consumption of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the cooperative 4 3435 7 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention ¢ 99) The washing water discharge direction from the water supply port WN2 6-2 a and the washing water discharge direction from the water discharge hole WN 2 6-4 b are free respectively Setting 'can increase the freedom of new style or design. It is also possible for a water inlet WN26-4a to have a plurality of water outlet holes WN26_4b, or for a water outlet WN26-4 to have a plurality of water inlets WN2 6-4a or water outlet holes WN2 6-4b. When a plurality of water inlets WN 2 6-4 a are provided, by setting the water inlets WN 2 6-2 a corresponding to the respective water inlets to the same number or more, it is possible to borrow only one water outlet WN2 6_4, To achieve a wide range of leak-free water discharge, or to achieve simultaneous discharge of water from different water inlets WN 2 6 ~ 2_a with different air mixing rates or different water discharge diameters, especially for human body cleaning Occasions, you can achieve a variety of colorful washing. Fig. 1 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN28 according to another embodiment. The washing nozzle WN28 is provided with a water discharge state changing means W N 2 8-3 that changes the average relative distance (gap distance) between the water supply port WN2 8-2 a and the water inlet DWN2 8_4 a. The spouting state changing means WN2 8-3, and the spouting part WN2 8 0 4 is connected to the washing water supply passage WN2 5 1 «is installed in the hole WN28_3a connected to the washing water passage WN28-5 1 to prevent water leakage The 0-ring WN2 8-3b connects the water supply unit WN2 8-2 and the water discharge unit WN28-4 in a sealed state. In addition, the water supply unit WN28 — 2 uses the spring pressure of the spring WN28-3c to make the water supply unit flange WN 2 8-3 d and the spouting state change cam WN 2 8. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 χ 297 mm> -202- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — * I — {Please read the note on the back side before you go to this page) Order: -line ^ ^ 3435 7 A7 _ B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of Inventions > 1 2 1 b. The water discharge state changing motor WN2 8-2 1 b which is connected to the water discharge state changing cam WN 2 8-2 1 b is driven, and the water discharge unit WN 2 8.-4 is moved by overcoming the spring pressure of the springs WN 2B to 3 c. This changes the average relative distance (gap distance) between the feed water DWN2 8-2 a and the water inlet WN2 8-4 a. By changing the amount of air mixed into the washing water, the washing force can be changed without being affected by the flow of washing water, the moving speed of the spouting trajectory, the spouting range, etc., especially when it is used for human body washing, it can also be used without washing water. The flow rate, the spouting trajectory, the speed of the spouting trajectory, the spouting range, and the like affect the washing feeling, and the massage effect can be obtained by changing the relative distance with time. In addition, as a method of changing the spouting state, the average relative distance between the water supply port WN2 8-2 a and the water inlet WN2 8-4 a can be changed by the motor by moving the spouting part WN2 8-4 Method, or a method of changing the area of the water inlet WN2 8_ 2 a or the water inlet WN 2 8-4 a by providing a winch or the like to the water inlet WN28-2a or the water inlet WN2 8-4 a. Fig. 120 shows a cleaning nozzle WN30 related to other embodiments, Fig. 120 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 120 (b) is a perspective view. The cleaning nozzle W N 3 0 has repeated water discharge holes that move forward and backward in a specified trajectory system. In Fig. 120, the cleaning nozzle WN 30 is provided with a crank disc integrated with the rotary shaft WN3 0-5 1 b on the rotary shaft WN30-5 1 b which is more prominent than the drive motor WN30-5 1 a. II — — — — — — — — — — — * 11 (Please refer to the notes on the back of Mtl before {" \. 本 霣 > order. · Thread-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) .203 Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs f 4 34 35 7 A7 B7 5. The invention description is as shown in 1) WN30-51d. The crank disc WN30-51d is separately connected to one end of the connecting part WN30-A and the connecting rod WN30-5 1e. The other end of the connecting rod WN 3 0 — 5 1 e., _ At the connecting part WN3 0 a B and the forward and reverse reversing disc $ N3 0-4 3 are separately connected. The connecting parts WN3 0_A and B are separately connected, so they slide. When the crank discs WN3 0 ~ 5 1 d rotate around the shaft WN3 0-6 b, they have a crank mechanism. In addition, the forward and reverse reversing discs WN 3 0-4 3 are composed of a moving water passage WN30-4a and a water discharge hole WN30_ 4 b. In addition, the mobile water channel WN 3 0 — 4 a and the stationary water channel W N 3 0 to 3 a are connected by a flexible joint WN 3 ′ 0 — 2. If the drive motor WN3 0-5 1 a is driven with the configuration of FIG. 20, the crank disc WN3 0 — 5 1 d can be rotated in one direction, and the crank disc WN 3 0 — 5 1 cannot be rotated in one direction. Through the connecting rod WN30-5 1e, through the crank mechanism, the positive and negative reversal discs WN 3 0 — 4 3 are repeatedly rotated around the axis WN3 0 — 6 a. WN 3 0-4 3, because of the forward and reverse rotation, there will be no joints WN 3 0-2 twisted to a degree higher than necessary. 3 0-2 rolls are attached to the reversing discs WN3 0 — 4 3, making the drive motor WN3 0-5 1 unable to rotate. Therefore, if the drive motor WN3 0-5 1 a is driven and the washing water is discharged, the disc WN30 — 43 is reversely moved around the axis WN30-6 a in a forward and reverse direction, so the water discharge hole WN3 0-this paper Standards apply to China National Standards (CNS > A4 (210 X 297 mm) -204----- I --- 丨 — II • Equipment i — < Please read the note on the back before quoting this page) Order · Thread · Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the cooperative A7 4 34 3 5 7 B7 V. Description of the invention 〇 2) 4 The area around WN 3 0 _ 6 a is repeatedly moved forward and backward, and the washing water is reversed in a circular arc shape or an approximately circular arc shape while spitting water. The cleaning nozzles W N 3 0 discharge holes W N 3 0-4 b and the movement of the designated trajectory of the washing water after the discharge are repeated in the reverse direction. Therefore, there is no need to provide a seal between the moving water passage WN 3 0 _4 a and the fixed water passage WN 3 0 _ 3 a, and the water discharge hole WN 3 0 — 4 b and the washing water after the water discharge can move in a specified trajectory. Furthermore, as another effect of the cleaning nozzle WN 3 0, if the twist of the joint WN3 0-2 is deliberately used, the cross-sectional area of the water passage in the joint WN3 0-2 can be changed with time, and it can be performed intermittently with time. Spitting water can not only get more colorful washing feeling, but also improve the washing efficiency, and it has great effect on water-saving washing. Fig. 121 shows a cleaning nozzle WN32 related to other embodiments, Fig. 121 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 121 (b) is a perspective view. The cleaning nozzle WN3 2 has a structure including a water discharge hole WN32-4b that moves around a shaft WN3 2-6 a without moving around a predetermined trajectory. The cleaning nozzle WN32 is arranged outside the moving water passage WN32_4a so as to be integrated with the moving water passage WN 3 2-4 a, and the ferromagnetic book WN3 2-5 2 b is arranged in a ring shape. Further, gaps WN32 to 52c are provided on the outer side of the ferromagnetic body WN 3 2-52b, and the electromagnetic coils WN3 2 to 5 2 a are arranged in a ring shape. The electromagnetic coil WN3 2_ 5 2 a can also be embedded in the cleaning nozzle WN3 2 according to its characteristics. Therefore, by embedding the electromagnetic coil WN3 2 — 5 2 a into the cleaning nozzle-^ 1 ϋ I nt I {Please first Read the # ϋ 项 再 f " · '. This page} on the back side of the page-Order · Line-This paper size applies to Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -205-A7 43435 7 B7__ V. Description of the invention έ〇3) WN3 2 can prevent the electromagnetic coil WN3 2 — 5 2 a from getting into the water. A plurality of ferromagnetic bodies WN 3 2-5 2 b and electromagnetic coils WN 3 2 -5 2 a are arranged in the circumferential direction. Between the moving water passage WN 3 2 —4 a. And the fixed water passage w N 3 2-3 a 'are connected by a flexible joint WN3 2_2. In addition, the water discharge holes WN3 2-4b, the moving water passage WN 3 2-4a, and the eccentric cam receiving portion WN 32-52b have a structure in which the pair of shafts WN32-6a through the joint WN32-2 are movable in the radial direction. In the configuration of the cleaning nozzle WN3 2 in FIG. 12, if the energization of the electromagnetic wire 圏 WN 3 2-5 2 a is controlled, the magnetic field generated by the electromagnetic coil WN 3 2-5 2 a is used to move the water channel. Between WN 3 2 _4 a — ferromagnetic body WN3 2 — 5 2 b, a gravitational or reverse force is generated. In this case, the water discharge holes WN 3 2-4 b and the ferromagnetic body WN 3 2-5 2b which is a body connected to the moving water passage WN 3 2-4 a-are movable structures through the joint WN32-2. The axis WN3 2 — 6 a can move arbitrarily in the range of the gap WN3 2-52c in the radial direction. Therefore, if the energization of the electromagnetic coil WN3 2-5 2 a is controlled and the washing water is discharged, the water discharge hole WN3 2_4b rotates or rotates or swings around the shaft WN3 2-6 a without rotation, so that the washing water rotates. Or rotate or swing slightly while being spewed. Fig. 1 2 shows the washing nozzle WN34 related to other embodiments. Fig. 122 (a) is a perspective view seen from the side of the washing nozzle WN34, and Fig. 12 (b) is from another direction. Look clean
閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 I I 裝 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -206- ^34 3 5 7_ 五、發明說明έ〇4 ) A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 5嘴W N 3 4的剖面圖。 於第1 2 2圖,在洗淨噴嘴WN 3 4內,洗淨水的流 動方向由上游起依序爲水幫浦WN 3 4 - 2、流量調節閥 WN 3 4 — 3 a ,使旋轉吐水手段配置於通水路WN 3 4 —1 a內,從吐水孔w N 3 4 — 1 b吐出洗淨水》旋轉吐 水手段WN34 — 4,係由葉片輪aWN34 - 4a 、葉 片輪外殼WN3 4 - 4b、葉片輪軸承WN3 4_4c、 密封部WN 3 4 — 4 d所構成《但是密封部W&3 4_ 4 d的有無以及密封性,可以配合洗淨噴嘴WN 3 4的使 用狀況來決定。此外,葉片輪WN 3 4 — 4 a與吐水孔 WN 3 4 - lb偌一體的。進而,流量調節閥WN3 4_ 3 a的流出口WN3 4 — 3 1 a與葉片輪WN34 — 4a 係鄰接的,洗淨水由流出口WN34-31流出的動能可 以幾乎沒有衰減地流入葉片輪W N 3 4 — 4 a 。此外,水 幫浦WN34 — 2以及流量調節閥WN34— 3a ,藉由 控制部(未圖示)分別被獨立控制。 於相關第1 2 2圖的構成之洗淨噴嘴WN 3 4,洗淨 水藉由水幫浦WN 3 4 — 2加壓,同時藉由流量調節閥 WN3 4 — 3 a被調節至指定的瞬間吐出水量,流入葉片 輪WN3 4 — 4 a。而洗淨水的動能的一部分傳達至葉片 輪WN34 — 4a,使葉片輪WN34 — 4a旋轉同時從 吐水孔WN3 4 — 1 t>吐水。葉片輪WN3 4-4 a與吐 水孔WN34 — lb,因爲被構成爲一體,所以葉片輪 WN3 4 - 4 a旋轉的話,吐水孔WN 3 4 — 1 b也旋轉 請 先 .閲 讀 背 面 之 注 項 裝Read the note on the back II. Gutter. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -206- ^ 34 3 5 7_ V. Description of Invention 4) A7 B7 Sectional view of the 5th WN 3 4 printed by the consumer cooperation of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In Fig. 1 2 2, in the washing nozzle WN 3 4, the flow direction of the washing water is from the upstream to the water pump WN 3 4-2 and the flow regulating valve WN 3 4-3 a to make the water spouting. Means are arranged in the water passage WN 3 4 — 1 a, and the washing water is discharged from the water discharge hole w N 3 4 — 1 b. ”The rotating water spouting means WN 34 — 4 is composed of the blade wheel aWN34-4a and the blade wheel casing WN3 4-4b. The blade wheel bearing WN3 4_4c and the sealing portion WN 3 4 — 4 d are formed. However, the presence or absence of the sealing portion W & 3 4_ 4 d and the sealing performance can be determined according to the use conditions of the cleaning nozzle WN 3 4. In addition, the blade wheel WN 3 4 — 4 a is integrated with the water discharge hole WN 3 4-lb 偌. Furthermore, the outlet WN3 4 — 3 1 a of the flow regulating valve WN3 4_ 3 a is adjacent to the blade wheel WN34 — 4a, and the kinetic energy of the washing water flowing out of the outlet WN34-31 can flow into the blade wheel WN 3 with almost no attenuation. 4 — 4 a. In addition, the water pump WN34-2 and the flow regulating valve WN34-3a are independently controlled by a control unit (not shown). In the cleaning nozzle WN 3 4 of the structure shown in FIG. 1 2 2, the washing water is pressurized by the water pump WN 3 4 — 2 and at the same time adjusted by the flow regulating valve WN3 4 — 3 a to the designated instant. The amount of water discharged flows into the blade wheel WN3 4-4 a. A part of the kinetic energy of the washing water is transmitted to the vane wheel WN34-4a, and the vane wheel WN34-4a is rotated while spitting water from the water discharge hole WN3 4-1 t >. The vane wheel WN3 4-4 a and the spout hole WN34 — lb are integrally formed, so if the vane wheel WN3 4-4 a rotates, the spout hole WN 3 4 — 1 b also rotates. Please read the note on the back side.
I 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* > -207- A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明έ〇5 ) ’洗淨水也旋轉或約略旋轉地被吐水。 (锖先閲讀背面之注$項再本I > 此外’藉由控制部變更水幫浦WN 3 4 — 2的能力, 同時以維持指定的瞬間吐出水量的方式以控制部控制流量 調節閥W N 3 4 - 3 a的話,可以使瞬間吐出水量維持於 一定’而且變更從洗淨水的流出口WN 3 4 — 3 1 a流出 的洗淨水動能,可以使葉片輪WN 3 4 _ 4 a的旋轉數不 受到瞬間吐出水量的變更影響而改變。 Γ 因此,因爲使用洗淨水的動能旋轉僅有洗淨噴嘴 WN 3 4內的吐水孔WN3 4- 1 b附近而已,所以使洗 淨噴嘴WN 3 4自身以指定的軌跡移動,與使洗淨水旋轉 或者約略旋轉同時吐水的場合相比,移動部分很小,而且 幾乎沒有動作器產生的電氣驅動音或振動,靜音性、無振 動性非常優異。進而,藉由旋轉吐水手段WN 3 4_4 * 僅使吐水孔WN3 4_ 1 b附近旋轉的緣故,容易使洗淨 水的旋轉或約略旋轉的旋轉數提高爲高速,藉由有效地分 散洗淨水,具有省水效果。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作杜印製 此外,使洗淨水旋轉或者約略旋轉,又不具有直接以 電氣驅動的部份,所以可以提供非常簡潔的洗淨噴嘴 W N 3 4。進而,沒有電氣驅動部分的耐久性問題。進而 也不會有利如以配線傳送電力的場合之由於洗淨水引起配 線漏電的問題,即使在洗淨噴嘴W N 3 4自身容易淋到水 的環境下使用,也沒有漏電的問題。進而,不需要延伸至 噴嘴先端的電氣配線工程。 此外,可以使洗淨水旋轉或者約略旋轉的轉數與瞬間 -208- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) 34 3 5 7_ 五、發明說明έ〇6 ) 請先«讀背面之注再 吐出水量分別獨立控制,不受到瞬間吐出水量的增減影響 ,使洗淨水的旋轉或者約略旋轉的轉數可以可變地從低速 增至高速。藉此,+在局部洗淨裝置地洗淨噴嘴或人體洗淨 用的蓮蓬頭或洗手用的水龍頭吐水孔等作爲人體洗淨用的 洗淨噴嘴使用的場合,可以使瞬間吐水量一定而僅改變洗 淨感,即使瞬間吐出水量維持於一定,也可以充分對應多 樣化的使用者的洗淨喜好。而且因爲可以使用較少的瞬間 吐出水量,所以不會有加熱洗淨水的熱交換器的溫度調節 控制無法跟上瞬間吐水流量的增減,在洗淨感可變的場合 可以進行安定的溫水吐水。 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作杜印製 第1 2 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN36,第123圖(a)係從平面來看之圖,第 1 2 3圖(b )係從側面看之圖。如第1 2 3圖(a )所 示,洗淨噴嘴WN36使從流出口WN36 — 3 1 a向葉 片輪WN3 6 — 4 a流入爲止的通水路WN3 6 — 1 a成 爲急速擴大的形狀,於急速擴大的通水路WN 3 6 - 1 a 設有空氣取入OWN 3 6 — 1 c,或者於通水路WN 3 6 —1 a的急速擴大所無法避免之處設有空氣取入DWN 36-lc的構成。空氣取入口WN36-lc,藉由洗 淨水的_射效果混入空氣。藉由進行此空氣混入,在洗淨 水的省水化、局部洗淨裝'置的洗淨噴嘴或人體洗淨用的蓮 蓬頭或洗手用的水龍頭吐水孔等人體洗淨用的洗淨噴嘴使 用的場合,可以使洗淨感變得柔和。此外藉由獨‘立控制水 幫浦WN36 — 2與流量調節閥WN36-3a,可以使 -209- 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐> 4.34 35 7 a? —>— -- — B7 五、發明說明如7 ) 維持一定的瞬間吐.出水童,而且變更洗淨水的動能,所以 可以改變由於噴射效果造成的空氣混入比,可以因應使用 狀況改變省水率,進而可得多樣化的洗淨.感。此外,混入 空氣時,使用空氣幫浦進行強制混入亦可。 此外’如第123圖(b)所示,取代空氣取入口 WN 3 6 _ 1 c ,而使洗淨水流動方向的葉片輪WN 3 6 —4 a下游的洗淨水回到急速擴大的通水路WN 3 6 _ 1 a的機構,可以抑制在急速擴大的通水路WN 3 6 — 1 a的能量漏失*可提高通水路WN3 6 — 1 a全體的效: 率。特別是在瞬間吐出水量較少的使用狀況下,效果更大 第1 2 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴W N 38,第124圖(a)係從洗淨噴嘴WN38的側面來 看之透視圖,第1 2 4圖(b )係從其他方向來看洗淨噴 嘴WN38的剖面圖。 洗淨噴嘴WN38,具有2系統的通水路。亦即,洗 淨水從洗淨水水流方向之上游起,依序使流量調節閥 WN38-3b,旋轉突出部WN38-ld酑置„於 路WN3 8— 1 h內,而從吐水孔WN3 8- 1 b吐出。 此外,另一系統的水,由另一系統水流方向的上游起依序 使水幫浦WN38 — 2、流量調節閥WN38 — 3a、旋 轉吐水手段WN 3 8 — 4配置於通水路WN3 8 - 1 a內 ,由排出口 3 8 ~ 1 e排出至洗淨噴嘴WN 3 8的外I Alignment This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 male * > -207- A7 B7 4 3435 V. Description of the invention) 〇 Washing water is also rotated or spouted slightly rotated (锖 Please read the note on the back before reprinting this article> In addition, 'the control unit can change the capacity of the water pump WN 3 4-2, and at the same time maintain the specified instantaneous amount of water, the control unit controls the flow control valve If WN 3 4-3 a, the instantaneous amount of water can be kept constant and the kinetic energy of the washing water flowing out of the washing water outlet WN 3 4 — 3 1 a can be changed to make the vane wheel WN 3 4 _ 4 a The number of rotations is not affected by the change in the amount of instantaneous water discharge. Γ Because the kinetic energy of the washing water rotates only around the water discharge holes WN3 4- 1 b in the washing nozzle WN 3 4, the washing nozzle is used. WN 3 4 itself moves in a specified trajectory. Compared with the case where the washing water rotates or rotates at the same time while spitting water, the moving part is very small, and there is almost no electrical driving sound or vibration generated by the actuator. Silence and vibration-free Very good. By rotating the water spouting means WN 3 4_4 * Only by rotating around the water spouting hole WN3 4_ 1 b, it is easy to increase the number of rotations of the washing water or the number of rotations to a high speed, and by effectively dispersing the washing water, it has a saving The effect of water. Printed by the co-worker of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In addition, the washing water is rotated or slightly rotated, and there is no part directly driven by electricity, so a very simple washing nozzle WN 3 4 can be provided. Furthermore, there is no durability problem of the electric driving part. Furthermore, it is not beneficial to the problem of leakage of wiring due to washing water, such as in the case of transmitting power through wiring, even in an environment where the washing nozzle WN 3 4 itself is easily exposed to water. There is also no problem of electrical leakage. Furthermore, there is no need for electrical wiring works extending to the tip of the nozzle. In addition, the number of rotations and instants of rotation or approximately rotation of the washing water can be -208- This paper size applies Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 34 3 5 7_ V. Description of the invention 〇〇) Please «read the note on the back and then spit the water volume separately and independently, not subject to instantaneous The effect of the increase or decrease in the amount of discharged water can make the rotation of the washing water or the number of rotations of the rotation of the washing water variably increase from low speed to high speed. By this, + the nozzle or the shower head or the shower head for human body washing can be washed in a local washing device. When the faucet hole for hand washing is used as a washing nozzle for human body washing, the instantaneous amount of water can be discharged and only the washing feeling can be changed. Even if the amount of instantaneous water is kept constant, it can fully respond to a variety of users. Washing preferences. And because less instantaneous spit water can be used, the temperature adjustment control of the heat exchanger that does not heat the rinsing water cannot keep up with the increase and decrease in the instant spit water flow rate, and in situations where the sensation of washing is variable Stable warm water spouting is possible. Du printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and printed by Du Du Figure 1 2 shows the cleaning nozzle WN36 related to other embodiments. Figure 123 (a) is a plan view, and Figure 1 2 3 ( b) is a diagram viewed from the side. As shown in FIG. 1 2 (a), the cleaning nozzle WN36 rapidly expands the flow path WN3 6-1a until the inflow from the outlet WN36-3 1a to the vane wheel WN3 6-4a. The rapid expansion of the waterway WN 3 6-1 a is provided with air intake OWN 3 6 — 1 c, or where the rapid expansion of the waterway WN 3 6-1 a cannot be avoided by air intake DWN 36-lc Composition. The air inlet WN36-lc is mixed into the air by the spray effect of the washing water. By mixing in this air, it is used in washing nozzles such as water-saving and local washing equipment for washing water, washing nozzles for human body washing, shower heads for hand washing, and spout holes for washing hands. In this case, the washing feeling can be softened. In addition, by independently controlling the water pump WN36 — 2 and the flow regulating valve WN36-3a, the -209- can be applied to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm > 4.34 35 7) for this paper size. a? — > —-— B7 V. Description of the invention such as 7) Maintain a certain instant spit. Water children, and change the kinetic energy of the washing water, so you can change the air mixing ratio caused by the spray effect, and can respond to the use conditions Change the water saving rate, and then get a variety of washing. In addition, when mixing in air, forced mixing with an air pump is also acceptable. In addition, as shown in FIG. 123 (b), instead of the air inlet WN 3 6 _ 1 c, the wash water downstream of the vane wheel WN 3 6-4 a flowing in the direction of the washing water is returned to the rapidly expanding channel. The water channel WN 3 6 _ 1 a can reduce the energy loss in the rapidly expanding water channel WN 3 6 — 1 a. * It can improve the overall efficiency of the water channel WN 3 6 — 1 a. Especially in the use situation where the amount of water is instantaneously discharged, the effect is greater. Figures 1 2 and 4 show the cleaning nozzle WN 38 related to other embodiments, and Figure 124 (a) is from the side of the cleaning nozzle WN 38. Looking at the perspective view, FIG. 12 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the cleaning nozzle WN38 viewed from other directions. The cleaning nozzle WN38 has two water passages. That is, from the upstream of the direction of the flow of the washing water, the washing water is sequentially placed with the flow regulating valve WN38-3b and the rotating protrusion WN38-ld within the road WN3 8-1 h, and from the water discharge hole WN3 8 -1 b spit out. In addition, the water in the other system starts from the upstream of the water flow direction of the other system in order to make the water pump WN38 — 2, the flow regulating valve WN38 — 3a, and the rotary water spouting means WN 3 8 — 4. In the water channel WN3 8-1 a, it is discharged from the discharge nozzle 3 8 ~ 1 e to the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN 3 8
部。旋轉突出部WN 3 8 _ 1 d ’係由旋轉通水路WN -----------«.·1 — <請先《讀背面之注意事項再•本頁) 訂‘ •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) o-JQ. 434357_五、發明說明έ〇8 ) A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印數 38 — 12d ’吐水孔WN38-lb所構成。此外,旋 轉吐水手段WN3 8 — 4,係由葉片輪WN3 8 — 4a, 葉片輪外殼WN 3 8 - 4b、葉片輪軸承WN3 8-4 c ,密封部WN3 8 — 4 d所構成。此外,使旋轉突出部 WN 3 8 - 1 d興洗淨噴嘴WN 3 8的本體之間具有密封 部W N38-lf ’使旋轉突出部WN38-ld與旋轉 吐水手段WN3 8 - 4之間具有密封部WN3 8 — 4d, 防止洗淨水從吐水口 N W 3 8 — 1 b以外的地方漏出。但 是’密封部WN38 — 4d、密封部WN38 — 1 f的有 無以及密封性’配合洗淨噴嘴的使用狀況來決定即可。此 外,旋轉突出部WN 3 8— 1 d與葉片輪WN3 8 -4 a 係透過轉軸WN 3 8 - 1 g —體被構成的。此外,流量調 整閥WN3 8 — 3 a的流出口WN3 8 — 3 1 a與葉片輪 W N 3 8 — 4 a是鄰接的,洗淨水可以極力抑制從流出口 WN38 - 3 1 a流出的動能衰減而流入葉片輪WN38 一 4a。此外水幫浦WN3 8 — 2以及流量調節閥 W N 3 8 — 3 a ’係以控制部(未圖示)分別獨立控制, 流量調節閥W N 3 8 ~ 3 b也以控制部控制。 以第1 2 4圖的構成使洗淨水及另一系統的水3 3吐 水的話,另一系統的水藉由水幫浦N W 3 8 - 2加壓,供 給使洗.淨水旋轉或約略旋轉所必要的動能,藉由流量_節 閥W N 3 8 - 3 a調節至所要的指定瞬間吐出水量,流入 葉片輪WN 3 8 _ 4 a ,動能的一部分被傳達至葉片輪 WN38 — 4a ,使葉片輪WN38 — 4a旋轉同時由排 ----I!裝 — (請先閱讀背面之注f項再/"\本頁》 if- 線· 本紙張尺度適用中S 8家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -211 - 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明έ〇9 ) 出口WN38—1e排出至洗淨噴嘴WN38外部。因爲 葉片輪WN3 8 — 4 a與吐水孔WN 3 8 — 1 b被構成爲 一體,所以葉片輪WN3 8 - 4 a旋轉的話,吐水孔 WN 3 8 _ 1 b也旋轉,洗淨水旋轉或約略旋轉同時被吐 水。 此外,藉由控制部變更水幫浦WN 3 8 — 2的能力或 者流量調節閥WN3 8 — 3 a的開度的話,可以改變另一 系統水的瞬間吐出水量,而可以接著使另一系統水的動能 改變的緣故,藉由變更水幫浦WN 3 8 - 2的能力或者流 量調節閥WN 3 8 - 3 a的開度,可以改變葉片輪WN 38-4a的旋轉數。 此外藉由控制部變更水幫浦WN 3 8 — 2的能力,以 維·持指定的瞬間吐出水量的方式控制流量·調節閥W N 3 8 一 3 a的話,可以使另一系統水的瞬間吐出水量維持一定 而改變洗淨水從流出口 WN38 — 3 1 a流出的動能,因 而使葉片輪的轉速不受到瞬間吐出水量變更的影響而改變 〇 •因此,使另一系統水的瞬間吐出水量可以僅藉由單純 的水幫浦WN 3 8 — 2的能力控制或流量調節閥WN 3 8 —3 a的開度控制而已容易地變更,所以在另一系統水的 使用水量沒有限制的場合的使用環境下,不受到洗淨水的 瞬間吐出水量變更的影響,而可以容易地變更洗淨水的旋 轉或約略旋轉的轉速。 此外,被排出的另一系統水也可以另行利用,或者在 — — — — — — —— — — — — — * I I 請先明讀背面之注$項再{*·本荑) 訂· -線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •212- 4 34 3 5 7 五、發明說明έιο ) 作爲局部洗淨噴嘴使用的場合,排出至衛生陶瓷盆面亦可 。水幫浦WN 3 8 — 2,設於分配洗淨水與另一系統水之 前*以流量調節閥WN38 — 3 a與流量調節閥WN3 8 -3 b調節分配比,使另一系統水的動能傳達至旋轉吐水 手段WN3 8_4亦可,隨著被洗淨物的不同,僅於另一 系統水使用水幫浦WN 3 8 - 2亦可,洗淨水與另一系統 水分別使用水幫浦W N 3 8 — 2亦可。 於上述實施例,只說明吐水孔的孔數爲1個的情形, 但是吐水孔的孔數不會妨礙本發明的實施,所以配合洗-淨 對象,吐水孔的孔數可以由設計者自由決定。 於上述實施例,說明了水幫浦的使用,但是在直接利 用自來水壓的場合,或設有儲存水箱可以利用儲存水箱的 噴嘴頭的場合等,實施本發明時可得到充分的水壓及/或 瞬間吐出水量的場合,取代水幫浦而設壓力調節閥的話, 可以調節流水的動能,與使用水幫浦的場合同樣地進行流 水動能的控制,藉由使用壓力調節閥可以實施上述實施例 〇 經濟部暫慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 <請先》讀背面之注$項再ί".本買) 第1 2 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 0的各例之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 4 0,係藉由水幫浦 WN 4 0 — 1使葉片輪WN 4 0 _ 2旋轉而藉此使洗淨水 成螺旋狀被吐出者。葉片輪WN 4 0 - 2的形狀,只要是 利用機械機構’使流水的動能變換爲使洗淨水旋轉或約略 旋轉的旋轉能量者即可,可以採用如第1 2 5圖(a )所 示的離心式葉片輪WN40-2 a 、如第1 2 5圖(b ) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210*297公釐) -213- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明hi ) 所示的向心式葉片輪WN4 0 — 2 b、如第1 2 5圖(C )所示的軸流式葉片輪WN40 — 2 c ,或第1 2 5圖( d )所示的斜流式葉片輪WN 4 0 — 2 d等各種構成,此 外*採用未圖示的橫流葉片輪形狀以外的構成亦可。 第1 2 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN42 ’第126圖(a)係剖面圖,第126圖(b )係立體透視圖,第1 2 6圖(c )係永久磁鐵及電磁線 圈的配置圖,第1 2 6圖(d )係藉由永久磁鐵與電磁線 圈動作之模式圖。洗淨噴嘴WN4 2,具有於軸WN4 2 - 6 a的周圍不自轉而以指定軌跡移動的吐水孔WN 4 2 _ 4 b 。 洗淨噴嘴WN4 2,具備擺動突出部W^ί4 2_4 4 。擺動突出部WN42 — 44,係由吐水孔WN42 — 4b、移動通水路WN42-4a、永久磁鐵WN42 — 53b被構成爲一體。永久磁鐵WN42 — 53b,被配 置於軸WN4 2~6 a的軸方向、移動通水路WN4 2 -4.3的下方。於軸抓〜42-6 3的軸方向,而且於永久 磁鐵WN4 2 - 5 3 b的下方,電磁線圈WN4 2 — 53a ,以藉由通電產生的磁極朝向軸WN42_6a方 向的方式被配設。擺動突出部WN42 — 44,以使在永 久磁鐵WN4 2 — 5 3 b與電磁線圏WN 4 2 - 5 3 a之 間產生空隙WN4 2 — 5 3 cl的方式,以具有伸縮性的凸 緣WN42 — 5 3 c固定。凸緣WN42 — 5^3 c使用樹 脂較佳,但只要是蛇腹(自由伸縮管)的構造,亦可爲金 本纸張尺度適用中國國家摞準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公嬗) __— — — — — — — —__I — i — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再f *本頁) 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作杜印製 -214- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明匕2 ) 屬。電磁線圈WN42 3 a,在特性上亦可埋入洗淨 噴嘴WN 4 2的本體內,所以藉由將電磁線圈WN 4 2 -5 3 a埋入本體內可以使電磁線圈WN4 2_ 5 3 a不會 淋到水。移動通水路WN 4 2 - 4 a與不動通水路WN 42 — 3 a之間’以具有伸縮性的接頭WN42 — 2接續 。此外’吐水孔WN4 2 — 4b與移動通水路WN4 2-4a與永久磁鐵WN42 — 53b,透過接頭WN42 — 2及凸緣WN4 2 — 5 3 c成爲對軸WN4 2 — 6 a可於 半徑方向上可動的構造。 永久磁鐵WN4 2-5 3 b的排列,如第1 2 6圖( c )所示’正方形或長方形地排列4個以上,使各邊分別 爲A、B、C、D。磁極’以使長方形的周邊方向上成爲 交互的磁極的方式配列。電磁線圈WN4 2_5 3 a的配 列,如第1 26圖(c)所示,成棋盤狀配列4個以上, 閱 讀 背 面 之 注unit. Rotating protrusion WN 3 8 _ 1 d 'is made by the rotating water channel WN ----------- «. · 1 — < Please first read the" Cautions on the back side, then this page) Order "• · The paper printed by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Consumer Cooperatives applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) o-JQ. 434357_V. Description of the invention 〇8) A7 B7 Wisdom of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption Cooperative of the Property Agency Staff Co., Ltd. 38-12d 'Spit hole WN38-lb. In addition, the rotating water spouting means WN3 8-4 is composed of a vane wheel WN3 8-4a, a vane wheel housing WN 3 8-4b, a vane wheel bearing WN3 8-4 c, and a seal portion WN3 8-4 d. In addition, the rotating protrusion WN 3 8-1 d is provided with a seal portion W N38-lf between the body of the washing nozzle WN 3 8 and the rotary protrusion WN38-ld and the rotary water discharge means WN 3 8-4 are provided with a seal. Part WN3 8 — 4d to prevent washing water from leaking out of the water outlet NW 3 8 — 1 b. However, "the presence or absence of the seal portion WN38-4d, the seal portion WN38-1f, and the sealability" may be determined in accordance with the use condition of the cleaning nozzle. In addition, the rotation protrusion WN 3 8-1 d and the blade wheel WN3 8 -4 a are integrally formed through the rotating shaft WN 3 8-1 g. In addition, the outflow port WN3 8-3 1 a of the flow adjustment valve WN3 8-3 a is adjacent to the vane wheel WN 3 8-4 a, and the wash water can greatly suppress the attenuation of the kinetic energy flowing out of the outflow port WN38-3 1 a And flow into the blade wheel WN38-1a. In addition, the water pump WN3 8-2 and the flow regulating valve WN 3 8-3a are individually controlled by a control unit (not shown), and the flow regulating valves WN 3 8 to 3b are also controlled by the control unit. If the washing water and the water in the other system are spitted out with the configuration of Fig. 1 2 4, the water in the other system is pressurized by the water pump NW 3 8-2 and supplied for washing. The necessary kinetic energy for rotation is adjusted by the flow rate_throttle valve WN 3 8-3 a to the desired instantaneous amount of water, which flows into the vane wheel WN 3 8 _ 4 a, and a part of the kinetic energy is transmitted to the vane wheel WN38-4a so that Vane wheel WN38 — 4a rotation at the same time by row ---- I! Loaded — (Please read the note f on the back before " \ this page》 if- line · This paper standard applies to S 8 standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -211-4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of invention 〇09) The outlet WN38-1e is discharged to the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN38. Because the vane wheel WN3 8 — 4 a and the water discharge hole WN 3 8 — 1 b are integrated, if the vane wheel WN3 8-4 a rotates, the water discharge hole WN 3 8 _ 1 b also rotates, and the washing water rotates or approximately Spit water while spinning. In addition, by changing the capacity of the water pump WN 3 8-2 or the opening degree of the flow control valve WN3 8-3 a by the control unit, the instantaneous amount of water discharged from another system can be changed, and the water of the other system can be subsequently continued. Because of the change in the kinetic energy of the blade, the number of rotations of the blade wheel WN 38-4a can be changed by changing the capacity of the water pump WN 3 8-2 or the opening degree of the flow control valve WN 3 8-3 a. In addition, by the ability of the control unit to change the capacity of the water pump WN 3 8-2, the flow rate and the regulating valve WN 3 8-3 a can be controlled to maintain a specified amount of instantaneous water discharge, so that the water in another system can be instantaneously discharged. The amount of water is kept constant and the kinetic energy of the washing water flowing out of the outlet WN38 — 3 1 a is changed, so that the rotation speed of the blade wheel is not affected by the change of the instantaneous discharge water amount. Therefore, the instantaneous water discharge amount of the other system can be changed. It can be easily changed only by the capacity control of the pure water pump WN 3 8-2 or the opening control of the flow control valve WN 3 8-3 a. Therefore, it is used in the situation where the amount of water used in the other system is not limited. In the environment, the rotation speed of the washing water or the rotation speed of the washing water can be easily changed without being affected by the change in the amount of instantaneous discharge water of the washing water. In addition, the drained water of another system can also be used separately, or at — — — — — — — — — — — — — * II Please read the note $ on the back first before {* · 本 荑) order ·- Line · Printed by the Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) • 212- 4 34 3 5 7 V. Description of the invention When using a clean nozzle, it can be discharged to a sanitary ceramic basin. Water pump WN 3 8 — 2 is set before the distribution of wash water and water from another system * The flow control valve WN38 — 3 a and flow control valve WN3 8-3 b are used to adjust the distribution ratio to make the kinetic energy of the water in the other system It can also be transmitted to the rotating water spouting means WN3 8_4. Depending on the material to be washed, the water pump WN 3 8-2 can be used only in the other system water, and the wash water and the other system water can be used separately. WN 3 8 — 2 is also available. In the above-mentioned embodiment, only the case where the number of the water ejection holes is described, but the number of the water ejection holes does not hinder the implementation of the present invention. Therefore, according to the washing-cleaning object, the number of the water ejection holes can be freely determined by the designer. . In the above embodiment, the use of the water pump was explained. However, when the tap water pressure is directly used, or when the storage water tank is provided with the nozzle head of the storage water tank, etc., sufficient water pressure and / or Or when the amount of water is discharged instantly, if a pressure regulating valve is provided instead of a water pump, the kinetic energy of the flowing water can be adjusted, and the kinetic energy of the flowing water can be controlled in the same way as when using a water pump. The above embodiment can be implemented by using a pressure regulating valve 〇 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Bureau of Property Management & Co., Ltd. <Please read the "$" on the back of the book and then quot; this purchase) Figure 1 2 5 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 4 0 related to other embodiments Illustration of each example. The washing nozzle W N 4 0 is a person who rotates the blade wheel WN 4 0 _ 2 by the water pump WN 4 0 — 1 to thereby discharge the washing water in a spiral shape. The shape of the vane wheel WN 4 0-2 may be any one as long as it uses a mechanical mechanism to convert the kinetic energy of flowing water into rotational energy that rotates or slightly rotates the washing water. It can be used as shown in Fig. 125 (a) The centrifugal vane wheel WN40-2 a, as shown in Figure 1 2 5 (b) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 mm) -213- 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention The centrifugal vane wheel WN4 0 — 2 b shown in hi), the axial vane wheel WN40 — 2 c shown in FIG. 12 (C), or the place shown in FIG. 12 (d) Various configurations such as the diagonal flow type impeller WN 4 0 — 2 d shown in the figure are also available. In addition, a configuration other than the shape of a cross flow impeller (not shown) may be adopted. Fig. 1 2 6 shows the cleaning nozzle WN42 related to other embodiments. Fig. 126 (a) is a sectional view, Fig. 126 (b) is a perspective view, and Fig. 1 2 (c) is a permanent magnet. And the arrangement diagram of the electromagnetic coil, Fig. 12 (d) is a schematic diagram of the operation by the permanent magnet and the electromagnetic coil. The cleaning nozzle WN4 2 has a water discharge hole WN 4 2 _ 4 b that does not rotate around the axis WN4 2-6 a and moves in a specified trajectory. The cleaning nozzle WN4 2 includes a swinging protrusion W ^ ί4 2_4 4. The swinging protrusions WN42-44 are integrally formed by a water discharge hole WN42-4b, a moving water passage WN42-4a, and a permanent magnet WN42-53b. Permanent magnets WN42 to 53b are arranged in the axial direction of the shaft WN4 2 to 6a and below the moving water passage WN4 2 -4.3. The magnetic coils WN4 2-53a are arranged in the axial direction of the shaft grips ~ 42-6 3 and below the permanent magnets WN4 2-5 3 b so that the magnetic poles generated by the energization are oriented in the direction of the axis WN42_6a. Swing protrusions WN42-44 to form a gap WN4 2-5 3 cl between the permanent magnets WN4 2-5 3 b and the electromagnetic wires 圏 WN 4 2-5 3 a, and a flexible flange WN42 — 5 3 c fixed. Flange WN42 — 5 ^ 3 c It is better to use resin, but as long as it has a bellows (freely retractable tube) structure, it can also be a gold paper size that applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) __ — — — — — — — — —__ I — i — (Please read the notes on the back before f * this page) Order · -Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperation of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -214- 4 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 2) The genus. The electromagnetic coil WN42 3 a can also be embedded in the body of the cleaning nozzle WN 4 2 in terms of characteristics. Therefore, the electromagnetic coil WN4 2_ 5 3 a can be made by burying the electromagnetic coil WN 4 2 -5 3 a in the body. Water will drip. Between the moving water passage WN 4 2-4 a and the stationary water passage WN 42-3 a 'are connected by a flexible joint WN42-2. In addition, the water discharge holes WN4 2-4b, the mobile water passage WN4 2-4a, and the permanent magnets WN42-53b, through the joints WN42-2 and the flanges WN4 2-5 3 c become the opposite axis WN4 2-6 a. Movable structure. The arrangement of the permanent magnets WN4 2-5 3 b is 4 or more square or rectangular as shown in Fig. 12 (c), with each side being A, B, C, D. The magnetic poles' are arranged so that the magnetic poles in the peripheral direction of the rectangle become alternating magnetic poles. The arrangement of the solenoid coils WN4 2_5 3 a, as shown in Fig. 126 (c), arrange more than 4 in a checkerboard pattern. Read the note on the back
項 I 裝 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 設棋盤狀的縱橫各邊分別爲(a 1 ' a 2、…)、(’b 1 、b 2、…)。此外,永久磁鐵W N 4 2 — 5 3 b與電磁 線圈WN4 2 - 5 3 a的相對配置*係以使永久磁鐵 WN42_53b的A邊與電磁線圈的(al、a2 、 · * )邊平行或約略平行,而使B邊與電磁線圈的(b 1、 b 2、…)邊平行或約略平行的方式決定的6 藉由電磁線圈WN 4 2 — 5 3 a的通電之磁極控制, 如第1 2 6圖(d)所示,例如使永久磁鐵WN42_ 5 3 b的A邊,僅與距離最近的電磁線圈WN4 2 -5 3 a的a邊成爲交互磁極的方式通電。藉此,電磁線圈 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -215- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 34 35 γ Α7 ------1__I__Β7________ 五、發明說明έΐ3 ) WN 4 2 — 5 3 a產生的磁場,與永久磁鐵WN4 2-5 3 b之間,產生引力或斥力,而可以使擺動突出部 4 2 — 4 4移動往通電的邊的方向。其次,於永久磁 鐵WN42 — 5 3b的與A邊不同的邊,例如B邊與距離 最短的電磁線圈WN42 — 5 3 a的b邊成爲交互磁極的 方式通電,可以使此擺動突出部WN4 2-4 4移動往通 電的邊的方向。如此藉由針對各邊反覆進行通電,可以使 擺動突出部WN42 — 44在軸WN42 — 6a的周圍擺 動。 此外,藉由對電磁線圈WN4 2 — 5 3 a的通電控制 方法,例如以a 1邊—b 5邊—a 5邊—b 1邊—a 1邊 的方式通電的話,可以使擺動突出部WN 4 2 - 4 4旋轉 零者約略旋轉。進而藉由(a 1、a2、…)邊與(b 1 ' b 2、…)邊的通電邊的選擇,可以任意改變擺動振幅 <3 於第1 2 6圖的洗淨噴嘴WN4 2,控制對電磁線圈 WN4 2 — 5 3 a的通電,使洗淨水吐水的話,吐水孔 WN4 2 — 4b在軸WN4 2 — 6 a的周圍沒有自轉而任 意地擺動或旋轉或約略旋轉,洗淨水也任意地擺動或旋轉 或約略旋轉同時被吐水。此時,吐水孔WN 4 2 — 4 b以 及吐水後的洗淨水的指定軌跡的移動,成爲任意的擺動或 旋轉或約略旋轉。相關於此構成的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 2,可 以不設密封部’,而藉由簡單的構成使吐水孔WN 4 2 -4 b及吐水後的洗淨水在指定軌跡上移動= ί — tllllf — — — — — > I I <請先閱讀背面之注§項再{".本1> 訂* 線- 本紙張尺度適用+國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 216- r 4 34 3 5 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財屋局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明έΐ4 ) 進而,作爲洗淨噴嘴WN 4 2的效果,在作爲局部洗 淨噴.嘴或人體洗淨用的蓮蓬頭使用的場合,藉由對電磁線 圈WN 4 2 - 5 3 a的通電控制,也可以使使用者喜好的 洗淨面積以手邊操作變更。此外,作爲局部洗淨裝置的洗 淨噴嘴使用的場含,藉由改變洗淨面積,即使以單一種類 的吐水孔進行洗淨,也可以對臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨最合適 的洗淨面積吐出洗淨水,也可以使臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨的 吐水孔,於實施例之並用時,以分別適於各種洗淨的形式 並用。 第1 2 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 4之剖面圖。洗淨噴嘴WN4 4,具備止回閥WN4 -4 1,及節流止水閥WN 4 4 0 4 2.,及使吐水在指定軌 跡上擺動的吐水擺動部W N 4 4 - 7 0,這些係被以給水 gWN44 — 44連結的。第1 27圖係說明節流止水閥 WN 4 4 - 4 2的構成之說明圖。節流止水閥WN 4 4 -42,係由固定陶瓷碟WN4 4 — 4 5與藉由節流用步進 馬達WN44 — 47旋轉的旋轉陶瓷碟WN44 — 46, 隨著其旋轉位置而改變流路面積的調整洗淨水流量或止水 者。旋轉陶瓷碟WN44 — 46,特別於止水時以使不從 止水面漏水的方式藉由彈簧WN 4 4 - 4 8保持被按壓於 固定陶瓷碟WN44-45 »此外,吐水擺動部WN44 -70,具備被接續於給水路WN44-44的吐水部空 vf曰1WN44 — 7 1,及擺動吐出洗淨水的噴嘴部WN44 .一 72,及使此噴嘴部WN44 - 72在指定的軌跡擺動 --------------裝— (請先|»讀背面之注意事項再^.本頁) 訂. --線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -217- A7 B7 4 34 五、發明說明^15 ) (锖先閱讀背面之注#項再本頁) 之用的擺動用凸輪WN44 — 73 ,及使此凸輪以指定的 迴轉數迴轉之用的擺動用馬達WN 4 4 — 7 4。噴嘴部 WN 4 4 - 7 2的先端與噴嘴本體擺動自如地連結,被配 置於其相反側的擺動用凸輪WN 4 4 — 7 3藉由壓附噴嘴 部WN 4 4 - 7 2的內面而保持以一定的角度倒下。此外 ’噴嘴部WN4 4_ 7 2具有直線部,一部分保持連接於 連通吐水部空間WN44 - 7 1與吐水孔WN44 — 7 5 的孔穴。 c 經濟部令慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 以下詳細說明洗淨噴嘴WN 4 4的內部的水流。使用 者指示洗淨後’節流止水閥WN 4 4 _ 4 2的節流用步進 馬達WN 4 4 - 4 7,與被連結於該馬達之旋轉陶瓷碟 WN4 4 _ 4 6開始旋轉。藉由被設於旋轉陶瓷碟W N 4 4 一 4 6的溝與被設於固定陶瓷碟WN 4 4 - 4 5的孔 穴位置之重疊,形成給水通路而洗淨水開始,流動。第 1 2 8圖係相關於洗淨噴嘴WN 4 4的旋轉陶瓷碟WN 44 — 46與固定陶瓷碟WN44 — 4 5的溝的形狀之說 明圖。如此,旋轉陶瓷碟WN 4 4 — 4 6與固定陶瓷碟 WN 4 4 - 4 5所形成的給水通路因爲其剖面積是以隨著 旋轉位置而變化的方式形成的,所以不僅可以止水也可以 調節流量。 如上述般,節流止水閥W Ν 4 4 - 4 2被設置於吐水 孔WN 4 4 - 7 5附近,特別是因爲設置於洗淨噴嘴评1^ 4 4的內部,所以洗淨時使洗淨噴嘴WN 4 4前後進退時 沒有連結可動部分與固定部分的可撓部分’所以流量的調 -218- 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公;* ) 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明έΐ6 ) 節或止水/通水回應性非常快,即使以高速反覆止水/ 通水’或是以短週期使流量變化的場合也可以充分追隨。 此外,受到給水配管的影響很少可以確實地控制。 又,被安裝於節流止水閥WN 4 4 _ 4 2的上游側的 止回閥WN 4 4 — 4 1 ,係防止污水從吐水孔逆流者。此 止回閥WN44—41,因爲被安裝於吐水孔WN44-7 5的附近,所以受到給水配管的影響很少可以確實地控 制。 藉由節流止水閥W N 4 4 - 4 2的動作,開始給水之 後,洗淨水流向止回閥WN44-41、給水路WN44 —44、節流止水閥WN44 - 42、給水路WN44 — 4 4、吐水擺動部W N 4 4 — 7 0,而從吐水孔W N 4 4 -7 5吐出。此處,配合使用者選擇的洗淨模式,組合節 V 流止水閥WN4 4_4 2與吐水擺動部WN4 4 — 7 0的 控制,可以進行配合喜好的洗淨。亦即,洗淨模式被選擇 之後,由電氣控制裝置CT 4 4- 4 0送來電氣訊號而擺 動用馬達WN 4 4 - 7 4及被連結於其上之擺動用凸輪 WN44 — 73開始旋轉。擺動用凸輪WN44 — 73, 藉由使噴嘴部WN 4 4 — 7 2的凹部的內面向外側壓附, 而使噴嘴部WN 4 4 — 7 2傾斜,但是藉由擺動用凸輪 WN44 — 7 3的旋轉噴嘴部WN44 — 7 2的傾斜隨著 時間以指定的角度改變。吐水方向,係由吐水孔W N 4 4 -7 5之前的直線部的傾斜所決定的,但因爲此直線部的 傾斜藉由上述擺動用凸輪WN44- 7 3而隨著時間變化 ltlllli__It II i — (請先«讀背面之注$項#本頁) 訂: -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -219- J * 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 13 5 7 A7 __B7_五、發明說明έΐ7 ) ’所以吐水方向隨著時間描繪指定的軌跡而變化=又,吐 水孔WN 4 4 — 7 5之前的直線部,因爲一部分連通於吐 水部空間WN44 — 7 1,所以其構成爲無論噴嘴部W N 4 4 — 7 2以何種角度傾斜都可以通水。 如此,因爲吐水擺動部WN4 4 - 7 0被設置於吐水 孔WN 4 4 - 7 5之前,所以供吐水擺動之可動部可以非 常小的零件來構成。亦即,以小轉矩的馬達使吐水擺動部 WN4 4_ 7 0擺動係可能的,振動或噪音都很小,驅動 部分的可信賴性、確實性也大幅提高。此外,高速的擺動 爲可能,藉由噴嘴部WN4 4_7 2的凹部的內面形狀可 以自由設定擺動軌跡。進而,噴嘴部WN44 - 72,係 根據電氣訊號動作的緣故,可以自由而且確實地進行無段 控制,回應性快的控制也是可能的。 在洗淨噴嘴WN4 4,作爲根據電氣訊號而動作者, 使用擺動用馬達WN44 — 74,但是不限於使用電磁力 的電動馬達,也可以使用壓電元件或以熱爲驅動源的雙金 屬或形狀記憶合金等而將電氣訊號作爲觸發訊號使用亦可 〇 第1 2 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 46的剖面圖。第129圖所示的洗淨噴嘴WN46,將 電.磁線圈WN4 6 - 5 2 a配置爲圓錐狀,使移動通水路 WN46 — 4 a 對軸WN46 - 6 a 具有角度WN4 6 — α,可以於軸WN4 6 - 6 a的周圍無自轉地旋轉或約略 旋轉或擺動。進而,藉由控制對電磁線圈WN4 6 - -____________ _ - I I <請先Μ讀背面之注$項再ΐΓ本頁) 訂- -線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -220- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明幻8 ) 5 2 a的通電可以改變角度W Ν4 6_α的緣故,可以任 意擴張角使洗淨水旋轉或約略旋轉或擺動同時吐水。洗淨 噴嘴WN46之吐水孔WN46 — 4b,因爲可以使對軸 WN4 6 — 6 a的方向任意改變,所以其吐水軌跡成爲旋 轉或約略旋轉或任意的擺動。而且,於吐水孔WN 4 6 -4 b的周邊也沒有密封部的必要,可以使構成簡化。 此外,在洗淨噴嘴WN4 6,作爲局部洗淨噴嘴或人 體洗淨用的蓮蓬頭來使用的場合,藉由對電磁線圈WN 4 6 _ 5 2 a的通電控制,可以藉手邊的操作變更使用者 喜好的洗淨面積。此外,作爲局部洗淨裝置之洗淨噴嘴使 用的場合,藉由改變洗淨面積,不僅可以單一種類的吐水 孔進行洗淨,對臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨以最適當的洗淨面積 吐出洗淨水亦爲可能,所以也可以將臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨 的吐水孔,於實施例之倂用時,以適用分別的洗淨之形態 來併用。 第1 3 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 8及其變形例之剖面圖。在第1 3 0圖(a )所示的洗 淨噴嘴WN48,使電機子W^J48 — 5a的配置成爲圓 :錐狀,.將接近可動子WN48 — 5b的吐水孔WN48 — 4b之側以具有伸縮性的固定件WN48—51d固定。Item I Binding Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Set the checkerboard-shaped vertical and horizontal sides as (a 1 'a 2, ...), (' b 1, b 2, ...). In addition, the relative arrangement of the permanent magnets WN 4 2 — 5 3 b and the electromagnetic coils WN4 2-5 3 a * is such that the A side of the permanent magnet WN42_53b is parallel to or approximately parallel to the (al, a2, · *) side of the electromagnetic coil And the B side is determined to be parallel or approximately parallel to the (b 1, b 2, ...) side of the electromagnetic coil. 6 It is controlled by the energized magnetic pole of the electromagnetic coil WN 4 2 — 5 3 a, as in section 1 2 6 As shown in the figure (d), for example, the side A of the permanent magnet WN42_ 5 3 b is energized so that only the side a of the nearest electromagnetic coil WN4 2 -5 3 a becomes an alternating magnetic pole. As a result, the paper size of the electromagnetic coil is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -215- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 34 35 γ Α7 ------ 1__I__Β7 ________ V. Description of the invention 3) The magnetic field generated by WN 4 2 — 5 3 a generates a gravitational or repulsive force between the permanent magnet WN4 2-5 3 b, and the swinging protrusions 4 2 — 4 4 can be moved in the direction of the energized side. . Next, energize the permanent magnet WN42 — 5 3b with a side different from A, for example, the side B and the shortest distance of the electromagnetic coil WN42 — 5 3 a are turned into alternating magnetic poles. This swinging protrusion WN4 2- 4 4 Move in the direction of the energized side. In this way, by repeatedly applying current to each side, the swing projection WN42-44 can be swung around the shaft WN42-6a. In addition, according to the energization control method for the electromagnetic coil WN4 2 — 5 3 a, for example, when energization is performed by a 1 side—b 5 side—a 5 side—b 1 side—a 1 side, the swing protrusion WN can be made. 4 2-4 4 Rotate the zero to rotate slightly. Furthermore, by selecting the energized edges of (a 1, a2, ...) and (b 1 'b 2, ...), the swing amplitude < 3 in the cleaning nozzle WN4 2 of Fig. 1 2 6 can be arbitrarily changed. Control the energization of the electromagnetic coil WN4 2 — 5 3 a to make the washing water spew water. The spout hole WN4 2 — 4b does not rotate around the shaft WN4 2 — 6 a and oscillates or rotates arbitrarily or rotates slightly. Wash the water. It is also arbitrarily oscillated or rotated or rotated approximately at the same time to be spouted. At this time, the spout holes WN 4 2-4 b and the movement of the designated trajectory of the washing water after spouting are arbitrarily oscillated or rotated or rotated approximately. The cleaning nozzle WN 4 2 related to this structure can be provided without a seal portion, and the discharge hole WN 4 2 -4 b and the cleaning water after the discharge can be moved on a specified trajectory with a simple structure = ί — tllllf — — — — — ≫ II < Please read the note § on the back before {". 本 1 > Order * Line-This paper size applies + National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 216- r 4 34 3 5 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Smart Financial Housing Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention 4) Furthermore, the effect of the cleaning nozzle WN 4 2 is used as a local cleaning spray. Mouth or human body cleaning When the shower head used is used, by controlling the energization of the electromagnetic coils WN 4 2-5 3 a, the washing area that the user likes can be changed by hand. In addition, the field used as the cleaning nozzle of the local cleaning device can change the area to be washed. Even if washing with a single type of spouting hole, the most suitable area can be used to clean the buttocks and genitals. The spouting holes for rinsing the hips and the genitals can also be used to spit out the washing water. When used in combination with the examples, they can be used in a form suitable for various washings. Figure 1 2 7 is a cross-sectional view of a cleaning nozzle WN 4 4 according to another embodiment. The washing nozzle WN4 4 is provided with a check valve WN4-4 1 and a throttle water stop valve WN 4 4 0 4 2. and a water discharge swinging portion WN 4 4-7 0 that swings the discharge water on a specified trajectory. These systems are It is connected with water gWN44-44. Fig. 1 27 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the structure of the throttle valve WN 4 4-4 2. Throttle stop valve WN 4 4 -42 is a fixed ceramic disc WN4 4 — 4 5 and a rotating ceramic disc WN44 — 46 rotated by a throttle stepping motor WN44 — 47. The flow path is changed according to its rotation position. Adjust the area of the flow of wash water or stop the water. Rotating ceramic disc WN44 — 46, especially during water stop, so as not to leak water from the water stop surface by the spring WN 4 4-4 8 is kept pressed against the fixed ceramic disc WN44-45 »In addition, the water spout swing part WN44 -70, It is equipped with a spouting section connected to the water supply channel WN44-44, and the nozzle section WN44-72, which swings out the washing water, and the nozzle section WN44-72 swings at a specified trajectory --- ----------- Installation— (Please first read the »Notes on the back and then ^ .this page) to order. --Line · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 male «) -217- A7 B7 4 34 V. Description of the invention ^ 15) (锖 Please read the note # on the back and then this page) for the swinging cams WN44 — 73, and make this cam with the specified number of revolutions Swing motor WN 4 4 — 7 4 for turning. The tip of the nozzle portion WN 4 4-7 2 is swingably connected to the nozzle body, and the swing cam WN 4 4 — 7 3 disposed on the opposite side is pressed against the inner surface of the nozzle portion WN 4 4-7 2 Keep falling at an angle. In addition, the 'nozzle portion WN4 4_ 7 2 has a straight portion, and a part thereof is continuously connected to a hole which communicates with the water discharge portion space WN44-7 1 and the water discharge hole WN44-7 5. c Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Bureau of Intellectual Property, the water flow inside the cleaning nozzle WN 4 4 will be described in detail below. After the user instructs to wash, the throttle stepping motor WN 4 4 _ 4 2 and the rotation stepping motor WN 4 4-4 7 and the rotating ceramic disc WN4 4 _ 4 6 connected to the motor start to rotate. The grooves provided on the rotating ceramic dishes W N 4 4-4 6 and the holes provided on the fixed ceramic dishes WN 4 4-4 5 overlap to form a water supply channel and the washing water starts and flows. Figures 1 2 and 8 are diagrams illustrating the shapes of the grooves of the rotating ceramic discs WN 44-46 and the fixed ceramic discs WN 44-4 5 of the cleaning nozzles WN 4 4. In this way, the water supply path formed by the rotating ceramic discs WN 4 4-4 6 and the fixed ceramic discs WN 4 4-4 5 is formed not only to stop the water but also because its cross-sectional area is formed in a manner that changes with the rotation position. Regulate flow. As described above, the throttle water stop valve W Ν 4 4-4 2 is installed near the water discharge holes WN 4 4-7 5. Especially, it is installed inside the cleaning nozzle rating 1 ^ 4 4. The cleaning nozzle WN 4 4 does not connect the flexible part of the movable part with the fixed part when moving forward and backward. Therefore, the adjustment of the flow rate -218- This paper applies the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 * 297 male; *) 4 34 3 5 7 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 6) The hydration or water stop / water flow is very responsive, even if the water stop / water flow is repeated at high speed or in short cycles When the flow rate changes, you can fully follow. In addition, it is rarely controlled reliably by the influence of the water supply piping. In addition, a check valve WN 4 4-4 1 installed on the upstream side of the throttling water stop valve WN 4 4 _ 4 2 prevents the sewage from flowing backward from the spout hole. Since this check valve WN44-41 is installed near the water discharge hole WN44-7 5, it is rarely affected by the water supply piping and can be reliably controlled. With the action of the throttle water stop valve WN 4 4-4 2, after starting the water supply, the wash water flows to the check valve WN44-41, the water supply channel WN44 —44, the throttle water stop valve WN44-42, and the water supply channel WN44 — 4 4. The water swaying portion WN 4 4 — 7 0 is discharged from the water spitting hole WN 4 4 -7 5. Here, in accordance with the washing mode selected by the user, the combination of the control of the V-throttling water stop valve WN4 4_4 2 and the spout swinging part WN4 4 — 7 0 can be performed according to the favorite washing. That is, after the washing mode is selected, the electric control device CT 4 4- 4 0 sends electrical signals to swing the motors WN 4 4-7 4 and the swing cams WN44-73 connected thereto start to rotate. The swing cam WN44-73 is inclined by pressing the inner side of the concave portion of the nozzle portion WN 4 4-7 2 to the outside, but the nozzle portion WN 4 4-7 2 is inclined, but the swing cam WN44-7 3 The inclination of the rotating nozzle portion WN44 — 7 2 changes at a specified angle with time. The water discharge direction is determined by the inclination of the straight line portion before the water discharge hole WN 4 4 -7 5. However, the inclination of this straight line portion changes with time by the swing cam WN44- 7 3 ltlllli__It II i — ( Please «read the note on the back side of the item #this page first> Order:-The paper size of the thread is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -219- J * Consumption cooperation of employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Print 13 5 7 A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention ΐ ') 7)' So the direction of spouting changes with time by drawing a specified trajectory = Also, the spouting hole WN 4 4 — 7 5 is a straight line part because it is connected to the spouting part space WN44 — 7 1 is configured so that water can flow regardless of the angle of the nozzle portion WN 4 4 — 7 2. In this way, since the spouting swing portion WN4 4-70 is provided in front of the spouting holes WN 4 4-75, the movable portion for swinging the spouting water can be composed of very small parts. That is, it is possible to make the water spout swing part WN4 4_7 0 swing with a small torque motor, and the vibration or noise is very small, and the reliability and reliability of the driving part are greatly improved. In addition, high-speed swing is possible, and the swing trajectory can be freely set by the inner surface shape of the recessed portion of the nozzle portion WN4 4_7 2. Furthermore, the nozzle section WN44-72 can perform stepless control freely and surely based on the operation of the electric signal, and fast response control is also possible. The cleaning nozzle WN4 4 uses a swing motor WN44-74 as an operator based on an electrical signal, but it is not limited to an electric motor using electromagnetic force, and a piezo element or a bimetal or shape using heat as a driving source may be used. It is also possible to use an electrical signal as a trigger signal with a memory alloy or the like. FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 46 related to another embodiment. The cleaning nozzle WN46 shown in FIG. 129 is configured with the electric and magnetic coils WN4 6-5 2 a in a conical shape, so that the moving water passage WN46 — 4 a has an angle WN4 6 — α with respect to the axis WN4 6 — α, and can be used at The axis WN4 6-6 a rotates or rotates or swings around without rotation. Furthermore, by controlling the solenoid coil WN4 6--____________ _-II < Please read the note on the back side first and then ΐΓ page) Order--line · This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) -220- 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention Magic 8) 5 2 a energization can change the angle W Ν4 6_α, you can arbitrarily expand the angle to make the washing water rotate or slightly rotate or swing while spitting water. The nozzle WN46 — 4b of the cleaning nozzle WN46 can arbitrarily change the direction of the axis WN4 6 — 6a. Therefore, the water ejection trajectory becomes rotation or approximately rotation or arbitrary swing. Furthermore, there is no need for a sealing portion around the water discharge hole WN 4 6 -4 b, and the structure can be simplified. In addition, when the washing nozzle WN4 6 is used as a local washing nozzle or a shower head for human body washing, the user can be changed by the operation at hand by controlling the energization of the electromagnetic coil WN 4 6 _ 5 2 a Favorite washing area. In addition, when it is used as a cleaning nozzle of a local cleaning device, by changing the cleaning area, not only a single type of water jet hole can be used for cleaning, buttocks and genitals can be cleaned with the most appropriate cleaning area. Water purification is also possible, so the spit holes for washing the buttocks and the genitals can also be used in the form of applying separate washings when used in the examples. FIG. 130 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 4 8 and its modification according to other embodiments. In the cleaning nozzle WN48 shown in FIG. 130 (a), the arrangement of the motor W ^ J48-5a is rounded: tapered, and the side close to the water discharge hole WN48-4b of the mover WN48-5b is WN48-51d with flexible fixing.
可動子WN 4 8 — 5 b,呈圓錐狀在指定軌跡上移動 ,洗淨水也成圓錐狀在指定軌跡上吐水,所以洗淨面與從 吐水孔WN4 8_4b起至電機子WN4 8 - 5 a爲止的 距.離相比離開相當大的距離時,可變地控制對電機子W N 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐〉 <請先閲讀背面之注意事項再产.本頁) 訂· 線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -221 -The movable element WN 4 8 — 5 b moves in a conical shape on the specified trajectory, and the washing water also conically spit water on the specified trajectory, so the washing surface and the water from the water discharge hole WN4 8_4b to the motor WN4 8-5 a When the distance is relatively large, the motor WN can be variably controlled. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) < Please read the precautions on the back first Reproduction. This page) Order · Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -221-
43^3R 經濟部智慧財產局員工消f合作社印製 五、發明說明έΐ9 ) 4 8 — 5 a的通電量,使可動子WN 4 8 — 5 b的圓錐狀 的擴張角WN 4 8 — α僅僅變更少許,就可以大幅變更洗 淨水的擴張,藉由可動子WN 4 8 - 5 b之些許移動距離 的不同,可以大幅改變洗淨面積。 此外,如第1 30圖(b)的洗淨噴嘴WN48b所 示,圓錐狀的移動距離縮小的話,也可以取代第1 3 0圖 (a )所示的具有伸縮性之固定件,而在軌跡移動突出部 WN48 - 4,在與凸緣WN48_52d之間設有可以 圓錐狀移動的間隙,採用承受凸緣WN 4 8 — 5 2 d的形 狀。此外,使電機子WN 4 8 — 5 a的圓錐狀擴張,如第 1 30圖(c)所示般的,與第1 30圖(a )的洗淨噴 嘴相反的話,藉由使可動子WN4 8 ~ 5 b之接近於接頭 W. N 4 8 — 2之側以具有伸縮性的固定件W N 4 8 — 51d固定,而可以與第130圖(a)同樣地進行洗淨 水p吐水。 進而,使電機子WN4 8 — 5 a產生的磁場朝向,以 所有的電機子WN 4 8 — 5 a不是朝向圓周的中心的方式 配置,而對於幾個電機子WN4 8_ 5 a其磁極偏離圓周 的中心來配置,使強磁性體W N 4 8 - 5 1 b的大小各別 相異,使相對的強磁性體WN4 8 — 5 1 b與電機子 WN48 — 5 a之間的空隙WN48 — 5 c各別相異的話 ,可以使電機子WN48 — 5 a與強磁性體WN4 8_ 5 1 b之間產生的引力或斥力的強度,在不改變對各個電 機子WN 4 8 — 5 a的通電量的情形下變更,可以對可動 (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再 --- ΐί 本 訂· .線 Ϊ紙張尺度適用中囲國家標準(CNS>A4规格(210 X 297公釐) _ Α7 Β7 ^435 7 五、發明說明έ20 ) 子WN4 8 — 5 b,使其移動任意複雜的指定軌跡。 如此,可以任意控制可動子WN 4 8 _ 5 b與軌跡移 動突出部WN4 8_4的指定軌跡的移動,所以可在想要 洗淨的範圍內重點洗淨喜好的場所,或者使洗淨面積依照 喜好改變,而可以得到在人體洗淨時隨著時間改變洗淨位 置或面積之多樣化的洗淨感。 第1 3 I圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 50的構成圖,第1 3 1圖(a)係俯視圖,第1 3 1圖 (b )係從側面看的剖面圖。 Γ 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 洗淨噴嘴WN50,被接續於熱交換器HT50 -51 ,流量調節止水閥WN50 — 53=吐水部WN50 一3,係由吐水孔WN50-3 1a以及WN50.- 3 1 b、通水路 WN50 — 321)、閥箱 WN50-32C、 閥體WN5 0_3 2 d等所構成的。從吐水孔WN5 0 — 3 1 a至圓盤狀的中心爲止的距離,係以較吐水孔W N 50_3 1 b更大的方式構成的。此外,吐水孔WN50 一31a以及WN50—31b,直到閥箱WN50-3 2 c爲止,分別以通水路WN5 0 — 3 2 e以及WN 50- 3 2 f連結。此外,閥體WN50-32d,係不 銹鋼製的球體 '可以在閥箱WN5 0 — 3 2 c中自由移動 、旋轉。吐水機構WN5 0 — 4,係由馬達WN50 — 41d、轉軸WN50 — 42b等所構成。吐水部WN 5 ◦ — 3與吐水部驅動機構WN5 0 — 4,係透過轉軸W N50 — 42b被構成爲一體的。密封部WN50 — 34 -223- 本紙張尺度適用中0國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210^297公釐) ^ ^435 7 五、發明說明έ21 ) 以及密封部W N 5 0 ~ 3 5,係以使洗淨水不洩漏至吐水 孔WN5 0_3 1 a以及WN5 0 — 3 1 b以外的其他地 方的方式被安裝的。 此吐水部驅動機構WN 5 0 — 4的馬達W N 5 0 -41d,藉由指定軌跡控制手段CT50 — 2來控制。亦 即’指定軌跡控制手段CT 5 0 — 2,藉由進行對馬達 WN 5 0-4 1 d的通電控制使其旋轉,使洗淨水以指定 軌跡而且指定的頻率控制。在第1 3 1圖的構成,馬達 WN50 — 4 1 d向左旋轉的話,吐水部WN50 — 3也 向左旋轉的緣故,閥體WN50 — 32d,在閥箱WN 5 0 — 3 2 c中,移動於與旋轉方向相反的方向上,塞住 通水路WN50 — 32e。結果,洗淨水僅通過通水路 WN50_32f ,僅從吐水孔WN50~31b描繪指 定軌跡同時吐水。此外,馬達WN5 0 — 4 1 d的碑轉方 向改爲右旋的話,與上述相反地成爲僅從吐水孔WN 5 0 一 3 1 a吐水。因此,吐水孔W N 5 0 _ 3 1 a與吐水孔 WN50_3lb ,因爲距離旋轉中心的距離不同,藉由 改變馬達WN5 0 — 4 1 d的旋轉方向,可以不受通電量 改變的影響,而改變驅動對象物(吐水孔或洗淨水)的旋 轉半徑(指定軌跡的移動範圍)。 第1 3 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 52,第132圖(a)係剖面圖,第132圖(b)係 其重要部位的立體圖。如第1 3 2圖(a )所示,可動子 WN5 2 — 5 b的構成要素之強磁性體WN5 0 — 5 1 b --------------裝·! <請先閲讀背面之注$項再本K: 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局肖工消费合作杜印製 本紙張尺度適用中0國家標準(CMS)A4坑格(210 X 297公釐) -224- 五、發明說明έ22 ) ’配置於軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 — 4的下方,進而於強 磁性體WN5 2 — 5 1 b的下方設有空隙WN 5 2 — 5 c ,進而,空隙WN 5 2 - 5 c的下方配有電機子WN5 2 一 5a。強磁性體WN52-51b與電機子WN52 — 5 a之相對配置,如第1 3 2圖(b )所示,將強磁性體 WN5 2-5 1 b與電機子WN5 2 — 5 a分別取複數個 以指定.的間隔配置爲圓周狀,而使各個強磁性體WN 5 2 —5 1 b與電機子WN5 2 — 5 a相對方向地配置。藉由 通電產生的電機子WN5 2 — 5 a的磁極方向,係朝向相 對的強磁性MWN 5 2 — 5 1 b的方向。軌跡移動突出部 WN52 — 4的凸緣WN52_5 2b,具有被形成於洗 淨噴嘴WN 5 2的外周凹部的圓錐狀間隙而被指示。可動 子WN5 2 — 5b與軌跡移動突出部WN5 2 — 4,透過 具有伸縮性的接頭WN5 2- 2與凸緣WN5 2 - 5 2 b ,可圓錐狀地移動。 強磁性體WN5 2-5 1 b的材料,可以使用軟質磁 .性材料(例如Fe — Si 〔矽鋼〕或Fe— Ni 〔高導磁 鐵鎳合金〕或Fe_Si— A1 〔鐵矽鋁合金〕或 Μη Ζ η鐵酸鹽或非結晶合金等)t於此場合,在洗淨噴 嘴WN52,對任一之電機子WN52 — 5a通電的話, 通電的電機子WN 5 2 — 5 a與相對的強磁性體WN 5 2 —5 1 b之間的引力發揮作用’使強磁性體wn 5 2 _43 ^ 3R Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the cooperative. V. Invention description 9) 4 8 — 5 a The amount of electricity is used to make the conical expansion angle WN 4 8 — 5 b of the mover WN 4 8 — α only With a small change, the expansion of the washing water can be greatly changed, and the washing area can be greatly changed by the different moving distances of the movable members WN 4 8-5 b. In addition, as shown in the cleaning nozzle WN48b in Fig. 130 (b), if the conical movement distance is reduced, it can replace the fixed fixture with elasticity shown in Fig. 130 (a) and move the track. The moving protrusion WN48-4 is provided with a gap that can be moved conically between the flange WN48_52d and adopts the shape of receiving the flange WN 4 8-5 2 d. In addition, to expand the conical shape of the motor WN 4 8-5 a, as shown in FIG. 130 (c), as opposed to the cleaning nozzle of FIG. 130 (a), by moving the mover WN4 The side of 8 to 5 b which is close to the joint W. N 4 8-2 is fixed with a stretchable fixing member WN 4 8-51 d, and the washing water p can be spouted in the same manner as in Fig. 130 (a). Further, the magnetic fields generated by the motors WN4 8-5 a are oriented so that all the motors WN 4 8-5 a are not oriented toward the center of the circle, and for several motors WN4 8_ 5 a whose magnetic poles deviate from the circumference It is arranged at the center, so that the sizes of the ferromagnetic bodies WN 4 8-5 1 b are different, and the gap between the opposing ferromagnetic bodies WN4 8-5 1 b and the motor WN48-5 a is WN48-5 c. If they are not the same, the strength of the gravitational or repulsive force generated between the motor WN48-5a and the ferromagnetic body WN4 8_5 1b can be maintained without changing the energization of the motors WN 4-8-5a. (Please read the precautions on the back first. --- ΐ 本 订. Ϊ Ϊ 尺度 尺度 paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) _ Α7 Β7 ^ 435 7. Fifth, the description of the invention: 20) The child WN4 8 — 5 b makes it move an arbitrary complex designated trajectory. In this way, the movable trajectory WN 4 8 _ 5 b and the movement of the designated trajectory of the track moving protrusion WN4 8_4 can be arbitrarily controlled, You can focus on the area you want to wash, or The washing area is changed according to preferences, and a variety of washing feelings can be obtained which change the washing position or area over time when the human body is washed. Figure 1 3I shows washing nozzles WN 50 related to other embodiments (A) is a plan view, and (b) is a cross-sectional view viewed from the side. Γ The cleaning nozzle WN50 printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is connected. In the heat exchanger HT50 -51, the flow adjustment water stop valve WN50 — 53 = the spouting part WN50 — 3, is composed of the spout holes WN50-3 1a and WN50.- 3 1 b, the water passage WN50 — 321), the valve box WN50- 32C, valve body WN5 0_3 2 d and so on. The distance from the spout hole WN5 0 — 3 1 a to the center of the disc shape is configured to be larger than the spout hole W N 50_3 1 b. In addition, the spout holes WN50-31a and WN50-31b are connected to the valve box WN50-3 2c by water passages WN5 0-3 2e and WN 50-3 2f, respectively. In addition, the valve body WN50-32d, a stainless steel ball, 'can be freely moved and rotated in the valve box WN5 0-3 2 c. The water discharge mechanism WN5 0-4 is composed of a motor WN50-41d, a rotating shaft WN50-42b, and the like. The water spouting part WN 5 ◦ — 3 and the water spouting part driving mechanism WN5 0 — 4 are integrally formed through the rotating shaft W N50 — 42b. Sealing section WN50 — 34 -223- This paper size is applicable to 0 national standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 ^ 297mm) ^ ^ 435 7 V. Description of invention 21) and sealing section WN 5 0 ~ 3 5, It is installed so that the washing water does not leak to the spout holes WN5 0_3 1 a and WN5 0 — 3 1 b. The motor WN 5 0 -41d of this water spout driving mechanism WN 5 0-4 is controlled by a designated trajectory control means CT50-2. In other words, the 'designated trajectory control means CT 5 0-2 is controlled by turning on the motor WN 5 0-4 1 d so that the washing water is controlled at a specified trajectory and a specified frequency. In the structure of FIG. 1 31, if the motor WN50 — 4 1 d rotates to the left, the water spouting part WN50 — 3 also rotates to the left. Therefore, the valve body WN50 — 32d is in the valve box WN 5 0 — 3 2 c. Move in the direction opposite to the rotation direction and plug the water passage WN50-32e. As a result, the washing water only passes through the water passage WN50_32f, and only the specified trajectory is drawn from the water discharge holes WN50 ~ 31b, and the water is discharged at the same time. In addition, if the direction of the monument turning of the motor WN5 0-4 1 d is changed to right-handed, contrary to the above, the water will be spouted from the spout hole WN 5 0-3 1 a only. Therefore, the water discharge hole WN 5 0 _ 3 1 a and the water discharge hole WN50_3 lb, because the distance from the rotation center is different, by changing the rotation direction of the motor WN5 0 — 4 1 d, the drive can be changed without being affected by the change in the amount of electricity. The radius of rotation of the object (the spout hole or the washing water) (the movement range of the specified trajectory). Fig. 1 2 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 52 related to another embodiment, Fig. 132 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 132 (b) is a perspective view of an important part thereof. As shown in Fig. 1 2 (a), the ferromagnetic body WN5 0-5 1 b which is a constituent element of the mover WN5 2-5 b is installed! < Please read the note on the back before copying this K: order (Mm) -224- V. Description of the invention 22) 'It is arranged below the track moving protrusion WN 5 2-4 and further, a gap WN 5 2-5 c is provided below the ferromagnetic body WN5 2-5 1 b. Furthermore, motors WN5 2-5a are provided below the gaps WN 5 2-5 c. The relative arrangement of the ferromagnetic body WN52-51b and the electric machine WN52 — 5 a. As shown in FIG. 1 2 (b), the ferromagnetic body WN5 2-5 1 b and the electric machine WN5 2-5 a are respectively taken as a complex number. Each of them is arranged in a circle shape at a designated interval, and each ferromagnetic body WN 5 2 — 5 1 b is arranged opposite to the motor WN5 2 — 5 a. The direction of the magnetic poles of the motors WN5 2 — 5 a generated by energization is toward the direction of the opposite ferromagnetic MWN 5 2 — 5 1 b. The flange WN52_5 2b of the trajectory moving protrusion WN52-4 is instructed to have a conical gap formed in the outer concave portion of the cleaning nozzle WN 52. The movable elements WN5 2-5b and the trajectory moving projections WN5 2-4 can move conically through the flexible joint WN5 2-2 and the flanges WN5 2-5 2 b. As the material of the ferromagnetic body WN5 2-5 1 b, soft magnetic materials (such as Fe — Si [silicon steel] or Fe—Ni [high-permeability nickel alloy] or Fe_Si—A1 [iron-silicon aluminum alloy] or Mn) can be used. Z η ferrite or amorphous alloy, etc.) In this case, if any of the motors WN52-5a is energized at the cleaning nozzle WN52, the energized motors WN 5 2-5a and the opposite ferromagnetic body The gravitational force between WN 5 2 —5 1 b works. Makes ferromagnetic body wn 5 2 _
5 1 b朝向相對的通電之電機子WN 5 2 - 5 a的方向移 動。藉此’可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b與軌跡移動突出部WN 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公楚) --------------裝.! (諦先Μ讀背面之注意事項再if本Ϊ 訂- i線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 -225- A7 B75 1 b moves in the direction of the opposite energized motor WN 5 2-5 a. With this, the movable element WN 5 2 — 5 b and the trajectory moving protrusion WN. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cm) -------------- Install.! (谛 Read the precautions on the back before printing this book. I-i-line Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -225- A7 B7
4 34T5L 五、發明說明έ23 ) 、 5 2 - 4,對非通電狀態傾斜。 於此場合,使對複數個以指定間隔配置爲圓周狀的電 機子WN 5 2 — 5 a的通電順序’例如不同時對2個電機 于WN 5 2 - 5 a通電,而以左旋或右旋的方式依序通篆 ,或是同時對相鄰的2個電機子WN 5 2 ~ 5 a通電而左 旋或是右旋地依序通電的話’通電狀態的電機子WN 5 2 一 5 a與強磁性體WN 5 2 — 5 1 b之間作用的引力以左 旋或是右旋地依序移動’所以可動子WN 5 2 - 5 b的傾 斜也依序朝左旋或右旋方向移動’可動子WN 5 2 - 5 b 與軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 _ 4,無自轉地呈圓錐.狀朝左 旋或右.旋方向移動。 強磁性體WN 5 2 - 5 1 b的材料可以使用硬質磁性 <..... 材料(例如鐵-鈷_鎳-鋁系合金或是鋇鐵酸鹽、橡膠磁 鐵、釤—鈷、鈸—鐵-硼等)。於此場合,以使強磁性體 WN 5 2 - 5 1 b的N極或S極的磁場朝向相對的電機子 WN5 2 — 5 a的方向的方式配置,以使藉由通電的電機 子WN52 — 5a產生於相對的強磁性體WN52 — 5 1 b側的磁極,成爲與相對的強磁性體WN5 2 -5 1 b的磁極相反之磁極的方式通電的話,與使用軟質磁 性材料的場合相同,相對的強磁性體WN5 2 — 5 1 b與 電機子WN5 2-5 a之間的引力作用,使強磁性體 WN5 2_ 5 1 b,移動往相對的通電之電機子WN 5 2 一 5 a的方向(可動子WN5 2- 5 b與軌跡移動突出部 W N 5 2 - 4,係對非通電狀態傾斜)'。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公嫠) _226 --------------裝--- (請先Μ讀背面之注項再ΐΓ .本頁) 訂! -.線· 經濟邨智慧財產局員工消费合作杜印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明) 因此’使對以指定間隔配置複數個成圓周狀的電機子 WN 5 2 — 5 a的通電順序’例如不同時對2個電機子 WN 5 2 — 5 a通電’而以左旋或右旋的方式依序通電, 或是同時對相鄰的2個電機子WN 5 2 _ 5 a通電而左旋 或是右旋地依序通電的話,通電狀態的電機子WN 5 2 -5 a與強磁性體WN5 2 - 5 1 b之間作用的引力以左旋 或是右旋地依序移動’所以可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b的傾斜 也依序朝左旋或右旋方向移動,可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b與 軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 ~ 4,無自轉地呈圓錐狀朝左旋 或右旋方向移動。 ’ 進而’以指定間隔成圓周狀被配置之複數個電機子W N5 2 — 5 a之與通電的電機子WN5 2 - 5 a與圓周狀 的相反側的電機子W N 5 2 - 5 a (以後,在實施例稱此 請 先 讀 背 面 之 注 項 ί 裝 訂4 34T5L V. Description of Invention 23), 5 2-4, tilt to the non-energized state. In this case, the order of energization of a plurality of motors WN 5 2-5 a arranged at a predetermined interval in a circular shape, for example, is not to energize two motors at WN 5 2-5 a at the same time, and rotate left or right. If the two motors WN 5 2 ~ 5 a are powered on at the same time and left or right are turned on sequentially, then the motors WN 5 2-5 a and strong The gravitational force acting between the magnetic bodies WN 5 2 — 5 1 b moves in a left-handed or right-handed order, so the tilt of the mover WN 5 2-5 b also moves in a left-handed or right-handed direction in sequence. The mover WN 5 2-5 b and the trajectory moving protrusion WN 5 2 _ 4 move in a conical shape without rotation and move left or right. The ferromagnetic body WN 5 2-5 1 b can be made of hard magnetic < ..... materials (such as iron-cobalt-nickel-aluminum alloy or barium ferrite, rubber magnet, samarium-cobalt, samarium —Iron-boron, etc.). In this case, the magnetic field of the N pole or S pole of the ferromagnetic body WN 5 2-5 1 b is arranged so as to face the opposite motor WN5 2-5 a, so that the motor WN52- When 5a is generated from the opposite ferromagnetic body WN52 — 5 1 b, the magnetic pole is energized in a manner opposite to the magnetic pole of the opposite ferromagnetic body WN5 2 -5 1 b, as in the case of using a soft magnetic material. The gravitational force between the ferromagnetic body WN5 2 — 5 1 b and the motor WN5 2-5 a causes the ferromagnetic body WN5 2_ 5 1 b to move in the direction of the opposite energized motor WN 5 2-5 a (The movers WN5 2-5 b and the trajectory moving protrusions WN 5 2-4 are inclined to the non-energized state) '. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards < CNS) A4 (210 * 297 cm) _226 -------------- install --- (please read the note on the back first, and then ΐΓ (This page) Order! -. Line · Economic Village Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumption Cooperation Du printed Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention) Therefore, 'the order of energizing a plurality of circular motors WN 5 2 — 5 a at a specified interval' is different, for example, different When two motors WN 5 2 — 5 a are energized, and they are energized sequentially in a left-handed or right-handed manner, or two adjacent motors WN 5 2 _ 5 a are energized and left-handed or right-handed. If the ground is sequentially energized, the gravitational force acting between the motor WN 5 2 -5 a and the ferromagnetic body WN5 2-5 1 b in the energized state moves left or right in sequence, so the mover WN 5 2 — The inclination of 5 b also moves in the left-handed or right-handed direction in sequence. The mover WN 5 2 — 5 b and the trajectory moving protrusion WN 5 2 to 4 move conically to the left-handed or right-handed direction without rotation. 'Furthermore', a plurality of motors W N5 2-5 a arranged in a circle at a specified interval and a motor WN5 2-5 a and a motor WN 5 2-5 a on the opposite side of the circle (after In the embodiment, please read the note on the back first. Binding
電機子W N 2 - 爲成對電機子WN 5 2 - ,以使與強磁性體WN 5 2 — 5 1 b之間發揮斥力的方式 通電的話,可以使可動子WN 5 2 - 5 b的指定軌跡的移 動更爲平順,適於需要較大的驅動力的場合。此外,不利. 用電機子WN5 2 — 5 a與強磁性體WN5 2 — 5 1 b之 間的引力,而使產生使對電機子WN5 2 — 5 a的通電方 向反轉的斥力,藉由斥力進行指定軌跡的移動也可以達到 與使用引力的場合同樣的移動。 因此,吐出洗淨水時,軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 — 4 因爲成圓錐狀依序左旋或右旋地移動,所以洗淨水也成圓 錐狀左旋或者右旋地描繪指定軌跡同時移動。此外,與電 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印裳 本紙張尺度適用中囷國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -227- ^ 4 3435 7 五、發明說明έ25 ) (請先閱讀背面之注t項再本頁) 動馬達不同,因爲不會產生朝圓周方向的旋轉力,所以不 會如藉電動馬達驅動軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 - 4的場合 那般產生軌跡移動突出部WN 5 2 - 4的自轉,接頭ψΝ 5 2 — 2不會發生捲附於可動子WN5 2 — 5 b或軌跡移 動突出部WN52 - 4,而無法正常移動的情形。 進而,改變左旋或者右旋的通電循環的話,可以改變 可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b沿著指定軌跡的移動速度,因而可 以控制改變軌跡移動突出部W N 5 2 - 4或洗淨水此一驅 動對象物的驅動速度,例如作爲人體洗淨用的洗淨噴嘴使 用的場合,可以得到配合洗淨水的移動速度之多樣化的洗 淨感。 . - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 進而,如果不使對電機子WN5 2_5 a的通電順序 依序左旋或右旋(例如以對某成對電機子WN 5 2 - 5 a 的通電使其前後移動,其次以對另外的成對電機子WN 5 2 - 5 a的通電使於其他的前後方向移動,使通電的成 對電機子WN 5 2 _ 5 a依序切換的場合,或者同時對複 數個電機子WN5 2 - 5 a通電,依序切換同時通電的複 數個之場合等,有無數種形態),可以藉配合對電機子 WN 5 2 — 5 a的通電順序之任意被控制的指定軌'跡,使 可動子WN52-5b移動。 進而,不將電機子WN5 2 - 5 a配置爲圓周狀,例 如配置爲c字形或者多角形狀的話,可使可動子WN 5 2 —5 b或驅動對象物以配合電機子WN 5 2 — 5 a的配置 之任意軌跡移動。 -228· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局具工消費合作社印製 7 A7 _____B7____ 五、發明說明έ26 ) 進而,改變對電機子WN5 2 — 5 a的通電量的話, 可以改變電機子WN5 2 — 5 a與強磁性體WN5 2 — 5 1 b之間的引力或斥力的_度,因而可以改變可動子 WN 5 2 — 5 b的移動距離。因此,可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b以圓錐狀在指定軌跡上移動,洗淨水也成圓錐狀在指 定軌跡上吐水,所以洗淨面與由吐水孔W N 5 2 - 4 a至 電機子WN 5 2 - 5 a爲止的距離相比,具有較遠距離的 場合,可變地控制對電機子WN5 2 — 5 a的通電量,使 可動子WN 5 2 — 5 b的圓錐狀擴張角α僅有少許的變更 ,而可以大幅改變洗淨水的擴張,可藉可動子WN 5 2 -5 b的些微不同的移動距離,大幅改變洗淨面積。 進而,不使電機子WN5 2 - 5 a產生的磁極朝向* 以朝向所有的電機子WN 5 2 - 5 a相對的強磁性體WN 5 2 - 5 1 b的方向配置,而對數個電機子WN5 2 — 5 a使磁極朝向偏移相對的強磁性體WN5 2_5 1 b的 方向的朝向配置,或者是強磁性體WN52- 5 lb的大 小各個相異,使相對的強磁性體WN52 - 5 lb與電機 子WN5 2 — 5 a之間的空隙WN5 2 — 5 c各個相異的 話,可以不改變對各個電機子WN 5 2 — 5 a的通電雾而 改變電機子WN5 2 — 5 a與強磁性體WN5 2 — 5 1 b 之間產生的引力或斥力,可以使可動子WN 5 2 _ 5 b以 更複雜的任意指定軌跡移動。 如此,可以任意控制可動子W N 5 2 - 5 b與軌跡移 動突出部WN 5 2 — 4的指定軌跡的移動,所以可以重點 本紙張尺度適用中國國家摞準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公藿) -229- -I H ϋ ϋ n ϋ i 1> I <請先《讀背面之注$項再ιΓ本頁) 訂. --線. 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 4-34 3 5 7 A7__[___B7___五、發明說明έ27 ) 洗淨想要洗淨的範圍內之喜好的場所,或者改變喜好的洗 淨面積等,在人體洗淨時可以得到洗淨位置或時間隨著時 間改變的多樣化洗淨感= 第1 3 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴ψΝ 54,第133圖(a)係剖面圖,第133圖(b)係 動作器WN 5 4 — 6的配置圖。動作器WN 5 4 — 6係 由可動子之吐水部WN 5 4 — 4與電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b 所構成=吐水部W N 5 4 — 4,具有強磁性體W N 5 4 _ 6a 、入水口 WN54 — 4a、吐水孔WN54 — 4b、 連通入水口 WN5 4 - 4 a與吐水孔WN 5 4_4b的通 路WN54 — 4C。強磁性體WN54_6a與電機子 WN54 - 6b ,如第13.3圖(b)所示,分別有複數 個以指定間隔配置爲圓周狀,使各個強磁性體WN 5 4 -6 a與電機子WN5 4 — 6 b方向相對。此外,於強磁性 ,體WN54_6a與電機子WN54-6b之間,設有空 隙。吐水部WN54 — 4,透過墊片WN54— 10對洗 淨噴嘴WN54的本體以支撐部WN54 -‘5 2自由地被 支撐,以前述支撐部WN5 4- 5 2爲支點可以對給水口 WN5 4—_2 a相對移位動作。此外,給水口 WN 5 4 — 2a ,以使吐出地洗淨水朝向入水DWN54—4a內的 方式中介著空隙而隔離配置。此外,電機子WN5 4 -6 b,於洗淨噴嘴WN 5 4內,可以不淋到水的方式組入 ,在此場合也可以不用墊片WN54 — 1 0。 在第1 3 3圖的構成,強磁性體WN 5 4 — 6 a的材 ___ _ ____ _ 裝--I <請先閲讀背面之注$項再本買) 〇 訂· -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -230- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 Λ3435 7 五、發明說明¢28 ) 質,可以使用軟質磁性材料(例如Fe_Si 〔矽鋼〕或 F e - N i 〔高導磁鐵鎳合金〕或Fe — Si —A丨〔鐵 矽鋁合金〕或ΜηΖη鐵酸鹽或非結晶合金等)。於此場 合,對任一之電機子WN5 4 — 6 b通電的話,通電的電 機子WN54 — 6b與相對的強磁性體WN54 - 6 a之 間發揮引力作用,使強磁性體WN5 4 - 6 a朝向相對的 通電之電機子WN5 4-6 b的方向移動,所以,吐水部 WN54 — 4,對非通電狀態傾斜(偏向)。因此,使對 複數個以指定間隔配置爲圓周狀的電機子WN 5 4 _ 6 b 的通電順序,例如不同時對2個電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b通 電’而以左旋或右旋的方式依序通電,或是同時對相鄰的 2個電機子WN 5 4 - 6 b通電而左旋或是右旋地依序通 電的話,通電狀態的電機子WN5 4 — 6 b與強磁性體 WN 5 4 - 6 a之間作用的引力以左旋或是右旋地依序移 動’所以吐水部WN 5 4 - 4的傾斜也依序朝左旋或右旋 方向移動。此外,吐水部WN54-4,無自轉地呈圓錐 狀朝左旋或右旋方向移動。 在-第1 3 3圖的構成,強磁性體WN 5 4-6 a的材 質,如果是硬質磁性材料(例如鐵-鈷-鎳-鋁系合金或 是鎖鐵酸鹽、橡膠磁鐵、鈴-銘、銳-鐵-砸等)的場合 ,以使強磁性體WN 5 4 — 6 a的N極或S極的磁場朝向 相對的電機子WN 5 4_ 6 b的方向的方式配置*以使藉 由通電的電機子WN5 4_6 b產生於相對的強磁性體 WN 5 4 - 6 a側的磁極,成爲與相對的強磁性體 本紙張尺度適用t國0家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -231 - ___It_______裝.__ {請先《讀背面之注意事項典ιΓ ·本頁) 訂- ;線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 j.3d35 7__-J7____ 五、發明說明纟29 ) WN 5 4 - 6 a的磁極相反之磁極的方式通電的話,與使 用軟質磁性材料的場合相同,相對的強磁性體WN 5 4 -6 a與電機子W N 5 4' — 6 b之間的引力作用,使強磁性 體WN54_6a,移動往相對的通電之電機子WN54 一 6b的方向。因此,吐水部WN54 - 4,係對非通電 狀態傾斜(偏向)。The electric motor WN 2-is a pair of electric motors WN 5 2-and the energizing force is applied to the ferromagnetic body WN 5 2 — 5 1 b, so that the movable trajectory WN 5 2-5 b can be specified. The movement is smoother and suitable for occasions that require a large driving force. In addition, it is unfavorable. The repulsive force that reverses the energizing direction of the electric machine WN5 2-5 a is generated by the attractive force between the electric machine WN5 2-5 a and the ferromagnetic body WN5 2-5 1 b. The movement of the specified trajectory can also achieve the same movement as in the case of using gravity. Therefore, when the washing water is discharged, the trajectory moving protrusions WN 5 2-4 move in a conical shape in a left-handed or right-handed sequence, so the washing water also moves in a conical shape to move the left-handed or right-handed drawing along a specified trajectory. In addition, the paper size of the printed paper printed with the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Wire Economy applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -227- ^ 4 3435 7 V. Description of invention 25) (please first (Note t on the back of this page and this page) This is different from the moving motor, because it does not generate a rotating force in the circumferential direction, so it does not produce the trajectory movement protrusion as in the case of the trajectory moving protrusion WN 5 2-4 driven by the electric motor. The rotation of the part WN 5 2-4 and the joint ψN 5 2-2 will not be able to move normally because it is entangled with the mover WN5 2-5 b or the trajectory moving protrusion WN52-4. Furthermore, by changing the left-handed or right-handed energizing cycle, the moving speed of the mover WN 5 2 — 5 b along a specified trajectory can be changed, so that the trajectory changing the trajectory WN 5 2-4 or the drive of washing water can be controlled. The driving speed of the object, for example, when used as a washing nozzle for human body washing, can obtain a variety of washing feelings in accordance with the moving speed of washing water. -Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. If the order of energizing the motors WN5 2_5 a is not turned left or right (for example, by energizing a pair of motors WN 5 2-5 a When it moves back and forth, it is followed by the energization of the other paired motors WN 5 2-5 a to move in other forward and backward directions, and the energized paired motors WN 5 2 _ 5 a are sequentially switched, or at the same time There are countless types of situations where multiple motors WN5 2-5a are energized, and multiple simultaneous energizations are sequentially switched. There are countless forms), which can be controlled arbitrarily by cooperating with the electrical order of the motors WN 5 2-5a. Specify the orbit 'track to move the mover WN52-5b. Furthermore, the motor WN5 2-5 a is not arranged in a circular shape. For example, if the motor WN5 2-5 a is arranged in a c-shape or a polygonal shape, the mover WN 5 2-5 b or the driving object can be matched with the motor WN 5 2-5 a. Arbitrary trajectory of the configuration. -228 · This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives 7 A7 _____B7____ 5. Description of the invention26) Furthermore, changes to the motor WN5 2 — If the amount of current is 5 a, the degree of attraction or repulsion between the motor WN5 2 — 5 a and the ferromagnetic body WN5 2 — 5 1 b can be changed, so the movement of the mover WN 5 2 — 5 b can be changed. distance. Therefore, the mover WN 5 2 — 5 b moves in a conical shape on a specified trajectory, and the washing water also conically discharges water on a specified trajectory. Therefore, the washing surface and the water discharge hole WN 5 2-4 a to the motor WN Compared with the distance up to 5 2-5 a, when the distance is longer, the amount of power to the motor WN5 2-5 a is variably controlled so that the conical expansion angle α of the mover WN 5 2-5 b is only With a few changes, the expansion of the washing water can be greatly changed. The slightly different moving distance of the mover WN 5 2 -5 b can greatly change the washing area. Furthermore, the magnetic poles generated by the motors WN5 2-5 a are not oriented *, and the ferromagnetic bodies WN 5 2-5 1 b opposite to all the motors WN 5 2-5 a are arranged, and a number of motors WN5 2 — 5 a Place the magnetic poles toward the opposite ferromagnetic body WN5 2_5 1 b, or arrange the ferromagnetic body WN52-5 lb in different sizes, so that the opposite ferromagnetic body WN52-5 lb and If the gaps WN5 2-5 c of the motors WN5 2-5 a are different, the motors WN5 2-5 a and ferromagnetic bodies can be changed without changing the energizing mist to the motors WN 5 2-5 a. The gravitational or repulsive force generated between WN5 2 — 5 1 b can move the mover WN 5 2 _ 5 b to a more complicated arbitrary designated trajectory. In this way, the movable trajectory WN 5 2-5 b and the trajectory of the trajectory moving protrusion WN 5 2-4 can be arbitrarily controlled, so the paper size can be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 cm)藿) -229- -IH ϋ ϋ n ϋ i 1 > I < Please read "Notes on the back page before reading this page) Order. --Line. Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 4- 34 3 5 7 A7 __ [___ B7___ V. Description of the invention27) Wash the place you like within the range you want to wash, or change the area you like to wash. You can get the washing position or time with the human body when washing. Diversified washing sensation changing with time = Fig. 1 3 3 shows the washing nozzle ψN 54 related to other embodiments, Fig. 133 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 133 (b) is an actuator WN 5 4-6 configuration diagrams. Actuator WN 5 4 — 6 is composed of water spouting part WN 5 4 — 4 of movable element and motor part WN 5 4 — 6 b = water spouting part WN 5 4 — 4 and has ferromagnetic body WN 5 4 _ 6a. Water outlet WN54 — 4a, water discharge hole WN54 — 4b, and the passage WN54 — 4C that connects the water inlet WN5 4-4 a and the water discharge hole WN 5 4_4b. As shown in Figure 13.3 (b), the ferromagnetic body WN54_6a and the electric machine WN54-6b are arranged in a circle at a specified interval, so that each of the ferromagnetic bodies WN 5 4 -6 a and the electric machine WN5 4 — 6 b direction is opposite. In addition, a gap is provided between the ferromagnetic body WN54_6a and the motor WN54-6b. The water spouting part WN54-4, through the gasket WN54-10, the body of the washing nozzle WN54 is freely supported by the supporting part WN54-'5 2 and the aforementioned supporting part WN5 4- 5 2 can be used as a fulcrum to the water supply port WN5 4- _2 a Relative shift action. In addition, the water supply port WN 5 4-2a is arranged so as to be separated from each other with a gap therebetween so that the discharged washing water is directed into the inlet water DWN54-4a. In addition, the motor WN5 4 -6 b can be incorporated into the cleaning nozzle WN 5 4 without being exposed to water. In this case, the gasket WN54 — 10 can also be omitted. In the structure of Figure 1 3, the material of ferromagnetic body WN 5 4 — 6 a ___ _ ____ _ installed --I < Please read the note on the back before buying) 〇Order · -Linear paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -230- Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Λ3435 7 V. Description of invention ¢ 28), soft magnetic materials (such as Fe_Si [Silicon steel] or F e-N i [High-permeability nickel alloy] or Fe — Si — A 丨 [Fe-Si-Al alloy] or MηZη ferrite or amorphous alloy, etc.). In this case, if any one of the motors WN5 4-6 b is energized, the energized motors WN54-6b and the opposite ferromagnetic body WN54-6a exert a gravitational effect, so that the ferromagnetic body WN5 4-6a Moving toward the opposite current-carrying motor WN5 4-6 b, the water spout WN54-4 is inclined (biased) to the non-power-on state. Therefore, the order of energizing a plurality of motors WN 5 4 _ 6 b arranged in a circle at a specified interval, for example, not simultaneously energizing two motors WN 5 4 — 6 b, and turning left or right When power is applied in sequence, or when two adjacent motors WN 5 4-6 b are powered on and left or right are turned on in sequence, the motors WN5 4-6 b and ferromagnetic body WN 5 The gravitational force acting between 4-6 a moves in a left-handed or right-handed sequence, so the tilt of the water spout WN 5 4-4 also moves in the left-handed or right-handed order. In addition, the spouting part WN54-4 moves in a conical shape without rotation in the left-handed or right-handed direction. In the structure of Fig. 1 3 3, if the material of ferromagnetic body WN 5 4-6 a is a hard magnetic material (such as iron-cobalt-nickel-aluminum alloy or ferrite, rubber magnet, bell- (E.g., sharp-iron-smashing, etc.), the magnetic field of the N or S pole of the ferromagnetic body WN 5 4 — 6 a is directed toward the opposite motor WN 5 4_ 6 b. The electric motor WN5 4_6 b is powered by the magnetic poles on the opposite ferromagnetic body WN 5 4-6 a, and becomes the opposite ferromagnetic body. This paper applies the national standard (CNS) A4 standard (210 X 297). (Mm) -231-___ It _______ packed .__ {Please read the "Precautions on the back side" page first) Order-; Line-Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 j.3d35 7 __- J7____ V. Description of the Invention 纟 29) WN 5 4-6 a is opposite to the magnetic pole when the current is applied in the same way as when soft magnetic materials are used. The opposite ferromagnetic body WN 5 4 -6 a and the motor WN 5 4 '-6 The gravitational force between b causes the ferromagnetic body WN54_6a to move in the direction of the opposite energized motor WN54-6b. Therefore, the spouting part WN54-4 is inclined (biased) to the non-energized state.
因此,使對以指定間隔配置複數個成圓周狀的電機子 WN 5 4 — 6 b的通電順序,例如不同時對2個電機子 WN 5 4 - 6 b通電,而以左旋或右旋的方式依序通電, 或是同時對相鄰的2個電機子WN5 4 — 6 b通電而左旋 或是右旋地依序通電的話,通電狀態的電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b與強磁性體WN5 4 - 6 a之間作用的引力以左旋或 是右旋地依序移動,所以吐水部W N 5 4 - 4的傾斜(偏 向)也依序朝左旋或右旋方向移動。此外,吐水部WN 5 4- 4,無自轉地呈圓錐狀朝左旋或右旋方向移動。 進而,以指定間隔成圓周狀被配置之複數個電機子 WN 5 4 — 6 b之與通電的電機子WN5 4 — 6 b與圓周 狀的相反側的電機子WN54-6b(以後,在實施例稱 此2電機子WN54_6b爲成對電機子),以使與強磁 性體WN 5 4 — 6 a之間發揮斥力的方式通電的話,可以 使吐水部WN 5 4 — 4的指定軌跡的移動更爲平順。此外 ,不利用電機子WN5 4 - 6 b與強磁性體WN 5 4- 6 a之間的引力,而使產生使對電機子WN5 4 — 6 b的 通電方向反轉的斥力,藉由斥力進行指定軌跡的移動也可 1!!1_1_11 I I · I I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再.本頁) Γ 訂· 本紙張尺度適用中國Β家棵準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐> -232- ^ 4^435 7 五、發明說明έ30 ) 以達到與使用引力的場合同樣的移動。 以第1 3 3圖的構成,連動於洗淨水的吐水而驅動動 作器WN 5 4 — 6的話,因爲,吐水部WN 5 4 — 4依序左 旋或是右旋地偏向,所以洗淨水的吐水方向也偏向,可以 使洗淨水左旋或右旋地以指定軌跡移動。 此外,改變左旋或者右旋的通電循環的話,可以改_ 吐水部WN 5 4 — 4沿著指定軌跡的移動速度,因而可以 控制洗淨水的指定軌跡的移動速度。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 sit (請先Mit背*之注意事項再《本頁)Therefore, the order of energizing a plurality of circular motors WN 5 4-6 b arranged at a specified interval, for example, not energizing two motors WN 5 4-6 b at the same time, and turning left or right If power is applied in sequence, or if two adjacent motors WN5 4 — 6 b are energized at the same time and left or right are sequentially energized, the motors WN 5 4 — 6 b and the ferromagnetic body WN5 4 are energized. -The gravitational force acting between 6 a moves in a left-handed or right-handed order, so the tilt (deflection) of the spouting part WN 5 4-4 also moves in the left-handed or right-handed order. In addition, the spouting portion WN 5 4-4 moves in a conical shape in a leftward or rightward direction without rotation. Furthermore, the plurality of motors WN 5 4-6 b arranged at a predetermined interval in a circle shape and the motors WN5 4-6 b and the motor WN54-6b on the opposite side of the circle shape (hereinafter, in the embodiment The two motors WN54_6b are referred to as a pair of motors), and if the current is repelled with the ferromagnetic body WN 5 4-6 a, the movement of the specified trajectory of the water spouting part WN 5 4-4 can be made even more. Smooth. In addition, instead of using the gravitational force between the motor WN5 4-6 b and the ferromagnetic body WN 5 4-6 a, a repulsive force that reverses the energization direction of the motor WN5 4-6 b is generated by the repulsive force. The designated trajectory can also be moved 1 !! 1_1_11 II · II (please read the precautions on the back first. This page) Γ Order · This paper size is applicable to China B Jia Zhu Zhun (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm & gt -232- ^ 4 ^ 435 7 V. Description of Invention 30) to achieve the same movement as in the case of using gravity. With the structure of Fig. 1 3, if the actuator WN 5 4-6 is driven in conjunction with the spouting of the washing water, the spouting part WN 5 4-4 is shifted to the left or right in order, so the washing water is washed. The direction of spouting water is also skewed, which can make the washing water move left or right to follow a specified trajectory. In addition, if you change the energizing cycle of left-handed or right-handed, you can change the moving speed of the spouting unit WN 5 4 — 4 along the specified trajectory, so you can control the moving speed of the specified trajectory of the washing water. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives
C 此外,使對電機子WN5 4 — 6 b的通電量變化的話 ,可以改變電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b與強磁性釋WN5 4_ 6 a之間的引力或斥力的強度1所以可以改變吐水部W N 5 4 — 4的移動距離,藉由對電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b的通 電量的控制可以控制改變吐水部W N 5 4 — 4的傾斜的大 小(偏向量),因而可以控制洗淨水的吐水方向的偏向量 ,所以可以容易地進行寬範圍洗淨與窄範圍洗淨之切換。 進而,僅僅變更吐水方向的偏向量就可以容易變更洗淨面 積的緣故,所以僅變更少許對電機子W N54 — 6b的通 電量即可。 此外,如果不使對電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b的通電順序 依序左旋或右旋(例如以對某成對電機子WN5 4 — 6 b 的通電使其前後移動,其次以對另外的成對電機子WN 5 4 _ 6 b的通電使於其他的前後方向移動,使通電的成 對電機子WN 5 4 - 6 b依序切換的場合|或者同時對複 數個電機子WN 5 4 — 6 b通電’依序切換同.時通電的複 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇χ 297公« ) . 233- A7 A7 B7 f 34‘rp? 7_ 五、發明說明如1 ) 數個之場合等,有無數種形態),可以藉配合對電機子 WN 5 4 - 6 b的通電順序之任意被控制的指定軌跡,使 吐水部W N 5 4 — 4傾斜(偏向),而使洗淨水沿著多樣 化的指定軌跡之移動成爲可能。進而,不將電機子WN 5 4 - 6 b配置爲圓周狀,例如配置爲c字形或者多角形 狀的話,可使吐水部WN 5 4 — 4以配合電機子WN 5 4 -6 b的配置之任意軌跡傾斜(偏向),而使洗淨水沿著 多樣化的指定軌跡之移動成爲可能。 入水口WN5 4-4 a與給水DWN5 4-2 a透過 空隙被隔離,係以從給水口WN5 4_ 2 a吐出的洗淨水 ,於吐水部WN 5 4 - 4的動作中朝向入水口WN 5 4 -4 a內的方式配置入水口 WN5 4 — 4 a的構造,藉此可 以使給水部W N 5 4 — 2與吐水部W N 5 4 — 4的水路之 連接成爲非接觸方式,再加上因爲在吐水部WN 5 4 - 4 的可動範圍內可以描繪任意的移動軌跡,所以除了實施例 之效果以外,僅僅藉由吐水部WN 5 4 - 4的些微偏向就 可以容易地如前所述般描繪多樣化的洗淨水吐水軌跡。因 此,可以配合被洗淨部分的洗淨面積有效率地洗淨,進而 因爲可以使洗淨範圍高速變化,所以也可以容易有效率地 進行寬廣範圍地洗淨。特別是使用於人體洗淨的場合,寬 廣範圍的洗淨之廣域洗淨感與狹窄洗淨之點狀洗淨感,可 以不增減洗淨水的流量而容易區分使用,進而可以容易對 應多樣化的洗淨感。因此,不會有藉由瞬間吐出水量的增 減來改變洗淨面積的場合那般,加溫洗淨水的熱交換器的 -I tt ef i n I · I I (請先H讀背面之注意事項再> 本買) 訂-· •線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -234- 經濟部智慧財產局員X消费合作社印製 434 3 5 7 A7 _______B7_______ 五、發明說明έ32 > 溫度調節控制無法跟得上瞬間吐出水量的增減的情形,即 使變化洗淨面積的場合,也可以進行安定的溫水吐水° 此外,在冼淨噴嘴WN54 ’藉由使入水口 WN54 —4 a與給水口双1^5 4 — 2 a透過空隙被隔離,從給水 口WN5 4 — 2 q吐出的洗淨水,於吐水部WN5 4 - 4 的動作中朝向入水口WN 5 4 — 4 a內的方式配置入水口 WN5 4 — 4 a的構造,可以利用噴射效果或是空氣幫浦 ,在洗淨水中混入氣泡。 進而,在實施例的構成,動作器WN54 — 6,也可 以使吐水部WN 5 4 - 4與給水部WN 5 4 — 2構成爲一 體。因此可以於吐水部WN5 4_4與給水部WN 5 4 — 2同時一體構成氣泡混入手段與動作器WN5 4 — 6雙方 ,所以可以實現更小型的高可信賴性的洗淨噴嘴。又,此 動作器WN54 — 6,也可以適用於實施例所示之洗淨噴 嘴。 又,相對的強磁性體WN5 4 — 6 a與電機子WN 5 4 _ 6 b的組合之中,亦可以使單數或者複數的強磁性 體WN5 4 — 6 a與電機子WN5 4 — 6 b之組合成爲具 有伸縮性的彈簧構造,利用強磁性體W N 5 4 — 6 a ·與電 機子WN 5 4 — 6 b之間的引力及/或斥力,使洗淨水以 指定的軌跡移動。 此外,藉由吐水部WN5 4 - 4的相對位移作用,於 入水口 WN 5 4 — 4 a的掃描動作,總是被確保的掃描面 積大於至少入水口WN5 4 - 4 a之給水口WN5 4 — _____________ - I I (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再本頁) 訂- .線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -235- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印裝 43435 7___^_ 五、發明說明έ33 ) 2 a所吐出的洗淨水的佔有面積,再加上以入水口 W N 54-4a附近爲支點,移動入水口WN54-4a ,因 此入水口WN 5 4 — 4 a的掃描範圍與入水口的開口部形 狀成爲約略相同。因此,從給水口 WN 5_4~ 2 a吐出的 洗淨水確實進入入水口 WN5.4 - 4 a內,洗淨水可以不 外漏地由吐水孔W N 5 4 - 4 b吐出,不只可以確保安定 的洗淨吐水流量,或使從前述給水口吐出的洗淨水全部可 以使用於洗淨,而且從吐水孔WN 5 4 — 4 b吐出的洗淨 水的吐水狀態,即使移動吐水部W N 5 4 — 4也可以總是 保持安定的狀態。 進而,在洗淨噴嘴WN5 4,藉由吐水孔不自轉而在 指定軌跡上移動,使得給水口WN 5 4_ 2 a以及入水口 W N 5 4 — 4 a的設置方向沒有限制,可以使從給水口 WN 5 4 — 2 a吐出洗淨水的方向,與從吐水口WN 5 4 -4 b吐出洗淨水的方向分別自由設定。 又,在洗淨噴嘴WN54,對一個入水口WN54 -4a,具有複數個吐水孔WN54 — 4b,或者一個吐水 部WN5 4 — 4具有複數入水口WN5 4 — 4 a或吐水孔 WN 5 4 — 4 b的情形皆爲可能,設置複數個入水口 WN 5 4 - 4 a的場合具有相同數目或者更多的對應於各別的 入水口WN54 - 4a之給水口WN54—2 a亦爲可能 〇 此外,洗淨噴嘴WN 5 4的構成’也可以使混進洗淨 水中的空氣量改變。 -------裝 i — (請先《讀背面之注意事項再f I本茛) 訂. |線· 本紙張尺度適用t國a家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -236- ζ£115 7 _ί_ 五、發明說明έ34 ) 第1 3 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN ,第134圖(a)係剖面圖,第134圖(b)係 根據電動馬達WN 5 6 _4 c的旋轉方向之驅動切換機構 圖。洗淨噴嘴WN56,具備洗淨水於軸WN56-7的 軸的周圍以指定軌跡移動的構成。 如第1 34圖(a)所示,於電動馬達WN56 — 4 c的旋轉轉軸WN5 6 — 4 1 c接續耦合器WN5 6 -A,耦合器WN56-A的突起部WN56—A1,突起 直到耦合器WN5 6 — B的長溝WN5 6_B 1爲止。耦 合器WN5 6— A,係將長溝WN5 6 — B 1作爲導引可 以在長溝WN 5 6 - B 1內滑動的構造>此外,耦合器 WN5 6 - B與偏心凸輪WN5 6 — 4 d接續,例如第C In addition, if the amount of current to the motor WN5 4-6 b is changed, the strength of the gravitational or repulsive force between the motor WN 5 4-6 b and the ferromagnetic release WN5 4_ 6 a1 can be changed, so the water discharge part can be changed. The moving distance of WN 5 4 — 4 can be controlled by changing the energizing amount of the motor WN 5 4 — 6 b. The inclination (partial vector) of the water discharge part WN 5 4 — 4 can be controlled to control the washing water. The bias vector in the direction of water discharge can be easily switched between wide-range washing and narrow-range washing. Furthermore, it is easy to change the washing area only by changing the bias vector in the direction of water discharge, so only a small amount of electric power to the motor W N54-6b can be changed. In addition, if the order of energizing the motors WN 5 4 — 6 b is not turned left or right in sequence (for example, by energizing a pair of motors WN5 4 — 6 b to move them back and forth, followed by the other When energizing the motors WN 5 4 _ 6 b causes other front and rear directions to move, so that the energized pair of motors WN 5 4-6 b are sequentially switched | or simultaneously to multiple motors WN 5 4 — 6 b Power-on 'switch in the same order. The paper size of the power-on copy is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇χ 297 公 «). 233- A7 A7 B7 f 34'rp? 7_ 5. The description of the invention is as 1 ) For several occasions, etc., there are countless forms). By arbitrarily controlling the specified trajectory of the power-on sequence of the motors WN 5 4-6 b, the water spouting part WN 5 4-4 can be tilted (biased), and This makes it possible to move the washing water along a variety of designated trajectories. Furthermore, the motor WN 5 4-6 b is not arranged in a circular shape. For example, if the motor WN 5 4-6 b is arranged in a c-shape or a polygonal shape, the water spouting part WN 5 4-4 can be matched with the configuration of the motor WN 5 4 -6 b. The trajectory is tilted (biased), making it possible for the washing water to move along a variety of designated trajectories. The water inlet WN5 4-4 a is separated from the water supply DWN5 4-2 a through the gap, and the washing water discharged from the water supply outlet WN5 4_ 2 a is directed to the water inlet WN 5 during the action of the water discharge portion WN 5 4-4 The structure of the water inlet WN5 4-4 a is arranged in the manner of 4-4 a, so that the waterway connection between the water supply unit WN 5 4-2 and the water discharge unit WN 5 4-4 can be made in a non-contact manner. Arbitrary movement trajectories can be drawn within the movable range of the water spouting section WN 5 4-4, so in addition to the effects of the embodiment, it can be easily described as just described with a slight deviation of the water spouting section WN 5 4-4 Diversified water spitting trajectory. Therefore, the washing area can be efficiently washed in accordance with the washing area of the part to be washed, and since the washing range can be changed at high speed, it is also possible to easily and efficiently perform a wide range washing. Especially when it is used for human body washing, the wide-area washing feeling of wide-area washing and the spot-like washing feeling of narrow washing can be easily distinguished and used without increasing or decreasing the flow rate of the washing water, and can be easily applied Diverse washing feeling. Therefore, there is no case where the washing area is changed by the instantaneous increase or decrease of the amount of water discharged. -I tt ef in I · II in the heat exchanger that heats the washing water (please read the precautions on the back first) (Re-purchase) Order- · • Line · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives This paper is printed in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -234- Member of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs X Printed by the Consumer Cooperative 434 3 5 7 A7 _______B7_______ 5. Description of the invention 32 > The temperature adjustment control cannot keep up with the increase and decrease of the instantaneous spitting water quantity, and even when the washing area is changed, stable warm water spitting can be performed ° In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN54 'is separated by a water inlet WN54 — 4 a and a water supply port 1 ^ 5 4 — 2 a through a gap, and the washing water discharged from the water supply port WN5 4 — 2 q is discharged to the water discharge part. During the operation of WN5 4-4, the water inlet WN5 4-4 a is arranged in a manner facing the water inlet WN 5 4-4 a. It can use the spray effect or air pump to mix air bubbles in the washing water. Furthermore, in the configuration of the embodiment, the actuator WN54-6 may be configured as a single body including the water discharge portion WN 5 4-4 and the water supply portion WN 5 4-2. Therefore, both the water spouting part WN5 4_4 and the water supply part WN 5 4-2 can be integrated into the bubble mixing means and the actuator WN5 4-6 at the same time. Therefore, a smaller and highly reliable cleaning nozzle can be realized. The actuator WN54-6 can also be applied to the cleaning nozzle shown in the embodiment. Also, in the combination of the opposite ferromagnetic body WN5 4-6 a and the electric machine WN 5 4 _ 6 b, a single or plural ferromagnetic body WN5 4-6 a and the electric machine WN5 4-6 b may be used. Combined into a flexible spring structure, the washing water moves in a specified trajectory using the gravitational and / or repulsive force between the ferromagnetic body WN 5 4 — 6 a · and the motor WN 5 4 — 6 b. In addition, due to the relative displacement of the water spouting portion WN5 4-4, the scanning action on the water inlet WN 5 4-4 a is always ensured to have a scanning area larger than at least the water inlet WN5 4-4 a of the water inlet WN5 4- _____________-II (please read the precautions on the back first, then this page) Order-.line · This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -235- Shellfisher, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by a consumer cooperative 43435 7 ___ ^ _ V. Description of the invention 33) 2 a The occupied area of the washing water discharged, plus the water inlet WN54-4a near the water inlet WN 54-4a as a fulcrum, so the water inlet The scanning range of WN 5 4 — 4 a is approximately the same as the shape of the opening of the water inlet. Therefore, the washing water discharged from the water supply port WN 5_4 ~ 2 a does enter the water inlet WN5.4-4 a. The washing water can be discharged from the water discharge hole WN 5 4-4 b without leaking, which can not only ensure stability. Flow rate of washing water, or all washing water discharged from the water supply port can be used for washing, and the state of washing water discharged from the water discharge hole WN 5 4-4 b, even if the water discharge part WN 5 4 is moved — 4 can always remain stable. Furthermore, the cleaning nozzle WN5 4 moves on a specified trajectory without rotating the spout hole, so that the installation direction of the water supply port WN 5 4_ 2 a and the water inlet WN 5 4-4 a are not limited, and the water supply port can be driven from the water supply port. The direction in which the washing water is discharged from WN 5 4 — 2 a and the direction in which the washing water is discharged from the water outlet WN 5 4 -4 b can be set freely. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN54 has a plurality of water outlets WN54-4b for one water inlet WN54-4a, or a water outlet WN5 4-4 has a plurality of water inlets WN5 4-4 a or a water outlet WN 5 4-4. In the case of b, it is possible, and it is also possible to have multiple water inlets WN 5 4-4 a with the same number or more water inlets WN54-2 a corresponding to the respective water inlets WN54-4a. In addition, The configuration of the washing nozzle WN 54 may change the amount of air mixed into the washing water. ------- install i — (please read "Notes on the back side before f I this buttercup"). | Line · This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public « ) -236- ζ £ 115 7 _ί_ V. Description of the invention 34) Figure 1 3 4 shows the cleaning nozzle WN related to other embodiments, Figure 134 (a) is a sectional view, and Figure 134 (b) is a Diagram of the drive switching mechanism according to the rotation direction of the electric motor WN 5 6 _4 c. The washing nozzle WN56 has a structure in which washing water moves around a shaft of the shaft WN56-7 in a predetermined trajectory. As shown in Fig. 134 (a), the rotating shaft WN5 6-4 1 c of the electric motor WN56-4 c is connected to the coupler WN5 6 -A, and the protrusion WN56-A1 of the coupler WN56 -A is protruded until the coupling WN5 6 — B long groove WN5 6_B1. The coupler WN5 6-A is a structure that uses the long groove WN5 6-B 1 as a guide and can slide in the long groove WN 5 6-B 1> In addition, the coupler WN5 6-B and the eccentric cam WN5 6-4 d are connected , Such as
1 34圖(b)所示,藉由電動馬達WN56 — 4 c之朝 向左方旋轉,使得突起部WN 5 6 _A 1移動至長溝WN 5 6 — B 1的端部WN 5 6 “ B 2爲止,所以耦合器WN 5 6_B與偏心凸輪WN5 6 - 4 d在圖面上朝上方移動 而旋轉。進而,藉由電動馬達WN 5 6 - 4 c朝向右方旋 轉,使得突起部WN5 6 - A 1移動至長溝WN5 6_ B 1的端部WN 5 6 — B 3爲止,所以耦合器WN 5 6 - B與偏心凸輪WN 5 6 - 4 d在圖面上朝下方移動而旋轉 〇 可動部WN 5 6 _ 4 e,具有構成要素之移動通失路 WN56 - 3c、吐水孔WN56 — 3d、凸緣WN56 _41e,偏心凸輪承受部WN56 — 42 e ,移動通水 請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再 :本頁> •裝 訂· -線 蜆濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公« ) -237- Α73 5 7_五、發明說明如5 > Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製As shown in Fig. 34 (b), by turning the electric motor WN56 — 4 c to the left, the protrusion WN 5 6 _A 1 moves to the end WN 5 6 — B 1 of the long groove WN 5 6 “B 2 Therefore, the coupler WN 5 6_B and the eccentric cam WN5 6-4 d move upward and rotate on the drawing surface. Furthermore, the electric motor WN 5 6-4 c rotates to the right, so that the protrusion WN5 6-A 1 Move to the end of the long groove WN5 6_ B 1 until WN 5 6 — B 3, so the coupler WN 5 6-B and the eccentric cam WN 5 6-4 d move downward on the drawing and rotate. The movable part WN 5 6 _ 4e, mobile communication path WN56-3c with constituent elements, water discharge hole WN56-3d, flange WN56 _41e, eccentric cam receiving part WN56-42e, please read the precautions on the back before moving the water. Page > • Binding ·-Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Paper Size Applicable to Chinese National Standard < CNS > A4 Specification (210 X 297 public «) -237- Α73 5 7_ 五. Instructions such as 5 > Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs
路WN56 — 3C與不動通水路WN56 - 3e,係以具 有伸縮性的接頭WN56 - 3 f接續的《在凸緣WN56 一 4 1 e與洗淨噴嘴WN 5 6本體的凸緣承受部WN 5 6 一 3g之間夾著具有伸縮性的墊片WN56 — 3h。因此 ,可動部WN 5 6 — 4 e以吐水方向可3次元地偏向的方 式移動。電動馬達WN 5 6 - 4 c因爲不受到水壓的緣故 ,使其具有簡單的防水性的話,可以不要具有墊片WN 5 6 - 3 h,而以吐水方向可以三次元變更的方式在凸緣 ~------- 承受部WN5 6_3 g與凸緣WN5 6 - 4 1 e之間設有 指定的間隙亦可。此外,洗淨水的瞬間吐出水量調節,係 以流量調節閥WN5 6 — 3 b (未圖示)進行,而以控制 部控制。此外,電動馬達W N 5 6 — 4 c的驅動,係以控 制部(未圖示)控制的。 此外,偏心凸輪WN5 6_4 d與偏心凸輪承受部 WN4 2 e係接續的,可動部WN5 6 — 4 e係因應接觸 部之偏心凸輪WN5 6 — 4 d的由電動馬達WN 5 6 — 4 c的旋轉軸起的偏心量而偏向。藉由偏心凸輪WN 5 6 -4 d旋轉,使接觸部也依序左旋或右旋地移動,所以因 應接觸部之偏心凸輪WN 5 6 - 4 d的偏心量,可動部 WN 5 6 - 4 e不自轉地依序左旋或右旋地3次元偏向。 以第1 3 4圖的構成,連動於洗淨水的吐水,驅動電 動馬達WN5 6 - 4 c的話,可動部WN5 6_4 e依序 左旋或右旋地3次元偏向的緣故,洗淨水的吐水也3次元 偏向,可以使洗淨水對洗淨噴嘴WN 5 6於洗淨噴嘴WN {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再本買) ( 訂· -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -238- 4 34 35?, 五、發明說明fee ) 5 6內的軸WN 5 6 - 7的周圍*左旋或右旋地以指定軌 跡移動。而且,僅僅藉洗淨水吐水方向的3次元些微偏向 (即使電動馬達WN5 6_4c的驅動負荷很小),可以 進行寬廣範圍的洗淨。 因此,於實施例,電動馬達WN56_4c、耦合器 WN56 — A、耦合器WN56 — B與偏心凸輪WN56 - 4 d具有吐水方向3次元偏向手段的功能,控制部具有 作爲獨立控制手段的功能。 此外,改變電動馬達WN5 6 — 4 c的轉速的話,可 以改變可動部WN 5 6 — 4 e的指定軌跡的移動速度,因 此可以控制洗淨水的指定軌跡的移動速度。 進而,藉由左旋或右旋地切換電動馬達WN 5 6 -4 c的旋轉方向,可以改變偏心凸輪WN 5 6 - 4 d與偏 心凸輪承受部WN 5 6 - 4 2 e的接觸部之偏心量,因此 可以藉由電動馬達WN 5 6 - 4 c的旋轉方向的控制來可 變地控制可動部W N 5 6 — 4 e的3次元傾斜的大小(偏 向量),因而可以控制洗淨水的吐水方向的3次元偏向量 ,所以可以僅藉由改變電動馬達WN 5 6 — 4 c的旋轉方 向進行寬範圍洗淨與狹窄範圍洗淨的切換。此外,僅使吐 水方向的偏向量作3次元的些微變更就可以容易地變更洗 淨面積,所以不需要很大尺寸的偏心凸輪WN 5 6 — 4 d 以及偏心凸輪承受部WN56 - 42e。因此,於實施例 ,電動馬達WN56 — 4C、耦合器WN56 — A、耦合 器WN5 6 — B與偏心凸輪WN5 6 — 4 d具有作爲洗淨 本紙張尺度適用中®國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) ---!| 丨 1_! 裝-II <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁> 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -239- 4 34 3 5 7 五、發明說明如7 ) 面積變更手段的功能。 第1 3 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 5 8 ,第1 3 5圖(a )係剖面圖,第1 3 5圖(b )係 第13 5圖(a)之A — A剖面,第135圖(c)係設 於可動部WN 5 8 — 2附近的彈性體WN 5 8 — 4附近的 俯視圖。 洗淨噴嘴WN58,具備移動手段WN58 — 3,及 可動部WN58 — 2。移動手段WN58 - 3 ,具備電動 馬達WN58 — 3C、被安裝於電動馬達WN58, — 3c 的旋轉軸的由電動馬達WN 5 8 - 3 c的旋轉軸偏心的偏 心凸輪WN58 — 3d ’及與偏心凸輪WN58 — 3d另 行相接的環狀從動節WN 5 8 - 3 e。環狀從動節WN 5 8 _ 3 e也是可動部WN 5 8 — 2的構成要素。 可動部WN58 — 2 ’藉由彈性體WN58 - 4被支 撐於洗淨噴嘴WN58的本體。彈性體WN58 — 4,係 半環狀部WN58 — 41b、及於半環狀部WN58-4 1 b的兩端具有凸緣部WN 5 8 _ 4 2 b的彈簧形狀樹 脂WN58 — 4b,及薄片形狀橡膠WN58 — 4c,於 凸緣部WN5 8 — 4 2 b ’對洗淨噴嘴WN5 8的本體支 撐可動部WN58—2。 凸緣部WN58 — 42b ’對可動部WN58 — 2及 洗淨噴嘴WN 5 8的本體,可行成爲一體,亦可黏著或熔 接。薄片形狀橡膠WN58 — 4c,以空間上隔絕洗淨噴 嘴內部與外部的方式’被熔接於可動部WN 5 8 - 2與洗 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 * 297公釐〉 !1!1* 裝.I I (請先閲讀背面之注$項再^,,本頁) 訂· --線· 經濟部智慈財產局員工消费合作杜印製 -240- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明έ38 ) 淨噴嘴WN 5 8的本體。藉此,彈簧形狀樹脂WN 5 8 -4b與薄片形狀橡膠WN58_4c,可以被形成爲一體 ,也可以分離。 此外,彈簧形狀樹脂WN58_4b,配合對彈性體 施加的負荷分布,決定洗淨噴嘴WN 5 8對本體的固定位 置,可以進而提高耐久性》 藉由電動馬達WN58-3 c的旋轉,偏心凸輪WN 5 8 — 3 d,因應偏心程度,使相接的環狀從動節WN 5 8 — 3 e以即可動部WN5 8 - 2不自轉地於單一方向 連續地移動,所以可使從可動部WN 5 8 — 2上的吐水孔 WN 5 8 — 2 b吐出的洗淨水擺動。此外,吐水孔WN 58 - 2b,因爲由彈簧形狀樹脂WN58 — 4b支撐的 緣故,於較環狀從動節WN 5 8 - 3 e的移動更小的移動 範圍內’使洗淨水吐出爲圓錐狀。此外,洗淨水因爲從噴 射口 W N 5 8 — 2 c捲入空氣而吐水的緣故,所以可以藉 由空氣混入而省水洗淨或提高洗淨力、在人體洗淨的場合 可以提高洗淨感。 此外,薄片形狀橡膠WN58_4c ,對可動部WN 5 8 — 2以及洗淨噴嘴WN 5 8本體,以螺絲固定的方式 夾入薄片形狀橡膠WN58 - 4c,可以藉由黏著、插入 成形而一體化。進而,薄片形狀橡膠WN58 — 4c,取 代橡膠而使用彈性體,使洗淨噴嘴WN 5 8的本體及可動 部WN 5 8~ 2形成爲2種顏色亦可。 藉此,藉由作爲移動手段WN 5 8 _ 3的電動馬達 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I n n t— n I i n (請先M讀背面之注意Ϋ項再f :本Ϊ 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 -241 · 五、發明說明如9 > (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再Γ WN5 8-3 c與偏心凸輪WN5 8 - 3 d與環狀從動節 WN 5 8 _ 3 e以及彈簧形狀樹脂WN5 8 — 4 b以及薄 片形狀橡膠WN 5 8 - 4 c,可以使洗淨水的圓錐狀吐水 安定地進行,因爲使用電動馬達WN 5 3 — 3的緣故,僅 藉可動部WN 5 8 - 2的些微移動變更可以使進行狹窄範 圍〜寬廣範圍的洗淨的效果與擺動軌跡(洗淨軌跡)成爲 可變的效果之外,可以簡單而且確實實施與實施例所說明 的效果相同的效果。 此外,彈簧形狀樹脂WN58_4b ,也可以使用金 屬製的。但是,在此場合,爲了因應需要防止受到水淋而 生銹,以選擇其形狀或不易生銹的材質(例如不銹鋼), 進行防銹加工者較佳。 可動部WN 5 8 - 2,顯示吐水成圓錐狀的構成,但 是使洗淨水僅朝2個方向偏向之鐘擺狀吐水,或者不使洗 淨水的吐水方向偏向而擺動吐水亦可。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第1 3 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 6 ◦之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 6 0,具備供給洗淨水的給 水系,與將壓縮空氣混入洗淨水同時使旋轉擺動體WN 60-26擺動之用的空氣系。 洗淨水的流動,由上游起依序通過水幫浦W N 6 0 - 1 1、流量調整閥WN60 — 1 2、給水路WN60 -13、旋轉擺動手段WN60—14、吐水路WN60 - 2 5而從吐水孔WN6 0- 1 5吐出。空氣流路,有2個 系統,第1空氣流路由上游起依序通過空氣幫浦AP 6 0 -242- 本紙張尺度適用中困困家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) 7_五、發明說明έ40〉 Α7 Β7 ·ν. 7 a、第1空氣流路 —16、第1空氣閥AP60〜 AP6 0 — 18a,進入旋轉擺 符傩動手段W Ν 6 0 — 1 4, 傳遞空氣具有的動能由空氣口 ί锖先《讀背面之注i項再Γ··-本買) Λρ6〇— 19排出至洗淨 噴嘴WN6 ◦的外部。此外,第Q氣流路,_空㈣ 浦AP60-16、第2空氣閥Ap6〇 — ”b、第2 空氣流路AP60 — 18b,被道·〜Channel WN56 — 3C and fixed water channel WN56-3e are connected with flexible joints WN56-3 f. "Flange WN56-4 1 e and cleaning nozzle WN 5 6 body flange receiving part WN 5 6 A flexible gasket WN56-3h is sandwiched between 3g. Therefore, the movable portion WN 5 6-4 e is moved in such a manner that the direction of spouting water can be deflected three-dimensionally. Since the electric motor WN 5 6-4 c is not subject to water pressure, it has a simple waterproof property. Without the gasket WN 5 6-3 h, the flange can be changed in three-dimensional manner in the direction of the water discharge. ~ ------- A specified gap may be provided between the receiving part WN5 6_3 g and the flange WN5 6-4 1 e. In addition, the instantaneous discharge water volume of the washing water is adjusted by the flow control valve WN5 6-3 b (not shown) and controlled by the control unit. The driving of the electric motors W N 5 6-4 c is controlled by a control unit (not shown). In addition, the eccentric cam WN5 6_4 d is connected to the eccentric cam receiving part WN4 2 e, and the movable part WN5 6 — 4 e is based on the rotation of the eccentric cam WN5 6 — 4 d by the contact part by the electric motor WN 5 6 — 4 c. The amount of eccentricity from the shaft is biased. By rotating the eccentric cam WN 5 6 -4 d, the contact portion is also moved left or right in sequence. Therefore, according to the eccentricity of the eccentric cam WN 5 6-4 d of the contact portion, the movable portion WN 5 6-4 e Sequentially left-handed or right-handed without a rotation for 3 dimensions. With the structure of Fig. 134, when the electric motor WN5 6-4 c is driven in conjunction with the spout of the washing water, the movable part WN5 6_4 e sequentially turns left or right for 3 dimensions, and the spout of the washing water It is also biased in 3 dimensions, which can make the washing water to the washing nozzle WN 5 6 to the washing nozzle WN {Please read the precautions on the back before buying) (Order · -The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 public love) -238- 4 34 35 ?, V. invention description fee) 5 6 around the axis WN 5 6-7 * Left or right to move in a specified trajectory. In addition, only a slight deviation in the 3rd dimension of the washing water spouting direction (even if the driving load of the electric motor WN5 6_4c is small) enables a wide range of washing. Therefore, in the embodiment, the electric motor WN56_4c, the coupler WN56 — A, the coupler WN56 — B, and the eccentric cam WN56-4 d have the function of a three-dimensional deflection means in the water discharge direction, and the control section has the function of an independent control means. In addition, by changing the rotation speed of the electric motor WN5 6-4 c, the moving speed of the designated trajectory of the movable portion WN 5 6-4 e can be changed. Therefore, the moving speed of the designated trajectory of the washing water can be controlled. Furthermore, by switching the rotation direction of the electric motor WN 5 6 -4 c left or right, the amount of eccentricity of the contact portion of the eccentric cam WN 5 6-4 d and the eccentric cam receiving portion WN 5 6-4 2 e can be changed. Therefore, by controlling the rotation direction of the electric motor WN 5 6-4 c, the magnitude (partial vector) of the 3-dimensional tilt of the movable part WN 5 6-4 e can be variably controlled, so that the spout of the washing water can be controlled The three-dimensional partial vector in the direction can be used to switch between wide-range washing and narrow-range washing only by changing the rotation direction of the electric motor WN 5 6-4 c. In addition, the cleaning area can be easily changed by only slightly changing the offset vector in the direction of water discharge in three dimensions. Therefore, a large-sized eccentric cam WN 5 6-4 d and an eccentric cam receiving portion WN56-42e are not required. Therefore, in the embodiment, the electric motor WN56 — 4C, the coupler WN56 — A, the coupler WN5 6 — B, and the eccentric cam WN5 6 — 4 d have the applicable National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (for the cleaning of this paper) ( 210 X 297 mm) ---! | 丨 1_! Pack-II < Please read the precautions on the back before this page > Order · -Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-239- 4 34 3 5 7 5. The invention is described in 7) Function of area changing means. Fig. 1 3 5 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 5 8 related to other embodiments, Fig. 1 35 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 1 35 (b) is A of Fig. 13 5 (a) — Section A, FIG. 135 (c) is a plan view of the elastic body WN 5 8-4 near the movable portion WN 5 8-2. The cleaning nozzle WN58 is provided with a moving means WN58-3 and a movable part WN58-2. The moving means WN58-3 is provided with an electric motor WN58 — 3C, an eccentric cam WN58 — 3d 'eccentrically rotated by the electric motor WN 5 8-3 c and mounted on a rotary shaft of the electric motor WN58, — 3c, and an eccentric cam WN58 — 3d separately connected ring driven joints WN 5 8-3 e. The annular driven joint WN 5 8 _ 3 e is also a constituent element of the movable portion WN 5 8-2. The movable portion WN58 — 2 'is supported by the body of the cleaning nozzle WN58 by an elastic body WN58-4. Elastomers WN58-4, a half-ring portion WN58-41b, and a spring-shaped resin WN58-4b with flange portions WN 5 8 _ 4 2 b at both ends of the half-ring portion WN58-4 1 b, and a sheet The shape rubber WN58-4c supports the movable portion WN58-2 on the body of the cleaning nozzle WN5 8 at the flange portion WN5 8-4 4b. The flange portion WN58 — 42b ′ can be integrated with the body of the movable portion WN58 — 2 and the cleaning nozzle WN 5 8, or it can be adhered or welded. Sheet-shaped rubber WN58 — 4c, which is used to spatially isolate the inside and outside of the cleaning nozzle 'is welded to the movable part WN 5 8-2 and the size of the paper is adapted to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications < 210 * 297 male Li>! 1! 1 * Pack. II (please read the note on the back and then ^ ,, this page) Order · -line · Duty printing of employee cooperation of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -240- 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention 38) The body of the net nozzle WN 5 8. As a result, the spring-shaped resin WN 5 8 -4b and the sheet-shaped rubber WN58_4c can be formed as one body or separated. In addition, the spring-shaped resin WN58_4b, in accordance with the load distribution applied to the elastomer, determines the fixing position of the cleaning nozzle WN 5 8 to the body, which can further improve the durability. "By the rotation of the electric motor WN58-3 c, the eccentric cam WN 5 8 — 3 d, according to the degree of eccentricity, the ring-shaped driven joints WN 5 8 — 3 e are continuously moved in a single direction without rotation by the movable part WN5 8-2, so the movable part WN 5 The water discharge hole WN 5 8-2 b on 8-2 bounces out the washing water. In addition, because the water discharge holes WN 58-2b are supported by the spring-shaped resin WN58-4b, the washing water is discharged into a cone in a movement range smaller than the movement of the ring driven joint WN 5 8-3 e. shape. In addition, the washing water is spitting water because it is entrained in air from the spray port WN 5 8-2 c, so it can save water or improve the washing power by mixing air, and it can improve the washing in the case of human body washing sense. In addition, the sheet-shaped rubber WN58_4c can be integrated by screwing the sheet-shaped rubber WN58-4c to the movable portion WN 5 8-2 and the cleaning nozzle WN 5 8 body by screwing. Further, the sheet-shaped rubber WN58-4c may use two elastomers instead of rubber to form the body of the cleaning nozzle WN 5 8 and the movable portions WN 5 8 to 2 in two colors. As a result, the paper size of the electric motor WN 5 8 _ 3 as the means of movement is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) I nnt — n I in (please read the note on the back first) Item f: Bookmark --- line Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives -241. V. Description of the invention such as 9 > (Please read the notes on the back before Γ WN5 8-3 c and The eccentric cam WN5 8-3 d and the ring-shaped driven joint WN 5 8 _ 3 e, the spring-shaped resin WN5 8-4 b, and the sheet-shaped rubber WN 5 8-4 c can make the cone-shaped spout of the washing water stable. Because of the use of the electric motor WN 5 3-3, only a small movement change of the movable part WN 5 8-2 can make the cleaning effect and swinging trajectory (washing trajectory) from a narrow range to a wide range possible. In addition to the effect of the modification, the same effect as that described in the embodiment can be simply and surely implemented. In addition, the spring-shaped resin WN58_4b can also be made of metal. However, in this case, in order to prevent water from being splashed as needed Rust to choose its shape Non-rust-prone materials (such as stainless steel) are preferred for rust-proof processing. The movable part WN 5 8-2 shows a conical structure with water spouting, but the pendulum-shaped water spouts the washing water only in two directions. Or you can swing the spout without deviating the direction of the spout of the washing water. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, No. 1 3 6 is an explanatory diagram showing the washing nozzle WN 6 ◦ related to other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle WN 60 is provided with a water supply system for supplying washing water and an air system for swinging the rotary swing body WN 60-26 while mixing compressed air into the washing water. The flow of the washing water is sequentially from the upstream. The water is discharged from the water outlet WN6 0- 1 5 through the water pump WN 6 0-1 1. The flow adjustment valve WN60 — 1 2. The water supply channel WN60 -13, the rotary swing means WN60-14, and the water discharge channel WN60-2 5. There are two systems in the flow path. The first air flow passes through the air pump in order from the upstream. AP 6 0 -242- This paper size is applicable to the Standard for Difficulties (CNS) A4 (210 * 297 mm) 7_ V. Description of the invention 〈40〉 Α7 Β7 · ν. 7 a. The first air flow path—16 The first air valve AP60 ~ AP6 0—18a enters the rotating pendulum movement means W Ν 6 0—1 4 and transfers the kinetic energy of air from the air port. First, read the note on the back side and then Γ ·· 本(Buy) Λρ60—19 is discharged to the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN6. In addition, the Qth air flow path, _air pump AP60-16, the second air valve Ap60-0 ”b, the second air flow path AP60-18b, By the way · ~
m導入氣泡混入手段AP 6 0 — 2 0混入吐水路WN6 〇 — 9 cl, u 25內的水中與洗淨水 —起被吐出。 旋轉擺動手段WN6〇-u,係由空氣渦輪ΑΡ 6 0 _ 2 1、偏心凸輪WN 6 〇 — 2 2、軸承WN 6 〇 _ 23、可撓接頭WN60 — 24、旋轉擺動體WN6〇_ 2 6、吐水路WN6 0-2 5與吐水孔WN6 〇- 1 5所 構成。空氣渦輪AP 6 0 - 2 1與偏心凸輪Wn6 0~ 2 2被構成爲一體’此係藉由軸承WN 6 0 — 2 3所支撐 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 空Μ通過第L·空,氣流路A P 6 Ο — 1 8 a流入空氣渦 輪AP60 — 21之後’空氣渦輪AP60 — 2 1與偏心 凸輪WN 6 0 —.2 2藉由空氣所具有的動能旋轉。偏心凸 輪WN60 — 22,藉由其偏心部使旋轉擺動體WN6〇 - 2 6在水平方向上依照指定軌跡運動。軌跡係由旋轉擺 動體WN6 0-2 6的缺口形狀而決定的。旋轉I — 動體 WN6 0 — 2 6與吐水路WN6 0 - 2 5被固定爲一體, 這些係以吐水路WN 6 0 — 2 5先端的擺動固定部WN 6 0 _ 2 9固定,以此旋轉擺動體WN 6 0 - 2 6爲中心 -243- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明fcn ) 而可以擺動於水平方向。以藉由該擺動使吐水路WN 6 0 一 2 5的傾斜改變而使洗淨水的吐水方向改變的方式構成 的。 氣泡混入手段AP 6 0-2 0,係由空氣室AP 6 0 —2 7與被設於吐水路WN 6 0 — 2 5的外壁之多孔體 WN6 0 — 2 8所構成的。空氣通過第2空氣流路AP 60-1 8b流入空氣室AP60 - 27,壓力上升的話 ,空氣通過多孔體WN 6 0 _ 2 8被混入吐水路WN 6 0 - 2 5內的洗淨水而與洗淨水一起被吐出。 於第1 3 6圖的洗淨噴嘴WN6 0,指示洗淨水之吐 水時,洗淨水藉由水幫浦WN6 0 — 1 1加壓的同時,藉 由流量調節閥WN 6 0 - 1 2調節至指定的瞬間吐出水量 ,通過給水路WN60—13、吐水路WN60 — 25而 從吐水孔WN60—15吐出。 使用者指示洗淨水迴轉時,空氣幫浦AP 6 0 - 1 6 加壓空氣同時打開第1空氣閥AP 6 0 — 1 7 a *空氣通 過第1空氣流路AP 6 0- 1 8 a流入空氣渦輪AP 6 0 _21而使其旋轉,透過偏心凸輪WN60 - 22、旋轉 擺動體WN60 — 26,可以改變吐水路WN60 — 25 的角度使洗淨水旋轉或者擺動。 如此,僅使洗淨噴嘴WN6 0內的吐水孔WN6 0 -1 5附近藉由空氣的動能使其旋轉的緣故,與使洗淨噴嘴 全體以指定的軌跡移動、使洗淨水旋轉或擺動的同時進行 吐水的場合相比,移動部分很小,而且幾乎沒有動作器之 i — — — — — — — — — — — — 裝__I (請先閱讀背面之注項再Γ*',·本頁) 訂. ’線· 本紙張尺度適用争國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 244- ^3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明$42 ) (請先閲讀背面之沒$項再本頁) 電氣驅動音或振動,靜音性/無振動性非常優異。進而, 藉由旋轉擺動手段WN60— 14,僅使吐水孔WN60 - 1 5附近旋轉的緣故,可以容易縮短洗淨水旋轉或擺動 的週期,藉由洗淨水有效地分散,具有省水效果。' 此外使洗淨水旋轉或者擺動,但是並沒有直接以電氣 驅動的部分,所以可以提供非常精簡的洗淨噴嘴。進而, 沒有電氣驅動部分的耐久性的問題。進而,沒有使電力藉 由配線傳達的場合那般由於洗淨水使配線引起漏電的問題 ,即使在洗淨噴嘴自身在容易淋到水的環境下使用的場合 ,也不會有漏電的問題。進而,不需要直到噴嘴先端爲止 的電氣配線工程。 使用者指示混入空氣時,第2空氣閥A P 6 0 ~ 經濟部智慧財產局貝Η消費合作社印製 1 7 b打開,空氣通過第2空氣流路A P 6 0 — 1 8 b流 入空氣室AP60 — 27。空氣室AP60 — 27的溫度 上升的話,空氣通過多孔體WN6 0_2 8以多數微細氣 泡的方式混入洗淨水中。因爲可以使如此大量的微細氣泡 混入洗淨水內,所以耗水量減少同時即使少量的水也具有 非常優異的洗淨力,可以具有量感得到舒適的洗淨感。 此外,可以分別獨立控制使洗淨水旋轉或擺動的轉速 與瞬間吐水量以及氣泡混入量,不受到瞬間吐出水量的增 減影響,可以使洗淨水的旋轉或擺動轉速由低速控制到高 速*使氣泡的量在寬廣範圍內控制,因此局部洗淨裝置的 洗淨噴嘴或人體洗淨用的蓮蓬頭或洗手用的水龍頭吐水孔 等作爲人體洗淨用洗淨噴嘴使用的場合,在瞬間吐出水量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -245- 34 3 5 7 A7 __B7____ 五、發明說明匕3 ) 一定的情況下可以改變洗淨感,即使瞬間吐出水量爲一定 ,也可以充分對應於多樣化的使用者洗淨喜好。此外因爲 不受瞬間吐出水量的增減影響而可以改變洗淨感的緣故, 所以不會有加熱洗淨水的熱交換器的溫度調節控制無法跟 上瞬間吐水流量的增減,在洗淨感可變的場合可以進行安 定的溫水吐水。 此外,因爲使用供使洗淨水的吐水方向旋轉或擺動之 用的空氣幫浦與氣泡混入用的空氣幫浦所以可以作出精簡 價廉的裝置,同時以高速使其旋轉擺動時容易產生的飛濺 問題可以藉由氣泡混入而減$,同時可使洗淨感更柔和。 進而組合二者的話可以大幅省水洗淨。 第1 3 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 61之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN61 ,具備有將使擺動洗淨 水旋轉擺動手段WN 6 1 - 1 4的來自空氣供給手段的壓 縮空氣的一部分,使用於供對洗淨水混入空氣之用的氣泡 混入手段AP61-20的構成。亦即,離開旋轉擺動手 段WN6 1 — 14的空氣的一部分,由空氣口 AP6 1 — 19向洗淨噴嘴WN6 1的外部排出,而另一部分的空氣 通過空氣通路被導入氣泡混入手段AP 6 1 — 2 0,通過 被設於吐水路WN6 1 _ 2 5外壁的多孔體WN61 -2 8混入洗淨水中|與洗淨水同時被吐出。根據此構成, 雖然無法獨立控制空氣混入與旋轉擺動,但是可以使洗淨 噴嘴WN 6 1內的空氣通路共通化,此外可以_時實現藉 少許空氣量混入氣泡與旋轉擺動,可以獨立於洗淨水的吐 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公藿) 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 裝 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -246- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明匕4 ) 水量,控制空氣^量。 第1 3 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 62,第138圖(a)係從側方來看之圖’箏138圖 (b)係從上方所見之圖。洗淨噴嘴WN62,具有藉由 壓縮空氣使吐水孔WN 6 2 - 1 5擺動的旋轉擺動手段 WN62 - 14。洗淨水的流動,由上游起依序經過水幫 浦WN6 2 — 1 1、流量調節閥WN62 — 1 2、給水路 WN62 — 13'旋轉擺動手段WN62 — 14、吐水路 WN6 2 — 2 5而從吐水孔WN6 1 5吐出。空氣流 路,如第1 38圖(b)所示,通過空氣幫浦AP62 - 1 6之後,分爲兩個流路系統,分別通過空氣閥AP 6 2 _17、空氣流路AP62—18,進入旋轉擺動手段.. WN6 2 - 1 4,傳遞空氣具有的動能而排出至洗淨噴嘴 W N 6 2外部。 旋轉擺動手段WN62 — 14,係由空氣噴嘴AP 62-30、可撓接頭WN62 — 24、旋轉擺動體WN 62 — 26、彈簧WN62 — 31、吐水路WN62 — 25、吐水孔WN62 - 1 5所構成。旋轉擺動體WN 62 — 26 ,與吐水路WN62 — 25固定爲一體,以吐 水路WN6 2 — 2 5先端的擺動固定部WN6 2 - 2 9與 洗淨噴嘴WN6 2接續,可以此擺動固定部WN6 2 - 2 9爲中心水平擺動。 使用者指示洗.淨水旋轉或擺動的話,空氣幫浦A P 6 2 - 1 6加壓空氣的同時,2個空氣閥AP 6 2 — 1 7 -H ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 ϋ I n (請先閨讀背面之注$項再Γ ,本I) 訂· .線 經濟部智慈財產局貝工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 247- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 五、發明說明(245 ) 以指定的週期開閉使空氣送入旋轉擺動手段WN 6 2 -1 4的空氣噴嘴AP 6 2 — 3 0。被送入的加壓空氣’由 2個空氣噴嘴AP 6 2 - 3. 0吐出’使被連結於藉由彈賛 WN 6 2 - 3 1壓住的旋轉擺動體WN 6 2 _ 2 6之吐水 路WN 6 2 - 2 5的傾斜產生變化而改變吐水方向。此處 ,縮短空氣閥AP6 2 — 1 7的切換週期的話’可以進行 短週期吐水之旋轉或擺動’此外’增大空氣幫浦A P 6 2 一 1 6的輸出壓力的話’吐水路WN 6 2 — 2 5的傾斜也 大幅變化,可以使吐水方向、吐水面積大幅變化。 稂據此洗淨噴嘴WN6 2的構成,可以分別獨立於流 量地控制吐水面積(擴張)與旋轉或擺動的週期,所以作 爲洗淨噴嘴WN 6 2可以對應多種類的洗淨模式。此外’ 在洗淨噴嘴WN6 2 ’即使很少的空氣量也可以在成高速 的旋轉或擺動,對使用者而言可得來自吐水面全體的吐水 之洗淨感,可以大幅省水。 第1 3 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 6 4,第1 3 9圖(a )係剖面圖,第1 3 9圖(b )係 立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴WN6 4,具備吐水孔WN6 4 — 4 b夾著軸WN 6 4 _ 6 a以前後或者左右反覆地往返運 動來移動之構成。 洗淨噴嘴WN6 4,具備驅動馬達WN6 4 — 5 1 a ,與其旋轉轉軸WN 6 4_ 5 1 b —體而對旋轉轉軸WN 6 4 — 5 1 b的軸6 4 — 6 t>偏心之偏心凸輪WN 6 4 — ------裝.-- (請先«讀背面之注$項再η..本頁》 訂. ,線- 經濟部智慧財產局Μ工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -248-m Introduced air bubble mixing means AP 6 0 — 2 0 are mixed into the spouting channel WN6 0 — 9 cl, u 25 and the water is washed out together. Rotating and swinging means WN6〇-u is composed of air turbine AP 6 0 _ 2 1, eccentric cam WN 6 〇-2, bearing WN 6 〇_23, flexible joint WN60-24, and rotating swing body WN6〇_ 2 6 The water spouting channel WN6 0-2 5 and the water spouting hole WN6 0-15. The air turbine AP 6 0-2 1 and the eccentric cam Wn6 0 ~ 2 2 are integrated into one body. This is supported by the bearing WN 6 0-2 3 and printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The air flow path AP 6 0 — 1 8 a flows into the air turbine AP60 — 21, and then the air turbine AP60 — 2 1 and the eccentric cam WN 6 0 —. 2 2 rotate by the kinetic energy of the air. The eccentric cam WN60 — 22 moves the rotary swing body WN60-2 6 in a horizontal direction according to a specified trajectory by its eccentric portion. The trajectory is determined by the notch shape of the rotating swing body WN6 0-2 6. Rotation I — The moving body WN6 0 — 2 6 and the water spouting channel WN6 0-2 5 are fixed into one body. These are fixed by the swinging fixing part WN 6 0 — 2 5 at the tip of the water spouting channel WN 6 0 _ 2 9 to rotate. Swing body WN 6 0-2 6 as the center -243- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard < CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention fcn) and can swing in the horizontal direction. The swing is configured to change the inclination of the water discharge path WN 6 0 to 2 5 to change the water discharge direction of the washing water. The air bubble mixing means AP 6 0-2 0 is composed of an air chamber AP 6 0-2 7 and a porous body WN6 0-2 8 provided on the outer wall of the water discharge path WN 6 0-2 5. The air flows into the air chambers AP60-27 through the second air flow path AP 60-1 8b. When the pressure rises, the air passes through the porous body WN 6 0 _ 2 8 and is mixed into the washing water in the water discharge path WN 6 0-2 5 to interact with The washing water was spit out together. When the washing nozzle WN6 0 in FIG. 1 3 6 indicates the discharge of the washing water, the washing water is pressurized by the water pump WN6 0 — 1 1 and the flow regulating valve WN 6 0-1 2 Adjust the amount of water to be discharged at a specified instant, and spit through the water supply holes WN60-15 through the water supply channels WN60-13 and WN60-25. When the user instructs the washing water to rotate, the air pump AP 6 0-1 6 pressurized air opens the first air valve AP 6 0 — 1 7 a at the same time. * Air flows in through the first air flow channel AP 6 0-1 8 a. The air turbine AP 6 0 _21 rotates, and through the eccentric cams WN60-22 and the rotating swing body WN60-26, the angle of the water discharge path WN60-25 can be changed to rotate or swing the washing water. In this way, only the vicinity of the spout hole WN6 0 -1 5 in the washing nozzle WN6 0 is rotated by the kinetic energy of the air, and the whole of the washing nozzle is moved along a predetermined trajectory, and the washing water is rotated or swung Compared with the case of spouting water at the same time, the moving part is small and there are almost no actuators. — — — — — — — — — — — — Install __I (Please read the note on the back before Γ * ', · 本Page) Order. 'Line · This paper size applies to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 244- ^ 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention $ 42) (Please read the $ item on the back before (This page) Electrically drives sound or vibration, and is extremely silent and vibration-free. Furthermore, by rotating the swinging means WN60-14, only the vicinity of the spout hole WN60-15 can be rotated, so that the period of rotation or swinging of the washing water can be easily shortened, and the washing water can be effectively dispersed, which has a water-saving effect. '' In addition, the washing water is rotated or oscillated, but there is no part directly driven by electricity, so a very simple washing nozzle can be provided. Furthermore, there is no problem of durability of the electric drive section. Furthermore, there is no problem of leakage due to wiring caused by washing water, such as when power is transmitted through the wiring, and there is no problem of leakage even when the cleaning nozzle itself is used in an environment where it is easily exposed to water. Furthermore, no electrical wiring work is required up to the tip of the nozzle. When the user instructs to mix in the air, the second air valve AP 6 0 ~ printed by Behr Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs opens 1 7 b, and the air flows into the air chamber AP60 through the second air flow path AP 6 0 — 1 8 b. 27. When the temperature of the air chamber AP60-27 rises, the air passes through the porous body WN6 0_2 8 and is mixed into the washing water with most fine bubbles. Since such a large amount of fine air bubbles can be mixed into the washing water, the water consumption is reduced, and even a small amount of water has a very good washing power, and a comfortable washing feeling can be obtained with a sense of volume. In addition, the rotation speed of the rotating or oscillating wash water, the instantaneous water discharge volume, and the amount of air bubbles mixed can be independently controlled, which are not affected by the increase or decrease of the instantaneous water discharge volume. The rotation or oscillating rotation speed of the washing water can be controlled from low speed to high speed * The amount of air bubbles can be controlled in a wide range. Therefore, when the nozzle of a local washing device, a shower head for human body washing, or a faucet for hand washing are used as a human body washing nozzle, the amount of water is instantaneously discharged. This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -245- 34 3 5 7 A7 __B7____ V. Description of invention Dagger 3) Under certain circumstances, the washing feeling can be changed, even if the amount of water is instantaneous. Certainly, it can fully correspond to various user washing preferences. In addition, because the washing feeling can be changed without being affected by the increase or decrease in the amount of instantaneous spit water, the temperature adjustment control of the heat exchanger that does not heat the washing water cannot keep up with the increase or decrease in the instantaneous spit water flow. Stable warm water spouting can be performed on variable occasions. In addition, since the air pump for rotating or swinging the spouting direction of the washing water and the air pump for mixing air bubbles are used, it is possible to make a compact and inexpensive device, and at the same time, make it easy to splash when it is rotated and oscillated. The problem can be reduced by mixing air bubbles, and at the same time, the washing feeling can be softened. Furthermore, the combination of both can greatly save water. FIG. 1 7 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 61 related to another embodiment. The washing nozzle WN61 is provided with a part of the compressed air from the air supply means which rotates the swing washing water and the swing means WN 6 1-1 4 and a bubble mixing means AP61- for mixing the washing water with air. 20's composition. That is, a part of the air leaving the rotating and oscillating means WN6 1-14 is discharged to the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN6 1 through the air port AP6 1-19, and the other part of the air is introduced into the bubble mixing means AP 6 1-through the air passage. 2 0, is mixed into the washing water through the porous body WN61-2 8 provided on the outer wall of the discharge water channel WN6 1 _ 2 5 | and is discharged simultaneously with the washing water. According to this configuration, although air mixing and rotation swing cannot be independently controlled, the air passage in the cleaning nozzle WN 61 can be made common, and it is possible to mix air bubbles and rotation swing with a small amount of air, which can be independent of washing The paper size of water is suitable for Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 g). Read the note on the back and print it out. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. -246- 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention 4 ) Water volume to control air volume. Fig. 1 38 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 62 related to another embodiment, and Fig. 138 (a) is a view seen from the side; "Zheng 138" (b) is a view seen from above. The cleaning nozzle WN62 has a rotating and swinging means WN62-14 that swings the water discharge holes WN 6 2-1 5 by compressed air. The flow of the washing water passes through the water pump WN6 2 — 1 in order from the upstream. 1. The flow control valve WN62 — 1 2. The water supply channel WN62 — 13 'rotating and swinging means WN62 — 14 and the spouting channel WN6 2 — 2 5 and Spit out from the spout hole WN6 1 5. The air flow path, as shown in Figure 1 38 (b), passes through the air pump AP62-16 and is divided into two flow path systems, which are respectively entered through the air valve AP 6 2 _17 and air flow path AP62-18. Rotating and swinging means: WN6 2-1 4 transfers the kinetic energy of air to the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN 6 2. Rotating and swinging means WN62 — 14 are composed of air nozzles AP 62-30, flexible joints WN62 — 24, rotating and swinging bodies WN 62 — 26, springs WN62 — 31, water spouting paths WN62 — 25, and water spouting holes WN62-1 5 . The rotating and oscillating body WN 62 — 26 is fixed to the water discharge channel WN62 — 25 as a whole, and the swaying fixing portion WN6 2-2 5 at the tip of the water discharge channel WN6 2-2 9 is connected to the washing nozzle WN6 2, and the swing fixing portion WN6 2-2 9 is the center horizontal swing. The user instructs to wash. If the clean water rotates or swings, the air pump AP 6 2-1 6 pressurizes the air while the two air valves AP 6 2 — 1 7 -H ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 ϋ I n (please read the note of $ on the back and then Γ, this I) order.. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, this paper is printed in accordance with Chinese national standards < CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) 247- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 V. Description of the invention (245) Open and close the air at a specified period to send the air to the swinging means WN 6 2 -1 4 AP 6 2 — 3 0. The sent-in pressurized air is 'spit out by two air nozzles AP 6 2-3. 0', and is connected to the spit of the rotating swing body WN 6 2 _ 2 6 which is held down by the spring praise WN 6 2-3 1 The inclination of the waterway WN 6 2-2 5 changes to change the direction of water discharge. Here, if the switching cycle of the air valve AP6 2 — 1 7 is shortened, 'the rotation or swing of the short-term water discharge can be performed'. In addition, if the output pressure of the air pump AP 6 2-1 6 is increased, the water discharge channel WN 6 2 — The tilt of 25 also changes greatly, which can greatly change the direction and area of water discharge.稂 According to the structure of the cleaning nozzle WN6 2, the water discharge area (expansion) and the period of rotation or swing can be controlled independently of the flow rate. Therefore, the cleaning nozzle WN 6 2 can support various types of cleaning modes. In addition, the "washing nozzle WN6 2" can rotate or swing at a high speed even with a small amount of air. For the user, a clean feeling of the spout from the entire spout surface can be obtained, which can greatly save water. Fig. 139 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 64 according to other embodiments, Fig. 139 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 139 (b) is a perspective view. The cleaning nozzle WN6 4 is provided with a water discharge hole WN6 4 — 4 b, and the shaft WN 6 4 _ 6 a is moved back and forth or left and right repeatedly to move. The cleaning nozzle WN6 4 is provided with a drive motor WN6 4 — 5 1 a, and its rotating shaft WN 6 4_ 5 1 b — the body is opposed to the rotating shaft WN 6 4 — 5 1 b of the shaft 6 4 — 6 t > eccentric cam WN 6 4 — ------ install .-- (please «read the note on the back and then η .. this page" to order., Line-paper size printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, M Industrial Consumer Cooperatives Applicable to 0 Chinese standards < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -248-
V 4-3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局S工消费合作社印製 B7_____五、發明說明fe46 ) 此外,於偏合凸輪WN64 — 5 1C,抵接於從動節 部WN64 — 45。從動節部WN64 - 45,與移動通 水路WN6 4 — 4 a或吐水孔WN6 4 — 4 b被構成爲一 體,連結於板彈簧WN64 — 5 1 f而被彈壓。 移動通水路WN 6 4 _ 4 a |透過具有伸縮性的接頭 WN64 — 2被接續於不動通水路WN64— 3a。此外 ,從動節部WN64-45,藉由偏心凸輪WN64 — 5 1 c旋轉於軸WN64 — 6b的周圍,如第1 39圖( a.)所示朝B方向按壓的話,於板彈簧WN64 — 5 1 f 受到朝A方向的抗力》 因此,藉由驅動驅動馬達WN6 4-5 1 a ,在偏心 凸輪WN6 4 — 5 1 c的厚壁側與從動節部WN64 - 4 5相對的場合,由於板彈簧WN6 4 — 5 1 f的抗力作 用使從動節部WN 6 4 — 4 5向A方向移動。連續驅動驅 動馬達WN6 4 - 5 1 A的話,從動節部WN6 4_4 5 夾著軸WN6 4 — 6 a前後往返移動,使得吐水孔WN 6 4 - 4b夾著軸WN64 — 6 a前後反覆往返移動。 在第1 3 9圖的洗淨噴嘴,驅動驅動馬達WN6 4 — 5 1 a ,使洗淨水吐出的話,吐水孔w N 6 4 — 4 b可以 夾著軸WN 6 4 - 6 a前後反覆往返移動的緣故,洗淨水 前後擺動(依照指定軌跡)同時吐水。 第1 4 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴W N 6 6 ’第1 4 0圖(a )係剖面圖,第1 4 0圖(b )係 立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 6 6,具有指定軌跡進行反覆 ------I-------裝--- (锖先《讀背面之注$項再Γ*:本I ) •線· 本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公; -249- t- t- A7 B7 ^ 34 35 7 五、發明說明fe47 ) 正逆向反轉移動的吐水孔WN 6 6 — 4 b。 洗淨噴嘴WN6 6,具備電磁線圈WN6 6 — 5 4 a 、與此電磁線圏WN6 6 — 5 4 a相對而夾著空隙WN 66_54c被配置的強磁性體WN66 — 54b、移動 通水路WN66 — 4a及吐水孔WN66 - 4b。電ίϋ 圈WN66 - 54a ,在特性上也可以埋入洗淨噴嘴WN 66 ,所以將電磁線圈WN66 — 54a埋入本體內可以 使電磁線圈WN 6 6 _ 5 4 a不會淋到水。移動通水路 WN66 — 4a ,透過具有伸縮性的接頭WN66 - 2連 接於不動通水路WN66 - 3 a。 對電磁線圈WN6 6 — 5 4 a與軸WN6 6 — 6 a的 相反側,被配設彈簧WN66 — 54d。彈簧WN66 — 5 4 d的一端,抵住構成移動通水路WN6 6 — 4 a的構 件,彈簧WN6 6 — 5 4 d的另一端,被固定於洗淨噴嘴 本體。此外,構成吐水孔WN66_4b、移動通水路 WN 6 6 - 4 a以及強磁性體WN6 6 - 5 4 b的構件, 係透過接頭WN6 6-2夾著軸WN6 6 — 6 a可前後移 動的構造=V 4-3435 7 A7 Printed by S Industrial Consumer Cooperatives, Bureau of Intellectual Property, Ministry of Economic Affairs B7_____ V. Description of Invention fe46) In addition, the cams WN64 — 5 1C are in contact with the driven joints WN64 — 45. The driven joints WN64-45 are integrally formed with the moving water passage WN6 4-4 a or the spout hole WN6 4-4 b, and are connected to the leaf spring WN64-5 1 f to be elastically pressed. The moving water passage WN 6 4 _ 4 a | is connected to the fixed water passage WN64-3a through the flexible joint WN64-2. In addition, the driven joint WN64-45 rotates around the shaft WN64 — 6b by the eccentric cam WN64 — 5 1 c. If it is pressed in the direction B as shown in FIG. 1 39 (a.), The leaf spring WN64 — 5 1 f receives resistance in the direction A. Therefore, by driving the drive motor WN6 4-5 1 a, when the thick-walled side of the eccentric cam WN6 4-5 1 c faces the driven joint WN64-4 5, Due to the resistance of the leaf spring WN6 4-5 1 f, the driven joint WN 6 4-4 5 moves in the A direction. If the drive motor WN6 4-5 1 A is continuously driven, the driven joint WN6 4_4 5 moves back and forth between the shafts WN6 4 — 6 a, so that the water discharge hole WN 6 4-4b moves back and forth between the shafts WN64 — 6 a. . In the cleaning nozzle shown in Fig. 139, the drive motor WN6 4-5 1 a is driven to discharge the washing water, and the water discharge hole w N 6 4-4 b can be repeatedly moved back and forth between the shafts WN 6 4-6 a. For the sake of movement, the washing water swings back and forth (in accordance with the specified trajectory) while spitting water. Figure 140 shows a cleaning nozzle W N 6 6 ′ related to another embodiment. Figure 140 (a) is a sectional view, and Figure 140 (b) is a perspective view. The cleaning nozzle WN 6 6 has a designated trajectory for repeated iterations. --- I ------- installation --- (锖 "Read the note on the back side and then Γ *: 本 I) • Line · This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 male; -249- t- t- A7 B7 ^ 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention fe47) Water outlet WN 6 6 — 4 b. The cleaning nozzle WN6 6 is provided with an electromagnetic coil WN6 6 — 5 4 a and a ferromagnetic body WN66 — 54b disposed opposite the electromagnetic line 圏 WN6 6 — 5 4 a with a gap WN 66_54c and a moving water passage WN66 — 4a And spout hole WN66-4b. The electric coil WN66-54a can also be embedded in the cleaning nozzle WN 66 in terms of characteristics. Therefore, burying the electromagnetic coil WN66-54a in the body can prevent the electromagnetic coil WN 6 6 _ 5 4 a from being exposed to water. The mobile water channel WN66-4a is connected to the fixed water channel WN66-3a through a flexible joint WN66-2. A spring WN66-54d is disposed on the opposite side of the electromagnetic coil WN6 6-5 4 a and the shaft WN6 6-6 a. One end of the spring WN66 — 5 4 d abuts against a component constituting the moving water passage WN6 6 — 4 a, and the other end of the spring WN6 6 — 5 4 d is fixed to the cleaning nozzle body. In addition, the components constituting the water discharge hole WN66_4b, the moving water passage WN 6 6-4 a, and the ferromagnetic body WN6 6-5 4 b are structured such that the shaft WN6 6-6 a can be moved forward and backward through the joint WN6 6-2 =
於第140圖的洗淨噴嘴WN66,控制對電磁線圈 WN66—54a的通電的話,藉由電磁線圈WN66— 5 4 a產生的磁場,在與移動通水路WN6 6 — 4 a構成 爲一體的強磁性體WN 6 6 - 5 4 b之間,產生引力或斥 力。藉此,吐水孔WN6 6 — 4 b與移動通水路WN6 6 —4a與強磁性體WN66_54b *成爲透過接頭WN 本紙張尺度適用中國國家猓準(CNS)A4规格<210 X 297公m — — — — —— — — — — — — — - I I 請先«讀背面之注$項再Γ ί本頁)In the cleaning nozzle WN66 shown in FIG. 140, if the energization of the electromagnetic coil WN66-54a is controlled, the magnetic field generated by the electromagnetic coil WN66-5 4a forms a strong magnetism integrated with the moving water passage WN6 6-4 Between the bodies WN 6 6-5 4 b, gravitation or repulsion occurs. As a result, the water jet holes WN6 6 — 4 b, the mobile water channel WN6 6 — 4a, and the ferromagnetic body WN66_54b * become the through connector WN. — — —— — — — — — — — —-II «Read the note on the back page first, then Γ page)
V 線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -250- A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製V-line · Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs -250- A7
^ 3 5 7_五、發明說明泛48 ) 6 6 — 2之可動的構造,所以可夾著軸WN6 6 - 6 a前 後往復移動》此外,前後移動的振幅,可以在空隙WN 66 — 54 c的範圍任意控制。 此外,藉由使對電磁線圈WN 6 6_5 4 a的通電方 向反轉,可以反轉所產生的磁極,因此使用硬質磁性材料 (永久磁鐵)作爲強磁性體WN6 6 — 5 4 b的話,可以 不使用彈簧WN6 6_ 5 4 d,而使吐水孔WN 6 6 — 4 b夾著軸WN 6 6 — 6 a前後反覆往返移動。 此外,於洗淨噴嘴WN6 6,控制對電磁線圈WN 6 6 ~ 5 4 a的通電,使吐出洗淨水的話,吐水孔W N 6 一 4b ,夾著軸WN6 6- 6a前後反覆往返移動的緣故 ’洗淨水前後擺動(沿著指定軌跡)同時被吐水。 作爲洗淨噴嘴WN 6 6之具有伸縮性的接頭WN 6 6 - 2,以使用樹脂管較佳,但如果是蛇腹(自由伸縮管) 的構造,亦可爲金屬。 作爲洗淨噴嘴WN 6 6使用的強磁性體WN 6 6 -5 4 b的材質,可使用一般被使用於馬達的硬質磁性材料 (例如鐵-鈷_鎳一鋁系合金或是鋇鐵酸鹽、橡膠磁鐵、 釤-鈷、銨—鐵-硼等)或是軟質磁性材料(例如F e -Si 〔矽鋼〕或Fe_Ni 〔高導磁鐵鎳合金〕或Fe-S i - A1 〔鐵矽鋁合金〕或Μη Ζ η鐵酸鹽或非結晶合 金等),只要是藉由電磁線圈WN6 6 — 5 4 a產生磁場 來造成引力或斥力的強磁性材質,即可實施本發明。 第1 4 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN --------------裝--- <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再r本買) 訂· ;線 本紙張尺度適用中國囷家標準(CNS>A4蜣格(210 X 297公藿) -251 - h 4 3435 7 A7 _' _ B7 五、發明說明(249 ) 68 ,第141圖(a)係剖面圖,第141圖(b)係 立體透視圖。洗淨噴嘴WN 6 8,具有藉由使洗淨水的吐 水方向2次元偏向而使洗淨水在指定軌跡移動同時吐水的 吐水擺動部WN68 — 8。 如第1 4 1圖(a )所示,吐水擺動部WN6 8 — 8 ’係由可動子WN68 - 8 a、2個電機子WN68—-8 b所構成,可動子WN6 8 — 8 a ,具有2個強磁性體 WN68 — 81a、移動通水路WN68-3c、吐水孔 WN68 — 3d、凸緣WN68 — 82a。2個電機子 界1^6 8 — 8乜,夾著可動子狐1^6 8-8 3配於可動子 WN68_8a的前後或者左右,2個強磁性體WN68 _8 1 a以與各個電機子W.N6 8-8 b相對的方式配置 。此外,強磁性體WN6 8_8 1 a與電機子WN6 8 -8b之間設有空隙WN68_8c。移動通水路WN68 _3c ,對不動通水路WN68 - 3e透過具有伸縮性的 接頭WN68 — 3 ί接續。此外,凸緣WN68_82a 與凸緣承受部WN6 8 — 3 g之間,夾著具有伸縮性的墊 片WN68 — 3h。因此,可動子WN68-8a ,以使 吐水方向可以2次元偏向的方式移動。此外,電機子WN 68_8b,於洗淨噴嘴WN68本體內,也可以不淋到 水的方式組入,在此場合’因爲不使用墊片WN 6 8 — 3h ,以使吐水方向可以2次元變更的方式在凸緣承受部 WN6 8 _ 3 g與凸緣WN6 8 — 8 2 a之間設有指定的 間隙亦可。此外’洗淨水的瞬間吐出水量調節’係以流量 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公釐) .252 — — — — — — — — — — — — — · I I (請先闓讀背面之注項再iT本頁) 訂: -線 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 L 434357 A7 B7 五、發明說明匕0 ) 調節閥WN 6 8 = 3 b (未圖示)來進行,而以控制部( 未圖示)來控制。此外,吐水擺動部WN 6 8 — 8的驅動 係以控制部控制的。 於第1 4 1圖的洗淨噴嘴WN6 8的構成,強磁性體 WN6 8 — 8 1 a的材質,係軟質磁性材料(例如f e ~ si 〔矽鋼〕或Fe— Ni 〔高導磁鐵鎳合金〕或Fe -S i - A 1 〔鐵矽銘合金〕或Μη Ζ η鐵酸鹽或非結晶合 金等)的場合,只要對任一電機子WN6 8 — 8 b通電的 話’通電的電機子WN 6 8 — 8 b與相對的強磁性體WN 68 — 8 1 a之間產生引力,強磁性體WN68-8 1 a ’移動往相對的通電的電機子WN6 8 - 8 b的方向。因 此’可動子贾!^6 8 — 8 3對非通電狀態傾斜.(偏向)。 藉此’使對2個電機子WN 6 8 - 8 b的通電順序, 交互通電,通電狀態的電機子WN 6 8 — 8 b與強磁性體 WN68 — 8 1 a之間作用的引力使可動子WN68 — 8 a前後或者左右交互作用,所以可動子WN6 8 — 8 a 的傾斜(偏向)也2次元地交互變更。 此外,強磁性材料WN6 8~8 1 a的材質是硬質磁 性材料(例如鐵-鈷~鎳一鋁系合金或是鋇鐵酸鹽、橡膠 磁鐵' 釤-鈷、鈸-鐵-硼等)的場合,以使強磁性體 WN68 - 8 1 a的N極或S極的磁場朝向相對的電機子 WN 6 8 — 8 b的方向的方式配置,以使藉由通電的電機 子WN6 8-8 b產生於相對的強磁性體WN6 8_ 8 1 a側的磁極,成爲與相對的強磁性體WN6 8 - 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I I d ϋ K u I I * n I 請先閲讀背面之注$項再A本頁) 訂- -·線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 -253- A7 B7 4 3—4 3 5 五、發明說明红1) 8 1 a的磁極相反之磁極的方式通電的話,與使用軟質磁 性材料的場合相同,相對的強磁性體WN6 8_8 1 a與 電機子WN 6 8 — 8 b之間的引力作用,使強磁性體 WN6 8-8 1 a ’移動往相對的通電之電機子wn6 8 —8b的方向。因此’可動子WN6 8 — 8,係對非通電 狀態傾斜(偏向)。 進而’對通電的電機子WN6 8 — 8 b與其他電機子 WN6 8 - 8t>,以使與強磁性體WN6 8 — 8 1 a之間 產生斥力的方式通電的話,可以使可動子WN 6 8 - 8 a 的指定軌跡之移動更爲平順。此外,不利用電機子W N 6 8-8b與強磁性體WN6 8 — 8 1 a之間的引力,而 使對電機子WN 6 8 _ 8 b的通電方向反轉使產生斥力, 而藉由斥力使其依指定軌跡移動的場合,也可以與使用引 力的場合同樣進行相同的移動。 此外,與洗淨水之吐水連動,而驅動吐水擺動部W N 6 8-8的話,因爲可動子WN6 8 - 8 a 2次元地偏向 ,所以洗淨水的吐水方向也跟著2次元偏向,可以使洗淨 水對洗淨噴嘴WN 6 8夾著軸WN 6 8 _ 7前後或者左右 方向反覆進行往復運動(在指定軌跡上)而使其移動。而 且可以僅藉由洗淨水吐水方向的2次元之些微偏向(吐水 擺動部WN68-8的驅動負荷很小),進行寬廣範圍的 洗淨。 如此'的洗淨噴嘴WN68 ’吐水擺動部WN68 — 8 具有2次元偏向手段的功能,控制部具有獨立控制手段的 ------------裝.1· (锖先閲讀背面之注意事項再iiT.本頁) 訂. .線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印焚 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公爱) .254 - 4 3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局S工消费合作社印¾ B7____五、發明說明知2 ) 功能。 此外,改變通電循環的話,可以改變可動子WN 6 8 - 8 a之指定軌跡的移動速度,可以控制洗淨水之指定軌 _跡的移動速度。 因此,不會有如進行使用流體元件機構之2次元吐水 方向的偏向的洗淨洗淨噴嘴的場合那般,產生因應瞬間吐 出水量的增減,而使指定軌跡的移動速度(振動頻率)增 減的問題,與瞬間吐出水量獨立,而可以容易地控制指定 軌跡地移動速度(振動頻率),不需要如使用流體元件機 構的場合那般改變洗淨流量,可以用配合被洗淨面的移動 速度來洗淨。 進而,於人體有洗淨感的問題時,可以固定瞬間吐出 水量而僅改變洗淨感,即使瞬間吐出水量爲一定,也不僅 可以充分對應多樣化的使用者之洗淨喜好,而且因爲可以 不受瞬間吐出水量的影響而改變洗淨感的緣故*不會有以 瞬間吐出水量的增減來改變洗淨感的場合那般,加熱洗淨 水的熱交換器的溫度調節控制跟不上瞬間吐水流量的增減 的情形使得在可以改變洗淨感的場合也可以進行安定的 溫水吐水》 進而,與以配置於洗淨噴嘴外部的動作器使洗淨水吐 水方向作2次元的偏向之從前的場合相比,不驅動洗淨噴 嘴W N 6 8自身,驅動部分很小,所以洗淨水的指定軌跡 之移動速度可以提高,從低速改變至高速,或是一 □氣加 速至高速,使洗淨面稹的切換的反應性成爲高速等等都可 !!!!裝 i I (請先閱讀背面之注$項再if*本1> 訂· .線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -255- Α7 Β7 五、發明說明έ53 ) 以容易地進行,可以提供精簡的洗淨噴嘴以及洗淨裝置。 此外,人體洗淨的場合,也與以位於洗淨噴嘴外的動作器 使洗淨水吐水方向作2次元偏向的從前的場合相比,可得 多樣化的洗淨感。 此外,改變對電機子WN6 8 - 8 b的通電量的話, 可以改變電機子WN 6 8 - 8 b與強磁性體WN 6 8 — 8 1 a之間作用的引力或斥力的強度,所以可改變可動子 WN6 8 — 8 a的移動距離,可動子WN6 8 - 8 a的2 次元的傾斜大小(偏向量)可以藉由對電機子WN 6 8 -8 b的通電量控制來可變地控制*因而控制洗淨水的吐水 方向之2次元偏向童,可以容易進行寬廣範圍的洗淨與狹 窄範圍的洗淨之切換。進而,僅使吐水方向的偏向量在2 次元上作些微的變更就可以容易改變洗淨面積的緣故,只 要稍微改變對電機子WN 6 8 — 8 b的通電量即可。因此 ,於實施例*吐水擺動部W N 6 8 - 8具有作爲洗淨面積 變更手段的功能。 / 因此,寬廣範圍的洗淨與狹窄範圍的洗淨的切換,只 要使吐水方向的偏向量在2次元上些微改變即可(僅變更 對電機子WN68-8b的通電量即可),不會有像是因 應瞬間吐出水量的增減,而使得指定軌跡的振幅(洗淨面 積)增減的問題,可以使洗淨範圔的切換之回應性可以不 受瞬間吐出水量增減的影響而高速地進行,可以不受瞬間 吐出水量增減的影響而以配合被洗淨面的洗淨面積來洗淨 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4规格(210 * 297公* ) it------I — — — — - I — {請先M讀背面之;i意事項再f.1···本頁) 訂: --線- 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 -256-^ 3 5 7_V. Description of the invention Pan 48) 6 6 — 2 The movable structure, so it can move back and forth with the axis WN6 6-6 a. In addition, the amplitude of the forward and backward movement can be in the gap WN 66-54 c The range is arbitrarily controlled. In addition, the magnetic pole generated can be reversed by reversing the energizing direction of the electromagnetic coil WN 6 6_5 4 a. Therefore, if a hard magnetic material (permanent magnet) is used as the ferromagnetic body WN6 6-5 4 b, Using the spring WN6 6_ 5 4 d, the water discharge hole WN 6 6 — 4 b sandwiches the shaft WN 6 6 — 6 a back and forth and back and forth. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN6 6 controls the energization of the electromagnetic coils WN 6 6 to 5 4 a to discharge the washing water, and the water discharge holes WN 6 to 4b sandwich the shaft WN6 6-6a back and forth repeatedly. 'The washing water swings back and forth (along the specified trajectory) and is spits out at the same time. As the flexible joint WN 6 6-2 of the cleaning nozzle WN 6 6, a resin tube is preferably used, but if it has a bellows (freely retractable tube) structure, it may be metal. As the material of the ferromagnetic body WN 6 6 -5 4 b used for the cleaning nozzle WN 6 6, a hard magnetic material generally used in a motor (for example, iron-cobalt-nickel-aluminum alloy or barium ferrite) can be used. , Rubber magnet, samarium-cobalt, ammonium-iron-boron, etc.) or soft magnetic materials (such as Fe-Si [silicon steel] or Fe_Ni [high-conductivity magnet nickel alloy]) or Fe-S i-A1 [iron-silicon aluminum alloy ] Or MηZη ferrite or amorphous alloy, etc.) The present invention can be implemented as long as it is a ferromagnetic material that generates a magnetic field by the electromagnetic coil WN6 6-5 4 a to cause attraction or repulsion. Figure 1 4 1 shows the cleaning nozzle WN related to other embodiments -------------- install --- < Please read the precautions on the back before buying this) ·; The paper size of the paper applies the Chinese standard (CNS > A4 grid (210 X 297 cm) -251-h 4 3435 7 A7 _ '_ B7 V. Description of the invention (249) 68, Figure 141 (a ) Is a cross-sectional view, and FIG. 141 (b) is a perspective perspective view. The cleaning nozzle WN 6 8 has a two-dimensional deflection of the direction of the spouting water of the washing water, so that the spouting water of the washing water moves on a specified trajectory while spouting water. Part WN68 — 8. As shown in Figure 14 (a), the water spout swing part WN6 8 — 8 'is composed of movable elements WN68-8a, two motor elements WN68-8b, and movable element WN6 8 — 8 a, with two ferromagnetic bodies WN68 — 81a, mobile water passage WN68-3c, spout hole WN68 — 3d, flange WN68 — 82a. Two motor sub-boundaries 1 ^ 6 8 — 8 乜, sandwiching movable elements The fox 1 ^ 6 8-8 3 is arranged at the front and back or left and right of the mover WN68_8a, and two ferromagnetic bodies WN68 _8 1 a are arranged so as to face each of the motors W.N6 8-8 b. In addition, the ferromagnetic body WN6 8_8 1 a and motor WN6 There is a gap WN68_8c between 8-8b. The moving water channel WN68_3c is connected to the fixed water channel WN68-3e through the flexible joint WN68 — 3 ί. In addition, the flange WN68_82a and the flange receiving portion WN6 8 — 3 g Between them, a flexible gasket WN68-3h is sandwiched. Therefore, the movable member WN68-8a can be moved in such a way that the spouting direction can be biased in two dimensions. In addition, the motor WN 68_8b is in the body of the cleaning nozzle WN68. It can also be assembled without being exposed to water. In this case, 'the gasket WN 6 8-3h is not used, and the spouting direction can be changed in two dimensions at the flange receiving portion WN6 8 _ 3 g and the flange WN6. A designated gap between 8 — 8 2a is also acceptable. In addition, the “instantaneous spitting water volume adjustment of wash water” is based on the flow rate. This paper standard applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 * 297 mm). 252 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — II (please read the notes on the back before iT page) Order:-Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of Ministry of Economic Affairs L 434357 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 0) Control valve WN 6 8 = 3 b (not Shown) to, and to the control unit (not shown) is controlled. In addition, the drive system of the water spout swinging section WN 6 8-8 is controlled by the control section. The structure of the cleaning nozzle WN6 8 shown in FIG. 14 1 and the material of the ferromagnetic body WN6 8 — 8 1 a are soft magnetic materials (such as fe ~ si [silicon steel] or Fe—Ni [high-permeability nickel alloy]) Or Fe -S i-A 1 [iron-silicon alloy] or Mη Zn ferrite or amorphous alloy, etc.), as long as any of the motors WN6 8-8 b is energized, the 'powered motor WN 6 An attractive force is generated between 8 — 8 b and the opposite ferromagnetic body WN 68 — 8 1 a, and the ferromagnetic body WN68-8 1 a 'moves in the direction of the oppositely energized motor WN6 8-8 b. So ‘movable child Jia! ^ 6 8 — 8 3 Tilt to non-energized state (bias). By this, the current is applied to the two motors WN 6 8-8 b, and the motors WN 6 8-8 b and the ferromagnetic body WN68-8 1 a are energized when the current is applied alternately. WN68-8a interacts front-to-back or left-right, so the tilt (bias) of the mover WN6-8-8a also changes interactively in two dimensions. In addition, the ferromagnetic material WN6 8 ~ 8 1 a is made of hard magnetic materials (such as iron-cobalt-nickel-aluminum alloy or barium ferrite, rubber magnets' 钐 -Co, 钹 -Fe-B, etc.) In this case, the magnetic field of the N pole or S pole of the ferromagnetic body WN68-8 1 a is oriented toward the opposite motor WN 6 8-8 b, so that the motor WN6 8-8 b passing current The magnetic pole generated on the opposite ferromagnetic body WN6 8_ 8 1 a becomes the opposite ferromagnetic body WN6 8-This paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) II d ϋ K u II * n I Please read the note on the back of the page before A page) Order--··· Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-253- A7 B7 4 3-4 4 5 1) If the magnetic pole of 8 1 a is energized in the opposite way to the magnetic pole, it is the same as the case of using soft magnetic materials. The gravitational effect between the opposite ferromagnetic body WN6 8_8 1 a and the motor WN 6 8 — 8 b makes the strong The magnetic body WN6 8-8 1 a 'moves in the direction of the opposite energized motor wn6 8 — 8b. Therefore, the 'movable element WN6 8-8 is inclined (biased) to the non-energized state. Furthermore, if the energized motor WN6 8-8 b and other motors WN6 8-8t > are energized in such a way that a repulsive force is generated between the ferromagnetic body WN6 8-8 1 a, the movable element WN 6 8 -The movement of the specified track of 8 a is smoother. In addition, instead of using the gravitational force between the motor WN 6 8-8b and the ferromagnetic body WN6 8 — 8 1 a, the direction of the current applied to the motor WN 6 8 _ 8 b is reversed to generate a repulsive force. When it is moved along a specified trajectory, the same movement can be performed as when gravity is used. In addition, in conjunction with the spouting of the washing water and driving the spouting swinging part WN 6 8-8, the movable member WN6 8-8 a is biased in a two-dimensional direction, so the spouting direction of the washing water is also biased in a two-dimensional direction, so that The washing water WN 6 8 repeatedly moves back and forth (on a specified trajectory) with the shaft WN 6 8 _ 7 in the back-and-forth or left-right direction to move it. Furthermore, it is possible to perform a wide range of cleaning only by slightly deviating from the second dimension of the direction of the spouting water of the washing water (the driving load of the spouting swinging section WN68-8 is small). In this way, the "washing nozzle WN68" and the water spout swinging unit WN68 — 8 have the function of a two-dimensional deflection means, and the control unit has an independent control means ------------ install. 1 · (锖 Read the back first (Notes on this page, iiT. This page) Ordering ... Line · Printed paper of employees' cooperatives in the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Standards for Chinese papers < CNS > A4 (210 * 297 public love) .254-4 3435 7 A7 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial Cooperative Cooperative ¾ B7____ V. Invention Description 2) Function. In addition, if you change the energization cycle, you can change the moving speed of the specified track of the mover WN 6 8-8 a, and you can control the moving speed of the specified track of the washing water. Therefore, there will be no increase or decrease in the movement speed (vibration frequency) of the specified trajectory in response to the increase or decrease of the instantaneous amount of water, as in the case of washing and cleaning nozzles that use the bidirectional water discharge direction of the fluid element mechanism. The problem is independent of the instantaneous amount of water, and it is easy to control the movement speed (vibration frequency) of a specified trajectory. It is not necessary to change the washing flow rate as in the case of using a fluid element mechanism. It can be used to match the movement speed of the surface being washed. Come clean. Furthermore, when the human body has a problem with the feeling of washing, it is possible to fix the instantaneous amount of water and change only the washing feeling. Even if the amount of instantaneous water is constant, it can not only fully respond to the washing preferences of various users, but also because The effect of instantaneous spitting water changes the washing feeling. * There is no occasion to change the washing sensation by increasing or decreasing the instantaneous spitting water quantity. The temperature adjustment control of the heat exchanger that heats the washing water cannot keep up with the instant. The increase and decrease of the spouting water flow enables stable warm water spouting even when the washing feeling can be changed. Furthermore, the actuator is arranged outside the washing nozzle to make the washing water spouting direction 2-dimensionally biased. Compared with the previous occasion, the cleaning nozzle WN 6 8 itself is not driven, and the driving part is very small, so the moving speed of the designated trajectory of the washing water can be increased, changing from low speed to high speed, or accelerating to high speed in one stroke. Responsiveness of switching to wash noodles becomes high speed and so on !!!! Install i I (please read the note on the back before reading if * 本 1 > order.. The paper size is suitable for China Of Standards (CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) -255- Α7 Β7 V. invention described έ53) to be easily performed, may be provided streamlined washing nozzle and a cleaning means. In addition, when the human body is cleaned, a variety of washing feelings can be obtained compared with the previous case where the direction of the washing water spouting direction is deflected by an actuator located outside the washing nozzle. In addition, by changing the amount of current applied to the motor WN6 8-8 b, the strength of the gravitational or repulsive force acting between the motor WN 6 8-8 b and the ferromagnetic body WN 6 8-8 1 a can be changed, so it can be changed. The moving distance of the mover WN6 8 — 8 a, and the 2-dimensional tilt size (bias vector) of the mover WN6 8-8 a can be variably controlled by controlling the energization amount of the motor WN 6 8 -8 b * Therefore, it is easy to switch between a wide range of washing and a narrow range of washing by controlling the second dimension of the spouting direction of the washing water toward children. Furthermore, it is easy to change the washing area only by slightly changing the bias vector in the spouting direction in the second dimension. It is only necessary to slightly change the amount of current applied to the motor WN 6 8-8 b. Therefore, in the embodiment *, the water discharge swing portion W N 6 8-8 has a function as a means for changing the washing area. / Therefore, switching between a wide range of washing and a narrow range of washing can be done by changing the bias vector in the discharge direction slightly in 2 dimensions (only the amount of electricity to the motor WN68-8b can be changed). There is a problem that the amplitude (washing area) of a specified trajectory increases or decreases in response to an increase or decrease in the amount of instantaneous spitting water, which can make the responsiveness of the switching of the washing range fast without being affected by the increase or decrease in instantaneous spitting water. It can be washed in accordance with the washing area of the surface to be cleaned without being affected by the instantaneous increase or decrease of the amount of water discharged. The paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 * 297) *) it --- --- I — — — — —-I — {Please read the back of the book first; i will read the matter and then f.1 ··· this page). 256-
經濟部智慧財產局具工消f合作社印製 L 4S435 7 A7 ^__B7__ 五、發明說明紅4 ) 進而,在人體洗淨以手握持洗淨噴嘴的場合,手可以 不必大幅擺動就可以改變洗淨面積,在洗淨噴嘴爲固定的 場合,可以不必移動人體或人體的一部分而改變洗淨面積 的緣故,對於行動不便的場合或是對老人或小孩,也可以 沒有不便地改變寫範圍與窄範圍之洗淨。 進而,人體洗淨的場合,可以不受到瞬間吐出水量增 減的影響而容易區份寬範圍洗淨之廣.域洗淨感與狹窄範圍 洗淨之點狀洗淨感,進而可以容易地對應多樣化地洗淨感 〇 進而,人體洗淨的場合,不會如以瞬間吐出水量的增 減來改變洗淨面積的場合那般,會有加熱洗淨水的熱交換 器的溫度調節控制跟不上瞬間吐水流量的增減的情形,使 得在可以改變洗淨面積的場合也可以進行安定的溫水吐水 0 洗淨噴嘴WN6 8,其2組相對的強磁性體WN6 8 一 8 1 a與電機子WN6 8 — 8 b之中,無論哪一方爲具 有伸縮性的彈簧構造,都可以利用強磁性體W N 6 8 -8 1 a與電機子WN 6 8-8 b之間的引力及/或斥力’ 使洗淨水對洗淨噴嘴WN 6 8夾著軸WN 6 8 — 7反覆進 行前後或左右的往復運動(指定軌跡)而移動。Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives, printed by L Cooperative, L 4S435 7 A7 ^ __ B7__ V. Description of the Invention Red 4) Furthermore, when the human body is cleaned and the washing nozzle is held by the hand, the hand can be changed without having to shake it significantly Net area, when the cleaning nozzle is fixed, you can change the cleaning area without moving the human body or a part of the human body, and for inconvenient places or for the elderly or children, you can change the writing range and narrow without inconvenience. Cleanse the scope. Furthermore, when the human body is cleaned, it can be easily divided into a wide range of cleansing without being affected by the increase or decrease in the amount of instantaneous spit water. The cleansing feeling of the area and the spot-like cleansing of a narrow range of washing can be easily matched. Various washing sensations. Furthermore, when the human body is washed, the temperature adjustment control of the heat exchanger that heats the washing water is not the same as when the washing area is changed by the instantaneous increase or decrease of the amount of water discharged. It is not the same as the increase and decrease of the instantaneous spit water flow rate, which makes it possible to perform stable warm water spitting when the washing area can be changed. 0 The cleaning nozzle WN6 8 is composed of two opposite ferromagnetic bodies WN6 8-8 1 a and Among the motors WN6 8 — 8 b, no matter which one has a flexible spring structure, the gravitational force between the ferromagnetic body WN 6 8 -8 1 a and the motors WN 6 8-8 b and / or Repulsive force 'causes the washing water to the washing nozzle WN 6 8 to repeatedly move back and forth or left and right (specified trajectory) with the shaft WN 6 8 — 7 therebetween.
第1 4 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 70以及洗淨噴嘴WN72之立體圖。第142圖(a) 所示的洗淨噴嘴WN 7 0,於與吐水孔相反側具有噴嘴旋 轉用馬達WN70 - 41b ,藉由此噴嘴旋轉用馬達WN in----------^ - II (請先閲讀背面之注意事項S本 訂· -線_ 本紙張尺度適用中画國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -257- (3435 7 A7 _B7_____ - — _ 五、發明說明ί55 ) 請先閲讀背面之注意事項再1本頁) 7 〇_4 1 b,具備使吐水孔WN7 0 — 1擺動的構成。 第1 4 2圖(b )所示的洗淨噴嘴WN7 2 ’具備噴嘴前 後驅動馬達WN 7 2 - 4 1 c及噴嘴左右驅動馬達WN 72_41d,藉由這些馬達使洗淨噴嘴WN72自身前 後左右移動,而使吐水孔WN 7 2 — 1移動於指定的軌跡 〇 第1 4 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 7 4之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN7 4 ’具備流體元件WN 74—1。此流體元件WN74—1 ’因應流速使從吐水 孔WN 7 4 — 2吐出的洗淨水擺動。 第1 4 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 76之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN76,具備以噴嘴旋轉用馬 達WN 7 6 _4 1 b使噴嘴自身左右動,以流體元件WN 7 6 — 1使洗淨水前後擺動的構成。流體元件WN 7 6 — 1 ,因應流速而使從吐水孔W N 7 6 _ 2吐出的洗淨水擺 動。根據此洗淨噴嘴WN7 6的話,可以3次元地從吐水 孔WN76—2吐水。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 第1 4 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴-W N 7 7之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 7 7,具備使吐水孔振動的 振動..用馬達WN77 — 4 1 e ,而傳播振動用馬達4 1 e 的振動使洗淨水擺動之構成=使根據如此振動用馬達 4 1 e之吐水手段,與噴嘴自身移動的構成等等組合起來 亦可。進而,將這些軌跡控制部組合而成的構成,亦可。Fig. 14 2 is a perspective view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 70 and a cleaning nozzle WN 72 related to other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle WN 7 0 shown in FIG. 142 (a) has a nozzle rotation motor WN70-41b on the side opposite to the water discharge hole, and thus the nozzle rotation motor WN in ---------- ^-II (Please read the precautions on the back first. -Line _ This paper size applies the Chinese painting national standard (CNS > A4 size (210 X 297 mm) -257- (3435 7 A7 _B7_____--_ 5 55. Description of the invention ί 55) Please read the precautions on the back and then 1 page) 7 〇_4 1 b, which has a structure that swings the water outlet WN7 0 — 1. The cleaning nozzle shown in Fig. 1 2 (b) WN7 2 'is equipped with nozzle front and rear drive motors WN 7 2-4 1 c and nozzle left and right drive motors WN 72_41d. These motors move the cleaning nozzle WN72 back and forth and left and right to move the water discharge hole WN 7 2 — 1 to a specified position. The trajectory No. 14 3 is an explanatory diagram showing the cleaning nozzle WN 7 4 related to other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle WN 7 4 'is provided with a fluid element WN 74-1. This fluid element WN 74-1' responds to the flow rate The spouting hole WN 7 4-2 washes the discharged washing water. Fig. 1 4 4 shows the washing nozzle WN 7 related to other embodiments. Illustration of Figure 6. The cleaning nozzle WN76 has a structure in which the nozzle rotation motor WN 7 6 _4 1 b is used to move the nozzle left and right, and the cleaning water is swung back and forth with a fluid element WN 7 6-1. The fluid element WN 7 6 — 1, according to the flow rate, the washing water discharged from the water discharge hole WN 7 6 _ 2 is oscillated. According to this washing nozzle WN7 6, the water can be discharged from the water discharge hole WN76-2 in 3 dimensions. Consumption by employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Cooperative print No. 1 4 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle-WN 7 7 related to other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle WN 7 7 is provided with vibration that vibrates the water discharge hole.. Motor WN77 — 4 1 e The vibration of the vibration-driving motor 4 1 e makes the washing water oscillate = the water-jetting means of the vibration motor 4 1 e can be combined with the configuration of the nozzle itself to move. Furthermore, these trajectories can be combined. The combination of the control unit is also possible.
第1 4 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN -258- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210*297公釐) ^ 3435 7 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明红6 ) 78 ’第146圖(a)係槪略構成圖,第146圖(b )係使吐水方向向左右偏向的狀態之說明圖,第1 4 6圖 (c )係使吐水方向朝前後偏向的狀態之說明圖。洗淨噴 嘴WN 7 8具備使洗淨水的吐水方向3次元偏向的構成。 前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 - 4,被固定於洗淨噴嘴支撐 體(未圖示),其旋轉轉軸WN7 8 — 4 la被連結於噴 嘴導引WN78 — 2 lb。此外,左右偏向馬達WN78 —4b,被固定於噴嘴導引WN78 - 2 1b ,其旋轉轉 ,WN7 8-4 1 b被連結於洗淨噴嘴WN7 8。此外, 爲前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 - 4 a的旋轉軸方向與左右偏向 馬達W N 7 8 - 4 b的旋轉方向相異的構成。此外,洗淨 噴嘴WN78,以藉由噴嘴導引WN78 - 2 1 b朝左右 :方向旋轉的方式被支撐。此外,洗淨噴嘴WN 7 8藉由控 制部C T 7 8 — 5控制。亦即,控制部C T 7 8 — 5,以 流量調節閥WN 7 8 - 3 b進行洗淨水的瞬間吐出水量的 調節,進行前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 — 4 a與左右偏向馬達 WN78-4b的驅動控制。 因此,控制部CT78 - 5,切換控制左右偏向馬達 WN 7 8 _ 4 b的旋轉方向而吐出洗淨水的話,如第 14 6圖(b )所示般的,可以使洗淨水的吐水方向左右 向地2次元偏向。此外,控制部CT78 — 5 ,切換前後 偏向馬達WN 7 8 _ 4 a的旋轉方向而吐出洗淨水的話, 如第1 4 6圖(c )所示般的,可以使洗淨水的吐水方向 於前後2次元方向偏向。 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 項 再* 本 頁 裝 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -259- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ^ 4.343 5 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明ί57 ) 在洗淨噴嘴WN 7 8,與洗淨水的吐水連動而驅動前 後偏向馬達WN7 8 — 4 a與左右偏向馬達WN 7 8 -4 b的話,藉由吐水方向的前後2次元偏向與左右2次元 偏向的合成,可以使洗淨水的吐水方向作3次元的偏向, 洗淨水以指定軌跡移動同時被吐出。此外,藉由前後偏向 馬達WN7 8 — 4 a與左右偏向馬達WN7 8 _ 4 b的反 轉頻率及旋轉角度的組合,不僅使吐水方向的偏向依序循 環地反覆進行,而且可以使.洗淨水進行多樣化的指定軌跡 之移動。如此,前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 — 4 a與左右偏向 馬達WN 7 8 — 4 b具有作爲吐水方向3次元偏向手段的 功能,控制部C T 7 8 - 5具有作爲獨立控制手段的功能 〇 因此,即使前後偏向馬達WN7 8 - 4 a與左右偏向 .馬達W N 7 8 - 4 b的驅動負荷很小,也可以藉由洗淨水 .吐水方向的3次元的些微偏向,而進行寬廣面積的吐水。 此外,以高頻率的反轉頻率驅動前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 - 4 a與左右偏向馬達WN7 8 — 4 b的場合,因爲 其驅動負荷很小,所以可以減低驅動所產生的振動或噪音 〇 進而,前後偏向馬達WN7 8 - 4 a與左右偏向馬達 WN 7 8 — 4 b,可以不受瞬間吐出水量增減的影響而容 易進行使洗淨水的指定軌跡之移動速度提高爲高速、低速 〜高速之速度改變、一口氣提高至高速等等,可以不受瞬 間吐出水量增減的影響而以配合被洗淨面的移動速度來進 * n t n n I · n (請先《讀背面之注意Ϋ項再本頁} 訂: --線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4规格(210 * 297公« ) -260- t. 4 _3 4 .9 ^ 7__五、發明說明炎58 ) A7 B7 行洗淨。 除此之外,人體洗淨的場合,使洗淨水高速移動的話 可得連續的柔和洗淨感,使洗淨水低速移動的話可得間歇 剌激強烈的洗淨感,所以可不受瞬間吐出水量增減的影響 而僅變更洗淨感,可以容易對應多樣化的洗淨感的喜好。 此外,人體洗淨的場合,不會如以瞬間吐出水量的增 減來改變洗淨感的場合那般,會有加熱洗淨水的.熱交換器 的溫度調節控制無法跟上瞬間吐水流量的增減的情形,即 使可以改變洗淨感的場合也可以進行安定的溫7jC吐水。 此外,進行前後偏向馬達WN7 8- 4 a以及左右偏 向馬達WN 7 8 - 4 b的旋轉角度的些微切換之驅動可以 進行寬廣範圍洗淨與狹窄範圍洗淨的切換,而且可以使洗 淨範圍的切換的回應性不受到瞬間吐出水量增減的影響而 高速地進行,而且可以不,受到瞬間吐出水量增減的影響而 以配合被洗淨面的洗淨面積進行洗淨。因此,洗淨嘍嘴 讯1^7 8,其前後偏向馬達诃1^7 8- 4 3與左右偏向馬 達WN 7 8 — 4 b具有洗淨面積變更手段的功能。 進而,在人體洗淨以手握持洗淨噴嘴WN 7 8的場合 ’手可以不必大幅擺動就可以改變洗淨面積,在洗淨噴嘴 7 8爲固定的場合,可以不必移動人體或人體的一部 分而改變洗淨面積的緣故,對於行動不便的場合或是對老 人或小孩,也可以沒有不便地改變寬範圍與窄範圍之洗淨 此外,人體洗淨的場合,可以不受到瞬間吐出水量增 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -- -------— —— —— - I I (猜先閲讀背面之注項再Γ".·.本頁) 訂: --線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -261 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 ^" .4 34 3 5 7 a? Β7 五、發明說明ί59 ) 減的影響而容易區份寬範圍洗淨之廣域洗淨感與狹窄範圍 洗淨之點狀洗淨感,進而可以容易地對應多樣化地洗淨感 〇 此外,人體洗淨的場合,不會如以瞬間吐出水量的增 減來改變洗淨面積的場合那般,會有加熱洗淨水的熱交換 器的溫度調節控制跟不上瞬間吐水流量的增減的情形,使 得在可以改變洗淨面積的場合也可以進行安定的溫水吐水 〇 進而,藉由根據前後偏向馬達WN 7 8 - 4 a與左右 .偏向馬達WN 7 8 - 4 b的反轉頻率以及旋轉角度的組合 ,使吐水方向的偏向依序循環地反覆的場合,可以使其從 寬廣範圍的洗淨變化平滑地變化爲狹窄範圍地洗淨,以使 附著於被洗淨面的洗淨物,聚集於依序循環的洗淨中心的 方式進行洗淨。因此,不僅不會使附著於被洗淨面的洗淨 物沒有必要地擴張範圍,而且可以藉由使洗淨物聚集於1 個處所而提高洗淨效率。 第1 4 7圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN8 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN8 0, 具備間歇吐出手段WN80 - 4。於此洗淨噴嘴WN80 ,透過給水手段WN80— 1、熱交換器ΤΗ80 — 2以 及儲熱水部ΤΗ8 0 — 5而洪給洗淨水。 給水手段WN8 0 — 1具備水幫浦WN8 0 - 1 3、 止水閥WN8 0-.1 4以及流量調節閥WN8 0 — 1 5。 V. 來自給水手段WN 8 0 - 1的洗淨水,被供給到熱交換器 n n n I ϋ I 0 <請先ffl讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂: -線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -262-Figure 1 4 6 shows the cleaning nozzle WN -258- related to other embodiments. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 * 297 mm) ^ 3435 7 A7 B7 Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative V. Invention Description Red 6) 78 'Figure 146 (a) is a schematic diagram of the structure, and Figure 146 (b) is an explanatory diagram of a state in which the spouting direction is deviated to the left and right, Figure 1 4 6 ( c) An explanatory diagram of a state in which the spouting direction is deviated forward and backward. The washing nozzle WN 7 8 has a structure that deflects the discharge direction of the washing water in three dimensions. The front and rear deflection motors WN 7 8-4 are fixed to the cleaning nozzle support (not shown), and the rotation shaft WN7 8-4 la is connected to the nozzle guide WN78-2 lb. In addition, the left and right deflection motors WN78-4b are fixed to the nozzle guide WN78-2 1b, and when they rotate, WN7 8-4 1 b is connected to the cleaning nozzle WN78. The rotation axis direction of the front-rear deflection motor WN 7 8-4 a is different from the rotation direction of the left-right deflection motor W N 7 8-4 b. The cleaning nozzle WN78 is supported so that the nozzle guide WN78-2 1 b is rotated in the left-right direction. The cleaning nozzle WN 7 8 is controlled by the control unit C T 7 8-5. That is, the control unit CT 7 8-5 adjusts the instantaneous water discharge amount of the washing water with the flow regulating valve WN 7 8-3 b, and performs the forward and backward deflection motors WN 7 8-4 a and the left and right deflection motors WN78-4b. Drive control. Therefore, if the control unit CT78-5 switches the rotation direction of the motor WN 7 8 _ 4 b to switch the left and right directions to spit out the washing water, as shown in Figure 14 (b), the direction of the washing water can be discharged. Left and right to ground 2D bias. In addition, if the control unit CT78-5 switches the rotation direction of the motor WN 7 8 _ 4 a before and after the washing water is discharged, as shown in FIG. 146 (c), the washing water discharge direction can be changed. It is biased in the 2 dimensional direction. Please read the note on the back first * The binding size on this page applies to the Chinese Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -259- Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives ^ 4.343 5 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ί57) When the washing nozzle WN 7 8 is driven in conjunction with the discharge of washing water, the front and rear deflection motors WN7 8-4 a and the left and right deflection motors WN 7 8-4 b are driven. The combination of the forward and backward 2 dimensional deviation and the left and right 2 dimensional deviation can make the discharge direction of the washing water 3 dimensional, and the washing water moves at a specified trajectory and is discharged at the same time. In addition, the combination of the reversing frequency and rotation angle of the front and rear deflection motors WN7 8-4 a and the left and right deflection motors WN7 8 _ 4 b not only causes the deflection of the water discharge direction to be performed repeatedly in a cyclical manner, but also enables cleaning Water moves in a variety of specified trajectories. In this way, the front and rear deflection motors WN 7 8-4 a and the left and right deflection motors WN 7 8-4 b have a function as a three-dimensional deflection means for the water discharge direction, and the control section CT 7 8-5 has a function as an independent control means. Therefore, even if The front and rear deflection motors WN7 8-4 a and left and right deflections. The driving load of the motors WN 7 8-4 b is very small, and it is possible to spit water over a wide area by slightly deviating from the 3rd dimension of the washing water. In addition, when driving the front-rear deflection motors WN 7 8-4 a and the left-right deflection motors WN7 8-4 b at a high frequency reversal frequency, the driving load is small, so vibration or noise generated by driving can be reduced. The forward and backward deflection motors WN7 8-4 a and the left and right deflection motors WN 7 8-4 b can be easily performed without being affected by the instantaneous increase or decrease in the amount of water discharged. The specified speed of the washing water can be increased to high speed, low speed to high speed. The speed changes, the breath is increased to high speed, and so on. It can be adjusted in accordance with the moving speed of the cleaned surface without being affected by the instantaneous increase or decrease of the amount of water discharged. Ntnn I · n This page} Order:-The paper size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210 * 297 male «) -260- t. 4 _3 4 .9 ^ 7__ V. Description of the invention Yan 58) A7 B7 In addition, when the human body is cleaned, if the washing water is moved at high speed, a continuous soft washing feeling can be obtained, and if the washing water is moved at a low speed, a strong washing feeling can be intermittently stimulated. Influenced by the instantaneous spitting water volume Only changing the feeling of washing can easily respond to various preferences of washing feeling. In addition, when the human body is washed, it will not be heated as in the case where the feeling of washing is changed by the increase or decrease of the amount of instantaneous water discharged. The temperature adjustment control of the wash water. The heat exchanger cannot keep up with the increase and decrease of the instantaneous spitting water flow rate. Even when the feeling of washing can be changed, the stable spitting water temperature can be 7jC. In addition, the front and rear bias motor WN7 8- 4 a and the slight rotation of the rotation angle of the left and right deflection motors WN 7 8-4 b can switch between a wide range of washing and a narrow range of washing, and the responsiveness of the switching of the washing range is not affected by the instantaneous water discharge. The effect of the increase and decrease is performed at high speed, and it is not necessary to be affected by the increase or decrease in the amount of instantaneous spit water, and it can be washed in accordance with the washing area of the cleaned surface. The deflection motor 诃 1 ^ 7 8- 4 3 and the left and right deflection motors WN 7 8 — 4 b have the function of changing the washing area. Furthermore, when washing the human body, the washing nozzle WN 7 8 is held by the hand. The cleaning area can be changed without having to swing significantly. When the cleaning nozzle 78 is fixed, the cleaning area can be changed without moving the human body or a part of the human body. For occasions with limited mobility or for the elderly or children, It is also possible to change the cleaning of the wide range and the narrow range without inconvenience. In addition, when washing the human body, it can not be affected by the instantaneous discharge of water. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)- -------— —— ——-II (guess first read the note on the back and then Γ " ..... page) Order: --line Printed by the Consumer Consumption Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -261- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ " .4 34 3 5 7 a? Β7 V. Description of Invention ί59) Easy to distinguish between wide-area cleansing and narrow-area cleansing The point-like washing feeling can be easily coped with various washing feelings. In addition, when the human body is washed, it will not be heated as in the case where the washing area is changed by the instantaneous increase or decrease of the amount of water discharged. Heat exchange of wash water The temperature adjustment control cannot keep up with the increase and decrease of the instantaneous spitting water flow rate, so that stable warm water spitting can be performed even when the washing area can be changed. Furthermore, the motors WN 7 8-4 a and When the combination of the reversing frequency and rotation angle of the deflection motor WN 7 8-4 b makes the deflection of the water discharge direction cyclically repeated, it can smoothly change from a wide range of washing changes to a narrow range of washing. Clean, and wash | clean so that the washing | cleaning thing adhering to the surface to be cleaned may collect in the washing center which circulates sequentially. Therefore, not only does the area to be cleaned attached to the surface to be cleaned not be expanded unnecessarily, but also the cleaning efficiency can be improved by aggregating the area to be cleaned in one place. Fig. 14 7 is an explanatory view showing a local cleaning device having a cleaning nozzle WN80 according to another embodiment. The cleaning nozzle WN80 0 is equipped with intermittent discharge means WN80-4. Here, the washing nozzle WN80 is washed, and the washing water is flooded through the water supply means WN80-1, the heat exchanger T8080-2, and the hot water storage part T8080-5. Water supply means WN8 0 — 1 includes water pump WN8 0-1 3. Water stop valve WN8 0-.1 4 and flow regulating valve WN8 0 — 1 5. V. The washing water from the water supply means WN 8 0-1 is supplied to the heat exchanger nnn I ϋ I 0 < please read the notes on the back page ffl) Order: -line-This paper size applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications < 210 X 297 mm) -262-
Dt*- 4-34 3 5 A7 B7 五、發明說明缸0 ) TH80 — 2、儲熱水部 TH80 — 5。 間歇吐出手段WN8 0 - 4,具備電磁閥WN8 0 -43。此電磁閥WN80 — 43,以指定的間歇頻率使通 水路開閉。藉由此電磁閥WN8 0 — 4 3的開閉,洗淨水 的吐出’如_第1 4 7圖(a )所示,成爲間歇狀,或是如 第147圖(b)所示,成爲脈動的形態。此電磁閥WN 8 0 - 4 3 ,可以由低速至高速改變其開閉時間,所以可 以使間歇頻率從高値容易地變更爲低値。 配置間歇吐出手段WN8 0 — 4地位置,因爲越接近 通水路的下游側間歇吐出的追隨性越好,所以配置於吐水 孔W N 8 0 - 4 2之前最佳》 ‘ 此外,因爲熱交換器TH8 0 - 2與間歇吐出手段 WN80 - 4之間具備儲熱水部TH80 — 5,所以通過 熱交換器TH 8 0 - 2的洗淨水之隨著時間的變動可以緩 和,因此熱交換器T 8 0 - 2之洗淨水的溫度控制變得容 易。. 洗淨水的吐出以時間上的間歇方式進行的間歇吐出的 場合的瞬間吐出水量或洗淨水流速或洗淨水空間容積率的 控制,係藉由控制水幫浦W N 8 0 — 1 3或流量調節閥 W N 8 0 - 1 5,與控制時間上的間歇週期或間歇1週期 之洗淨水吐出時間的電磁閥WN 8 0 - 4 3等而進行的。 水幫浦WN80—13或流量調節閥WN80— 15,是 由控制部控制的。 藉由洗淨„噴嘴WN 80,即使洗淨水流速增快的場合 -------I----裝 — (請先《讀背面之注意事項再Γ :本頁) 訂· -線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 X 297公藿〉 • 263- A7 43^35 7 五、發明說明ί61 ) ,也可以因應間歇之1週期之洗淨水吐出時間或者是洗淨 水吐出量而更加減低瞬間吐出水量(更加省水),因爲可 以使洗淨水流速加快的緣故可以確保洗淨力,即使洗淨水 流速增快也可以進而更減低瞬間吐出水量的緣故所以不會 使沖抵到局部的洗淨水的能童過大,可以確保舒適的洗淨 感。進而,因爲不連續對局部進行部分範圍的洗淨,所以 從局部的部分範圍來看,洗淨水成爲間歇沖抵,藉由間歇 刺激提高洗淨感。總之,可以同時達成充分的洗淨力與舒 適的洗淨感,可以更加省水。 此外,藉由改變洗淨水的間歇頻率可以改變間歇刺激 的頻率,所以藉由控制洗淨水的間歇頻率,由局部的部分 範圍來看,可以控制洗淨水間歇沖抵的刺激感。例如,不 喜歡間歇刺激而喜歡連續洗淨感的場合,可以使電磁閥 WN 8 0 — 4 3的開閉高速進行的方式控制 > 而使洗淨水 的間歇頻率控制爲高速,可以讓使用者得到連續的洗淨感 0 特別是以局部感覺到間歇刺激的閩値以上的間歇刺激 的頻率進行洗淨水的吐出的話,連續刺激感的效果更爲顯 著。相反的,喜歡強烈的間歇剌激的場合,可以藉由控制 fj.磁閥WN8 0 — 4 3的開閉以低速驅動,而使用者可 得強烈的間歇刺激。進而,藉由使洗淨水的間歇頻率隨著 時間變化的方式控制*可以充分對應使用者多樣化的洗淨 感喜好。 第1 4 8圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 本紙張尺度適用中a Η家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 2.97公釐> 锖先閲讀背面之注意事項 Λ本買) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -264- — 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7______ 五、發明說明ί62 ) <請先閱讀背面之注$項WfT為本頁) WN84的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN84, 具備由具有從複數個吐出孔的吐水孔WN 8 4 - 4 2吐出 洗淨水的蓮蓬頭吐出之構成。由具備有複數個吐出孔之吐 水孔WN 8 4 — 4 2吐出洗淨水的蓮蓬頭吐出的場合,瞬 間吐出水量、洗淨水流速、洗淨水空間容積率或是洗淨面 積的控制,是藉由控制水幫浦WN 8 4 - 1 3或流量調節 閥WN84-15,與可變閥WN84-45而進B的。 水幫浦WN8 4 — 1 3或流量調節閥WN8 4_1 5,藉 由控制部CT8 4 — 7的洗淨水供給控制手段CT8 4 — 7 1來控制。Dt *-4-34 3 5 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention Cylinder 0) TH80 — 2, Hot water storage unit TH80 — 5. The intermittent discharge means WN8 0-4 is provided with a solenoid valve WN8 0 -43. This solenoid valve WN80 — 43 opens and closes the water passage at a specified intermittent frequency. As a result of the opening and closing of the solenoid valve WN8 0-4 3, the discharge of the washing water becomes intermittent as shown in Fig. 1 4 7 (a) or pulsates as shown in Fig. 147 (b). Shape. This solenoid valve WN 8 0-4 3 can change its opening and closing time from low speed to high speed, so the intermittent frequency can be easily changed from high to low. The intermittent discharge means WN8 0-4 is located. The closer to the downstream side of the water passage, the better the follow-up of intermittent discharge. Therefore, it is best to be placed before the discharge hole WN 8 0-4 2 "Also, because the heat exchanger TH8 Since the hot water storage unit TH80-5 is provided between 0-2 and the intermittent discharge means WN80-4, the change over time of the washing water passing through the heat exchanger TH 8 0-2 can be reduced, so the heat exchanger T 8 Temperature control of 0-2 wash water becomes easy. The discharge of washing water is intermittently performed in a time-intermittent manner. The control of the instantaneous discharge volume, the flow rate of the washing water, or the volume ratio of the washing water is controlled by controlling the water pump WN 8 0 — 1 3 Or flow control valve WN 8 0-1 5 and solenoid valve WN 8 0-4 3 which controls the intermittent cycle or intermittent 1 cycle of washing water discharge time. Water pump WN80-13 or flow regulating valve WN80-15 is controlled by the control unit. By washing „Nozzle WN 80, even if the flow rate of the washing water is increased -------- I ---- installation— (please first read the precautions on the back then Γ: this page) Order ·- • The paper size printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 gong) • 263- A7 43 ^ 35 7 V. Description of the invention ί 61), can also respond to The intermittent washing cycle discharge time or washing water discharge volume reduces the instantaneous discharge volume (more water saving), because the flow rate of the washing water can be accelerated, the washing force can be ensured, even if the washing water flow rate Increasing the speed can further reduce the amount of water that is instantaneously discharged, so that the energy of the washing water that does not hit the local area is too large, and a comfortable washing feeling can be ensured. Furthermore, because the local area is not continuously cleaned, Therefore, from a partial perspective, the washing water becomes intermittent, and the washing feeling is improved by intermittent stimulation. In short, a sufficient washing force and a comfortable washing feeling can be achieved at the same time, which can save water more. By changing the wash water The intermittent frequency can change the frequency of intermittent stimulation, so by controlling the intermittent frequency of the washing water, from the local partial range, you can control the irritation of the washing water intermittently. For example, you do n’t like intermittent stimulation but like continuous washing. In the case of sensation, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve WN 8 0-4 3 can be controlled at a high speed > and the intermittent frequency of the washing water can be controlled at a high speed, so that the user can obtain a continuous washing sensation If you experience intermittent stimulation at a frequency that is more than the intermittent stimulation, and you spit out the washing water, the effect of continuous stimulation is more significant. Conversely, if you like strong intermittent stimulation, you can control the fj. Magnetic valve WN8 0-4 3 is driven at a low speed, and users can get strong intermittent stimulation. Furthermore, by controlling the intermittent frequency of the washing water over time *, it can fully respond to the diverse washing of users Figures 1 4 and 8 show cleaning nozzles related to other embodiments. This paper is applicable in a standard of CNS A4 (210 X 2.97 mm > 阅读 Please read the notes on the back first 本 Ben buy) Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics -264--4 3435 7 A7 ___B7______ V. Description of the invention ί 62) < Please read the note on the back first WfT (This page) This is an illustration of a local cleaning device for WN84. The cleaning nozzle WN84 is provided with a shower head having a plurality of discharge holes WN 8 4-4 2 and a shower head which discharges washing water. When the spout hole WN 8 4 — 4 2 of the spouting hole is used to spit out the shower head, the amount of water, the flow rate of the washing water, the volume ratio of the washing water, or the washing area are controlled by controlling the water. Pump WN 8 4-1 3 or flow control valve WN84-15, and variable valve WN84-45 into B. The water pump WN8 4 — 1 3 or the flow regulating valve WN8 4 — 1 5 is controlled by the control unit CT8 4 — 7's washing water supply control means CT8 4 — 7 1.
第1 4 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 8 6的剖面圖。洗淨噴嘴W N 8 6 ,係由隨時間控制吐水 量的節流止水閥w N 8 6 _ 4 2、控制吐水的開閉時間的 間歇吐水.H元WN8 6 - 7 6所構成。間歇吐水單元WN 8 6 - 7 6 |係由在配置於噴嘴本體先端的頭部附著有永 久磁鐵WN86 - 77a的微小閥體WN86 — 77,及 吸引該閥體的以半導體的微細加工技術作成的超小型電磁 線圈WN86 — 78,及使閥體WN86 — 77壓附於本 '體的彈簧髏WN8 6 — 7 9所構成的。 使用者指示洗淨時,使節流止水閥WN8 6 — 4 2動 作,開始洗淨水的吐水。同時,隨著使用者選擇的洗淨模 式,於間歇吐水單元WN8 6 — 7 6的電磁線圈WN8 6 一 7 8流有電流使產生磁力,閥體WN8 6 — 7 7抗拒彈 簧體WN 8 6 — 7 9之力而已磁力被拉近打開,洗淨水由 -265- 本紙張尺度適用中因國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消f合作社印製 Α7 ^ 2Γ34357_ Β7 玉、發明說明釦3 ) 間隙流出。藉由在電磁線圈WN 8 6 — 7 8以短週期流以 電流改變磁力的方向,可以使閥體WN 8 6 - 7 7被壓附 或是拉離而反覆開閉動作。如此,因爲在吐水孔WN 8 6 一 7 5之前開閉閥體WN8 6_ 7 7的緣故,所以不會由 於給水管中存在的微少空氣或是配管的膨脹等導致回應性 的惡化,可以短週期進行間歇吐水或短時間的吐水。進而 ,微小的閥體WN86 - 77,因爲是根據電氣訊號動作 的,所以可以確實無段地自由控制,也可以進行回應性快 的控制。 第1 5 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 89的說明圖。於洗.淨.噴嘴WN8 9,也可以在旋轉碟 WN8 9 — 4 2 c使用供給洗淨水之用的幫浦。此水幫浦 ,在容積型的場合控制其壓出週期或以行程控制隨著時間 的間歇週期或間歇1週期之洗淨水吐出時間亦可。又,取 代旋轉碟WN8 9 — 4 2 c而使用間歇可變閥的場合,也 可以是柱塞式的開閉閥。 第1 5 1圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗jf JtJf WN 9 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。於洗淨噴嘴WN 9 Ο ,洗淨水由洗淨水供給手段W Ρ 9 0 - 1供給時經過加熱 洗淨水的熱交換器ΤΗ9 0 — 2流入洗淨噴嘴WN9 0而 由吐水孔WN9 0_3 1吐出,進行局部的洗淨。洗淨水 供給手段WP 9 0 - 1,具有進行洗淨水吐出的開關之洗 淨水吐出手段WP 9 0 — 1 1,及進行洗淨水的流量調節 或水勢變更的水勢變更手段WP 9 0 - 1 2。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------裝— (請先Μ讀背*之注意事項Α'Λ本頁) 訂.. 線· -266- A7 3^3 5 7 _______ B7___ 五、發明說明2(64 ) <靖先閱讀背面之注意事項f本頁) 洗淨水吐出手段WP 9 0 - 1 1 ,係由開閉閥或止回 閥等所構成的閥部WP 9 0 — 1 1 a與供吐出之用的自來 水壓不足的場合或不利用自來水壓的場合搭載的水幫浦 WP 9 0_ 1 1 b等所構成。隨著要求品質或洗淨水的供 給形態(利用自來水壓的供給或由貯存水箱之供給等)的 不同閥部W Ν 9 0 - 1 1 a的構成也改變,例如利用自來 水壓的場合,閥部WP 9 0 — 1 1 a上也會有減壓閥。· 水勢變更手段WP 9 0— 1 2,係由流量調節閥WP 9 0 — 1 2 a或水幫浦WP90— 1 2b等所構成,進行 混入空.氣的洗淨水吐出的場合,具有空氣幫浦(未圖示) 。使水幫浦WP90-llb與水幫浦WP90—12b 共用,或者使閥部WP90_1 1 a與流量調節閥WP 90_12a共用亦可。Figure 1 4 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the washing nozzle WN printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs in accordance with other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle W N 8 6 is composed of a throttling water stop valve w N 8 6 _ 4 that controls the amount of water discharged over time. 2. An intermittent water spout that controls the opening and closing time of the water. H yuan WN8 6-7 6. The intermittent water spouting unit WN 8 6-7 6 | is made of a micro valve body WN86-77 with a permanent magnet WN86-77a attached to the head arranged at the tip of the nozzle body, and a semiconductor microfabrication technology that attracts the valve body The ultra-small electromagnetic coil WN86 — 78 and the spring body WN8 6 — 7 9 that press-fits the valve body WN86 — 77 to the body. When the user instructs washing, the throttle water stop valve WN8 6-4 2 is operated to start the spitting of the washing water. At the same time, with the washing mode selected by the user, a current flows in the electromagnetic coil WN8 6-7 8 of the intermittent spouting unit WN8 6-7 6 to generate magnetic force, and the valve body WN8 6-7 7 resists the spring body WN 8 6- 7 The force of 9 is only opened by magnetic force, and the washing water is printed by -265- This paper size is applicable due to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 ^ 2Γ34357_ Β7 Jade and invention description buckle 3) The gap flows out. The valve body WN 8 6-7 7 can be crimped or pulled away to repeat the opening and closing action by changing the direction of the magnetic force with a short period of current flowing through the solenoid coil WN 8 6-7 8. In this way, because the valve body WN8 6_ 7 7 is opened and closed before the water discharge holes WN 8 6-7 5, the responsiveness will not be deteriorated due to the slight air in the water supply pipe or the expansion of the pipe, which can be performed in a short cycle. Spit water intermittently or for a short time. Furthermore, the tiny valve body WN86-77 operates in accordance with electrical signals, so it can be controlled freely indefinitely, and it can also perform fast-response control. FIG. 150 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 89 related to another embodiment. For washing, cleaning, and nozzle WN8 9, you can also use the pump for washing water in the rotating dish WN8 9-4 2 c. For this water pump, it is also possible to control the extruding cycle of the volume type or to control the intermittent discharge cycle with time or the interval of 1 cycle of the washing water discharge time. When a discontinuous variable valve is used instead of the rotary disk WN8 9-4 2 c, a plunger-type on-off valve may be used. FIG. 151 is an explanatory diagram showing a local cleaning device provided with a washing jf JtJf WN 90 according to another embodiment. At the washing nozzle WN 9 Ο, the washing water is supplied by the washing water supply means W P 9 0-1 and passes through the heat exchanger TΗ9 0 — 2 which heats the washing water and flows into the washing nozzle WN9 0 and the water discharge hole WN9 0_3. 1 Spit it out and perform local washing. Washing water supply means WP 9 0-1, washing water discharge means WP 9 0 — 1 1 with a switch for discharging the washing water, and water potential changing means WP 9 0 for adjusting the flow rate of the washing water or changing the water potential -1 2. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------- Loading-(Please read the precautions on the back first * this page) Order: line · 266 · A7 3 ^ 3 5 7 _______ B7___ V. Description of the invention 2 (64) < Jing Xian read the note on the back f page) Washing water discharge means WP 9 0-1 1 Water pump WP 9 0 — 1 1 a consisting of an on-off valve, a check valve, etc., and when there is insufficient tap water pressure for discharge or when tap water pressure is not used. WP 9 0_ 1 1 b, etc. Made up. The structure of the valve section W Ν 9 0-1 1 a varies with the quality required or the form of supply of the washing water (supply using tap water pressure or supply from a storage tank). For example, when using tap water pressure, the valve There is also a pressure reducing valve on part WP 9 0 — 1 1 a. · Water potential change means WP 9 0—12, which is composed of flow regulating valve WP 9 0—12 a or water pump WP90—12 2b, etc., and is mixed with air when air and water are discharged. Pump (not shown). The water pump WP90-llb and the water pump WP90-12b may be shared, or the valve portion WP90_1 1 a and the flow regulating valve WP 90_12a may be shared.
控制部C T 9 0 - 6,具有控制洗淨水吐出的洗淨水 吐出控制手段C T 9 0 - 6 1以及控制洗淨水的水勢之水 勢變更控制手段CT9 0 - 6 3以及控制對熱交換器TH 9 0_2的電力供給之熱交換器控制手段CT9 0 — 6 2 〇 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 藉由使用者對操作部SW9 0 — 7的操作等,局部洗 淨動作指示手段S W 9 0 — 7 1被操作,來自局部洗淨動 作指示手段SW9 0 - 7 1的指示洗淨水的吐出之訊號被 傳至洗淨水吐出控制手段C T 9 0 — 6 1,藉由洗淨水吐 出控制手段CT90—61控制洗淨水吐出手段WP90 —1 1吐出洗淨水。進而,使用者藉由操作部SW90 — -267- 本紙張尺度適用中困國家櫟準(CNS)A4規格(2】0 X297公爱) - ^3435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明ί65 ) 7的操作等,操作水勢指示手段SW9 0 — 7 2,來自水 勢指示手段SW9 0 — 7 2的指示洗淨水的水勢之訊號被 傳至水勢變更控制手段CT9 0- 6 3,藉由水勢變更控 制手段CT9 0 — 6 3控制水勢變更手段WP 9 0 - 1 2 改變洗淨水的水勢=水勢指示手段SW 9 0 - 72,藉由 旋轉旋鈕進行從強設定側至弱設定側爲止的水勢指示亦可 ,或世界爲按壓強按鈕或弱按鈕來指示水勢亦可。 此外,以間歇方式吐出洗淨水的場合,可以不縮小洗 淨面積而提高洗淨水流速v降低瞬間吐出水量Q同使達成 與從前相等的吐出力E。因此,藉由使最強水勢時的瞬間 吐出水量Q在6.7XlO_6〔m3/sec〕以下’使 從前的水勢成爲與最強水勢的設定具有同等的吐出力E, 可以確保從前的水勢與最強水勢的設定具有同等的洗淨力 ,而感覺到較硬的洗淨感,藉由使最弱水勢時的瞬間吐出 水量Q在0,67X10-6〔m3/s e c〕以上’使從 前的水勢成爲與最弱水勢的設定具有同等的吐出力E,可 以確保從前的水勢與最弱水勢的設定具有同等的洗淨力而. 沒有局部附著的污物洗不掉的問題,而感覺到較軟的洗淨 感.。以如此方式進行與從前同等吐出力E的增減之設計可 以減低瞬間吐出水量,而且與從前相同地使對應'使用者多 樣化的喜好之水勢變更,可以在不降低洗淨力的情況下容 易而且確實地實施。 此外,水勢的指示於最弱水勢的設定時,只要以吐出 力E滿足0 . 〇 3〔W〕以上的方式設計的話’可以確實 靖先閱讀背面之注$項\ 相本頁) 裝 Γ 經濟部智慧財產局具工消費合作社印紫 本紙張尺度適用中國國家楳準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -268- A7 B7 4 3435 7 五、發明說明ie6 ) 靖先《讀背面之注$項^{^本頁) 以與從前相等的拜淨力洗淨,所以不會產生由於降低洗淨 力而導致在與從前相等的洗淨時間內還有污物殘留於局部 ’或洗淨時間與從前相比變得較長等等的不便。 此外,針對上述實施例,考慮到以一般家庭用爲前提 (曰本的家用電壓1 0 0V)的話,一個電源的容許電流 値約爲1 5A,在電源電壓不穩定之下限値約爲 AC 8 5 V的緣故,一個電源的容許値違約1 2 7 5W', 以滿足最強水勢時的瞬間吐出水量Q爲6X1 0_5〔m3 / s e c〕以下的方式設計的話|使用不必擔憂熱水停止 的瞬間式熱交換器的場合,即使在嚴冬中也可以發揮約 4 0°C的昇溫性能,而且可以同時使用其他機器》例如, 廁所內暖氣裝置用加熱器的耗電量可以爲2 0 0〔W〕。 經濟部智慧財產局負工消t合作社印製 進而,關於上述所有的實施例,以最強水勢時的瞬間 吐出水量滿足4 . 8X1 0-e〔m3/s e c〕以下的方 式設計的話,使用不必擔憂熱水停止的瞬間式熱交換器的 場合,即使在嚴冬中也可以發揮約4 0°C的昇溫性能,而 且可以同時使用更多或者耗電量更大的其他機器。例如, 廁所內暖氣裝置用加熱器的耗電量可以爲4 0 0.〔W〕。 如以上所述,著眼於吐出力E,設計進行與從前同等 的吐出力E的增減的話,在想要省水的場合,可以使與從 前同樣的對應於使用者的多樣化喜好之水勢變更,在不會 減低洗淨力的情況下而容易地(不必嘗試錯誤)而且確實 地實施。The control unit CT 9 0-6 has a washing water discharge control means CT 9 0-6 1 for controlling the discharge of washing water, and a water potential change control means CT 9 0-6 3 for controlling the water potential of the washing water, and controls the heat exchanger. Heat exchanger control method CT9 for power supply of TH 9 0_2 CT9 0 — 6 2 〇 The employee ’s cooperative organization of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints instructions for local cleaning actions by the user ’s operation of the operation section SW9 0 — 7 SW 9 0 — 7 1 is operated, and the signal from the local washing action instruction means SW 9 0-7 1 instructs the discharge of washing water to be transmitted to the washing water discharge control means CT 9 0 — 6 1 by washing. The water spout control means CT90—61 controls the washing water spout means WP90 — 1 to spit out the washing water. Furthermore, the user applies the operation of SW90 — -267- This paper standard applies to the standard of the national oak (CNS) A4 (2) 0 X297 public love-^ 3435 7 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention 65) 7 Wait, the water potential indicating means SW9 0 — 7 2 is operated, and the signal indicating the water potential of the washing water from the water potential indicating means SW9 0 — 7 2 is transmitted to the water potential change control means CT9 0- 6 3, and the water potential change control means CT9 is used. 0 — 6 3 Control the water potential change means WP 9 0-1 2 Change the water potential of the washing water = water potential indicating means SW 9 0-72. You can also perform the water potential indication from the strong setting side to the weak setting side by turning the knob. Or the world can press the strong button or the weak button to indicate the water potential. When the washing water is discharged intermittently, the washing water flow rate v can be increased without reducing the washing area, and the instantaneous quantity of water Q can be reduced to achieve the same discharge force E as before. Therefore, by setting the instantaneous water discharge amount Q at the strongest water potential to be 6.7XlO_6 [m3 / sec] or less', the previous water potential has the same discharge force E as the setting of the strongest water potential, and the previous water potential and the strongest water potential can be ensured It has the same washing power, but feels a harder washing feeling. By making the instantaneous water quantity Q when the weakest water potential is above 0, 67X10-6 [m3 / sec], the former water potential becomes the weakest. The setting of the water potential has the same discharge force E, which can ensure that the previous water potential has the same cleaning power as the setting of the weakest water potential. There is no problem that the locally attached dirt cannot be washed away, and a softer washing feeling is felt. .. The design of increasing and decreasing the discharge force E in the same way as before can reduce the instantaneous water discharge amount, and the water potential change corresponding to the user's various preferences can be changed in the same way as before, which can be easily done without reducing the washing power. And it is carried out surely. In addition, when the indication of the water potential is set at the weakest water potential, as long as it is designed in such a way that the discharge force E satisfies 0. 03 [W] or more, 'you can read the note on the back side of the article first \ Photo page) The Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau ’s Printing and Printing Cooperative Co., Ltd. prints the purple paper standard applicable to China ’s national standard < CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -268- A7 B7 4 3435 7 V. Description of invention ie6) Note $ Item ^ {^ This page) Wash with the same worship force as before, so there will be no dirt remaining in the local area within the same washing time as before due to the reduction of the washing force 'or Inconvenience such as longer washing time than before. In addition, according to the above embodiment, considering the premise of general domestic use (the domestic voltage of this book is 100V), the allowable current of a power supply is about 15 A, and the limit is about AC 8 under the unstable power supply voltage. For the sake of 5 V, the permissible threshold of a power supply defaults to 1 2 7 5 W ', so that the instantaneous spitting water quantity Q at the strongest water potential is 6X1 0_5 [m3 / sec]. Designed in such a manner | In the case of a heat exchanger, it can achieve a temperature rise performance of about 40 ° C even in the severe winter, and other equipment can be used at the same time. For example, the power consumption of a heater for a heating device in a toilet can be 200 [W] . Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Cooperative Cooperatives. In addition, regarding all the above-mentioned embodiments, it is designed in such a way that the instantaneous amount of water discharged at the time of the strongest water potential satisfies 4.8X1 0-e [m3 / sec]. In the case of an instantaneous heat exchanger where hot water is stopped, the temperature rising performance of about 40 ° C can be exerted even in the severe winter, and other devices that use more or consume more power can be used at the same time. For example, the power consumption of a heater for a heating device in a toilet may be 4 0. [W]. As described above, focusing on the discharge force E, if the design is to increase or decrease the discharge force E as before, when water saving is desired, the water potential corresponding to the user's diverse preferences can be changed as before. , It is easy (without trial and error) and surely implemented without reducing the cleaning power.
第1 5 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -269- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 4 3435 7 Z_ 五、發明說明:ί67 ) 9 1的說明圖。此洗淨噴嘴WN9 1 ,係具有作爲吐出部 以沿著指定軌跡的方式吐出洗淨水的旋轉吐出機構之實施 例。於噴嘴先端附近具有洗淨水旋轉馬達.WN 9 1 -41 A,藉由使洗淨水旋轉馬達WN9 1 — 4 1 a旋轉, 使得吐水孔W N 9 1 - 3 1旋轉,洗淨水沿著指定的軌跡 吐出。在此場合之洗淨水的流動,係環狀或約略環狀。因 應水勢指示手段SW9 1 — 7 2的指示藉由水勢變更控制 手段CT9 1一6 3控制水幫浦WPO 1_1 2b或流量 調節閥WP9 1-12a ,藉此可以增減吐出力E = pX QXvXv[W〕,以進行與從前同等的吐出力E的增減 之設計的話,可以容易實施對應於如從前同樣的使用者的 多樣化的喜好。 縮小吐水孔W N 9 1 - 3 1的吐水孔有效面積的話, 提高洗淨水流速v減低瞬間吐出水量Q同時可以達成與從 前同等的吐出力E。因此,藉由使最強水勢時的瞬間吐出 水量Q在6 · 7X10 — 6〔m3/sec〕以下,設定從 前的水勢具有與最強水勢的設定有同等吐出力,可以確保 1 從前的水勢與最強水勢的設定同等的洗淨力,而且感受到 較硬的洗淨感,藉由使最弱水勢時的瞬間吐出水量Q在 0 · 67X1 0 e〔m3/s e c〕以上,使從前的水勢 成爲與最弱水勢的設定具有同等的吐出力E,可以確保從 前的水勢與最弱水勢的設定具有同等的洗淨力而沒有局部 附著的污物洗不掉的問題,而感覺到較軟的洗淨感。以如 此方式進行與從前同等吐出力E的增減之設計的話,可以 -----II-----裝 i — (請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項再Γ>ν本頁) 訂· ;線. t紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -270 4 34 35 7 A7 ___ B7___ 五、發明說明知8 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項A高本頁: 減低瞬間吐出水量,而且與從前相同地使對應使用者多樣 化的喜好之水勢變更,可以在不降低洗淨力的情況下容易 而且確實地實施。 此外,因爲洗淨水沿著指定的軌跡,所以洗淨面積也 可以與從前相等,不僅不會產生使身體(臀部)大幅移動 的不便,而且從局部的部分範圍來看的話,因爲洗淨水間 歇地沖抵而不連續刺激的緣故,藉由間歇刺激,進而提高 洗淨感。 Γ 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 第1 5 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴;W N 92的說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN92,具備進行間歇吐出洗 淨水的構成,於通水路WP 9 2 — 9中設間歇閥部WN 9 2 - 1 2 d,.藉由間歇閥部W N 9 2 — 1 2 d開閉通水 路W P 9 2 _ 9進行間歇的洗淨水吐出。間歇閥部W N 9 2 — 1 2 d,可以藉由電磁閥開閉通水路WP9 2 - 9 ,也可以如第1 5 3圖(b )所示,使碟片閥以間歇馬達 WN 9 2 - 4 4 a使其旋轉而使洗淨水間歇吐出。間歇閥 部WN9 2 — 1 2 d,以越接近於噴嘴先端間歇的回應性 越佳。此外,間歇閥部WN9 2_ 1 2 d於通水路中,可 以設於從熱交換器TH92 - 2至吐水孔WN9 2 — 3 1 之間,越接近吐水孔WN9 2 _ 3 1的位置間歇的回應性 越加間歇越不被緩和。 即使以間歇方式吐出洗淨水的場合,在把握瞬間吐出 水量Q或洗淨水流速v的情況下,藉由改變水幫浦w P 92 - 1 2b或流量調節閥WP92 — 1 2 a或間歇閥部 本紙張尺度適用中囷0家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -271 - 五、發明說明i69 ) , {請先MIK背面之注項再ΓΛ»本頁) WN9 2 — 1 2 d的能力,可以容易完成把握吐出力E與 吐出力E的增減之設計,所以藉由因應水勢指示手段SW 9 2 — 72的指示藉由水勢變更控制手段CT9 2 — 6 3 控制水幫浦WP 9 2 - 1 2 b或流量調節閥WP 9 2 -• 12a或間歇閥部WN92 — 12d,可以增減吐出力E ’如果設計進行與從前同等吐出力E的增減的話,可以容 易實施與從前同樣的對應於使用者的多樣化喜好的水勢囔 更。Figure 15 2 shows the cleaning nozzles WN related to other embodiments. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -269- Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs System 4 3435 7 Z_ V. Description of the invention: ί67) 9 1 The washing nozzle WN9 1 is an embodiment having a rotary discharge mechanism that discharges washing water along a predetermined trajectory as a discharge portion. There is a washing water rotating motor .WN 9 1 -41 A near the tip of the nozzle. By rotating the washing water rotating motor WN9 1-4 1 a, the water discharge hole WN 9 1-3 1 is rotated, and the washing water is moved along The specified track is ejected. The flow of the washing water in this case is circular or approximately circular. In response to the instructions of the water potential indicating means SW9 1 — 7 2, the water pump WPO 1_1 2b or the flow regulating valve WP9 1-12a is controlled by the water potential changing control means CT9 1 to 6 3, thereby increasing or decreasing the discharge force E = pX QXvXv [ W]. By designing to increase or decrease the discharge force E as before, it is easy to implement various preferences corresponding to the same users as before. By reducing the effective area of the discharge holes W N 9 1-31, the flow rate v of the washing water can be increased to reduce the instantaneous discharge amount Q, and the same discharge force E can be achieved as before. Therefore, by setting the instantaneous spitting water quantity Q at the maximum water potential to be less than 6 · 7X10—6 [m3 / sec], setting the previous water potential to have the same discharge power as the setting of the strongest water potential can ensure 1 the previous water potential and the strongest water potential. Set the same washing power and feel a harder washing feeling. By making the instantaneous water quantity Q when the weakest water potential is at least 0 · 67X1 0 e [m3 / sec], the previous water potential becomes the most The setting of the weak water potential has the same discharge force E, which can ensure that the previous water potential and the setting of the weakest water potential have the same cleaning power without the problem that the locally attached dirt cannot be washed away, and a softer washing feeling is felt. . In this way, if the design of increasing and decreasing the output force E is the same as before, you can ----- II ----- install i — (Please read the note on the back first, and then Γ > ν page) Order · ; Line. T paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -270 4 34 35 7 A7 ___ B7___ V. Description of the invention 8) (Please read the note on the back A high page : Reduce the amount of water that is instantaneously discharged, and change the water potential of the user ’s various preferences in the same way as before, which can be easily and reliably implemented without reducing the washing power. In addition, because the washing water follows a specified trajectory Therefore, the washing area can also be the same as before, not only does it not cause the inconvenience of making the body (hips) move significantly, but from a local part of the scope, because the washing water intermittently rushes and discontinuous stimulation, The intermittent stimulation stimulates the washing feeling. Γ Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, No. 153. The figure shows the washing nozzles related to other embodiments; WN 92. The washing nozzles WN92, With progress The structure of spitting out washing water is provided with an intermittent valve portion WN 9 2-1 2 d in the water passage WP 9 2-9. The intermittent water valve portion WN 9 2-1 2 d opens and closes the water passage WP 9 2 _ 9 The intermittent washing water is discharged. The intermittent valve portion WN 9 2 — 1 2 d can be opened or closed by a solenoid valve WP9 2-9 or a disc valve as shown in FIG. 15 (b). The intermittent motor WN 9 2-4 4 a is rotated to spit out the washing water intermittently. The intermittent valve portion WN9 2 — 1 2 d is more responsive to the intermittent approach to the tip of the nozzle. In addition, the intermittent valve portion WN9 2_ 1 2 d In the water passage, it can be set from the heat exchanger TH92-2 to the water discharge hole WN9 2 — 3 1. The closer to the location of the water discharge hole WN9 2 _ 3 1, the more intermittent the responsiveness becomes, the less intermittent it is. Even if the washing water is discharged intermittently, the water pump w P 92-1 2b or the flow regulating valve WP92 — 1 2 can be changed by grasping the instantaneous quantity of discharged water Q or the washing water flow rate v. a or Intermittent valve section This paper size is applicable to the standard of 0 (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -271-V. Description of Invention i69), {Please MIK back first The note item is again ΓΛ »this page) The ability of WN9 2 — 1 2 d can easily complete the design of grasping the increase and decrease of the discharge force E and the discharge force E, so it is borrowed according to the instructions of the water potential indicating means SW 9 2 — 72 The water potential change control means CT9 2 — 6 3 controls the water pump WP 9 2-1 2 b or the flow regulating valve WP 9 2-• 12a or the intermittent valve part WN92 — 12d, which can increase or decrease the discharge force E 'If the design is performed with When the discharge force E is increased or decreased in the same manner as before, the water potential change corresponding to the user's diverse preferences can be easily implemented as before.
第1 5 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN * ,‘. 丨9 4的說明圖。說明洗淨噴嘴W N 9. 4的洗淨水的通水的 話,從給水接續口 W N 9 4 _ 6 b供給到洗淨噴嘴W N 9 4內的洗淨冰,通過電磁閥W N 9 4 — 2 a,以水幫浦 WN_9 4 - 2 b昇壓及/或流量調節,於擺動吐水部WM 9 4 — 2 c的構成要素之一部分的可動子WN9 4 — 2’2c內的通水路WN94_23c從空隙WN94 — 經濟部智慧財產局員·工消費合作社.印製 2 4 c捲入空氣同時被給水,配合可動子WN 94_ 2 2 c的移動,擺動於洗淨噴嘴WN9 4內的軸WN9 4·-4 a周圍,同時吐水至洗淨噴嘴WN 9 4外部。 擺動吐水部WN9 4 - 2c,以可動子WN9 4 — 22 c.與複數個電機子WN94 — 2 1 c構成,於可動子 WN9 4- 2 2 c強磁性體WN9 4 — 2 5 c以與電機子 WN9 4 — 2 1 c成對的方式被配置複數個。強磁性體 WN9 4-2 5 c係以進入藉由對電機子WN9 4_Fig. 15 4 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN *, ‘. 丨 9 4 related to other embodiments. When the washing water of the washing nozzle WN 9. 4 is passed through, the washing ice supplied from the water supply connection port WN 9 4 _ 6 b to the washing nozzle WN 9 4 is passed through the solenoid valve WN 9 4 — 2 a. The water channel WN94_23c in the movable member WN9 4-2'2c which is a component of the swing water spouting part WM 9 4-2 c is boosted and / or adjusted by the water pump WN_9 4-2 b from the gap WN94 — Member of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industrial and Consumer Cooperative. Printed 2 4 c is drawn into the air and fed with water at the same time, and moves with the mover WN 94_ 2 2 c and swings on the shaft WN9 4 · -4 a in the cleaning nozzle WN9 4 Around, while spitting water to the outside of the washing nozzle WN 9 4. The swing water spouting part WN9 4-2c is composed of a movable element WN9 4-22 c. It is composed of a plurality of electric motor elements WN94-2 1 c. A plurality of sub-WN9 4 — 2 1 c are configured in pairs. Ferromagnetic body WN9 4-2 5 c system to enter by the motor WN9 4_
2 1 c通電而產生的磁場中的方式被配置,於電機子WN 272· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家#準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) 4 3435 7 五、發明說明幻0 ) 94 — 21 c之間產生引力或斥力。於此場合,藉由對複 數個電機子WN9 4 - 2 1 c反覆依序通電,可動子WN 9 4_2 2 c以可動子WN9 4_2 2 c的支撐部之彈性 體WN9 4 — 2 6 c爲支點,成圓錐狀無自轉地移動。可 動子WN94 — 22c,透過彈性體WN94 — 26C擺 動自如地被固定於洗淨噴嘴WN 9 4的本體。彈性體WN 9 4 一 2 6 c,可以藉由以橡膠或彈性體爲首的具有彈簧 特性的金屬或軟質塑膠等材質構成而使可以擺動自在地支 撐可動子WN94 — 22c。 此外,於洗淨噴嘴WN9 4內,被配線有對.電機子 WN94_2 1c供給電力的電力線WN94 — 3C ,與 對電磁閥WN9 4 — 2 a供給電力的電力線WN9 4 — 3a ,及對水幫浦WN94—2b供給電力的電力線WN 94_3b。此外,從洗淨噴嘴WN94外部對洗淨噴嘴 WN 9 4內部之電力供給係透過端子WN 9 4 — 6 a進行 的。 這些電力線,不會被吐水的洗淨水淋到,可以不需要 特別施以包覆等就防止漏電。進而,電力線因爲埋入於洗 淨噴嘴WN 9 4內部,所以新式樣性也很優秀,可以製造 出精簡的洗淨噴嘴°進而,以手握持洗淨噴嘴WN 9 4的 場合,不會有電力線造成妨礙而必須以手移開的情形。 進而,藉由使用擺動吐永部WN 9 4 - 2 c ,可以容 以從低速〜高速可變地使其擺動同時吐水,不會產生電..力 線伸出浼淨噴嘴WN 9 4外部的不良情形(容易漏電、新 本紙張尺度適用中0 S家標準(CNS)A4規袼(210 X 297公爱) -------— — — — — — ^ i — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項Η本買) 訂· --線· 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 273 43435 7 a? _____B7__ 五、發明說明幻1 ) 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 X X Λ.· f 式樣性差,電力線纏攪),不會受到吐水流量的影響而進 行寬廣範圍洗淨,或維持洗淨力與洗淨感的省水洗淨,或 使擺動高速的柔和洗淨,或使低速擺動同時積極利用間歇 刺激的洗淨等。 第1 5 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 96及洗淨噴嘴WN97的說明圖。 第155圖(a)所示的洗淨噴嘴WN96,具備使 用馬達WN96 — 2d的吐水擺動部WN96_2c,進 而具備藉由轉軸傳達動力的構成。 此外,第155圖(b)所示的洗淨噴嘴WN97, 具備透過齒輪WN97 - 21d,使可動部WN97 - 的構成,在設計上的配合可以柔軟地對應。又 WN 9 7 — 2 2 d的周邊部,應需要而使洗淨 外部的方式例如設有0環或者Y墊片等密封構 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 2 2 d擺動 ,於可動部 水不漏出至 造亦可。 第1 5 9 8及洗淨 示的洗淨噴 1伸縮自如 W N 9 8 - 藉由按 的馬達之小 齒輪W N 9 向移動而使 6圖係顯示相關 噴嘴W N 9 9的 嘴W N 9 8,具 的構成。於洗淨 11b。 壓洗淨開始按鈕 於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 說明圖。第156圖(a)所 備使先端部之噴嘴WN 9 8 -噴嘴WN9 8,設有伸縮接頭 齒輪W N 9 8 — 8 ’一 8 b的齒條 (未圖示),被接續於未圖示 8 b開始旋轉,藉由咬合於小 WN9 8 — 8 c向圖面上右方 洗淨噴嘴WN 9 8伸長,而朝向人體局部吐出 -274- 本紙張尺度適用t國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇χ 297公釐) .4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7___ 五、發明說明έ72 ) 洗淨水。洗淨結束後藉由按壓洗淨停止按鈕,小齒輪WN 9 8 — 8 b旋轉,與小齒輪WN9 8 — 8 b咬合的齒滌 WN 9 8 _ 8 c朝向圖面左側移動藉此洗淨噴嘴WN 9 8 退縮,而收容於局部洗淨裝置內。 於洗淨噴嘴WN9 8內,收容著熱交換器WN9 8 -2e。熱交換器WN98_2e具有加熱器WN98 -. 2 1 e ,藉‘由對家熱氣WN98 — 2 1 e通電,可以使洗 淨水昇溫,可以進行配合使用者喜好的溫度之舒適的局部 洗淨。 此外,於洗淨噴嘴WN9 8內,設有彈簧狀部分WN 98_7a。此彈簧狀部分WN98 — 7a,係作爲對洗 淨噴嘴WN 9 8內的電力機器供給電力之用的給電線。藉 此彈簧狀部分,藉由彈簧狀的構成,可以與伸縮的洗淨噴 嘴同時伸縮而不會造成動作上的妨礙。 此外,如第1 56圖(b)的洗淨噴嘴WN99所示 ,取代彈簧狀部分WN 9 8 - 7 a而設可以撓曲的給電線 WN 9 9 - 7 b亦可得到與設有彈簧狀部分WN 9.8 — 7 a的場合同樣的效果。 ' 第157圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 100的說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN100,具備空氣幫浦 AP100—'供把來自此空氣幫浦AF100— 2 ί的空氣混入洗淨水之用的混入部AP 1 0 0_2 1 f ,及吐水擺動部WN 1 0 0_2 d。在此洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 0,因爲於吐水孔附近配線空氣幫浦AP 1 0 0_ 請先«讀背面之注$項ηΓ 為本頁) 裝 訂. .線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •275- 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7____ 五、發明說明έ73 ) 2 f的緣故,所以不需要使用供接續從空氣幫浦 AP100 — 2f至混入部AP100-21 f之用的長 管等。因此,使空氣的混入回應性佳,而且可以安定的進 行,進而,也沒有電力線漏電或電力線纏繞的危險性,從 管子漏出空氣的危險性也減少。 第1 5 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 2的說明圖。第1 5 8圖之中噴嘴本體WN 1 0 2 — 5 〇與噴嘴頭WN 1 0 2 - 7 0係以剖面圖顯示,通水系 統與控制指示系統係以方塊圖顯示。 此處,電力限制手段C T 1 0 2 - 8,具備間歇吐出 控制部C T 1 0 2 _ 8 a,及洗淨水流速控制部C T 102-8b。間歇吐出控制部CT102—8a ,係由 電磁閥W N 1 0 2 - 8 1 a所構成,洗淨水流速控制部 CT 1 〇 2 — 8b係由節流單元WP 1 〇 2 — 3 5所構成 〇 電磁閥WN102 — 81a ,係由柱塞WN1.02 — 8 2 a、附屬於柱塞WN 1 0 2 — 8 2 a的強磁性體WN 102 — 83a、對強磁性體WN102-83造成磁場 作用的驅動強磁性體WN1 0 2-8 3 a及柱塞1 ◦ 2-82a的電機子WN102_84a'以及複數於柱塞 WN 1 〇 2 - 8 2 a的強磁性體WN 1 0 2 — 8 3 a的相 反側的彈簧WN1 0 2 — 8 5 a等所構成。 此外,彈簧WN1 02 — 85a的一端,被固定於噴 嘴本體WN1 02 — 50。藉由對電機子WN1 〇2_ !!雇•裝 ί _ <請先閱讀背面之注意事項再f·1·.本頁: 訂-· 線· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國困家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -276- 4 3435 7 五、發明說明έ74 ) 請先閱讀背面之注$項\為本買) 8 4 a的通電,使電機子WN 1 0 2 — 8 4 a與強磁性體 WN 1 0 2 — 8 3 a之間產生引力,藉由抵抗彈簧WN 1 0 2-8 5 a的伸張力的柱塞WN 1 0 2-8 2 a的移 動打開通水路,使洗淨水的吐出被打開(ON)。相反的 ,藉由停止對電機子WN 1 〇 2 — 8 4 a的通電,解除電 機子WN1 0 2 — 84a與強磁性體WN1 0 2 — 8 3 a 之間的引力,藉由彈簧WN1 〇 2_8 5 a的伸張力使柱 塞WN 1 0 2 - 8 2 a反向移動而閉塞通水路,使洗淨水 的吐出關閉(OFF) ^ 此外,根據水勢設定旋鈕SW1 0 2 — 1 3 d與吐出 溫度設定旋鈕SW1 〇 2 — 1 3 e之設定,藉由透過溫水 /噴嘴控制裝置之訊號,控制電磁閥WN 1 0 2 — & 1 a 以及節流單元WP102 — 35。此外,以對電磁閥WN 1 0 2_8 1 a的通電的〇N_OFF進行洗淨水的間歇 比例的控制以及間歇頻率的控制。 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 此外,以下說明使用的瞬間吐出水量,並非指間歇吐 出之細微的瞬間吐出水量的變動,而使指間歇比例以及吐 出流速不變的場合的平均瞬間吐出水量。此外,於本發明 ,把間歇比例定義爲間歇的1週其中之【(洗淨水的吐出 之OFF時間)/(洗淨水的吐出之ON時間+洗淨水的 吐出之0 F F時間)】。 此處,例如使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 〇 2 — 1 3 d設定於「強」水勢的話,藉由根據電磁閥 WN 1 〇 2 — 8 1 a與節流單元WP 1 〇 2-3 5的控制 -277- 本紙張尺度適用t國困家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 * 297公« ) 4 3435 7 A7 1 B7 五、發明說明έ75 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 之洗淨水間歇吐出,以使吐出流速成爲1 〇 〔m/s e C 〕,瞬間吐出水童成爲430〔cc/miη〕的方式被 調整而吐出洗淨水。即使瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0〔 c c/ min],也因爲吐出流速爲10〔m/s e c〕的緣故 ,對於想得到強水勢的使用者也可以擬似地確保水勢而洗 淨,此外因爲瞬間吐出水量辱430〔cc/min〕, 對於想要以高溫(例如4 0 eC以上)洗淨的使用者也是即 使在嚴冬中可以喜好的熱水溫度進行洗淨,而且可以使洗 淨水加熱手段Τ Η 1 0 2之耗電童限制於、i 2 0-0 W以下 。此外,進而提高被吐出的洗淨水的間歇比例提高流速的 話,可以維持洗淨力及洗淨感的同時減低瞬間吐出水量,. 因而可以進而限制洗淨水加熱手段Τ Η 1 0 2的耗電量爲 更小的値。 此外,使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 〇 2 - 1 3 d設 定於「弱」水勢的話,藉由電磁閥WN1 0 2-8 1 a與 節流單元WP 1 0 2 — 3 5的控制,瞬間吐出水量與「強 」水勢的場合同樣,可以僅使被吐出的洗淨水的間歇比例 縮小或者使其爲零,以使吐出流速成爲2 〔 m / s e C〕 、瞬間吐出水量成爲4 3 0 〔 c c/m i η〕的方式被調 整而吐出洗淨水。因爲吐出流速爲2 〔m/s e c〕的緣 故,對於想得到弱水勢的使用者也可以無痛地柔和洗淨·, 此外即使是弱水勢也因爲瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0 〔 c c/ min),可以增大洗淨水加熱手段TH102之溫度調 節之用的通電控制幅度’對目標熱水溫度的精度也容易確 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 項 V r裝 頁 訂 ▲ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 * 297公釐) -278- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 五、發明說明έ76 ) 保,可以提供高#質的局部洗淨裝置,而且可以使洗淨水 加熱手段τ Η 1 0 2之耗電量限制於1 2 0 0 w以下。 取代不變更瞬間吐出水量,而藉由電磁閥WN 1 〇 2 _81a與節流單元WP102—35的控制,「弱」水 勢時也以進行降低瞬間吐出水量的控制使成爲所要的水勢 的方式可讓使用者得到擬似的滿足,而.且也可以使洗淨水 加熱手段TH1 0 2之耗電量限制於1 2 0 0W以下》 此外,不改變瞬間吐出水量而藉由組合根據改變吐出 比例以及吐出速度之水勢變更,與根據瞬間吐出水量的變 更之水勢變更,以使成爲所要的水勢的方式讓使用者得到 擬似的滿足亦可。在此場合,例如在藉由水勢設定旋鈕2 1 c The method in the magnetic field generated by energization is configured for the electric machine WN 272. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard #CNS (A4) (210 X 297 male *) 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention 0) There is attraction or repulsion between 94 and 21 c. In this case, by successively energizing the plurality of electric motors WN9 4-2 1 c repeatedly, the movable body WN 9 4_2 2 c uses the elastic body WN9 4 — 2 6 c of the supporting part of the movable body WN9 4_2 2 c as a fulcrum. , Conical movement without rotation. The movable members WN94 to 22c are fixed to the body of the cleaning nozzle WN 9 4 by swinging freely through the elastic bodies WN94 to 26C. The elastic body WN 9 4-2 6 c can be made of rubber or elastic material such as metal or soft plastic with spring characteristics, so that the movable body WN94-22c can be swingably supported. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN9 4 is wired with a power line WN94 — 3C that supplies power to the motor WN94_2 1c, and a power line WN9 4 — 3a that supplies power to the solenoid valve WN9 4 — 2a, and a water pump. WN94-2b Power line WN 94_3b for supplying power. In addition, the power supply from the outside of the cleaning nozzle WN94 to the inside of the cleaning nozzle WN 9 4 is performed through the terminals WN 9 4-6 a. These power lines will not be touched by the spit-washing water, and it is possible to prevent electricity leakage without special coating or the like. Furthermore, because the power line is embedded in the cleaning nozzle WN 9 4, the new design is also excellent. A streamlined cleaning nozzle can be manufactured. Furthermore, when the cleaning nozzle WN 9 4 is held by a hand, there will be no Situations where power lines cause obstruction and must be removed by hand. Furthermore, by using the swinging and ejecting permanent part WN 9 4-2 c, it is possible to variably swing the water from low speed to high speed and spit water at the same time without generating electricity. Adverse situation (easy to leak electricity, new paper standard applicable in China Standard (CNS) A4 regulations (210 X 297 public love) --------- — — — — — ^ i — (Please read the back first (Notes to buy) (Order) --- line • Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed 273 43435 7 a? _____B7__ V. Description of the invention 1) Read the notes on the back XX Λ. · F The style is poor, Power line entanglement), can be washed in a wide range without being affected by the flow of spitting water, or water-saving washing that maintains the washing power and the feeling of washing, or gentle washing at high speed, or active use at the same time at low speed Intermittent stimulus washing and so on. Fig. 1 5 is an explanatory view showing the cleaning nozzle WN 96 and the cleaning nozzle WN 97 according to other embodiments. The cleaning nozzle WN96 shown in Fig. 155 (a) includes a water spouting portion WN96_2c using a motor WN96-2d, and further has a structure for transmitting power through a rotating shaft. In addition, the cleaning nozzle WN97 shown in FIG. 155 (b) is provided with a transmission gear WN97-21d so that the configuration of the movable portion WN97-can be flexibly matched in design. In addition, the peripheral part of WN 9 7 — 2 2 d, if necessary, the external cleaning method is provided, for example, a ring structure or a Y gasket is provided. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, printed 2 2 d swing, and It is also possible to prevent the water in the movable part from leaking. The 1st 5 9 8 and the washing spray shown in the washing 1 are retractable and flexible WN 9 8-by pressing the pinion WN 9 of the motor to move, the 6 figure shows the nozzle WN 9 8 of the relevant nozzle WN 9 9 Composition. After washing 11b. The cleaning nozzle WN is an explanatory view of a cleaning nozzle WN of another embodiment. The nozzle WN 9 8 -nozzle WN9 8 prepared in Fig. 156 (a) is provided with a telescopic joint gear WN 9 8-8 '-8b rack (not shown), which is connected to the not shown 8 b starts to rotate, by biting into the small WN9 8 — 8 c, the washing nozzle WN 9 8 on the right side of the drawing is stretched out, and it is ejected toward the human body. -274- This paper size is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) .4 34 35 7 A7 ____B7___ V. Description of the invention72) Wash water. After washing is completed, by pressing the washing stop button, the pinion WN 9 8 — 8 b rotates, and the teeth WN 9 8 — 8 b that mesh with the pinion WN 9 8 — 8 b move toward the left side of the drawing to clean the nozzle. WN 9 8 flinched and was contained in a local cleaning device. Inside the cleaning nozzle WN9 8, a heat exchanger WN9 8 -2e is housed. The heat exchanger WN98_2e has a heater WN98-. 2 1 e. By energizing the home hot gas WN98 — 2 1 e, the washing water can be heated up, and a comfortable partial washing can be performed according to the temperature of the user's preference. A spring-shaped portion WN 98_7a is provided in the cleaning nozzle WN9 8. The spring-like portion WN98-7a is a power supply wire for supplying power to the electric equipment in the cleaning nozzle WN 98. With this spring-like portion, the spring-like structure can expand and contract at the same time as the retractable washing nozzle without causing any obstacle to the operation. In addition, as shown in the cleaning nozzle WN99 in FIG. 156 (b), instead of the spring-like portion WN 9 8-7 a, a flexible power supply wire WN 9 9-7 b can also be obtained and provided with a spring-like shape. Part of WN 9.8 — 7 a same effect. FIG. 157 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 100 related to another embodiment. The cleaning nozzle WN100 is provided with an air pump AP100—'a mixing section AP 1 0 0_2 1 f for mixing air from the air pump AF100-2 2 into the washing water, and a spouting swing section WN 1 0 0_2 d . Clean the nozzle WN 1 0 0 here, because the air pump AP 1 0 0_ is wired near the spout hole, please «read the note on the back side of the page ηΓ for this page) binding ... The paper size of the paper is in accordance with the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) • 275- 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7____ V. Description of the invention73) 2 f, so it is not necessary to use the connection from the air pump AP100 — Long tube for 2f to AP100-21 f mixing section. Therefore, the response of mixing air is stable and stable, and there is no danger of power line leakage or power line entanglement, and the risk of air leakage from the pipe is also reduced. Fig. 158 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 102 according to another embodiment. In Figure 158, the nozzle body WN 1 0 2-5 〇 and the nozzle head WN 1 0 2-7 0 are shown in a sectional view, and the water flow system and the control instruction system are shown in a block diagram. Here, the power restriction means C T 1 0 2-8 includes an intermittent discharge control unit C T 1 0 2 _ 8 a and a washing water flow rate control unit C T 102-8b. The intermittent discharge control unit CT102-8a is constituted by a solenoid valve WN 1 0 2-8 1 a, and the washing water flow rate control unit CT 1 〇 2-8b is constituted by a throttle unit WP 1 〇 2-35. The solenoid valve WN102 — 81a is made of a plunger WN1.02 — 8 2 a, a ferromagnetic body WN 102 — 83a attached to the plunger WN 1 0 2 — 8 2 a, and a magnetic field acting on the ferromagnetic body WN102-83. Drive ferromagnetic body WN1 0 2-8 3 a and plunger 1 ◦ 2-82a motor WN102_84a 'and ferromagnetic body WN 1 0 2-8 2 a ferromagnetic body WN 1 0 2 — 8 3 a Opposite springs WN1 0 2 — 8 5 a and so on. One end of the spring WN1 02 — 85a is fixed to the nozzle body WN1 02 — 50. With regard to the electric machine WN1 〇2_ !! Employed • Installed _ < Please read the precautions on the back before f · 1 .. This page: Order-· Line The paper size applies the Chinese Standard for Household Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -276- 4 3435 7 V. Description of the invention 74) Please read the note on the back of the item \ Buy this) 8 4 a power on, A gravitational force is generated between the motor WN 1 0 2 — 8 4 a and the ferromagnetic body WN 1 0 2 — 8 3 a. The plunger WN 1 0 2 resists the tension of the spring WN 1 0 2-8 5 a. -8 2 a movement opens the water passage, so that the discharge of washing water is turned on. Conversely, by stopping the energization of the motor WN 1 〇 2 — 8 4 a, the gravitational force between the motor WN1 0 2 — 84 a and the ferromagnetic body WN1 0 2 — 8 3 a is released, and by the spring WN1 〇 2_8 The extension tension of 5 a causes the plunger WN 1 0 2-8 2 a to move in the reverse direction to close the water passage and close the discharge of the wash water (OFF). In addition, according to the water potential setting knob SW1 0 2 — 1 3 d and the discharge The setting of the temperature setting knob SW1 〇2 — 1 3 e controls the solenoid valve WN 1 0 2 — & 1 a and the throttling unit WP102 — 35 through the signal of warm water / nozzle control device. In addition, the intermittent ratio control of the washing water and the intermittent frequency control are performed with ON_OFF of the energization of the solenoid valve WN 1 0 2_8 1 a. Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, the following description of the instantaneous spitting water volume does not refer to the slight instantaneous spitting water volume change, but means the average instantaneous spitting when the intermittent ratio and the discharge flow rate are constant The amount of water. In addition, in the present invention, the intermittent ratio is defined as one of the intervals of [(OFF time of discharge of washing water) / (ON time of discharge of washing water + 0 FF time of discharge of washing water)] . Here, for example, if the user sets the water potential setting knob SW1 〇2 — 1 3 d to the “strong” water potential, by using the solenoid valve WN 1 〇2 — 8 1 a and the throttle unit WP 1 〇2-3 5 Control -277- This paper standard is applicable to national standards (CNS > A4 specifications (210 * 297) «) 4 3435 7 A7 1 B7 V. Description of invention 75) Washing printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The water was intermittently discharged, and adjusted so that the discharge flow rate became 10 [m / se C] and the instantaneous discharge of the water boy became 430 [cc / miη], and the washing water was discharged. Even if the water flow rate is 4 3 0 [cc / min], the discharge flow rate is 10 [m / sec]. For users who want to obtain a strong water potential, they can similarly secure the water potential and wash it. 430 [cc / min], even for users who want to wash at high temperature (for example, 40 eC or more), it can be washed in hot water temperature even in the severe winter, and the heating means of washing water can be used. The power consumption of 1 0 2 is limited to i 2 0-0 W or less. In addition, by further increasing the intermittent ratio of the discharged washing water and increasing the flow rate, the amount of instantaneous water can be reduced while maintaining the washing power and the feeling of washing. Therefore, the consumption of the washing water heating means T Τ 1 0 2 can be further limited. The battery is smaller. In addition, if the user sets the water potential setting knob SW1 〇2-1 3 d to the "weak" water potential, the solenoid valve WN1 0 2-8 1 a and the throttling unit WP 1 0 2-3 5 will spit out instantly The amount of water is the same as in the case of a "strong" water potential. The intermittent ratio of the discharged washing water can be reduced or made zero to make the discharge flow rate 2 [m / se C] and the instantaneous discharge water amount 4 3 0 〔 cc / mi η] was adjusted to spit out the washing water. Because the discharge flow rate is 2 [m / sec], even users who want to get weak water can wash it gently without pain. In addition, even if the water is weak, the instantaneous water output is 4 3 0 [cc / min]. Increasing the power-on control range for the temperature adjustment of TH102, which is the heating method of the washing water, is also easy to determine the accuracy of the target hot water temperature. Please read the note on the back Vr for binding. ▲ This paper size applies to Chinese National Standards (CNS). A4 specifications (210 * 297 mm) -278- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 V. Description of the invention 76) It can provide high-quality local cleaning devices, and it can make the washing water heating means τ Η 1 0 2 The power consumption is limited to 1 2 0 0 w or less. Instead of not changing the instantaneous discharge water volume, by controlling the solenoid valve WN 1 〇 2 _81a and the throttle unit WP102-35, the "weak" water potential can be controlled by reducing the instantaneous discharge water volume to make it the desired water potential The user gets a similar satisfaction, and can also limit the power consumption of the heating water heating means TH1 0 2 to less than 12 0 W. In addition, the instantaneous amount of water is not changed, and the ratio of spitting and the spit are changed by combination The water potential change of the speed and the water potential change according to the change of the instantaneous spitting water amount may be such that the user can obtain a similar satisfaction in such a manner that the desired water potential is obtained. In this case, for example, by setting the water potential
SW 1 0 2 - 1 3 d設定爲「強」水勢〜「稍強」水勢時 ,使瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0〔 c c /m i η〕,以吐出比 例與吐出速度的增減進行水勢變更,水勢設定旋鈕SW 102-13d設定爲 「稍強」 水勢〜 「稍弱 」水勢時, 使瞬間吐出水量爲3 8 0 C c c /mi η〕, 以吐出比例 與吐出速度的增減進行水勢變更 ,水勢設定旋鈕SW 10 2·— 13d設定爲 「稍弱」 水勢〜 「弱j 水勢時,使 瞬間吐出水量爲330 〔 c c/mi η〕,以吐出比例與 吐出速度的增減進行水勢變更。 此外,於第1 5 8圖的實施例,係舉電磁閥WN 1 0 2-8 1 a ,使洗淨水的吐出成爲間歇的實施例爲例 來說明,但是可以控制洗淨水吐出的Ο N - 0 F F的話, 可以使本實施例充足的緣故,所以使用馬達使具有指定開 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) _ ^/9 -------------裝--- (請先Μ讀背面之注$項再Γ*«本頁) 訂· -.線· 經濟邨智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 4 34 3 5 7 A7 --- B7 五、發明說明$77 ) 口的碟片閥旋轉,進行洗淨水吐出的ON-OF F等,只 要是可以進行洗淨水吐出的0 N - 0 F F的控制者即可。 第1 5 9圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 〇 4的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。於第1 5 9圖(a )噴嘴本體WN 1 0 4 — 5 0以及噴嘴頭WN 1 〇 4 — 7 〇係以剖面圖表示,通水系統與控制指示系統係以方塊 圖顯示,第159圖(b)係以從吐出部WN1 04 — 82 e與吐出孔群碟片WN1 04 — 8 1 e的吐出方向來 看的圖表示的。 此處,電力限制手段CT 1 0 4_8,係由複數吐出 孔的集合體之吐出孔群WN 1 〇 4 - 8 έ以及冼淨水流速. 控制部CT1 〇 4_8b所構成。吐出孔群WN1 〇4-8e,被分散配置於吐出部WN104 — 82e。 此外,爲了切換洗淨水被吐出的吐出孔群WN 1 〇 4 一8 e,具有吐出孔群碟片WN1 04 — 8 1 e與切換馬 達WNl〇4_86e。吐出孔群碟片WN104 — 8 1 e ,具有吐出孔總面積爲7 . 2X1 0-7'{m2〕的 吐出孔群單元WN 1 0 4 — 8 3 e、吐出孔總面積爲 9 6X1 0_7〔m2〕的吐出孔群單元WN1 04 — 84 e'吐出孔總面積爲3,6X1 0— 7〔m2〕的吐出 孔群單元WN104 — 85e ,以切換馬達WN104 — 8 6 e使吐出孔群碟片WN 1 〇 4_ 8 1 e旋轉指定角度 (在本實施例爲旋轉15度),藉此使洗淨水從與吐_出部 WN1 0 4 — 8 2 e上的吐出孔群WN1 〇4 - 8 e連通 本紙張尺度適用中國圉家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — —— —丨丨裝i I {請先閱讀背面之注意事項¾本頁) 訂· •線· 經濟部智慧財產局霣工消费合作社印製 -280 - ^ 4 34 35 7 A7 ' Λ ______ Β7 五、發明說明έ78 > 的吐出孔群單元吐出。 洗淨水流速控制部CT 104 — 8 b,由節流單元 WP 1 〇 4 — 3 5所構成。此外,根據水勢設定旋鈕SW 10 4- 1 3 d與吐水溫度設定旋鈕SW1 〇 4 - 1 3 e 的設定,藉由透竭溫水/噴嘴控制裝置的訊號控制切換馬 達WN 1 〇 4 — 8 6 e以及節流單元WP 1 04 — 3 5。 r,----- ·** ·. 此處,例如使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 〇 4 —When SW 1 0 2-1 3 d is set to "strong" water potential ~ "slightly strong" water potential, the instantaneous amount of water discharged is 4 3 0 [cc / mi η], and the water potential is changed according to the increase and decrease of the discharge ratio and the discharge speed. When the water potential setting knob SW 102-13d is set to "Slightly Strong" and "Slightly Weak", the instantaneous water output is 3 8 0 C cc / mi η], and the water potential is changed by increasing or decreasing the discharge ratio and speed. The water potential setting knob SW 10 2 · — 13d is set to “Slightly Weak”. When the water potential is “weak,” the water potential is changed to 330 [cc / mi η] at the instant, and the water potential is changed by increasing or decreasing the discharge ratio and speed. In the embodiment of FIG. 158, the solenoid valve WN 1 0 2-8 1 a is used as an example to explain the embodiment in which the discharge of the washing water is intermittent. However, the 0 N of the washing water can be controlled. -0 FF can make this example sufficient, so use a motor to apply the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) with the specified paper size) _ ^ / 9 ------ ------- install --- (please read the $ item on the back before Γ * «this page) Order · -. Line · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Economic Village Intellectual Property Bureau 4 34 3 5 7 A7 --- B7 V. Description of the invention $ 77) The disc valve of the mouth rotates, and ON-OF F etc. to spit out the washing water, as long as The controller may be a controller of 0 N-0 FF which can spit out the washing water. Fig. 159 is an explanatory diagram showing a local washing device having a washing nozzle WN 1 〇4 related to other embodiments. Figure 159 (a) The nozzle body WN 1 0 4 — 50 and the nozzle head WN 1 〇 4 — 7 〇 are shown in a sectional view, the water flow system and the control indication system are shown in a block diagram, Figure 159 ( b) The figure is viewed from the discharge direction of the discharge portion WN1 04 — 82 e and the discharge hole group disc WN1 04 — 8 1 e. Here, the power limitation means CT 1 0 4_8 is a plurality of discharge holes. The group of discharge holes WN 1 〇 4-8 and the flow velocity of the clean water. The control unit CT1 〇 4_8b. The discharge holes group WN1 〇 4-8e are dispersedly arranged in the discharge unit WN104-82e. In addition, in order to switch washing The ejection hole group WN 1 〇4-8 e where the purified water is ejected, and the ejection hole group disc WN1 04 — 8 1 e and the switching horse Up to WN104_86e. The ejection hole group disc WN104 — 8 1 e, with an ejection hole group unit WN 1 0 4 — 8 3 with a total ejection hole area of 7.2 × 1 0-7 '{m2]. E. It is 9 6X1 0_7 [m2] discharge hole group unit WN1 04 — 84 e ′ The total area of the discharge hole is 3, 6X1 0 — 7 [m2] discharge hole group unit WN104 — 85e to switch the motor WN104 — 8 6 e to The ejection hole group disc WN 1 〇4_ 8 1 e is rotated by a specified angle (in this embodiment, by 15 degrees), so that the washing water is discharged from the ejection hole group on the ejection hole portion WN1 0 4 — 8 2 e. WN1 〇4-8 e Connectivity This paper is in accordance with Chinese standards (CNS > A4 (210 X 297 mm)) — — — — 丨 i i {Please read the precautions on the back ¾ this page) Order · • Line · Printed by the Consumer Goods Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-280-^ 4 34 35 7 A7 'Λ ______ Β7 V. Description of the Invention 78 > The washing water flow rate control unit CT 104 — 8 b is composed of a throttle unit WP 1 04 — 35. In addition, according to the setting of the water potential setting knob SW 10 4- 1 3 d and the water discharge temperature setting knob SW1 〇4-1 3 e, the switching motor WN 1 〇4 — 8 6 is controlled by the signal of the depleted warm water / nozzle control device. e and throttling unit WP 1 04-3 5. r, ----- · ** ·. Here, for example, the user sets the water potential setting knob SW1 〇 4 —
1 3 d設定於「強」水勢的話,藉由根據切換馬達WN1 3 d is set to "strong" water potential, by switching the motor WN according to
1 0 4 — 8 6 e選擇作爲吐水孔之吐出孔群單元WN 104_85e ,以節流單元使吐出流速成爲1〇 〔ιώ/ s eC〕、瞬間吐出水量成爲430 〔 c c/mi η〕的 方式被調整而吐出洗淨水。即使瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0 〔 c c / m i η ],也因爲吐出流速爲1 0 〔m/s e c〕 的緣故,對於想得到強水勢的使用者也可以擬似地確保水 勢而洗淨,此外因爲瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0〔 c c/ min),對於想要以高溫(例如4 0 °C以上)洗淨的使 用者也是即使在嚴冬中可以喜好的熱水溫度進行洗淨,而 且可以使洗淨水加熱手段ΤΗ 1 0 4 - 3 1之耗電量限制 於1 2 0 0W以下。此外,吐出孔群,因爲以可以洗淨與 從前相同的洗淨面積的方式被充分分散配置的緣故,不會 有洗淨面積縮小的問題。此外,進而使吐出孔群單元的吐 出孔總面積更縮小的話,可以大幅提高洗淨水的流出速度 ,藉由增加孔數可以在洗淨面積內充分分散洗淨水的緣故 ,所以可進而限制洗淨水加熱手段Τ Η 1 0 2的耗電量爲 --------------裝i — (靖先Μ讀背面之注意事項IkX本頁) SJ· 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準<CNS>A4规格(210 X 297公釐) -281 - A7 4 7___B7_ 五、發明說明G79 ) 更小的値= 此外,使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 0 4 — 1 3 d設 定於「弱」水勢的話,藉由切換馬達WN 10 4 — 8 6 e 選擇作爲吐水孔的吐出孔群單元WN 1 (j 4 _ 8 3 e,以 節流單元WP104 — 35使吐出流速成爲2〔m/ seC〕、瞬間吐出水量成爲430〔cc/min〕的 方式被調整而吐出洗淨水。因爲吐出流速爲2〔m/ s e c〕的緣故,對於想得到弱水勢的使用者也可以無痛 地柔和洗淨,此外即使是弱水勢也因爲瞬間吐出水量爲 4 3 0 ( c c /m i η ),可以增大洗淨水加熱手段 ΤΗ1 04 - 3 1之溫度調節之用的通電控制幅度,對目 標熱水溫度的精度也容易確.保,可以提供高品質的局部洗 淨裝置,而且可以使洗淨水加熱手段ΤΗ1 04 - 3 1之 耗電量限制於1 2 0 0 W以下。 在實施例,說明了吐出孔群單元的使用區分,但是僅 使用吐出孔群單元WN104—85e, 「弱」水勢時也 以進行降低瞬間吐出水量的控制使成爲所要的水勢的方式 可讓使用者得到擬似的滿足。在此場合,被要求洗淨水加 熱手段之通電控制的精度,但是不需要切換馬達WN 1 0 4 — 8 6 e γ,減少零件數目的緣故,所以不僅可以低 成本化,而且可以精簡,維持洗淨感而使洗淨水加熱手段 ΤΗ1 04 - 3 1之耗電量限制於1 200W以下。 此外,以組合吐出孔群單元的使用區分之水勢變更與 根據瞬間吐出水量的變更之水勢變更,以使成爲所要的水 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) --------------裝--- <請先閲讀背*之注意事項相本頁》 訂· .線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -282- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 五、發明說明紅0 ) 請先閲讀背面之注$項\均本頁) 勢的方式讓使用者得到擬似的滿足亦可。在此場合,例如 在藉由水勢設定旋鈕SW1 〇 4 - 1 3 d設定爲「強」7]C 勢〜「稍強」水勢時,以吐出孔群碟片WN104 — 8 5 e與瞬間吐出水量的增減的組合進行水勢變更,水勢 設定旋鈕SW1 02 — 1 3 d設定爲「稍強」水勢〜「稍 弱」水勢時,以吐出孔群碟片WN 1 0 4 — 8 4 e與瞬間 吐出水量的增減的組合進行水勢變更,水勢設.定旋鈕S W 102 — 13d設定爲「稍弱」水勢〜「弱」水勢時,以 吐出孔群碟片WN 1 〇 4 - 8 3 e與瞬間吐出水童的增減 的組合進行水勢變更,可以實施本發明。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 此外,以1個吐出機構兼用爲臀部洗淨與陰部洗淨, 或是以其他噴嘴進行都不會妨礙本發明的實施,而且將上 述實施例、以及各吐出形態分別組合,而成爲藉由水勢設 定旋鈕SW1 〇 4— 1 3 dm設定的水勢的方式讓使用者 得到擬似的滿足,但是更少的瞬間吐出水量成爲可能,以 使成爲藉由水勢設定旋鈕SW1 0 4 - 1 3 d所設定的水 勢的方式可讓使用者得到擬似的滿足,洗淨水加熱手段 Τ Η 1 〇 4 - 3 1之耗電量限制於1 2 0 0 W以下,可以 進而限制成更少的耗電量。 此外,於上述實施例,說明根據臀部洗淨設定手段 SW1 04-1 3 a或陰部洗淨按鈕SW104 — 1 3b 的操作,而被通電控制,使被給水的洗淨水瞬巧加熱至目 標溫度的瞬間式洗淨水加熱手段ΤΗ 1 0 4 — 3 1 ,但是 也可以使用暫時儲留被給水的洗淨水而隨時加熱/保溫於 -283- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 ^ 34 3 5 7 __B7__ 五、發明說明έ81 ) _吐水溫度設定旋鈕SW1 〇 4~ 1 3 e所設定的適溫之儲 熱水式洗淨水加熱手段,在此場合,瞬間吐出水量可以爲 從前的一半,即使進行長時間洗淨的場合也不會發生中斷 熱水的情形,此外因爲可以使洗淨水加熱水箱的容量較從 前的更爲縮小,因此洗淨水加熱水箱的散熱亦小,相當簡 潔可以提高局部洗淨裝置的搬送性、施工性,可以提供同 時達成滿足的使用感與便利性與省能源性之局部洗淨裝置 〇 第1 6 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 108的說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN108,具備可變閥WN 108-45。可變閥WN108-45,係由旋轉碟片 WNl〇8—45a ,與旋轉驅動旋轉碟片WN108— 4 5 a的驅動馬達WN1 08-4 5 c所構成。於旋轉碟 片WN108~45a,被形成有多數吐水孔WN108 一4 5 b的吐水孔。此外,相對方向於旋轉碟片WN 108_4Sa,於洗淨噴嘴WN108的先端上面被形 成有多數吐水孔WN 1 0 8 — 3 1。藉由驅動馬達W N 1 08 — 45 c使旋轉碟片WN1 08 — 45 a旋轉,同 時將洗淨水供給到洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 8的話,從具有多數 吐水孔W N 1 0 8 _ 4 5 b的吐水孔,透過吐水孔W N 1 08-3 1向人體局部吐水。於此場合,吐水孔WN 108—45b與吐水孔WN108—31之重疊數係伴 隨著旋轉碟片WN 1 0 8 — 4 5 a的旋轉而隨著時間改變 的,因此吐出洗淨水的吐水孔WN 1 0 8 — 3 1改變,可 — — — — — — I—------- I I {請先《讀背面之注$項WtT兩本頁) 訂· --線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中固國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公« ) -284- 經濟部智慈財產局員工消費合作社印製 43435 7 A7 __B7 _ 五、發明說明έ82 ) 以容易控制洗淨水空間容積率或洗淨面積。 第1 6 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 1 2的說明圖。於洗淨噴嘴WN1 1 2,吐出後的洗淨 水擺動而擺動吐出的場合之瞬間吐出水量或洗淨水流速或 洗淨水空間容積率或洗淨面積的控制,係藉由控制水幫浦 WP112 - 13或者流量調節閥WP.112 — 12,與 擺動手段WN1 1 2 — 44來進行的。水幫浦WP 1 1 2 —13或流量調節閥WP112 — 12,是藉由洗淨水供 給控制手段C T 1 1 2 — 7 1控制的。 擺動手段WN1 1 2 - 44,具備在洗淨噴嘴先端安 裝振動馬達使吐水孔振·動而使洗淨水擺動之振動馬達。藉 由此振動馬達控制擺動頻率,而藉此可以在擺動頻率高的 場合,使擺動方向的加速度效果較大,而增大洗淨面積縮 小空間容積率.,在擺動頻率低的場合,可以減少向擺動方 向的加速度效果,縮小洗淨面積增大空間容積率。此外藉 由控制擺動吐出的擺動徑,在擺動徑大的場合,可以增大 洗淨面積縮小空間容積率,在擺動徑小的場合,可以縮小 洗淨面積增大空間容積率。 第1 6 2圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 2 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。首先說明洗淨水的 路徑,洗淨水被從洗淨水供給手段WP 1 2 0 - 1供給時 ,經由加熱洗淨水的熱交換器ΤΗ 1 2 0 — 2流入洗淨噴 嘴WN 1 2 0而從吐水孔WN 1 2 0 _ 3 1吐出,進行局 部洗淨。洗淨水供給手段WP 1 2 0 — 1,由流差調節閥 iili! --I (請先閱11背面之注意事項1^«本頁) 訂. ,線· 本紙張尺度適用中國0家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -285- 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7__ 五、發明說明έ83 ) WP120— 12或止水閥WP12 0 — 1 1所構成,在 供吐出之自來水壓力不足的場合,或是不利用自來水壓的 場合有必要添附水幫浦WP 1 2 0 — 1 3。 其次說明洗淨能力控制手段C τ 1 2 0 — 7之具體控 制方法的各吐出形態。1 0 4 — 8 6 e The discharge hole group unit WN 104_85e is selected as the discharge hole, and the throttle unit is used to make the discharge flow rate 1/10 [ιώ / s eC] and the instantaneous discharge water amount to 430 [cc / mi η]. Adjust and spit out the washing water. Even if the amount of water discharged in an instant is 4 3 0 [cc / mi η], because the discharge flow rate is 10 [m / sec], users who want to obtain a strong water potential can similarly ensure the water potential and wash it. The amount of water discharged is 4 3 0 [cc / min). For users who want to wash at high temperature (for example, above 40 ° C), they can also wash in the hot water temperature that they like even in severe winter. The power consumption of the water heating means T 1 0 4-3 1 is limited to 1 2 0 0W or less. In addition, since the ejection hole group is sufficiently dispersed and arranged so that the same washing area as before can be washed, there is no problem in reducing the washing area. In addition, if the total area of the discharge holes of the discharge hole group unit is further reduced, the outflow speed of the washing water can be greatly increased, and by increasing the number of holes, the washing water can be sufficiently dispersed in the washing area, so it can be further limited. The power consumption of the washing water heating means T Τ 1 0 2 is -------------- install i — (Jingxian M read the precautions on the back IkX page) SJ · Ministry of Economics wisdom Printed by the Bureau of Industrial Property and Consumer Cooperatives, the paper size is applicable to the national standard < CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -281-A7 4 7___B7_ V. Description of the invention G79) Smaller 値 = In addition, users If the water potential setting knob SW1 0 4 — 1 3 d is set to “weak” water potential, the switching hole group unit WN 1 (j 4 _ 8 3 e) is selected as the nozzle hole by switching the motor WN 10 4 — 8 6 e. The throttle unit WP104-35 is adjusted so that the discharge flow rate is 2 [m / seC] and the instantaneous discharge water volume is 430 [cc / min]. The wash water is discharged. Because the discharge flow rate is 2 [m / sec], For users who want to get weak water, it can be washed gently and painlessly. In addition, even weak water It is also because the instantaneous spitting water volume is 4 3 0 (cc / mi η), which can increase the energization control range for the temperature adjustment of the washing water heating means TΗ1 04-31, and it is easy to determine the accuracy of the target hot water temperature. It can provide a high-quality local cleaning device, and can limit the power consumption of the heating means Η1 04-3 1 to less than 1 2 0 0 W. In the embodiment, the use of the ejection hole group unit is explained. Differentiating, but only using the discharge hole group unit WN104-85e, when the "weak" water potential is controlled by reducing the instantaneous discharge water volume to make it the desired water potential, the user can get similar satisfaction. In this case, it is required to wash The accuracy of the energization control of the water purification heating means, but it is not necessary to switch the motor WN 1 0 4 — 8 6 e γ and reduce the number of parts. Therefore, it can not only reduce the cost, but also streamline and maintain the feeling of cleanliness to make it clean. The power consumption of the water heating means Η1 04-3 1 is limited to less than 1 200 W. In addition, the water potential change according to the use of the combination discharge hole group unit and the water potential change according to the instantaneous discharge water volume change In addition, in order to make the required water-based paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) -------------- install --- < please read first Note on the back page of this page "Order ·. · Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -282- A7 B7 4 34 3 5 V. Description of the Invention Red 0) Please read the notes on the back. This page) also allows users to get similar satisfaction. In this case, for example, when the water potential setting knob SW1 〇4-1 3 d is set to "strong" 7] C potential ~ "somewhat strong" water potential, the ejection hole group disc WN104 — 8 5 e and instantaneous water volume The combination of increasing and decreasing changes the water potential. When the water potential setting knob SW1 02 — 1 3 d is set to “Slightly Strong” to “Slightly Weak”, the disk group disc WN 1 0 4 — 8 4 e and instantaneously spit out. The combination of increasing and decreasing water volume changes the water potential, and the water potential is set. When the setting knobs SW 102 — 13d are set to “weak” water potential to “weak” water potential, the hole group disc WN 1 〇 4-8 3 e and instantaneous discharge The present invention can be implemented by changing the water potential of a combination of increase and decrease of water children. Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, using one discharge mechanism for hip washing and genital washing, or using other nozzles will not hinder the implementation of the present invention, and the above-mentioned embodiments and each The discharge patterns are combined separately to become a water potential set by the water potential setting knob SW1 〇 4— 1 3 dm, which allows the user to obtain a similar satisfaction, but it is possible to dispense water in an instant, so that it becomes a water potential setting knob. The water potential mode set by SW1 0 4-1 3 d allows the user to get a similar satisfaction. The heating power of the washing water T Η 1 〇 4-3 1 is limited to less than 1 2 0 0 W, which can be further Limit to less power consumption. In addition, in the above-mentioned embodiment, the operation of the hip washing setting means SW1 04-1 3 a or the genital washing button SW104 — 1 3b will be described, which will be controlled by being energized so that the supplied washing water is instantly heated to the target temperature. Instantaneous washing water heating means Η 1 0 4 — 3 1, but it can also be heated / heated at any time by using the washing water temporarily stored in the feed water. -283- This paper size applies Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification) (210 X 297 mm) A7 ^ 34 3 5 7 __B7__ V. Description of the invention 81) _ Spouting temperature setting knob SW1 〇4 ~ 1 3 e The heating means of the appropriate temperature of the hot water storage type washing water is set here In some cases, the amount of water that can be instantaneously discharged can be half that of the previous one. Even when washing for a long time, hot water will not be interrupted. In addition, the capacity of the heating water tank can be reduced compared to the previous one. The water heating water tank also has a small heat dissipation. It is quite simple, which can improve the transportability and workability of the local cleaning device, and can provide a local cleaning device that achieves a satisfactory use and convenience and energy saving at the same time. 0 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 108 related to another embodiment. The cleaning nozzle WN108 is provided with a variable valve WN 108-45. The variable valve WN108-45 is composed of a rotating disc WN108-45a and a drive motor WN1 08-4 5c that drives the rotating disc WN108-4 4a. The rotating discs WN108 to 45a are formed with a plurality of spouting holes WN108-4 5 b. In addition, in the opposite direction to the rotating disc WN 108_4Sa, a plurality of water discharge holes WN 1 0 8-3 1 are formed on the tip of the cleaning nozzle WN108. When the rotating disc WN1 08-45a is rotated by the drive motor WN 1 08-45 c, and the washing water is supplied to the washing nozzle WN 1 0 8 at the same time, it has a large number of water discharge holes WN 1 0 8 _ 4 5 b The water jet hole is used to spit water to the human body through the water jet hole WN 1 08-3 1. In this case, the overlapping number of the water spouting holes WN 108-45b and the water spouting holes WN108-31 is changed over time with the rotation of the rotating disc WN 1 0 8-4 5 a, so the water spouting holes for washing water are discharged. WN 1 0 8 — 3 1 change, you can — — — — — — I —------- II {Please read the two notes on the back of the page, WtT two pages first) Order · --- Wisdom of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed on the paper by the Employees 'Cooperative of the Property Bureau. Applicable to the China Solid State Standard (CNS) A4 Specification < 210 X 297. «) -284- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 43435 7 A7 __B7 _ V. Invention Introducing 82) To easily control the volume ratio or area of the washing water. FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 1 1 2 according to another embodiment. When the washing nozzle WN1 1 2 is swung and the washing water is swayed and spit out, the amount of discharged water or the flow rate of the washing water or the volume ratio of the washing water or the washing area is controlled by controlling the water pump WP112-13 or flow control valve WP.112-12, and the swing means WN1 1 2-44. The water pump WP 1 1 2 — 13 or the flow regulating valve WP 112 — 12 is controlled by the washing water supply control means C T 1 1 2 — 7 1. The swinging means WN1 1 2-44 are provided with a vibration motor in which a vibration motor is installed at the tip of the cleaning nozzle to vibrate and spout the discharge hole to swing the washing water. By using this vibration motor to control the swing frequency, the acceleration effect in the swing direction can be increased when the swing frequency is high, and the cleaning area can be increased to reduce the space volume ratio. In the case of low swing frequency, it can be reduced The acceleration effect in the swing direction reduces the washing area and increases the space volume ratio. In addition, by controlling the swing diameter of the swing discharge, it is possible to increase the cleaning area to reduce the space volume ratio when the swing diameter is large, and to reduce the cleaning area to increase the space volume ratio when the swing diameter is small. Fig. 16 2 is an explanatory view showing a local cleaning device including a cleaning nozzle WN 120 according to another embodiment. First, the path of the washing water will be described. When the washing water is supplied from the washing water supply means WP 1 2 0-1, the washing water flows into the washing nozzle WN 1 2 0 through the heat exchanger TW 1 2 0 which heats the washing water. Meanwhile, it is discharged from the water discharge holes WN 1 2 0 _ 3 1 for local washing. Washing water supply means WP 1 2 0 — 1, ordered by the flow control valve iili! --I (please read the precautions on the back of 11 1 ^ «this page), order, line · This paper size applies to China 0 standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -285- 4 3435 7 A7 ___B7__ V. Description of invention83) WP120-12 or water stop valve WP12 0 — 1 1 constitutes the situation where the pressure of the tap water to be discharged is insufficient Or, if the tap water pressure is not used, it is necessary to attach water pump WP 1 2 0 — 1 3. Next, each discharge form of the specific control method of the cleaning capacity control means C τ 1 2 0-7 will be described.
於洗淨水混入空氣的場合的瞬間吐出水量或洗淨水流 速或洗淨水空間容積率的控制,是藉由控制水幫浦w P 1 2 0 - 1 3或流量調節閥WP 1 2 0 — 1 2與空氣幫浦 AP 1 20 — 4 1而進行的。水幫浦WP 1 2 0 — 1 3或 流量調節閥w P 1 _ 2 0 - 1 2是藉由洗淨水供給控制手段 CT1 20 — 7 1來控制。空氣混入部AP 1 2 0- 41 a在較熱交換器TH120 — 2更爲下游處,以在直 到洗淨噴嘴的吐水孔W‘N 1 2 0_ 3 1的附近最佳,越下 游側越有必要提高空氣幫浦AP 1 2 0 — 4 1的能力。空 氣幫浦AP120—41,藉由空氣幫浦控制手段CT1 2 0 - 7 2控制。空氣混入率,係由混入部的水壓與空氣 壓的平衡來決定的,所以藉由進行水幫浦WP 1 2 0 — 1 3或流崖調節閥WP 1 2 0- 1 2與空氣幫浦AP 1 2 0 _ 4 1的能力控制可以控制空氣混入率,可以控制 洗淨水吐出後的空間容積率p,進行使與瞬間吐出水量獨 立而使空氣混入率變化的控制的話,可以獨立於瞬間吐出 水量而控制洗淨水的流速。 第1 6 3¾係顯示相關於其他實施例的蓮蓬頭的說明 圖。洗淨噴嘴WN1 24,被組入蓮蓬頭。亦即,如第 本紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) .—— — — — — — — 1 — !- · I I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項Wtf内本頁> 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 -286- A7 B7 4 34 35 五、發明說明έ84 ) 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 163圖所示,蓮蓬頭,被組入可動部移動手段WN . 124 — 3與可動部WN124 — 2。在此場合,吐水孔 WN124 — 2b,以多數個較佳。由本體通水路WN 124— la起透過空隙WN124_lb,對可動部 W N 1 2 4 - 2供給洗淨水的階段,也可以分成與吐水孔 數目相同而對可動部WN 1 2 4 - 2給水,亦可以不在可 動部內部逆流的方式分爲多數個之構造。 訂 經濟部笮慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 第1 6 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 126的說明圖。洗淨噴嘴WN126,具備進行混入空 氣的洗淨水的吐出之構成。於通水路WP 1 2 6 — 9設有 空氣混入部API 2 6 - 4 2 a,從空氣混入部AP 1 2 6_4 2 a進行空氣混入=作爲空氣混入部AP 1 2 6 — 4 2 a ,亦可爲以噴射效果自行吸入空氣的構造 ,亦可具備空氣幫浦API26_42c進行強制混入。 此外,空氣混入部AP 1 2 6 — 4 2 a於通水路中,可以 配置在熱交換器ΤΗ 1 2 6至吐水孔WN 1 2 6 _ 3 1之 間,配置於越接近吐水孔WN 1 2 6 _ 3 1附近的位置, 空氣混入狀態越不容易受到通水路的影響,而且配置空氣 幫浦AP 1 2 6 _4 2 c的場合,也不需要使空氣幫浦 A P 1 2 6 — 4 2 c的能力提高到必要能力以上。 在吐出混入了空氣的洗淨水的場合,也在把握了瞬間 吐出水量Q或洗淨水流速v的情形下藉由改變水幫浦W P 126-12b或流量調節閥WP126-12a或空氣 幫浦A P 1 2 6 — 1 2 c的能力,可以容易達成把握了吐 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公* ) -287- 經濟部智慧財產局R工消费合作社印製 4 34 3 5 7 A7 _____B7___ 五、發明說明έ85 ) 出力E與吐出力E的增減之設計,所以因應水勢指示手段 SW1 2 6_|7 2的指示藉由水勢變更控制手段3讯7 1 2 6 — 6 3控制水幫浦WP 1 2 6 — 1 2 b或流量調節 閥WP126—l2a或空氣幫浦AP126-12C ’ 可以增減吐出.力E,以進行與從前同等的吐出力E的增減 的方式設1十的話,可以容易實施與從前同樣的對應於使用 者多樣化的喜好之水勢變更。 · 第1 6 5圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 3 0的人體洗淨裝置之水路系及控制系的方塊圖。 第1 6 6圖係顯示操作盤的詳細圖之說明圖。第1 6 7圖 係顯示洗淨噴嘴WN 1 3 0的重要部位之剖面圖。 洗淨噴嘴NW1 3 0,藉由按壓被配置於操作面梅 SP1 30 — 6的洗淨開關SW1 30 — 21而打開被開 閉控制的開閉閥W P 1 3 0 — 2,由洗淨水吸入口 W P 1 3 0 — 1供給洗淨水。該洗淨水以藉由定流量閥WP 1 3 0 — 3成爲一定流量的方式被控制,進而藉由洗淨水 加熱手段TH1 30 — 7加熱。洗淨水加熱手段TH 1 3 0 — 7的輸出,係由被配置在操作面板S P 1 3 0_ 6的吐出水溫設定按鈕SW1 3 0 — 2 3所選擇的溫度與 第1溫度檢測手段W P 1 3 0 - 4所檢測到的加熱前的洗 淨水溫度之差來設定的。進而被加熱的洗淨水於空氣混入 部AP 1 3 0_ 1 0混入空氣,使成爲水量少而流速提高 的具有大洗淨強度的空氣混入洗淨水WN 1 3 0_ 1 2, 由吐水孔W N 1 3 0 _ 1 1吐出。 本紙張尺度適用中a a家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公爱> --------------裝—— ί請先閱讀背面之注項ιΐίΑΪ本頁) 訂· 線- -288- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印裳 4 34 3 5 7 A7 --------;_ 五、發明說明) 此處’作爲使洗淨水的流量保持爲一定的手段,使用 定流量閥W P 1 3 0 _ 3,但也可以使用減壓閥。 此外,於空氣混入部AP130—10,被連通供送 入空氣之用的空氣幫浦AP 1 3 0 — 1 4,由空氣吸入口 A P 1 3 0 — 15吸入指定量的空氣,於空氣混入部AP 1 3 0 - 1 〇狀況良好地混入洗淨水。該空氣量可以因應 洗淨強度設定按鈕SW1 3 0 — 2 2的選擇,藉由改變空 氣幫浦AP 1 3 0 — 1 4的輸入電壓而調節。通常在被選 擇弱洗淨強度的場合,藉由減低該輸入電壓減少該空氣量 ’而被選擇強洗淨強度的場合相反地藉由增加該輸入電壓 增多該空氣量可得被設定的洗淨強度的空氣混入洗淨水 WN130-12。 此外,於洗淨噴嘴WN 1 3 0內的空氣混入部A P 130— 1〇,被配置圓筒過濾器WN130-10a , 從空氣幫浦AP I 30-14送進來的空氣,經過空氣流 路AP130 — 32及空氣室AP130_10b藉由通 過圓筒過濾器W N 1 3 0 — 1 0 a ,成爲氣泡而良好地混 入流過圓筒過濾器W N 1 3 0 - 1 0 a內側的洗淨水。 第1 6 8圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WNl· 3 2的局部洗淨裝置的說明圖。於第1 68圖,噴 V. 嘴本體WN1 3 2-5 0及噴嘴頭WN1 3 2 — 70係以 剖面圖表示,通水系統與控制指示系統係以槪略構成圖表 示。此處,電力限制手段CT1 32 — 8,係由空氣混入 控制部AP 1 3 2 - 8 d及洗淨水流速控制部CT 1 3 2 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNSXA4規格(210 X 297公釐) it—— — — — —— — — — — - I I {請先閲讀背面之注意事項ιΐτΑΙ本頁) 訂· 線 -289- A7 43435 7 ____B7_____ 五、發明說明έ87 ) —8b所構成。空氣混入控制部AP132 — 8d係由空 氣幫浦AP 1 3 2_8 d與空氣混入部AP 1 3 2_ 8 2 d所構成,洗淨水流速控制部C T 1 3 2 — 8 b係由 節流單元WP 1 3 2 — 3 5與前述空氣幫浦AP 1.3 2_ 8 1 d以及前述空氣混入部AP 1 3 2_8 2 d所構成。 根據水勢設定按鈕SW1 3 1 3 ci與吐出溫度設定按 鈕SW1 3 2-1 3 e的設定,藉由透過溫水/_噴嘴控制 裝置的訊號控制空氣幫浦AP 1 3 2 — 8 1 d以及節流單 元 WP132-35。 訂 •線- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 此處,例如使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 3 0 -1 3 d設定於「強」水勢的話,藉由根據空氣幫浦A P 1 3 0_8 1 d與節流單元WP 1 3 0_3 5的控制對洗 淨水強制混入空氣,以使吐出流速成爲1 3 〔 m / s e C 〕'瞬間吐出水量成爲430〔cc/min〕的方式被 調整而吐出洗淨水。即使瞬間吐出水量爲4 3 0〔 c c/ min〕,此外有空氣混入所造成的空氣緩衝效果,也因 爲吐出流速爲1 3〔 m / s e c〕的緣故,對於想得到強 水勢的使用者也可以擬似地確保水勢而洗淨,此外因爲瞬 間吐出水量爲4 3 0 〔 c c / m i η〕,對於想要以高溫 (例如4 0 t以上)洗淨的使用者也是即使在嚴冬中可以 喜好的熱水溫度進行洗淨,而且可以維持洗淨感而使洗淨 水加熱手段ΤΗ 1 3 0 — 3 1之耗電量限制於1 2 0 0W 以下。此外,於空氣混入部AP 1 3 0 — 8 2 d從多孔體 的微細間隙混入空氣的話,可以混入更微細的氣泡之空氣 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -290 - 34 35 7 a? ____B7______ 五、發明說明如8 ) ’因爲是微細氣泡所以不容易發生氣泡消失可以大幅提高 空氣混入量,進而可以提高流速減低瞬間吐出水量,不僅 可以限制洗淨水加熱手段Τ Η 1 3 0 - 3 1的耗電量爲更 小的値,而且在與局部衝突時也維持氣泡充足的狀態,所 以即使大幅提高流速,也因爲空氣緩衝效果而不會產生痛 覺之不適。 此外,使用者將水勢設定旋鈕SW1 3 0_ 1 3 d設 定於「弱」水勢的話,藉由空氣幫浦AP 1 3 0 — 8 1 d 與節流單元WP 1 3 0 — 3 5的控制,瞬間吐出水量與「 強」水勢的場合同樣,可以僅使被吐出的洗淨水的空氣強 制混入的比率縮小或者使其爲零,以使吐出流速成爲3 〔 m/seC〕、瞬間吐出水量成爲430〔cc/min 〕的方式被調整而吐出洗淨水。因爲吐出流速爲3 〔 m/ s e c〕的緣故,對於想得到弱水勢的使用者也可以無痛 地柔和洗淨,此外即使是弱水勢也因爲瞬間吐出水量爲 4 3 0 C c c /m i η 3 ,可以增大洗淨水加熱手段 ΤΗ 1 3 0_ 3 1之溫度調節之用的通電控制幅度,對目 標熱水溫度的精度也容易確保,可以提供高品質的局部洗 淨裝置,而且可以使洗淨水加熱手段ΤΗ 1 3 0 - 3 1之 耗電量限制於1200W以下。 在實施例,說明不變更瞬間吐出水量的實施例,但是 藉由空氣幫浦AP 1 3 0_8 1 d與節流單元WP 1 3 0 - 3 5的控制,「弱」水勢時也以進行降低瞬間吐出水量 的控制,使成爲所要的水勢的方式可讓使用者得到擬似的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家楳準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公* ) — — — — — — — — — — — — I— .1 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁: 訂· 經濟部智慧財產局負工消費合作社印製 -291 - 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消费合作社印製 43435 7 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明鉍9 ) 滿足,而且也可以使洗淨水加熱手段TH1 3 0_3 1之 耗電量限制於1 2 0 0 W以下。 此外,不改變瞬間吐出水量而藉由組合根據改變空氣 混入比之水勢變更,與根據瞬間吐出水量的變更之水勢變 更,以使成爲所要的水勢的方式讓使用者得到擬似的滿足 亦可。在此場合,例如在藉由水勢設定旋鈕SW130-1 3 d設定爲「強」水勢〜「稍強」水勢時,使瞬間吐出 水量爲4 3 0 〔 c c/m i η〕,以空氣混入比的增減進 行水勢變更,水勢設定旋鈕SW1 3 0 - 1 3 d設定爲「 稍強」水勢〜「稍弱」水勢時,使瞬間吐出水量爲3 8 0 〔cc/min〕,以空氣混入比的增減進行水勢變更, 水勢定旋鈕SW1 3 0_ 1 3 d設定爲「稍弱」水勢〜 「弱」水勢時,使瞬間吐出水量爲330 〔cc/min 〕,以空氣混入比的增減進行水勢變更,可以實施本發明 〇 以上針對本發明的實施例加以說明,但是本發明並不 以上述實施例或實施形態爲限定,在不逸脫本發明的要旨 的範圍內當然可以種種的樣態實施。 產業上之利用可能性 相關於本發明的人體洗淨裝置,可以利用作爲廁所的 衛生洗淨裝置、淋浴等洗淨人體的洗淨裝置。 圖面之簡單說明 ^ n i··* n t— I 9 <請先閱讀背面之it意事項A €本頁) 訂· --線- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) •292- ^3435 7 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明說明έ9〇 ) 第1圖係安裝於馬桶的狀態之第1實施例的局部洗淨 裝置κ s 1 — 1之槪略立體圖。 第2圖係供說明具有此局部洗淨裝置的遙控操作裝置 R C 1 - 1之說明圖。 第3圖係供說明局部洗淨裝置的輔助操作部K S 1 -9之用的側部周邊的槪略立體圖。 第4圖係以水路系統爲中心表示的局部洗淨裝置之槪 略構成的方塊圖。 第5圖係顯示控制系的槪略構成之方塊圖》 第6圖係表示噴嘴裝置NS 1 - 1的槪略立體圖。 第7圖係供說明洗淨噴嘴WN1-1的進退樣子之說 明圖。 第8圖係表示位於局部洗淨裝置本體內的等待位置的 洗淨噴嘴先端部的周邊之說明圖。 第9圖係將機能水單元WP 1 - 4的一部分剖開而表 示的槪略立體圖。 第1 0圖係第8圖的1 0 - 1 0線槪略剖面圖。 第1 1圖係第8圖的1 1一1 1線槪略剖面圖。 第1 2圖係洗淨噴嘴先端的噴嘴頭NH 1 — 1的擴大 槪略立體圖。 第1 3圖係第1 2圖的1 3 - 1 3線槪略剖面圖。 第1 4圖係噴嘴頭基座NH1 — 2的平面圖。 第1 5圖係陰部洗淨所使用的陰部用可動體NH 1 _ 1 1的平面圖。 -!!!裝 i I (請先明讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂· Γ -線· 本纸張尺度適用中囷國家標準(CNS>A4規格<210 X 297公爱) -293- 經濟部智慧財產局貝工消費合作社印製 4 3435 7 A7 __;_B7 五、發明說明έ91 ) 第1 6圖係供說明陰部用可動體與其關連構件之用的 平面模式圖。 第1 7圖係供說明陰部用可動體與關連構件之用的槪 略立體圖。 第1 8圖係供說明磁力產生體NH 1 — 2 6之用的槪 略分解立體圖。 第1 9圖係具有磁力產生體的電磁線圈設置基板 NH 1 _ 2 8的平面圖。 第2 0圖係說明形成於此基板上面的電路構成之說明 圖。 第2 1圖係說明驅動陰部用可動體NH1_ 1 1時的 電磁線圈NH 1 - 3 3 a〜3 3 c的勵磁樣子之說明圖。 第2 2圖係供模式說明從陰部吐水孔Ν Η 1 — 1 〇吐 出洗淨水的樣子之說明圖。 第2 3圖係模式說明洗淨水吐水瞬間的樣子之說明圖 第2 4圖係供說明電磁線圈ΝΗ1 — 3 3 a〜3 3 C 的勵磁樣子之用的其他說明圖。 第2 5圖係顯示藉由電子控制裝置CT 1 一 1實行的 臀部或陰部的洗淨與乾燥動作程式之流程圖。 第2 6圖係顯示洗淨/乾燥動作程式之噴嘴前洗淨處 理的詳細之噴嘴前洗淨程式的流程圖。 第2 7圖係模式顯示先於局部洗淨時的洗淨水吐水之 噴嘴前洗淨之洗淨水吐水的樣子之說明圖。 — — — —— — — — — — — — — ^ - I I <請先閲讀背面之注項.相本頁> 訂: ·_線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準<CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐) -294- 4 34 35 7 A7 __;___B7____ 五、發明說明έ92 ) 第2 8圖係顯示洗淨/乾燥動作程式之正式洗淨動作 處理的詳細之正式洗淨程式的流程圖。 第2 9圖係供說明此正式洗淨程式的處理內容與動作 停止程式的處理內容之用的說明圖。 第3 0圖係顯示動作停止程式的流程圖。 第31圖係顯示移動洗淨程式的流程圖。 第3 2圖係供說明移動洗淨的樣子之說明圖《 第3 3圖係顯示點狀/廣域洗淨程式的流程圖= 第3 4圖係供說明點狀/廣域洗淨樣子之說明圖* 第3 5圖係顯示按摩洗淨程式之流程圖。 第3 6圖係供說明按摩洗淨的樣子之說明圖。 第3 7圖係供模式說明按摩洗淨可得的效果之說明圖 0 第3 8圖係顯示搖擺洗淨程式之流程圖。 第3 9圖係供說明搖擺洗淨程式之處理內容的說明圖 〇 第4 0圖係供說明搖擺洗淨的樣子之說明圖。 第41圖係顯示擺動檢測程式的流程圖。 第4 2圖係供說明擺動檢測程式的處理內容之說明圖When the washing water is mixed with air, the instantaneous spit water volume or the flow rate of the washing water or the volume ratio of the washing water is controlled by controlling the water pump w P 1 2 0-1 3 or the flow regulating valve WP 1 2 0 — 1 2 with air pump AP 1 20 — 4 1. The water pump WP 1 2 0 — 1 3 or the flow regulating valve w P 1 _ 2 0-1 2 is controlled by the means for controlling the supply of wash water CT1 20 — 7 1. The air mixing portion AP 1 2 0- 41 a is located further downstream than the heat exchanger TH120 — 2 so as to be optimal near the water discharge hole W'N 1 2 0_ 3 1 of the cleaning nozzle. It is necessary to increase the capacity of the air pump AP 1 2 0 — 4 1. The air pump AP120-41 is controlled by the air pump control means CT1 2 0-7 2. The air mixing rate is determined by the balance of water pressure and air pressure in the mixing part. Therefore, the water pump WP 1 2 0 — 1 3 or the flow regulating valve WP 1 2 0- 1 2 and the air pump are used. The capacity control of AP 1 2 0 _ 4 1 can control the air mixing rate, control the volumetric volume ratio p after the washing water is discharged, and perform the control that changes the air mixing rate independently of the instantaneous discharged water amount, which can be independent of the instant. The amount of water is discharged to control the flow rate of the washing water. Fig. 16 is a diagram showing a shower head according to another embodiment. Wash nozzle WN1 24 and put it into shower head. That is, if this paper size applies the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) .—— — — — — — — — 1 —!-· II Please read the precautions on the back Wtf Inner page > Order · Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-286- A7 B7 4 34 35 V. Description of the invention 84) Please read the note 163 on the back, the shower head is included in the movable part The moving means WN. 124-3 and the movable part WN124-2. In this case, a large number of spout holes WN124-2b are preferred. From the body water passage WN 124 — la, through the gap WN124_lb, the stage of supplying washing water to the movable portion WN 1 2 4-2 can also be divided into the same number of water discharge holes as the number of water holes to the movable portion WN 1 2 4-2 and also The structure can be divided into a plurality of structures without flowing back inside the movable portion. Order Printed by the Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Department of Economics and Social Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 126 related to other embodiments. The washing nozzle WN126 is configured to discharge the washing water mixed with air. An air mixing section API 2 6-4 2 a is provided in the water passage WP 1 2 6 — 9 and air mixing is performed from the air mixing section AP 1 2 6_4 2 a = as the air mixing section AP 1 2 6-4 2 a, also It can be a structure that sucks air by itself with a spray effect, or it can be equipped with air pump API26_42c for forced mixing. In addition, the air mixing portion AP 1 2 6 — 4 2 a may be arranged between the heat exchanger T1 1 6 and the water discharge hole WN 1 2 6 _ 3 1 in the water passage, and the closer to the water discharge hole WN 1 2 The position near 6 _ 3 1 is less likely to be affected by the water flow due to the air mixing state, and when the air pump AP 1 2 6 _4 2 c is configured, it is not necessary to make the air pump AP 1 2 6 — 4 2 c Increase their capacity to more than necessary. When the cleaning water mixed with air is discharged, the water pump WP 126-12b or the flow regulating valve WP126-12a or the air pump can be changed by changing the water pump WP 126-12b or the flow control valve while grasping the instantaneous water discharge Q or the washing water flow rate v. The ability of AP 1 2 6 — 1 2 c can be easily grasped. The paper size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public *). -287- Printed by R Industrial Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 34 3 5 7 A7 _____B7___ V. Description of invention 85) Design of increase and decrease of output force E and output force E, so according to the water potential indication means SW1 2 6_ | 7 2 instructions are changed by the water potential control means 3 News 7 1 2 6 — 6 3 Control water pump WP 1 2 6 — 1 2 b or flow regulating valve WP126-122a or air pump AP126-12C 'can increase or decrease the discharge force E to increase or decrease the discharge force E the same as before If the mode is set to 10, it is possible to easily implement the water potential change corresponding to the diversified preferences of users as before. · Fig. 165 is a block diagram showing a water system and a control system of a human body washing device provided with a washing nozzle WN 130 according to another embodiment. Fig. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing a detailed diagram of the operation panel. Fig. 16 is a cross-sectional view showing an important part of the cleaning nozzle WN 130. The cleaning nozzle NW1 3 0 opens the on-off valve WP 1 3 0-2 controlled by opening and closing by pressing the cleaning switch SW1 30-21 arranged on the operating surface plum SP1 30-6 and the cleaning water suction port WP 1 3 0 — 1 Supply washing water. The washing water is controlled so as to have a constant flow rate by a constant flow valve WP 1 3 0-3, and is further heated by the washing water heating means TH1 30-7. The output of the washing water heating means TH 1 3 0 — 7 is the temperature selected by the discharge water temperature setting button SW1 3 0 — 2 3 arranged on the operation panel SP 1 3 0 — 6 and the first temperature detection means WP 1 3 0-4 Set the difference in the temperature of the wash water before heating. Further, the heated washing water is mixed with air in the air mixing portion AP 1 3 0_ 1 0, and the air having a large washing strength with a small amount of water and an increased flow rate is mixed into the washing water WN 1 3 0_ 1 2 through the water discharge hole WN 1 3 0 _ 1 1 Spit it out. This paper size is applicable to the AA Standard (CNS) A4 specification < 210 X 297 Public Love > -------------- Installation-Please read the note on the back first. ) Order--288- Yinshang, Consumer Cooperative of Employees of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 34 3 5 7 A7 --------; _ V. Description of Invention) Here's to maintain the flow of washing water For a certain measure, a constant flow valve WP 1 3 0 _ 3 is used, but a pressure reducing valve can also be used. In addition, the air mixing unit AP130-10 is connected to an air pump AP 1 3 0 — 1 4 for supplying air, and the air intake port AP 1 3 0 — 15 sucks a specified amount of air, and the air mixing unit AP 130-10 AP 1 3 0-1 〇 Well mixed with washing water. This amount of air can be adjusted by changing the input voltage of the air pump AP 1 3 0 — 1 4 according to the selection of the cleaning intensity setting button SW1 3 0 — 2 2. Generally, when a weak washing intensity is selected, a strong washing intensity is selected by reducing the input voltage to reduce the amount of air. Conversely, by increasing the input voltage to increase the air quantity, a set washing can be obtained. Strong air is mixed into the washing water WN130-12. In addition, the air mixing section AP 130-10 in the cleaning nozzle WN 130 is equipped with a cylindrical filter WN130-10a, and the air sent from the air pump AP I 30-14 passes through the air flow path AP130. — 32 and the air chamber AP130_10b pass through the cylindrical filter WN 1 3 0 — 1 0 a and become bubbles, which are well mixed into the washing water flowing through the inside of the cylindrical filter WN 1 3 0-1 0 a. Fig. 168 is an explanatory view showing a local cleaning device including a cleaning nozzle WNl · 32 according to another embodiment. In Fig. 1 68, the spray nozzle V. Nozzle body WN1 3 2-5 0 and Nozzle head WN1 3 2-70 are shown in a sectional view, and the water flow system and the control instruction system are shown in a schematic diagram. Here, the power limitation means CT1 32-8 is the air mixing control unit AP 1 3 2-8 d and the washing water flow rate control unit CT 1 3 2 This paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNSXA4 specification (210 X 297) (%) It—— — — — — — — — — —-II {Please read the notes on the back page ΐ · τΑΙ) Order · Line-289- A7 43435 7 ____B7_____ V. Description of invention 87) —8b. The air mixing control unit AP132 — 8d is composed of an air pump AP 1 3 2_8 d and the air mixing unit AP 1 3 2_ 8 2 d. The washing water flow rate control unit CT 1 3 2 — 8 b is a throttle unit WP 1 3 2 — 3 5 is composed of the aforementioned air pump AP 1.3 2_ 8 1 d and the aforementioned air mixing portion AP 1 3 2_8 2 d. According to the setting of the water potential setting button SW1 3 1 3 ci and the discharge temperature setting button SW1 3 2-1 3 e, the air pump AP 1 3 2 — 8 1 d and the node are controlled by the signal of the warm water / _nozzle control device. Streaming unit WP132-35. Order • Line-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economics, for example, if the user sets the water potential setting knob SW1 3 0 -1 3 d to "strong" water potential, by using the air pump AP 1 3 0_8 1 d and the control of the throttling unit WP 1 3 0_3 5 forcedly mix air into the washing water so that the discharge flow rate becomes 1 3 [m / se C] 'so that the instantaneous discharge water volume becomes 430 [cc / min]. Spit out the washing water. Even if the amount of water is instantaneously 430 [cc / min], and there is an air buffering effect caused by air mixing, it is also possible for users who want to get a strong water potential because the discharge flow rate is 13 [m / sec]. It ensures the water potential and cleans it. In addition, the instantaneous water output is 4 3 0 [cc / mi η]. For users who want to wash at high temperature (for example, more than 40 t), it is hot water that they can like even in severe winter. The washing is performed at a temperature, and the washing feeling can be maintained, so that the power consumption of the washing water heating means TT 1 3 0 — 3 1 is limited to 1 2 0 0W or less. In addition, if air is mixed in from the fine gaps of the porous body in the air mixing section AP 1 3 0 — 8 2 d, finer air bubbles can be mixed. The paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) -290-34 35 7 a? ____B7______ 5. Description of the invention such as 8) 'Because it is a micro-bubble, it is not easy for bubbles to disappear, which can greatly increase the amount of air mixed in, which can increase the flow rate and reduce the amount of water that is instantaneously discharged. The heating means T Η 1 3 0-3 1 has a smaller power consumption, and maintains a state of sufficient air bubbles during local conflicts, so even if the flow rate is greatly increased, no pain is caused due to the air buffer effect. Discomfort. In addition, if the user sets the water potential setting knob SW1 3 0_ 1 3 d to the “weak” water potential, under the control of the air pump AP 1 3 0 — 8 1 d and the throttle unit WP 1 3 0 — 3 5, instantly The amount of discharged water is the same as in the case of "strong" water potential. Only the ratio of forced mixing of the air of the discharged washing water can be reduced or made zero, so that the discharge flow rate is 3 [m / seC] and the instantaneous discharged water amount is 430. The [cc / min] method was adjusted to spit out the washing water. Because the discharge flow rate is 3 [m / sec], users who want to get weak water can also wash it gently and painlessly. In addition, even if the water is weak, the instant water output is 4 3 0 C cc / mi η 3. Increasing the energization control range for the temperature adjustment of the washing water heating means TT 1 3 0_ 3 1 to easily ensure the accuracy of the target hot water temperature. It can provide high-quality local washing devices and can heat the washing water. The power consumption of the means TT 1 3 0-3 1 is limited to 1200W or less. In the embodiment, an example in which the instantaneous amount of water is not changed will be described. However, under the control of the air pump AP 1 3 0_8 1 d and the throttling unit WP 1 3 0-3 5, the moment of "weak" water potential is also reduced. The control of the amount of water discharged makes the desired water potential a way for users to get the approximate paper size applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 male *) — — — — — — — — — — — — — I— .1-(Please read the note on the back page first: Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -291-Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43435 7 A7 _B7_ V. The description of the invention 9) Bi is satisfied, and the power consumption of the heating means TH1 3 0_3 1 can be limited to 1 2 0 W or less. In addition, the amount of instantaneous water is not changed and the ratio of air mixing ratio is changed according to the combination. The water potential change and the water potential change according to the change of the instantaneous spitting water amount may be such that the user can obtain a similar satisfaction so that the desired water potential becomes the desired level. When it is set to "strong" water potential ~ "slightly strong" water potential, the instantaneous spit water volume is 4 3 0 [cc / mi η], and the water potential is changed by increasing or decreasing the air mixing ratio. The water potential setting knob SW1 3 0-1 3 d When the setting is "Slightly Strong" to "Slightly Weak", the instantaneous water output is 3 8 0 [cc / min], and the water potential is changed by increasing or decreasing the air mixing ratio. The water potential setting knob SW1 3 0_ 1 3 d is set. When the water potential is "slightly weak" ~ When the water potential is "weak", the instantaneous spit water volume is 330 [cc / min], and the water potential can be changed by increasing or decreasing the air mixing ratio. The present invention can be implemented as described above. However, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments or implementation forms, and can be implemented in various forms within the scope of the present invention without departing from the gist of the present invention. The industrial application possibility is related to the human body cleaning device of the present invention. , Can be used as a sanitary washing device for toilets, showers and other human washing devices. Brief description of the drawing ^ ni ·· * nt— I 9 < Please read the Italian notice on the back A page) Order · --line-paper Standards apply to Chinese National Standards < CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) • 292- ^ 3435 7 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 9) Figure 1 is installed on the toilet A schematic perspective view of the local cleaning device κ s 1-1 of the first embodiment of the state. Fig. 2 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the remote operation device R C 1-1 having the partial cleaning device. FIG. 3 is a schematic perspective view of the periphery of the side portion for explaining the auxiliary operation portion K S 1 -9 of the local cleaning device. Fig. 4 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of a local cleaning device centered on a waterway system. Fig. 5 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the control system. Fig. 6 is a schematic perspective view showing the nozzle device NS 1-1. Fig. 7 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the forward and backward appearance of the cleaning nozzle WN1-1. Fig. 8 is an explanatory view showing the periphery of the tip of the cleaning nozzle located at a waiting position in the main body of the local cleaning device. Fig. 9 is a schematic perspective view showing a part of the functional water unit WP 1-4 and showing it. Figure 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line 10-10 of Figure 8. FIG. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line 1-11 of FIG. 8. Fig. 12 is an enlarged perspective view of the nozzle head NH 1-1 at the tip of the cleaning nozzle. Fig. 13 is a schematic sectional view taken along line 1 3-1 3 in Fig. 12. Fig. 14 is a plan view of the nozzle head base NH1-2. Fig. 15 is a plan view of the movable body NH 1 _ 1 1 used for cleaning the vulva. -!!! Install i I (please read the precautions on the back page first) Order · Γ-Thread · This paper size applies to the China National Standard (CNS > A4 size &210; 297 public love) -293- Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 A7 __; _B7 V. Description of Invention 91) Figure 16 is a plan view for explaining the movable body for the genitals and its related components. Fig. 17 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a movable body for a vaginal part and a related member. Fig. 18 is a schematic exploded perspective view for explaining the magnetic force generating body NH 1-2 6. Fig. 19 is a plan view of an electromagnetic coil installation substrate NH 1 _ 2 8 having a magnetic force generating body. Fig. 20 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a circuit configuration formed on the substrate. Fig. 21 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the state of excitation of the electromagnetic coils NH 1-3 3 a to 3 3 c when the movable body NH1_ 1 1 for the female part is driven. Fig. 22 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a mode in which washing water is discharged from the pussy spouting hole NΝ 1-10. Fig. 23 is a diagram for explaining the state of the washing water at the moment of spitting water. Fig. 24 is a diagram for explaining the state of excitation of the electromagnetic coils NΗ1-3 3 a to 3 3 C. Fig. 25 is a flow chart showing a procedure for washing and drying the buttocks or genitals performed by the electronic control device CT 1 to 1. Fig. 26 is a flowchart showing a detailed pre-nozzle cleaning program for the pre-nozzle cleaning process of the washing / drying operation program. Fig. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing a mode in which the washing water is spouted before the nozzles that are spouted by the washing water before the partial washing. — — — — — — — — — — — — — ^-II < Please read the note on the back first. Photo page > Order: · _line. This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard < CNS) A4 < 210 X 297 mm) -294- 4 34 35 7 A7 __; ___B7____ V. Description of Invention 92) Figure 2 8 shows the detailed formal cleaning program for the formal cleaning operation processing of the cleaning / drying program Flowchart. Fig. 29 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content and operation of the formal cleaning program and the processing content of the stop program. Figure 30 is a flowchart showing the operation stop program. Fig. 31 is a flowchart showing a mobile washing program. Fig. 32 is a diagram for explaining the state of mobile washing. Fig. 33 is a flowchart showing a dot / wide area washing program. Fig. 3 is a diagram for explaining the dot / wide area washing. Explanatory diagram * Figures 3 to 5 show the flow chart of the massage washing program. Fig. 36 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the state of massage washing. Fig. 37 is a diagram for explaining the effect of massage washing on the mode. Fig. 38 is a flowchart showing a swing washing program. Fig. 39 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content of the swing washing program. 〇 Fig. 40 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the appearance of the swing washing. Fig. 41 is a flowchart showing a wobble detection program. Fig. 42 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the processing content of the wobble detection program.
D 第4 3圖係顯示異常回復程式的流程圖。 第4 4圖係顯示噴嘴淸掃程式的流程圖。 第4 5圖係顯示變形例之水路系統構成之方塊圖。 第46圖係顯示變形例之噴嘴裝置NS 1 — 20之槪 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公釐〉 ill---I______· I I <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項Htcffi本頁) 訂- 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 -295- ^ 34 3 5 7 B7_ 五、發明說明鉍3 ) 略立體圖。 第4 7圖係顯示第4 6圖之4 7 — 4 7線之槪略剖面 請先閱讀背面之注意Ϋ項ίΐτί»?本頁) 圖。 第4 8圖係供說明變形例之移動洗淨的樣子之說明圖 〇 第4 9圖係具有變形例之噴嘴頭的電磁線圏設置基板 NH1 — 50的平面圖。 第5 0圖係具有其他變形例的噴嘴頭的電磁線圈設置 基板NH1 — 60的平面圖。 第5 1圖係供說明其他變形例的噴嘴頭之用的說明圖 〇 第5 2圖係供說明使用上述的變形例之噴嘴頭NH 1 - 7 0的變形例之洗淨動作的說明圖。 第5 3圖係供模式說明根據變形例的洗淨動作之洗淨 水吐出樣子的說明圖。 第5 4圖係供說明使用上述的變形例之噴嘴頭NH 1 -7 0的其他變形例之洗淨動作的說明圖。 經濟部暫慧財產局員工消费合作社印黎 第5 5圖係供模式說明根據其他變形例的洗淨動作之 洗淨水吐出樣子的說明圖。 第5 6圖係供模式說明根據其他變形例的洗淨動作適 用於移動洗淨的場合的洗淨水吐水樣子的說明圖。 第5 7圖係說明陰部用可動體NH 1 _ 1 1的製造過 程之說明圖。 第5 8圖係說明變形例的陰部用可動體的製造過程之 -296- 本紙張尺度適用中Β國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 4 34 35 A7 B7 五、發明說明έ94〉 說明圖。 第5 9圖係說明其他變形例之陰部用可動體的製造過 程之說明圖。 第6 0圖係以水路系統爲中心所表示的第2實施例的 局部洗淨裝置的槪略構成之方塊圖。 第6 1圖係顯示被配置於此水路系統的儲壓器( accumulator) WP 2 - 7的槪略構成之剖面圖。 第6 2 器 W P 2 -第6 3 淨水流動的 第6 4 樣子之模式 第6 5 第6 6 第6 7 圖。 圖係顯示被配置於相同水路系統的波動產生機 8的構成之剖面圖》 圖係顯示根據此波動產生機器WP 2 _ 8之洗 樣子之說明圖。 圖係模式表示波動產生機器WP 2 — 8的設置 圖。 圖係顯示控制系的槪略構成之方塊圖。 圖係顯示噴嘴裝置N S 2 _ 1的槪略立體圖。 圖係顯示第6 6圖之6 7-6 7線的槪略剖面 ---------裝___ (請先Μ讀背面之注項wtT相本頁) 訂.. -線 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印製 第6 8圖係供說明具有洗淨噴嘴的流路切換閥WN 2 - 2的構成之重要部位槪略剖面圖。 圖係顯示此流路切換閥的重要部位的分解立體 第6 9 圖。 第7 0 噴嘴頭周邊 第7 1 圖係顯示俯視噴嘴頭NH2 — 1同時切割部分 而顯示之平面圖。 圖係顯示此噴嘴頭的變形例之平面圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4规格(210 * 297公釐) -297- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 434357 A7 __'_ B7 ____ 五、發明說明έ95 ) 第7 2圖係供說明洗淨水吐水時產生脈動的波動產生 機器WP 2 _ 8的脈動產生線圈WP 2 — 1 5的勵磁樣子 之說明圖。 第7 3圖係顯示從波動產生機器WP 2 - 8流出的洗 淨水的水量與流速之時間圖。 第7 4圖係模式說明從噴嘴頭NH2 — 1之臀部吐水 孔NH 2 _ 2吐出洗淨水的樣子之說明圖。 第7 5圖係說明在從吐水孔吐出脈動流的洗淨水的場 合,該被吐出的洗淨水被脈動流放大的過程之說明圖。 第7 6圖係說明洗淨水流衝擊於壁面的狀態之說明圖 〇 第7 7圖係說明相對方向於臀部吐水孔NH 2 - 2隔 著指定距離L a設置壓力感知板P s的狀態之說明圖。 第7 8圖係以3次元的方式表現壓力感知板P s上的 位置與壓力的峰値的說明圖。 第7 9圖係表示從檢測部之一檢測出的檢測訊號之時 間圖。 第8 0圖係顯示平均吐水量與洗淨量之關係圖。 第8 1圖係說明隨著頻率的增減而使洗淨強度相異的 理由之說明圖。 第8 2圖係顯示脈動流的脈動頻率及伴隨著洗淨強度 與人體局部刺激的不快感之關係圖。 第8 3圖'係說明使洗淨水的脈動流之脈動頻率以在臀 部洗淨的場合與陰部洗淨的場合相異的方式之控制例的說 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ill — — — — — — — — ! R · I I <請先閱讀背面之注意事項Htf €本頁) 訂: ;線. -298- ·" 4 34 35 7 . A7 _____B7 五、發明說明如6 ) 明圖。 第84圖係說明脈動頻率i tm與負荷比Dtm的控 制例之說明圖。 第8 5圖係表示第2實施例的局部洗淨裝置的洗淨動 作之時間圖。 第8 6圖係表示關於脈動產生線圈WP 2 _ 1 5的底 部檢測電路C T 2 — 2之一例的電路圖。 第8 7圖係說明脈動產生線圈WP 2 — 1 5通電勵磁 時電流波形的樣子之說明圖。 第8 8圖係供說明由儲壓器W P 2 - 7所得到的效果 之說明圖。 第8 9圖係表示具有變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水路構 成之方塊圖。 第9 0圖係表示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水 路構成之方塊圖。 第9 1圖係將變形例的節流切換閥WP2 - 20的槪 略構成剖切一部分而顯示的槪略構成圖。 第9 2圖係顯示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水 路構成之方塊圖。 第9 3圖係顯示被配置於此水路系之斷續閥WP 2 -2 7的構成之剖面圖。 第9 4圖係供說明具有此斷續閥的變形例的局部洗淨 裝置的水路系之水壓的說明圖。 第9 5圖係表示具有其他變形例的局部洗淨裝置的水 0 n It 1 1« I (請先閱讀背面之注$項一i本I) 訂· -線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消t合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -299- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4 3435 7 A7 _B7 五、發明說明如7 ) 路系構成的方塊圖。 第9 6圖係供說明進行空氣的強制混入的變形例之洗 淨噴嘴WN2 — 2 5的構成之說明圖。 第9 7圖係使空氣強制混入洗淨水時的空氣混入量與 受到空氣混入的洗淨水吐水之洗淨面積的關係圖。 第9 8圖係說明進行空氣的強制混入的其他變形例的 洗淨噴嘴WN2 — 2 5的構成之說明圖。 第9 9圖係達成自然吸氣的各種變形例的洗淨噴嘴的 重要部位槪略剖面圖。 第1 0 0圖係同樣達成自然吸氣的分別的變形例之洗 淨噴嘴的重要部位槪略剖面圖。 第1 0 1圖係模式表示達成自然吸氣的其他變形例的 洗淨噴嘴的模式圖。 第1 0 2圖係顯示其他變形例之空氣捲入特性之圖。 第1 0 3圖係透視供說明第1 0 1圖所示的洗淨噴嘴 進而再變形的噴嘴頭NH 2 - 3 3的內部構造之槪略立體 圖。 第1 04圖係顯示其他變形例之噴嘴頭NH2 — 3 3 的空氣捲入特性之圖。 第1 0 5圖係說明其他變形例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 -3 5的說明圖。 第1 0 6圖係說明使用此變形例的洗淨噴嘴的螺線管 (solenoid)幫浦WN 2 — 3 6的槪略構成之說明圖。 第1 0 7圖係具有第3實施例的局部洗淨裝置的洗淨 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS>A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ----!1!裝 ί I (請先Μ讀背面之ii意事項本頁) 訂. -線. -300- A7 B7 噴嘴W N 3 第1 ◦ 要部位槪略 第1 0 立體圖。 第1 1 噴嘴W N 5 第1 1 的槪略構成 第1 1 法之說明圖 43435 7 五、發明說明έ98 ) -1 @重要部位槪略剖面圖。 8圖係第4實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 — 1的重 剖面圖。 9圖係此洗淨噴嘴WN 4 - 1的重要部位分解 0圖係具有第5實施例的局部洗淨裝置的洗淨 - 1的重要部位槪略剖面圖。 第1 1 1圖係顯示具有第6實施例的局部洗淨裝置 K S 6 — 1的水路系構成之方塊圖。 2圖係顯示變形例的局部洗淨裝置K S 6 - 2 之說明圖。 3圖係供說明在洗淨點吐出洗淨水時的控制方 第1 1 4圖係說明其他變形例之洗淨點的指示面板 KS6—5的說明圖。 第1 1 5圖係具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 0的局部洗淨裝置的說明圖。 第1 1 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 22 ,第116圖(a)係俯視圖,第116圖(b)係 從旁觀察到的剖面圖。 第1 1 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 24,第117圖(a)係剖面圖,第117圖(b)係 以俯視圖表示吐水孔W N 2 4 — 4 b的移動之說明圖。D Figure 4 3 is a flowchart showing the abnormal recovery procedure. Fig. 4 is a flowchart showing the nozzle sweeping program. Fig. 45 is a block diagram showing the structure of a waterway system according to a modification. Figure 46 shows the nozzle device NS 1 — 20 of the modified example. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification < 210 X 297 mm> ill --- I______ II < Please read the back first Note on this page (Htcffi page) Order-Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Online Economics -295- ^ 34 3 5 7 B7_ V. Description of the invention 3) Sketch drawing. Figure 4 7 shows a schematic cross-section of the line 4 7 — 4 7 in Figure 4 6 Please read the note on the back of this page (ΐ ί ί »page). Figures 4 and 8 are diagrams for explaining the cleaning and moving state of the modified example. Figures 4 and 9 are plan views of the electromagnetic wire installation substrate NH1-50 having the nozzle head of the modified example. Fig. 50 is a plan view of an electromagnetic coil installation substrate NH1-60 having a nozzle head according to another modification. Fig. 51 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a nozzle head of another modification example. Fig. 52 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a cleaning operation of a modification example using the nozzle heads NH 1 to 70 of the above-mentioned modification example. Fig. 53 is a diagram for explaining a mode in which the washing water is discharged according to the washing operation of the modification. Fig. 54 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a cleaning operation of another modification using the nozzle heads NH 1-70 of the above modification. Figure 5 5 of the Consumer Cooperatives, Employees' Cooperative of the Interim Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, is an explanatory diagram for explaining how the washing water is spit out according to the washing operation according to another modification. Fig. 56 is a diagram for explaining a mode in which the washing operation according to another modification is suitable for the case where the washing water is spouted when the washing operation is suitable for mobile washing. Fig. 57 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the manufacturing process of the movable body NH 1 _ 1 1 for the genitals. Figure 5-8 illustrates the manufacturing process of the movable part for the genitals in a modified example -296- This paper is applicable to the national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 4 34 35 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention94 > Illustrating. Figures 5 and 9 are explanatory diagrams illustrating the manufacturing process of the movable body for the vagina in another modification. Fig. 60 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the partial cleaning device of the second embodiment, centered on the waterway system. Figure 61 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of an accumulator WP 2-7 arranged in the water system. No. 6 2 W P 2-No. 6 3 No. 6 4 Purified Water Flow Pattern No. 6 5 No. 6 6 No. 6 7 Figure. The figure is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of the wave generating machine 8 arranged in the same waterway system. The figure is an explanatory diagram showing the washing appearance of the wave generating machine WP 2 _ 8 based on the wave generating machine. The picture mode shows the setting of the wave generating machine WP 2-8. The diagram is a block diagram showing the outline of the control system. The drawing is a schematic perspective view showing the nozzle device N S 2 _ 1. The picture shows a schematic cross section of line 6 7-6 7 in Figure 6-6 ------------ install ___ (please read the note on the back page of wtT on this page) Order. Figure 6-8 printed by the Ministry of Intellectual Property Office's Consumer Cooperatives is a schematic cross-sectional view of important parts illustrating the structure of the flow path switching valve WN 2-2 with a cleaning nozzle. The figure shows an exploded perspective view of important parts of the flow path switching valve. No. 70 Nozzle Head Peripheral No. 7 1 is a plan view showing the nozzle head NH2 — 1 while cutting the part while cutting. The drawing is a plan view showing a modification of this nozzle head. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 * 297 mm) -297- Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 434357 A7 __'_ B7 ____ 5. Description of the invention 95) Figure 7 2 It is an explanatory diagram for explaining the excitation state of the pulsation generating coils WP 2 -15 of the pulsation generating device WP 2 _ 8 which generates pulsation when washing water is spouted. Fig. 73 is a time chart showing the amount and flow rate of the washing water flowing out of the wave generating machine WP 2-8. Fig. 74 is a schematic diagram illustrating the mode in which the water is discharged from the buttocks of the nozzle head NH2-1 through the holes NH 2 _ 2. Fig. 75 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a process in which a pulsating flow of washing water is discharged from a spouting hole, and the discharged washing water is amplified by the pulsating flow. Fig. 76 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the washing water flow impinges on the wall surface. Fig. 7 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the pressure sensing plate P s is installed at a distance L a in the opposite direction to the hip spout hole NH 2-2. Illustration. Fig. 78 is an explanatory diagram showing the position and pressure peaks of the pressure sensing plate P s in a three-dimensional manner. Figures 7 and 9 are timing charts showing detection signals detected from one of the detection sections. Figure 80 is a graph showing the relationship between the average water discharge and the washing amount. Fig. 81 is an explanatory diagram explaining the reason why the washing strength is different as the frequency increases or decreases. Fig. 82 is a graph showing the relationship between the pulsating frequency of the pulsating flow and the washing intensity and the unpleasantness of the local stimulus of the human body. Fig. 83 is a diagram illustrating a control example in which the pulsating frequency of the pulsating flow of the washing water is different in the case of washing the buttocks and the case of cleaning the genitals. This paper standard applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) ill — — — — — — — —! R · II < Please read the notes on the back Htf € this page) Order:; line. -298- · " 4 34 35 7 A7 _____B7 5. The description of the invention is as shown in 6). Fig. 84 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a control example of the pulsation frequency i tm and the load ratio Dtm. Fig. 85 is a timing chart showing the cleaning operation of the local cleaning device according to the second embodiment. Fig. 86 is a circuit diagram showing an example of the bottom detection circuit C T 2-2 of the pulsation generating coil WP 2 _ 1 5. Figures 8 and 7 are explanatory diagrams illustrating the shape of the current waveform when the pulsation generating coil WP 2-1 5 is energized. Fig. 88 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the effect obtained by the pressure accumulator W P 2-7. Figures 8 and 9 are block diagrams showing the water path configuration of a partial cleaning device having a modification. Fig. 90 is a block diagram showing a water path configuration of a local cleaning device having another modification. FIG. 91 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of a part of the throttle switching valve WP2-20 of the modified example, which is partially cut away. Fig. 92 is a block diagram showing a water path configuration of a local cleaning device having another modification. Fig. 93 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the intermittent valve WP 2-2 7 arranged in the water system. Fig. 94 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the water pressure of a water system of a local cleaning device having a modification of the intermittent valve. Figure 9 5 shows the water of a local cleaning device with other modifications. 0 n It 1 1 «I (Please read the note on the back of the book first. I book I) Order · -line · Staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs t The paper size printed by the cooperative is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -299- Printed by the Consumer Consumption Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 A7 _B7 V. Description of the invention such as 7) Road system Composition of block diagrams. Fig. 96 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the structure of a cleaning nozzle WN2-2 5 which is a modified example of forced air mixing. Fig. 97 is a graph showing the relationship between the amount of air mixed when the air is forcibly mixed with the washing water and the area of the washing water spouted by the mixed air. Fig. 98 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the structure of a cleaning nozzle WN2-2 5 according to another modification of the forced mixing of air. Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of a cleaning nozzle which achieves various modified examples of natural aspirating. Fig. 100 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an important part of a cleaning nozzle which also achieves a separate modified example of natural aeration. Fig. 101 is a schematic view showing a cleaning nozzle which achieves another modification of natural aspirating. Fig. 102 is a diagram showing air entrainment characteristics of other modified examples. Fig. 103 is a schematic perspective view of the internal structure of the nozzle head NH 2-3 3 which is used to explain the cleaning nozzle shown in Fig. 101 and further deformed. Fig. 104 is a graph showing the air entrainment characteristics of the nozzle heads NH2-3 3 in other modified examples. Fig. 105 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a cleaning nozzle WN 2 -35 of another modification. Fig. 106 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a solenoid pump WN 2-36 using a cleaning nozzle of this modification. Figure 1 0 7 shows the cleaning of the paper with the local cleaning device of the third embodiment. The paper size applies the Chinese national standard (CNS > A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----! 1! 装 ί I (Please Please read the second page of this page on the back of this page) Order. -Line. -300- A7 B7 Nozzle WN 3 No. 1 ◦ The main part is the 10th perspective. 1 1 Explanation of the method 43435 7 V. Description of the invention 98) -1 @important section 槪 A schematic sectional view. Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the cleaning nozzle WN 4-1 of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 9 is an exploded view of important parts of the cleaning nozzle WN 4-1. FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view of important parts of the cleaning-1 having a local cleaning device according to a fifth embodiment. Fig. 11 is a block diagram showing the constitution of a waterway system having a local cleaning device K S 6-1 of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a partial cleaning device K S 6-2 according to a modification. Fig. 3 is a diagram for explaining a control method when the washing water is discharged at a washing point. Fig. 1 4 is an explanatory diagram showing an instruction panel KS6-5 of a washing point in another modification. FIG. 115 is an explanatory diagram of a local cleaning device including a cleaning nozzle WN 2 0 according to another embodiment. Fig. 116 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 22 according to another embodiment, Fig. 116 (a) is a plan view, and Fig. 116 (b) is a sectional view viewed from the side. Fig. 1 17 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 24 related to other embodiments, Fig. 117 (a) is a cross-sectional view, and Fig. 117 (b) is a plan view showing the movement of the water discharge hole WN 2 4-4 b Illustrating.
第1 1 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN - — 111 —----II__^ ·1 I (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項尚本頁> 訂· •線- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 表紙張尺度適用中困國家標準(CN§)A4規格<210 X 297公* ) -301 - 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 43435 7 at ___B7 五、發明說明知9 ) 26,第1 18圖(a)係剖面圖,第1 18圖(b)係 立體透視圖。Figure 1 1 8 shows the cleaning nozzles WN related to other embodiments-111 ----- II __ ^ · 1 I Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau Employees 'Cooperatives Printed Paper Standards Applicable to National Standards (CN§) A4 Specification < 210 X 297 Gong *) -301-Printed by Intellectual Property Bureau's Employees' Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 43435 7 at ___B7 V. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 9) 26, Fig. 118 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 118 (b) is a perspective view.
第1 1 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 2 8的剖面圖。Fig. 1 19 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 2 8 according to another embodiment.
第1 2 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 3 ◦,第120圖(a)係剖面圖,第120圖(b)係 立體透視圖。 第1 2 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 32,第121圖(a)係剖面圖,第121圖(b)係 立體透視圖。 第1 2 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 34,第122圖(a)係從洗淨噴嘴WN34側面來看 的透視圖,第1 2 2圖(b )係從其他方向來看洗淨噴嘴 W N 3 4的剖面圖。 第1 2 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 36 ,第123圖(a)係從平面來看之圖,第123圖 (b )係從側面看之圖。Fig. 120 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 3 related to other embodiments, Fig. 120 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 120 (b) is a perspective view. Fig. 121 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 32 related to other embodiments, Fig. 121 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 121 (b) is a perspective view. Fig. 1 2 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 34 related to other embodiments, Fig. 122 (a) is a perspective view viewed from the side of the washing nozzle WN 34, and Fig. 12 (b) is from another direction Look at a cross-sectional view of the cleaning nozzle WN 3 4. Fig. 1 2 3 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 36 related to other embodiments, Fig. 123 (a) is a view seen from a plane, and Fig. 123 (b) is a view seen from a side.
第1 2 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 3 8,第1 2 4圖(a )係從洗淨噴嘴W N 3 8的側面來 看之透視圖,第1 2 4圖(b )係從其他方向來看洗淨噴 嘴WN38的剖面圖。FIG. 12 is a perspective view of a cleaning nozzle WN 3 8 related to other embodiments, and FIG. 12 (a) is a perspective view viewed from the side of the cleaning nozzle WN 3 8 and FIG. 1 2 4 ( b) A cross-sectional view of the cleaning nozzle WN38 viewed from other directions.
第1 2 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 0的各例之說明圖。FIG. 1 2 is an explanatory diagram showing examples of the cleaning nozzle WN 40 according to another embodiment.
第1 2 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN i — 1 — ii!裝 ί — {請先閱讀背面之注#m.項&為本頁) 訂· --線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 X 297公* ) -302- t 4 3435 7 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 B7五、發明說明έοο ) 42,第126圖(a)係剖面圖,第126圖(b)係 立體透視圖,第1 2 6圖(c )係永久磁鐵及電磁線圈的 配置圖,第1 2 6圖(d )係藉由永久磁鐵與電磁線圈動 作之模式圖。 第1 2 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 4之剖面圖。 第1 2 8圖係相關於洗淨噴嘴WN4 4的旋轉陶瓷碟 WN4 4 — 4 6與固定陶瓷碟WN4 4 — 4 5的溝的形狀 之說明圖。 第1 2 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 6的剖面圖。 第1 3 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 4 8及其變形例之剖面圖。 第1 3 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 50的構成圖,第1 3 1圖(a)係俯視圖,第1 3 1圖 (b )係從側面看的剖面圖。 第1 3 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 52 ,第132圖(a)係剖面圖,第132圖(b)係 其重要部位的立體圖。 第1 3 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 54,第133圖(a)係剖面圖,第133圖(b)係 動作器WN54—6的配置圖。 第1 3 4_係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 56,第134圖(a)係剖面圖,第134圖(b)係 ---------- 裝 i — <請先閱讀背面之注意事項Η^Λ本頁) 訂: .線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格<210 * 297公璧) -303- A7 B7 4 3435 五、發明說明6〇1 > 根據電動馬達WN5 6 — 4 C的旋轉方向之驅動切換機構 圖。 第1 3 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴wn 58 ’第135圖(a)係剖面圖,第135圖(b)係 第135圖(a),之A — A剖面,第135圖(c)係設 於可動部WN 5 8 — 2附近的彈性體WN 5 8 — 4附近的 俯視圖。 第1 3 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 6 0之說明圖。 第1 3 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 6 1之說明圖。 第1 3 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 62 ,第138圖(a)係從側方來看之圖,第138圖 (b )係從上方所見之圖。 第1 3 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 64 ’第139圖(a)係剖面圖,第139圖(b)係 立體透視圖。 第1 4 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 66 ,第140圖(a)係剖面圖,第140圖(b)係 立體透視圖。 第1 4 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 68,第141圖(a)係剖面圖,第141圖(b)係 立體透視圖》Figure 1 2 6 shows the cleaning nozzles WN i — 1 — ii! 装 ί — related to other embodiments {Please read the note on the back side #m. Item & for this page) Order-line. This Paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications < 210 X 297 male *) -302- t 4 3435 7 A7 Printed by B7 of the Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention 42) a) is a sectional view, FIG. 126 (b) is a perspective perspective view, FIG. 12 (c) is a layout diagram of a permanent magnet and an electromagnetic coil, and FIG. 1 (6) (d) is a graph showing a permanent magnet and an electromagnetic Schematic diagram of the coil action. Figure 1 2 7 is a cross-sectional view of a cleaning nozzle WN 4 4 according to another embodiment. Figures 1 2 and 8 are diagrams illustrating the shapes of the grooves of the rotating ceramic discs WN4 4-4 6 and the fixed ceramic discs WN4 4-4 5 of the cleaning nozzle WN4 4. Fig. 1 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 46 according to another embodiment. FIG. 130 is a cross-sectional view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 4 8 and its modification according to other embodiments. Fig. 1 31 is a diagram showing a configuration of a cleaning nozzle WN 50 according to another embodiment, Fig. 13 (a) is a plan view, and Fig. 13 (b) is a cross-sectional view viewed from the side. Fig. 1 2 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 52 according to another embodiment, Fig. 132 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 132 (b) is a perspective view of an important part thereof. Fig. 1 3 3 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 54 related to other embodiments, Fig. 133 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 133 (b) is a layout diagram of an actuator WN54-6. Fig. 1 3 4_ shows the cleaning nozzle WN 56 related to other embodiments, Fig. 134 (a) is a cross-sectional view, and Fig. 134 (b) is a ---------- equipment i — < Please read the notes on the back first ^^ This page) Order:. The size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications < 210 * 297 g 〇1 > Diagram of the drive switching mechanism according to the rotation direction of the electric motor WN5 6-4 C. Fig. 1 3 5 shows a cleaning nozzle wn 58 'related to other embodiments. Fig. 135 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 135 (b) is a diagram 135 (a). FIG. 135 (c) is a plan view of the elastic body WN 5 8-4 near the movable portion WN 5 8-2. Fig. 136 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 60 according to another embodiment. Fig. 1 3 7 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 61 according to another embodiment. Fig. 1 38 shows the cleaning nozzle WN 62 related to other embodiments, Fig. 138 (a) is a view seen from the side, and Fig. 138 (b) is a view seen from above. Fig. 139 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 64 'according to another embodiment. Fig. 139 (a) is a sectional view and Fig. 139 (b) is a perspective view. Fig. 140 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 66 related to other embodiments, Fig. 140 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 140 (b) is a perspective view. Fig. 14 1 shows a cleaning nozzle WN 68 related to other embodiments, Fig. 141 (a) is a sectional view, and Fig. 141 (b) is a perspective view "
第1 4 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN ---------— II - _ I <請先Μ讀背面之注意事項MflT為本頁> ij_ --線· 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公« ) 304- A7 4 34 35 7 37_ 五、發明說明602 ) 7 0以及洗淨噴嘴WN 7 2之立體圖。 請先閱讀背面之注意事項\刼本頁) 第1 4 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 7 4之說明圖。 第1 4 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 7 6之說明圖。Figure 1 4 2 shows the cleaning nozzle WN related to other embodiments ---------- II-_ I < Please read the precautions on the back MflT for this page > ij_- Line · Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male «) 304- A7 4 34 35 7 37_ 5. Description of the invention 602) 70 and washing A perspective view of the clean nozzle WN 7 2. Please read the precautions on the back first \ 刼 This page) Figures 1 4 3 are explanatory diagrams showing the cleaning nozzles WN 7 4 related to other embodiments. FIG. 1 4 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 7 6 according to another embodiment.
第1 4 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 7 7之說明圖。 第1 4 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 78,第146圖(a)係槪略構成圖,第146圖(b )係使吐水方向向左右偏向的狀態之說明圖*第1 4 6圖 (c )係使吐水方向朝前後偏向的狀態之說明圖。 第1 4 7圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 8 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。 第1 4 8圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 8 4的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。Fig. 14 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 7 7 according to another embodiment. Figures 1 to 4 are diagrams showing cleaning nozzles WN 78 related to other embodiments. Figure 146 (a) is a schematic configuration diagram, and Figure 146 (b) is an explanatory diagram of a state in which the spouting direction is deviated from left to right Fig. 146 (c) is an explanatory diagram of a state in which the spouting direction is deviated forward and backward. Fig. 14 7 is an explanatory view showing a local cleaning device having a cleaning nozzle WN 80 according to another embodiment. Figures 1 to 8 are explanatory diagrams showing a local cleaning device having a cleaning nozzle WN 8 4 according to another embodiment.
第1 4 9圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 8 6的剖面圖。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製Figures 1 to 9 are sectional views of the cleaning nozzle WN 86 according to other embodiments. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs
第1 5 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 8 9的說明圖。 第1 5 1圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 9 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。FIG. 150 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 89 according to another embodiment. Fig. 151 is an explanatory view showing a partial cleaning device having a cleaning nozzle WN 90 according to another embodiment.
第1 5 2圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 9 1的說明圖。Fig. 15 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 91 according to another embodiment.
第1 5 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN -305- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規輅<210 X 297公« > A7 - J 34 35 7 B7 五、發明說明6〇3 ) 9 2的說明圖。Figure 1 5 3 shows the cleaning nozzle WN -305- related to other embodiments. The paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Regulations < 210 X 297 Male «> A7-J 34 35 7 B7 5 Illustrative drawing of the invention 603) 92.
第1 5 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 9 4的說明圖。 第1 5 5圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 96及洗淨噴嘴WN97的說明圖。 第1 5 6圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 9 8及洗淨噴嘴WN 9 9的說明圖。 第1 5 7圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 0的說明圖。Fig. 15 4 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 94 according to another embodiment. Fig. 1 5 is an explanatory view showing the cleaning nozzle WN 96 and the cleaning nozzle WN 97 according to other embodiments. Fig. 15 6 is an explanatory view showing the cleaning nozzle WN 9 8 and the cleaning nozzle WN 9 9 according to other embodiments. Fig. 15 7 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 1 0 0 according to another embodiment.
第1 5 8圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 2的說明圖。 第1 5 9圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 0 4的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖= 第1 6 0圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 0 8的說明圖。 第1 6 1圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 1 2的說明圖。 經濟部智慧財產局具工消费合作社印製 ^1 ^1 ϋ n n n I > ϋ y5· <請先閲讀背面之注$項*本頁) 線. 第1 6 2圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 2 0的局部洗淨裝置之說明圖。 第1 6 3圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的蓮蓬頭的說明 圖。 第1 6 4圖係顯示相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴WN 1 2 6的說明圖。 第1 6 5圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 本紙張尺度適用中固國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -306-Fig. 158 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 102 according to another embodiment. Fig. 15-9 is an explanatory diagram showing a local cleaning device having a washing nozzle WN 1 0 4 related to other embodiments = Fig. 160 is a diagram showing a washing nozzle WN 1 0 8 related to other embodiments Illustration. FIG. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing a cleaning nozzle WN 1 1 2 according to another embodiment. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industrial Cooperatives ^ 1 ^ 1 ϋ nnn I > ϋ y5 · < Please read the note on the back * item * page) first. Line 1 6 2 shows that there are related to other An explanatory diagram of the partial cleaning device of the cleaning nozzle WN 1 2 0 of the embodiment. Fig. 16 is an explanatory view showing a shower head according to another embodiment. FIG. 16 is an explanatory view showing a cleaning nozzle WN 1 2 6 according to another embodiment. Figure 165 shows the cleaning nozzles related to other embodiments. The paper size is applicable to the China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)
43435 7 Z _\ ___B7___ 五、發明說明6〇4 ) WN 1 3 0的人體洗淨裝置之水路系及控制系的方塊圖。 第1 6 6圖係顯示操作盤的詳細圖之說明圖。 第1 6 7圖係顯示洗淨噴嘴WN 1 3 0的重要部位之 剖面圖。 第1 6 8圖係顯示具備相關於其他實施例的洗淨噴嘴 WN 1 3 2的局部洗淨裝置的說明圖。 第1 6 9圖係供說明進行第2實施例與其變形例之脈 動流的洗淨水吐水的場合,使流量保持一定而控制流速增 加的方法之說明圖,顯示低流速的場合的控制狀態之說明 圖。 第1 7 0圖係顯示將第1實施例實現的吐水孔的擺動 旋轉之洗淨水吐水,與第2實施例實現的以脈動流之洗淨 水吐水於洗淨動作組合的序列控制之一例的說明圖。 符號說明: ------------裝 i — 請先閲讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂· -線 經濟部智慧財產局負工消费合作社印數 B T 馬 桶 C T 1 - -1 電 子控制 裝 置 D B 1 - -1 暖 氣部 D S 1 - -1 脫 臭部 K K 1 - -1 乾 燥部 K S 1 - -1 局 部洗淨 裝 置 K S 1 - "2 本 體部 K S 1 - -3 馬 桶座 K S 1 - - 4 馬桶蓋 本紙張尺度適用中固國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -307- 1- 43435 7 A7 B7 五、發明說明幻5 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 K S 1 5 側部 K S 1 — 6 顯示部 K S 1 — 7 外蓋 K S 1 一 8 透光窗 K S 1 — 9 輔助操作部 N Η 1 — 1 噴嘴頭 N Η 1 — 2 噴嘴頭基座 N Η 1 — 3 第1基座流路 N Η 1 — 4 第2基座流路 N Η 1 — 5 第3基座流路 N Η 1 — 6 頭蓋 N Η 1 — 7 臀部吐水孔 N Η 1 — 8 柔和吐水孔 N Η 1 — 9 臀部用可動體 N Η 1 — 1 0 陰部吐水孔 N Η 1 — 1 1 陰部用可動體 N Η 1 — 1 2 卡合爪部 N Η 1 — 1 3 外蓋側卡合爪部 N Η 1 — 1 4 卡合突起 N Η 1 — 1 5 凸緣部 N Η 1 — 1 6 圓筒部 N Η 1 — 1 7 吐水塊 N Η 1 — 1 8 磁性驅動體 N Η 1 _ 1 9 吐水導引孔 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 項 i裝 訂 本紙張尺度適用令國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -308- A7 4 3435 7 B7 請先閱讀背面之注意事項本頁) 裝 訂* - --線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明έ〇6 ) Ν Η 1 - 2 6 Ν Η 1 - 2 7 Ν Η 1 - 2 8 Ν Η 1 - 2 9 Ν Η 1 - 3 Ο Ν Η 1 ~ 3 1 NHl-32a 〜32 Ν Η 1 - 3 4 Ν Η 1 - 3 5 Ν Η 1 ~ 3 6 ' 3 7 ΝΗ1-39、40 Ν Η 1 - 4 4 Ν Η 1 - 4 5 Ν Η 1 — 4 6 Ν Η 1 - 4 7 Ν Η 1 - 4 8 Ν S 1 - 1 Ν S 1 - 2 Ν S 1 - 3 Ν S 1 - 4 Ν S 1 - 5 Ν S 1 - 6 NS1-7 Ν S 1 - 8 磁力產生體 外氣吸入孔 電磁線圏設置基板 框體 臀部用擺動線圈群 陰部用擺動線圈群 c,33a〜33c電磁線圈 板 線圈鐵心 輸出線 擺動檢測電路 第1突出部 第2突出部 頭內臀部吐水孔. 頭內柔和吐水孔 頭內陰部吐水孔 噴嘴裝置 基座 架台 噴嘴驅動馬達 傳達機構 噴嘴保持部 導引軌道部 驅動傳動輪 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -309* 五、發明說明έ〇7 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Ν S 1 一 9 Ν S 1 一 1 0 Ν S 1 — 1 1 Ν S 1 — 1 2 R C 1 — 1 R C 1 — 2 R C 1 — 3 S S 1 0 S S 1 6 a S S 1 6 b S S 1 8 S S 3 0 S S 1 4 S W a S W b S W c S W d S W z S W f a 、 S W f S W e a S W t V s w t S W u a 、 s W u S W V a > s W v S W y 前後從動傳動輪 計時皮帶 張力滑輪 噴嘴進退軌道 遙控操作裝置 光訊號發訊部 顯示部 著席感知器 入水溫感知器 出水溫感知器 浮球開關 轉倒檢測感知器 洗淨水量感知器 停止按鈕 臀部洗淨按鈕 柔和洗淨按鈕 陰部洗淨按鈕 乾燥按鈕 v 移動設定按鈕 按摩設定按鈕 a 擺動設定按鈕 v 點狀設定按鈕 V 廣域設定按鈕 脫臭設定按鈕 -------------•裝--- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項νήτν.·»»本頁) -線. 本紙張尺度適用尹國國家標準<CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 310- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 4 3435 7 A; _B7 五、發明說明έ〇8 ) S W W 暖 氣設定按紐 S W h u 強 水勢設定按 鈕 S W h d 弱 水勢設定按 鈕 S W X f 噴 嘴位置前進 設 定按 鈕 S W X b 噴 嘴位置後退 設 定按 鈕 S W Ρ 主 電源開關 S W k 噴 嘴洗淨按鈕 S W b 臀 部洗淨按鈕 S W d 陰 部洗淨按鈕 T Η 1 一 1 熱 交換單元 T Η 1 — 2 加 熱器 T Η 1 — 3 .水 箱 T Η 1 一 4 真 空遮斷器 W Ν 1 — 1 洗 淨噴嘴 W Ρ 1 — 1 入 水側閥單元 W Ρ 1 — 3 出 水側閥單元 W Ρ 1 — 4 機 能水單元 W Ρ 1 一 5 上 游側給水管 路 W Ρ 1 6 下 游側給水管 W Ρ 1 — 7 濾 網 W Ρ 1 一 8 止 回閥 W Ρ 1 — 9 定 流量閥 W Ρ 1 — 10 電 磁閥 W Ρ 1 _ 11 安 全閥 --------------裝— (請先閲讀背面之注意事項5C本頁) *sj- -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -311 - 4 34 35 7 五、發明說明έ〇9 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 W P 1 -1 2 第1洗淨水導出管路 W P 1 -1 3 第2洗淨水導出管路 W P 1 -1 4 節流幫浦 W P 1 -1 5 切換閥 W P 1 -1 6 機能水產生水箱 W P 1 -1 7 氯產生用電極 W P 1 —1 8 進入側管路 W P 1 _ 1 9 流出側管路 HP 等待位置 A W P 臀部洗淨位置 V w P 陰部洗淨位置 T r 1 〜T r 6 電晶體 R 1 •"Vi R 6 電阻 --------------裝— (請先閱讀背面之注意事項本頁) 訂-- 線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2〗0 X 297公釐) -312-43435 7 Z _ \ ___B7___ V. Description of the invention 6〇4) Block diagram of the water system and control system of the human body washing device of WN 1 3 0. Fig. 16 is an explanatory diagram showing a detailed diagram of the operation panel. Fig. 16 is a sectional view showing an important part of the cleaning nozzle WN 130. Fig. 168 is an explanatory view showing a partial cleaning device including a cleaning nozzle WN 1 3 2 according to another embodiment. Fig. 169 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a method of maintaining a constant flow rate and controlling an increase in the flow rate when the pulsating flow of the washing water of the second embodiment and its modification is used to spit out water. Illustrating. FIG. 170 shows an example of a sequence control in which the washing water spouting of the spout hole realized by the first embodiment is spouted, and the washing water spouted by the pulsating flow is spouted by the second embodiment. Illustration. Explanation of symbols: ------------ install i — please read the note on the back page first) Order · -Line of Intellectual Property Bureau of Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Work Cooperatives, India, BT Toilet CT 1--1 Electronic control unit DB 1--1 Heating unit DS 1--1 Deodorizing unit KK 1--1 Drying unit KS 1--1 Partial cleaning unit KS 1-" 2 Body unit KS 1--3 Toilet seat KS 1--4 Toilet cover This paper size is applicable to China Solid State Standards (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -307- 1- 43435 7 A7 B7 5. Invention Description 5) Employees ’Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed KS 1 5 Side KS 1 — 6 Display KS 1 — 7 Cover KS 1 — 8 Transparent window KS 1 — 9 Auxiliary operation section N Η 1 — 1 Nozzle head N Η 1 — 2 Nozzle head base N Η 1 — 3 First base flow path N Η 1 — 4 Second base flow path N Η 1 — 5 Third base flow path N Η 1 — 6 Head cover N Η 1 — 7 Hip spout N Η 1 — 8 Gentle spout hole N Η 1 — 9 Movable body for hips N Η 1 — 1 0 Spout hole N Η 1 — 1 1 Moving body N Η 1 — 1 2 Engagement claw portion N Η 1 — 1 3 Cover side engagement claw portion N Η 1 — 1 4 Engagement protrusion N — 1 — 1 5 Flange portion N Η 1 — 1 6 Round Tube N Η 1 — 1 7 Water spouting block N Η 1 — 1 8 Magnetic drive body N Η 1 _ 1 9 Water spout guide hole Read the note on the back side i Binding This paper size applies the national standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) -308- A7 4 3435 7 B7 Please read the notes on the back page first) Binding *--Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Inventory Manual 〇 Η 1-2 6 Ν Η 1-2 7 Ν Η 1-2 8 Ν Η 1-2 9 Ν Η 1-3 Ο Ν Η 1 ~ 3 1 NHl-32a ~ 32 Ν Η 1-3 4 Ν Η 1-3 5 Ν Η 1 ~ 3 6 '3 7 ΝΗ1-39, 40 Ν Η 1-4 4 Ν Η 1-4 5 Ν Η 1 — 4 6 Ν Η 1-4 7 Ν Η 1-4 8 Ν S 1-1 Ν S 1-2 Ν S 1-3 Ν S 1-4 Ν S 1-5 Ν S 1-6 NS1-7 Ν S 1-8 Magnetic force generating extracorporeal air suction hole electromagnetic wires 圏 Set a swing coil for the buttocks of the substrate frame Group female part swinging coil group c, 33a ~ 33c electromagnetic coil plate coil iron core output line Motion detection circuit No. 1 protrusion No. 2 protrusion Nozzle spout hole in the head. Gentle spout hole in the head Nozzle spout hole in the head Nozzle base motor Nozzle drive motor transmission mechanism Nozzle holding part Guide rail part Drive transmission wheel Paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -309 * V. Description of invention 〇7) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs N S 1 9 N S 1 1 1 0 N S 1 — 1 1 Ν S 1 — 1 2 RC 1 — 1 RC 1 — 2 RC 1 — 3 SS 1 0 SS 1 6 a SS 1 6 b SS 1 8 SS 3 0 SS 1 4 SW a SW b SW c SW d SW z SW fa, SW f SW ea SW t V swt SW ua, s W u SWV a > s W v SW y Front and rear driven wheel timing belt tension pulley nozzle advance and retreat track remote operation device optical signal transmitting section display section Seat sensor, water temperature sensor, water temperature sensor, float switch, detection sensor, water sensor, stop button, hip wash button, soft wash button, genital wash Button drying button v Move setting button Massage setting button a Swing setting button v Point setting button V Wide area setting button Deodorizing setting button ------------- • Install --- (Please read first Note on the backside νήτν. · »» This page)-Line. This paper size applies Yin National Standard < CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 310- Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 4 3435 7 A; _B7 V. Description of the invention 〇8) SWW Heating setting button SW hu Strong water potential setting button SW hd Weak water potential setting button SWX f Nozzle position forward setting button SWX b Nozzle position backward setting button SW ρ Main power switch SW k Nozzle washing button SW b Hip washing button SW d Genital washing button T Η 1 1 1 Heat exchange unit T Η 1 — 2 Heater T Η 1 — 3. Water tank T Η 1 ~ 4 Vacuum interrupter W Ν 1 — 1 Washing nozzle W Ρ 1 — 1 Water inlet valve unit W PB 1 — 3 Water outlet valve unit W PB 1 — 4 Functional water unit W PF 1 1 5 Upstream water supply line W PF 1 6 Downstream water supply line W PF 1 — 7 Strainer W PF 1 — 8 Check valve W PF 1 — 9 Constant flow valve W PF 1 — 10 Solenoid valve W PF 1 _ 11 Safety Valve -------------- Installation-(Please read the note on the back of the 5C page first) * sj--The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) (Mm) -311-4 34 35 7 V. Description of the invention 〇9) Printed by WP 1 -1 2 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 1st washing water outlet pipe WP 1 -1 3 2nd washing Water outlet pipe WP 1 -1 4 Throttle pump WP 1 -1 5 Switching valve WP 1 -1 6 Functional water generating water tank WP 1 -1 7 Chlorine generating electrode WP 1 —1 8 Inlet side pipe WP 1 _ 1 9 Outflow side line HP Waiting position AWP Hip washing position V w P Genital washing position T r 1 ~ T r 6 Transistor R 1 • " Vi R 6 Resistance ----------- --- Pack — (Please read the note on the back page first) Order-Thread. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (2〗 0 X 297 mm) -312-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP11414498 | 1998-04-08 | ||
JP12005398A JPH11293745A (en) | 1998-04-13 | 1998-04-13 | Washing equipment for private parts |
JP12690198 | 1998-04-20 | ||
JP15676098 | 1998-05-20 | ||
JP10285920A JP2000096683A (en) | 1998-09-21 | 1998-09-21 | Human body cleaning device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW434357B true TW434357B (en) | 2001-05-16 |
Family
ID=27526625
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW88105622A TW434357B (en) | 1998-04-08 | 1999-04-08 | Human-body washing device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW434357B (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI422731B (en) * | 2010-01-15 | 2014-01-11 | Toto Ltd | Sanitary flushing device |
TWI627364B (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2018-06-21 | Toto Ltd | Touch detection device used in water appliance, and water supply switch device provided therewith |
TWI727569B (en) * | 2015-05-22 | 2021-05-11 | 日商松下知識產權經營股份有限公司 | Sanitary washing device |
-
1999
- 1999-04-08 TW TW88105622A patent/TW434357B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI422731B (en) * | 2010-01-15 | 2014-01-11 | Toto Ltd | Sanitary flushing device |
TWI727569B (en) * | 2015-05-22 | 2021-05-11 | 日商松下知識產權經營股份有限公司 | Sanitary washing device |
TWI727570B (en) * | 2015-05-22 | 2021-05-11 | 日商松下知識產權經營股份有限公司 | Sanitary washing device |
TWI627364B (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2018-06-21 | Toto Ltd | Touch detection device used in water appliance, and water supply switch device provided therewith |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW459087B (en) | Human body washing machine | |
WO1999053150A1 (en) | Human body cleaner | |
JP5257859B2 (en) | Local cleaning equipment | |
JP5102725B2 (en) | Flush toilet facilities | |
US5920923A (en) | Hydro-therapeutic stimulator | |
JP2001090155A (en) | Human body washing device | |
JP6947434B2 (en) | Medical device for constipation prevention, fecal impaction removal and comfortable stool guidance | |
JP6718591B2 (en) | Sanitary washing equipment | |
JP2001090151A (en) | Human body washing device | |
JP2000008453A (en) | Human body washing equipment | |
TW434357B (en) | Human-body washing device | |
JP2009138359A (en) | Sanitary washing device | |
JP2000282545A (en) | Human-body washing device | |
JP4609748B2 (en) | Human body cleaning device | |
JP2000240131A (en) | Actuator and human body washing device making use thereof | |
JP2005192995A (en) | Toilet seat device | |
JP2001140323A (en) | Human body washing device | |
JP2000220194A (en) | Human body washing device | |
JP3882421B2 (en) | Cleaning device | |
JP2000199253A (en) | Human-body washing device | |
JP4631174B2 (en) | Local cleaning equipment | |
JP4599710B2 (en) | Local cleaning equipment | |
JP2000073434A (en) | Human body washing device | |
JP3918377B2 (en) | Water discharge device | |
JP2001090149A (en) | Human body washing device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
GD4A | Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent | ||
MK4A | Expiration of patent term of an invention patent |